Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENT
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2019

Registration No. 333-            

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)



Cayman Islands
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7370
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

55F, Ping An Financial Center
No. 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District
Shenzhen, Guangdong
People's Republic of China
+86-21-2066-0625

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

Cogency Global Inc.
10 East 40th Street, 10th Floor
New York, N.Y. 10016
+1 (800) 221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Jeffrey D. Karpf, Esq.
Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York, NY 10006
+1 212-225-2000

 

Shuang Zhao, Esq.
Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP
c/o 37th Floor, Hysan Place
500 Hennessy Road
Causeway Bay, Hong Kong
+852 2521-4122

 

Chris K.H. Lin, Esq.
Daniel Fertig, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
35th Floor, ICBC Tower
3 Garden Road
Central, Hong Kong
+852-2514-7600



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
as soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Emerging growth company    ý

           If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.    o

           † The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(2)(3)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share(1)

  US$100,000,000   US$12,980.00

 

(1)
American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333            ). Each American depositary share represents                        ordinary shares.

(2)
Includes ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Also includes ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.

(3)
Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued                   , 2019

American Depositary Shares

LOGO

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

Representing                   Ordinary Shares



This is an initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, representing ordinary shares of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

We are offering               ADSs. Each ADS represents               ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share. We anticipate the initial public offering price per ADS will be between US$               and US$               .

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs or our shares. We will apply to list the ADSs on the [NYSE/NASDAQ Global Market], under the symbol "OCFT."

We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable United States federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.



See "Risk Factors" on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying the ADSs.



PRICE US$              PER ADS



 
 
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)
 
Proceeds to
Us

Per ADS

  US$            US$            US$         

Total

  US$            US$            US$         

(1)
For additional information on underwriting compensation, see "Underwriting."

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              ADSs in this offering, the underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of               additional ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The United States Securities and Exchange Commission and state regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in New York, New York on                  , 2019.



Morgan Stanley   Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C.   J.P. Morgan   Ping An of China Securities
            (Hong Kong) Company Limited



BofA Securities       HSBC



CLSA   KeyBanc Capital Markets


(in no particular order)

   

Prospectus dated                  , 2019.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENT

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  17

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  63

USE OF PROCEEDS

  64

DIVIDEND POLICY

  65

CAPITALIZATION

  66

DILUTION

  67

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

  69

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

  71

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  77

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  80

INDUSTRY

  118

BUSINESS

  124

REGULATION

  148

MANAGEMENT

  168

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

  176

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  179

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

  181

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

  191

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  207

TAXATION

  209

UNDERWRITING

  215

EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

  225

LEGAL MATTERS

  226

EXPERTS

  227

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  228

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



        No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the ADSs offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

        Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

        Until                        , 2019 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as the underwriter and with respect to its unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our ADSs discussed under "Risk Factors," before deciding whether to invest in our ADSs. This prospectus contains information from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Oliver Wyman, an independent management consulting firm, to provide information regarding the China technology service market for financial institutions. We refer to this report as the "Oliver Wyman Report."


Our Company

Overview

        We are a leading technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China. Our platform provides cloud-native technology solutions that integrate extensive financial services industry expertise with market-leading technology. Our solutions provide technology applications and technology-enabled business services to financial institutions. Together they enable our customers' digital transformations, which help them increase revenue, manage risks, improve efficiency, enhance service quality and reduce costs. As of September 30, 2019, we had over 3,700 customers and the largest number of financial institution customers among technology-as-a-service platforms in China. As of September 30, 2019, our broad customer base includes all of China's major banks, 99% of its city commercial banks, and 46% of its insurance companies, collectively reaching hundreds of millions of end-customers. Since our establishment in December 2015, our platform has supported Chinese financial institutions in serving RMB1.8 trillion (US$0.3 trillion) of transactions for their end-customers. Through our platform, in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, on a daily basis we facilitated over 135,000 anti-fraud checks, 4.2 million credit risk assessments, and the processing of approximately 13,000 auto insurance claims.

        Massive market.    Financial institutions around the world face challenges resulting from advancements in technology, and they will require sweeping digital transformations of their businesses to improve their competitiveness. The only path to a successful transformation will be an integration of industry expertise and advanced technology. Most financial institutions lack the capital, talent and capabilities needed to support this long and expensive transformation, and they therefore will need to rely on external solutions. In China, the need for digital transformation is especially acute because Chinese financial institutions not only need to compete with internet competitors seeking to disrupt their industry, but also cope with structural shifts in their business resulting from China's ongoing economic transformation. China's financial services industry had RMB334.9 trillion (US$46.9 trillion) of total assets as of December 31, 2018 and generated RMB14.1 trillion (US$2.0 trillion) of revenue in 2018. Oliver Wyman estimates that the technology spending market for Chinese financial institutions totaled RMB152.2 billion (US$21.3 billion) in 2018, and this market is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 21.4% to RMB400.8 billion (US$56.1 billion) in 2023.

        Strong value proposition.    Our technology-as-a-service platform strategically covers multiple verticals in the financial services industry and across the full scope of their operations—from sales and marketing and risk management to customer service. We also provide technology infrastructure solutions critical to financial institution digitalization such as data management and cloud services. Our cloud-native platform is flexible by design, so we can deploy independent solution modules to quickly respond to customer requirements, and we can also combine modules into customized end-to-end solutions. Our proven applications are driven by extensive industry expertise and customer insight data, and they are secure and effective at large scale. We deliver great value to our customers in multiple dimensions: generating new revenue, improving sales productivity, enhancing risk management, improving customer service quality and reducing costs.

1


Table of Contents

        Leading technology.    We started our operation as the financial technology solution arm of Ping An Group. As of September 30, 2019, Ping An Group was China's second-largest financial institution and the sixth-largest globally by market capitalization. Ping An Group is a global leader in the digital transformation of financial services through the integration of industry experience with advanced technology. Over the past five years, Ping An Group invested over US$15 billion in research and technology development. It employs approximately 101,000 staff in technology-focused businesses. We have leveraged our strong partnership with Ping An Group to establish world-leading technology capabilities for financial services in AI, big data analytics and blockchain. As of September 30, 2019, we had won 23 technology awards in international competitions, and had submitted 2,850 patent applications in China and 542 in other countries or regions. Our first-class technology is a major source of our competitive advantage, and it serves as a solid foundation for our continuous application innovation and product commercialization.

        Innovative business model.    Under our "adopt-deepen-integrate" customer-development approach, we provide "hook products" to financial institutions, at low or even no charge, to encourage adoption. We subsequently seek to deepen our relationships with these customers through cross-selling and, ultimately, platform integration. In addition to technology applications, we also provide our financial institution customers with business services to enable them to grow their businesses rapidly and sustainably, while we can capture greater value-upside with our transaction-based revenue model. This combination allows us to achieve visible revenue streams that are fast-growing and highly recurring.

        Outstanding growth.    Our business has grown rapidly since our establishment in December 2015. Our revenue increased by 142.9% from RMB581.9 million (US$81.4 million) in 2017 to RMB1,413.5 million (US$197.8 million) in 2018, and we recorded revenue of RMB1,554.9 million (US$217.5 million) in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our total number of customers grew from over 1,600 at the end of 2016 to approximately 3,500 at the end of 2018. On average, each of our premium customers purchased 3.0 products in 2018, growing from 1.7 in 2016. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 customers was 224% and for 2017 premium customers was 167%. Our net loss was RMB607.0 million, RMB1,190.3 million (US$166.5 million) and RMB1,049.0 million (US$146.8 million) in 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. Our net loss as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 104.3% in 2017 to 84.2% in 2018 and further to 67.5% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Industry Background and Market Opportunity

China's financial services industry is massive and growing, but it faces challenges

        China's financial services industry is massive and growing. The country's financial services industry had, in aggregate, 62,000 financial institutions and US$46.9 trillion of total assets as of December 31, 2018, and it generated US$2.0 trillion of revenue in 2018; these compare to US$98.2 trillion of total assets and US$3.0 trillion of revenue for the financial services industry in the United States. Driven by China's robust GDP growth, its financial services industry will grow at a steady CAGR of 12.0% from 2018 to 2023, according to Oliver Wyman. At the same time, China's financial services industry is experiencing challenges:

    Customer preference: technological changes, including widespread use of mobile technologies and rapidly expanding data availability, have led to customers' evolving preferences for easy access to quality financial services and efficient financial transactions.

    Structural shift: transitions within the Chinese economy that are shifting the growth focus of the financial services industry from large corporates towards the underpenetrated retail and SME segments, which are expected to experience strong growth.

2


Table of Contents

To address challenges and capture new opportunities, Chinese financial institutions must undertake digital transformations to adopt new business models that include:

    Digitally-enabled distribution capabilities.  Because their end-customers have become more digitally savvy, China's financial institutions need new tools to engage with, manage and cross-sell to their end-customers.

    Data-driven risk management.  Financial institutions must use data-driven analytic approaches to effectively and efficiently assess their customers' credit risk.

    High quality "anytime anywhere" services.  Increasing digital competition has made traditional offline-based customer service approaches unsustainably inconvenient and costly. Changing customer expectations and efficiency requirements now require Chinese financial institutions to provide an online-to-offline omni-channel platform across their operations. Efficiency requirements and the quick turn-around times demanded by customers will require financial institutions to adopt digital analytical tools.

    Digitalized management and operations.  To cost-effectively enable these new business models, Chinese financial institutions will need to operate in a truly digital way, replacing their current paper- and people-intensive processes and legacy infrastructure.

Most financial institutions cannot support digital transformation on their own

        To resolve their pain points, China's financial institutions must undertake transformations to structurally enhance their competitiveness. The only effective way to achieve these transformations will be applying technology integrated with industry expertise. It would be a long and expensive process for China's financial institutions to do this on their own, especially because:

    Prohibitive investment requirements.  The world's top financial institutions have made substantial investments on technology in recent years. For example, the world's top three banks by total assets alone spent US$19 billion collectively in 2018; Ping An Group spent US$1.4 billion on technology in 2018. Most financial institutions cannot afford long-term investments of this scale.

    Scarcity of talent.   Digitalization requires large teams of interdisciplinary talent. For example, on average 15-20% of the workforce at the top five global financial institutions outside of China by total assets were in technology-focused jobs. In comparison, China's banks on average have only 3-5%, according to the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, or the CBIRC. Identifying talent with both technological skills and financial domain knowledge is particularly difficult.

    Limited application scenarios and data.  Software developers may lack the application scenarios and data needed to develop sophisticated industry-specific solutions for financial services. Although financial institutions have large amounts of data, they may not be able to use these data effectively because they are unstructured and unconnected across different legacy systems.

There are massive market opportunities for technology-as-a-service providers

        We believe that external technology platforms provide a proven means for financial institutions to upgrade their revenue-generating and operating capabilities. Platforms that integrate extensive industry knowledge and technology excellence are scarce, which well positions us to capture this fast-growing, underpenetrated market.

        The total market opportunity for the technology spending of financial institutions includes spending on software and IT solutions, internal services, data center systems, and business solutions. Oliver Wyman estimates that the technology spending market for Chinese financial institutions was RMB152.2 billion

3


Table of Contents

(US$21.3 billion) in 2018 and that it is expected to grow at a CAGR of 21.4% to RMB400.8 billion (US$56.1 billion) in 2023.

Our Platform and Products

We provide holistic coverage of financial services verticals with end-to-end technology solutions

        We are the largest technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China by number of customers, according to Oliver Wyman. Our platform provides more than 50 cloud-native products that can be deployed on a modular basis to quickly respond to customer requirements or combined to deliver end-to-end solutions. Our twelve technology solutions strategically cover multiple verticals in the financial services industry, including banking, insurance and asset management, across the full scope of their businesses—from sales and marketing and risk management to customer services and operations, as well as technology infrastructure such as data management and cloud services.

        The matrix below sets forth the twelve solutions we currently offer across the financial services industry verticals we serve and two solutions that we expect to offer in the near future.

GRAPHIC

4


Table of Contents

Our products are proven at large scale to create enormous value for our financial institution customers

        Our innovative solutions are based on extensive industry expertise, driven by customer insight and tested in large-scale real world applications. We deliver enormous value to our financial institution customers in their digital transformations:

    Generating new revenue.  Our advanced technology enables China's financial institutions to expand into new markets, such as serving retail and SME customers, that were difficult for them to address using their traditional models. For example, Oliver Wyman estimates that in 2018 53.3% of China's SMEs did not have access to bank financing and SME's total unmet financing needs were approximately RMB78.5 trillion (US$11.0 trillion). We have used our proprietary blockchain technology to build a network that connects SMEs with financial institutions, companies along the supply chain, government agencies and various third-party service providers. Through SMEs' interactions with this network and the application of our data analytics, the creditworthiness of these SMEs becomes more transparent. We also provide an end-to-end, online-to-offline operations platform for financial institutions to serve large numbers of SME customers cost-effectively.

    Improving sales productivity.  We provide solutions that enable financial institutions to better understand their customer' needs and tailor their sales efforts to improve productivity. Our AI-empowered sales force management tool, or SAT, enables financial institution sales representatives and agents to engage with their customers through social media, to close sales with on-site visits, and to provide any-time-any-where service with AI-assisted phone calls and text messages. As of December 31, 2018, more than 2.4 million financial institution sales representatives and agents across China were SAT users.

    Managing risks.  Our solutions enable financial institutions to automate their credit assessment process and manage risk more effectively. For example, our retail risk management solution provides financial institutions with tools for anti-fraud, credit analytics and decisioning, and post-lending monitoring, as well as a credit management system. This solution integrates Ping An Group's extensive consumer lending experience and a wide variety of algorithms and models. As of September 30, 2019, since our inception we had provided 106.7 million anti-fraud checks and 4.0 billion credit risk assessments.

    Enhancing service quality.  We deliver convenient and proven products that customers can use right out of the box. For example, China's insurance companies collectively manage approximately 100,000 adjusters to process auto claims, according to Oliver Wyman. To help insurance companies more efficiently meet these demands, our AI-based intelligent fast claim solution features image-recognition capabilities that allow insurers to remotely inspect car accidents, identify potential fraud and determine damage amounts more accurately and efficiently. These capabilities are made possible by leveraging a huge database of approximately 114,000 car types and information on 33.5 million spare parts, accumulated from Ping An Group's 30 years of experience in the auto insurance business. Customers using our solution processed an average of approximately 13,000 auto insurance claims per day in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

    Reducing costs.  Our solutions help customers reduce costs and optimize efficiency by eliminating manual operations through automation and digitalization of business operations. Take customer services as an example: Oliver Wyman estimates that China's top five banks dedicate 34-39% of their collective workforce to customer services. In contrast, in September 2019, 76% of Ping An Group's customer service cases were answered by a chatbot, which uses phone calls and text messaging in a human-like manner.

5


Table of Contents


We have successfully expanded overseas and are recognized by overseas financial institutions and regulators.

        We began expanding our business outside China in 2018, establishing subsidiaries in Hong Kong SAR, Singapore and Indonesia. We won the bid to develop the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's eTradeConnect platform, a large-scale interbank blockchain trade finance platform, which serves 13 major banks. As of September 30, 2019, we had provided service to three out of the top ten banks in Thailand, leading banks in Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines, as well as some of the largest non-bank financial institutions in Southeast Asia. We also established a joint venture with a subsidiary of SBI Holdings, Inc. to serve Japanese financial institutions.

Our Business Model

        We believe that partnering with our financial institution customers is important in driving our success.

Our Adopt-Deepen-Integrate customer-development approach

    Adopt.  Our relationship managers, many of whom have previously worked as senior management of financial institution and have deep industry expertise, have direct C-level access to prospective customers. To win them as new customers, we use our understanding of financial institutions' decision-making process in procurement, apply standardized customer relationship management, and offer easy-to-adopt hook products with limited or no upfront fees. As a result, as of September 30, 2019, we had over 3,700 customers, including all major banks, 99% of city commercial banks, and 46% of insurance companies in China.

    Deepen.  Once a customer adopts our platform, we focus on increasing its use of our solutions and the value it creates on our platform. We provide cloud-based product modules as well as customized end-to-end solutions covering multiple verticals across all functions. Our premium customers on average each purchased 3.0 products in 2018, growing from 1.7 in 2016, and our number of premium customers grew from 40 in 2017 to 221 in 2018.

    Integrate.  As our customers grow their volume on our platform, we become an integral part of their operations. Our solutions are structured on modules that can be adopted individually, but they are comprehensive in scope—covering the full range of our financial institution customers' operations. As our customers implement more of our solutions, especially our infrastructure solutions, they become deeply integrated with our platform.

Transaction-based revenue model

        We adopted a transaction-based revenue model, where we require small upfront implementation fees and primarily charge our financial institution customers based on the transaction volume generated on our platform or their other usage of it. We believe this model allows financial institutions to quickly begin using our platform. As customers use our platform, our transaction-based pricing allows us to participate in their success, rather than being limited to fixed subscription income. We monetize a variety of transaction types, including loans generated, claims processed, databases queried and API calls made. In 2018, 77% of our revenue was transaction based.

Technology + Business service model

        We provide financial institutions with tailor-made business services, including customer referrals, technology-enabled product design, marketing assistance, service recommendations, and transaction facilitation. These value-added services, delivered through our highly automated platform and based on our extensive industry expertise, help financial institutions grow sustainably. Correspondingly, part of our costs are also associated with serving the transaction volumes we facilitate for our financial institution

6


Table of Contents

customers. Since our establishment in December 2015, our platform has supported our financial institution customers in serving RMB1.8 trillion (US$0.3 trillion) of transactions for their end-customers.

Our Relationship with Ping An Group

        We began in December 2015 as the financial technology solution arm of Ping An Group. Established over 30 years ago, Ping An Group holds a full suite of financial services licenses and its operations span the insurance, banking, securities, trust, investment, leasing, healthcare and technology industries. Ping An Group is committed to developing next-generation technology and stands at the forefront of digital transformation. We enjoy a strong partnership with Ping An Group; it is a partner for technology development, a supplier of application scenarios for developing our products, and a flagship customer showcasing our capabilities. We have partnered with Ping An Group to jointly develop new technology and applications, and Ping An Group provides us support in technology infrastructure such as cloud infrastructure. Ping An Group also provides us with a diverse, reliable source of real life application scenarios to validate and prove our technology. Many of our customer insights and innovative solutions are first initiated and tested within the Ping An Group ecosystem. We and Ping An Group cooperate under a Strategic Cooperation Agreement with a term extending until ten years after completion of our initial public offering, subject to Ping An Group continuing to hold or beneficially own at least 30% of our shares. Ping An Group is also our most important customer and supplier and is our principal shareholder. Our strategic partnership with Ping An Group has contributed to our growth significantly and we expect it to continue to do so.

Our Strengths

        We believe that the following strengths contribute to our success:

    cloud-native technology platform with end-to-end coverage;

    world-class technology and continuous innovation;

    innovative business model empowered by industry expertise;

    strong synergy with Ping An Group; and

    broad customer base with high net expansion.

Our Strategies

        Our vision is to become the world's leading technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions. We are in an early stage of our development, a customer-acquisition stage in which we rapidly expand our customer base. We intend to further grow our business by pursuing the following five strategies:

    acquire new customers and deepen engagement with existing customers;

    further extend ecosystem and leverage open platform;

    continue technology innovation;

    pursue selective acquisition and partnership; and

    expand internationally.

7


Table of Contents

Our Challenges

        Our ability to execute our strategies and realize our vision is subject to risks and uncertainties, including:

    our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers and expand our customer relationships;

    our ability to continue to maintain our relationship with Ping An Group, which is our strategic partner, most important customer and largest supplier;

    our ability to compete effectively to serve China's financial institutions;

    our ability to comply with the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC;

    our ability to maintain and improve technology infrastructure and security measures to protect our customers' personal privacy and data security;

    our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights;

    our ability to maintain good relationship with our business partners; and

    our directors, officers and principal shareholders have substantial influence over our company and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

        Please see "Risk Factors" and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of these and other risks and uncertainties that we face.

8


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

        The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our principal subsidiaries, our variable interest entities, or VIEs, and our VIEs' principal subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus:

GRAPHIC


(1)
The shareholders of OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen), or Shenzhen OneConnect, are Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., or Ping An Financial Technology; Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership, or Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng; Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., or Shenzhen Lanxin; and Urumqi Guang Feng Qi Investments Limited Partnership, or Guang Feng Qi, which hold 44.3%, 7.4%, 22.2% and 26.2% equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect, respectively.

(2)
Shenzhen Huaxinhe Information Technology Co., Ltd., Zhuhai Ruisheng Chuangye Investment LLP and Lianying He, which hold 81.6%, 15.0%, and 2.3% equity interest in Shenzhen E-Commerce Safety Certificates Administration Co., Ltd., or Shenzhen CA, respectively, have entered into contractual arrangements with Zhang Tong Shun (Guangzhou) Technology Co., Ltd, or Zhang Tong Shun, and Shenzhen CA that allow Zhang Tong Shun to exercise effective control over the business operation of Shenzhen CA and enjoy the relevant economic interests derived from it. Please See "Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements—Contractual Arrangement with Shenzhen CA and certain of its shareholders."

Implication of Being an Emerging Growth Company

        As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or

9


Table of Contents

the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements compared to those that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company's internal control over financial reporting.

        We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

Corporate Information

        Our principal executive offices are located at 55F, Ping An Financial Center, No. 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People's Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86-21-2066-0625. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

        Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc., located at 10 East 40th Street, 10th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10016.

        Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our main website is http://www.oneconnectft.com/en/. The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

        Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, and for purposes of this prospectus only:

    "ADRs" refer to the American depositary receipts that evidence our ADSs;

    "ADSs" refer to our American depositary shares, each of which represents            ordinary shares;

    "AI" refers to artificial intelligence;

    "basic customers" refer to our customers that contribute annual revenue of less than RMB100,000;

    "China" or "the PRC" refers to the People's Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;

    "IFRS" refers to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board;

    "major banks" refer to the largest commercial banks in China, including six large state-owned and 12 joint-stock banks;

    "net expansion rate" is a numerical representation of the expansion of our customer relationships on a year-on-year basis, calculated as a fraction, the denominator of which is the revenue contribution from a particular group of customers in one year and the numerator of which is the contribution from the same group of customers in the following year, expressed as a percentage;

    "OneConnect," "we," "us," "our company" and "our" refer to OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, and its subsidiaries and, in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial information, also include our VIEs and their subsidiaries;

10


Table of Contents

    "Ping An Group" refers to Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and, unless the context requires otherwise, its subsidiaries;

    "Premium customers" refers to our customers that contribute annual revenue of at least RMB100,000, excluding Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, although this category includes certain customers that we have direct contracts with, and provide direct services to, where payments for these services have been made through contractual arrangements that we have with third parties, including Ping An Group;

    "RMB" or "Renminbi" refers to the legal currency of China;

    "shares" or "ordinary shares" refer to our ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share;

    "SME" refers to small and medium enterprises; and

    "US$," "U.S. dollars," "$," and "dollars" refer to the legal currency of the United States.

        All of our customer numbers in this prospectus are exclusive of Ping An Group and its subsidiaries. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

        Our reporting currency is the Renminbi. This prospectus also contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars were made at a rate of RMB7.1477 to US$1.00, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System on September 30, 2019. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. On November 8, 2019, the exchange rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board was RMB6.9954 to US$1.00.

11


Table of Contents



The Offering

Offering price

  We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between US$            and US$            per ADS.

ADSs offered by us

 

            ADSs (or            ADSs if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            ADSs (or            ADSs if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

Ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            ordinary shares (or            ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full)

The ADSs

 

Each ADS represents            ordinary shares, par value US$0.00001 per share.

 

The depositary will hold ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and holders and beneficial owners of ADSs from time to time.

 

We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. If, however, we declare dividends on our ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares after deducting its fees and expenses in accordance with the terms set forth in the deposit agreement.

 

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary in exchange for ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any such exchange.

 

We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs after an amendment to the deposit agreement, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the "Description of American Depositary Shares" section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

Over-allotment option

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional            ADSs.

12


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

 

We expect that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$            million from this offering, or approximately US$            million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, assuming an initial public offering price of US$            per ADS, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for enhancement of our platform and technology capabilities, international expansion and strategic investments, sales and marketing activities, and general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" for more information.

Underwriting

 

We expect to enter into an underwriting agreement with Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited ("Ping An Securities"), BofA Securities, Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. with respect to the ADSs being offered. Ping An Securities is a subsidiary of Ping An Group. Bo Yu Limited, one of our principal shareholders, is ultimately controlled by Ping An Group. See "Underwriting" for more information.

Lock-up

 

We, our directors and executive officers, our current shareholders [and certain of our option holders] have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer or dispose of any ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

[Directed ADS Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to an aggregate of            ADSs offered in this offering to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons through a directed ADS program.]

Listing

 

We intend to apply to have the ADSs listed on the [NYSE/Nasdaq Global Market] under the symbol "OCFT." Our ADSs and shares will not be listed on any other stock exchange or traded on any automated quotation system.

Payment and settlement

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment therefor through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company on            , 2019.

Depositary

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

13


Table of Contents



Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, summary consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and summary consolidated statements of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 and summary consolidated statements of cash flow data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods. You should read this section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands, except for per-share data)
 

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data

                                     

Revenue

    581,912     1,413,489     197,754     902,503     1,554,923     217,542  

Cost of revenue

    (482,539 )   (1,024,864 )   (143,384 )   (662,097 )   (1,047,910 )   (146,608 )

Gross profit

    99,373     388,625     54,371     240,406     507,013     70,934  

Research and development expenses

   
(537,226

)
 
(459,181

)
 
(64,242

)
 
(249,605

)
 
(641,498

)
 
(89,749

)

Selling and marketing expenses

    (208,035 )   (441,932 )   (61,829 )   (217,736 )   (472,082 )   (66,047 )

General and administrative expenses

    (270,275 )   (522,019 )   (73,033 )   (295,637 )   (452,250 )   (63,272 )

Other income, gains or loss-net

    25,860     (79,860 )   (11,173 )   (53,076 )   (60,828 )   (8,510 )

Operating loss

    (890,303 )   (1,114,367 )   (155,906 )   (575,648 )   (1,119,645 )   (156,644 )

Finance income

   
2,128
   
129,435
   
18,109
   
89,015
   
91,160
   
12,754
 

Finance costs

    (85,711 )   (163,442 )   (22,866 )   (114,404 )   (133,132 )   (18,626 )

Finance costs-net

    (83,583 )   (34,007 )   (4,758 )   (25,389 )   (41,972 )   (5,872 )

Share of net losses of associate and joint venture

    (2,747 )   (15,442 )   (2,160 )   (13,201 )   (12,165 )   (1,702 )

Loss before income tax

    (976,633 )   (1,163,816 )   (162,824 )   (614,238 )   (1,173,782 )   (164,218 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    369,677     (26,469 )   (3,703 )   35,266     124,808     17,461  

Loss for the year/period

    (606,956 )   (1,190,285 )   (166,527 )   (578,972 )   (1,048,974 )   (146,757 )

Loss attributable to:

                                     

Owners of the Company

    (606,956 )   (1,195,712 )   (167,286 )   (574,756 )   (1,041,191 )   (145,668 )

Non-controlling interests

        5,427     759     (4,216 )   (7,783 )   (1,089 )

    (606,956 )   (1,190,285 )   (166,527 )   (578,972 )   (1,048,974 )   (146,757 )

Other comprehensive income

        396,520     55,475     397,738     144,658     20,238  

Total comprehensive loss for the year/period

    (606,956 )   (793,765 )   (111,052 )   (184,234 )   (904,316 )   (126,518 )

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

                                     

Owners of the Company

    (606,956 )   (799,192 )   (111,811 )   (177,018 )   (896,533 )   (125,430 )

Non-controlling interests

        5,427     759     (4,216 )   (7,783 )   (1,089 )

    (606,956 )   (793,765 )   (111,052 )   (181,234 )   (904,316 )   (126,518 )

Loss per share attributable to owners of the Company

                                     

Basic and diluted

    (0.90 )   (1.29 )   (0.18 )   (0.63 )   (1.11 )   (0.16 )

14


Table of Contents

        The following table presents our summary consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019:

 
  As of December 31,   As of September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands, except for shares data)
 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

                               

Restricted cash

    1,100     3,996,238     559,094     3,411,366     477,268  

Cash and cash equivalents

    847,767     565,027     79,050     915,156     128,035  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    863,266     2,540,925     355,488     560,971     78,483  

Total current assets

    2,064,954     7,858,622     1,099,462     6,193,262     866,469  

Total non-current assets

    950,586     1,523,987     213,214     1,976,990     276,591  

Total assets

    3,015,540     9,382,609     1,312,675     8,170,252     1,143,060  

Total current liabilities

    2,861,482     5,122,390     716,649     4,576,537     640,281  

Total non-current liabilities

    188,942     429,131     60,038     503,233     70,405  

Total liabilities

    3,050,424     5,551,521     776,686     5,079,770     710,686  

Total share capital

    60     66     9     66     9  

Total equity and liabilities

    3,015,540     9,382,609     1,312,675     8,170,252     1,143,060  

Total shares outstanding

    900,000,000     999,999,999     999,999,999     1,001,748,500     1,001,748,500  

        The following table presents our summary consolidated statements of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Summary Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data

                                     

Net cash used in operating activities

    (228,685 )   (489,237 )   (68,447 )   (136,993 )   (1,473,273 )   (206,118 )

Net cash (used in) /generated from investing activities

    (126,841 )   (5,805,478 )   (812,216 )   (5,777,682 )   2,287,525     320,037  

Net cash generated from /(used in) financing activities

    1,125,135     5,999,403     839,347     5,979,170     (458,616 )   (64,163 )

Net increase /(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    769,609     (295,312 )   (41,316 )   64,495     355,636     49,755  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year/period

    78,158     847,767     118,607     847,767     565,027     79,050  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        12,572     1,759     12,196     (5,507 )   (770 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year/period

    847,767     565,027     79,050     924,458     915,156     128,035  

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

        We use the following non-IFRS financial measures to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-IFRS financial information, when taken collectively, is helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of results of operations, and assists in comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar financial information. We also believe that presentation of the non-IFRS financial measures provides useful information to our investors regarding our results of operations because it allows investors greater transparency to the information used by our management in our financial and operational decision making so that investors can see through the eyes of our

15


Table of Contents

management regarding important financial metrics that our management uses to run the business as well as allowing investors to better understand our performance.

        We define non-IFRS gross profit and non-IFRS gross profit margin as IFRS gross profit and IFRS gross profit margin, respectively, adjusted to exclude non-cash items, which consist of amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue, depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of revenue, and share-based compensation expenses recognized in cost of revenue. Our management regularly reviews non-IFRS gross profit and non-IFRS gross profit margin to assess the performance of our business. By excluding non-cash items, these financial metrics allow our management to evaluate the cash conversion of one dollar revenue on gross profit.

        Investors are encouraged to review the related IFRS financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-IFRS financial measures to their most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.

        The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our gross profit to non-IFRS gross profit and non-IPRS gross profit margin for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended
September 30
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation

                                     

Gross profit

    99,373     388,625     54,731     240,406     507,013     70,934  

Non-IFRS adjustment:

                                     

Amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue

    197,824     227,006     31,759     161,308     252,144     35,726  

Depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of revenue

    213     778     109     551     1,421     199  

Share-based compensation expenses recognized in cost of revenue

                    1,690     236  

Non-IFRS gross profit

    297,410     616,409     86,239     402,265     762,268     106,645  

Non-IFRS gross profit margin

    51.1%     43.6%     43.6%     44.6%     49.0%     49.0%  

        Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for more information.

16


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our ADSs involves significant risks. You should consider carefully all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ADSs. Any of the following risks could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, the trading price of our ADSs could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We have a limited operating history in a competitive and rapidly evolving industry; it may be difficult to evaluate our prospects, and we may not be able to effectively manage our growth.

        Founded in December 2015, we have a limited operating history in the technology-as-a-service for financial institutions industry, which is competitive and rapidly evolving. We may have limited insight into trends that may develop and affect our business, and we may make errors in predicting and reacting to industry trends and evolving needs of our customers.

        We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. In 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, our revenue was RMB581.9 million, RMB1,413.5 million (US$197.8 million), and RMB1,554.9 million (US$217.5 million), respectively. Our revenue growth has primarily been driven by the expansion of our solutions to address financial institutions' growing needs for technology solutions. Our historical results and growth may not be indicative of our future performance, and we may fail to continue our growth or maintain our historical growth rates.

        In addition, we may not be able to effectively manage our growth. Our business expansion may increase the complexity of our operations and place a significant strain on our managerial, operational, financial and human resources. Our current and planned personnel, systems, procedures and controls may not be adequate to support our future operations. If we are not able to manage our growth effectively, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

We have incurred operating losses in the past, expect to incur operating losses in the future, and we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

        We incurred net losses of RMB607.0 million in 2017, RMB1,190.3 million (US$166.5 million) in 2018 and RMB1,049.0 million (US$146.8 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019. As of September 30, 2019, we had an accumulated losses of RMB3,383.9 million (US$473.4 million). We are still in an early stage of development. We have incurred and will continue to incur substantial expenses to develop and commercialize our solutions, as well as to promote our business.

        We will need to generate increased revenue and control our expenses to become profitable. Rapid growth in our customer base, however, may increase our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue in the short term because we primarily recognize revenue from our customers' use of our solutions through our transaction-based pricing, but we incur a large portion of the costs upfront. In addition, our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our operating expenses. Furthermore, after this offering, we may incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We may incur significant losses for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve or sustain profitability, the market price of our ADSs may decrease significantly.

17


Table of Contents

Most of our customers are commercial banks and other financial institutions that are highly regulated, and the tightening of laws, regulations or standards in the financial services industry could harm our business.

        Most of our customers are commercial banks and other financial institutions that are highly regulated and must comply with complex and changing government regulations and industry standards, which are subject to significant changes. Regulatory developments, including those in respect of consumer protection, credit availability, risk management and data privacy, could adversely affect our customers or otherwise result in them reducing the volume and frequency of their business transactions.

        Our financial institution customers must include restrictive provisions in their contracts with service providers such as us, with respect to security and privacy, ongoing monitoring, risk management and other limitations. These provisions may increase our costs, limit the scope of the solutions we offer or otherwise restrict customer access. In addition, our customers may have less capacity or incentive to purchase solutions from us, may pass on their increased costs to us, or may cease to use certain of our solutions. For example, on December 1, 2017, the PRC government issued the Notice on the Regulation and Rectification of the "Cash Loan" Business, or Circular 141, which prohibits banking financial institutions, including banks, trust companies and consumer finance companies, that cooperate with third-parties in carrying out loan businesses from outsourcing their credit examination, risk control, or other core businesses and accept credit enhancement services provided by any third party without a guarantee license. Circular 141 and the Notice on Specific Rectification Implementation Plans for Risk of Online Microfinance Businesses of Microfinance Companies, or the Circular 56, prohibit third parties that cooperate with banking financial institutions and internet microfinance companies from directly charging interest or fees to borrowers.

        In addition, because we primarily use a transaction-based model, any reduction of transactions by our customers may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. For example, on March 28, 2018, the PRC government promulgated the Notice on Strengthening the Renovation of Asset Management Business through the Internet and Launching Acceptance Work, or Circular 29, according to which the public issuance and sale of asset management products through the internet requires an asset management business license or asset management product sales license issued by the central financial management department. Circular 29 also prohibits any entity to publicly raise funds from using direct or indirect means unless that entity has received permission from competent regulatory authorities.

        As a result of those laws and regulations, certain of our customers have had to adjust their business practices in ways that reduce their use of our solutions, and these types of changes in response to regulatory development may adversely affect our business, result of operations and financial conditions.

We are subject to evolving regulatory requirements; if we do not comply with these regulations, or fail to adapt to regulatory changes, our business and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

        Many aspects of our business, including the provision of internet information, technology services to banks and insurance companies, insurance loss adjustment services, online publication services relating to financial product information, facilitating consumer lending products for banks and online small loan companies, managing and distributing various asset management products, blockchain information services and electronic certification services are subject to supervision and regulation by various governmental authorities in China or in other jurisdictions where we operate. In addition, as we continue to expand the solutions on our platform, we may be subject to new and more complex regulatory requirements. For example, in May 2019, we were granted a virtual banking license to operate in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, and we are subject to requirements prescribed by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and other Hong Kong law and regulation for this entity's operations. We are also required to comply with applicable laws and regulations in relevant jurisdictions to protect the privacy and security of our customers' information. Legal and regulatory restrictions may delay, or possibly prevent, some of our solutions or services from being offered, which may have a material adverse effect on our business,

18


Table of Contents

financial condition and results of operations. Violation of laws and regulations may also result in severe penalties, confiscation of illegal income, revocation of licenses and, under certain circumstances, criminal prosecution.

        The PRC regulatory framework governing financial technology services is unclear and evolving. New laws or regulations may be promulgated, which could impose new requirements or prohibitions that render our operations or our technologies non-compliant. In addition, due to uncertainties and complexities of the regulatory environment, we cannot assure you that regulators will interpret laws and regulations the same way we do, or that we will always be in full compliance with applicable laws and regulations. To remedy any violations, we may be required to modify our business models, solutions and technologies in ways that render our solutions less appealing. We may also become subject to fines or other penalties, or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate potentially non-compliant operations. In each such case, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Failure to maintain and enlarge our customer base or strengthen customer engagement may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        Our revenue growth depends on our ability to maintain and enlarge our customer base and strengthen customer engagement so that more of our customers, including our customers that are not our premium customers, a significant majority of which have not contributed to our revenue, will use our solutions more often and contribute to our revenue growth. Our customers may not continue to use our solutions once their existing contract expires or they may not purchase additional solutions from us. This risk is especially apparent in circumstances where it is inexpensive for them to switch service providers. Our ability to maintain and enlarge our customer base and strengthen our customer engagement will depend on many factors, some of which are out of our control, including:

        In addition, historically, we have derived some of our customers either through acquisitions or by referrals from the Ping An Group. We may not be able to develop customers organically as rapidly or at the same pace as we have historically done through acquisitions or referrals. In addition, if we do not receive as many customer referrals from Ping An Group as we have historically, we may not be able to grow our customer base as quickly or at all.

        We have relied on a limited number of key customers. In 2017, 2018 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2019, two customers contributed to 10% or more of our total revenues for these respective periods. They were Ping An Group, and Lufax Holding Ltd. and its subsidiaries, or Lufax Group. Ping An Group is our strategic partner, our largest supplier and our related party. Lufax Group, an associate

19


Table of Contents

company of Ping An Group, was also our related party in our consolidated financial statements until November 29, 2017, when we ceased to be consolidated with Ping An Group. Our total sales to Ping An Group accounted for 40.5%, 37.3%, 33.3% and 43.6% of our total revenue and our total sales to Lufax Group accounted for 30.1%, 27.4%, 30.5% and 11.9% of our total revenue in 2017, 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. Please refer to note 5(a) to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We anticipate that our dependence on a limited number of customers will continue for the foreseeable future. Consequently, failure to maintain and strengthen our relationships with these key customers may cause material fluctuations or declines in our revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Ping An Group is our strategic partner, our most important customer and our largest supplier. Any deterioration of our relationship with Ping An Group could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business and growth.

        Ping An Group is our strategic partner and our most important customer and supplier. We began as the financial technology solution arm of Ping An Group. We have partnered with Ping An Group to jointly develop new technology and applications, and Ping An Group provides us support in technology and infrastructure, in particular cloud infrastructure. Ping An Group also provides us with a diverse, reliable source of real-life application scenarios to validate and prove our technology. Many of our customer insights and innovative solutions are first initiated and tested within the Ping An Group ecosystem. Our strategic partnership with Ping An Group has contributed to our growth significantly. If our relationship with Ping An Group deteriorates and we are no longer able to access Ping An Group's technology or solutions, we will need to find alternative service providers and adjust our existing products and service offerings, which may negatively affect the quality of our solutions and will be costly and time-consuming, and in turn will have significant adverse impact on our business and results of operation.

        We provided a number of services, including those for customer acquisition and management, risk management, operation and product optimization, to Ping An Group. Our revenue from Ping An Group amounted to RMB235.7 million, RMB527.6 million (US$73.8 million) and RMB677.3 million (US$94.8 million) in 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, accounting for 40.5%, 37.3% and 43.6% of our total revenue in these respective periods. Please refer to note 5(a) to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. If, for any reason, Ping An Group significantly reduces or ceases purchasing from or cooperating with us, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

        Ping An Group has also been our most important suppliers of technical infrastructure, technology support and maintenance. In 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we purchased RMB358.1 million, RMB675.8 million (US$94.5 million) and RMB391.5 million (US$54.8 million) products and services from Ping An Group, respectively, accounting for 23.9%, 27.6% and 15.0% of our total cost of revenue and operating expenses in these respective periods. Our relationship with Ping An Group may be affected if Ping An Group reduces its beneficial ownership in us. For instance, we recently entered into a long-term agreement, or the Strategic Cooperation Agreement, with Ping An Group, which is effective for a term of ten years upon completion of our initial public offering, subject to Ping An Group continuing to beneficially own at least 30% of our shares.

        Ping An Group is also our principal shareholder. Prior to this offering, Ping An Group, through Bo Yu Limited, beneficially owned 39.8% of our shares and it is expected to own         % of our shares following this offering, assuming that the overallotment option is not exercised. In addition, each shareholder of Yi Chuan Jin Limited, one of our indirect shareholders, has granted an option to Bo Yu Limited to purchase from him or her up to 100% of his or her shares in Yi Chuan Jin Limited. Yi Chuan Jin Limited holds 39.9% of the shares of Sen Rong Limited, which in turn, is our direct shareholder and beneficially owns 501,300,000, or 50.0% of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus. Please refer to note (1) and

20


Table of Contents

note (2) to the beneficial ownership table in the "Principal Shareholders" section included in this prospectus for more information. Ping An Group is a public company listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong and the Shanghai Stock Exchange. When exercising its rights as our shareholder, Ping An Group may take into account not only the interests of our company and our other shareholders but also its own interests, the interests of its shareholders and the interests of its other affiliates. The interests of our company and our other shareholders may conflict with the interests of Ping An Group and its shareholders and other affiliates. These types of conflicts may result in our losing business opportunities, including opportunities to enter into lines of business that may directly or indirectly compete with those pursued by Ping An Group or the companies within its ecosystem.

We operate in a competitive industry. If we are unable to compete effectively, we may lose market share.

        China's financial technology services industry is highly competitive and rapidly evolving. New competitors, including affiliates of financial institutions, traditional IT companies and internet companies, are entering this market. Our primary competitors include companies affiliated with financial institutions selling new competitive solutions, such as CIB Fintech, independent technology companies that provide customized development, implementation and support services such as Hundsun Electronics and Digital China, as well as affiliates of internet companies, such as Alibaba, Tencent, JD and Baidu. Our competitors may have greater brand recognition, larger customer bases or greater financial, technological or marketing resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements, and they may be able to better adapt to significant changes in regulatory and industry environments. Competition may also result in continued pricing pressures, which may lead to price reductions for our solutions, and may adversely affect our profitability and market share. In addition, we may face competition from our customers, who may develop their own solutions internally after they have gained experience and expertise through their use of our solutions. If we are unable to successfully compete in the financial technology services industry, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The technologies we use may contain undetected errors, which could result in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation and loss of customers.

        The solutions we offer are built on huge stacks of data, so we adopt sophisticated and innovative technologies to address our operating needs, predict operating patterns and help make decisions in terms of business strategies and implementation plans. We aim to make our operations and our solutions more streamlined, automated and cost-effective by using advanced technologies including AI, blockchain, cloud and big data and the application of these technologies in our solutions is still under development. We may encounter technical obstacles, and we may discover problems that prevent our technologies from operating properly, which could adversely affect our information infrastructure and other aspects of our business where our technologies are applied. If our solutions do not function reliably or fail to achieve our customers' or their end-customers' expectations in terms of performance, we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new ones, which may damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

        Material performance problems, defects or errors in our existing or new software, applications and solutions may arise and may result from the interface between our solutions and systems and data that we did not develop, the function of which is beyond our control, or defects and errors that were undetected in our testing. These types of defects and errors, and any failure by us to identify and address them, could result in a loss of revenue or market share, diversion of development resources, harm to our reputation and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors may discourage existing or potential customers from utilizing our solutions. Correcting these types of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors may be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

21


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations related to data protection or data security could lead to liabilities, administrative penalties or other regulatory actions, which could negatively affect our operating results and business.

        The regulatory framework for the collection, use, safeguarding, sharing, transfer and other processing of personal data worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Regulatory authorities in virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate have implemented and are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning personal data protection.

        In recent years, the PRC government has tightened the regulation of the storage, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personal data and user data, particularly personal data obtained through individuals' use of websites and online services. Relevant PRC laws and regulations require internet service providers and other network operators, among other things, to clearly state the authorized purpose, methods and scope of the collection and usage of personal data and obtain the consent of users for the processing of this personal data, as well as to establish user information protection systems with remedial measures. We have seen a similar trend in other jurisdictions. For example, in May 2018, a new data protection regime, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, became applicable; the GDPR can apply to the processing of personal data by companies outside of the European Union, including where the processing of personal data relates to the offering of goods and services to, or monitoring the behavior of, individuals in the European Union. The GDPR and data protection laws in other jurisdictions may apply to our processing of personal data in the future. The application of these laws to our business would impose on us more stringent compliance requirements with more significant penalties for non-compliance than PRC data protection laws and regulations, and our compliance with such requirements could require significant resources and result in substantial costs, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

        We collect, process and store significant amounts of personal data concerning our customers and their end-customers, as well as personal data pertaining to our business partners and employees. Compliance with applicable personal data and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process. As global data protection laws and regulations increase in number and complexity, we cannot assure you that our data protection systems will be considered sufficient under all applicable laws and regulations due to factors including the uncertainty of the interpretation and implementation of these laws and regulations. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that the end-customer information that we process for our customers and the information we receive from our third-party data partners are obtained and transmitted to us in full compliance with relevant laws and regulations. Moreover, there could be new laws, regulations or industry standards that require us to change our business practices and privacy policies, and we may also be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with new data protection laws, all of which may increase our costs and materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in reputational damage or proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities, individuals or others. These proceedings or actions could subject us to significant civil or criminal penalties and negative publicity, result in the delayed or halted processing of personal data that we need to undertake to carry on our business, as well as the forced transfer or confiscation of certain personal data.

If our security measures or those of our third-party cloud computing platform provider, or other third-party service providers, are breached, our data, IT systems, and services may be perceived as not being secure.

        Our services involve the storage and transmission of our customers and their end-customers' proprietary and other sensitive data, including financial information and other personally identifiable information. Our security measures may be breached as a result of efforts by individuals or groups of hackers and sophisticated organizations, including by fraudulently obtaining system information from our employees or customers. Our security measures could also be compromised by employee error or malfeasance, which could result in someone obtaining unauthorized access to, or denying authorized

22


Table of Contents

access to, our IT systems, our customers' data or our data, including our intellectual property and other confidential business information.

        Because the techniques used to breach, obtain unauthorized access to, and sabotage IT systems change frequently, grow more complex over time, and are generally not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate or implement adequate measures to prevent such techniques. In addition, our internal IT systems continue to evolve, and we are often early adopters of new technologies and new ways of sharing data and communicating internally and with partners and customers, which increases the complexity of our IT systems. In addition, our customers may authorize third-party technology providers to access their customer data, and some of our customers may not have adequate security measures to protect their data that is stored on our servers. Because we do not control our customers or third-party technology providers, or the processing of such data by third-party technology providers, we cannot ensure the integrity or security of such transmissions or processing. Malicious third parties may also conduct attacks designed to temporarily deny customers access to our services.

        A security breach could expose us to a risk of loss or inappropriate use of proprietary and sensitive data, or the denial of access to this data. A security breach could also result in a loss of confidence in the security of our services, damage our reputation, negatively impact our future sales, disrupt our business and lead to legal liability. Finally, the detection, prevention and remediation of known or potential security vulnerabilities, including those arising from third-party hardware or software, may result in additional direct and indirect costs, for example, we may be required to purchase additional infrastructure or our remediation efforts may degrade the performance of our solutions.

        In the event of a system outage and physical data loss, the performance of our platform, services and solutions would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our platform, services and solutions and the technology infrastructure that underlies them are critical to our operations and reputation and our ability to retain and attract customers. Our offering platform is integrated with Ping An Financial Cloud. Our operation depends on its ability to protect our system against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or other attempts to harm their systems, including criminal acts and similar events. If there is a lapse in service or damage to Ping An Financial Cloud, we could experience interruptions and delays in our service and may incur additional expenses in arranging new facilities.

We may not be able to prevent others from unauthorized use of our intellectual property, which could harm our business and competitive position.

        We regard our patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, and other intellectual property as critical to our business. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties may adversely affect our business and reputation. We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws and contractual arrangements to protect our proprietary rights. It is often difficult to register, maintain, and enforce intellectual property rights in countries or regions with less developed regulatory regimes or inconsistent and unreliable enforcement mechanisms. Sometimes laws and regulations are subject to interpretation and enforcement and may not be applied consistently due to the lack of clear guidance on statutory interpretation. In addition, our contractual agreements may be breached by our counterparties, and there may not be adequate remedies available to us for any such breach. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights or to enforce our contractual rights in China and other jurisdictions in which we operate. Detecting and preventing any unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly, and the steps we have taken may be inadequate to prevent infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property. If we resort to litigation to enforce or protect our intellectual property rights, such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our managerial and financial resources. We can provide no assurance that we will prevail in such litigation In addition, our

23


Table of Contents

trade secrets may be leaked or otherwise become available to, or be independently discovered by, our competitors, and we would have no right to prevent others' use of them.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

        We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or would not infringe upon or otherwise violate patents, copyrights or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We in the future may be subject to penalties, legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be other third-party intellectual property that is infringed by our solutions, services or other aspects of our business. There could also be intellectual properties that we are not aware of that our solutions or services may inadvertently infringe. As of September 30, 2019, we had submitted 2,850 patent applications in China and 542 in other countries or regions, most of which are pending approval. There can be no assurance that our patent applications will be approved, that any issued patents would adequately protect our intellectual property, or that such patents would not be challenged by third parties or found by competent authority to be invalid or unenforceable.

        There can be no assurance that holders of patents purportedly relating to some aspect of our technology platform or business, if any such holders exist, would not seek to enforce these patents against us in China or any other jurisdictions. Furthermore, the application and interpretation of PRC patent laws and the procedures and standards for granting patents in the PRC are still evolving and are uncertain, and there can be no assurance that PRC courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we are found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. In addition, we may incur significant expenses, and may be forced to divert management's time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these third-party infringement claims, regardless of their merits. Successful infringement or licensing claims made against us may result in significant monetary liabilities and may materially disrupt our business and operations by restricting or prohibiting our use of the intellectual property in question, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Registering, managing and enforcing intellectual property rights in the PRC is often difficult. Statutory laws and regulations may not be applied consistently due to the lack of clear interpretation guidance. We have filed registration applications for certain trademarks that we use in our operations, including the logo for our website and mobile apps. However, third parties may file applications to register the same or similar trademarks that we are applying for. In addition, third parties may object our registration applications, and the relevant trademark authority may not rule in our favor in such disputes. If our applications are rejected by the relevant trademark authority, we may be prohibited from using those trademarks, including the logo for our website and mobile apps in our business operations and we may need to change the logo of our website and mobile apps, which may have an adverse effect on our business and operations.

We face risks of defaults by borrowers under the loans for which we provided credit enhancement under our legacy credit management business.

        Before the end of January 2018, to test our credit model in real world conditions, we provided credit enhancement to our customers to facilitate their lending transactions by agreeing to purchase non-performing loans of their borrowers who satisfied certain risk management criteria. These loans generally have terms of up to three years. We ceased offering credit enhancement for any new lending transactions of our customers at the end of January 2018. However, the outstanding balance of these legacy loans could still expose us to significant credit risks. As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019, our maximum guarantee exposure, which represents our total amount of liability if all borrowers under the

24


Table of Contents

loans for which we provided credit enhancement were to default, was RMB1,348.6 million (US$188.7 million) and RMB786.4 million (US$110.0 million), respectively. If there are substantial defaults of these legacy loans, our result of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on third parties for various aspects of our business and the solutions that we offer. Our business, results of operation, financial condition and reputation may be materially and adversely affected if these third parties do not continue to maintain or expand their relationship with us, or if they fail to perform in accordance with the terms of our contracts.

        We rely on third parties for various aspects of our business and the solutions we offer. For example, we rely on computer hardware, software, and cloud services, internet and telecommunication services, and third-party-supplied data.

        We expect to continue to rely on these third parties to supplement our capabilities for a significant period of time if not indefinitely. Therefore, in order to conduct our business, we need all of these parties to function in a flawless and timely manner. However, we cannot assure you that these third parties will provide their support properly or in a cost-effective manner or the third party-supplied data we rely on will be complete, accurate or reliable. In the event of problems with any of these third party providers, transitioning to a new provider may disrupt our business and increase our cost. In addition, we cannot assure you that we would be able to find suitable replacement suppliers on commercially reasonable terms or timely basis.

        If any of our third party service providers fails to perform properly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to find a suitable alternative in a timely and cost-effective manner or at all. Our third party service providers may carry out their business in an inappropriate manner or in violation of regulations or laws. Any of such occurrences could diminish our ability to operate or damage our business reputation, or cause us regulatory or financial harm, any of which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our implementation cycles can be lengthy and variable, and could use up significant resources prior to generating revenue.

        The implementation and testing of our solutions by our customers typically lasts from one to four months or longer, and unexpected implementation delays and difficulties can occur. Implementing our solutions typically requires us to integrate our solutions with our customers' and third-parties' systems. This can be complex, time consuming and expensive for our customers and can result in delays in implementing and deploying our solutions. Failures to meet our customers' expectations for implementing our products could damage our relationships with customers or even result in a loss of customers. The consequences of these types of failures could include us having to grant monetary credits for current or future service engagements, reduced fees for additional product sales, or a customer's refusal to pay their contractually-obligated license, maintenance or service fees. In addition, time-consuming implementations may also increase the quantity of staff we must allocate to each customer, thereby increasing our costs and adversely affecting our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our inability to use software licensed from third parties, including open source software, could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

        Our technology platform incorporates software licensed from third parties, including open-source software, which we use without charge. Although we monitor our use of open-source software, the terms of many open-source licenses that we are subject to have not been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed to impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our solutions. In addition, the terms of open-source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop to others on unfavorable license terms. For example, certain open-source licenses may require us to offer the components of our platform that incorporate open source software for free, to make source code for modifications or derivative works available to others, and to license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open-source license.

25


Table of Contents

        In addition, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solutions, and these types of licenses may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Alternatively, we may need to re-engineer our solutions or discontinue using certain functionalities of our solutions. Our inability to use third-party software could result in disruptions to our business, or delays in developing future offerings or enhancements of our existing solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we are unable to protect or promote our brand and reputation, our business may be materially and adversely affected.

        Our brand names and reputation are subject to a variety of factors that are beyond our control. For example, customer complaints about our service and negative publicity about our industry could diminish consumer confidence in our solutions. Failure to protect our customers' privacy or effectively adopt security measures could have the same effect. However, measures we may take from time to time to combat risks of fraud and breaches of privacy and security can damage relations with our customers. These measures heighten the need for prompt and accurate customer service to resolve irregularities. If we cannot handle customer complaints effectively or balance different customers' needs appropriately, our reputation may suffer, and we may lose our customers' confidence. Furthermore, we may be subject to claims seeking to hold us liable for inaccurate or false information. Any claims, regardless of merit, may force us to participate in costly time-consuming litigation or investigations, divert significant management and staff attention, and damage our reputation and brand. In addition, our reputation may be undermined if our customers, who are primarily financial institutions, violate laws and regulations such as financial supervision regulations and anti-money laundering laws, when using our solutions. Any significant damage to our reputation, or to the perceived quality or awareness of our brand or solutions, or any significant failure by us to promote and protect our brand and reputation, could make it more difficult for us to maintain a good relationship with our customers, promote our services or retain qualified personnel, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Our efforts to build our brand have caused us to incur expenses, and our future marketing efforts will require us to incur additional expenses. These efforts may not result in increased revenues in the immediate future or at all and, even if they do, any increases in revenues may not offset the expenses incurred. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand while incurring additional expenses, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected, and our ability to grow our business may be impaired.

        In addition, the use of the "Ping An" brand by members of Ping An Group may expose us to reputational risks if these entities take actions that damage the "Ping An" brand, and, given our partnership with Ping An Group, any negative development in Ping An Group's market position, reputation or brand recognition may materially and adversely affect our brand image, reputation and market value.

We may not be able to obtain additional capital when desired, on favorable terms or at all.

        We may require additional cash resources due to operating losses or the growth and development of our business, including any investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our cash resources are insufficient to satisfy our requirements, we may seek to issue additional equity or debt securities or obtain new or expanded credit facilities. Our ability to obtain external financing is subject to uncertainties, including our future financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, share price performance, liquidity in the international capital and lending markets, and PRC governmental regulations over foreign investment and our industry. In addition, incurring indebtedness would subject us to increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. There can be no assurance that any financing we need would be available in a timely manner or in amounts or on terms favorable to us, or at all. Any failure to raise needed funds on terms favorable to us, or at all, could severely restrict our liquidity and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and

26


Table of Contents

results of operations. Moreover, any issuance of equity or equity-linked securities could result in significant dilution to our existing shareholders. These newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our existing shareholders.

Disruptions in the financial markets and economic conditions could adversely affect our financial institution customers.

        Changes in the condition of China's economy generally affect the demand and supply of financial products, which in turn will affect demand for the solutions we provide. For example, a credit crisis, or prolonged downturn in the credit markets could severely affect our operating environment by, for example, causing a tightening in credit guidelines, limited liquidity, deterioration in credit performance or increased foreclosures. Since we predominantly generate our revenues from transaction-based fees, a decrease in transaction volumes could cause a material decline in our revenues for the duration of such crisis.

        Global economies could suffer dramatic downturns as the result of a deterioration in the credit markets and related financial crisis as well as a variety of other factors including, extreme volatility in security prices, diminished liquidity and credit availability, ratings downgrades of certain investments and declining valuations of others. In past economic downturns, governments have taken unprecedented actions to address and rectify these extreme market and economic conditions, including by providing liquidity and stability to the financial markets. If these actions are not successful, the return of adverse economic conditions may significantly affect the businesses of our customers, which could in turn negatively affect our revenues.

        In addition, there is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by central banks and financial authorities in some of the world's leading economies, including the European Union, the United States and China. There have been concerns over unrest and terrorist threats in the Middle East, Europe and Africa and over the conflicts involving Ukraine, Syria and North Korea. There have also been concerns on the relationship among China and other Asian countries, which may result in or intensify potential conflicts in relation to territorial disputes, and escalations in the trade tensions between the United States and China. Starting from 2018, changes in U.S. trade policies have occurred, including the imposition of tariffs; these types of developments, including a potential trade war, could have a material adverse impact on the Chinese economy. In addition, the United Kingdom held a referendum on June 23, 2016 on its membership in the European Union, in which a majority of voters in the United Kingdom voted to exit the European Union (commonly referred to as "Brexit"). The United Kingdom's departure from the European Union remains uncertain. Brexit could adversely affect European and worldwide economic and market conditions and could contribute to instability in global financial and foreign exchange markets. More recently, protests in Hong Kong since June 2019, political instability in the Korean Peninsula, a slump in commodity prices, and uncertainty over interest rates in the United States have also resulted in instability and volatility in the capital markets. It is unclear whether these challenges and uncertainties will be contained or resolved, and what effects they may have on the global political and economic conditions in the long term.

Our performance depends on key management and personnel, and any failure to attract, motivate and retain our staff could severely hinder our ability to maintain and grow our business.

        Our future success is significantly dependent upon the continued service of our management and key personnel, especially our technology talent. If we lose the services of any member of management or other key personnel, we may not be able to locate suitable or qualified replacements, and we may incur additional expenses to recruit and train new staff, which could severely disrupt our business and growth, therefore materially and adversely affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, although we have entered into confidentiality and noncompetition agreements with our management and key technology personnel, there is no assurance that any member of our management team and technology personnel will not join our competitors or form a competing business. If

27


Table of Contents

any dispute arises between our current or former personnel and us, we may have to incur substantial costs and expenses in order to enforce such agreements in China, and we may not be able to enforce them at all.

        The wide range and diversity of the solutions we provide may require us to hire and retain a wide range of experienced personnel who can adapt to a dynamic, competitive and challenging business environment. We will need to continue to attract and retain experienced and capable personnel at all levels, including blockchain experts for our blockchain team, as we expand our business and operations. Competition for talent in China's financial technology industry is intense, and the availability of suitable and qualified candidates is limited. Competition for these individuals could cause us to offer higher compensation and other benefits to attract and retain them. In addition, even if we were to offer higher compensation and other benefits, there can be no assurance that these individuals would choose to join, or continue working for, us.

We may not be able to identify or pursue suitable acquisition or expansion opportunities or achieve optimal results in future acquisitions or expansions, and we may encounter difficulties in successfully integrating and developing acquired assets or businesses.

        To further grow our businesses and increase our competitiveness and profitability, we intend to continue expanding our financial technology services in new application scenarios both inside and outside of China. We have been actively looking for acquisition or expansion opportunities that may be beneficial to us. Over the past few years, we have entered into negotiations relating to certain companies in which we were interested in acquiring a stake. For example, we acquired Beijing Vantage Point Technology Co., Ltd., or Vantage Point Technology, a company providing asset liability management solutions, in July 2018. In June 2019, we acquired Beijing BER Technology Company Ltd., or Beijing BER, a service provider specialized in scenario-based financial platform establishment and operation. In addition, in August 2019, we acquired View Foundation, which, through, Shenzhen CA, provides digital certification and related services and solutions. We will continue to seek opportunities for acquisition and expansion. These acquisitions may not be successfully completed and we may not be able to find or consummate suitable acquisition or expansion alternatives. If we successfully complete such acquisitions, we may raise financing, either in the capital markets or in the form of bank financing, to cover all or part of the purchase price, which will lead to changes to our capital structure and may restrict us in other ways.

        We have acquired and may in the future acquire other businesses or companies with advanced financial technologies, leading financial technology products, valuable intellectual products or other businesses or assets with capabilities and strategies that we believe are complementary to and are likely to enhance our businesses. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to identify attractive acquisition targets, negotiate favorable terms, obtain necessary government approvals or permits, complete necessary registrations or filings, or obtain necessary funding to complete these acquisitions on commercially acceptable terms or at all.

        Acquisitions and expansions involve numerous risks, including potential difficulties in retaining and assimilating personnel, risks and difficulties associated with integrating the operations and culture of acquired businesses, diversions of management attention and other resources, lack of experience and industry and market knowledge of the new businesses, risks and difficulties associated with complying with laws and regulations related to the acquisitions and acquired businesses, and failure to properly identify problems with acquisition targets through the due diligence process. In addition, acquisitions and expansions may significantly stretch our capital, personnel and management resources and, as a result, we may fail to manage our growth effectively. Any new acquisition or expansion plans may also result in our inheritance of debts and other liabilities, assumption of potential legal liabilities in respect of the new businesses, and incurrence of impairment charges related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could harm our businesses, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, if any new businesses we acquire fail to perform as we expected, we may be required to recognize a significant impairment charge, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There may also be established players in these sectors and markets that enjoy

28


Table of Contents

significant market share, and it may be difficult for us to win market share from them. Furthermore, some of the overseas markets that we target may have high barriers of entry for foreign players. There can be no assurance that our acquisition or expansion plans will be successful.

        As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be able to realize the strategy behind an acquisition or expansion plan, reach the desired level of operational integration or achieve our investment return targets.

Our international expansion is subject to various risk

        We primarily operate in China, but have been pursuing and will continue to pursue international expansion strategies, initially primarily in Northern and Southeast Asia. International expansion may expose us to additional risks, including:

        If we are unable to effectively avoid or mitigate these risks, our ability to expand our business internationally will be affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and be unpredictable and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

        We have experienced some revenue fluctuation on a quarterly basis in the past, and expect to experience similar trends going forward. In general, our third and fourth quarters are the stronger quarters in any given year. This is primarily due to our business model, as we primarily charge our financial institution customers based on the transaction volume generated on our platform or their other usage of it. Our financial institution customers tend to have higher spending with us in the second half of the year as a result of their annual budget cycles. In addition, customer transactions at financial institutions tend to peak in the fourth quarter, which in turn has positive impact on our revenue. Furthermore, our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our revenues, expenses, net loss or income and other key metrics, may vary significantly due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful, especially given our limited operating history. Accordingly, while our rapid growth may obscure these types of fluctuations, our results for any one quarter are not necessarily an indication of future performance. Fluctuations in quarterly results may adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

29


Table of Contents

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

        Prior to this offering, we were a private company. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. In addition, once we cease to be an "emerging growth company," as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

        If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

We, our directors, management and employees may be subject to litigation and regulatory investigations and proceedings, such as claims in relation to commercial, labor, employment or securities matters, which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

        We may be subject to claims and lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business. In addition, we may be subject to inquiries, inspections, investigations and proceedings by relevant regulatory and other governmental agencies. Actions brought against us may result in settlements, injunctions, fines, penalties or other results adverse to us that could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation. Any action against us, even those without merit and even if we are successful in defending ourselves against them, may cause us to incur significant costs, and could place a strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. A significant judgment or regulatory action against us or a material disruption in our business arising from adverse adjudications in proceedings against our directors, officers or employees would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects.

        After we become a publicly listed company, we may face additional exposure to claims and lawsuits. These claims could divert management's time and attention away from our business and result in significant costs to investigate and defend, regardless of the merits of the claims. In some instances, we may elect or be forced to pay substantial damages if we are unsuccessful in our efforts to defend against these claims, which could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

30


Table of Contents

Unexpected network interruptions, security breaches or computer virus attacks and failures in our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our information technology systems support all phases of our operations and are an essential part of our technology infrastructure, and the robust reliability of our platform is one of our competitive strengths that we rely on to attract and retain customers. If our systems fail to perform, we could experience disruptions in operations, slower response times or decreased customer satisfaction. We must process, record and monitor a large number of transactions, and our operations are highly dependent on the integrity of our technology systems and our ability to make timely enhancements and additions to our systems. System interruptions, errors or downtime can result from a variety of causes, including unexpected interruptions to the internet infrastructure, technological failures, changes to our systems, changes in customer usage patterns, linkages with third-party systems and power failures. Our systems are also vulnerable to disruptions from human error, execution errors, errors in models such as those used for risk management and compliance, employee misconduct, unauthorized trading, external fraud, computer viruses, denial of service attacks, computer viruses or cyber  attacks, terrorist attacks, natural disaster, power outage, capacity constraints, software flaws, events impacting our key business partners and vendors, and other similar events.

        Our internet-based business depends on the performance and reliability of the internet infrastructure. We cannot assure you that the internet infrastructure we depend on will remain sufficiently reliable for our needs. Any failure to maintain the performance, reliability, security or availability of our network infrastructure may cause significant damage to our ability to attract and retain customers. Major risks involving our network infrastructure include:

        Any network interruption or inadequacy that causes interruptions in the availability of our platform or deterioration in the quality of access to our solutions could reduce customer satisfaction and result in a reduction in the activity level of our customers. Furthermore, increases in the volume of traffic on our platform could strain the capacity of our existing computer systems and bandwidth, which could lead to slower response times or system failures. This could cause a disruption or suspension in our service delivery, which could hurt our brand and reputation. We may need to incur additional costs to upgrade our technology infrastructure and computer systems in order to accommodate increased demand if we anticipate that our systems cannot handle higher volumes of traffic and transaction in the future. In addition, it could take an extended period of time to restore full functionality to our technology or other operating systems in the event of an unforeseen occurrence, which could affect our ability to deliver our solutions. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer unexpected losses, reputational damage or regulatory actions due to technology or other operational failures or errors, including those of our vendors or other third parties.

Increases in labor costs in China may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        The economy in China has experienced increases in labor costs in recent years. As a result, average wages in China are expected to continue to increase. In addition, we are required by PRC laws and regulations to pay various statutory employee benefits, including pension, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated

31


Table of Contents

government agencies for the benefit of our employees. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to control our labor costs or pass on these increased labor costs to our users by increasing the fees of our services, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may not have sufficient insurance coverage to cover our business risks.

        We maintain insurance to cover our potential exposure for a number of claims and losses. However, our insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to protect us fully, and we may not be able to acquire any coverage for certain types of risks such as business liability or service disruptions, and our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur, particularly with respect to loss of business or operations. For example, we do not maintain business interruption insurance. Any business disruption, litigation, regulatory action, outbreak of epidemic disease or natural disaster could also expose us to substantial costs and diversion of resources. There can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to prevent us from any loss or that we will be able to successfully claim our losses on a timely basis, or at all. If we incur any loss that is not covered by our insurance policies, or the amount of compensation we receive is significantly less than our actual loss, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics, civil and social disruption and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

        We are vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, power losses, telecommunications failures, break-ins, wars, riots, terrorist attacks, strikes, civil or social disruption (including protests in Hong Kong since June 2019) or similar events may give rise to server or service interruptions, breakdowns, system failures, technology platform failures or internet failures, which could cause the loss or corruption of data or malfunctions of software or hardware, as well as adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions.

        Our business could also be adversely affected by the effects of Ebola virus disease, Zika virus disease, various forms of influenza, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or other epidemics. Our business operations could be disrupted if any of our employees is suspected of having these or any other epidemic disease, since it could require our employees to be quarantined and/or our offices to be disinfected. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that any of these epidemic diseases harms the Chinese economy in general.

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our businesses in China do not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, or if these laws or regulations or their interpretations change, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

        Foreign ownership of internet-based businesses, such as distribution of online information and other value-added telecommunication services, are subject to restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. For example, foreign investors are generally not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interest in a value-added telecommunication service provider (subject to certain exceptions relating to certain businesses, such as e-commerce businesses), and any such major foreign investor must have experience in providing value-added telecommunications services overseas and maintain a good track record in accordance with the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List) promulgated in 2019, or the 2019 Negative List, the Administrative Rules on Foreign-Invested Telecommunication Enterprises newly amended in 2016, and other applicable laws and regulations.

32


Table of Contents

        We are an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen), or Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, and Zhang Tong Shun, our PRC subsidiaries, are considered foreign-invested enterprises. To comply with PRC laws and regulations, we conduct substantially all of our business in the PRC through Shenzhen OneConnect and Shenzhen CA, our VIEs, and their respective subsidiaries, based on contractual arrangements entered into among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, the VIEs, their respective shareholders and subsidiaries.

        We believe that our corporate structure and contractual arrangements enable us to: (i) be the exclusive provider of business support, technical and consulting services in exchange for a fee; (ii) receive the relevant economic benefits and bear the relevant risks in relation to the business operation of our VIEs; (iii) have an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or to designate one or more persons to purchase, from the relevant registered shareholders all or any part of their equity interest in our VIEs at any time and from time to time in our absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC laws; (iv) have an irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or to designate one or more persons to purchase, from our VIEs, all or any part of their assets at any time and from time to time in our absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC laws and the contractual arrangements; (v) appoint us, any directors authorized by us (except the shareholders of our VIEs) or his/her successors, or a liquidator replacing the director as our exclusive agent and attorney to act on our behalf on all matters concerning our VIEs and to exercise all of the rights as a registered shareholder of our VIEs in accordance with PRC laws and the articles of our VIEs; and (vi) pledge as first charge the relevant equity interest in our VIEs to us as collateral security for any and all of the guaranteed debt under the contractual arrangements and to secure performance of the obligations under the contractual arrangements. The contractual arrangements allow the results of operations and assets and liabilities of our VIEs and their subsidiaries to be consolidated into our results of operations and assets and liabilities under IFRS as if they were subsidiaries of our Group.

        Our PRC counsel, Haiwen & Partners, is of the opinion that (i) the ownership structure of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun and our VIEs does not violate applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect, and (ii) except for (a) certain clauses regarding the remedies or reliefs that may be awarded by an arbitration tribunal and the power of courts to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration and liquidation arrangements of our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and/or shareholders, and (b) the circumstance where, in respect of the contractual arrangements binding Shenzhen CA, the minority shareholders of Shenzhen CA which are not parties to the contractual arrangements may not have the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver or perform the written confirmation in relation to the contractual arrangements binding Shenzhen CA or may not obey such confirmation, the contractual arrangements are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. However, there can be no assurance that the PRC government authorities will take a view that is not contrary to or otherwise different from the opinion of our PRC counsel stated above. There is also the possibility that the PRC government authorities may adopt new laws, regulations and interpretations that may invalidate the contractual arrangements. If the PRC government determines that we are in violation of PRC laws or regulations or lack the necessary permits or licenses to operate our business, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities, including the PRC Ministry of Commerce, or MOFCOM, the PRC Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, and the State Cryptography Administration, or the SCA, would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations or failures, including, but not limited to:

33


Table of Contents

        Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations, and may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if the PRC governmental authorities find our legal structure and contractual arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, it is unclear what impact these actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIEs and their subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements. If any of these penalties results in our inability to direct the activities of our VIEs and their subsidiaries and such a penalty significantly impacts their economic performance and/or our failure to receive economic benefits from our VIEs and their subsidiaries, we may not be able to consolidate our VIEs and their subsidiaries into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIEs and their respective shareholders may not be as effective in providing operational control or enabling us to derive economic benefits as a direct ownership of a controlling equity interest would be.

        We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their shareholders and subsidiaries to operate our business activities. These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our VIEs and their subsidiaries. For example, our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries or shareholders may fail to fulfil their contractual obligations with us or take other actions that are detrimental to our interests.

        If we had direct ownership of our VIEs, we would be able to exercise our rights as shareholders to effect changes in their board of directors, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders of their obligations under the contractual arrangements to exercise control over our VIEs and their subsidiaries. The shareholders of our VIEs may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. These risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate our business through the contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders. If any of these shareholders is uncooperative or any dispute relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC laws and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings, the outcome of which will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. If we are unable to enforce the contractual arrangements or we experience significant delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing the contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over the VIEs and may lose control over their assets. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our VIEs that are critical to the operation of our business if our VIEs declare bankruptcy or become subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

        Our VIEs hold certain assets that are critical to the operation of our business. Under the contractual arrangements entered into by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, our VIEs, their

34


Table of Contents

respective subsidiaries and shareholders, our VIEs may not and their respective shareholders may not cause it to, sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of in any other manner the legal or beneficial interest in the VIEs. They also may not allow any encumbrance of security interest over such equity interest, except for the equity pledge agreement in the contractual arrangements, without Shenzhen OneConnect Technology's or Zhang Tong Shun's written consent. However, if the shareholders of our VIEs or their subsidiaries breach the contractual arrangements and voluntarily liquidate the VIEs or their subsidiaries, or if our VIEs or their subsidiaries declare bankruptcy and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors or are otherwise disposed of without our consent, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if our VIEs or their subsidiaries undergo an involuntary liquidation proceeding, third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of their assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially or adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure by our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries or shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on our business.

        Under the contractual arrangements entered into by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders, these shareholders covenanted that they will not request our VIEs to distribute profit or dividends, raise shareholders' resolution to make such a distribution or vote in favor of any such relevant shareholders' resolution without Shenzhen OneConnect Technology's or Zhang Tong Shun's prior written consent. If these shareholders receive any income, profit distribution or dividend, except as otherwise determined by us, they must promptly transfer or pay such income, profit distribution or dividend to us or any other person designated by us as service fees to the extent permitted under applicable PRC laws. If the shareholders of our VIEs breach the relevant covenants, we may need to resort to legal proceedings to enforce the terms of the contractual arrangements. Any such legal proceedings may be costly and may divert our management's time and attention away from the operation of our business, and the outcome of such legal proceedings is uncertain.

The ultimate beneficial shareholders of our VIEs may have conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business.

        The equity interest in our VIEs is ultimately beneficially held by certain of our directors, indirect shareholders, employees of these indirect shareholders and other individuals. However, these ultimate beneficial shareholders may have potential conflicts of interest with us. They may breach, or cause our VIEs to breach, the contractual arrangements. We cannot assure you that when conflicts arise, the ultimate beneficial shareholders of our VIEs will act in the best interests of our company or that conflicts will be resolved in our favor. If we cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between us and these shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in the disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

We conduct our business operations in the PRC through our VIEs and their subsidiaries by way of our contractual arrangements, but certain of the terms of our contractual arrangements may not be enforceable under PRC laws.

        All the agreements that constitute our contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these agreements would be interpreted in accordance with PRC laws, and disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal environment in the PRC is not as developed as in other jurisdictions and uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If we are unable to enforce the contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant time delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing them, it would be very difficult to exert effective control over our VIEs and their subsidiaries, and our ability to conduct our business and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

35


Table of Contents

        The contractual arrangements contain provisions to the effect that the arbitral body specified in them may award remedies over the equity interest, assets or properties of our VIEs, their subsidiaries, and/or shareholders; provide compulsory relief (for example, for the conduct of business or to compel the transfer of assets); or order the winding-up of our VIEs, their subsidiaries, and/or shareholders. These agreements also contain provisions to the effect that courts of competent jurisdiction are empowered to grant interim relief to a party when requested, for the purpose of preserving the assets and properties, or grant enforcement measures, subject to the requirements under PRC laws. However, under PRC laws, these terms may not be enforceable. Under PRC laws, an arbitral body does not have the power to grant injunctive relief or to issue a provisional or final liquidation order for the purpose of protecting the assets of or equity interest in our VIEs in case of disputes. In addition, interim remedies or enforcement orders granted by overseas courts such as the United States and the Cayman Islands may not be recognizable or enforceable in the PRC. PRC laws may allow the arbitral body to grant an award of transfer of assets of or equity interests in our VIEs in favor of an aggrieved party.

        Furthermore, the contractual arrangements provide that (i) in the event of a mandatory liquidation required by PRC laws, our VIEs will sell all of their assets to the extent permitted by PRC law to Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, respectively, or the entity designated by them, at the lowest price permitted under applicable PRC laws; and (ii) our VIEs or their respective shareholders will pay to Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, or the entity designated by them any payments they receive from such transaction, and any profits arising from such a transaction shall be paid to Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, or the entity designated by them in satisfaction of the service fees under the exclusive business cooperation agreements. These provisions may not be enforceable under PRC laws in the event of a mandatory liquidation required by PRC laws or bankruptcy liquidation.

        Therefore, in the event of a breach of any agreements constituting the contractual arrangements by the VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and/or shareholders, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIEs due to the inability to enforce the contractual arrangements, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

        In addition, Shenzhen Zhengxin E-commerce Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen Digital Certificates Certification Center Co., Ltd., or the Shenzhen CA Minority Shareholders, which collectively hold 1.09% equity interest in Shenzhen CA, are not parties to the contractual arrangements with Zhang Tong Shun. Although the Shenzhen CA Minority Shareholders have confirmed in writing that they have given consent to the contractual arrangements binding Shenzhen CA and have undertaken that they would take all necessary actions to facilitate the enforcement of the contractual arrangements, there can be no assurance that the Shenzhen CA Minority Shareholders, as the state controlled companies, have all requisite power and authority to make such confirmation or consent or they will be able to perform their obligations under such confirmation. If the relevant authority deems the confirmation or consent invalid or challenges the enforceability of such confirmation or consent, or if the Shenzhen CA Minority Shareholders fail to obtain all requisite power and authority or fail to perform their obligations, we may not be able to enforce the contractual arrangements, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

If we exercise the option to acquire equity interest and assets of the VIEs, this equity interest or asset transfer may subject us to certain limitations and substantial costs.

        Pursuant to the Regulations for the Administration of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Regulations, promulgated by the State Council in December 2001, as amended, foreign investors are not allowed to hold more than 50% of the equity interest of any company providing value-added telecommunications services. In addition, the main foreign investor who invests in a value-added telecommunications business in the PRC must have prior experience in operating value-added telecommunications businesses and a proven track record of business operations overseas, or the Qualification Requirements. Currently no applicable PRC laws or regulations provides clear guidance or

36


Table of Contents

interpretation on these requirements. Although we have taken measures to meet the Qualification Requirements, we still face the risk of not satisfying the requirement promptly. If PRC laws change to allow foreign investors to invest in value-added telecommunications enterprises in the PRC, we may be unable to unwind our contractual arrangements with Shenzhen OneConnect, its subsidiaries and shareholders before we are able to comply with the Qualification Requirements and other requirements, or if we attempt to unwind the contractual arrangements before we are able to comply with the Qualification Requirements, we may be ineligible to operate our value-added telecommunication enterprises and may be forced to suspend their operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Pursuant to the contractual arrangements, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Zhang Tong Shun, or their designated person(s) has the irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all or any part of the relevant equity interest in our VIEs from our VIEs' shareholders at any time and from time to time in their absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC laws. The consideration Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun pays for such purchases will be the higher of a nominal price and the lowest price as permitted under applicable PRC laws.

        This equity transfer may be subject to approvals from, filings with, or reporting to competent PRC authorities, such as MOFCOM, the MIIT, the SCA, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, or the SAIC, and/or their local competent branches. In addition, the equity transfer price may be subject to review and tax adjustment by the relevant tax authorities. The equity transfer price to be received by our VIEs under the contractual arrangements may also be subject to enterprise income tax, and these amounts could be substantial.

Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the Foreign Investment Law and how it may affect the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.

        On March 15, 2019, the Foreign Investment Law was formally passed by the thirteenth National People's Congress and it will take effect on January 1, 2020. The Foreign Investment Law will replace the Law on Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Ventures, the Law on Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures and the Law on Foreign-Capital Enterprises to become the legal foundation for foreign investment in the PRC. The Foreign Investment Law stipulates certain forms of foreign investment. However, the Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly stipulate contractual arrangements such as those we rely on as a form of foreign investment.

        Notwithstanding the above, the Foreign Investment Law stipulates that foreign investment includes "foreign investors investing through any other methods under laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council." Future laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council may possibly regard contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. If this happens, it is uncertain whether our contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders would be recognized as foreign investment, or whether our contractual arrangements would be deemed to be in violation of the foreign investment access requirements. As well as the uncertainty on how our contractual arrangements will be handled, there is substantial uncertainty regarding the interpretation and the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law. The relevant government authorities have broad discretion in interpreting the law. Therefore, there is no guarantee that our contractual arrangements, the business of our VIEs and our financial conditions will not be materially and adversely affected.

        Depending on future developments under the new Foreign Investment Law, we could be required to unwind the contractual arrangements and/or dispose of our VIEs, which would have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and result of operations. If our company no longer has a sustainable business after an unwinding or disposal or when such requirements are not complied with,

37


Table of Contents

the SEC, and/or [NYSE/NASDAQ Global Market] may take enforcement actions against us, which may have a material adverse effect on the trading of our Shares or even result in delisting our company.

There may be a potential impact to our company if our contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders are not treated as domestic investment.

        If the operation of our businesses conducted through our VIEs is subject to any restrictions pursuant to the 2019 Negative List or any successor regulations, and the contractual arrangements are not treated as domestic investment, the contractual arrangements may be regarded as invalid and illegal. If this were to occur, we would not be able to operate the relevant businesses through the contractual arrangements and would lose our rights to receive the economic benefits of the VIEs. As a result, we would no longer consolidate the financial results of the VIEs into our financial results and we would have to derecognize their assets and liabilities according to the relevant accounting standards. If we do not receive any compensation, we would recognize an investment loss as a result of such derecognition.

Our contractual arrangements may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities, and a finding that we owe additional taxes could substantially reduce our consolidated net income and the value of your investment.

        Under PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. The Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, requires every enterprise in China to submit its annual enterprise income tax return, together with a report on transactions with its related parties, to the relevant tax authorities. The tax authorities may impose reasonable adjustments on taxation if they have identified any related party transactions that are inconsistent with arm's-length principles. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among our PRC subsidiaries and our VIEs do not represent an arm's-length price and adjust our VIEs' income in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction, for PRC tax purposes, of expense deductions recorded by our VIEs, which could in turn increase their tax liabilities. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties to our PRC controlled structured entities for under-paid taxes. Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected if our tax liabilities increase or if we are found to be subject to late payment fees or other penalties.

Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC

Adverse changes in PRC economic, political and social conditions as well as government policies could adversely affect our business and prospects.

        The majority of our operations are in China. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be significantly influenced by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by continued economic growth in China.

        The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures that focus on taking into account market forces to effect economic reform and aimed at reducing the state ownership of productive assets and establishing improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of China's productive assets are still owned by the government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating development through industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China's economic growth through its allocation of resources, control of payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, monetary policy, and preferential treatment for particular industries or companies.

        While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has

38


Table of Contents

implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures, which may benefit the overall Chinese economy, may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, the PRC government has from time to time implemented certain measures, including interest rate changes, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, and, since 2012, the Chinese economy has slowed down. Any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy may reduce the demand for our services and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protections available to you and us.

        The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which prior court decisions have limited value as precedents. Our PRC subsidiaries and our VIEs are subject to various PRC laws and regulations generally applicable to companies in China. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, their interpretation is not always consistent and their enforcement involves uncertainties.

        In particular, PRC laws and regulations concerning the internet-related industries and financial services industry are developing and evolving. Although we have taken measures to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our business operations and to avoid conducting any non-compliant activities under these laws and regulations, the PRC governmental authorities may promulgate new laws and regulations regulating internet-related and financial services industries. We cannot assure you that our business operations would not be deemed to violate any such new PRC laws or regulations. Moreover, developments in the internet-related industries and financial services industry may lead to changes in PRC laws, regulations and policies or in the interpretation and application of existing laws, regulations and policies, which in turn may limit or restrict us, and could materially and adversely affect our business and operations.

        From time to time, we may have to rely on administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. However, since the PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. These types of uncertainties, including uncertainty over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, and any failure to respond to changes in the regulatory environment in China, could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations, and may further affect the legal remedies and protections available to investors, which may, in turn, adversely affect the value of your investment.

We may be adversely affected by the complexity, uncertainties and changes in PRC regulation of internet-related businesses and companies, and any lack of requisite approvals, licenses or permits applicable to our business may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        The PRC government extensively regulates the internet industry, including foreign ownership of, and the licensing and permit requirements pertaining to, companies in the industry. These internet-related laws and regulations are relatively new and evolving, and their interpretation and enforcement involve significant uncertainties. As a result, in certain circumstances it may be difficult to determine what actions or omissions may be deemed to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations.

39


Table of Contents

        We only have contractual control over the entities that own the domain name of our website and mobile apps. We do not directly own the website and mobile apps due to the restriction of foreign investment in businesses providing value-added telecommunication services in China, including internet information provision services. This indirect control significantly disrupt our business, subject us to sanctions, compromise enforceability of related contractual arrangements, or have other harmful effects on us.

        The evolving PRC regulatory system for the internet industry may lead to the establishment of new regulatory agencies. For example, in May 2011, the State Council announced the establishment of a new department, the State Internet Information Office (with the involvement of the State Council Information Office, the MIIT, and the Ministry of Public Security). This new agency's primary role is to facilitate policy-making and legislative developments in this field, to direct and coordinate with the relevant departments in connection with online content administration and to deal with cross-ministry regulatory matters in relation to the internet industry.

        The interpretation and application of existing PRC laws, regulations and policies and possible new laws, regulations or policies, including those relating to the internet industry, have created substantial uncertainties regarding the legality of existing and future foreign investments in, and the businesses and activities of our company. We cannot assure you that we have obtained all the permits or licenses required for conducting our business in China or that we will be able to maintain or update our existing licenses or obtain new ones. If the PRC government considers that we were operating without the proper approvals, licenses or permits or promulgates new laws and regulations that require additional approvals or licenses or imposes additional restrictions on the operation of any part of our business, it may levy fines, confiscate our income, revoke our business licenses, and require us to discontinue our relevant business or impose restrictions on the affected portion of our business. Any of these actions may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

        The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory authorities in 2006 and amended in 2009, and some other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions, have established complex procedures and requirements that restrict merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors. For example, an overseas company established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents needs to obtain approval from MOFCOM before it acquires an affiliated domestic company. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law requires that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any concentration of undertaking if certain thresholds are triggered. The security review rules issued by MOFCOM, which became effective in September 2011, specify that certain mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors, for example those that raise "national defense and security" concerns or through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises and therefore raise "national security" concerns, are subject to its review. Those rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass security review, for example by structuring a transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangements. We may grow our business by acquiring other financial technology service providers. Complying with the requirements of the regulations described above and other relevant rules to complete these transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval or filing processes, including obtaining approval from or filing with MOFCOM or its local counterparts, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete these transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share. Furthermore, according to the M&A Rules, if a PRC entity or individual plans to merger or acquire its related PRC entity through an overseas company legitimately incorporated or controlled by such entity or individual, such a merger and acquisition will be subject to examination and approval by MOFCOM. The application and interpretations of M&A Rules are

40


Table of Contents

still uncertain, and there is possibility that the relevant PRC regulators may promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain approval of MOFCOM for our completed or ongoing mergers and acquisitions. There is no assurance that we can obtain MOFCOM approval for our mergers and acquisitions, and if we fail to obtain those approvals, we may be required to suspend our acquisition and be subject to penalties. Any uncertainties regarding such MOFCOM approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and corporate structure.

We may be classified as a "PRC resident enterprise" for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.

        Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a "de facto management body" within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The related implementation rules define the term "de facto management body" as the body that exercises full and substantial control over, and overall management of, the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the "de facto management body" of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the SAT's general position on how the "de facto management body" test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore-incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its "de facto management body" in China. It will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise's financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise's primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

        We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term "de facto management body." As substantially all of our management members are based in China, it remains unclear how the tax residency rule would apply in our case. If the PRC tax authorities determine that we or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, then we or such subsidiary could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on its worldwide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we are also subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, dividends paid by us and gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject to PRC tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such dividends and gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company, including the holders of our ADSs, would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our ADSs.

41


Table of Contents

We may rely on dividends and other distributions from our subsidiaries in China to fund our cash and financing requirements, and any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make payments to us could materially and adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

        We are a holding company, and we rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf, the instruments governing that debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require our PRC subsidiaries to adjust their taxable income under the current contractual arrangements they have in place with the VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders in a manner that would materially and adversely affect its ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us.

        Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiaries, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and Zhang Tong Shun, as wholly foreign-owned enterprises, or WFOEs, in China, may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a WFOE is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds, until the aggregate amount of such funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. At its discretion, a WFOE may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserve funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable as cash dividends.

        Our PRC subsidiaries generate primarily all of their revenue in Renminbi, which is not freely convertible into other currencies. As a result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to use their Renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us.

        In response to the persistent capital outflow and the Renminbi's depreciation against the U.S. dollar in the fourth quarter of 2016, the People's Bank of China, or the PBOC, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, have implemented a series of capital control measures over recent months, including stricter vetting procedures for China-based companies to remit foreign currency for overseas acquisitions, dividend payments and shareholder loan repayments. The PRC government may continue to strengthen its capital controls and our PRC subsidiary's dividends and other distributions may be subjected to tighter scrutiny. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

        In addition, the EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the price of our ADSs.

        The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China's foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular

42


Table of Contents

five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up its Special Drawing Rights, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, the Renminbi is considered to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows out of China. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may announce further changes to the exchange rate system and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policies may affect the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

        Substantially all of our revenue and costs are denominated in Renminbi. We are a holding company and we rely on dividends paid by our operating subsidiaries in China for our cash needs. Any significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering or other capital markets transactions or borrowings outside China into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

The PRC government's control of foreign currency conversion may limit our foreign exchange transactions, including dividend payments on our ADSs.

        The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our company in the Cayman Islands relies on dividend payments indirectly from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulation. However, approval from or registration with appropriate governmental authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses, such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies.

        In light of strong capital outflows from China in 2016, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up its scrutiny of major outbound capital movements. More restrictions and substantial vetting processes have been put in place by SAFE to regulate cross-border capital account transactions. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access to foreign currencies in the future for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.

        Furthermore, as these foreign exchange regulations are still relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulations concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you

43


Table of Contents

that we or the owners of such company will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering under a regulation adopted in August 2006, as amended, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain this approval.

        The M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in August 2006 and amended in 2009, require an overseas special purpose vehicle formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interests and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle's securities on an overseas stock exchange. In September 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by a special purpose vehicle seeking the CSRC's approval of its overseas listings.

        We believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, Haiwen & Partners, that the aforesaid CSRC's approval is not required for the listing and trading of our ADSs on the [NYSE/NASDAQ Global Market] in the context of this offering, given that:

        However, there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and the CSRC's opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If the CSRC or any other PRC regulatory agencies subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC's approval for this offering or if the CSRC or any other PRC government agencies promulgates any interpretation or implements rules before our listing that would require us to obtain CSRC or other governmental approvals for this offering, we may face adverse actions or sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. These sanctions could include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiary, or other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the ADSs that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the ADSs we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

44


Table of Contents

Inflation in the PRC could negatively affect our profitability and growth.

        The economy of China has experienced significant growth, which has from time to time lead to significant inflation. China's overall economy is expected to continue to grow. Future increases in China's inflation may materially and adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investments in PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

        Any funds we transfer to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration with the relevant governmental authorities in China. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the approval of or filing with MOFCOM or its local branch, and registration with other governmental authorities in China. In addition, (i) any foreign loan procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with SAFE, or its local branches, and (ii) each of our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans that exceed the difference between its registered capital and its total investment amount or twice of the amount of its respective net assets. Any medium or long-term loan to be provided by us to our VIEs must be recorded and registered by the National Development and Reform Committee, or the NDRC, and SAFE or its local branches. We may not be able to complete these recordings or registrations on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us directly to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete these recordings, filings or registrations, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC subsidiaries may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

        On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Management Approach Regarding the Foreign Exchange Capital Settlement of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, which took effect as of June 1, 2015. SAFE Circular 19 launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capital of foreign-invested enterprises. It allows foreign-invested enterprises to settle their foreign exchange capital at their discretion, but continues to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from using the Renminbi funds converted from their foreign exchange capital for expenditure beyond their business scopes. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Standardizing the Administrative Provisions on Capital Account Foreign Exchange, or SAFE Circular 16. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 continue to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from, among other things, using the Renminbi funds converted from their foreign exchange capital for expenditure beyond their business scope, as well as investments in securities or any investments other than in banks' principal-secured products. These circulars also continue to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from providing loans to non-affiliated enterprises or constructing or purchasing real estate that is not for self-use, except for real estate enterprises. SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16 may significantly limit our ability to transfer to and use in China the net proceeds from this offering, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. On October 25, 2019, the SAFE issued the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Convenience of Cross-border Trade and Investment, or the SAFE Circular 28. The SAFE Circular 28 provides that non-investment foreign-invested entities may use foreign exchange capital or Renminbi funds converted from the foreign exchange capital to make equity investments, provided that such investments should be in compliance with the 2019 Negative List and other relevant PRC laws and regulations. However, there are substantial uncertainties of the further implementation of SAFE Circular 28.

45


Table of Contents

The heightened scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on our business operations, our acquisition or restructuring strategy or the value of your investment in us.

        Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the SAT, which became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008, if a non-resident enterprise investor transfers equity interest in a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by way of disposing of equity interest in an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise investor, being the transferor, may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, if the indirect transfer is considered to be an abusive use of company structure without reasonable commercial purposes. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfers may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. In addition, the relevant PRC resident enterprise may be required to provide necessary assistance to support the enforcement of Circular 698.

        On February 3, 2015, the State Administration of Tax issued a Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or Public Notice 7. Public Notice 7 introduces a new tax regime that is significantly different from Circular 698. Public Notice 7 extends tax jurisdiction to not only indirect transfers set forth under Circular 698 but also to transactions involving the transfer of other taxable assets made through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, Public Notice 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. Public Notice 7 has new requirements for both foreign transferors and the transferees (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of the taxable assets. If a non-resident enterprise conducts an "indirect transfer" by transferring the taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interest of an overseas holding company, then the non-resident enterprise, as the transferor, or the transferee or the PRC entity, which directly owned the taxable assets, must report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of up to 10% for the transfer of equity interest in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

        We face uncertainties with respect to the reporting and consequences of private equity financing transactions, share exchanges or other transactions involving the transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises, or in respect of the sale or purchase of shares in other non-PRC resident companies or other taxable assets by us. Under Circular 698 and Public Notice 7, our company and our other non-resident enterprises may be subject to filing or tax obligations if they are transferors in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if they are transferees in such transactions. For the transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under Circular 698 and Public Notice 7. The PRC tax authorities have the discretion under Circular 698 and Public Notice 7 to make adjustments to the taxable capital gains based on the difference between the fair value of the taxable assets transferred and the cost of investment. If the PRC tax authorities make adjustments to the taxable income of the transactions under Circular 698 and Public Notice 7, our income tax costs associated with such transactions will be increased, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We have made acquisitions in the past and may conduct acquisitions in the future. We cannot assure you that the PRC tax authorities will not, at their discretion, adjust any capital gains and impose tax return filing obligations on us or require us to provide assistance to them for the investigation of any transactions we were involved in. Heightened scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.

46


Table of Contents

You may be subject to PRC income tax on dividends from us or on any gain realized on the transfer of our ADSs.

        Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, PRC withholding tax at the rate of 10% is generally applicable to dividends from PRC sources paid to investors that are resident enterprises outside of China and that do not have an establishment or place of business in China, or that have an establishment or place of business in China but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business. Any gain realized on the transfer of shares by such investors is subject to 10% PRC income tax if this gain is regarded as income derived from sources within China. Under the PRC Individual Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, dividends from sources within China paid to foreign individual investors who are not PRC residents are generally subject to a PRC withholding tax at a rate of 20% and gains from PRC sources realized by these investors on the transfer of shares are generally subject to 20% PRC income tax. Any such PRC tax liability may be reduced by the provisions of an applicable tax treaty.

        Although substantially all of our business operations are in China, it is unclear whether the dividends we pay with respect to our shares or ADSs, or the gains realized from the transfer of our shares or ADSs, would be treated as income derived from sources within China and as a result be subject to PRC income tax if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise. If PRC income tax is imposed on gains realized through the transfer of our ADSs or on dividends paid to our non-resident investors, the value of your investment in our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, our shareholders whose jurisdictions of residence have tax treaties or arrangements with China may not qualify for benefits under these tax treaties or arrangements.

        In addition, pursuant to the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement between Hong Kong and China, or the Double Tax Avoidance Treaty, and the Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, or the Notice on Tax Treaties, issued on February 20, 2009 by the SAT, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns more than 25% of the equity interest of a PRC company at all times during the twelve-month period immediately prior to obtaining a dividend from such company, the 10% withholding tax on such dividend is reduced to 5%, provided that certain other conditions and requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Treaty and other applicable PRC laws are satisfied at the discretion of the relevant PRC tax authority. However, based on the Notice on Tax Treaties, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, the PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. Based on the Notice on Issues concerning Beneficial Owner in Tax Treaties, or Circular 9, issued on February 3, 2018 by the SAT and effective on April 1, 2018, when determining the applicant's status as a "beneficial owner" for purpose of tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors will be taken into account, and it will be analyzed according to the actual circumstances of the specific cases. If our Hong Kong subsidiaries are determined by PRC government authorities as receiving benefits from reduced income tax rates due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, the dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiaries will be taxed at a higher rate, which will have a material adverse effect on our financial and operational conditions.

We may be subject to penalties, including restrictions on our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries and on our PRC subsidiaries' ability to distribute profits to us, if our PRC resident shareholders or beneficial owners fail to comply with relevant PRC foreign exchange regulations.

        SAFE has promulgated several regulations that require PRC residents and PRC corporate entities to register with and obtain approval from local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. The Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident's Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, was promulgated by SAFE in July 2014. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment, or control of an offshore entity established, for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. These regulations apply to our

47


Table of Contents

shareholders who are PRC residents and may also apply to any offshore acquisitions or investments that we make in the future.

        Under these foreign exchange regulations, PRC residents who make, or have previously made, prior to the implementation of these foreign exchange regulations, direct or indirect investments in offshore companies are required to register those investments. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to update its previously filed SAFE registration, to reflect any material change involving its round-trip investment. If any PRC shareholder fails to make the required registration or update the previously filed registration, the PRC subsidiary of that offshore parent company may be restricted from distributing their profits and the proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to their offshore parent company, and the offshore parent company may also be restricted from injecting additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with the various foreign exchange registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions, including (i) the requirement by SAFE to return the foreign exchange remitted overseas or into the PRC within a period of time specified by SAFE, with a fine of up to 30% of the total amount of foreign exchange remitted overseas or into PRC and deemed to have been evasive or illegal and (ii) in circumstances involving serious violations, a fine of no less than 30% of and up to the total amount of remitted foreign exchange deemed evasive or illegal.

        We are committed to complying with and to ensuring that our shareholders who are subject to these regulations will comply with the relevant SAFE rules and regulations. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in the implementation of the regulatory requirements by the PRC authorities, such registration might not be always practically available in all circumstances as prescribed in those regulations. In addition, we may not always be able to compel them to comply with SAFE Circular 37 or other related regulations. We cannot assure you that SAFE or its local branches will not release explicit requirements or interpret the relevant PRC laws and regulations otherwise. As of May 31, 2019, Wenwei Dou, Wenjun Wang, Jie Li and Liang Xu, who are indirect shareholders of ours, who are PRC citizens, had completed their registration under SAFE Circular 37. However, we may not be fully informed of the identities of all our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents, and we cannot provide any assurance that all of our shareholders and beneficial owners who are PRC residents will comply with our request to make, obtain or update any applicable registrations or comply with other requirements under SAFE Circular 37 or other related rules in a timely manner.

        Because there is uncertainty concerning the reconciliation of these foreign exchange regulations with other approval requirements, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant governmental authorities. We cannot predict how these regulations will affect our business operations or future strategy. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

We may be materially adversely affected if our shareholders and beneficial owners who are PRC entities fail to comply with the relevant PRC overseas investment regulations.

        On December 26, 2017, the NDRC promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, or NDRC Order No.11, which took effect as of March 1, 2018. According to NDRC Order No. 11, nonsensitive overseas investment projects are subject to record-filing requirements with the local branch of the NDRC. On September 6, 2014, MOFCOM promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, which took effect as of October 6, 2014. According to this regulation, overseas investments of PRC enterprises that involve nonsensitive countries and regions and nonsensitive industries are subject to record-filing requirements with a local MOFCOM branch. According to the Circular of the

48


Table of Contents

State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issuing the Regulations on Foreign Exchange Administration of the Overseas Direct Investment of Domestic Institutions, which was promulgated by SAFE on July 13, 2009 and took effect on August 1, 2009, PRC enterprises must register for overseas direct investment with a local SAFE branch.

        As of the date of this prospectus, Beijing Xinzhou Tiandi Technology Limited Company, our indirect shareholder, which is a PRC entity, had completed the aforementioned overseas direct investments procedures required by the aforementioned regulations. However, we may not be fully informed of the identities of all our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC entities, and we cannot provide any assurance that all of our shareholders and beneficial owners who are PRC entities will comply with our request to complete the overseas direct investment procedures under the aforementioned regulations or other related rules in a timely manner, or at all. If they fail to complete the filings or registrations required by the overseas direct investment regulations, the relevant authorities may order them to suspend or cease the implementation of such investment and make corrections within a specified time, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding our employee share incentive plans or share option plans may subject plan participants, who are PRC residents, or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

        In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Publicly-Listed Companies, or SAFE Circular 7. SAFE Circular 7 and other relevant rules and regulations require PRC residents who participate in a stock incentive plan in an overseas publicly tradeable company to register with SAFE or its local branches and complete certain other procedures. Participants in a stock incentive plan who are PRC residents must retain a qualified PRC agent to conduct the SAFE registration and other procedures with respect to the stock incentive plan on behalf of its participants. In addition, the PRC agent must amend the SAFE registration with respect to the plan within three months if there is any material change to the stock incentive plan, the PRC agent, or the overseas entrusted institution, or if there are any other material changes in the plan. In addition, SAFE Circular 37 stipulates that PRC residents who participate in a share incentive plan of an overseas non-publicly tradeable special purpose company must register with SAFE or its local branches before they exercise the share options. We and our PRC employees who have been granted share options and restricted shares are subject to these regulations. Failure of our PRC share option holders or restricted shareholders to complete their SAFE registrations may subject them to fines and legal sanctions, and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary's ability to distribute dividends to us, or otherwise materially adversely affect our business.

        The SAT has also issued rules and regulations concerning employee share incentives. Under these rules and regulations, our employees working in the PRC will be subject to PRC individual income tax upon exercise of the share options and/or grant of the restricted shares. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents with respect to the granted share options and/or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes for their employees upon exercise of the share options and/or grant of the restricted shares. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their individual income taxes according to relevant rules and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the competent governmental authorities.

Our leased property interests may be defective and our right to lease the properties affected by defects may be challenged, which could cause significant disruption to our business.

        As of the date of this prospectus, the lessors of certain of our leased properties in China had failed to provide us with their ownership certificate or sublease consents granted by the landlords. If the lessors or the leased properties do not have the requisite rights to lease the relevant properties, these lease agreements may be deemed to be invalid, and as a result, we may be required to vacate the relevant

49


Table of Contents

properties. In this event, our business may be adversely affected. PRC state-owned lands may only be used in accordance with the approved usage registered on the ownership certificate for these lands. If such lands are being used in ways that are inconsistent with these approved usages, PRC land administration authorities may order the lessor to return the land use right and may impose penalties on the lessor. Additionally, under applicable PRC laws, construction companies must act in accordance with the applicable land use rights. The actual usage of some of our PRC leased properties may not be consistent with the approved usage for the corresponding land. Under PRC law, landlords must complete registration procedures and obtain approval from competent PRC land administration authorities before they lease certain kinds of stated-owned lands. However, as of the date of this prospectus, not all of our landlords have provided us with those approvals, and there is a risk that those landlords may not have completed these procedures. If we were challenged by competent authorities or third parties on these types of issues, we may have to vacate the relevant properties, which will interrupt our business operations.

        In addition, under PRC laws, all lease agreements must be registered with the local housing authorities. As of the date of this prospectus, not all landlords of the premises we lease have completed their registration of ownership rights or the registration of our leases. Failure to complete these registrations may expose us to potential monetary fines.

We may be subject to penalties under relevant PRC laws and regulations due to failure to be in full compliance with social insurance and housing provident fund regulation.

        According to the applicable PRC laws and regulations, we need to register with the relevant authorities to make full contributions for social insurance and housing funds for our employees, and this obligation cannot be delegated to any third party.

        Our contributions for some of our employees to the social insurance and housing funds may not have been in compliance with relevant PRC laws and regulations. For example, we have not made full contributions of social security and housing fund for some of our employees, or even at all. Furthermore, we have not registered with the relevant governmental authority to make social insurance and housing funds contributions, and we have engaged third-party human resources agencies to pay on our behalf for some of our employees.

        If a relevant employee lodges a complaint before the relevant labor authorities or the relevant authorities conduct investigation on us, we may be required to complete relevant registrations, pay the amount in arrears in full and pay late payment fees, and if we fail to do so in a timely manner, we may face penalties. Furthermore, relevant governmental authority may not recognize the social insurance and housing funds contributions that were paid by third parties on our behalf. If this happens, we may be required to make addition payments or repay these contributions.

        On July 20, 2018, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council of the PRC issued the Reform Plan of the State Tax and Local Tax Collection Administration System, or the Tax Reform Plan. Under the Tax Reform Plan, commencing from January 1, 2019, tax authorities are responsible for the collection of social insurance contributions in the PRC. The effect of the Tax Reform Plan is still uncertain. We cannot assure that we will not be required to pay any deemed shortfalls or be subject to penalties or fines regarding social security insurance and housing provident funds contributions, any of which may have a material and adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

50


Table of Contents

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

        We are an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, most of our senior executive officers reside in China for a significant portion of the time and many of them are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in the United States courts judgments obtained in the United States courts based on the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who reside and whose assets are located outside the United States. There is also uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of the United States courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.

        The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law and other applicable laws, regulations and interpretations based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of reciprocity with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of U.S. judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

Recent litigation and negative publicity surrounding China-based companies listed in the United States may result in increased regulatory scrutiny of us and negatively impact the trading price of the ADSs and could have a material adverse effect upon our business, including our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and prospects.

        We believe that litigation and negative publicity surrounding companies with operations in China that are listed in the United States have negatively impacted stock prices for these companies. Various equity-based research organizations have published reports on China-based companies after examining their corporate governance practices, related party transactions, sales practices and financial statements, and these reports have led to special investigations and listing suspensions on U.S. national exchanges. Any similar scrutiny of us, regardless of its lack of merit, could result in a diversion of management resources and energy, potential costs to defend ourselves against rumors, decreases and volatility in the ADS trading price, and increased directors and officers insurance premiums and could have a material adverse effect upon our business, including our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and prospects.

The audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as such, our investors are deprived of the benefits of such inspection and are exposed to uncertainties.

        Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit reports included in this prospectus filed with the SEC, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Since our auditors are located in China, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities, our auditors are not currently inspected by the PCAOB.

51


Table of Contents

        Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms' audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating our auditor' audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

        The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditors' audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against five China-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

        Starting in 2011 five China-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, were affected by a conflict between U.S. and Chinese law. Specifically, for certain U.S.-listed companies operating and audited in China, the SEC and the PCAOB sought to obtain from the Chinese firms access to their audit work papers and related documents. The firms were, however, advised and directed that under Chinese law, they could not respond directly to the U.S. regulators on those requests, and that requests by foreign regulators for access to such papers in China had to be channeled through the CSRC.

        In December 2012, the SEC instituted proceedings under Rule 102(e)(1)(iii) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 against five China-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, alleging that these firms had violated U.S. securities laws and the SEC's rules and regulations thereunder by failing to provide to the SEC the firms' work papers related to their audits of certain China-based companies that are publicly traded in the U.S. Rule 102(e)(1)(iii) grants the SEC the authority to deny to any person, temporarily or permanently, the ability to practice before the SEC who is found by the SEC, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, to have willfully violated any such laws or rules and regulations. On January 22, 2014, an initial administrative law decision was issued, censuring these accounting firms and suspending four of the five firms from practicing before the SEC for a period of six months. Four of these China-based accounting firms appealed to the SEC against this decision and, on February 6, 2015, each of the four China-based accounting firms agreed to a censure and to pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC. The firms' ability to continue to serve all their respective customers is not affected by the settlement. The settlement requires the firms to follow detailed procedures to seek to provide the SEC with access to Chinese firms' audit documents via the China Securities Regulatory Commission. If the firms do not follow these procedures, the SEC could impose penalties such as suspensions, or it could restart the administrative proceedings. The settlement did not require the firms to admit to any violation of law and preserves the firms' legal defenses in the event the administrative proceeding is restarted.

        If the SEC restarts the administrative proceedings, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in the PRC, which could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, including possible delisting. Moreover, any negative news about any such future proceedings against these audit firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, U.S.-listed companies, and the market price of our ordinary shares may be adversely affected.

        In December 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement on regulatory access to audit and other information internationally that cites the ongoing challenges faced by them in overseeing the

52


Table of Contents

financial reporting of companies listed in the United States with operations in China, the absence of satisfactory progress in discussions on these issues with Chinese authorities and the potential for remedial action if significant information barriers persist.

        As part of a continued regulatory focus in the United States on access to audit and other information currently protected by national law, in particular China's, in June 2019, a bipartisan group of lawmakers introduced bills in both houses of the U.S. Congress that would require the SEC to maintain a list of issuers for which the PCAOB is not able to inspect or investigate an auditor report issued by a foreign public accounting firm. The Ensuring Quality Information and Transparency for Abroad-Based Listings on our Exchanges (EQUITABLE) Act prescribes increased disclosure requirements for these issuers and, beginning in 2025, the delisting from U.S. national securities exchanges such as [New York Stock Exchange]/[NASDAQ Global Market] of issuers included on the SEC's list for three consecutive years. Enactment of this legislation or other efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including us, and the market price of our ADSs could be adversely affected.

        If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Such a determination could ultimately lead to the delisting of the ADSs from the [New York Stock Exchange]/[NASDAQ Global Market] or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of the ADSs in the United States.

Risks Relating to Our ADSs and This Offering

An active trading market for our ordinary shares or our ADSs may not develop and the trading price for our ADSs may fluctuate significantly.

        We have applied to list our ADSs on the [New York Stock Exchange]/[NASDAQ Global Market]. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or our ordinary shares. Negotiations with the underwriters will determine the initial public offering price for our ADSs, which may bear no relationship to their market price after this offering. There is no assurance that this offering will result in the development of an active, liquid public trading market for our ADSs, and we can provide no assurance that the trading price of our ADSs after this offering will not decline below the initial public offering price. Factors such as variations in our revenue, earnings and cash flows, or any other developments in respect of us, may affect the volume and price at which our ADSs will be traded. As a result, investors in our securities may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ADSs.

        [The participation in this offering by our business partners and their respective affiliates may further reduce the liquidity of our ADSs, and it may cause the trading price of our ADSs to be more volatile than it would have been if other investors had purchased those ADSs that are purchased by our existing shareholders and their affiliates.]

The trading price of our ADSs may be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

        The trading price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of Chinese companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these Chinese companies' securities after their offerings may affect the

53


Table of Contents

attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.

        In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ADSs may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

        Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade.

        Shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in such a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management's attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ADSs, the market price for our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our ADSs will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade our ADSs, the market price for our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price or trading volume for our ADSs to decline.

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ADSs could adversely affect their market price.

        Sales of our ADSs in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline. Immediately after the completion of this offering, we will have ordinary shares outstanding including            ordinary shares represented by ADSs, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. All ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the representatives of the underwriters of

54


Table of Contents

this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our ADSs could decline.

        We adopted a share incentive plan in November 2017, which was amended and restated in September 2019, or the 2019 plan, under which we have the discretion to grant performance-based awards to eligible participants. See "Management—Share Incentive Plan." We intend to register under the Securities Act all ordinary shares that we may issue under this share incentive plan. Once we register these ordinary shares, they can be freely sold in the public market in the form of ADSs upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this prospectus. If a large number of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into our ordinary shares are sold in the public market in the form of ADSs after they become eligible for sale, the sales could reduce the trading price of our ADSs and impede our ability to raise future capital. In addition, any ordinary shares that we issue under our share incentive plan would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors who purchase ADSs in this offering.

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on price appreciation of our ADSs for return on your investment.

        We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

        Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiary, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ADSs. There is no guarantee that our ADSs will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs and you may even lose your entire investment in our ADSs.

Because the initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

        If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for each ADS than the corresponding amount paid by existing shareholders for their ordinary shares. In addition, we will issue an aggregate of            ordinary shares to Blossom View Limited, Gold Planning Limited and Great Lakes Global Limited. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately US$            per ADS (assuming that no outstanding options to acquire ordinary shares are exercised). This number represents the difference between (1) our pro forma net tangible book value as adjusted per ADS of US$            as of            , after giving effect to this offering and (2) the assumed initial public offering price of US$            per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus. You may experience further dilution to the extent that our ordinary shares are issued upon exercise of any share options. See "Dilution" for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in ADSs will be diluted upon completion of this offering.

We have not determined a specific use for a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

        Our management may spend the net proceeds from this offering in ways you may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return to our shareholders. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering

55


Table of Contents

for purposes including enhancement of our platform and technology capabilities, international expansion and strategic investments, sales and marketing activities, and general corporate purposes. However, our management will have discretion as to the actual application of our net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately before you make your investment decision. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We cannot assure you that the net proceeds will be used in a manner that will improve our results of operations or increase our ADS price, nor that these net proceeds will be placed only in investments that generate income or appreciate in value.

Our directors, officers and principal shareholders have substantial influence over our company and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

        Certain of our existing shareholders, Sen Rong Limited and Bo Yu Limited, each owns 50.0% and 39.8%, respectively, of the total voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus and will each own        % and        % of the total voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately upon completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. These shareholders, and our directors and officers have, and will continue to have substantial influence over our business, including significant corporate actions such as change of directors, mergers, change of control transactions and other significant corporate actions.

        In addition, our directors, officers, and principal shareholders may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. The concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of the ADSs. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by shareholders, including those who purchase ADSs in this offering. In addition, the significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of the ADSs due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

We may be a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the current or a future taxable year, which could subject U.S. investors in our ADSs or ordinary shares to significant adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

        A non-U.S. corporation will be a "passive foreign investment company", or PFIC, if, in any particular year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of "passive" income or (ii) the average percentage of the value of its assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income, based on the average of four quarterly testing dates, is at least 50% (the "asset test"). Because the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets may change, and because the treatment of our VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not entirely clear, it is possible that we may be a PFIC in the current or a future year. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to become a PFIC.

        If we are a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in "Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations") may incur significantly increased U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares and on the receipt of distributions on our ADSs or ordinary shares to the extent such gain or distribution is treated as an "excess distribution" under the U.S. federal income tax rules, and such U.S. Holder may be subject to burdensome reporting requirements. Further, if we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all subsequent years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, unless we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder makes a special "purging" election on Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

        See "Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules" for more details regarding the foregoing.

56


Table of Contents

Our memorandum and articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

        We will adopt the third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our new memorandum and articles of association contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to fix their designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights associated with our ordinary shares. Preferred shares could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or make removal of management more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue preferred shares, the price of our ADSs may fall and the voting and other rights of the holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

        We are an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended, the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

        Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

        Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. Upon completion of this offering, we will follow our home country practices and rely on certain exemptions provided by the [Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange]/[Nasdaq Stock Market Rules] to a foreign private issuer, including exemptions from the requirements to have:

57


Table of Contents

        As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulties in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States.

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

        Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

        We are an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. We conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, a majority of our directors and executive officers reside within China, and most of the assets of these persons are located within China. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these individuals, or to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of the PRC may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. See "Enforceability of Civil Liabilities" for more details.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an "emerging growth company."

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the [NASDAQ Global Market]/[NYSE], impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in annual gross revenues for our last financial year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company's internal control over financial reporting.

        We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an "emerging growth company," we expect to incur significant additional expenses and devote additional management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. For example, as a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same

58


Table of Contents

or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies.

        Because we are a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

        We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the [NYSE/Nasdaq Global Market]. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely than that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

        We currently prepare our financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. We are not required to file financial statements prepared in accordance with or reconciled to U.S. GAAP so long as our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

The voting rights of holders of our ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to direct the voting of the underlying ordinary shares which are represented by your ADSs.

        As a holder of our ADSs, you will not have any direct right to attend general meetings of our shareholders or to cast any votes at such meetings. You will only be able to exercise the voting rights which attach to the underlying ordinary shares which are represented by your ADSs indirectly by giving voting instructions to the depositary in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you may vote only by giving voting instructions to the depositary, as the holder of the underlying ordinary shares which are represented by your ADSs. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will endeavor to vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with your instructions in the event voting is by poll, and in accordance with instructions received from a majority of holders of ADSs who provide instructions in the event voting is by show of hands. The depositary will not join in demanding a vote by poll. You will not be able to directly exercise any right to vote with respect to the underlying ordinary shares unless you withdraw the shares and become the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date for the general meeting. Under our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, the minimum

59


Table of Contents

notice period required to be given by our company to our registered shareholders for convening a general meeting is seven (7) days. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice to enable you to withdraw the underlying shares which are represented by your ADSs and become the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date for the general meeting to allow you to attend the general meeting or to vote directly with respect to any specific matter or resolution which is to be considered and voted upon at the general meeting. In addition, under our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering, for the purposes of determining those shareholders who are entitled to attend and vote at any general meeting, our directors may close our register of members and/or fix in advance a record date for such meeting, and such closure of our register of members or the setting of such a record date may prevent you from withdrawing the underlying shares which are represented by your ADSs and becoming the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date, so that you would not be able to attend the general meeting or to vote directly. Where any matter is to be put to a vote at a general meeting, the depositary will, if we request, and subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, endeavor to notify you of the upcoming vote and to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the underlying shares which are represented by your ADSs. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to direct the voting of the underlying shares which are represented by your ADSs, and you may have no legal remedy if the underlying shares are not voted as you requested.

Your rights to pursue claims against the depositary as a holder of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement and the deposit agreement may be amended or terminated without your consent.

        Under the deposit agreement, any action or proceeding against or involving the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or by virtue of owning the ADSs may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and you, as a holder of our ADSs, will have irrevocably waived any objection which you may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding. Also, we may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs after an amendment to the deposit agreement, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

The depositary for our ADSs will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our shares underlying your ADSs if you do not vote at shareholders' meetings, except in limited circumstances, which could adversely affect your interests.

        Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, if you do not vote, the depositary will give us a discretionary proxy to vote the shares underlying your ADSs on any matter at a shareholder meeting if:

        The effect of this discretionary proxy is that if you do not vote at shareholders' meetings, you cannot prevent our shares underlying your ADSs from being voted, except under the circumstances described

60


Table of Contents

above. This may make it more difficult for shareholders to influence the management of our company. Holders of our shares are not subject to this discretionary proxy. In addition, in the event that voting on any resolution or matter is conducted on a show of hands basis in accordance with our constituent documents, the depositary will refrain from voting and the voting instructions received by the depositary from holders shall lapse.

You may not receive dividends or other distributions on our shares and you may not receive any value for them, if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to you.

        The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not feasible to distribute certain property through the mail. Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

Your right to participate in any future rights offerings may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.

        We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. However, we cannot make such rights available to you in the United States unless we register both the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not make rights available to you unless both the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the Securities Act. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective and we may not be able to establish a necessary exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you may be unable to participate in our rights offerings in the future and may experience dilution in your holdings.

ADSs holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiffs in any such action.

        The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws.

        If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the United States Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in the City of New York, which has nonexclusive

61


Table of Contents

jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement.

        If you or any other holders or beneficial owners of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against either or both of us and the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiffs in any such action.

        Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

62


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of current or historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

        You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "aim," "estimate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "likely to" or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

        You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

        This prospectus contains statistical data and information estimates that we obtained from various government and private publications, including industry data and information from Oliver Wyman. Although we have not independently verified the data, we believe that the publications and reports are reliable. The market data contained in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions, estimates and limitations. The financial services market and the market for technology-as-a-platform for financial service providers and related markets in China and elsewhere may not grow at the rates projected by market data, or at all. The failure of these markets to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ADSs. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

63


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$         million, or approximately US$         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment options in full, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial public offering price of US$        per ADS, which is the mid-point of the price range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$        per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$        , assuming the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

        The primary purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our shares for the benefit of all shareholders, retain talented employees by providing them with equity incentives, and obtain additional capital. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

        The plans outlined above represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our ADSs and This Offering—We have not determined a specific use for a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree."

        In using the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations as an offshore holding company to provide funding to our wholly foreign owned subsidiary in China through loans or capital contributions and to our variable interest entity through loans. Such loans and capital contributions are subject to PRC regulations, approvals, permits, registrations and filings, and requirements of the relevant authorities. Capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries must be approved by or filed with MOFCOM or its local counterparts, and loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs and their subsidiaries to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with SAFE or its local branches. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business." We expect that all the net proceeds from this offering will be used in the PRC in the form of Renminbi and mainly by funding our wholly foreign owned subsidiary through capital contributions. In general, the relevant registration and approval procedures for capital contributions typically take approximately eight weeks to complete. We currently see no material obstacles in completing the registration and approval procedures with respect to future capital contributions to our wholly foreign owned subsidiary.

64


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        Our board of directors has discretion on whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided always that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. We do not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future after this offering. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

        We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.

        If we pay any dividends on our ordinary shares, we will pay those dividends which are payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying our ADSs to the depositary, as the registered holder of such ordinary shares, and the depositary then will pay such amounts to our ADS holders in proportion to the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs held by such ADS holders, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

65


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2019:

        You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of September 30, 2019  
 
  Actual   As-adjusted(1)  
 
  RMB
  US$
  RMB
  US$
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Equity:

                         

Share capital

    66     9                            

Shares held for share option scheme

    (88,280 )   (12,351 )                          

Other reserves

    6,393,047     894,420              

Accumulated losses

    (3,383,943 )   (473,431 )            

Equity attributable to equity owners of the Company

    2,920,890     408,648                            

Total equity and liabilities

    8,170,252     1,143,060                            

(1)
The pro forma as-adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our total shareholders' equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering are subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

66


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

        Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019 was approximately US$            , or US$            per ordinary share and US$            per ADS. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share, after giving effect to the additional proceeds we will receive from this offering, from the assumed initial public offering price of US$            per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after September 30, 2019, other than to give effect to our sale of the ADSs offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$            per ADS, which is the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019 would have been US$            , or US$            per ordinary share and US$            per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$            per ordinary share and US$             per ADS to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$            per ordinary share and US$            per ADS to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 
  Per
Ordinary
Share
  Per ADS  

Assumed initial public offering price

  US$            US$           

Net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019

  US$            US$           

As-adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to (i) this offering; and (ii) the issuance of an aggregate of            ordinary shares to Blossom View Limited, Gold Planning Limited and Great Lakes Global Limited

  US$            US$           

Amount of dilution in net tangible book per ordinary share value to new investors in this offering

  US$            US$           

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value to new investors in this offering

  US$            US$           

        A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$            per ADS would increase (decrease) our as-adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering by US$            , the as-adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by US$            per ordinary share and US$            per ADS and the dilution in as-adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$            per ordinary share and US$            per ADS, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as-adjusted basis as of September 30, 2019, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares (represented by ADSs or shares) purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share and per ADS paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions

67


Table of Contents

and estimated offering expenses. The total number of ordinary shares does not include ordinary shares underlying the ADSs issuable upon the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

 
  Ordinary Shares
Purchased
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Total Consideration   Average
Price Per
Ordinary
Share
   
 
 
  Average
Price Per
ADS
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing shareholders

                            US$                       % US$            US$           

New investors

                            US$                       % US$            US$           

Total

                            US$              100.0 %                          

        The pro forma as-adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of any outstanding share options outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, there are             ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$            per share, and there are                        ordinary shares available for future issuance upon the exercise of future grants under our share incentive plan. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

68


Table of Contents


ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

        We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as:

        However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to:

        Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

        Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China. Substantially all of our directors and executive officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States, and most of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these individuals, or to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States, in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

        We have appointed Cogency Global Inc., located at 10 East 40th Street, 10th Floor, New York, N.Y. 10016, as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in connection with this offering under the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York in connection with this offering under the securities laws of the State of New York.

        Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and Haiwen & Partners, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands and China, respectively, would:

        We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel, Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against

69


Table of Contents

us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. The courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the United Courts against our company under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) or, in certain circumstances, an in personam judgment for non-monetary relief, and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands, (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands, (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands, and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

        Haiwen & Partners has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements, public policy considerations and conditions set forth in applicable provisions of PRC laws relating to the enforcement of civil liability, including the PRC Civil Procedures Law, based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands.

70


Table of Contents


CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Corporate History

        Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Company Limited, or Shanghai OneConnect, was originally founded by Ping An Financial Technology, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ping An Group, and Guang Feng Qi, in December 2015 to provide technology solutions to financial institutions.

        Ping An Financial Technology, Guang Feng Qi, Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng, and Urumqi Guang Feng Rong Equity Investment Limited Partnership, or Guang Feng Rong, later incorporated Shenzhen OneConnect, in September 2017. Immediately after incorporation, Shenzhen OneConnect acquired 100% equity interest in Shanghai OneConnect and since then Shanghai OneConnect and its subsidiaries became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect.

        In October 2017, we restructured our holding structure by incorporating OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company to facilitate financing and offshore listing. In the meanwhile, we also established Jin Tai Yuan Limited in the British Virgin Islands as the wholly-owned subsidiary of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., and Jin Cheng Long Limited in Hong Kong as the wholly-owned subsidiary of Jin Tai Yuan Limited. Jin Tai Yuan Limited and Jin Cheng Long Limited are our intermediate holding companies.

        In October 2017, Ping An Financial Technology and Guang Feng Rong transferred 22.2% and 2.4% of their equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect to Shenzhen Lanxin and Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng, respectively. Shortly thereafter, OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. issued ordinary shares to the offshore entities designated by then-shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect substantially in proportion to those shareholders' then-shareholding percentage in Shenzhen OneConnect.

        In January 2018, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, was incorporated as a wholly owned subsidiary of Jin Cheng Long. Shenzhen OneConnect Technology has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Shenzhen OneConnect and its shareholders, which allows us to exercise effective control over the business operation of Shenzhen OneConnect and enjoy all the economic interests derived therefrom. See "Contractual Arrangements with Shenzhen OneConnect and Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders" for more information.

        In July 2018, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology acquired 51.7% equity interest in Vantage Point Technology, a company providing asset liability management solutions. The acquisition has enabled us to expand our service offerings into the area of assets and liabilities management to banks.

        In June 2019, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology acquired an 80% equity interest in Beijing BER, which is a service provider specialized in scenario-based retail digital banking platform establishment and operation. The acquisition has enabled us to enlarge our customer base and enrich our business scenarios.

        In August 2019, we acquired all the shares of View Foundation, a limited liability company incorporated in Hong Kong, from its sole shareholder. View Foundation has a PRC-incorporated subsidiary, Zhang Tong Shun which has entered into contractual arrangements with Shenzhen CA and its shareholders, which in the aggregate hold 98.9% shares in Shenzhen CA, that allow View Foundation, through Zhang Tong Shun, to exercise effective control over the business operation of Shenzhen CA and enjoy the relevant economic interests derived from it. Shenzhen CA is engaged in the provision of digital certification and related services and solutions.

71


Table of Contents

Corporate Structure

        The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our principal subsidiaries, our VIEs, and our VIEs' principal subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus:

GRAPHIC


(1)
The shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect are Ping An Financial Technology; Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng; Shenzhen Lanxin; and Guang Feng Qi, which hold 44.3%, 7.4%, 22.2% and 26.2% equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect, respectively.

(2)
Shenzhen Huaxinhe Information Technology Co., Ltd., Zhuhai Ruisheng Chuangye Investment LLP and Lianying He, which hold 81.6%, 15.0%, and 2.3% equity interest in Shenzhen CA, respectively, have entered into contractual arrangements with Zhang Tong Shun and Shenzhen CA that allow Zhang Tong Shun to exercise effective control over the business operation of Shenzhen CA and enjoy the relevant economic interests derived from it. Please see "—Contractual Arrangement with Shenzhen CA and certain of its shareholders."

Contractual Arrangements

Contractual Arrangements with Shenzhen OneConnect and Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders

        Foreign ownership of companies that engage in value-added telecommunication services is subject to certain restrictions under Chinese laws and regulations. The Special Administrative Measures for Entrance of Foreign Investment (Negative List) (2019 Version) provides that foreign investors are generally not allowed to own more than 50% of the equity interest in a value-added telecommunication service provider other than an e-commerce service provider, a domestic multi-party communications service provider, a data collection and transmission service provider or a call center, and the Provisions on the Administration

72


Table of Contents

of Foreign-Invested Telecommunications Enterprises (2016 Revision) require that the major foreign investor in a value-added telecommunication service provider in China must have experience in providing value-added telecommunications services overseas and maintain a good track record. We are a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, and our subsidiary Shenzhen OneConnect Technology is considered a foreign-invested enterprise. To comply with the Chinese laws and regulations described above, we primarily conduct our business in China through Shenzhen OneConnect, and its subsidiaries in China, based on a series of contractual arrangements.

        The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements made by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, the shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, as well as the shareholders of the direct shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, namely Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou, who we refer to as the Indirect Shareholders, and together with the direct shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders.

Agreement that Allows Us to Receive Economic Benefits from Shenzhen OneConnect

        Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and Shenzhen OneConnect entered into an exclusive business cooperation agreement on January 29, 2018, which was amended and restated on September 16, 2019. Pursuant to this agreement, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or its designated party has the exclusive right to provide Shenzhen OneConnect with business support, technology and consulting services. In exchange for these services, Shenzhen OneConnect will pay Shenzhen OneConnect Technology an annual service fee, equal to Shenzhen OneConnect's profit before tax, after recovering any accumulated losses of Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries from the preceding fiscal year, and deducting working capital, costs, expenses, tax and other statutory contributions required for that fiscal year. Without the prior written consent of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect may not accept any services covered by this agreement from any third party, and may not cooperate with any third party in respect of the subject matter of the amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement. Shenzhen OneConnect and Shenzhen OneConnect Technology have agreed that Shenzhen OneConnect Technology will exclusively own the proprietary rights, ownership, interests and intellectual property rights produced or created in connection with the performance of this agreement. Unless mutually terminated, this agreement will remain effective for ten years, and it will be automatically renewed for another five years, unless Shenzhen OneConnect Technology objects in writing thirty days prior to the agreement's expiry.

Agreements that Provide Us with Options to Purchase the Equity Interest in and Assets of Shenzhen OneConnect

        Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect and the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders entered into an exclusive equity option agreement and an exclusive asset option agreement on January 29, 2018, which was amended and restated on September 16, 2019. Pursuant to the amended and restated exclusive equity option agreement, the shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect have irrevocably and unconditionally granted Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or any third party designated by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology an exclusive option to purchase all or a portion of their respective equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect. The purchase price for these equity interest will be the higher of (i) the nominal price and (ii) the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law. Pursuant to the amended and restated exclusive asset option agreement, Shenzhen OneConnect has irrevocably and unconditionally granted Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or any third party designated by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology an exclusive option to purchase all or a portion of its assets. Subject to any valuation required by applicable PRC law at the time of the exercise of this option, the purchase price will be the higher of (i) the nominal price and (ii) the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law.

73


Table of Contents

        Shenzhen OneConnect Technology may transfer any of its rights or obligations under the amended and restated exclusive asset option agreement to a third party after providing written notice to Shenzhen OneConnect, and Shenzhen OneConnect Technology may transfer any of its rights or obligations under the amended and restated exclusive equity option agreement to a third party after providing written notice to Shenzhen OneConnect and its shareholders. Without the prior written consent of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect and the relevant Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders may not, in any manner, among other things, supplement and amend the articles of associations of Shenzhen OneConnect; increase or reduce its registered capital or change the structure of their registered capital in other manners; sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of its assets, legal or beneficial interests in business or revenue or allow any encumbrance on such assets, legal or beneficial interests in business or revenue, outside the ordinary course of business; assume, inherit, guarantee any debt, or allow the existence of any debt, except for debts incurred in the ordinary course of business and debts known and agreed in writing by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology; cause Shenzhen OneConnect to enter into any material contract with value above RMB1 million outside the ordinary course of business; provide loans, credits or guarantees in any form to any other persons outside the ordinary course of business; cause or permit Shenzhen OneConnect to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any other persons; procure or permit Shenzhen OneConnect to sell any assets value RMB1 million or more; or distribute dividends to its shareholders. Under these agreements, the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders also undertake that they will not transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of their equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect to any third party or create or allow any encumbrance on their equity interest. Unless terminated upon the parties' agreement, these agreements will remain effective for ten years, and will be automatically renewed for another five years, unless Shenzhen OneConnect Technology objects to the renewal in writing thirty days prior to these agreements' expiry.

Agreements that Provide Us with Effective Control over Shenzhen OneConnect

        Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect and the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders entered into an equity pledge agreement on January 29, 2018, which was amended and restated on September 16, 2019. Pursuant to this agreement, each shareholder of Shenzhen OneConnect has pledged all of its respective equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect to Shenzhen OneConnect Technology to guarantee the performance of the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders and Shenzhen OneConnect of their respective obligations under the amended and restated exclusive option agreements, the amended and restated shareholder voting proxy agreements, the amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement and the letters of undertakings, as well as their respective liabilities arising from any breach. If Shenzhen OneConnect or any of the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders breaches any obligations under these agreements, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, as pledgee, may dispose of the pledged equity and have priority to be compensated by the proceeds from the disposal of such equity. Each of the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders agrees that before its obligations under the contractual arrangements are discharged and the amounts payable prescribed under these agreements are fully paid (other than those for the purpose of performing its obligations under the contractual arrangements) it will not dispose of the pledged equity interest, create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interest that may have material adverse effects on the pledgee's rights under this agreement without Shenzhen OneConnect Technology's prior written consent. The amended and restated equity pledge agreement will remain effective until Shenzhen OneConnect and the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders have discharged all their obligations and fully paid all the amounts payable under the contractual arrangements. We have completed the registration of the equity pledge with the relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce of China in accordance with applicable PRC law and regulations on February 26, 2018.

74


Table of Contents

        Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders and the subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect entered into a shareholder voting proxy agreement on January 29, 2018, which was amended and restated on September 16, 2019. Pursuant to this agreement, each shareholder of Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries irrevocably authorizes the persons designated by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology to act on its behalf to exercise all of such shareholder's voting and other rights associated with the shareholder's equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect and the subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect, such as the right to appoint or designate directors, supervisors and officers, as well as the right to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all or any portion of the shares held by such shareholder. The term of the amended and restated shareholder voting proxy agreement is the same as that of the amended and restated business cooperation agreement described above.

        Each Indirect Shareholder signed a letter of undertakings to our company on January 29, 2018 and September 16, 2019, respectively. Under these letters, the signing Indirect Shareholder has separately irrevocably undertaken, in the event of his or her death or loss of capacity or any other events that could possibly affect his or her capacity to fulfil his or her obligations under the contractual arrangement of Shenzhen OneConnect, that he or she will unconditionally transfer his or her equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect to any person designated by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and the transferee will be deemed to be a party to the contractual arrangements and will assume all of his or her rights and obligations as such under the contractual arrangements. Each signing Indirect Shareholder represents that his or her spouse has no ownership interest in his or her equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect. Each signing Indirect Shareholder further represents that in any circumstances, he or she will not, directly or indirectly, commit any conduct, measure, action or omission that is contrary to the purpose and intention of the contractual arrangements, that leads or may lead to any conflict of interest between Shenzhen OneConnect and OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. and/or its subsidiaries, and that if, during his or her performance of the contractual arrangements, there is a conflict of interest between the signing Indirect Shareholder and OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. and/or its subsidiaries, the signing Indirect Shareholder will protect the legal interests of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology under the contractual arrangements and follow the instructions of our company.

        The spouses of Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou each signed a spousal consent letter on January 29, 2018 and September 16, 2019, respectively. Under these letters, each signing spouse respectively agreed that he or she was aware of the equity interest beneficially owned by his or her spouse in Shenzhen OneConnect and the relevant contractual arrangements in connection with such equity interest. The signing spouse unconditionally and irrevocably confirmed that he or she does not have any equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect and committed not to impose any adverse assertions upon his or her spouse's respective equity interest. Each signing spouse further confirmed that such equity interest may be disposed of pursuant to the relevant contractual arrangements, and committed that he or she will take all necessary measures for the performance of those arrangements.

Contractual Arrangement with Shenzhen CA and Certain of Its Shareholders

        Shenzhen CA and certain of its shareholders holding in the aggregate 98.9% of the equity interest in Shenzhen CA entered into a series of contractual agreements with Zhang Tong Shun in August 2019. These agreements contain terms substantially similar to the contractual arrangements among Shenzhen OneConnect, Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders and Shenzhen OneConnect Technology described above.

75


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the share purchase agreement in connection with our acquisition of View Foundation, which was completed on August 30, 2019, the selling shareholder of View Foundation will procure Guangzhou Fengxun Shengdao Information Technology Co., Ltd to acquire 2.3% of the equity interest in Shenzhen CA held by Lianying He within a certain period of time after the closing of the acquisition of View Foundation. In addition, we and the selling shareholder of View Foundation will procure Shenzhen Huaxinhe Information Technology Co., Ltd., Zhuhai Ruisheng Chuangye Investment LLP and Fengxun Shengdao Information Technology Co., Ltd to transfer their respective equity interest in Shenzhen CA to our designated entity within a certain period of time after the closing of the acquisition of View Foundation. The transfers of equity interest in Shenzhen CA are subject to reporting procedures to the relevant PRC authorities.

        In the opinion of Haiwen & Partners, our PRC counsel:

        However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to or otherwise different from the above opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to VIE structures such as ours will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for the operation of Shenzhen OneConnect and Shenzhen CA do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in our businesses, we could be subject to severe penalties, including being prohibited from continuing operations. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure—If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our businesses in China do not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, or if these regulations or their interpretations change, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations." and "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protections available to you and us" for more details.

76


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and selected consolidated statements of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, selected consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2019 and selected consolidated statements of cash flow data for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS issued by the IASB. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods. You should read this section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands, except for per-share data)
 

Selected Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income Data

                                     

Revenue

    581,912     1,413,489     197,754     902,503     1,554,923     217,542  

Cost of revenue

    (482,539 )   (1,024,864 )   (143,384 )   (662,097 )   (1,047,910 )   (146,608 )

Gross profit

    99,373     388,625     54,371     240,406     507,013     70,934  

Research and development expenses

   
(537,226

)
 
(459,181

)
 
(64,242

)
 
(249,605

)
 
(641,498

)
 
(89,749

)

Selling and marketing expenses

    (208,035 )   (441,932 )   (61,829 )   (217,736 )   (472,082 )   (66,047 )

General and administrative expenses

    (270,275 )   (522,019 )   (73,033 )   (295,637 )   (452,250 )   (63,272 )

Other income, gains or loss-net

    25,860     (79,860 )   (11,173 )   (53,076 )   (60,828 )   (8,510 )

Operating loss

    (890,303 )   (1,114,367 )   (155,906 )   (575,648 )   (1,119,645 )   (156,644 )

Finance income

   
2,128
   
129,435
   
18,109
   
89,015
   
91,160
   
12,754
 

Finance costs

    (85,711 )   (163,442 )   (22,866 )   (114,404 )   (133,132 )   (18,626 )

Finance costs-net

    (83,583 )   (34,007 )   (4,758 )   (25,389 )   (41,972 )   (5,872 )

Share of net losses of associate and joint venture

    (2,747 )   (15,442 )   (2,160 )   (13,201 )   (12,165 )   (1,702 )

Loss before income tax

    (976,633 )   (1,163,816 )   (162,824 )   (614,238 )   (1,173,782 )   (164,218 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    369,677     (26,469 )   (3,703 )   35,266     124,808     17,461  

Loss for the year/period

    (606,956 )   (1,190,285 )   (166,527 )   (578,972 )   (1,048,974 )   (146,757 )

Loss attributable to:

                                     

Owners of the Company

    (606,956 )   (1,195,712 )   (167,286 )   (574,756 )   (1,041,191 )   (145,668 )

Non-controlling interests

        5,427     759     (4,216 )   (7,783 )   (1,089 )

    (606,956 )   (1,190,285 )   (166,527 )   (578,972 )   (1,048,974 )   (146,757 )

Other comprehensive income

        396,520     55,475     397,738     144,658     20,238  

Total comprehensive loss for the year/period

    (606,956 )   (793,765 )   (111,052 )   (181,234 )   (904,316 )   (126,518 )

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

                                     

Owners of the Company

    (606,956 )   (799,192 )   (111,811 )   (177,018 )   (896,533 )   (125,430 )

Non-controlling interests

        5,427     759     (4,216 )   (7,783 )   (1,089 )

    (606,956 )   (793,765 )   (111,052 )   (181,234 )   (904,316 )   (126,518 )

Loss per share attributable to owners of the Company

                                     

Basic and diluted

    (0.90 )   (1.29 )   (0.18 )   (0.63 )   (1.11 )   (0.16 )

77


Table of Contents

        The following table presents our selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019:

 
  As of December 31,   As of September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands, except for shares data)
 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

                               

Restricted cash

    1,100     3,996,238     559,094     3,411,366     477,268  

Cash and cash equivalents

    847,767     565,027     79,050     915,156     128,035  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    863,266     2,540,925     355,488     560,971     78,483  

Total current assets

    2,064,954     7,858,622     1,099,462     6,193,262     866,469  

Total non-current assets

    950,586     1,523,987     213,214     1,976,990     276,591  

Total assets

    3,015,540     9,382,609     1,312,675     8,170,252     1,143,060  

Total current liabilities

    2,861,482     5,122,390     716,649     4,576,537     640,281  

Total non-current liabilities

    188,942     429,131     60,038     503,233     70,405  

Total liabilities

    3,050,424     5,551,521     776,686     5,079,770     710,686  

Total share capital

    60     66     9     66     9  

Total equity and liabilities

    3,015,540     9,382,609     1,312,675     8,170,252     1,143,060  

Total shares outstanding

    900,000,000     999,999,999     999,999,999     1,001,748,500     1,001,748,500  

        The following table presents our selected consolidated statements of cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Selected Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow Data

                                     

Net cash used in operating activities

    (228,685 )   (489,237 )   (68,447 )   (136,993 )   (1,473,273 )   (206,118 )

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

    (126,841 )   (5,805,478 )   (812,216 )   (5,777,682 )   2,287,525     320,037  

Net cash generated from/ (used in) financing activities

    1,125,135     5,999,403     839,347     5,979,170     (458,616 )   (64,163 )

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    769,609     (295,312 )   (41,316 )   64,495     355,636     49,755  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year/period

    78,158     847,767     118,607     847,767     565,027     79,050  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        12,572     1,759     12,196     (5,507 )   (770 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year/period

    847,767     565,027     79,050     924,458     915,156     128,035  

78


Table of Contents

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

        We use the following non-IFRS financial measures to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-IFRS financial information, when taken collectively, is helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of results of operations, and assists in comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar financial information. We also believe that presentation of the non-IFRS financial measures provides useful information to our investors regarding our results of operations because it allows investors greater transparency to the information used by our management in our financial and operational decision making so that investors can see through the eyes of our management regarding important financial metrics that our management uses to run the business as well as allowing investors to better understand our performance.

        We define non-IFRS gross profit and non-IFRS gross profit margin as IFRS gross profit and IFRS gross profit margin, respectively, adjusted to exclude non-cash items, which consist of amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue, depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of revenue, and share-based compensation expenses recognized in cost of revenue. Our management regularly reviews non-IFRS gross profit and non-IFRS gross profit margin to assess the performance of our business. By excluding non-cash items, these financial metrics allow our management to evaluate the cash conversion of one dollar revenue on gross profit.

        Investors are encouraged to review the related IFRS financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-IFRS financial measures to their most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.

        The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our gross profit to non-IFRS gross profit and non-IPRS gross profit margin for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended
September 30
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation

                                     

Gross profit

    99,373     388,625     54,731     240,406     507,013     70,934  

Non-IFRS adjustment:

                                     

Amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue

    197,824     227,006     31,759     161,308     252,144     35,726  

Depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of revenue

    213     778     109     551     1,421     199  

Share-based compensation expenses recognized in cost of revenue

                    1,690     236  

Non-IFRS gross profit

    297,410     616,409     86,239     402,265     762,268     106,645  

Non-IFRS gross profit margin

    51.1%     43.6%     43.6%     44.6%     49.0%     49.0%  

        Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-IFRS Financial Measures" for more information.

79


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of many factors, including those we describe under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. For a discussion of forward-looking statements, see "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data."

Overview

        We are a leading technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China. Our platform provides cloud-native technology solutions that integrate extensive financial services industry expertise with market-leading technology. We deliver our solutions to financial institutions through an innovative end-to-end model that offers not only technology applications but also technology-enabled business services that together enable our customers to increase revenue, manage risks, improve efficiency, enhance service quality, and reduce costs—helping them achieve digital transformation.

        We established our initial operations as the financial technology solution arm of Ping An Group. Since the end of 2015, we started to operate as a separate company in Ping An Group until November 29, 2017 when we ceased to be consolidated with Ping An Group. We continue to enjoy a strong relationship with Ping An Group, as a partner for technology development, a supplier of application scenarios for developing our products, and a flagship customer showcasing our capabilities. Our strategic partnership with Ping An Group has contributed to and we expect it to continue to contribute to our future growth.

        We believe that partnering with our financial institution customers is important in driving our success. Under our "adopt-deepen-integrate" customer-development approach, we provide "hook products" to financial institutions, at low or even no charge, to attract usage. We subsequently seek to deepen our relationships with these customers through cross-selling to them higher margin products and, ultimately, platform integration. On average, each of our premium customers purchased 3.0 products in 2018, growing from 1.7 in 2016. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 customers was 224%, and our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 premium customers was 167%.

        We have adopted a transaction-based revenue model that enables us to participate in our customers' growth and achieve visible revenue streams that are fast-growing and highly recurring. Under this revenue model, we primarily price our solutions based on the transaction volume generated on our platform or our financial institution customers' other usage of it. We monetize a variety of transaction types, including loans generated, claims processed, databases queried and API calls made. We believe this model allows financial institutions to quickly adopt and begin using our platform, which allows our platform to form an extensive customer base and further capture greater value-upside. In 2018, 77% of our revenue was transaction based. In addition to technology applications, we also provide our financial institution customers with business services to enable them to grow their business with our extensive industry expertise and customer insights.

        We have achieved significant growth in our client base and revenues. Our customer base had increased from over 1,600 as of December 31, 2016 to approximately 3,500 as of December 31, 2018. We have the largest number of financial institution customers among technology-as-a-service platforms in China. As of September 30, 2019, our broad customer base includes all of China's major banks, 99% of its city commercial banks, and 46% of its insurance companies, collectively reaching hundreds of millions of end-customers. Since our establishment in December 2015, our platform has supported Chinese financial institutions in serving RMB1.8 trillion of transactions for their end-customers. Through our platform, in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 on a daily basis, we facilitated over 135,000 anti-fraud checks,

80


Table of Contents

4.2 million credit risk assessments, and the processing of approximately 13,000 auto insurance claims. Our revenue increased by 142.9% from RMB581.9 million in 2017 to RMB1,413.5 million (US$197.8 million) in 2018, and increased by 72.3% from RMB902.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to RMB1,554.9 (US$217.5 million) for the same period in 2019.

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

        Our business and operating results are affected by general factors affecting the spending on technology and business by financial institutions in China, which include China's overall economic growth and the growth of its financial industry, competitive landscape for technology and business spending by financial institutions, financial institutions' acceptance of advanced technology services, and regulation and policies affecting technology services and financial institutions. Unfavorable changes in any of these general conditions could negatively affect demand for our services and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

        While our business is influenced by general factors affecting the spending on technology and business by financial institutions in China, we believe that our results of operations are more directly affected by certain company-specific factors, including:

Growth of Customer Transaction Volume and Depth of Our Customer Relationships

        We focus on a transaction-based revenue model, where we initially provide implementation services and later on charge our financial institution customers based on the transaction volume generated on our platform or their other usage of it. As a result, our results of operations largely depend on the growth of our customers' transaction volume, which in turn, is affected by the effectiveness of our solutions. For example, we provide our customers with a set of tailored business services to catalyze transaction volume. As our customers' transaction volume increases, we are able to generate more transaction-based fee revenue.

        We pursue a three-step "adopt-deepen-integrate" approach to establish and solidify our partnership with our customers. Under this approach, we strategically provide hook products, at low or even no charge, to encourage the adoption of our products. As a result, many of our customers, including a significant majority of our basic customers, are non-paying customers. Once a customer adopts our platform, we focus on increasing its use of our solutions and the value it creates on our platform. We promote cross-selling of our solutions so that we become an integral part of the customer's operations. Our ability to increase revenue from our existing customers, and convert non-paying customers into revenue-generating customers and further increase their transaction volume, will be critical to increasing our revenue. Our net expansion rate, which is a key measurement of the expansion of our customer relationship on a year-on-year basis, was 224% in 2018 for our 2017 customers.

Our ability to continue our strategic partnership with Ping An Group

        Ping An Group is our strategic partner and our most important customer and supplier. We have partnered with Ping An Group to jointly develop new technology and applications, and Ping An Group provides us support in technology and infrastructure, in particular cloud infrastructure. Ping An Group also provides us with a diverse and reliable source of real-life application scenarios to validate and prove our technology. Many of our customer insights and innovative solutions are first initiated and tested within the Ping An Group ecosystem.

        We have provided a number of services, including those for customer acquisition and management, risk management, operation and product optimization, to Ping An Group. Our revenue from Ping An Group and its associates as a percentage of our total revenue decreased from 2017 to 2018 and further in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. We expect Ping An Group and its associates will continue to be our most important customers, although we may be less reliant on their revenue contributions over

81


Table of Contents

time. In addition to our direct revenue from Ping An Group and its associates, we also had revenue from lending solutions that we provided to customers that we had direct contracts with, and provided direct services to, where payments for these services were made through contractual arrangements that we have with Ping An Group and its associates. Our strategic partnership with Ping An Group has contributed to our growth significantly, and we expect it to remain important to our growth and success.

Our Ability to Commercialize and Market Our Services and Solutions

        Our results of operations are affected by our ability to successfully commercialize and market our technologies. This, in turn, depends on our technology leadership and our innovation to develop and design easy-to-deploy, scalable and secure solutions to address financial institutions' unserved or under-served needs. Our results of operations also depend on the effectiveness of our customer acquisition and relationship management strategies, as well as customers' acceptance of our transaction-based pricing model.

Expansion of Our Customer Base

        Our growth depends on our ability to expand our customer base, which mainly consists of financial institutions. The number of our customers increased from over 1,600 at the end of 2016 to approximately 3,500 at the end of 2018, and the number of our premium customers increased from 40 in 2017 to 221 in 2018. Expanding our customer base, especially our premium customers, supports our sustainable growth. Customer satisfaction among a growing customer base will strengthen our brand and reputation which, in turn, will create opportunities for our further expansion.

        Our ability to expand our customer base and deepen our relationship with customers depends on various factors, including the acceptance of our solutions, the success of our sales and marketing efforts, competition, the regulatory environment for financial institutions and our industry, and our ability to innovate and improve our services.

Our Ability to Manage Costs and Expenses Effectively

        Our ability to manage and control our cost of revenue and operating expenses is critical to our results of operations. Our cost of revenue primarily includes fees we pay to our channel partners to generate leads for our customers, fees we pay for outsourced technology or data services, labor-related cost, and amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue, which consist of application and platform contributed by Ping An Group, internally developed application and platform, and acquired software and other intangible assets, in each case relating to revenue generation. Application and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to revenue generation had been fully amortized by July 31, 2019. Gross profit margin for any of our particular solutions is generally lower at the earlier stage of its commercialization.

        We have made substantial investment in customer acquisition, research and development, and other supporting functions to support our future growth and expansion. To achieve, maintain and enhance our profitability, we plan to leverage our large customer base by cross-selling higher margin products and expanding our financial institution customer relationships to reduce selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of our revenue. We also plan to continue to leverage previous investment in technology and other infrastructure to reduce our research and development expenses as a percentage of our revenue and to further benefit from economies of scale.

Continued Innovation in Technology

        Our advanced technological capabilities and infrastructure are key to our business development. Our ability to effectively invest in these areas helps us develop new solutions and explore new business models for our financial institution customers and it helps our customers expand their client bases and transaction

82


Table of Contents

volumes, while effectively managing risks. In addition, our technology infrastructure is critical to the scalability, security and flexibility of our platform.

Key Operating Metrics

        We regularly review the following key operating metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business and assess our operational efficiency.

Number of Customers

        In counting the number of customers , we treat legal entities within the same corporate group as one customer (to the extent we are aware of such relationship). Accordingly, we treat Ping An Group and its subsidiaries as a single customer because they are consolidated subsidiaries of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

        We categorize non-Ping An Group customers that contribute annual revenue of at least RMB100,000 as our premium customers. Our premium customers exclude Ping An Group and its subsidiaries but include customers that we have direct contracts with, and provide direct services to, where payments for these services have been made through contractual arrangements that we have with third parties, including Ping An Group.

        The following tables set forth our number of customers and their revenue contribution for the respective periods:

 
  As of or for the year ended December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
   
  Revenue    
  Revenue  
 
  Number of
customers(4)
  Number of
customers(4)
 
 
  RMB   RMB   US$  
 
   
  (in millions)
   
  (in millions)
 

Ping An Group(1)

    N/A     235.7     N/A     527.6     73.8  

Premium Customers(2)

    40     345.2     221     865.3     121.1  

Basic Customers(3)

    2,614     1.0     3,272     20.6     2.9  

Total

    N/A     581.9     N/A     1,413.5     197.8  

(1)
Includes 31 and 36 legal entities in Ping An Group in 2017 and 2018, respectively. We treat Ping An Group and its subsidiaries as a single customer because they are consolidated subsidiaries of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. Includes RMB127.5 million and RMB10.5 million (US$1.5 million) in 2017 and 2018, respectively, from Guangzhou Ping An Haodai, or Haodai, a Ping An Group subsidiary. These payments were made by Haodai's customers directly.

(2)
Includes Lufax Group, see note 5(a) to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus. In 2018, it also includes RMB129.9 million (US$18.2 million) in relation to the lending solutions we provided to third party customers that we had direct contracts with, and provided direct services to, where payments for these services were made through contractual arrangements that we have with third parties, including Ping An Group.

(3)
Includes 2,599 non-paying customers in 2017 and 2,692 non-paying customers in 2018.

83


Table of Contents

(4)
We treat legal entities within the same corporate group as one customer (to the extent we are aware of such relationship). Other than Ping An Group and its consolidated subsidiaries, we had 32 and 52 corporate group customers in 2017 and 2018, respectively.
 
  As of or for the nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2018   2019  
 
   
  Revenue    
  Revenue  
 
  Number of
customers(4)
  Number of
customers(4)
 
 
  RMB   RMB   US$  
 
   
  (in millions)
   
  (in millions)
 

Ping An Group(1)

    N/A     300.7     N/A     677.3     94.8  

Premium and Basic customers(2)(3)

    3,131     601.8     3,701     877.6     122.8  

Total

    N/A     902.5     N/A     1,554.9     217.5  

(1)
Includes 35 and 48 legal entities in Ping An Group in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We treat Ping An Group and its subsidiaries as a single customer because they are consolidated subsidiaries of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. Includes RMB7.9 million and RMB7.9 million (US$1.1 million) in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, from Haodai, where the payments were made by Haodai's customers directly.

(2)
Represents the aggregate number of premium customers and basic customers and the aggregate revenue from premium customers and basic customers. We look at premium customers as an annual concept, which refers to non-Ping An Group customers with annual revenue contribution of at least RMB100,000. We do not annualize quarterly contribution to determine whether a particular customer would qualify as a premium customer because of the seasonality in customers' annual budget cycles. In addition, many of our customer contracts are fulfilled on an annual basis, and therefore, the fact that a particular customer contributes little or no revenue in a particular quarter or quarters does not necessarily imply that it would otherwise fail to qualify as a premium customer, when taking into account its annual contribution.

(3)
Includes revenue from Lufax Group. In the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, it also includes RMB128.6 million and RMB10.7 million (US$1.5 million), respectively, in relation to the lending solutions we provided to third party customers, where payments for these services were made through contractual arrangement that we have with third parties, including Ping An Group.

(4)
We treat legal entities within the same corporate group as one customer (to the extent we are aware of such relationship). Other than Ping An Group and its consolidated subsidiaries, we had 43 and 57 corporate group customers in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Revenue per Premium Customer, Average Number of Products per Premium Customer

        Our premium customers contributed to the majority of our total revenue. We use revenue per premium customer and average number of products per premium customer to evaluate the expansion of our premium customers on a year-on-year basis, in terms of annual revenue contribution from, and number of products purchased by, both newly added premium customers, as well as existing premium customers in a particular year. Our revenue per premium customer and our average number of products per premium customer was RMB3.9 million (US$0.5 million) and 3.0 in 2018, compared with RMB8.6 million and 3.2 in 2017. As mature premium customers tend to generate higher transaction volume and we had a substantial number of newly developed premium customers in 2018, there were some volatilities on our revenue per premium customer in our track record. As we continue to solidify our partnership with newly developed premium customers, we expect their transaction volume and revenue to grow over time.

Net Expansion Rate

        We use net expansion rate to evaluate the acquisition, retention and expansion of our customer relationships on a year-on-year basis for our total customers and premium customers. Net expansion rate is calculated as a fraction, the denominator of which is the revenue contribution from a particular group of customers in one year and the numerator of which is the contribution from the same group of customers in the following year. In the case of net expansion rate for premium customers, revenue contribution from customers who are no longer premium customers in the following year is excluded from the numerator.

84


Table of Contents

        We believe that partnering with our financial institution customers is important in driving our success. Under our "adopt–deepen–integrate" customer-development approach, we provide "hook products" to financial institutions, at low or even no charge, to encourage adoption of our products. We subsequently seek to deepen our relationships with these customers through cross-selling to them higher margin products and, ultimately, platform integration. Our net expansion rate in 2017 for our 2016 customers was 800%, and our net expansion rate in 2017 for 2016 premium customers was 456%. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 customers was 224%, and our net expansion rate in 2018 for 2017 premium customers was 167%. As we began operations in December 2015, the denominators for our net expansion rates in 2017, which were the contributions from 2016 customers and 2016 premium customers, respectively, were insubstantial, resulting in significantly higher net expansion rates compared to those for 2018.

        We do not use net expansion rate to evaluate the growth of Ping An Group customers, and instead look at the absolute amount of its revenue growth. We also do not use net expansion rate to evaluate the growth of basic customers as a significant majority of them are non-paying customers. As such, the denominator of net expansion rate for basic customers is very small, and this metric, could, therefore, fluctuate widely and would be misleading.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

        Our revenue consists of implementation revenue and transaction-based and support services revenue.

Implementation Revenue

        Our implementation revenue primarily consists of revenue from customer-specific software development or customization services provided to our customers for the use of our platform through either cloud offerings or in the on-premise IT environment.

Transaction-Based and Support Services Revenue

        Our revenue from transaction-based and support services consists of (i) revenue from business origination services, which primarily include retail banking business origination service modules, (ii) revenue from risk management services, which primarily include retail and SME risk management solutions, and auto insurance operation and services solution, (iii) revenue from operation support services, which primarily include AI customer services and adjuster and roadside assistance management module, (iv) revenue from post-implementation support services, and (v) revenue from other services, which primarily include auto parts sourcing services and asset management solutions.

Cost of Revenue

        Our cost of revenue consists of business service fees, labor related costs, amortization of intangible assets, and depreciation of property and equipment. Business service fees primarily include fees we pay to our channel partners for their generation of end-customer leads for our customers, fees we pay to technology service provider and data fees we pay to third parties, and outsourced labor costs relating to the delivery of our transaction-based services. Labor related costs include employee benefit expenses recognized in cost of revenue and fees paid to technology service providers for their labor relating to the development and implementation of systems and applications for our customers. Amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue consists of (i) amortization of application and platform contributed by Ping An Group, (ii) amortization of internally developed application and platform, and (iii) amortization of acquired software and other intangible assets, in each case relating to revenue generation. Application and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to revenue generation had been fully amortized by July 31, 2019. Depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of

85


Table of Contents

revenue represents depreciation of office and telecommunication equipment associated with revenue generation.

        The following table sets forth the breakdown of cost of revenue by nature for the periods presented:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Employee benefit expenses(1)

    74,413     76,864     10,754     62,499     148,791     20,817  

Technology service fee

    11,746     382,221     53,475     233,105     244,763     34,244  

Technology service fee—business service fees(2)

        230,604     32,263     146,736     153,353     21,455  

Technology service fee—labor related costs(1)

    11,746     151,617     21,212     86,369     91,410     12,789  

Business origination fee(2)

    187,628     224,405     31,395     149,128     207,693     29,057  

Outsourcing labor costs(2)

    340     82,683     11,568     40,878     149,480     20,913  

Other costs(2)(3)

    10,375     30,907     4,324     14,628     43,618     6,102  

Amortization of intangible assets

    197,824     227,006     31,759     161,308     252,144     35,276  

Amortization of application and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to revenue generation

    197,189     197,189     27,588     147,892     115,028     16,093  

Amortization of internally developed application and platform relating to revenue generation

        7,212     1,009     3,955     94,396     13,206  

Amortization of acquired software and other intangible assets

    635     22,605     3,163     9,461     42,720     5,977  

Depreciation of property and equipment

    213     778     109     551     1,421     199  

Total

    482,539     1,024,864     143,384     662,097     1,047,910     146,608  

(1)
Under labor related costs.

(2)
Under business service fees.

(3)
Include traveling expenses associated with revenue generation, and others including inventory cost for sales of products and payment handling fees paid to third-party payment companies for transaction-based and support services provided to our customers.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

        Our research and development expenses primarily consist of technology service fee we pay for outsourced technology services in relation to our cloud and IT infrastructure, employee benefit expenses relating to our research and development employees, and amortization of intangible assets. Our amortization of intangible asset recognized in research and development costs consists of amortization to platform and application used as the foundation to our research and development, which represent application and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to research and development. Application and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to research and development had been fully amortized by July 31, 2019. For a detailed breakdown of our research and development expenses by nature, please refer to note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements and condensed consolidated interim financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

86


Table of Contents

Selling and Marketing Expenses

        Our selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of employee benefit expenses. Employee benefit expenses recognized in selling and marketing expenses mainly include wages, salaries and other benefits of employees from our sales and marketing functions. Such employee benefit expenses were RMB110.6 million, RMB222.0 million (US$31.1 million), RMB129.9 million, and RMB302.7 million (US$42.4 million) in 2017, 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing the majority of our selling and marketing expenses for the same periods.

        Our selling and marketing expenses also include telecommunication expenses, which primarily relate to service fee we pay for text message advertisement, and marketing and advertising fee relating to our selling and marketing activities, such as online advertising, product launch conferences and brand promotion events. In addition, our selling and marketing expenses also include outsourcing labor costs, professional service fee, depreciation of property and equipment, traveling expenses and other selling and marketing expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

        Our general and administrative expenses primarily include employee benefit expenses and depreciation of property and equipment. Employee benefit expenses recognized in general and administrative expenses mainly include wages, salaries and other benefits of our general management and back office employees. Employee benefit expenses were RMB123.9 million, RMB260.2 million (US$36.4 million), RMB148.3 million, and RMB243.6 million (US$34.1 million) in 2017, 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, representing the largest expenses in our general and administrative expenses for the same periods. Depreciation of property and equipment recognized in general and administrative expenses mainly represents depreciation of properties and equipment which are for general and administrative use. Depreciation of property and equipment was RMB52.9 million, RMB84.7 million (US$11.8 million), RMB62.2 million, and RMB78.8 million (US$11.0 million) in 2017, 2018, and the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

        Our general and administrative expenses also include traveling expenses for business travel for employees from our general management and back office departments, outsourcing labor costs, telecommunication expenses, professional service fee primarily for legal, consulting and auditing fees that we incur in our ordinary course of business, impairment loss of financial assets, and other general and administrative expenses.

Other Income, Net

        Our other income, net primarily includes net gain on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and gains or losses, which reflects gains from our investments in wealth management products that we hold as collateral for certain of our financing activities, and our guarantee gain or loss, which reflects the net gain or loss on our remaining guarantee exposure from our legacy credit risk management services, which we ceased offering at the end of January 2018.

Finance Income

        Our finance income relates to interest income on bank deposits generated by our cash deposits at commercial banks.

Finance Costs

        Our finance costs primarily include interest expense on borrowings, which represent the interest we paid to commercial banks for our borrowings.

87


Table of Contents

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

        We use the following non-IFRS financial measures to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-IFRS financial information, when taken collectively, is helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of results of operations, and assists in comparisons with other companies, many of which use similar financial information. We also believe that presentation of the non-IFRS financial measures provides useful information to our investors regarding our results of operations because it allows investors greater transparency to the information used by our management in our financial and operational decision making so that investors can see through the eyes of our management regarding important financial metrics that our management uses to run the business as well as allowing investors to better understand our performance.

        Non-IFRS financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, and may be different from similarly-titled non-IFRS measures used by other companies.

        Whenever we use a non-IFRS financial measure, a reconciliation is provided to the most closely applicable financial measure stated in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. Investors are encouraged to review the related IFRS financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-IFRS financial measures to their most directly comparable IFRS financial measures.

Non-IFRS Gross Profit and Non-IFRS Gross Profit Margin

        We define non-IFRS gross profit and non-IFRS gross profit margin as IFRS gross profit and IFRS gross profit margin, respectively, adjusted to exclude non-cash items, which consist of amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue, depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of revenue, and share-based compensation expenses recognized in cost of revenue. Our management regularly reviews non-IFRS gross profit and non-IFRS gross profit margin to assess the performance of our business. By excluding non-cash items, these financial metrics allow our management to evaluate the cash conversion of one dollar revenue on gross profit.

        The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our gross profit to non-IFRS gross profit and non-IPRS gross profit margin for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30  
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands, except for %)
 

Reconciliation

                                     

Gross profit

    99,373     388,625     54,731     240,406     507,013     70,934  

Non-IFRS adjustment:

                                     

Amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue

    197,824     227,006     31,759     161,308     252,144     35,726  

Depreciation of property and equipment recognized in cost of revenue

    213     778     109     551     1,421     199  

Share-based compensation expenses recognized in cost of revenue

                    1,690     236  

Non-IFRS gross profit

    297,410     616,409     86,239     402,265     762,268     106,645  

Non-IFRS gross profit margin

    51.1%     43.6%     43.6%     44.6%     49.0%     49.0%  

88


Table of Contents

        Our non-IFRS gross profit margin decreased from 51.1% in 2017 to 43.6% 2018 primarily as we launched more new solutions in 2018 compared to 2017. Our solutions generally have lower margin at the earlier stage of their commercialization. Our non-IFRS gross profit margin increased from 44.6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 49.0% in the same period in 2019, primarily as revenue from our solutions and modules with higher margins, such as risk management solutions, accounted for a higher percentage of our revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018.

Taxation

Cayman Islands

        We are an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation, and there is currently no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties that may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands.

Hong Kong

        Before April 1, 2018, our subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong was subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 16.5%. Since April 1, 2018, our subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong has been subject to Hong Kong profit tax at a rate of 8.25% on assessable profits up to HK$2,000,000 and 16.5% on any part of assessable profits over HK$2,000,000. Hong Kong has an anti-fragmentation measure under which a corporate group must nominate only one company in the group to benefit from the progressive rates. No Hong Kong profit tax has been levied on us as we did not have assessable profit that was earned in or derived from our Hong Kong subsidiary during the periods included in this prospectus. Hong Kong does not impose a withholding tax on dividends.

Indonesia

        The income tax provision in respect of our operations in Indonesia was calculated at the tax rate of 25% on the taxable profits during the periods presented, based on the existing legislation, interpretations and practices.

Singapore

        The income tax provision in respect of our operations in Singapore was calculated at the tax rate of 17% on the taxable profits during the periods presented, based on the existing legislation, interpretations and practices.

China

        For our operations in the PRC, we are subject to a general PRC corporate income tax rate of 25%. Two of our consolidated operating entities, Shenzhen OneConnect and Vantage Point Technology, are qualified as high and new technology enterprises and accordingly are entitled to a reduced income tax rate of 15%. Our PRC subsidiary Shenzhen OneConnect Technology is a company registered in the China (Guangdong) Pilot Free Trade Zone Qianhai & Shekou Area of Shenzhen and accordingly is entitled to a reduced income tax rate of 15%.

        Dividends paid by our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China to our intermediary holding companies in Hong Kong will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless they qualify for an exemption. If our intermediary holding companies in Hong Kong satisfy all the requirements under the Arrangement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the

89


Table of Contents

Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and receive approval from the relevant tax authority, then dividends paid to them by our wholly foreign-owned subsidiaries in China will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 5% instead. Effective from November 1, 2015, the above-mentioned approval requirement has been abolished, but a Hong Kong entity is still required to file application package with the relevant tax authority, and settle the overdue taxes if the preferential 5% tax rate is denied based on the subsequent review of the application package by the relevant tax authority.

        If our holding company in the Cayman Islands or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is deemed to be a "resident enterprise" under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it will be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%.

        Pursuant to applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We may be subject to adverse tax consequences and our consolidated results of operations may be adversely affected if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among our PRC subsidiaries and their shareholders are not on an arm's length basis and constitute favorable transfer pricing.

90


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended December 31,   Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   % of
Revenue
  RMB   US$   % of
Revenue
  RMB   % of
Revenue
  RMB   US$   % of
Revenue
 
 
  (in thousands, except for %)
 

Revenue

    581,912     100.0     1,413,489     197,754     100.0     902,503     100.0     1,554,923     217,542     100.0  

Cost of revenue(1)

    (482,539 )   (82.9 )   (1,024,864 )   (143,384 )   (72.5 )   (662,097 )   (73.4 )   (1,047,910 )   (146,608 )   (67.4 )

Gross profit

    99,373     17.1     388,625     54,371     27.5     240,406     26.6     507,013     70,934     32.6  

Research and development costs incurred

    (537,226 )   (92.3 )   (821,441 )   (114,924 )   (58.1 )   (498,487 )   (55.2 )   (764,947 )   (107,020 )   (49.2 )

Less: capitalized

            362,260     50,682     25.6     248,882     27.6     123,449     17,271     7.9  

Research and development expenses(1)

    (537,226 )   (92.3 )   (459,181 )   (64,242 )   (32.5 )   (249,605 )   (27.7 )   (641,498 )   (89,749 )   (41.3 )

Selling and marketing expenses(1)

    (208,035 )   (35.8 )   (441,932 )   (61,829 )   (31.3 )   (217,736 )   (24.1 )   (472,082 )   (66,047 )   (30.4 )

General and administrative expenses(1)

    (270,275 )   (46.4 )   (522,019 )   (73,033 )   (36.9 )   (295,637 )   (32.8 )   (452,250 )   (63,272 )   (29.1 )

Other income, gains or loss—net

    25,860     4.4     (79,860 )   (11,173 )   (5.6 )   (53,076 )   (5.9 )   (60,828 )   (8,510 )   (3.9 )

Operating loss

    (890,303 )   (153.0 )   (1,114,367 )   (155,906 )   (78.8 )   (575,648 )   (63.8 )   (1,119,645 )   (156,644 )   (72.0 )

Finance income

    2,128     0.4     129,435     (18,109 )   9.2     89,015     9.9     91,160     12,754     5.9  

Finance costs

    (85,711 )   (14.7 )   (163,442 )   (22,866 )   (11.6 )   (114,404 )   (12.7 )   (133,132 )   (18,626 )   (8.6 )

Finance costs—net

    (83,583 )   (14.4 )   (34,007 )   (4,758 )   (2.4 )   (25,389 )   (2.8 )   (41,972 )   (5,872 )   (2.7 )

Share of net losses of associate and joint venture

    (2,747 )   (0.5 )   (15,442 )   (2,160 )   (1.1 )   (13,201 )   (1.5 )   (12,165 )   (1,702 )   (0.8 )

Loss before income tax

    (976,633 )   (167.8 )   (1,163,816 )   (162,824 )   (82.3 )   (614,238 )   (68.1 )   (1,173,782 )   (164,218 )   (75.5 )

Income tax benefit/ (expense)

    369,677     63.5     (26,469 )   (3,703 )   (1.9 )   35,266     3.9     124,808     17,461     8.0  

Loss for the year/period

    (606,956 )   (104.3 )   (1,190,285 )   (166,527 )   (84.2 )   (578,972 )   (64.2 )   (1,048,974 )   (146,757 )   (67.5 )

(1)
Share-based compensation expenses were allocated as follows:
 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

                    1,690     236  

Research and development expenses

                    19,845     2,776  

Selling and marketing expenses

                    17,760     2,485  

General and administrative expenses

    376     7,751     1,084     740     13,716     1,919  

Total

    376     7,751     1,084     740     53,011     7,416  

91


Table of Contents

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2019 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018

Revenue

        The table below presents our revenue by type for the periods indicated and the period-on-period change, in absolute amount and by percentage.

 
  Nine months ended September 30,    
   
   
 
 
  2018   2019   Change  
 
  RMB   %   RMB   US$   %   RMB   US$   %  
 
  (in thousands, except %)
 

Implementation revenue

    156,166     17.3     336,002     47,008     21.6     179,836     25,160     115.2  

Transaction-based and support revenue

                                                 

—Business origination services

    412,710     45.7     569,188     79,632     36.6     156,478     21,892     37.9  

—Risk management services

    127,187     14.1     271,860     38,035     17.5     144,673     20,240     113.7  

—Operation support services

    181,500     20.1     311,553     43,588     20.0     130,053     18,195     71.7  

—Post-implementation support services

    18,595     2.1     35,413     4,954     2.3     16,818     2,353     90.4  

—Others

    6,345     0.7     30,907     4,324     2.0     24,562     3,436     387.1  

Sub-total

    746,337     82.7     1,218,921     170,533     78.4     472,584     66,117     63.3  

Total

    902,503     100.0     1,554,923     217,542     100.0     652,420     91,277     72.3  

        Our revenue increased by 72.3% to RMB1554.9 million (US$217.5 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB902.5 million for the same period in 2018 as a result of the increases in both transaction-based and support service revenue and implementation revenue.

    Our implementation revenue increased substantially to RMB336.0 million (US$47.0 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB156.2 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to our increased implementation of offerings such as our AI customer service solution, which was launched in August 2018, and the asset and liability management solution provided by Vantage Point Technology, a Beijing-based company we acquired in July 2018. Our implementation revenue from the AI customer service solution and from the asset and liability management solution provided by Vantage Point Technology was RMB109.7 million (US$15.3 million) and RMB77.5 million (US$10.8 million), respectively, in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, compared with RMB38.4 million and RMB17.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

    Our transaction-based and support services revenue increased by 63.3% to RMB1,218.9 million (US$170.5 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB746.3 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to (i) the RMB156.5 million (US$21.9 million) increase in our revenue from business origination services, primarily from our SME financing and services solution, (ii) the RMB144.7 million (US$20.2 million) increase in our revenue from risk management services, which was mainly driven by increased revenue from our risk management for retail banking solution, and (iii) the RMB130.1 million (US$18.2 million) increase in our revenue from operation support services, primarily from our auto insurance operations and services solution.

Cost of Revenue

        Our cost of revenue increased by 58.3% to RMB1,047.9 million (US$146.6 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB662.1 million for the same period in 2018. The increase was primarily driven by (i) the increase in business service fees, which consist of business service fees under technology service fee, business origination fee, outsourcing labor costs, and other costs, by 57.7% to RMB554.1 million (US$77.5 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB351.4 million for the same period in 2018, (ii) the increase in labor related costs, which consist of

92


Table of Contents

employee benefit expenses and labor related costs under technology service fee, by 61.4% to RMB240.2 million (US$33.6 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB148.9 million for the same period in 2018, and (iii) the increase in amortization of intangible assets by 56.3% to RMB252.1 million (US$35.3 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB161.3 million for the same period in 2018.

        The increase in business service fees was primarily driven by the continuing growth of our operation support services and the overall increase in our transaction volume. Business service fees as a percentage of revenue decreased from 38.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 35.6% for the same period in 2019 as revenue from our solutions and modules with higher margins, such as risk management solutions, accounted for a higher percentage of our revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018.

        The increase in labor related costs was primarily in line with the growth of our implementation revenue. Labor related costs as a percentage of revenue decreased from 16.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 15.4% for the same period in 2019 as we standardized our products as our solutions and modules matured.

        Amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue increased by 56.3% to RMB252.1 million (US$35.3 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB161.3 million for the same period in 2018. Such increase primarily came from the amortization of the software and other intangible assets from Vantage Point Technology, which we acquired in July 2018, and from the amortization of our internally developed application and platform. We started to amortize the development cost of our internally developed software and platform in 2018 as some of them reached ready-to-use stage by then.

Gross Profit

        As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 110.9% to RMB507.0 million (US$70.9 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB240.4 million for the same period in 2018. Our gross profit margin increased to 32.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from 26.6% for the same period in 2018, primarily as revenue from our solutions and modules with higher margins, such as risk management solutions, accounted for a higher percentage of our revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018, and as we standardized our products as our solutions and modules matured. The increase in gross profit margin was also due to the decrease in amortization of software and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to revenue generation in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018 whereas our business and revenue continued to grow. Application and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to revenue generation had been fully amortized by July 31, 2019.

        Our non-IFRS gross profit margin increased from 44.6% in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 to 49.0% in the same period in 2019, primarily as revenue from our solutions and modules with higher margins, such as risk management solutions, accounted for a higher percentage of our revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to the same period in 2018.

93


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

    Research and Development Expenses

        Our research and development costs incurred increased by 53.5% to RMB764.9 million (US$107.0 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB498.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 primarily due to increased expenses for new product development, which was driven by the increase in employee benefit expenses related to higher research and development personnel headcount as well as higher external technology service fee relating to upgrades of our platforms and research and development of new technologies and products. Our research and development expenses increased substantially to RMB641.5 million (US$89.7 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB249.6 million for the same period in 2018. The difference between our research and development costs incurred and our research and development expenses realized was because we capitalized research and development costs of RMB248.9 million and RMB123.4 million (US$17.2 million) related to the development of our products/modules in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We capitalized more research and development costs in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the same period in 2019 because more research and development projects reached the point of commercialization in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the same period in 2019. Our capitalized research and development costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 7.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 compared to 27.6% for the same period in 2018, as we commercialized more new products in the nine months ended September 30, 2018 compared to the same period in 2019 and a result of our revenue increase over the period.

    Selling and Marketing Expenses

        Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 116.8% to RMB472.1 million (US$66.0 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB217.7 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to higher employee benefit expenses as a result of our higher selling and marketing employee headcount. Our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 30.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from 24.1% for the same period in 2018, as we continued to expand our selling and marketing team.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        Our general and administrative expenses increased by 53.0% to RMB452.3 million (US$63.3 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB295.6 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to higher employee benefit expenses as a result of our higher employee headcount and their related administrative cost and depreciation. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 29.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from 32.8% for the same period in 2018, as a result of increased economies of scale.

Other Loss, Net

        Our other loss, net increased to RMB60.8 million (US$8.5 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB53.1 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to higher foreign exchange loss and the decrease in net gain on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, partially offset by an increase in government grants and decrease in guarantee loss, net. The decrease in guarantee losses was due to the decreased losses from our legacy credit risk management services.

Finance Income

        Our finance income increased to RMB91.2 million (US$12.8 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB89.0 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to our higher average cash balances.

94


Table of Contents

Finance Costs

        Our finance costs increased to RMB133.1 million (US$18.6 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB114.4 million for the same period in 2018, primarily due to our higher level of bank borrowings. We pledged the offshore proceeds from our A-round financing for onshore bank borrowings.

Share of Net Losses of Associate

        Our share of net losses of associate decreased by 7.8% to RMB12.2 million (US$1.7 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB13.2 million for the same period in 2018, due to a smaller loss of Puhui Lixin.

Loss Before Income Tax

        As a result of the foregoing, our loss before income tax increased to RMB1,173.8 million (US$164.2 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB614.2 million for same period in 2018.

Income Tax Benefit

        Our income tax benefit increased significantly to RMB124.8 million (US$17.5 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB35.3 million for the same period in 2018, primarily because we had fewer deferred tax assets, which resulted from our reorganization, for the nine months ended September 30, 2018.

Loss for the Period

        As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the period increased to RMB1,049.0 million (US$146.8 million) for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 from RMB579.0 million for the same period in 2018.

95


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017

Revenue

        The table below presents our revenue by type for the years indicated and the year-on-year change, in absolute amount and by percentage.

 
  Year ended December 31,    
   
   
 
 
  2017   2018   Change  
 
  RMB   %   RMB   US$   %   RMB   US$   %  
 
  (in thousands, except %)
 

Implementation revenue

    50,738     8.7     295,916     41,400     20.9     245,178     34,302     483.2  

Transaction-based and support revenue

                                                 

—Business origination services

    451,244     77.5     554,957     77,641     39.3     103,713     14,510     23.0  

—Risk management services

    86     0.0     205,160     28,703     14.5     205,074     28,691     NA  

—Operation support services

    51,105     8.8     309,502     43,301     21.9     258,397     36,151     505.6  

—Post-implementation support services

    5,257     0.9     27,442     3,839     1.9     22,185     3,104     422.0  

—Others

    23,482     4.0     20,512     2,870     1.5     (2,970 )   (416 )   (12.6 )

Sub-total

    531,174     91.3     1,117,573     156,354     79.1     586,399     82,040     110.4  

Total

    581,912     100.0     1,413,489     197,754     100.0     831,577     116,342     142.9  

        Our revenue increased by 142.9% to RMB1,413.5 million (US$197.8 million) for 2018 from RMB581.9 million for the prior year as a result of significant increases in both transaction-based and support services revenue and implementation revenue.

    Our implementation revenue increased to RMB295.9 million (US$41.4 million) for 2018 from RMB50.7 million for the prior year, primarily because we launched new solutions in late 2017 and 2018, including for AI customer service, which contributed RMB77.7 million (US$10.9 million) to our implementation revenue in 2018, and retail banking risk management, which contributed RMB88.9 million (US$12.4 million) to our implementation revenue in 2018.

    Our transaction-based and support services revenue increased by 110.4% to RMB1,117.6 million (US$156.4 million) for 2018 from RMB531.2 million for the prior year, primarily due to (i) the RMB258.4 million (US$36.2 million) increase in revenue from operation support services and (ii) the RMB205.1 million (US$28.7 million) increase in revenue from our risk management solution.

Cost of Revenue

        Our cost of revenue increased by 112.4% to RMB1,024.9 million (US$143.4 million) for 2018 from RMB482.5 million for the prior year. The increase was primarily driven by (i) the increase in business service fees, which consist of business service fees under technology service fee, business origination fee, outsourcing labor costs, and other costs, by 186.7% to RMB568.6 million (US$79.6 million) for 2018 from RMB198.3 million for 2017, (ii) the increase in labor related costs, which consist of employee benefit expenses and labor related costs under technology service fee, by 165.2% to RMB228.5 million (US$32.0 million) for 2018 from RMB86.2 million for 2017, and (iii) the increase in amortization of intangible assets by 14.8% to RMB227.0 million (US$31.8 million) for 2018 from RMB197.8 million for 2017.

        The increase in business service fees was primarily driven by the continuing growth of our operation support and risk management services and the overall growth in our transaction volume. Business service

96


Table of Contents

fees as a percentage of revenue increased from 34.1% for 2017 to 40.2% for 2018 as we ramped up newly launched solutions.

        The increase in labor related costs was primarily in line with the growth of our implementation revenue and as we ramped up newly launched solutions. Labor related costs as a percentage of revenue increased from 14.8% for 2017 to 16.2% for 2018 primarily due to the launch of new solutions.

        Amortization of intangible assets recognized in cost of revenue increased by 14.8% to RMB227.0 million (US$31.8 million) for 2018 from RMB197.8 million for 2017. Such increase primarily came from the amortization of the software and other intangible assets from Vantage Point Technology, which we acquired in July 2018, and from the amortization of our internally developed application and platform. We started to amortize the development cost of our internally developed software and platform in 2018 as some of them reached ready-to-use stage by then.

Gross Profit

        As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 291.1% to RMB388.6 million (US$54.4 million) 2018 from RMB99.4 million for 2017. Our gross profit margin increased to 27.5% for 2018 from 17.1% for 2017, primarily because the amortization of software and platform contributed by Ping An Group relating to revenue generation remained the same in 2018 compared to 2017 whereas our business and revenue continued to grow.

        Our non-IFRS gross profit margin decreased from 51.1% in 2017 to 43.6% 2018 primarily as we launched more new solutions in 2018 compared to 2017. Our solutions generally have lower margin at the earlier stage of their commercialization.

Operating Expenses

    Research and Development Expenses

        Our research and development costs incurred increased by 52.9% to RMB821.4 million (US$114.9 million) for 2018 from RMB537.2 million for the prior year, while our research and development expenses decreased by 14.5% to RMB459.2 million (US$64.2 million) for 2018 from RMB537.2 million for the prior year. The difference between our research and development costs incurred and our research and development expenses realized was because of our capitalization of RMB362.3 million (US$50.7 million) of our research and development costs related to the research and development of our products in 2018, while we had no such capitalized costs in 2017.

    Selling and Marketing Expenses

        Our selling and marketing expenses increased by 112.4% to RMB441.9 million (US$61.8 million) for 2018 from RMB208.0 million for the prior year, primarily due to higher employee benefit expenses as a result of our increased number of selling and marketing employees and higher marketing and advertising fee as we conducted more brand promotion events and online advertising activities. Our selling and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 31.3% for 2018 from 35.8% for the prior year, as we benefited from economies of scale.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        Our general and administrative expenses increased by 93.1% to RMB522.0 million (US$73.0 million) for 2018 from RMB270.3 million for the prior year, primarily due to higher employee benefit expenses as a result of our increased general and administrative employee headcount, higher professional service fee as a result of our increased legal and audit consulting fee generally tracking our business growth, and higher depreciation of property and equipment because of an increase in computers and leased office space. Our general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 36.9% for 2018 from 46.4% for the prior year, as we benefited from economies of scale.

97


Table of Contents

Other Income or Loss, Net

        We recorded other loss, net of RMB79.9 million (US$11.2 million) for 2018, while we realized other income, net of RMB25.9 million for the prior year. Our other loss, net for 2018 was primarily due to guarantee losses from our legacy credit risk management services, partially offset by an increase in our gain on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

Finance Income

        Our finance income increased to RMB129.4 million (US$18.1 million) for 2018 from RMB2.1 million for the prior year, primarily due to our higher average cash balances following our A-round financing.

Finance Costs

        Our finance costs increased by 90.7% to RMB163.4 million (US$22.9 million) for 2018 from RMB85.7 million for the prior year, primarily due to our higher level of bank borrowings. We pledged the offshore proceeds from our A-round financing, which was closed in April 2018, for onshore bank borrowings.

Share of Losses of Associate

        Our share of losses of associate increased to RMB15.4 million (US$2.2 million) for 2018 from RMB2.7 million for the prior year a result of our share of increased net loss from our associate Puhui Lixin, which was established in March 2017 and began operations in 2018.

Loss Before Income Tax

        As a result of the foregoing, our loss before income tax increased by 19.2% to RMB1,163.8 million (US$162.8 million) for 2018 from RMB976.6 million for the prior year.

Income Tax Benefit or Expense

        We recorded income tax expense of RMB26.5 million (US$3.7 million) for 2018 while we realized an income tax benefit of RMB369.7 million for the prior year, primarily due to a decrease in our deferred tax assets which resulted from our reorganization.

Loss for the Year

        As a result of the foregoing, our loss for the year increased by 96.1% to RMB1,190.3 million (US$166.5 million) for 2018 from RMB607.0 million for the prior year.

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth our historical unaudited consolidated selected quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared this unaudited consolidated selected quarterly financial data on the same basis as we have prepared our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial data include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments,

98


Table of Contents

that our management considered necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and results of operation for the quarters presented.

 
  For the three months ended  
 
  March 31,
2017
  June 30,
2017
  September 30,
2017
  December 31,
2017
  March 31,
2018
  June 30,
2018
  September 30,
2018
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
  June 30,
2019
  September 30,
2019
 
 
  (RMB in thousands)
 

Revenue

    96,236     106,560     175,604     203,512     243,842     296,656     362,005     510,986     448,272     521,912     584,739  

Cost of revenue(1)

    (74,256 )   (89,430 )   (144,688 )   (174,165 )   (181,152 )   (216,757 )   (264,188 )   (362,767 )   (320,581 )   (368,236 )   (359,093 )

Gross profit

    21,980     17,130     30,916     29,347     62,690     79,899     97,817     148,219     127,691     153,676     225,646  

Research and development expenses(1)

    (146,453 )   (126,268 )   (125,908 )   (138,597 )   (70,127 )   (57,452 )   (122,026 )   (209,576 )   (268,807 )   (174,187 )   (198,504 )

Selling and marketing expenses(1)

    (53,415 )   (56,876 )   (48,162 )   (49,582 )   (72,504 )   (64,746 )   (80,486 )   (224,196 )   (113,553 )   (165,913 )   (192,616 )

General and administrative expenses(1)

    (52,122 )   (75,677 )   (63,924 )   (78,552 )   (54,554 )   (100,069 )   (141,014 )   (226,382 )   (140,854 )   (155,437 )   (155,959 )

Other income, gains or loss—net

    3,001     4,622     9,880     8,357     (2,164 )   (28,881 )   (22,031 )   (26,784 )   (64,842 )   (12,247 )   16,261  

Operating loss

    (227,009 )   (237,069 )   (197,198 )   (229,027 )   (136,659 )   (171,249 )   (267,740 )   (538,719 )   (460,365 )   (354,108 )   (305,172 )

Finance income

    414     431     565     718     10,900     38,047     40,068     40,420     33,064     29,167     28,929  

Finance costs

    (12,473 )   (19,365 )   (26,557 )   (27,316 )   (12,478 )   (50,028 )   (51,898 )   (49,038 )   (49,629 )   (41,265 )   (42,238 )

Finance costs—net

    (12,059 )   (18,934 )   (25,992 )   (26,598 )   (1,578 )   (11,981 )   (11,830 )   (8,618 )   (16,565 )   (12,098 )   (13,309 )

Share of net losses of associate and joint venture

        (2 )   89     (2,834 )   (3,880 )   (3,860 )   (5,461 )   (2,241 )   (2,250 )   (3,477 )   (6,438 )

Loss before income tax

    (239,068 )   (256,005 )   (223,101 )   (258,459 )   (142,117 )   (187,090 )   (285,031 )   (549,578 )   (479,180 )   (369,683 )   (324,919 )

Income tax benefit/ (expense)

    187,782     63,004     55,072     63,819     33,342     (64,394 )   66,318     (61,735 )   62,374     28,604     33,830  

Loss for the period

    (51,286 )   (193,001 )   (168,029 )   (194,640 )   (108,775 )   (251,484 )   (218,713 )   (611,313 )   (416,806 )   (341,079 )   (291,089 )

(1)
Share-based compensation expenses were allocated as follows:
 
  For the three months ended  
 
  March 31,
2017
  June 30,
2017
  September 30,
2017
  December 31,
2017
  March 31,
2018
  June 30,
2018
  September 30,
2018
  December 31,
2018
  March 31,
2019
  June 30,
2019
  September 30,
2019
 
 
  (RMB in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

                                    610     498     582  

Research and development expenses

                                    7,157     5,847     6,841  

Selling and marketing expenses

                                    6,335     5,176     6,249  

General and administrative expenses

                376     415     325     303     6,708     4,879     3,986     4,851  

Total

                376     415     325     303     6,708     18,981     15,507     18,523  

        We generally experienced continued growth in our revenue in the eleven quarters from January 1, 2017 to September 30, 2019, driven by the continued increases in customer transaction volume as a result of deepening relationship with customers, as well as increases in customer base. Our revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2019 was lower than that of prior sequential quarter, primarily as a result of financial institutions' transaction volume being higher in the second half of the year, although higher than that of the same period in the prior year.

        We experience some revenue fluctuation on a quarterly basis. Our third and fourth quarters are generally the stronger quarters in any given year. This is mostly due to our business model, as we primarily charge our financial institution customers based on the transaction volume generated on our platform or their other usage of it. Customer transactions at financial institutions tend to peak in the fourth quarter of the year, which in turn has a positive impact on our revenue. Our stronger quarterly results in third and fourth quarters are also because most of our financial institution customers typically spend more in these two quarters as a result of their annual budget cycle.

        Our costs also generally increased during these periods, mainly as a result of higher business service fees, including business service fees under technology service fee, business origination fee, outsourcing labor costs, and other costs, which was generally in line with our higher revenue. Labor related costs, including labor related costs under technology service fee and employee benefit expenses increased as we ramped up our newly launched solutions. Our gross profit margin varies during these periods and

99


Table of Contents

decreased in any given quarter primarily as a result of our launch of new solutions and increased primarily driven by our business growth.

        Our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our revenues, expenses, net loss or income and other key metrics, may vary significantly due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control. However, the impact of fluctuation and changes of market conditions, was not apparent due to the rapid growth of our business historically. Due to our limited operating history, the trends that we have experienced in the past may not apply to, or be indicative of, our future operating results.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows and Working Capital

        Our principal sources of liquidity have been cash and cash equivalents, wealth management products which are redeemable upon our request, bank borrowings and cash generated from shareholder financing activities. As of September 30, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of RMB915.2 million (US$128.0 million), restricted cash of RMB3,411.4 million (US$477.3 million) and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB561.0 million (US$78.5 million). Our cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and cash at banks, and our restricted cash consists primarily of pledged offshore bank deposits for onshore bank borrowings.

        As of September 30, 2019, we had credit facilities from six banks with an aggregate unused credit capacity of RMB1,471.7 million (US$206.0 million). These facilities include a comprehensive credit facility agreement with Ping An Bank, which is a member of Ping An Group, with a uncommitted, revolving credit of RMB1,200 million (US$167.9 million), which is available until October 16, 2019. The interest rate for the credits under this facility is the PBOC benchmark interest rate for loans of the same term on the applicable draw-down date, plus a fixed spread. As of September 30, 2019, we had drawn down RMB1,200 million (US$167.9 million) under this facility, which will mature in March 2020.

        We had a committed, revolving credit facility of RMB1,900.0 million (US$265.8 million) with Bank of Shanghai, which is available until March 5, 2020. As of September 30, 2019, we had drawn down RMB700.0 million (US$97.9 million) under this facility, which will mature in March 2020. We also had a committed, revolving credit facility of RMB500.0 million (US$70.0 million) with Bank of Shanghai. The draw-down period of this facility has already expired. As of September 30, 2019, we had drawn down RMB499.0 million (US$69.8 million) under this facility, with maturities ranging from November 2019 to January 2020. The interest rate for the credits under these facilities is the PBOC benchmark interest rate for loans of the same term on the applicable draw-down date, plus a spread to be determined on the draw-down date.

        We also had credit facilities with four other Chinese banks, which are China Everbright Bank, China Merchants Bank, Bank of China and Industrial and Commercial Bank of China. We had an aggregate of committed credit of RMB550.0 million (US$76.9 million) with China Everbright Bank, of which RMB500.0 million (US$70.0 million) is a short-term loan that is due on March 28, 2020 and RMB50.0 million (US$7.0 million) is available until June 24, 2020. We had an aggregate of committed credit of RMB30.0 million (US$4.2 million) with China Merchants Bank, of which RMB20.0 million (US$2.8 million) is available until April 15, 2020 and RMB10.0 million (US$1.4 million) is available until March 13, 2021. We had an aggregate of committed credit of RMB305.0 million (US$42.7 million) with Bank of China, of which RMB300.0 million (US$42.0 million) is a revolving loan that is available until September 19, 2020 and RMB5.0 million (US$0.7 million) is a short-term loan that is due on April 29, 2020. We had an aggregate of committed, revolving credit of RMB5.0 million (US$0.7 million) with Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, which is available until May 6, 2020. The interest rates for credits under these respective facilities are a fixed annual interest rate, an interest rate to be determined on the applicable draw-down date, the one-year loan prime rate on the day before the applicable draw-down date, plus a spread, and the one-year loan prime rate on the day before the applicable draw-down

100


Table of Contents

date, plus a spread, adjusted monthly, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, we had drawn down RMB523.0 million (US$73.2 million), RMB28.3 million (US$4.0 million), RMB62.0 million (US$8.7 million) and RMB5.0 million (US$0.7 million), respectively, from these four banks, with maturities ranging from March 2020 to September 2020.

        The weighted average annual interest rate under our outstanding borrowings was 4.6% as of September 30, 2019. None of our credit facilities contain a material financial covenant.

        We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flows from operations and financing activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements and capital expenditures for the 12 months following this offering. After this offering, we may decide to expand our business through additional capital and finance funding. The issuance and sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could result in operating covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

        Although we consolidate the results of our VIEs and their subsidiaries, we only have access to the assets or earnings of our VIEs and their subsidiaries through our contractual arrangements with our VIEs, their respective subsidiaries and shareholders.

        In utilizing the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering, we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, make loans to our PRC subsidiaries, or acquire offshore entities with operations in China in offshore transactions. However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations.

        Substantially all of our future revenues are likely to continue to be in the form of Renminbi. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval as long as certain routine procedural requirements are fulfilled. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are allowed to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior SAFE approval by following certain routine procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration with competent government authorities is required where the Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions in the future.

101


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth selected cash flow statement information for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2017   2018   2018   2019  
 
  RMB   RMB   US$   RMB   RMB   US$  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (228,685 )   (489,237 )   (68,447 )   (136,993 )   (1,473,273 )   (206,118 )

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

    (126,841 )   (5,805,478 )   (812,216 )   (5,777,682 )   2,287,525     320,037  

Net cash generated from/ (used in) financing activities

    1,125,135     5,999,403     839,347     5,979,170     (458,616 )   (64,163 )

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    769,609     (295,312 )   (41,316 )   64,495     355,636     49,755  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year/period

    78,158     847,767     118,607     847,767     565,027     79,050  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        12,572     1,759     12,196     (5,507 )   (770 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year/period

    847,767     565,027     79,050     924,458     915,156     128,035  

Operating Activities

        Net cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB1,473.3 million (US$206.1 million), while our loss before income tax for the same period was RMB1,173.8 million (US$164.2 million). The difference was primarily due to adjustment for non-cash and non-operating items of RMB546.5 million (US$76.5 million), primarily including adding back depreciation and amortization of RMB365.6 million (US$51.2 million), which was primarily in relation to our software and platform, and expected credit loss on financial guarantee contracts of RMB112.5 million (US$15.7 million) in relation to our legacy credit management business, and changes in working capital. The changes in working capital primarily reflected (i) a decrease of RMB517.4 million (US$72.4 million) in our trade and other payable, and (ii) an increase of RMB345.8 million (US$48.4 million) in our trade receivables as a result of our overall business growth and longer payment periods, primarily attributable to payment from customers of Vantage Point Technology, which we acquired in July 2018.

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2018 was RMB489.2 million (US$68.4 million), while our loss before income tax for the same period was RMB1,163.8 million (US$162.8 million). The difference was primarily due to adjustment for non-cash and non-operating items of RMB607.1 million (US$84.9 million), primarily including adding back depreciation and amortization of RMB354.0 million (US$49.5 million) primarily in relation to our software and platform and expected credit loss on financial guarantee contracts of RMB286.4 million (US$40.1 million) in relation to our legacy credit management business, and changes in working capital. The changes in working capital primarily reflected (i) an increase of RMB188.8 million (US$26.4 million) in payroll and welfare payables and (ii) an increase of RMB130.6 million (US$18.3 million) in trade and other payables as result of growth in our business, which was partially offset by (i) an increase of RMB218.3 million (US$30.5 million) in trade receivables as result of our overall business growth and our acquisition of Vantage Point Technology in 2018, and (ii) an increase of RMB107.5 million (US$15.0 million) in contract assets because of the growth of customer acquisition service and implementation service

102


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in operating activities for 2017 was RMB228.7 million, while our loss before income tax for the same period was RMB976.6 million. The difference was primarily due to adjustment for non-cash and non-operating items of RMB364.8 million, primarily including adding back depreciation and amortization of RMB287.6 million primarily in relation to our software and platform, and changes in working capital. The changes in working capital primarily reflected (i) an increase of RMB515.6 million in trade and other payables as a result of our overall business growth, and (ii) an increase of RMB108.0 million in payroll and welfare payables, as result of higher employee headcount, which was partially offset by an increase of RMB250.9 million in our prepayments and other receivables as a result of our business growth.

Investing Activities

        Net cash generated from investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB2,287.5 million (US$320.0 million) primarily due to our proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB3,679.0 million (US$514.7 million), which related to our cash management activities, and a refund of restricted cash of RMB704.3 million (US$98.5 million) in relation to the pledge of offshore proceeds from our A-round financing for onshore bank borrowings, which were partially offset by our payment for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB3,679.0 million (US$514.7 million), payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired of RMB166.5 million (US$23.3 million) in relation to our acquisitions of Beijing BER and View Foundation, payment for intangible assets of RMB132.9 million (US$18.6 million), and a capital investment of RMB100.0 million (US$14.0 million) we made in Puhui Lixin.

        Net cash used in investing activities for 2018 was RMB5,805.5 million (US$812.2 million) primarily due to our payments for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB6,102.2 million (US$853.7 million), which related to our cash management activities, and payment for restricted cash of RMB3,590.5 million (US$502.3 million) in relation to the pledge of offshore proceeds from our A-round financing for onshore bank borrowings, which were partially offset by proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB4,427.9 million (US$619.5 million).

        Net cash used in investing activities for 2017 was RMB126.8 million primarily due to our payments for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB6,150.5 million, which related to our cash management activities, and a capital injection to associate of RMB40.0 million we made to Puhui Lixin, which were partially offset by proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss of RMB6,060.1 million.

Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB458.6 million (US$64.2 million), primarily due to the cash outflow of RMB4,159.9 million (US$582.0 million) for repayments of short-term borrowings and related interest payment of RMB116.1 million (US$16.2 million). This cash outflow was partially offset by the cash inflow of proceeds from short-term borrowings of RMB3,816.9 million (US$534.0 million).

        Net cash generated from financing activities for 2018 was RMB5,999.4 million (US$839.3 million), primarily due to the cash inflow of proceeds from short-term borrowings of RMB7,909.3 million (US$1,106.6 million) and proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares of RMB4,409.8 million (US$617.0 million). This cash inflow was partially offset by the cash outflow of RMB6,093.9 million (US$852.6 million) for repayments for short-term borrowings and RMB121.4 million (US$17.0 million) for interest paid.

        Net cash generated from financing activities for 2017 was RMB1,125.1 million, primarily due to the cash inflow of proceeds from short-term borrowings of RMB1,000.0 million and capital contribution from

103


Table of Contents

our then-owners of RMB337.8 million. This cash inflow was partially offset by cash outflow of RMB500.0 million for repayments of short-term borrowings and RMB93.5 million for interest paid.

Capital Expenditures

        Our capital expenditures were RMB18.0 million, RMB459.8 million (US$64.3 million) and RMB212.7 million (US$29.8 million) for 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. These capital expenditures primarily comprised expenditures for the purchase of property and equipment, intangible assets and other long-term assets. We will continue to make capital expenditures to meet the needs of the expected growth of our business.

Contractual Obligations

        The table below sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 years
 
  (RMB in thousands)

Operating Lease Obligations

  230,249   86,066   142,130   2,054  

        Operating lease obligations relate to non-cancellable operating leases for our office premises.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Before the end of January 2018, to test our credit model in real world conditions, we provided credit enhancement in relation to loans facilitated through our solutions to benefit our financial institution customers by agreeing to purchase non-performing loans of their borrowers who satisfied certain risk management criteria. These loans generally have terms of up to three years, and we recorded our credit enhancement as financial guarantee payables on our consolidated statements of financial positions, representing estimated future payments we would be required to make due to future defaults of the legacy loans for which we provided credit enhancement. In each period we recognize guarantee charges in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income that represent the amount by which our charges in respect of defaults of the legacy loans exceed our financial guarantee payables. We ceased offering credit enhancement for any new lending transactions of our customers at the end of January 2018.

        As of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019, our maximum guarantee exposure, which represents our total liability if all borrowers under the loans for which we provided credit enhancement were to default, was RMB1,348.6 million (US$188.7 million) and RMB786.4 million (US$110.0 million), respectively.

        Other than the above, we have not entered into any material financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties and do not assume credit risk in loans facilitated through our platform. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder's equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        After this initial public offering we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as we are a public company in the United States. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, requires that we include a report from management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31,

104


Table of Contents

2020. In addition, once we cease to be an "emerging growth company" as this term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

        Prior to this initial public offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which we address our internal control over financial reporting. We may fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may not certify the effectiveness of our internal control if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us.

        If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of the ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

        As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company's internal control over financial reporting.

Holding Company Structure

        We are a holding company with no material operations of our own. We conduct our operations primarily through our PRC subsidiaries, our VIEs and their subsidiaries in China. In utilizing the proceeds from this offering, we may make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, make loans to our PRC subsidiaries or our VIEs or their subsidiaries, or acquire offshore entities with business operations in China in offshore transactions. However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. Capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries must be approved by or filed with MOFCOM or its local counterparts, and loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries and VIEs and their subsidiaries to finance their activities cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with SAFE or its local branches. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals or complete filings on a timely basis, if at all.

        As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries. If our existing PRC subsidiaries or any newly formed ones incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China is permitted to pay dividends to us only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our subsidiaries, our consolidated VIEs and their subsidiaries in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. Furthermore, our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to

105


Table of Contents

enterprise expansion funds and staff bonus and welfare funds at its discretion, and our consolidated VIEs and their subsidiaries may allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to a discretionary surplus fund at their discretion. The statutory reserve funds and the discretionary funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Our PRC subsidiaries have not paid dividends and will not be able to pay dividends until they generate accumulated profits and meet the requirements for statutory reserve funds.

Inflation

        Since our inception, inflation has not materially affected our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent change in the consumer price index was 1.8% for December 2017 and 1.9% for December 2018. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation, we may be affected if China experiences higher rates of inflation in the future.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign exchange risk

        Substantially all of our revenues and our expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Our exposure to foreign exchange risk primarily relates to cash and cash equivalent denominated in U.S. dollars. We do not consider that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and use currency swaps to hedge our exposure to foreign exchange risk. Although our exposure to foreign exchange risks should in general be limited, the value of your investment in our ADSs will be affected by the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Renminbi because the value of our business is predominantly denominated in Renminbi, while our ADSs will be traded in U.S. dollars.

        The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, is based on rates set by the People's Bank of China. The PRC government allowed the Renminbi to appreciate by more than 20% against the U.S. dollar between July 2005 and July 2008. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted, and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at certain times significantly and unpredictably. With the development of the foreign exchange market progressing towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization and economic uncertainties in both China and the world, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar. It is difficult to predict how market forces, PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

        To the extent that we need to convert the U.S. dollars we receive from this offering or other capital markets transactions or borrowing outside China into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amounts available to us.

        We are primarily exposed to changes in U.S. dollar/Renminbi exchange rate. The sensitivity of profit or loss to changes in the exchange rates arises mainly from U.S. dollar-denominated financial assets. As of September 30, 2019, 18.8% of our cash and cash equivalents were dominated in Renminbi and held in the PRC, and the remaining cash and cash equivalents were denominated in U.S. dollars, Singapore dollars or Hong Kong dollars, and were held in the PRC, Singapore and Hong Kong. As of September 30, 2019, 0.05% of our restricted cash was denominated in Renminbi and the remaining restricted cash was denominated in U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and September 30, 2019, a 10% appreciation or depreciation in the U.S. dollar to Renminbi exchange rate, would increase or decrease our profit and

106


Table of Contents

equity by approximately RMB43.1 million, RMB433.0 million (US$60.6 million), RMB407.2 million (US$57.0 million), respectively.

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$             million from this offering if the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the initial offering price of US$            per ADS. Assuming that we convert the full amount of the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi, a 10% appreciation/depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi, from the exchange rate of RMB7.1477 for US$1.00 as of September 30, 2019 to a rate of RMB            to US$1.00, will result in an increase/decrease of RMB             million in our net proceeds from this offering. A 10% appreciation/depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi, from the exchange rate of RMB                for US$1.00 as of                        , 2019 to a rate of RMB            to US$1.00, will result in a decrease/increase of RMB             million in our net proceeds from this offering.

Credit risk

        Our credit risk is mainly associated with cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, contract assets, other receivables and financial guarantee contracts.

        To manage our risk arising from cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, we mainly transact with state-owned or reputable financial institutions in China and reputable international financial institution outside of China. We consider that there is no significant credit risk and we will not suffer any material losses due to the default of the other parties.

        Our trade receivables and contract assets mainly come from customers. We mitigate credit risk by assessing the credit quality, setting a shorter credit period or arranging the instalment payment and prepayment method. For other receivables (except for financial guarantee fee receivables), we make periodic collective assessments as well as individual assessment on the recoverability based on historical settlement records and forward looking information. For financial guarantee contracts and relevant financial guarantee fee receivables, in order to minimize the credit risk, we have established policies and systems for monitoring and control of credit risk. For financial assets whose impairment losses are measured using expected credit loss model, we assess whether their credit risk has increased significantly since their initial recognition, and apply a three-stage impairment model to calculate their impairment allowance and recognize their expected credit losses.

Interest rate risk

        Fluctuations in market interest rates may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018 and September 30, 2019, most of our borrowings were at fixed rates. We are exposed to fair value interest rate risk due to our borrowings with fixed interest rates. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates, and we have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest risk exposure. However, our future results of operation may be affected due to changes in market interest rates.

Critical Accounting Polices, Judgments and Estimates

        An accounting policy is considered critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such estimate is made, and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

        We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Preparing these financial statements in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates and also requires us to exercise judgments in the process of applying

107


Table of Contents

our accounting policies. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

        The following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other disclosures included in this prospectus. When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgments and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions.

Consolidation of VIE

        We exercise control over the VIE and its subsidiaries and have the right to recognize and receive substantially all the economic benefits through contractual arrangements. We consider that we control the VIE and its subsidiaries notwithstanding the fact that we do not hold direct equity interests in it, as we have power over the financial and operating policies of the VIE and its subsidiaries and receive substantially all the economic benefits from the business activities of the VIE and its subsidiaries through contractual arrangements. Accordingly, all of the VIE and its subsidiaries are accounted for as controlled structured entities and their financial statements have also been consolidated by us.

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue when or as control of the asset or service is transferred to the customer. Depending on the terms of the contract and the laws that apply to the contract, control of the goods and services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Control of the goods and services is transferred over time if our performance:

    provides all of the benefits received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

    creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as we perform; or

    does not create an asset with an alternative use to us and we have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

        If control of the goods and services transfers over time, we recognize revenue over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, we recognize revenue at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods and services.

        We measure the progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation based on one of the following methods that best depict our performance in satisfying the performance obligation:

    direct measurements of the value transferred by us to the customer; or

    our efforts or inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

        When either party to a contract has performed, we present the contract in the statement of financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between our performance and the customer's payment.

        A contract asset is our right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that we have transferred to a customer. If the value ascribed to the services rendered by us exceeds the payment, a contract asset is recognized. Judgment is required in determining whether a right to consideration is unconditional and thus qualifies as a receivable.

        We record receivable when we have an unconditional right to consideration on the date the payment is due even if it has not yet performed under the contract.

108


Table of Contents

        If a customer pays consideration or we have a right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional, before we transfer a good or service to the customer, we present the contract as a contract liability when the payment is made or the payment is due (whichever is earlier). A contract liability is our obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which we have received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. A contract liability is recognized as revenue upon transfer of control to the customers of the promised license, products and services.

        Some of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we account for individual performance obligation separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling-price basis. Although each of the performance obligations sometimes has a separate contractual price agreed in the contract, we compare the contractual price with observable standalone market price, if any, or cost plus a margin price to assess the reasonableness of the pricing. If the contractual price for each performance obligation is assessed to be on market price basis, we use the contractual price to measure and recognize revenue for each performance obligation. If the contractual price for each performance obligation is assessed not to be on market price basis, we reallocate the total contract price to the identified performance obligations based on our best estimated standalone selling price of each performance obligation.

        Only the contracts for business origination services contain significant financing components. As a practical expedient, we do not account for financing components if the period between when we transfer the promised goods or services to the customer and when the customer pays for those goods or services is one year or less.

        Incremental costs of obtaining customer contract primarily consist of sales commissions and are capitalized as an asset. We amortize assets recognized from capitalizing costs to obtain a contract on a systematic basis to profit or loss, consistent with the pattern of revenue recognition to which the asset relates. As a practical expedient, we recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that we otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

        The following is a description of the accounting policy for our principal revenue streams.

    (a)
    Implementation and post-implementation support service

        Our implementation services represent customer-specific software development or customerization services provided to customers for the use of our software in cloud offerings or on-premise IT environment. The contract term for implementation services is typically within one year. The implementation contract is either on a time and material basis or a fixed-fee basis. We invoice fees for implementation services monthly based on actual time and material incurred to date or according to pre-agreed payment schedules. After development, we grant the license to our customers to use the software with an indefinite life. The customer cannot benefit from the implementation service on its own without this license, and the perpetual license is a result of the implementation service. The implementation service and the perpetual license are highly interrelated, and within the context of our customer contracts, we promise to transfer implementation service together with the perpetual license to our customers as one output. Both the implementation service and the perpetual license to use the software are not distinct and are thus combined together as one performance obligation. There is no sales/usage based royalty for the license to use the software in the arrangement.

        Post-implementation support services mainly represent post implementation maintenance services and post implementation cloud services such as computing services, storage, server and bandwidth. The cloud-based infrastructure is hosted by another company engaged by us where we are the principal in provision of cloud services because we control the cloud services in advance before transferring those services to the customer. We are the primary obligor who is responsible for making sure the cloud services can fulfill customer's needs and requirements, and we have full discretion in establishing the price for post implementation cloud services. Periodic fixed fees for post-implementation support services are typically invoiced yearly or quarterly in advance.

109


Table of Contents

        Our customer contracts often include both implementation services and post-implementation support services. Judgement is required in determining whether implementation services and post-implementation support services are separate performance obligations. Customers can benefit from implementation services and post-implementation support services on their own, and those services are clearly stated in the contract and are separately identifiable, they are not integrated or interrelated with each other, and do not significantly affect each other. We have concluded that implementation services and post-implementation support services qualify as separate performance obligations and the portion of the contractual fee allocated to them is recognized separately.

        Implementation contracts are for software developed for specific needs of individual customers and therefore it does not have any alternative use for us. Moreover, implementation contracts provide us with an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. Accordingly, revenue for implementation contracts is recognized over the contract terms by reference to the progress of work performed, which is measured based on costs incurred toward satisfying the performance obligation, relative to the total costs expected to be incurred to the complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. We recognize the corresponding implementation costs as incurred under costs of revenue.

        For post development maintenance services, the performance obligation is to stand ready to provide technical support and unspecified updates and upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. The customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of these support services as we perform and we recognize revenue based on time elapsed and thus ratably over the term of the support arrangement.

        Post implementation cloud services provided on a subscription basis, where the performance obligation is the grant of the right to continuously use the cloud services for a certain term, are recognized based on time elapsed and thus ratably over the contract terms.

    (b)    Transaction based service

    Business origination

        We provide business origination services by assisting financial institutions in customer acquisition for their products including loans, wealth management products, insurance policies and so forth. We recognize the revenue for business origination when a referral is successfully accepted by a financial institution.

        We provide lending solutions to financial institutions which could involve multiple performance obligations including business origination and post-lending management service and a financial guarantee (we ceased providing financial guarantees at the end of January 2018, and facilitate the borrower's purchase of insurance policies instead; contracts without a financial guarantee obligation are referred to as "non-guarantee model" and contracts with a financial guarantee obligation are referred to as "guarantee model"). Under the guarantee model, we consider both borrower and lender our customers, where we receive consideration from borrowers. Under the non-guarantee model, we consider borrowers, lenders and insurance companies as our customers, where we receive consideration from insurance companies.

        We determined that we are not the legal lender or legal borrower (or receiver of deposits from investors) in the loan origination and repayment process. Therefore, we do not record loans receivable or payable arising from the loans between lenders and borrowers. We act as an agent to facilitate such loans.

        We generally collect on a monthly basis over the loan period the entire consideration relating to business origination, post-lending management services and the financial guarantee, if any, as one combined fee. Loan contracts facilitated by us typically have a term of 36 months. Thus, the contract contains a significant financing component as the business origination services are provided upfront but paid for over time. The total consideration is also variable. Under the guarantee model, the fee rate is fixed and the variability is mainly related to the prepayment risk of borrowers, in that the borrower can early repay the loans and the monthly service fee for the remaining period will be waived. Under the non-guarantee model, the fee includes a fixed component and a variable component which depends on the

110


Table of Contents

performance of the underlying loans, therefore the variability is mainly related to actual default rates of the portfolio of loans, along with the same prepayment risk. Variable fees are included as part of the total transaction price to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable fee is subsequently resolved. We consider estimated prepayment risk and estimated default risk in determining our transaction price, using the expected value approach on the basis of historical information and current trends of prepayments and default. Further, given the service fees are collected over the typical loan term of 36 months, the transaction price is calculated as the present value of all probable collections, discounted using a discount rate that reflects the customers' credit worthiness. In determining the appropriate discount rate, we consider credit characteristics of the customer (unless already dealt with when arriving at the transaction price) as well as the rate that would be used in a separate financing transaction between us and the customers for the probable payments involved.

        The total transaction price is allocated to the business origination and post-lending management services. Under the guarantee model, we first allocate the total transaction price to the financial guarantee liability, then the remaining consideration is allocated to the business origination services and post-lending management services on the basis of the relative standalone selling prices, determined by using the cost plus margin approach.

        We consider the business origination services and post-lending management services as distinct performance obligations because borrowers, lenders and other financial institutions can benefit from the loan facilitation services and post-lending management services on their own, and those services are clearly stated in the contract and are separately identifiable, they are not integrated or interrelated with each other, and do not significantly affect each other. Although we do not sell these services separately, we determined that both deliverables have standalone value. We use the expected-cost-plus-a-margin approach to determine our best estimate of the standalone selling prices of the different performance obligations as the basis for allocation. In estimating the standalone selling price for the business origination services and post-lending management services, we consider the cost incurred to deliver such services, profit margin for similar arrangements, customer demand, effect of competitors on our services, and other market factors. The total service fee allocated to business origination is recognized as revenue upon execution of loan agreements between lenders and borrowers. The service fees allocated to the post-lending management services are deferred and recognized over the period of the loan on a straight-line method, which approximates the pattern of when the underlying services are performed. When the cash received is different from the revenue recognized, a "contract asset" or "contract liability" will be recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position.

    Risk management services

        Risk management services mainly represent credit risk assessment, identity verification services, risk management services used in insurance loss assessment, and anti-fraud services that we provide to financial institutions.

        For risk management services contracts, we normally charge our customers based on their usage of the services at fixed charge rates, and we invoice the fees on a periodic basis. We recognize the revenue from these services when the customers receive and consume the benefits of these services each time we perform, based on the amount charged for these services.

    Operation support services

        Operation support services mainly represent messaging services, calling services and insurance loss assessment services, asset monitoring services and consulting services that we provide to financial institutions. Revenue from these post-lending management services is also included in the revenue of operation support services.

111


Table of Contents

        For contracts under which we charge our customers based on their usage of the services at fixed charge rates, and invoice the fees on a periodic basis, we recognize the revenue from these services when the customers receive and consume the benefits of these services each time we perform, based on the amount charged for these services.

        For contracts under which we charge our customers based on the term of services and invoice the fees on a periodic basis, and the performance obligation is to stand ready to provide operation support, such as post-lending management services, the customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of these support services as we perform, we recognize revenue based on time elapsed and thus ratably over the term of the support arrangement.

        When the cash we receive is different from the revenue recognized, a "Contract Asset" or "Contract Liability" is recognized in our consolidated statement of financial position.

    Others

        For asset management services, we recognize service revenues ratably over the term of the service contracts.

Intangible Assets

        Our intangible assets include application and platform, purchased software, development cost in progress, goodwill and others.

        We only recognize intangible assets when future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the item will flow to us and their cost can be measured reliably. Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as of the date of acquisition.

        Costs associated with maintaining our application and platform are recognized as an expense as incurred. We recognize development costs that are directly attributable to the development and testing of identifiable application and platform controlled by us as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

    it is technically feasible to complete the application and platform so that it will be available for use,

    management intends to complete the application and platform and use or sell it,

    there is an ability to use or sell the application and platform,

    it can be demonstrated how the application and platform will generate probable future economic benefits,

    adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the application and platform are available, and

    the expenditure attributable to the application and platform during its development can be reliably measured.

        Directly attributable costs that we capitalize include employee costs, technology service fee and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

        We recognize research expenditure and development expenditure that do not meet the criteria described above for capitalization as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period. Capitalized development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

        A significant portion of application and platform within our intangible assets has been used in the provision of services to customers and concurrently been used as the foundation to research and develop

112


Table of Contents

new or upgraded products and services. No allocation of the amortization of intangible assets between cost of revenue and research and development expenses has been made.

        We assess the useful lives of intangible assets by the period of bringing economic benefits to us. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are subject to annual impairment assessment.

Estimation of variable consideration

        The total consideration for business origination service and post-lending management service provided by us to financial institution lenders is variable. Under guarantee model, the fee rate is fixed and the variability is mainly related to the prepayment risk of borrowers that the borrower can early repay the loans and the monthly service fee for the remaining period will be waived. Under non-guarantee model, the fee includes a fixed component and a variable component which depends on the performance of portfolios of the underlying loans, therefore the variability is mainly related to actual default rates of portfolios of the loans, as well as the prepayment risk. Variable fees are included as part of the total transaction price to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable fee is subsequently resolved. We consider estimated prepayment risk and estimated default risk in determining its transaction price, using the expected value approach on the basis of historical information and current trends of prepayments and default.

Measurement of financial guarantee liability

        We initially recognize financial guarantee liability at fair value. We determine the fair value using a discounted cash flow method, and take into account the timing and amount of expected payouts under the guarantee based on historical loss data, and other observable data such as the amount that are charged by other market participants to issue similar guarantees in a standalone arm's length transaction. The discount rates adopted take into account time value of the money as well as an adjustment for our credit worthiness.

        Subsequent to initial recognition, the guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with the expected credit loss model under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and the amount initially recognized less, where appropriate, the cumulative amount of income recognized in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The measurement of the expected credit loss of the underlying guaranteed loans takes into account our historical loss record and those of other comparable companies in the market/industry, current and forward looking economics conditions.

Impairment of non-financial assets

        We assess at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset other than deferred tax assets may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for a non-financial asset is required, we make an estimate of the asset's recoverable amount. A non-financial asset's recoverable amount is the higher of the asset's or cash-generating unit's fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Where the carrying amount of a non-financial asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to disposal,

113


Table of Contents

an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded subsidiaries or other available fair value indicators.

        For non-financial assets other than goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, we make an estimate of the recoverable amount. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset's recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such a reversal is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

        Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units), to which the goodwill relates. The recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use, determined on an individual asset (or cash-generating unit) basis, unless the individual asset (or cash-generating unit) does not generate cash flows that are largely independent from those of other assets or groups of assets (or groups of cash-generating units). Impairment losses recognized in relation to goodwill are not reversed for subsequent increases in its recoverable amount.

        Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and development costs in progress are tested for impairment annually at each year end either individually or at the cash-generating unit level, as appropriate.

Allocation of amortization of intangible assets between cost of revenue and research and development expenses

        Our intangible assets are mainly used in provision of services to customers and therefore our amortization is recognized as cost of revenue, except that platform and application with an original cost of RMB690,910,000 contributed by Ping An Group has been used in the provision of services to customers and concurrently been used as the foundation to research and develop new or upgraded products and services. With the assistance of a third party valuation firm, the original cost of RMB690,910,000 of platform and application contributed by Ping An Group is split between two components. The first component of RMB591,640,000 is arrived at based on a discounted cash flow valuation assuming that we had obtained the license to use the platform but had not obtained intellectual property rights of the platform and thus no revenue would be generated from new products in the future. The other component of RMB99,270,000 is considered as the value related to the potential of intellectual property rights (such as software codes) which are to be used in research and development activities. The amortization of platform and application with an original cost of RMB690,910,000 contributed by Ping An Group is then allocated to cost of revenue and research and development expenses based on the ratio of the above two components. Significant judgement, in particular the disaggregation of cash flow between the two components, have been made in arriving at the valuation of these two components based on which the related amortization is allocated to cost of revenue and research and development expenses.

Share-based Payments

        An equity-settled share-based compensation plan was granted to certain of our employees, under which we receive services from employees as consideration for our equity instruments (options). The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:

    including any market performance;

114


Table of Contents

    excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions; and

    including the impact of any non-vesting conditions.

        At the end of each reporting period, we revise our estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on non-market performance and service conditions. We recognize the impact of any revision to original estimates in our statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

        If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, at a minimum an expense is recognized as if the terms had not been modified. An additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

        If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

Fair Value of Ordinary Share

        Based on the fair value of the underlying ordinary share, we have used the Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the share option and Monte Carlo method to determine the fair value of the restricted share units as of the grant date. The fair value per option or per restricted share unit was estimated at the date of grant using the following key assumptions:

 
  November 7,
2017
  November 8,
2018
  June 1,
2019
  September 10,
2019
 

Discount rate(1)

    24.0%     17.0%     17.0%     15.0%  

Risk-free interest rate(2)

    3.9%     3.6%     3.3%     2.9%  

Volatility(3)

    51.6%     51.2%     46.0%     43.9%  

Dividend yield

    0.0%     0.0%     0.0%     0.0%  

(1)
Discount rate is based on the cost of equity, which was determined based on a number of factors including the risk-free rate, comparative industry risk, equity risk premium, company size and non-systemic risk factors.

(2)
Risk-free interest rate within the contractual life of the option is based on the China Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

(3)
Volatility is based on the historical volatility of similar U.S public companies for a period equal to the expected life preceding the grant date.

        We are a private company with no quoted market prices for our ordinary shares. We therefore need to make estimates of the fair value of our ordinary shares at various dates in order to determine the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of the grant of a share-based compensation award to our employees.

115


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth the fair value of our ordinary shares estimated at different times with the assistance from an independent valuation firm:

Date
  Fair Value per
Ordinary Share
(US$)
  Valuation
approach
  Discount
Rate
  Type of Valuation

November 7, 2017

    0.17   Income Approach—DCF     24 % Retrospective using contemporaneously prepared cash flow projections

November 8, 2018

    7.09   Income Approach—DCF     17 % Retrospective using contemporaneously prepared cash flow projections

June 1, 2019

    7.25   Income Approach—DCF     17 % Retrospective using contemporaneously prepared cash flow projections

September 10, 2019

    7.02   Income Approach—DCF     15 % Contemporaneous

        The determined fair value of our ordinary shares increased from US$0.17 per share as of November 7, 2017 to US$7.09 per share as of November 8, 2018. We believe this increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares was primarily attributable to the following factors:

    (i)
    the rapid organic growth of our business in line with the growth of our customers' transaction volume, which in turn, was driven by the effectiveness of our solutions;

    (ii)
    the significant increase in the number of our premium customers from 40 in 2017 to 221 in 2018;

    (iii)
    additional capital raising through the completion of A-round financing in April 2018, which strengthened our financial status and indicated an increase in investors' confidence in our business prospects;

    (iv)
    the decrease in discount rate from 24% as of November 7, 2017 to 17% as of November 8, 2018 as a result of the milestone events described above and our business growth; and

    (v)
    our adjustment of financial forecast to reflect potentially higher revenue growth rate and potentially better financial performance due to the above-mentioned developments.

        The determined fair value of our ordinary shares further increased from US$7.09 per share as of November 8, 2018 to US$7.25 per share as of June 1, 2019. We believe this increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares was primarily attributable to the following factors:

    (i)
    the continuing strong momentum of revenue growth from expanding product and service offerings through our technology platform;

    (ii)
    the realization of synergies from our past strategic acquisitions, which are complementing and enhancing our existing solutions.

        The determined fair value of our ordinary shares further decreased from US$7.25 per share as of June 1, 2019 to US$7.02 per share as of September 10, 2019. We believe this decrease in the fair value of our ordinary shares was primarily affected by the rising US dollar exchange rate. As a result of the continuous growth of our business, the discount rate decreased from 17% as of June 1, 2019 to 15% as of September 10, 2019.

        In determining the fair value of our ordinary shares, we relied in part on a valuation retrospectively determined with the assistance of an independent valuation firm based on data we provided. The valuation report provided us with guidelines in determining the fair value, but the determination was made by our management.

116


Table of Contents

        We applied the income approach/discounted cash flow analysis based on our projected cash flow using our best estimate as of the valuation date. The determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares requires complex and subjective judgments to be made regarding our projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospects at the time of valuation.

        The major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of ordinary shares include:

        Discount rates.    The discount rates listed out in the table above were based on the weighted average cost of capital, which was determined based on a consideration of the factors including risk-free rate, comparative industry risk, equity risk premium, company size and non-systemic risk factors.

        Comparable companies.    In deriving the weighted average cost of capital used as the discount rates under the income approach as of the valuation date, we select three to six publicly traded companies for reference as our guideline companies. The guideline companies were selected based on the following criteria: (i) they operate in similar industries as we do, and (ii) their shares are publicly traded in developed capital markets, i.e., the United States.

        The income approach involves applying appropriate discount rates to estimated cash flows that are based on earnings forecasts. Our revenue growth rates, as well as major milestones that we have achieved, contributed to the increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares. However, these fair values are inherently uncertain and highly subjective. The assumptions used in deriving the fair values are consistent with our business plan. These assumptions include: no material changes in the existing political, legal and economic conditions in China; our ability to retain competent management, key personnel and staff to support our ongoing operations; and no material deviation in market conditions from economic forecasts. These assumptions are inherently uncertain.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        A list of recently issued accounting pronouncements that are relevant to us is included in note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

117


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY

        Since no reliable third-party data is publicly available for the technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions industry, we have engaged Oliver Wyman, a leading global management consulting firm, to prepare an industry report that analyzes this industry in the context of China's financial services industry. All the information, data and estimates presented in this section has been derived from Oliver Wyman's industry report unless otherwise noted. Oliver Wyman has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. Although the following discussion describes historical growth and includes projections for expected future growth, this future growth may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

        Technology-as-a-service platforms that serve financial institutions provide them with a range of services to increase revenue, manage risks, improve efficiency, enhance service quality and reduce costs. Their customers are institutions in China's financial services industry, which has undergone significant changes in recent years and its robust growth is expected to continue. This section discusses the drivers influencing these changes and projections of future growth, trends and the rapidly developing technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China.

Overview of the Financial Services Industry in China

        China is the world's second-largest economy. Its real GDP has grown rapidly in the past five years, reaching RMB73.1 trillion in 2018, and strong GDP growth is expected to continue with forecasted GDP of RMB95.7 trillion in 2023. GDP growth has historically been driven mainly by investment, but more recent growth has been driven by consumption and the growing role of SMEs in the Chinese economy, and this trend is expected to continue.

China's financial services industry is massive and under-penetrated

        As of 2018, China had the world's second-largest financial services market by total assets. The total assets of financial institutions in China grew from US$29.5 trillion as of 2013 to US$46.9 trillion as of 2018, and total assets as a percentage of GDP increased from 339% in 2013 to 367% in 2018. This trend is expected to continue, with the total assets of financial institutions in China expected to grow at a CAGR of 12.0% to reach US$82.8 trillion, or 443% of GDP in 2023. The tremendous growth in China's financial services industry has also been accompanied by an increase in its number of financial institutions, growing from approximately 13,500 in 2013 to over 62,000 in 2018.(1)

        Despite its significant growth, China's financial services industry is still in an early stage of development compared to the United States. The total assets of financial institutions in the U.S. were US$98.2 trillion, or 479% of GDP, as of 2018, which is almost double the size of China's financial institutions by total assets. Demand for financial services in China is underserved across the financing, insurance and investment segments. For retail banking, Chinese household financing penetration rate(2) was 31.6% in 2016, compared to 77.1% for U.S. households. For SME banking, the gap between supply and demand for Chinese SME financing was US$11.0 trillion as of 2018, and is expected to reach US$14.2 trillion by 2023. For insurance, China's insurance densities(3) per capita was US$245 for life and US$183 for non-life in 2018, which significantly lags behind U.S. density per capita of US$1,634 for life and US$2,362 for non-life. For asset management, Chinese households' asset allocation is highly concentrated in real estate. Financial assets as a percentage of total household assets in 2017 was 12% in China compared to 43% in the U.S.

   


(1)
Includes over 4,500 banking institutions, 180 insurance companies, 24,000 asset managers, 11,000 leasing companies, 11,000 factoring companies, 8,000 micro-lending companies and 1,000 peer-to-peer, or P2P, platforms.

(2)
Household financing penetration rate is defined as number of urban families with borrowings divided by total number of urban families.

(3)
Density for a country's insurance market is defined as gross premiums written divided by population.

118


Table of Contents

        Set forth below are discussions of certain trends in China's banking, insurance and asset management sectors.

The banking sector

        Since 2016, China has become the largest banking sector in the world, with more than 4,500 banks consisting of six state-owned large commercial banks, 12 joint-stock banks, 134 city commercial banks, over 1,400 rural commercial banks and over 3,000 other banking institutions. Supported by stable economic growth, China's banking sector has demonstrated strong growth with total assets increasing from RMB151 trillion in 2013 to RMB268 trillion in 2018. Assets of large commercial banks, joint-stock banks, city commercial banks, rural commercial banks and other banking institutions accounted for 35.4%, 17.9%, 13.4%, 10.8% and 22.5%, respectively, of total banking sector assets in 2018. Total assets of the banking sector is expected to increase at a CAGR of 9.4% to RMB448 trillion in 2023 driven by China's economic growth.

Business focus shift from large corporates to retail and SMEs

        China's banks currently focus on serving large corporates. Loans to large corporates, retail(4) and SMEs comprised 56%, 20% and 24%, respectively, of total loans outstanding in 2018. Although large corporates currently dominate banks' loan revenue pool, the retail and SMEs segments are underpenetrated and growing much faster. Retail and SME borrowers also have higher risk adjusted returns, making them an attractive business segment. In 2018, Chinese banks' risk adjusted profit margins(5) for retail loans ranged from 2.0-2.5%, compared to 0.5-1.0% for corporate loans.

Service model shift from brick-and-mortar to online-to-offline omni-channel

        Banks in China now primarily follow a traditional brick-and-mortar service model, maintaining approximately 228,700 branches and outlets and employing approximately 4.3 million employees as of 2018. Both front- and back-office processes are primarily manual, cost inefficient, and unable to use data effectively, particularly in their risk assessments. In 2018 China's top five banks dedicated an estimated 34-39% of their collective workforce to customer services. Many of China's financial institutions still have sales and operational processes that rely heavily on paper- and people-intensive processes and legacy infrastructure. As their end-customers become more digital-savvy, China's financial institutions now need to provide an online-to-offline omni-channel experience to compete effectively.

The insurance sector

        China had the world's second-largest insurance market in 2018, with total assets estimated at RMB18.3 trillion and 184 insurers, including 88 life insurers, 86 non-life insurers and 10 reinsurance companies. The Chinese insurance sector doubled in size in the past five years, with gross premiums written, or GPW, increasing from RMB1.7 trillion in 2013 to RMB3.8 trillion in 2018. Driven by increasing disposable income, growing needs and awareness of insurance products, and favorable government policies in China, this strong growth is expected to continue, with GPW expected to increase at a five-year CAGR of 12.7% to RMB6.9 trillion in 2023.

   


(4)
Excludes home mortgage loans.

(5)
Risk adjusted profit margin is calculated as (net interest income plus loan-related non-interest fee income minus operating expenses minus expected loss) divided by average interest-earning assets, where expected loss is the sum of the values of all possible losses, each multiplied by the probability of the loss occurring.

119


Table of Contents

Life insurance

        Life insurance insures against certain life and health-related events such as death, accident, illness or disability of the insured. As of 2018, there were 88 life insurers in China, of which seven were large life insurers and 81 were medium and small life insurers.(6)

        China's life insurance industry relies heavily on offline channels for distribution, primarily through field agents and bank branches, or bancassurance, with these two channels representing 49.4% and 37.0%, respectively, of life insurance premiums in 2018. China's life insurance companies employed approximately 6.4 million agents in 2018. Medium and small insurers have substantial difficulty achieving the economies of scale for offline agent network coverage enjoyed by large life insurers.

Non-life insurance

        Non-life insurance insures against losses and damages other than those covered by life insurance. It includes property and casualty insurance such as auto, property, credit and liability insurance. As of 2018, China had 86 non-life insurers, of which three were large non-life insurers and 83 were medium and small non-life insurers.(7)

        In 2018, 76% of non-life insurance premiums were generated by auto insurance and the rest were generated by property, credit and other types of non-life insurance. This trend is expected to continue through 2023. Fraud is common in Chinese non-life insurance, where insurance fraud accounts for an estimated 15-20% of non-life insurance claim amounts, compared to approximately 6% in the U.S. Historically, insurers rely on time consuming manual claim management processes to combat fraudulent claims. To reduce insurance fraud, insurers need to adopt technology solutions that remove human biases and subjectivity such as predictive and advanced analytics and AI.

The asset management sector

        China's asset management sector experienced strong growth in the last decade due to the growing number of high-net-worth individuals and the continuous expansion of institutional balance sheets. The total assets under management, or AUM, of China's asset management sector increased from RMB20 trillion in 2013 to RMB63 trillion in 2018. Despite this strong growth, China's asset management sector is still at an early development stage, with its AUM expected to further grow to RMB108 trillion in 2023 at a CAGR of 11.4% from 2018 to 2023.

        There were over 24,000 asset managers in China in 2018. The principal types of asset managers in China include private equity funds, venture capital funds, mutual funds, hedge funds, as well as asset management units of traditional financial institutions. Due to recent regulatory changes in China's asset management sector, asset management customers are widely expected to shift away from traditional financial institutions to mutual funds, private equity funds and venture capital funds, presenting strong growth opportunities for these types of funds.

Other financial institutions

        There were over 32,000 other financial institutions in China in 2018, including over 11,000 leasing companies, over 11,000 factoring companies, over 8,000 micro-lending companies and approximately 1,000 P2P platforms.

   


(6)
Large life insurers are those with annual GPW exceeding RMB 100 billion and any life insurers falling below this threshold are classified as medium and small insurers.

(7)
Large non-life insurers are defined as the top three non-life insurers ranked by annual GPW and the rest are classified as medium and small non-life insurers.

120


Table of Contents

Rapid changes and challenges in China's financial services industry

        China's financial services industry is experiencing rapid changes driven by multiple factors, including the three major factors described below.

    Financial institutions' structural shift in business focus towards the underpenetrated retail and SME segments.  China's traditional financial institutions, especially its banking institutions, currently focus on serving large corporates over the retail and SME segments. This focus on large corporates is attributable to: (i) offline network coverage constraints to extensively engage and serve retail and SME customers, (ii) the high cost of acquisition for these segments, mainly due to the manual processing that had been adopted to acquire and maintain retail and SME customers and (iii) most Chinese banks' lack of strong risk management capabilities to effectively assess retail and SME customers' credit risk. Advances in technology now support online-to-offline operations, and automation of customer acquisition and maintenance at low cost. Technology also now enables financial institutions to combine their huge databases with AI and big data processing to enhance risk-management capabilities. With improved online-to-offline operations, reduced cost barriers and enhanced risk management capabilities enabled by technology advances in serving the currently underpenetrated retail and SME segments, Chinese financial institutions are undergoing a structural shift in business focus to a more balanced customer mix.

    Migration to cloud and mobile technologies.  With the prevalence of cloud and mobile technologies in China, customers have become familiar with streamlined online experiences, high levels of automation, and minimal physical interaction and documentation in services. Consumers' expectations are extending to the financial services industry, and financial institutions' business practices will need to evolve to meet customers' new preferences. As their end-customers have become more digital-savvy, China's financial institutions now need to provide an online-to-offline omni-channel experience to improve customer experience.

    Intensified competition from new entrants.  China's financial services industry is facing a wave of new entrants including internet companies that are developing disruptive technologies and business models. With strong technology capabilities and large customer bases, internet companies can quickly develop technology-based financial services and incorporate these services into their ecosystem. As a result, China's financial institutions are facing fierce competition from the new entrants with advanced technology capabilities.

        These rapid industry changes have led to significant challenges facing China's financial institutions: (i) inability to capture new revenue opportunities, (ii) weak sales productivity, (iii) need for data-driven risk management, (iv) demand for better service quality and (v) high operating costs.

Huge market opportunities for technology-as-a-service platforms

        We believe that external technology platforms and services are a proven means for financial institutions to upgrade their revenue-generating and operating capabilities. Platforms that integrate valuable financial services industry knowledge and technology excellence are scarce, well positioning them to capture a fast-growing, underpenetrated market.

        The total market opportunity for the technology spending of financial institutions includes spending on software and IT solutions, internal services, data center systems, and business solutions. According to Oliver Wyman, the technology spending market for Chinese financial institutions was RMB152.2 billion in 2018, and that it is expected to grow at a CAGR of 21.4% to RMB400.8 billion in 2023.

121


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Source:
PBOC, CPC, The Insurance Association of China, Securities Association of China, Asset Management Association of China, China Trustee Association, Wind, Gartner, Oliver Wyman analysis

        Of the technology spending of Chinese financial institutions in 2018, RMB116.5 billion, RMB28.8 billion, and RMB6.8 billion came from financial institutions from banking sector, insurance sector and asset management sector, respectively. These amounts are expected to increase to RMB264.8 billion, RMB109.2 billion and RMB26.8 billion, respectively, by 2023.

Competitive landscape in technology-as-a-service platforms for financial institutions

        China has three broad categories of technology-as-a-service platforms for financial institutions in China: affiliates of financial institutions, traditional IT companies and internet companies.

        Affiliates of financial institutions:    Some of China's leading financial institutions have set up separate financial technology affiliates that operate independently and provide industry peers (not just their affiliated financial institution) with technology services. Because these entities initially functioned as the in-house technology solution providers of leading financial institutions, they have deep understandings of the financial services industry, vast experience in real world financial services scenarios and expertise in dealing with regulatory requirements. Some of these entities may have strategic priorities to provide services within their group, rather than exporting solutions and enabling other peers. Prominent examples of players under this category include OneConnect and CIB Fintech.

        Traditional IT companies:    Some traditional IT companies have been expanding their product and service portfolio beyond traditional infrastructure and IT support to include innovative technology for financial services. However, most of the solutions they offer are still at the level of conventional IT solutions. They mainly offer standardized financial institution solutions and have limited customization capabilities to meet the highly specialized needs of financial institutions. Prominent examples of players under this category include Hundsun Technologies and Digital China.

        Internet companies:    Internet companies offer technology services that leverage their large established ecosystems in areas such as social media and e-commerce. They started out by offering financial institutions, primarily banks and insurance companies, access to their ecosystems for product distribution. Recently, large internet companies have ventured into financial services by acquiring licenses and establishing digital-based financial institutions. However, internet companies' limited understanding of financial institutions' operating models and their limited regulatory insights are key concerns that may limit

122


Table of Contents

financial institutions' adoption of their services. Prominent examples of players under this category include affiliates of Alibaba, Tencent, JD.com and Baidu.

        Compared with affiliates of financial institutions, both traditional IT companies and internet companies are constrained by their limited financial services experience. Specifically, they lack the essential, real world financial services scenarios experience, data, and industry insights to develop solutions for the financial services industry. Conversely, affiliates of financial institutions typically have weak technology capabilities. However, we believe that companies that integrate strong technology capabilities with valuable industry knowledge gained from real world financial service scenarios and access to industry specific data are particularly well-positioned to address the needs of Chinese financial institutions.

        In 2018, we were the number one technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China based on number of financial institution customers.

123


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are a leading technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China. Our platform provides cloud-native technology solutions that integrate extensive financial services industry expertise with market-leading technology. Our solutions provide technology applications and technology-enabled business services to financial institutions. Together they enable our customers' digital transformations, which help them increase revenue, manage risks, improve efficiency, enhance service quality and reduce costs. As of September 30, 2019, we had over 3,700 customers and we had the largest number of financial institution customers among technology-as-a-service platforms in China. As of September 30, 2019, our broad customer base includes all of China's major banks, 99% of its city commercial banks, and 46% of its insurance companies, collectively reaching hundreds of millions of end-customers. Since our establishment in December 2015, our platform has supported Chinese financial institutions in serving RMB1.8 trillion of transactions for their end-customers. Through our platform, in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, on a daily basis we facilitated over 135,000 anti-fraud checks, 4.2 million credit risk assessments, and the processing of approximately 13,000 auto insurance claims.

        Massive market.    Financial institutions around the world face challenges resulting from advancements in technology, and they will require sweeping digital transformations of their businesses to improve their competitiveness. The only path to a successful transformation will be an integration of industry expertise and advanced technology. Most financial institutions lack the capital, talent and capabilities needed to support this long and expensive transformation, and they therefore will need to rely on external solutions. In China, the need for digital transformation is especially acute because Chinese financial institutions not only need to compete with internet competitors seeking to disrupt their industry, but also cope with structural shifts in their business resulting from China's ongoing economic transformation. China's financial services industry had RMB334.9 trillion of total assets as of December 31, 2018 and generated RMB14.1 trillion of revenue in 2018. Oliver Wyman estimates that the technology spending market for Chinese financial institutions totaled RMB152.2 billion in 2018, and this market is expected to grow at a CAGR of 21.4% to RMB400.8 billion in 2023.

        Strong value proposition.    Our technology-as-a-service platform strategically covers multiple verticals in the financial services industry and across the full scope of their operations—from sales and marketing and risk management to customer services. We also provide technology infrastructure solutions critical to financial institution digitalization such as data management and cloud services. Our cloud-native platform is flexible by design, so we can deploy independent solution modules to quickly respond to customer requirements, and we can also combine modules into customized end-to-end solutions. Our proven applications are driven by extensive industry expertise and customer insight data, and they are secure and effective at large scale. We deliver great value to our customers in multiple dimensions: generating new revenue, improving sales productivity, enhancing risk management, improving customer service quality and reducing costs.

        Leading technology.    We started our operation as the financial technology solution arm of Ping An Group. As of September 30, 2019, Ping An Group was China's second-largest financial institution and the sixth-largest globally by market capitalization. Ping An Group is a global leader in the digital transformation of financial services through the integration of industry experience with advanced technology. Over the past five years, Ping An Group invested over US$15 billion in research and technology development. It employs approximately 101,000 staff in technology-focused businesses. We have leveraged our strong partnership with Ping An Group to establish world-leading technology capabilities for financial services in AI, big data analytics and blockchain. As of September 30, 2019, we had won 23 technology awards in international competitions, and submitted 2,850 patent applications in China and 542 in other countries or regions. Our first-class technology is a major source of our competitive

124


Table of Contents

advantage, and it serves as a solid foundation for our continuous application innovation and product commercialization.

        Innovative business model.    Under our "adopt-deepen-integrate" customer-development approach, we provide "hook products" to financial institutions, at low or even no charge, to encourage adoption. We subsequently seek to deepen our relationships with these customers through cross-selling and, ultimately, platform integration. In addition to technology applications, we also provide our financial institution customers with business services to enable them to grow their businesses rapidly and sustainably, while we can capture greater value-upside with our transaction-based revenue model. This combination allows us to achieve visible revenue streams that are fast-growing and highly recurring.

        Outstanding growth.    Our business has grown rapidly since our establishment in December 2015. Our revenue increased by 142.9% from RMB581.9 million in 2017 to RMB1,413.5 million (US$197.8 million) in 2018, and we recorded revenue of RMB1,554.9 million (US$217.5 million) in the nine months ended September 30, 2019. Our total number of customers grew from over 1,600 at the end of 2016 to approximately 3,500 at the end of 2018. On average, each of our premium customers purchased 3.0 products in 2018, growing from 1.7 in 2016. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 customers was 224%, and our net expansion rate in 2018 for 2017 premium customers was 167%. Our net loss was RMB607.0 million, RMB1,190.3 million (US$166.5 million) and RMB1,049.0 million (US$146.8 million) in 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. Our net loss as a percentage of total revenue decreased from 104.3% in 2017 to 84.2% in 2018 and further to 67.5% in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Industry Background and Market Opportunities

China's financial services industry is massive and growing, but it faces challenges

        China's financial services industry is massive and growing. The country's financial services industry had, in aggregate, 62,000 financial institutions and US$46.9 trillion of total assets as of December 31, 2018, and it generated US$2.0 trillion of revenue in 2018; these compare to US$98.2 trillion of total assets and US$3.0 trillion of revenue for the financial services industry in the United States. Driven by China's robust GDP growth, its financial services industry will grow at a steady CAGR of 12.0% from 2018 to 2023, according to Oliver Wyman. At the same time, China's financial services industry is experiencing challenges:

    Customer preference: technology changes, including widespread use of mobile technologies and rapidly expanding data availability, have led to customers' evolving preferences for easy access to quality financial services and efficient financial transactions.

    Structural shift: transitions within the Chinese economy that are shifting the growth focus of the financial services industry from large corporates towards the underpenetrated retail and SME segments, which are expected to experience strong growth.

To address challenges and capture new opportunities, Chinese financial institutions must undertake digital transformations to adopt new business models that include:

    Digitally-enabled distribution capabilities.  Because their end-customers have become more digitally savvy, China's financial institutions need new tools to engage with, manage and cross-sell to their end-customers.

    Data-driven risk management.  Financial institutions must use data-driven analytic approaches to effectively and efficiently assess their customers' credit risk.

    High quality "anytime anywhere" services.  Increasing digital competition has made traditional offline-based customer service approaches unsustainably inconvenient and costly. Changing customer

125


Table of Contents

      expectations and efficiency requirements now require Chinese financial institutions to provide an online-to-offline omni-channel platform across their operations. Efficiency requirements and the quick turn-around times demanded by customers will require financial institutions to adopt digital analytical tools.

    Digitalized management and operations.  To cost-effectively enable these new business models, China's financial institutions will need to operate in a truly digital way, replacing their current paper- and people-intensive processes and legacy infrastructure.

Most financial institutions cannot support digital transformation on their own

        To resolve their pain points, China's financial institutions must undertake transformations to structurally enhance their competitiveness. The only effective way to achieve these transformations will be applying technology integrated with industry expertise. It would be a long and expensive process for China's financial institutions to do this on their own, especially because:

    Prohibitive investment requirements.  The world's top financial institutions have made substantial investments on technology in recent years. For example, the world's top three banks by total assets alone spent US$19 billion collectively in 2018; Ping An Group spent US$1.4 billion on technology in 2018. Most financial institutions cannot afford long-term investments of this scale.

    Scarcity of talent.   Digitalization requires large teams of interdisciplinary talent. For example, on average 15-20% of the workforce at the top five global financial institutions outside of China by total assets were in technology-focused jobs. In comparison, China's banks on average have only 3-5%, according to the CBIRC. Identifying talent with both technological skills and financial domain knowledge is particularly difficult.

    Limited application scenarios and data.  Software developers may lack the application scenarios and data needed to develop sophisticated industry-specific solutions for financial services. Although financial institutions have large amounts of data, they may not be able to use these data effectively because they are unstructured and unconnected across different legacy systems.

There are massive market opportunities for technology-as-a-service providers

        We believe that external technology platforms provide a proven means for financial institutions to upgrade their revenue-generating and operating capabilities. Platforms that integrate extensive industry knowledge and technology excellence are scarce, which well positions us to capture this fast-growing, underpenetrated market.

        The total market opportunity for the technology spending of financial institutions includes spending on software IT solutions, internal services, data center system, and business solutions. Oliver Wyman estimates that the technology spending market for Chinese financial institutions was RMB152.2 billion in 2018 and that it is expected to grow at a CAGR of 21.4% to RMB400.8 billion in 2023.

Our Platform and Products

We provide holistic coverage of financial services verticals with end-to-end technology solutions

        We are the largest technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions in China by number of customers, according to Oliver Wyman. Our platform provides more than 50 cloud-native products that can be deployed on a modular basis to quickly respond to customer requirements or combined to deliver end-to-end solutions. Our twelve technology solutions strategically cover multiple verticals in the financial services industry, including banking, insurance and asset management, across the full scope of their businesses—from sales and marketing and risk management to customer services and operations, as well as technology infrastructure such as data management and cloud services.

126


Table of Contents

        The matrix below sets forth the twelve solutions we currently offer across the financial services industry verticals we serve and two solutions we expect to offer in the near future.

GRAPHIC

Our products are proven at large scale to create enormous value for our financial institution customers

        Our innovative solutions are based on extensive industry expertise, driven by customer insight and tested in large-scale real world applications. We deliver enormous value to our financial institution customers in their digital transformations:

    Generating new revenue.  Our advanced technology enables China's financial institutions to expand into new markets, such as serving retail and SME customers, that were difficult for them to address using their traditional models. For example, Oliver Wyman estimates that in 2018, 53.3% of China's SMEs did not have access to bank financing and SME's total unmet financing needs were approximately RMB78.5 trillion. We have used our proprietary blockchain technology to build a network that connects SMEs with financial institutions, companies along the supply chain, government agencies and various third-party service providers. Through SMEs' interactions with this network and the application of our data analytics, the creditworthiness of these SMEs becomes more transparent. We also provide an end-to-end, online-to-offline operations platform for financial institutions to serve large numbers of SME customers cost-effectively.

    Improving sales productivity.  We provide solutions that enable financial institutions to better understand their customer' needs and tailor their sales efforts to improve productivity. Our AI-empowered sales force management tool, or SAT, enables financial institution sales representatives to engage with their customers through social media, to close sales with on-site visits, and to provide any-time-any-where service with AI-assisted phone calls and text messages. As of December 31, 2018, more than 2.4 million financial institution sales representatives and agents across China were SAT users.

127


Table of Contents

    Managing risks.  Our solutions enable financial institutions to automate their credit assessment process and manage risk more effectively. For example, our retail risk management solution provides financial institutions with tools for anti-fraud, credit analytics and decisioning, and post-lending monitoring, as well as a credit management system. This solution integrates Ping An Group's extensive consumer lending experience and a wide variety of algorithms and models. As of September 30, 2019, since our inception we had provided 106.7 million anti-fraud checks and 4.0 billion credit risk assessments.

    Enhancing service quality.  We deliver convenient and proven products that customers can use right out of the box. For example, China's insurance companies collectively manage approximately 100,000 adjusters to process auto claims, according to Oliver Wyman. To help insurance companies more efficiently meet these demands, our AI-based intelligent fast claim solution features image-recognition capabilities that allow insurers to remotely inspect car accidents, identify potential fraud and determine damage amounts more accurately and efficiently. These capabilities are made possible by leveraging a huge database of approximately 114,000 car types and information on 33.5 million spare parts, accumulated from Ping An Group's 30-years of experience in the auto insurance business. Customers using our solution processed an average of approximately 13,000 auto insurance claims per day in the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

    Reducing costs.  Our solutions help customers reduce costs and optimize efficiency by eliminating manual operations through automation and digitalization of business operations. Take customer services as an example: Oliver Wyman estimates that China's top five banks dedicate 34-39% of their collective workforce to customer services. In contrast, in September 2019, 76% of Ping An Group's customer service cases were answered by a chatbot, which uses phone calls and text messaging in a human-like manner.

We have successfully expanded overseas and are recognized by overseas financial institutions and regulators.

        We began expanding our business outside China in 2018, establishing subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Singapore and Indonesia. We won the bid to develop the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's eTradeConnect platform, a large-scale interbank blockchain trade finance platform, which serves 13 major banks. As of September 30, 2019, we had provided service to three out of the top 10 major banks in Thailand; leading banks in Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines; as well as some of the largest non-bank financial institutions in Southeast Asia. We set up a joint venture with a subsidiary of SBI Holdings, Inc. to serve the Japanese financial institutions in August 2019.

Our Business Model

        We believe that partnering with our financial institution customers is important in driving our success.

Our Adopt-Deepen-Integrate customer-development approach

    Adopt.  Our relationship managers, many of whom have previously worked as senior management of financial institutions and have deep industry expertise, have direct C-level access to prospective customers. To win them as new customers, we use our understanding of financial institutions' decision-making process in procurement, apply standardized customer relationship management, and offer easy-to-adopt hook products with limited or no upfront fees. As a result, as of September 30, 2019, we had over 3,700 customers, including all of China's major banks, 99% of its city commercial banks, and 46% of its insurance companies.

    Deepen.  Once a customer adopts our platform, we focus on increasing its use of our solutions and the value it creates on our platform. We provide cloud-based product modules as well as customized end-to-end solutions covering multiple verticals across all functions. Our premium customers on

128


Table of Contents

      average each purchased 3.0 products in 2018, growing from 1.7 in 2016, and our number of premium customers grew from 40 in 2017 to 221 in 2018.

    Integrate.  As our customers grow their volume on our platform, we become an integral part of their operations. Our solutions are structured on modules that can be adopted individually, but they are comprehensive in scope—covering the full range of our customers' operations. As our customers implement more of our solutions, especially our infrastructure solutions, they become deeply integrated with our platform.

Transaction-based revenue model

        We adopted a transaction-based revenue model, where we require small upfront implementation fees and primarily charge our financial institution customers based on the transaction volume generated on our platform or their other usage of it. We believe this model allows financial institutions to quickly begin using our platform. As customers use our platform, our transaction-based pricing allows us to participate in their success, rather than be limited to fixed subscription income. We monetize a variety of transaction types, including loans generated, claims processed, databases queried and API calls made. In 2018, 77% of our revenue was transaction based.

Technology + Business service model

        We provide financial institutions with tailor-made business services, including customer referrals, technology-enabled product design, marketing assistance, service recommendations, and transaction facilitation. These value-added services, delivered through our highly automated platform and based on our extensive industry expertise, help financial institutions grow sustainably. Correspondingly, part of our costs are also associated with serving the transaction volumes we facilitate for our financial institution customers. Since our establishment in December 2015, our platform has supported our financial institution customers in serving RMB1.8 trillion of transactions for their end-customers.

Our Strengths

Cloud-native technology platform with end-to-end coverage

        We offer a comprehensive, cloud-native technology platform, through which we provide modular offerings that are easy-to-deploy, scalable and secure—which in combination allow us to efficiently scale up our customers' use of our platform. We have assembled our more than 50 modules and over 2,400 standardized open APIs into twelve solutions serving financial institutions across all major financial services verticals in China and selected overseas markets. Financial institutions can choose either standalone modules or customized solutions with multiple modules, depending on their operational needs. Our products can be quickly deployed into our customers' IT infrastructure or legacy systems with minimal customization. For example, it takes as little as eight weeks for a customer to deploy our mobile banking module and commence operations. Our solutions have been connected to over 60 core banking systems, representing the majority of mainstream systems used in China. Our products are built on shared cloud infrastructure, which enables our customers to scale and upgrade quickly at low cost. We meet the highest data security standards by adopting isolation structure and encrypted blockchain. In the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Ping An Financial Cloud, on which our applications are hosted, has an SLA availability exceeding 99.9996%. Our system has demonstrated robust reliability.

World-class technology and continuous innovation

        We are at the forefront of innovation in cutting-edge technologies such as AI, blockchain and big data analytics. As of September 30, 2019, we had won 23 technology awards in international competitions. Our world-class AI technologies include natural language processing, image recognition and biometric recognition, having won multiple global competitions. These technologies span across different stages of

129


Table of Contents

AI evolution, from recognition and learning to decision-making, with real-world applications in intelligent fast claim, anti-fraud tools and virtual assistants. Our blockchain technology is built using our proprietary architecture, and it has allowed us to build world-leading applications, such as achieving data connectivity among users while retaining various users' data encryption.

        We continue to build up our competitive advantage through R&D investment. As of September 30, 2019, we had submitted 2,850 patent applications in China and 542 in other countries or regions. As of December 31, 2018, over 53% of our total staff force, or 1,437, were technicians from various backgrounds.

Innovative business model empowered by industry expertise

        We integrate our extensive financial expertise with advanced technology to develop highly functional applications that are specific to financial sector verticals. Our core management team has decades of experience in the financial services industry. Our solutions are used extensively by various subsidiaries of Ping An Group—proving our ability to deliver results at large scale—which brings additional confidence to other financial institution customers. We have adopted a transaction-based business model that enables us to participate in our customers' growth, producing visible revenue streams that are fast-growing and highly recurring. To catalyze transaction volume growth on our platform, we provide our customers with tailored business services that are enabled by our industry expertise. Unlike a conventional subscription-based model, where a software provider's revenue grows with its number of financial institution customers, our revenue also grows as the volume of underlying transactions using our platform grows—which allows our platform to capture greater value-upside. Using our innovative business model, our revenue increased by 142.9% from RMB581.9 million in 2017 to RMB1,413.5 million (US$197.8 million) in 2018. 77% of our revenue in 2018 was transaction-based.

Strong synergy with Ping An Group

        Established over 30 years ago, Ping An Group holds a full suite of financial services licenses and its operations span the insurance, banking, securities, trust, investment, leasing, healthcare and technology industries. Ping An Group is committed to developing next-generation technology and stands at the forefront of digital transformation. We enjoy a strong partnership with Ping An Group: as a partner for technology development, a supplier of application scenarios for developing our products, and a flagship customer showcasing our capabilities.

        We and Ping An Group cooperate under a long-term agreement, or the Strategic Cooperation Agreement, giving us priority access to existing and new intellectual property and technology infrastructure that is developed or operated by Ping An Group. We will continue to benefit from Ping An Group's development of technologies and will also be able to leverage Ping An Group's know-how, customer insights, and application scenarios in developing new technology applications.

Broad customer base with high net expansion

        We have a broad customer base. As of September 30, 2019, we had served over 3,700 customers on our platform, including 618 banks and 84 insurance companies, collectively reaching hundreds of millions of end-customers. As of September 30, 2019, we cover all of the major banks, 99% of city commercial banks and 46% of insurance companies in China.

        Benefiting from our innovative business model and offerings, we have observed robust net expansion in our existing customer base. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for 2017 customers was 224% in 2018.

Our Strategies

        We believe that our growth will be phased across four stages: (1) a platform incubation stage as we grew from Ping An Group's significant investment in financial technology since 2008, and became a

130


Table of Contents

separate entity in December 2015; (2) a customer acquisition stage in which we rapidly expand our customer base; (3) a wallet-share increase stage as we encourage product usage by each customer and enhance products' usage, reducing our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue and (4) a profit growth stage as we leverage our cloud-native platform and modular product design to achieve economies of scale and eventually achieve rapid profit growth.

        We seek to become the world's leading technology-as-a-service platform for financial institutions. We are currently in our second stage of development, and to move our business toward our third stage, we are pursuing the following initiatives.

    Acquire New Customers and Deepen Engagement with Existing Customers.  We will follow our three-step adopt-deepen-integrate model to continue to expand our client base and convert existing customers to premium customers with more product usage and higher revenue contribution. We will also continue to increase the depth and breadth of our technology applications and services, especially in the insurance and asset management verticals.

    Further Extend Ecosystem and Leverage Open Platform.  We will use our cutting-edge technology to empower ecosystems, connecting various financial services industry stakeholders, such as financial institutions, governments and financial regulators, and businesses with under-served financial needs, for more convenient, efficient and secure connection and cooperation. We will leverage open platforms to attract third-party financial technology developers to further enhance the product offerings of our ecosystem. We will work with these platform participants to further develop existing scenarios as well as construct new scenarios to promote interactions among them. As more transactions and cooperation are facilitated through our ecosystem, we will be able to generate deeper insights about financial institutions and their end-customers. These valuable insights will allow us to further improve and differentiate our products, which will in turn attract more participants to our ecosystem and facilitate more transactions.

    Continue Technology Innovation.  We will continue to invest in innovative application technologies, focusing on AI, blockchain and big data analytics, and their application in the financial services industry. We will continue working with Ping An Group and leverage its world-class technologies and expand the offerings on our technology-as-a-service platform.

    Pursue Selective Acquisition and Partnership.  We will continue to cooperate with best-of-breed market players through both acquisitions and strategic partnerships to penetrate new verticals and more efficiently acquire the necessary infrastructure or capabilities. We have observed strong synergies from our past acquisitions, and aim to further develop these acquired businesses or other businesses we may acquire to complement and enhance our existing solutions.

    Expand Internationally.   Financial institutions globally are being disrupted by the development of financial technology. We are extending our services, already proven in the China context, to financial institutions in other countries by leveraging the commonality of the financial services industry's technology and our experience in China. We will continue to increase our penetration in South East Asia through our wholly owned subsidiaries in Singapore and Indonesia. We will expand our services in Japan and Korea.

Our Solutions

        We offer a comprehensive suite of end-to-end solutions to our financial institution customers that enable them to increase revenue, manage risks, improve efficiency, enhance service-quality, and reduce costs—thereby enhancing their competitiveness. We use our cloud-native financial services software platform to offer twelve solutions consisting of over 50 modules that our customers can adopt on a standalone basis or as customized bundled solutions. We are continuously developing and deploying new solutions to deepen our partnerships with our financial institution customers, and we are expanding our

131


Table of Contents

operations internationally to capture opportunities outside China, beginning with a focus on North and Southeast Asia.

        The matrix below sets forth the twelve solutions that we currently offer across the three financial services industry verticals we serve: retail and SME banking, insurance and asset management and two solutions that we expect to offer in the near future.

GRAPHIC

Digital retail banking

        Our digital retail banking solution allows our customers in this sector to improve their salesforce efficiency, enhance their understanding of end-customers, and deliver comprehensive digital banking capabilities. We also offer business-origination services to our customers in this sector, which assist them in growing their financial products business and generate revenue for us. Our digital retail banking customers use the modules and services described below to improve their productivity and marketing efforts.

    Our mobile banking apps module provides our financial institution customers advanced mobile apps, through which their retail account holders can conduct their general banking activities, as well as lifestyle activity apps. This module allows banks to digitally interact with and expand their retail customer bases.

    Our customer analytics and targeted marketing module helps banks expand their relationships with existing customers and acquire new customers using data analytics models to profile customers using over 30 multidimensional tags, including financial status, social relationships and online behavior.

    Our business-origination services support our digital retail banking customers in growing their lending and other financial products businesses using high-quality customer leads that we direct to

132


Table of Contents

      them. We leverage our analytics capabilities to source high quality leads for financial products from proprietary and partnered platforms, apps and websites.

    Our salesforce management module, SAT, helps relationship managers more effectively interact with their end-customers through online and offline channels, including popular Chinese social media platforms, in-branch interactions and AI-assisted telephone communications.

        The image below is illustrative of the interface for our customer analytics and targeted marketing module for retail banking:

GRAPHIC

SME financing and services

        Our SME financing and services solution provides platforms that connect our financial institution customers with SMEs, companies along the supply chain, government entities, as well as various third party service providers. The platform integrates information from different parties, through our FiMAX blockchain technology to increase information transparency, so as to allow SMEs to get better access to financial resource and help financial institutions assess SME credit-worthiness in a more accurate way. We also deliver various value-added services on the platform, such as accounting, inventory management, tax filing, import and export reporting, and IP applications, to attract usage and subsequently allowing us to gain more insights from these SMEs.

        The platforms of our SME financing and services solutions include:

    Our merchant service platform connects millions of retail merchants to a network of financial institutions that offer payment services, account management, and merchant and consumer installment loans. We also use the platform to direct high-quality SME leads for loan products to our customers.

    Our SME investment and financing platform, which we jointly developed with our financial institution customers and local governments, provides SMEs with access to online lending, investment and financing services. The platform aggregates information from core enterprises, government agencies, and various third party service providers to help SMEs find the best financing solutions, and at the same time it helps financial institutions find the most suitable borrowers.

    Our supply chain and trade finance platforms provide our financial institution customers with innovative products that are enabled by our proprietary blockchain FiMAX architecture. This

133


Table of Contents

      platform allows participants to synchronize and verify information that they separately maintain without disclosing their encrypted data, which enhances security and efficiency.

      Supply chain finance—provides services to multi-level suppliers and distributors including transaction verification, paperless contracting, financing, receivable and payable management, account management and payment facilitation services.

      International trade finance—links traders, financial institutions and other participants in the international trade value-chain to streamline customs clearance, transaction verification, financing applications and logistics tracking.

Risk management—retail banking

        Our end-to-end retail banking risk-management solution helps retail banks streamline their loan businesses, improve their credit analytics, reduce delinquency risk and enhance post-lending performance. This solution provides our customers with a suite of modules that can be tailored to fit their needs. This solution's modules can also be integrated to provide our credit management system with additional functions to serve customers' entire loan lifecycle. Modules in this solution include:

    Our anti-fraud tools module detects and blocks fraud using our anti-fraud algorithms, device fingerprinting tools, and blacklist databases. It also uses fraud scorecards to assess loan applications for fraud.

    Our credit analytics module uses our credit analytics engines to process data, assess credit risk and assist with credit decision making for retail banking customers. Our customers can use this module's outputs as a reference for their independent credit assessment process. For some of our financial institution customers loan applicants, we source and direct insurers to our customers' to act as guarantors for loan applicants who satisfy certain risk management and credit requirements. These leads allow our customers to grow their business while managing risk—and generate revenue for us.

    Our post-lending monitoring module aggregates data services and analytic engines to monitor loan performance and analyzes borrowers' credit quality by tracking risk indicators such as repayment behavior, default records and legal enforcement.

    We also provide our retail banking customers an integrated credit management system—a full loan-life cycle risk management system to meet each customer's unique needs. Banks can incorporate this system into their existing operating platforms to process retail loan applications.

Case study: Supporting a regional commercial bank in launching online banking services.

        We successfully helped a regional commercial bank in Northwestern China launch and scale up its online banking services. Historically limited to extending loans to local farmers in off-line operations, the bank began working with us in 2017 to digitally transform itself for online business. The bank purchased a suite of six modules from us in 2017, ranging from customer analytics and targeted marketing and risk management to our post-lending monitoring services, and it purchased two more modules from us in 2018, including modules from our ALM solution. Our solutions have significantly advanced this bank's business—from 2017 to 2018 its customer numbers increased by over three times and its loan-origination volume increased by over five times. Out of the bank's total retail loans extended in 2018, over half were generated using our solutions. Over the same period, its operating efficiency increased dramatically and its loan-approval process became almost real time, compared to an average of three to five days before adopting our solutions. Growing with our customer's success, our revenue from the bank grew by approximately 200% from 2017 to 2018.

134


Table of Contents

Risk management—SME banking

        Our risk management solution for SME banking leverages specialized SME data and algorithms to evaluate credit and fraud risks for SME loan products. This system includes:

    Our enterprise credit analytics and anti-fraud module detects and blocks loan application fraud and generates credit risk assessments using our SME data and anti-fraud rule database, which includes over 200 rules that have been tailored for specific financial products and business scenarios.

    Our post-lending monitoring module helps efficiently manage SME loans by monitoring the economic health of an SME, its owner and any applicable credit support for the loan, helping them to identify and mitigate risks at an early stage.

    Our digital non-performing loan collection module leverages our automated AI virtual assistants to improve the efficiency of collection efforts by applying algorithms to automatically match non-performing loans with suitable local third-party collectors and generating collection strategies.

    We also provide an integrated credit management system to SME lenders that is tailored for their SME lending businesses.

        The image below is illustrative of the interface for our enterprise credit analytics platform:

GRAPHIC

Auto insurance operations and services

        Our auto insurance operations and services solution helps insurers reduce losses, fight fraudulent claims and improve service quality. This solution applies AI and advanced analytics to automate the entire claim-processing procedure: claim submission, instant inspections and settlement, appraisal and roadside assistance, and auto parts sourcing. Modules and services in this solution include:

    Our anti-fraud and intelligent fast claim module provides insurers a streamlined claim processing procedure that enables them to more accurately and efficiently inspect and adjust complex claims, identify potential fraud and determine damage amounts. We also provide modular services and products for assessment of auto and injury losses, as well as risk management tools and anti-fraud analytics, which provide insurers flexibility in adopting and integrating our solutions.

135


Table of Contents

    Our intelligent image recognition module uses image recognition technology to make auto damage claim adjustments faster and more efficient. Users upload photos of damaged vehicles, the module automatically identifies the type and degree of loss and automatically prices the claim by analyzing it against an associated database. This module allows settlement of simple auto damage claims in seconds without an appraisal.

    Our adjuster and roadside assistance management module provides work tools for managing third-party service providers, including monitoring the status of assistance process and applying image recognition technology to automatically verify license plate numbers and check work quality.

    We also provide auto parts sourcing services that use a transparent, centralized auto parts marketplace to reduce costs and fraud.

        The images below are illustrative of the mobile app in our intelligent image recognition module, described above:

GRAPHIC

Case study: Combating fraud losses for auto insurance claims with a national insurer

        Our customer is a national insurer. It faced false or inflated claims, which drove up the cost of its losses in auto insurance. Following their adoption of our anti-fraud and intelligent fast claim modules in the second half of 2018, in the nine months ended September 30, 2019 this insurer reduced the cost of its losses by approximately RMB44 million while processing more than 212,000 claims. Its claim payment ratio decreased from 53.0% in 2017 to 50.3% in 2018, and its loss reduction ratio, calculated by dividing reduced loss assessment by final loss assessment, increased from 4.53% to 7.25% during the same period. In addition, its parts and repair labor costs decreased by 12.3% and 13.8%, respectively, compared with that before adopting our services.

Asset management

        Our asset management solution supports banks, asset management firms and insurers in structuring, delivering, marketing and managing investment products. More than just facilitating the investment process, this solution empowers our customers' everyday informed decisions by providing a real-time view

136


Table of Contents

of their risk exposures and handles the extensive data processing needed to support their asset management businesses.

    Our financial products trading platform allows financial institutions to distribute financial assets to a broader audience at relatively lower cost and acts as a portal to connect customers with solutions for anti-money laundering, portfolio management, trading and asset-backed security, or ABS, solutions.

    Our investment portfolio management system module supports macroscopic research, mesoscopic industry research and individual securities and assets research. It provides investors with multiple approaches to construct an investment portfolio, including intelligent solutions to facilitate trading in domestic bonds, stocks, mutual funds, ETF and other assets.

    Our trading and valuation module provides trading systems for our customers to execute various types of financial asset trading, including market-making, buy-side and sell-side trading, and event-driven high frequency trading, and it assists them in managing investment transactions, liquidity, fund movements, data analysis, asset valuation and management reporting.

    Our smart contract module is an automated contract management application that supports financial institutions in contract preparation and negotiation, execution, and performance. They can use this module's natural language processing AI technology to leverage data from contract data bases and quickly generate customized contracts based on industry-recognized templates and execute contracts using electronic verifications. Enabled by our FiMAX architecture, this module also monitors contract performance using customer-specific rules to spot default risks early.

        Our asset management solution also includes an ABS ecosystem, which provides end-to-end services to ABS originators, plan managers and other ABS ecosystem participants. This blockchain-driven ecosystem assists ABS market participants establish underlying asset pools, design ABS products, market and distribute ABS products, and manage ABSs over their complete lifecycle. Customers can use modules from our ABS ecosystem to leverage our FiMAX blockchain technology to streamline their securitization process to increase their levels of automation and transparency, which in turn can reduce their time and costs and improve product distribution efficiency and returns.

Case Study: Increasing operational efficiency and reducing offline costs

        One of China's most influential companies in the securities and asset management field adopted our ABS system in 2018. By leveraging this system, it has issued 84 securitizations over nine asset categories totaling RMB95.9 billion as of September 30, 2019. Their adoption of our ABS ecosystem allowed them to reduce their ABS product design time by 50% and reduce their data entry requirements by 80%. Leveraging the system's optical character recognition, social media-monitoring, and AI reading comprehension, they reduced their document production times by 60%. Our system increased our customer's operational efficiency by reducing personnel costs and human error rates. In addition, the system has enabled the customer to provide real-time alerts to sales personnel and vendors, reducing offline communication costs and information lag issues.

Asset-liability management

        Our asset-liability management, or ALM, solution uses data analytics to enhance financial institutions' asset liquidity performance for financial institutions operating in the PRC regulatory environment. In July 2018, we acquired Vantage Point Technology, a Beijing-based company that developed the modules in this solution. As of September 30, 2019, our ALM solution was used by 72% of all state-owned, joint stock and large commercial banks in China with over RMB500 billion of total assets. This solution is very easily adopted by a wide range of financial institutions and often works as a hook product for us to start working with these customers and later upward migrate and upsell them to our other solutions. Customers can use this solution's modules, described below, to enhance their risk management abilities.

137


Table of Contents

    Our ALM module provides forecasting tools and analytical functions to measure and model customers' loans, deposits, investments, and portfolios. It applies the relevant regulatory requirements to help banks monitor their interest rate and liquidity risks.

    Our funds transfer pricing module uses analytic software to analyze a bank's profitability by funding source at an institutional level. It improves pricing decisions and drives desired employee behaviors by linking employee performance with profitability.

    Our cost allocation module enables customers to map incurred costs by cost centers and by cost types; it also supports them in distributing and allocating costs to the applicable cost drivers and cost centers.

    Our economic capital module enables our customers to measure risk-weighted capital, economic capital and capital cost at the account level. It also enables them to more effectively balance risk against costs and benefits. In allocating economic capital, the module prioritizes high risk-adjusted return on capital, high-economic value added, and low risk configurations when allocating economic capital.

AI customer service

        Our AI customer service solution uses our award-winning AI technology to assist financial institutions in improving the quality and convenience of their customer service functions, while at the same time leveraging this technology to improve efficiency and reduce headcount requirements. Our AI technology provides applications that allow our financial institution customers to replace their paper- and people-intensive processes and legacy infrastructure. Financial institutions across all verticals can use the solution's modules in their customer service functions.

    Our AI phone and messaging module uses AI technology to support financial institutions in marketing and other functions through popular Chinese social media platforms and AI-assisted telephone communications.

    Our virtual assistants module provides online and telephone customer services, including supporting chatbots to handle customer interactions that were previously handled by call center workers.

    Out quality assurance module uses AI technology applications to support financial institutions in post-sales follow-ups, through which they verify information and obtain end-customer feedback.

Core systems

        Our core systems solution provides financial institutions with integrated applications to support their operations. For banking-sector customers, this solution is supplemental to and can run in parallel with their legacy core banking systems to help them achieve low-cost digital transformation. This solution seamlessly integrates our other solutions for banks, enabling them to quickly expand their online businesses, such as digital banking, retail lending, SME lending, supply-chain finance and international trade finance. Leveraging our open core banking system and our microservices infrastructure, our core systems' modular design allows customers to quickly and easily deploy our solutions to cost-effectively address their needs.

Gamma O

        In June 2019, we launched Gamma O, our open API platform-as-a-service, or PaaS, which is designed as a one-stop shop for reusable financial technology components and integrations. The platform's components and integrations are provided by us and other third-party financial technology service providers that we qualify for platform participation. For financial institutions, Gamma O provides plug-and-play technologies to achieve automated, digital online operations without the need to build

138


Table of Contents

additional internet infrastructure. For other financial technology services providers, we offer a platform with infrastructure, technology support and customer resources, which allows them to undertake more complex and large-scale projects. We also have a financial technology product incubator, through which we offer a sales-and-marketing platform, customer resources, technical coaching, and funding support.

        Gamma O offers a visualized management dashboard for smart management and reporting. It supports better decision-making by helping customers gather, search, analyze, track, and report on isolated, unstructured data points in a customized, visualized dashboard using an interactive user-friendly interface. Empowered by our natural language processing technology, Gamma O supports a range of operation and helps improve decision-making in various aspects of business operations, including risk management, sales and marketing, and human resource management.

Insurance sales management

        Our insurance sales management solution provides a one-stop management tool for the recruitment and training of insurance agents. It is supported by agent profiling and AI training technologies, as well as intelligent marketing tools. We also provide technology services, which help insurers launch online insurance products and sell them on third-party online channels. We believe that by adopting this solution, our insurance company customers can increase the productivity and retention rate of agents, and improve the effectiveness of sales and marketing, thus driving down management cost and improving efficiency.

Blockchain network-as-a-service

        Built on our advanced cryptology and blockchain technologies, we have developed our blockchain network-as-a-service, or BNaaS, platform. Unlike more conventional systems, our cloud-based platform supports an offsite deployment model that enables our customers to quickly create their own blockchain-based networks or participate in networks created by others. Customers are able to use our BNaaS technology to develop applications for specific scenarios.

New Solutions

        We are committed to incubating and commercializing disruptive technologies and solutions, including the following technologies and solutions. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not yet launched these technologies and solutions.

Regtech

        Financial institutions have made substantial investments to manage existing regulatory issues, and they need solutions to consolidate these investments and address new regulations and regulatory expectations. At the same time, regulatory authorities also need end-to-end solutions to automate and digitalize their operations. We are well-positioned with our technological capacities to tap into regtech opportunities—serving both financial institutions and regulators. We expect to launch our regulatory solution with services for regulatory authorities.

        We have developed a prototype of our regulatory solution, and we will test it once ready. We anticipate launching this solution by the end of 2019.

Cloud management

        Our cloud management solution will provide value-added services built around the services of Ping An Financial Cloud. Our cloud management solution will provide our customers with highly reliable and secure cloud services specifically tailored for the financial services industry. Equipped with a deep understanding of and rich experience in the financial services industry and advanced technologies, we will provide our customers with consultation, design, migration and deployment services on various cloud

139


Table of Contents

structures, including public cloud, private cloud and hybrid cloud. Our four key cloud service offerings will be (i) infrastructure services based on private and hybrid clouds; (ii) cloud migration; (iii) cloud management platform operations; and (iv) financial ecosystem services. Our cloud management solution is still at an early development stage. We anticipate launching this solution in 2020.

Virtual Bank

        We were granted a virtual banking license to operate in the Hong Kong SAR by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority in May 2019. We plan to launch our virtual banking operations around the end of 2019 or the beginning of 2020. As of September 30, 2019, our license was one of eight approved in Hong Kong, and we expect our virtual bank to offer online banking services including deposits, lending, trade finance and supply chain finance to retail and SME clients. We believe we will be able to use our virtual banking operations in Hong Kong to showcase our platform's solutions to potential international customers and gain customers for our other solutions among Hong Kong financial institutions.

International Business

        We are actively exploring opportunities to replicate our success in China in overseas markets. We formed a subsidiary in Singapore in March 2018, which serves as our Southeast Asia headquarters and as a research and development center. We launched a subsidiary in Indonesia in December 2018 and set up a joint venture in Japan in August 2019. We have expanded our business to ten countries and territories including Hong Kong SAR, Singapore, Thailand, Indonesia, Cambodia and South Korea. Outside of China, we mainly focus on serving major local banks and insurance companies with our advanced financial technology solutions. For example, we developed the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's eTradeConnect platform, which serves 13 major banks. In Thailand, three of the country's top national banks have adopted our risk management solutions to digitalize their banking processes and accelerate verification and identification of new customers. In Japan, we have set up a joint venture with a subsidiary of SBI Holdings, Inc. to serve Japanese regional banks. And we have signed a strategic cooperation agreement with Korea's Samsung SDS to develop a cross-border blockchain-based trade network.

        As we enter new markets, we seek to cooperate with partners that have a deep knowledge of the local market and regulatory environment, which can complement our technology and know-how, allowing us to provide advanced solutions for the local market. For example, we partnered with Indonesia's Traditional Market Association to transform financial services for Indonesian SMEs. We believe that the substantial progress we have achieved in our international expansion demonstrates that the experience and expertise we gained from the China market is readily transferable to overseas markets.

Our Technology and Infrastructure

        The success of our business depends on our technology and infrastructure, which enable us to deliver innovative and effective software solutions to customers in various segments of the financial industry, improve end-customer experiences and mitigate risks.

Artificial Intelligence

        Our AI technology enables digital automation and reduces personnel and other expenses, while enhancing personalized service. Our AI technology is award-winning, having received over 15 awards from professional and media organizations in China and abroad, including the BAI Global Insurance Certification Award and two Stanford awards. In 2018, we won one of the Stanford Question Answering Dataset 2.0 (SQuAD) challenges, a global test of machine-reading comprehension in which teams from around the world compete to most accurately answer questions in a dataset using machine-reading technology, and the seventh Dialog System Technology Challenge (DSTC7), one of the world's leading global dialogue system challenges. In 2019, we also won Stanford's AI Algorithm + Cloud Computing

140


Table of Contents

global competition, the world's first such competition, in which teams from around the world compete to accurately recognize 50,000 photos in the shortest time. As of September 30, 2019, we had submitted 772 AI-related patent applications in China and other countries or regions. Our key AI applications include:

    Biometric Recognition:  Our voice verification technology verifies a speaker's identity by comparing the voice against previously provided samples within milliseconds. We use our voice verification technology to provide safer and faster account access. Our voice verification technology is low-cost and user-friendly, and it supports remote verification in apps, phone calls and customer services.

    Natural language processing:  Our natural language processing technology translates text inputs into formats that are computable by machines. These capabilities enable machines to process, analyze and understand transaction documents with much higher speed than human beings. This technology also supports multiple rounds of dialogue, enabling our development of chatbots for automated customer and collection services.

    Image recognition:  Our deep-learning algorithms analyze images to quickly and accurately identify visual content. We use this technology to develop gesture payment applications that can replace conventional fingerprint and password checks, improving efficiency and customer experience.

    Knowledge graph:  Knowledge graphs are powerful tools we use to integrate information collected from various recognition technologies to allow users to form a holistic view on subjects of interest. For example, when creating knowledge graphs in our retail banking risk management solution, we can use knowledge graphs to take various factors such as macroeconomic and financial status, social life and internet activity into consideration in helping our customers to make more informed credit approval decisions.

    Expert decisioning:  We train AI to recognize information, learn rules and eventually replace human-based decision-making processes. We have applied advanced expert decisioning technology in modules, including intelligent fast claim, anti-fraud tools and virtual assistants, to enhance our customers' efficiency and reduce their labor cost.

Blockchain

        Blockchain is an open, distributed ledger that stores transaction data in a verifiable and immutable way, enabling parties to conduct business with each other on a single, unified system. We use our blockchain technology, built using our proprietary FiMAX architecture, to facilitate advanced cryptography, peer-to-peer communications and smart contracts and ensure trust, transparency and security for our customers' transactions. Our FiMAX architecture supports enterprise-grade blockchain development in addressing the challenges that arise using different parties' encrypted data in ways that maintain the integrity of each user's encryption. Combining FiMAX's patented crypto-controlled data-sharing algorithm and per-field encryption technologies, we believe that FiMAX is one of the first technology platforms in the industry to achieve data connectivity while retaining various users' data encryption—features that are critical for real life applications in the financial services industry. In 2018 FiMAX won the IDC FinTech Ranking Real Result Award from IDC, a world-renowned data services company.

Data access and big data analytics

        We use our extensive data access and advanced analytics to help our customers make timely and informed decisions during the entire business cycle of financial transactions, including customer acquisition and management, risk management, product development and operation optimization.

    Data Access:  We have extensive access to data from a wide variety of third-party data partners, including transactional data, behavioral data, social data and demographic data. We aggregate data from third-party data providers, and we have access to third party blacklists based on our cooperation with financial institutions.

141


Table of Contents

    Data Analytics:  Our advanced data insights and data analytics capabilities are critical to all aspects of our operations, particularly in the following modules:

    Credit analytics:  We use this module to deliver tailored data processing models to our customers covering applications, behavior, and collection scorecards for mainstream credit products. We have deep experience in interpreting incomplete datasets, and we leverage our financial services industry knowledge and technical expertise to identify the most relevant features for predicative models.

    Customer analytics and target marketing:  This module helps customers accurately profile, target and acquire end-customers in various business scenarios using multi-dimensional tags. We combine a wide range of data, such as online footprint, internet usage, mobile usage and transaction channels, with traditional credit data to provide our financial institution customers with more comprehensive customer analytics capabilities.

    Anti-fraud tools:  Equipped with seven types of data processing models, this module processes non-structured data such as pictures and text. It builds customized models to analyze the information most prone to fraud risk, such as addresses and occupations.

    Intelligent fast claims:  Our image-processing and big data analytics technologies in this module enable insurers to apply technology including photographs and video to improve efficiency and accuracy in claim adjustment.

        Our advanced data insights and data analytics capabilities allow us to streamline the development of customized models, reducing the preparation time for a model from a range of three or four weeks to one week and reducing costs by up to 50%. In addition, our machine learning analytics optimize the accuracy of models as compared to conventional modeling.

Infrastructure

        We build and deliver our solutions on cloud-native infrastructure. We access this infrastructure in the form of Ping An Financial Cloud, which has multiple operating centers and meets the highest security standards recognized by nine global industry authorities. Ping An Financial Cloud provides us with infrastructure, including computing services, storage, server and bandwidth. Building on this infrastructure, our solutions have the following key features:

    Cloud-native flexibility:  Our products are cloud-native, as they are all created and developed for a cloud-based environment. This approach allows our customers to focus on business agility—while we undertake their IT responsibilities. Cloud-based deployment, which does not require our customers to install significant technical infrastructure, helps our customers, who may have limited budgets and IT capabilities, to deliver financial services that match their customers' expectations for faster and more seamless digital experiences. Some of our customers prefer on-premise installations of our solutions, and we can provide that for most of our solutions.

    Modular software architecture:  Our modular software architecture consists of separate modules that can be connected together or replaced without affecting the rest of the system. This advanced architecture gives our customers increased flexibility in adding or removing modules, and it speeds up the deployment of new capabilities, features and functionalities. Our modular software architecture is horizontally scalable, which allows our customers to easily subscribe, deploy and upgrade additional modules as their operational needs expand. Our architecture and offerings facilitate cost-effective expansion compared to on-premise solutions.

    Reliability and availability:  Our technology has built-in software and hardware redundancy. Our platform is built on distributed computing architecture so that a single point of failure does not

142


Table of Contents

      cause the entire system to fail. In the nine months ended September 30, 2019, Ping An Financial Cloud, on which our applications are hosted, had an SLA availability exceeding 99.9996%.

    Security:  We have obtained ISO20000, ISO22301, ISO27001 and ISO90001 certifications, certifying that we meet IT service management, business continuity management, international information security, and software development, operation, and maintenance quality management standards. We continually improve and enhance our system security through routine checks and timely upgrades.

Research and Development

        We invest significant resources in research and development—not only to support our existing business and enhance our existing product and service offerings—but also to incubate new technological and business initiatives to enable us to continue to lead our competition.

        Our experienced scientists and engineers dedicated to research and development are the source of our continued innovation. As of December 31, 2018, we had over 1,437 research and development employees, representing over 53% of our total employees. Our research and development team includes data scientists, computer scientists and software engineers. We have established the four research entities described below:

    Gamma Lab AI Institute:  This institute, which focuses on exploring the application of cutting-edge artificial intelligence technologies and big data analytics to the financial industry, is led by an industry veteran with experience in AI systems. This institute was recognized as "2018 Best Artificial Intelligence Institute" in the China Financial Value Ranking 2018 organized by China Business Network.

    Blockchain Research Institute:  This institute focuses on building blockchain infrastructure, shaping industry standards and developing real-world applications. It is led by an industry veteran who was a co-developer and first project manager of IBM HyperLedger Fabric.

    Insurance Intelligent Risk Management Lab:  This lab was established in cooperation with the Insurance Institute of China. It focuses on preventing insurance fraud and building intelligent risk management systems for insurance businesses.

    Auto Insurance Technology Joint Research and Development Center:  We jointly established this center with the Automotive Engineering Institute of the China Automotive Technology and Research Center. It focuses on the use of vehicle collision and other real-time data to improve the accuracy of auto insurance claims adjustment and underwriting, including through the use of image recognition technology.

Intellectual Property

        We protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, as well as confidentiality agreements and clauses for major technology cooperation, business operations and investment projects. In general, our employees are required to enter into standard employment agreements that include a clause acknowledging that all inventions, trade secrets, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf are our property and assigning to us any ownership rights that they may claim in those works.

        As of the September 30, 2019, we had submitted 2,850 patent applications in China and 542 in other countries or regions, and owned 114 registered domain names, including our official website. As of the same date, we owned 445 copyrights and 402 trademarks in various categories, primarily in China. In addition, we had 305 trademark applications in various categories that were pending registration. We

143


Table of Contents

intend to pursue additional patent and other intellectual property protections, both in China and elsewhere, to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost effective.

User Privacy and Data Protection

        We are dedicated to data privacy protection. We have adopted policies that establish authorization mechanisms for data usage, data classification, approval procedures and access rights for confidential data. Our service agreements include terms to ensure that our customers have obtained appropriate consents from their end-customers to collect, use and disclose their data in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. When providing cloud-based targeted marketing services, we leverage our AI and other advanced data tools to develop algorithms to translate data into anonymous, transferable insights without accessing personal details. Furthermore, we adopt data encryption and firewalls to ensure the secured storage and transmission of data and prevent unauthorized access and usage of data. We also rely on our internal policies to prevent our systems from being infiltrated or our data being accessed or disclosed improperly. We limit access to sensitive data on a "need-to-know" basis according to the importance and sensitivity of data, which reduces the amount of human review and intervention in the processing of those data, to mitigate the possibility of data leakage and unnecessary privacy invasion.

Customers

        We have a broad customer base. Our customers are primarily Chinese financial institutions. Ping An Group is our strategic partner and our most important customer. In addition to our Ping An Group customers, as of September 30, 2019, we had over 3,700 customers on our platform, an increase from over 1,600 at the end of 2016, the largest number among technology-as-a-service platforms in China, according to Oliver Wyman. These customers included 618 banks and 84 insurance companies. As of September 30, 2019 , our broad customer base includes all of the major banks, 99% of the city commercial banks, and 46% of the insurance companies in China, collectively reaching hundreds of millions of end-customers. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 customers was 224%.

        In 2018, we had 221 premium customers, an increase from 40 in 2017. These included 14.2% of our banking customers who were basic customers in 2017 but became our premium customers in 2018. On average each of our premium customers purchased 3.0 products in 2018, growing from 1.7 in 2016. Our net expansion rate in 2018 for our 2017 premium customers was 167%.

Sales and Marketing

        Our unique customer acquisition approach is built around our pricing model, sales team composition, and industry-specific marketing and promotion. We have strategically chosen to charge low upfront fees and use transaction-based pricing for most of our solutions to attract customers. We market our services to both existing and potential customers through our business development team and our relationship managers, who have direct executive-level relationships with our existing and target customers, as many of them were formerly senior financial institution management. Our sales and business development team has extensive experience in both the financial services and technology industries. Our sales team includes over 376 sales professionals, divided into four sales areas, strategically located in Beijing, Shanghai, Chengdu and Shenzhen, each located to be close to our customers. We employ a variety of marketing methods to promote our image as a reliable and innovative financial technology solution provider with a proven track record. In 2018, we hosted ten major industry conferences or product releases, attended by over 1,400 senior executives. We have access to a network of over 250 small financial institution and medium-sized banks, which are members of the Internet Finance Association of Small and Medium-sized Banks. We were one of the key founding members of this association, which is an alliance of small and medium-sized banks in China aimed at promoting cooperation and innovation among its members.

144


Table of Contents

Competition

        The markets in which we operate are competitive and evolving. Our primary competitors include companies affiliated with financial institutions selling competitive solutions, traditional technology companies providing customized development, implementation and support services, and internet companies. The most significant competitive factors for us are:

    alignment with the business vision and goals of customers;

    pricing and overall relationship management;

    application features and functions;

    ease of delivery and integration;

    security and compliance of solutions with regulatory requirements;

    ability to maintain, enhance and support applications and services;

    domain expertise and innovation in financial technology;

    ability to innovate and rapidly respond to customer needs;

    ability to provide end-to-end solutions; and

    brand recognition among financial institutions.

Employees

        The following table sets forth the number of our employees by function as of December 31, 2018.

Function
   
 

Research and Development

    1,437  

Business Operations

    488  

Sales and Marketing

    627  

General Administration

    143  

Total

    2,695  

        As of December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018 we had 1,162, 1,409 and 2,695 employees, respectively. A large number of our employees had prior experience in technology companies or financial institutions.

        Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. We primarily recruit our employees in China through recruitment agencies, on-campus job fairs and online channels including our corporate website and social media platforms. We have adopted a training policy, pursuant to which management, technology and other training is regularly provided to our employees by internal speakers and external consultants. We believe our training culture has contributed to our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees.

        As required under Chinese law and regulations, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by applicable local municipal and provincial governments, including housing, pension, medical, maternity, work-related injury and unemployment benefit plans. We are required under Chinese laws to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of salaries, bonuses, and certain allowance of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government. We do not have a labor union.

145


Table of Contents

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters are located at 55F, Ping An Financial Center, No. 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, PRC. We also have offices in the Hong Kong SAR, Shenzhen, Shanghai, Beijing and Chengdu in China, Singapore, and Jakarta, Indonesia. These facilities have an aggregate of over 35,000 square meters and currently accommodate our management, research and development, sales and marketing, as well as general and administrative activities. Our main IT infrastructure is deployed on Ping An Financial Cloud, so we do not own or lease any data centers in China the Hong Kong SAR or Singapore. To comply with local data regulatory requirements, we leased a data center in Indonesia.

Legal and Administrative Proceedings

        From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation may have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Our Relationship with Ping An Group

        We began in December 2015 as the financial technology solution arm of Ping An Group. As of September 30, 2019, Ping An Group was China's second-largest financial services conglomerate and the sixth-largest financial group worldwide by market capitalization. Ping An Group is incorporated under the laws of China, with its shares listed on both the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong. Established over 30 years ago, Ping An Group holds a full suite of financial services licenses and its operations span the insurance, banking, securities, trust, investment, leasing, healthcare and technology industries. Ping An Group is committed to developing next-generation technology and stands at the forefront of digital transformation.

        We enjoy a strong partnership with Ping An Group, as a partner for technology development, a supplier of application scenarios for developing our products, and a flagship customer showcasing our capabilities. Ping An Group is our strategic partner and our most important customer and supplier. We have partnered with Ping An Group to jointly develop new technology and applications, and Ping An Group provides us support in technology infrastructure such as cloud infrastructure. Ping An Group also provides us with a diverse, reliable source of real-life application scenarios to validate and prove our technology. Many of our customer insights and innovative solutions are first initiated and tested within the Ping An Group ecosystem. Our strategic partnership with Ping An Group has contributed to our growth significantly and we expect it to continue to do so.

        We and Ping An Group cooperate under a Strategic Cooperation Agreement with a term extending until ten years after completion of our initial public offering, subject to Ping An Group continuing to hold or beneficially own at least 30% of our shares. Under this agreement, Ping An Group will give preference to us in choosing its partner for providing technology service and solutions to external financial institutions. Ping An Group will also give preference to us in purchasing banking and non-banking solutions. Under the same agreement, Ping An Group has granted us non-transferable rights to use, duplicate, modify and sell Ping An Group's existing technologies in financial scenarios globally. With this long-term Strategic Cooperation Agreement, we believe we will continue to benefit from Ping An Group's development of technologies and to leverage Ping An Group's know-how, customer insights, and application scenarios in developing new technology applications.

        We and three Ping An Group subsidiaries cooperate under a technology service agreement, or the Technology Service Agreement, under which those three subsidiaries provide us a wide range of technical

146


Table of Contents

infrastructure, technology support and maintenance. This agreement has a term ending at the end of 2021, and payments under the agreement are based on arm's-length pricing. We obtain our access to Ping An Financial Cloud and much of our other technology and infrastructure through the Technology Service Agreement.

        Ping An Group is also our principal shareholder. Prior to this offering, Ping An Group beneficially owned 39.8% of our shares and it is expected to own                        of our shares following this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise the overallotment option. When exercising its rights as our shareholder, Ping An Group may take into account not only the interests of our Company and our other shareholders but also its own interests, the interests of its public shareholders and the interests of its other affiliates. The interests of our Company and our other shareholders may conflict with the interests of Ping An Group and its public shareholders and other affiliates. For additional information about the risks in connection with our relationship with Ping An Group, see "Risk Factors—Risks Relating to our Business and Industry—Ping An Group is our strategic partner, our most important customer and our largest supplier. Any deterioration of our relationship with Ping An Group could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, business and growth."

147


Table of Contents


REGULATION

        We operate in an increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. We are subject to a variety of PRC and foreign laws, rules and regulations across numerous aspects of our business. This section sets forth a summary of the principal PRC laws, judicial interpretations, rules and regulations relevant to our business and operations in the PRC.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment

        The establishment, operation and management of corporate entities in the PRC, including foreign-invested companies, are subject to the Company Law of the PRC, or the Company Law, which was issued by the Standing Committee of the National People's Congress, or the NPC Standing Committee, on December 29, 1993 and took effect on July 1, 1994. It was last amended on October 26, 2018. Unless otherwise provided in the PRC's foreign investment laws, the provisions of the Company Law shall prevail.

        The establishment procedures, filing and approval procedures, registered capital requirements, foreign exchange restrictions, accounting practices, taxation and labor matters of a wholly foreign-owned enterprise are governed by the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law of the PRC, which was issued on April 12, 1986 and last amended on September 3, 2016 and took effect on October 1, 2016; the Implementation Regulations of the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law of the PRC, which was issued on December 12, 1990 and last amended on February 19, 2014 and took effect on March 1, 2014; and the Interim Measures for Record-filing Administration of the Establishment and Change of Foreign-invested Enterprises, which was issued on October 8, 2016 and last amended on June 30, 2018.

        Investments in the PRC by foreign investors and foreign-invested enterprises are regulated by the Catalogue of Industries in which Foreign Investment is Encouraged (2019 edition), or the 2019 Catalog, and the Special Administrative Measures for Foreign Investment Access (Negative List 2019), or the 2019 Negative List. The establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed in industries not included in the Negative List. Industries not listed in the Negative List are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other applicable Chinese regulations. Under the 2019 Negative List, foreign equity in companies providing value-added telecommunications services, excluding e-commerce, domestic multi-party communications, data collection and transmission services, and call centers, should not exceed 50%. Part of our business is subject to such 50% foreign invested equity cap.

        On March 15, 2019, the NPC Standing Committee issued the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC, or the Foreign Investment Law, which will take effect on January 1, 2020. It will replace the major existing laws and regulations governing foreign investment in the PRC, namely, the Law of the PRC on Sino-foreign Equity Joint Ventures, the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law of the PRC and the Law of the PRC on Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures. The PRC Company Law and the PRC Partnership Enterprise Law will generally govern the organization of a foreign invested enterprise.

        The Foreign Investment Law mainly stipulates four forms of foreign investments: (a) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within PRC; (b) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, interests in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within PRC; (c) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests in a new project within the PRC; and (d) foreign investors invest in the PRC through any other methods under laws, administrative regulations, or provisions prescribed by the State Council of the PRC. It does not mention the relevant concept and regulatory regime of VIE structures and uncertainties still exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation.

148


Table of Contents

        Under the Foreign Investment Law, foreign investment are accorded pre-admission national treatment, which means that treatment given to foreign investors and their investment shall not be less favorable than those given to domestic investors and their investments, except where a foreign investment falls under the Negative List. It also provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, foreign investors' funds can be freely transferred out and into the territory of the PRC through the entire life cycle from the entry to the exit of foreign investment, a comprehensive system to guarantee fair competition among foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises will be established, and the state shall not expropriate any foreign investment except under special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner.

        In addition, the Foreign Investment Law subjects foreign investors and foreign-invested enterprises to legal liabilities for failing to report their investment information in accordance with the requirements of an information reporting system that will be established. It also provides that foreign invested enterprises established according to the existing laws regulating foreign investment may maintain their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law, which means that foreign invested enterprises may be required to adjust their structure and corporate governance in accordance with the PRC Company Law and other laws and regulations governing the corporate governance.

Regulations Relating to Value-Added Telecommunication Services

        The Telecommunications Regulations of the PRC, or the Telecommunications Regulations, issued by the State Council of the PRC on September 25, 2000 and last amended on February 6, 2016, provide the general framework for the provision of telecommunication services by PRC companies. It requires a telecommunication service provider in China to obtain an operating license from the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or MIIT, or its provincial counterparts, prior to commencement of operations.

        The Telecommunications Regulations categorize telecommunication services in China as either basic telecommunications services or value-added telecommunications services. According to the Catalog of Telecommunications Business, attached to the Telecommunications Regulations and issued by MIIT, on December 28, 2015 and last amended on June 6, 2019, online data processing, transaction processing and information services provided via fixed network, mobile network and internet are value-added telecommunication services.

        On July 3, 2017, MIIT issued the Administrative Measures for Telecommunications Business Operating Permit, or the Telecom Permit Measures, which took effect on September 1, 2017. The Telecom Permit Measures set forth more specific provisions regarding the types of licenses required to operate value-added telecommunications services, the qualifications and procedures for obtaining the licenses and the administration and supervision of these licenses. Operators are required to submit an application within the prescribed period to the original permit-issuing authority with respect to changes in the business scope or the operating entity resulting from shareholder changes or the merger and division of the company as prescribed under relevant regulations.

Regulations on Foreign Investment in the Value-Added Telecommunications Industry

        Foreign direct investment in telecommunications companies in China is governed by the Administrative Rules on Foreign-invested Telecommunications Enterprises, or the FITE Regulations, which was issued by the State Council on December 11, 2001 and last amended on February 6, 2016. Under the FITE Regulations, a foreign investor's beneficial equity ownership in an entity providing value-added telecommunications services in China shall not exceed 50%. In addition, for a foreign investor to acquire any equity interest in a business providing value-added telecommunications services in China, it must

149


Table of Contents

demonstrate a good track record and experience in providing these services. However, under the Circular on Loosening the Restriction on Foreign Shareholdings in Online Data Processing and Transaction Processing Business (for E-commerce), or Circular 196, issued by MIIT on June 19, 2015, foreign investors may hold up to 100% of all equity interest in an online data processing and transaction processing business operating e-commerce in China, while other requirements provided by the FITE Regulations shall still apply. Apart from e-commerce, the 2019 Negative List also provides that foreign investors may hold 100% equity interest in domestic multi-party communications, data collection and transmission services and call centers. The MIIT's Circular on Strengthening the Administration of Foreign Investment in and Operation of Value-added Telecommunications Business, or the MIIT Circular, issued on July 13, 2006, requires foreign investors to set up foreign-invested enterprises and obtain a license for value-added telecommunications services. It prohibits domestic companies holding value-added telecommunications services licenses from leasing, transferring or selling their licenses in any form, or providing any resource, sites or facilities, to any foreign investors intending to conduct this type of businesses in China.

        In addition to restricting dealings with foreign investors, the MIIT Circular contains a number of detailed requirements applicable to operators of value-added telecommunications services, including that operators or their shareholders must legally own the domain names and trademarks used in their daily operations and each operators must possess the necessary facilities for its approved business operations and maintain its facilities in the regions covered by its license. The MIIT or its provincial counterparts have the power to require corrective actions after they discover any non-compliance by operators, and where operators fail to take those steps, the MIIT or its provincial counterparts can revoke the value-added telecommunications services licenses.

        In view of the foregoing foreign ownership restrictions, we have established several domestic VIEs to engage in the business of value-added telecommunications services. For more information, please see "Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Shenzhen OneConnect and Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders." Due to the lack of interpretative guidance from the relevant PRC governmental authorities, there are uncertainties regarding whether PRC governmental authorities would consider our corporate structure and contractual arrangements compliant with applicable PRC foreign investment laws and regulations.

Regulations on Internet Information Services

        The Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, or the Internet Information Measures, which was issued by the State Council on September 25, 2000 and amended on January 8, 2011, set out guidelines on the provision of internet information services. Pursuant to the Internet Information Measures, "internet information services" are defined as services that provide information to online users through the internet. The Internet Information Measures require internet information services operators to obtain a value-added telecommunications business operating license, or the ICP License, from the relevant government authorities before engaging in any commercial internet information services operations in China.

        In addition, internet information service providers are required to monitor their websites to ensure that they do not contain content prohibited by law or regulation. The PRC government may require corrective actions to address non-compliance by ICP License holders or revoke their ICP License for serious violations. Furthermore, the MIIT Circular on Regulating the Use of Domain Names in Internet Information Services, issued on November 27, 2017 and that took effect on January 1, 2018, requires internet information service providers to register and own the domain names they use in providing internet information services.

150


Table of Contents

Regulations on Mobile Internet Application Information Services

        On June 28, 2016, the Cyberspace Administration of China issued the Administrative Provisions on Mobile Internet Application Information Services on June 28, 2016, which took effect on August 1, 2016, requiring internet information service providers, or ICPs, who provide information services through mobile internet applications, or APPs, to authenticate the identity of the registered users, establish procedures for protection of user information, establish procedures for information content censorship and management, ensure that users are given adequate information concerning an APP and are able to choose whether an App is installed and whether or not to use an installed App and its functions and keep records of users' logs for 60 days. If an ICP violates these regulations, mobile app stores through which the ICP distributes its APPs may issue warnings, suspend the release of its APPs, or terminate the sale of its APPs, and/or report the violations to governmental authorities.

        ICPs are also required under the Interim Measures on the Administration of Pre-Installation and Distribution of Applications for Mobile Smart Terminals, which was issued on December 16, 2016 and took effect on July 1, 2017, to ensure that APPs, as well as its ancillary resource files, configuration files and user data, can be conveniently uninstalled by a user, unless it is a basic function software (i.e., software that supports the normal functioning of hardware and operating system of a mobile smart device).

Regulations Relating to Information Security and Privacy Protection

Regulations on Information Security

        In recent years, PRC government authorities have enacted laws and regulations with respect to internet information security and protection of personal information from abuse or unauthorized disclosure. Pursuant to the Decision on the Maintenance of Internet Security issued by the NPC Standing Committee on December 28, 2000, which was amended on August 27, 2009, persons may be subject to criminal liabilities in China for any attempt to: (i) gain improper entry to a computer or system of strategic importance; (ii) disseminate politically disruptive information; (iii) leak state secrets; (iv) spread false commercial information or (v) infringe upon intellectual property rights and other activities prohibited by relevant laws and regulations.

        The Administration Measures on the Security Protection of Computer Information Network with International Connections, issued by the Ministry of Public Security, or MPS, on December 16, 1997 and amended by the State Council of the PRC on January 8, 2011, prohibits using the internet in ways that result in a leak of state secrets or a spread of socially destabilizing content. The MPS has supervision and inspection powers and relevant local security bureaus may also have jurisdiction. If a value-added-telecommunications service license holder violates these measures, the government of the PRC may revoke its value-added-telecommunications service license and shut down its websites.

        On November 7, 2016, the NPC Standing Committee promulgated the Cyber Security Law of the PRC, or Cyber Security Law, which took effect on June 1, 2017, pursuant to which, network operators must comply with laws and regulations and fulfil their obligations to safeguard security of the network when conducting business and providing services. Those who provide services through networks must take technical measures and other necessary measures pursuant to laws, regulations and compulsory national requirements to safeguard the safe and stable operation of the networks, respond to network security incidents effectively, prevent illegal and criminal activities, and maintain the integrity, confidentiality and usability of network data. It also states that: network operator may not collect personal information that is irrelevant to the services it provides or collect or use the personal information in violation of the provisions of laws or agreements between both parties. On May 2, 2017, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or CAC, issued the Measures for the Security Review of Network Products and Services (Trial), which took effect on June 1, 2017, to provide for more detailed rules regarding cyber security review requirements. The Regulations on Cyber Security Supervision and Inspection of Public Security Organs, which was issued

151


Table of Contents

by the MPS on September 15, 2018 and came into effect on November 1, 2018, is an important basis for the Public Security Bureau to strengthen the enforcement of the Cyber Security Law.

        Pursuant to the Ninth Amendment to the Criminal Law issued by the NPC Standing Committee on August 29, 2015, which took effect on November 1, 2015, any Internet service provider that fails to fulfil the obligations related to internet information security administration as required by applicable laws and refuses rectification orders is subject to criminal penalty for (i) any dissemination of illegal information in large scale, (ii) any severe effect due to leakage of the client's information, (iii) any serious loss of criminal evidence, or (iv) other severe situation. These amendments also state that any individual or entity that (i) sells or provides personal information to others that violates applicable law, or (ii) steals or illegally obtains any personal information, is subject to criminal penalty for severe violations. On May 8, 2017, the Supreme People's Court and the Supreme People's Procuratorate released the Interpretations of the Supreme People's Court and the Supreme People's Procuratorate on Several Issues Concerning the Application of Law in the Handling of Criminal Cases Involving Infringement of Citizens' Personal Information, which took effect on June 1, 2017. It clarifies several concepts regarding the crime of "infringement of citizens' personal information," including "citizen's personal information," "provision," and "unlawful acquisition."

        In addition, the PRC General Provisions of the Civil Law, which was issued by the NPC Standing Committee on March 15, 2017 and took effect on October 1, 2017, requires personal information of individuals to be protected. Any organization or individual requiring personal information of others shall obtain such information legally and ensure the security of such information, and shall not illegally collect, use, process, or transmit such personal information, or illegally buy, sell, provide, or publish such personal information.

        Pursuant to the Announcement of Conducting Special Supervision against the Illegal Collection and Use of Personal Information by Apps, which was issued on January 23, 2019, app operators should collect and use personal information in compliance with the Cyber Security Law and should be responsible for the security of personal information obtained from users and take effective measures to strengthen the personal information protection. Furthermore, app operators should not force their users to make authorization by means of bundling, suspending installation or in other default forms and should not collect personal information in violation of laws, regulations or breach of user agreements. Such regulatory requirements were emphasized by the Notice on the Special Rectification of APPs Infringing upon User's Personal Rights and Interests, which was issued by MIIT on October 31, 2019.

        On October 21, 2019, the Supreme People's Court and the Supreme People's Procuratorate jointly issued the Interpretations on Certain Issues Regarding the Applicable of Law in the Handling of Criminal Case Involving Illegal Use of Information Networks and Assisting Committing Internet Crimes, which came into effect on November 1, 2019, and further clarifies the meaning of Internet service provider and the severe situations of the relevant crimes.

Regulations on Privacy Protection

        On December 13, 2005, the MPS issued the Regulations on Technological Measures for Internet Security Protection, or the Internet Protection Measures, which took effect on March 1, 2006, requiring internet service providers to utilize standard technical measures for internet security protection.

        Under the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services issued by the MIIT on December 29, 2011 and that took effect on March 15, 2012, ICPs are also prohibited from collecting any personal user information or providing any information to third parties without the consent of the user. The Cyber Security Law provides an exception to the consent requirement where the information is anonymous, not personally identifiable and unrecoverable. ICPs must expressly inform the users of the method, content and purpose of the collection and processing of user personal information and may only collect information necessary for its services. ICPs are also required to properly maintain

152


Table of Contents

user personal information, and in case of any leak or likely leak of user personal information, ICPs must take remedial measures immediately and report any material leak to the telecommunications regulatory authority.

        In addition, the Decision on Strengthening Network Information Protection issued by the NPC Standing Committee on December 28, 2012 emphasizes the need to protect electronic information that contains individual identification information and other private data. The decision requires ICPs to establish and publish policies regarding the collection and use of personal electronic information and to take necessary measures to ensure the security of the information and to prevent leakage, damage or loss. Furthermore, MIIT's Order on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunications and Internet Users, which was issued on July 16, 2013 and took effect on September 1, 2013, contains detailed requirements on the use and collection of personal information as well as the security measures to be taken by ICPs.

        On August 22, 2019, the Cyberspace Administration of China promulgated the Provisions on the Cyber Protection of Children's Personal Information, which took effect on October 1, 2019, requiring that before collecting, using, transferring or disclosing the personal information of a child, any Internet service operator should inform that child's guardians in a noticeable and clear manner and obtain their consents. Meanwhile, Internet service operators should take measures like encryption when storing children's personal information.

Regulations Relating to Blockchain

        On January 10, 2019, the State Internet Information Office issued the Administrative Regulations on Blockchain Information Services, or the Blockchain Regulations, which took effect on February 15, 2019 to regulate information services provided to the public through internet sites, applications and other means based on blockchain technology or systems. The Blockchain Regulations set forth regulations relating to content security management, record keeping and filing, technical conditions, real identity information authentication, security assessment and information security risks rectification application to blockchain information service providers. Penalties for violating the Blockchain Regulations include warnings, suspension of business, fines, and criminal liability.

        According to the Announcement of the Instructions regarding the Safety Assessment Clauses of the Regulations on the Management of Blockchain Information Services issued by the State Internet Information Office on August 9, 2019, enterprises conducting blockchain information services are required to carry out safety assessment measures, such as entrusting qualified assessment agencies to conduct safety assessments or conducting self-assessment of safety risks on blockchain information services, and such enterprises are required to submit the relevant assessment reports to the relevant authorities.

Regulations Relating to Outsourcing Services

        In recent years, the PRC government has expressed its support for outsourcing services provided by non-governmental companies.

Regulations on Outsourcing by Banks

        The Guidelines for Management of Outsourcing Risks of Banking Financial Institutions, or the Outsourcing Risk Guidelines, issued and effective on June 4, 2010, requires banks engaging in outsourcing to establish outsourcing risk management guidelines and incorporate these guidelines into their overall risk management systems. The Outsourcing Risk Guidelines, which generally regulates outsourcing by banks, defines "outsourcing" as an act whereby a banking financial institution commissions some business activities originally handled by itself to a service provider for sustained operations and such service provider may be an independent third party, a subsidiary, an affiliated company, or a related party established in or outside China by the parent company of the banking financial institution or its affiliates.

153


Table of Contents

        To regulate information technology outsourcing by banks, the China Banking Regulatory Commission, or CBRC, which is a predecessor of the CBIRC, issued the Guidelines for Regulating Information Technology Outsourcing Risks of Banking Financial Institutions, or the IT Outsourcing Guidelines, on February 16, 2013, the Circular on Strengthening the Management of Risks Incurred during Offsite and Centralized Information Technology Outsourcing of Banking Financial Institutions, or the Offsite IT Outsourcing Circular, on July 1, 2014 and the Notice of the General Office of the China Banking Regulatory Commission of the Launch of the Regulatory Assessment of the Offsite Centralized Information Technology Outsourcing of Banking Financial Institutions on December 2, 2014.

        The IT Outsourcing Guidelines cover "information technology outsourcing," which is defined as the outsourcing of information technology activities normally undertaken by banking financial institutions such as research and development and consultancy, system operations and maintenance to external service providers. It prohibits the outsourcing of strategic management, risk management and internal audit functions, and other functions that relate to information technology core competitiveness. It also requires outsourcing providers to meet certain information security, business continuity, quality and operational management criteria and qualifications. Under the IT Outsourcing Guidelines, an outsourcing service provider who: (i) severely violates applicable laws, regulation and supervisory policies, (ii) steals or leaks sensitive data of banking financial institutions in case of severe violation, (iii) is negligent in its management resulting in repeated occurrence of key system disruption or data accidents, (iv) provides low quality services, resulting in losses to multiple banking financial institutions and fails to make rectification upon multiple warnings, (v) fails to rectify any issue identified during any risk monitoring and inspection within a given period or (vi) commits other violations or causes other severe information technology accidents, may be prohibited from providing information technology outsourcing services for two or more year.

        In addition, the Offsite IT Outsourcing Circular regulates "offsite IT outsourcing," which is defined as outsourcing provided by service providers that provide services for three or more banking financial institutions or other institutions at the same time offsite by renting of key IT infrastructure facilities or purchase of key infrastructure services by banking financial institutions or where the information system is located, operated and maintained by service providers outside the premises of the financial institution. It requires offsite IT outsourcing providers to comply with applicable banking laws and regulations and be subject to inspection by banking regulators. The Offsite IT Outsourcing Circular also sets forth certain due diligence, risk assessment and management, outsourcing contract, reporting and audit requirements.

Regulations on Outsourcing by Insurers

        Various guidelines regulate outsourcing by insurance companies, including Guidelines for Information Technology of Insurance Companies (Trial) issued on November 16, 2011, which set outs the requirements and prudential standards for information technology outsourcing by insurance companies. The insurance company shall not outsource its information system security to any third party.

Regulations Relating to Loan Facilitation

        On December 1, 2017, the Group Head Office of Internet Financial Risk Special Rectification and the Group Head Office of the P2P Network Loan Risks jointly issued the Notice on the Regulation and Rectification of the "Cash Loan" Business, or Circular 141, which regulates "cash loan" businesses conducted by internet micro-finance companies, banking financial institutions and online lending information intermediaries. Circular 141 defines "cash loans" as loans that are unrelated to the circumstances of their use, with no designated use for the loan proceeds, no qualification requirement for the borrower and no collateral for the loan. The definition of a cash loan under Circular 141 is vague and subject to further regulatory interpretation. Circular 141 sets forth various prohibitions and obligations on banking financial institutions participating in "cash loan" businesses, including that: (i) extension of loans jointly with any third-party institution that has not obtained approvals for the lending business, or funding

154


Table of Contents

to such institutions for the purpose of extending loans in any form, is prohibited; (ii) with respect to a lending business conducted in collaboration with a third-party institution, outsourcing of the core business (including the credit assessment and risk control) is prohibited, and any credit enhancement service, whether or not in disguised form (including the commitment to bear the risk of default), provided by any third-party institutions without guarantee qualification are also prohibited, and (iii) banking financial institutions must require and ensure that such third-party institutions do not collect any interest or fees from the borrowers. Any violation of Circular 141 may result in criminal liability and various penalties, including suspension or cessation of business operations, sanctions, rectification, rejection of filing, and revocation of license.

        In addition, the Notice on Specific Rectification Implementation Plans for Risk of Online Microfinance Businesses of Microfinance Companies, or Circular 56, provides that the online lending business conducted by microfinance companies in collaboration with a third-party institution, may not include any credit enhancement service in disguised form (including the provision of a "drawer agreement" guarantee) or underlying commitments by the third-party institution. Third-party institutions collaborating with microfinance companies are also prohibited from collecting any interest or fees from borrowers. Violation of Circular 56 may result in various penalties.

        On August 1, 2019, the General Office of the State Council issued and promulgated the Guidance on Promoting the Healthy Development of the Platform Economy, which provides that the market-access management and supervision of financial services provided through online platforms in the finance sector are regulated by the laws, regulations and other relevant rules. In addition, entities conducting financial information intermediaries services and transaction-matching services are subject to the market-access management pursuant to relevant laws.

Regulations Relating to Private Investment Funds

        The Securities Investment Fund Law of PRC, issued by the NPC Standing Committee on October 28, 2003 and amended on April 24, 2015, governs the administration and supervision of securities investment funds, which includes private investment funds. In addition, private investment funds are regulated by rules and regulations enacted by the China Securities Regulation Commission, or CSRC, and the Asset Management Association of China, or AMAC.

        The CSRC issued the Interim Measures for the Supervision and Administration of Private Investment Funds, or the Interim Measures, which took effect on the same date. Under the Interim Measures, "private funds" are investment funds established by raising capitals from qualified investors (as defined in the Interim Measures) in a non-public manner within the territory of the PRC. The Interim Measures contains provisions relating to fund manager registration, private fund record keeping and filing requirements, qualified investor systems, regulations on fund raising by private funds, industry self-regulation and the supervision and administration measures of private funds.

        Under the Interim Measures, the establishment of management institutions of private funds and the formation of private funds are not subject to administrative examination and approvals. However, fund managers are subject to a maximum number of qualified investor limits, required to register with the AMAC and must comply with its record keeping and filing requirements, in particular the Measures for the Registration of Private Investment Fund Managers and Filling of Private Investment Funds (for Trial Implementation) issued by AMAC on January 17, 2014 that took effect on February 7, 2014.

        According to the Administration Measures for the Funding Raising of Private Investment Funds, or the Fund Raising Measures, issued on April 15, 2016 and effective from July 15, 2016, only two kinds of institutions are qualified to conduct fund raising for private investment funds: (a) private fund managers registered with the AMAC (only applicable when raising funds for the funds established and managed by themselves); and (b) fund distributors with a fund distribution license who are AMAC members in case of authorization of such private fund managers. In addition, the Fund Raising Measures set forth detailed procedures for conducting fund raising business, and also require fund management service providers to comply with certain anti-money laundering requirements.

155


Table of Contents

        On December 7, 2018, AMAC released the Notice for Private Fund Manager Registration, or the Notice, which set further requirements for the registration and ongoing compliance matters for private fund managers.

        The Head Office of the Group for the Special Remediation of Internet Financial Risks issued the Notice on Strengthening the Renovation of Asset Management Business through the Internet and Launching Acceptance Work, or Circular 29, on March 28, 2018. Circular 29 states that an asset management business conducted through the internet is subject to the oversight of financial regulatory authorities and the relevant licensing requirements. Any public issuance or sale of asset management products through the internet would be deemed to be a financing business and the relevant asset management licenses or permits are required to conduct such business. Any entities, including internet asset management platforms, are not allowed to publicly raise funds through "directed commission plans," "directed financing plans," "wealth management plans," "asset management plans," "transfers of right to earnings" or similar products, or to act as an agent for any type of trading exchanges to sell asset management products without permission. Circular 29 also provides a grace period from April 2018 to the end of June 2018 for the relevant entities to make necessary rectifications. In the event of non-compliance, the competent PRC authority may impose administrative penalties, which include, deregistration of telecommunication business license, websites bans, removal of mobile APP and/or revocation of industrial and commercial business license.

Regulations Relating to Insurance Adjustment

        The Assets Appraisal Law of the PRC, or the Asset Appraisal Law, issued by the NPC Standing Committee on July 2, 2016 and effective on December 1, 2016, regulates the asset assessment business and defines "asset appraisal activity" as the professional service activity of appraisal organizations and their appraisal professionals to assess, estimate, and issue assessment reports on real estate, movable property, intangible assets, corporate value, asset loss or other economic interests.

        On November 28, 2016, the China Insurance Regulatory Commission, or CIRC, which is the predecessor of the CBIRC, issued the CIRC Notice on the Filing of Insurance Adjustment Institutions, which provides that the license system for insurance adjustment businesses will no longer be implemented effective December 1, 2016, and insurance adjusters engaging in this business will instead file with the CIRC according to law. This filing requirement was clarified in the CIRC Notice on the Filing and Supervision of the Insurance Adjustment Business, or Notice No. 165, issued by the CIRC on June 30, 2017, which provides: (i) that institutions engaging in the insurance adjustment business must meet the requirements of the Asset Appraisal Law and complete filing formalities with the insurance regulatory department, (ii) imposes certain working capital, risk management and custodial requirements on insurance adjusters, (iii) insurance adjusters are required to have a certain number of qualified professional insurance assessors and (iv) existing insurance adjusters must complete certain filing requirements during the transition period.

        On February 1, 2018, the CIRC issued the Regulatory Provisions on Insurance Adjusters, which took effect on May 1, 2018. It provides more detailed requirements relating to the operations of an insurance adjustment business and insurance adjusters, including (i) filings procedures, (ii) minimum number of qualified insurance adjuster shareholders and insurance adjuster shareholdings, (iii) insurance adjuster registration professional risk fund requirements and (iv) fines and penalties, including suspension, imposable by the CIRC for violations. The CBIRC issued the Notice on Allowing Overseas Investors to Operate Insurance Adjuster Business in China on June 19, 2018, which permits insurance adjuster organizations established in China by overseas insurance adjusters that have three or more years of operational experience to operate insurance adjuster businesses upon compliance with the Regulatory Provisions on Insurance Adjusters.

156


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Electronic Certification Service

        The Administrative Measures of the Electronic Certification Service, which were promulgated by the MIIT on February 8, 2005 and last amended on April 29, 2015, provide that all entities providing electronic certification service shall obtain the Electronic Certification Service License from the MIIT. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures of the Electronic Certification Service, electronic certification service providers shall establish a security management system, an internal-auditing system and a security system. In addition, electronic certification service providers shall formulate business rules for electronic certification and corresponding certification policies, and issue such rules and policies to the public and file with the MIIT. If any electronic certification service provider fails to take such steps, the MIIT has the power to require corrective actions, make warning notice, and impose fines accordingly.

        The Administrative Measures of the E-government Electronic Certification Service (Trial Implementation), or the Administrative Measures, which were promulgated on October 20, 2009 by the SCA and effected on November 1, 2009, stimulate that all of the electronic certification service providers for the E-government shall establish an operation management system for e-government electronic certification infrastructure, a security access policy, a software controlling process, an internal auditing mechanism and a disaster recovery and emergency response mechanism. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures, electronic certification service providers are also required to conduct annual safety assessment and rectify identified issues.

        The Administrative Measures for the Electronic Certification Service Cryptography, which were promulgated on October 28, 2009 by the SCA and last amended on December 1, 2017, provide that all electronic certification service providers shall obtain an Electronic Certification Service License for Cryptography Usage. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for the Electronic Certification Service Cryptography, the SCA and its provincial cryptography management departments shall supervise and inspect the operation of electronic certification service providers. If any electronic certification service provider fails to meet the licensing requirements, the SCA has the power to order it to rectify and comply with the requirements within a certain period of time or even revoke its Service License as the SCA deems necessary. Any entity providing the electronic certification services regarding the public health, shall obtain the Electronic Certification Service License issued by the MIIT pursuant to the Administrative Measures on Electronic Certification Service of Health System (Trial Implementation), which were promulgated by the Ministry of Health on December 25, 2009 and became effective on the same date.

        The Circular of the Guangdong Provincial People's Government on Printing and Distributing the Mutual Recognition Measures of Electronic Signature Certificates in Guangdong and Hong Kong, which was promulgated by the General Office of the People's Government of Guangdong Province on July 20, 2012 and became effective on the same date, provides that electronic certification service agencies conduct the mutual recognition of electronic signature certification shall pass annual assessments by the relevant authorities. If any electronic certification service agency violates the relevant rules, and refuses to rectify, the operation of such agency shall be suspended by the Guangdong Provincial Economic and Information Technology Commission or the Office of the Information and Technology Supervisor of Hong Kong.

        The Circular on the Transition of Relevant Administration Policies after Removal of Four Administrative Licensing Items Including the Examination and Approval for Commercial Encryption Product Manufacturers, or the Circular, which was promulgated by the SCA on October 11, 2017 and became effective on the same date, provides that the SCA and its provincial cryptography management departments no longer accept applications for the approval of four kinds of administrative licenses, which include the Certificate for the Production of Commercial Cryptographic Products, the Certificate for the Sales of Commercial Cryptographic Products, the Certificate of the Use of Cryptographic Products Produced Abroad, the Permit for the Use of Cryptographic Products by Overseas Organizations or Individuals. However, pursuant to the Circular, any entity that has obtained the Model Certificate of

157


Table of Contents

Commercial Encryption Products shall continuously make annul filings to the relevant local departments of the SCA regarding its sales record of commercial encryption products in the preceding year.

Regulations Relating to Taxation

Regulations on Enterprise Income Tax

        On March 16, 2007, the NPC Standing Committee issued the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, which took effect on January 1, 2008, or the Old EIT Law. On December 6, 2007, the State Council enacted the Implementation Rules for the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC, or the EIT Rules, which also took effect on January 1, 2008 and was amended on April 23, 2019. The Old EIT Law was amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018. The Old EIT Law, as amended, and the EIT Rules are collectively referred to as the EIT Law. According to the EIT Law, taxpayers consist of resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. Resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are established in China in accordance with the PRC laws, or that are established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries but whose actual or de facto control entity is within the PRC. Non-resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are set up in accordance with the laws of foreign countries and whose actual administration is conducted outside the PRC, but (i) have entities or premises in China, or (ii) have no entities or premises but have income generated from China. According to the EIT Law, foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are subject to a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25%. A non-resident enterprise that has an establishment or premises within the PRC must pay enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% on its income that is derived from such establishment or premises inside the PRC and that is sourced outside the PRC but is actually connected with the said establishment or premises. However, if non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishment institutions or premises in the PRC but there is no actual relationship between the relevant income derived in the PRC and the established institutions or premises set up by them, the enterprise income tax is, in that case, set at the rate of 10% for their income sourced from inside the PRC.

        Enterprises that are recognized as high and new technology enterprises in accordance with the Notice of the Ministry of Science, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation on Amending and Issuing the Administrative Measures for the Determination of High and New Tech Enterprises are entitled to enjoy a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15%. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for the Recognition of High and New Technology Enterprises, the validity period of the high and new technology enterprise qualification shall be three years from the date of issuance of the certificate of high and new technology enterprise. An enterprise can re-apply for such recognition as a high and new technology enterprise before or after the previous certificate expires.

        On February 3, 2015, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, issued the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises, or Circular 7. Circular 7 provides comprehensive guidelines relating to, and heightening the Chinese tax authorities' scrutiny of, indirect transfers by a non-resident enterprise of assets (including assets of organizations and premises in the PRC, immovable property in the PRC, and equity investments in PRC resident enterprises), or the PRC Taxable Assets. For instance, when a non-resident enterprise transfers equity interest in an overseas holding company that directly or indirectly holds certain PRC Taxable Assets and if the transfer is believed by the Chinese tax authorities to have no reasonable commercial purpose other than to evade enterprise income tax, Circular 7 allows the Chinese tax authorities to reclassify the indirect transfer of PRC Taxable Assets into a direct transfer and therefore impose PRC enterprise income tax at a rate of a 10% on the non-resident enterprise. On the other hand, indirect transfers falling into the scope of the safe harbors under the Circular 7 may not be subject to PRC tax under the Circular 7. The safe harbors include qualified group restructurings, public market trades and exemptions under tax treaties or arrangements.

158


Table of Contents

        On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or the SAT Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017 and was amended on June 15, 2018. According to SAT Circular 37, the balance after deducting the equity net value from the equity transfer income shall be the taxable income amount for equity transfer income.

        Under the SAT Circular 7 and the Law on the Administration of Tax Collection issued by the NPC Standing Committee on September 4, 1992 and last amended on April 24, 2015, in the case of an indirect transfer, entities or individuals that are obligated to pay the transfer price to the transferor shall act as withholding agents. If they fail to make withholding or withhold the full amount of tax payable, the transferor of equity must declare and pay tax to the tax authorities in charge within seven days from the occurrence of the tax payment obligation. Where the withholding agent does not make withholding, and the transferor of equity does not pay the payable amount, the tax authority may impose late payment interest on the transferor. In addition, the tax authority may also hold the withholding agents liable and impose a penalty of ranging from 50% to 300% of the unpaid tax on them. The penalty imposed on the withholding agents may be reduced or waived if the withholding agents have submitted the relevant materials in connection with the indirect transfer to the PRC tax authorities in accordance with Circular 7.

Regulations on Dividend Tax

        Pursuant to the SAT Circular on Relevant Issues relating to the Implementation of Dividend Clauses in Tax Agreements, which took effect on February 20, 2009, all of the following requirements must be satisfied to enjoy the preferential tax rates provided under the tax agreements: (1) the tax resident that receives dividends should be a company as provided in the tax agreement; (2) the equity interest and voting shares of the PRC resident company directly owned by the tax resident satisfy the percentages specified in the tax agreement; and (3) the equity interest of the PRC resident company directly owned by such tax resident at any time during the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends satisfy the percentage specified in the tax agreement.

        The EIT Law provides that an income tax rate of 10% will normally be applicable to dividends payable to investors that are "non-resident enterprises," and gains derived by such investors, which (a) do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC or (b) have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business to the extent such dividends and gains are derived from sources within the PRC. The income tax on the dividends may be reduced pursuant to a tax treaty between China and other applicable jurisdictions. Pursuant to the Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, issued by the SAT on August 21, 2006 that took effect on December 8, 2006, and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5% upon receiving approval from the in-charge tax authority. However, based on the SAT Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, issued and effective on February 20, 2009, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. Based on the SAT Announcement of Taxation on Issues Relating to "Beneficial Owner" in Tax Treaties, issued on February 3, 2018 and effective from April 1, 2018, to determine the "beneficial owner" status of a resident of the treaty counterparty seeking to enjoy tax treaty benefits, a comprehensive analysis must be carried out in accordance with the factors set out in the announcement.

        On August 27, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement on Promulgating the Administrative Measures for Tax Convention Treatment for Non-resident Taxpayers, which took effect on November 1,

159


Table of Contents

2015 and was amended on June 15, 2018. Under this announcement, non-resident taxpayers meeting conditions for enjoying the convention treatment may be entitled to the convention treatment themselves when filing a tax return or making a withholding declaration through a withholding agent, subject to the subsequent administration by the tax authorities. Such taxpayers who make their own declaration must self-assess whether they are entitled to tax treaty benefits, make truthful declarations and submit the relevant reports, statements and materials required by the relevant tax authorities.

Regulations on Value-added Tax

        All entities and individuals engaged in the sale of goods, provision of processing, repairs and replacement services, and the importation of goods within the territory of the PRC must pay value-added tax, or the VAT, in accordance with the Provisional Regulations on Value-added Tax of the PRC, or the Provisional Regulations on VAT, and its implementation rules, or collectively, the VAT Law. The Provisional Regulations on VAT, which was issued by the State Council on December 13, 1993 and took effect on January 1, 1994, was amended by the Notice of Adjustment of VAT Rates issued on April 4, 2018 and by the Notice of Strengthening Reform of VAT Policies issued on March 20, 2019. Pursuant to the VAT Law, VAT payable is calculated as "output VAT" minus "input VAT". The rate of VAT varies among 13%, 9% and 6% depending on the product type.

        In accordance with the Circular of the Ministry of Finance and SAT on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax, issued on March 23, 2016 and effective from May 1, 2016, upon approval of the State Council of the PRC, the pilot program of the collection of VAT in lieu of business tax shall be promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner as at May 1, 2016.

Regulations Relating to Intellectual Property

Regulations on Trademark Law

        Trademarks in the PRC are governed by the Trademark Law of the PRC, last amended on April 23, 2019 and effective on November 1, 2019, and the Regulations for the Implementation of Trademark Law of the PRC, last amended on April 29, 2014 and effective on May 1, 2014. The Trademark Office of the National Intellectual Property Administration, or Trademark Office, is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks throughout the PRC and the Trademark Review and Adjudication Board of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce under the State Council is responsible for handling trademark disputes.

        Registered trademarks in the PRC refer to trademarks that have been approved and registered by the Trademark Office, including commodity trademarks, service trademarks, collective marks and certification marks. A trademark registrant will enjoy an exclusive right to use the trademark, which will be protected by laws and regulations. Any visible mark in the form of word, graphic, alphabet, number, 3D (three-dimension) mark, color combination or the combination of these elements that can distinguish the commodities of the natural person, legal person or other organizations from those of others can be registered as a trademark. A trademark for which an application is filed for registration must be distinctive to be distinguishable, and may not go against the legitimate rights previously obtained by others. A trademark registrant is entitled to include the words "Registered Trademark" or a sign indicating that it is registered.

        Any of the following acts will be an infringement upon the right to exclusive use of a registered trademark: (1) using a trademark that is identical to a registered trademark on the same kind of commodities without a license from the registrant of the registered trademark; (2) using a trademark that is similar to a registered trademark on the same kind of commodities, or using a trademark that is identical or similar to the registered trademark on similar goods without a license from the registrant of the registered trademark, if the use is likely to cause confusion; (3) selling commodities that infringe upon the

160


Table of Contents

right to exclusive use of a registered trademark; (4) counterfeit or unauthorized production of the label of another's registered trademark, or sale of any such label that is counterfeited or produced without authorization; (5) changing a registered trademark and putting the commodities with the changed trademark into the market without the consent of the registrant of the registered trademark; (6) providing, intentionally, facilitation for activities infringing upon others' exclusive right of trademark use, and facilitating others to commit infringement on the exclusive right of trademark use; or (7) causing other damage to the right to exclusive use of a holder of a registered trademark. In the event of infringement of the registered trademark above that leads to disputes, the parties concerned may settle such disputes through negotiations; if no negotiation is prospective or fails, the trademark registrant or any interested party may file a lawsuit before the People's Court or request the administrative department for industry and commerce for handling.

Regulations on Patent Law

        Patents in the PRC are mainly protected under the Patent Law of the PRC, or the Patent Law, which was issued by the NPC Standing Committee on March 12, 1984 and last amended on December 27, 2008, and its implementation rules, which were promulgated by the State Council of the PRC on June 15, 2001 and last amended on January 9, 2010. The Patent Law and its implementation rules provide for three types of patents: "invention," "utility model" and "design." "Invention" refers to any new technical solution relating to a product, a process or improvement thereof; "utility model" refers to any new technical solution relating to the shape, structure, or their combination, of a product, which is suitable for practical use; and "design" refers to any new design of the shape, pattern, color or the combination of any two of them, of a product, that creates an aesthetic feeling and is suitable for industrial application. Invention patents are valid for 20 years, while design patents and utility model patents are valid for 10 years, each calculated from the date of application. To be patentable, invention or utility models must meet three criteria: novelty, inventiveness and practicability. Except under certain specific circumstances provided by law, any third-party user must obtain consent or a proper license from the patent owner to use the patent. Otherwise, the use constitutes an infringement of the patent rights.

        If a dispute arises due to patent infringement, the dispute must be settled through consultation involving both parties. If one or both parties are unwilling to submit to consultation, or if the consultation fails, then the patentee or any interested party may initiate legal proceedings in the People's Court, or request the patent administrative department to handle the matter.

Regulations on Domain names

        Domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on Internet Domain Names, or Domain Name Measures, issued by the MIIT on August 24, 2017 and effective as of November 1, 2017. The Domain Name Measures regulate efforts to undertake internet domain name services as well as the operation, maintenance, supervision and administration thereof and other relevant activities within the territory of the PRC. A person that has domain name root servers, an institution for operating domain name root servers, a domain name registry and a domain name registrar operating within the territory of the PRC must obtain a permit for this purpose from the MIIT or the relevant communications administration of the local province, autonomous region or municipality. Under the Domain Name Measures, domain name owners must register their domain names, and the MIIT is in charge of the administration of PRC internet domain names. In the case of infringement, the telecommunications authority will take measures to stop the infringer and give it a warning or impose a fine of more than RMB10,000 but less than RMB30,000 depending on the seriousness of the case.

Regulations on Copyright and Software Products

        Under the Copyright Law of the PRC issued by the NPC Standing Committee on September 7, 1990, which was last amended on February 26, 2010 and took effect on April 1, 2010, works of Chinese citizens,

161


Table of Contents

legal persons or other organizations, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology and computer software. Similarly, under the Computer Software Protection Regulations issued by the State Council on June 4, 1991, last amended on January 30, 2013 and effective on March 1, 2013, Chinese citizens, legal persons and other organizations shall enjoy copyright on the software they develop, regardless of whether the software has been released publicly. Software copyright commences from the date on which the development of the software is completed. A software copyright owner may register with the software registration institution recognized by the copyright administration department of the State Council of the PRC. A registration certificate issued by the software registration institution is a preliminary proof of the registered items. The protection period for software copyright of a legal person or other organizations shall be fifty years, concluding on December 31 of the fiftieth year after the software's initial release. In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations, the National Copyright Administration issued the Measures for the Registrations of Computer Software Copyright effective on February 20, 2002, which provides procedures for software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration. The Copyright Protection Center of the PRC is mandated as the software registration institution under the regulations.

Regulations Relating to Labor

Regulations on Labor Contract

        The main PRC employment laws and regulations applicable to us include the Labor Law of the PRC, or the Labor Law, the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, or the Labor Contract Law, the Implementing Regulations on the Labor Contract Law of the PRC and other relevant laws and regulations.

        The Labor Law was issued by the NPC Standing Committee on July 5, 1994, took effect on January 1, 1995, and was last amended on December 29, 2018. Under this law, employers should enter into employment contracts with their employees based on the principles of equality, consent and agreement through consultation. Wages will be paid based on the policy of performance, equal pay for equal work, lowest wage protection and special labor protection for female worker and juvenile workers. The Labor Law also requires employers to establish and effectively implement a system of ensuring occupational safety and health, educate employees on occupational safety and health, preventing work-related accidents and reducing occupational hazards. Employers are also required to pay their employees' social insurance premiums.

        The Labor Contract Law was issued by the NPC Standing Committee on June 29, 2007, amended on December 28, 2012 and took effect on July 1, 2013. Under this law and its implementing regulations, enterprises established in the PRC must enter into employment agreements with their employees to provide for the term of employment, job duties, work time, holidays and statutory payments, labor protection, working condition and occupational hazard prevention and protection and other essential contents. Both employers and employees will duly perform their duties. The Labor Contract Law also provides for the scenario of rescission and termination. Except for certain situations explicitly stipulated in the Labor Contract Law that are not subject to economic compensation, economic compensation shall be paid to the employee by the employer for the rescission or termination of the employment agreement.

Regulations on Social Insurance and Housing Provident Funds

        Pursuant to the Social Insurance Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the NPC Standing Committee on October 28, 2010, effective on July 1, 2011 and last amended on December 29, 2018, the PRC established social insurance systems such as basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance. Employers are required to contribute, on behalf of their employees, to a number of social security funds, including funds for basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance and

162


Table of Contents

maternity insurance. Employers must apply for completion of social security registration with the local social security agency within 30 days from the date of incorporation with their business license, registration certificate or corporation seal. Employers that fail to complete social security registration will be ordered by the social security administrative authorities to make correction within a stipulated period; where correction is not made within the stipulated period, the employers will be subject to fines ranging from one to three times the amount of the payable social security premiums, and the person(s)-in-charge who is/are directly accountable and other directly accountable personnel will be subject to fines ranging from RMB500 to RMB3,000. If an employer does not pay the full amount of social insurance premiums as scheduled, the social insurance premium collection institution will order it to make the payment or make up the difference within the stipulated period and impose a daily surcharge equivalent to 0.05% of the overdue payment from the date on which the payment is overdue. If payment is not made within the stipulated period, the relevant administration department will impose a fine from one to three times the amount of overdue payment.

        According to the Several Provisions on Implementing the Social Insurance Law of the PRC, or the Provisions, issued by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security of the PRC on June 29, 2011 and effective on July 1, 2011, insurance premiums that should be paid by employees will be withheld and paid by the employers. Where an employer fails to withhold and pay the premiums in accordance with the Provisions, the social insurance premium collection institution will order the employer to remit within the prescribed time and impose a daily surcharge equivalent to 0.05% of the overdue payment from the date of default as late payment penalty. Employers may not require employees to pay late payment penalties.

        Pursuant to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Funds, issued by the State Council on April 3, 1999 and last amended on March 24, 2019, employers must complete housing provident funds registration with local housing fund administration centers and open housing fund accounts for their employees in the bank. Employers must, within 30 days from their date of establishment, go through housing provident funds registration with local housing fund administration centers and complete housing provident fund account establishment procedures for employees with the examination and approval documents of the housing provident fund management center within 20 days from completion of registration. The contribution rate of housing provident funds of an employee and employer may not be less than 5% of the monthly average salary in the previous year, and cities with good conditions may properly raise the contribution rate. Employers are required to pay and deposit housing funds on behalf of their employees in full and in a timely manner, and any employer that fails to open such bank account or contribute housing funds may be fined and ordered to make payment within a prescribed time limit. If the employer still fails to do so, the housing fund administration center may apply to the court for enforcement of the unpaid amount.

        Pursuant to the Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Promulgation of the Pilot Program for Implementing Consolidation of Maternity Insurance and Basic Medical Insurance for Employees and Opinions of the General Office of the State Council on Comprehensively Promoting the Implementation of the Combination of Maternity Insurance and Basic Medical Insurance for Employees issued on January 19, 2017 and March 6, 2019, maternity insurance and basic medical insurance for employees will be consolidated. On July 20, 2018, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council of the PRC issued the Reform Plan of the State Tax and Local Tax Collection Administration System, or the Reform Plan. Under the Reform Plan, beginning January 1, 2019, tax authorities are responsible for the collection of social insurance contributions in the PRC.

163


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

Regulation on Foreign Currency Exchange

        The principal law governing foreign currency exchange in the PRC is the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations of the PRC. The Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations was enacted by the State Council on January 29, 1996 and implemented on April 1, 1996. On January 14, 1997 and August 5, 2008, the State Council amended the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations. According to the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations currently in effect, Renminbi is freely convertible into other currencies for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions. But it is not freely convertible for capital account items, such as direct investments, loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of China, unless prior approval is obtained from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterpart, and prior registration with SAFE is made.

        Pursuant to the Regulation of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange, promulgated on June 20, 1996 by the People's Bank of China, or the PBOC, and effective on July 1, 1996, foreign-invested enterprises may only buy, sell or remit foreign currencies at those banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business after providing valid commercial supporting documents and, in the case of capital account item transactions, obtaining approvals from SAFE or its local counterpart. Foreign-invested enterprises are permitted to convert their after-tax dividends into foreign exchange and to remit such foreign exchange out of their foreign exchange bank accounts in the PRC. However, foreign exchange transactions involving overseas direct investment or investment and exchange in securities and derivative products abroad are subject to registration with SAFE and approval from or filing with the relevant PRC government authorities.

        The Notice on Reforming the Administration of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital of Foreign Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, was issued by SAFE on March 30, 2015 and took effect on June 1, 2015, further expanding the extent of convertibility under direct investment. SAFE Circular 19 stipulates that the use of capital funds and exchange settlement funds by foreign-invested enterprises will be subject to foreign exchange management regulations and the implementation of negative list management.

        On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Management of the Settlement of Foreign Exchange of Capital Accounts, or SAFE Circular 16. SAFE Circular 16 unifies the Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement for all the domestic institutions. The Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement refers to foreign exchange capital in the capital account that has been confirmed by the relevant policies subject to the Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement (including foreign exchange capital, foreign loans and funds remitted from the proceeds from the overseas listing) and which can be settled at the banks based on the actual operational needs of the domestic institutions. The proportion of Discretional Foreign Exchange Settlement of the foreign exchange capital is temporarily determined as 100%. Violations of SAFE Circular 19, or SAFE Circular 16, could result in administrative penalties under the Regulations of the People's Republic of China on Foreign Exchange Control and relevant provisions.

        Furthermore, SAFE Circular 16 stipulates that the use of foreign exchange income of capital accounts of foreign-invested enterprises must follow the principles of authenticity and self-use within the business scope of enterprises. Foreign exchange income of capital accounts and capital in Renminbi obtained by foreign-invested enterprises from foreign exchange settlement may not be directly or indirectly used for the following purposes: (i) payment outside of the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; (ii) investment in securities or financial schemes other than bank-guaranteed products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; (iii) granting loans to non-connected enterprises, unless otherwise permitted by its business scope; and (iv) construction or purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the real estate enterprises).

164


Table of Contents

        On January 26, 2017, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Improving the Check of Authenticity and Compliance to Further Promote Foreign Exchange Control, or Circular 3, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks must check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original versions of tax filing records and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities must hold income to account against previous years' losses before remitting profits. Moreover, pursuant to Circular 3, domestic entities must make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment.

        On October 25, 2019, the SAFE issued the SAFE Circular 28. The SAFE Circular 28 cancels the restrictions on the domestic equity investment with capital of non-investment foreign-invested enterprises, including the capital obtained from foreign exchange settlement. Such investments should be real and should be in compliance with the relevant laws, regulations and rules, including the provisions of the 2019 Negative List. In addition, the SAFE Circular 28 stipulates that qualified enterprises in certain pilot areas may use their capital income from capital, foreign debt and overseas listing, for the purpose of domestic payments without providing authenticity certifications to the relevant banks in advance for those domestic payments.

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

        Pursuant to the laws and regulations on foreign investment, wholly foreign-owned enterprise in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China must allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated after-tax profits each year, after making up previous years' accumulated losses each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. A PRC company may not distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year. Wholly foreign-owned enterprises may, at their discretion, allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

        On July 4, 2014, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Residents' Investment and Financing and Round-Trip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37, for the purpose of simplifying the approval process and for the promotion of the cross-border investment. Circular 37 supersedes the Notice on Relevant Issues on the Foreign Exchange Administration of Raising Funds through Overseas Special Purpose Vehicle and Investing Back in China by Domestic Residents, and revises and regulates the relevant matters involving foreign exchange registration for round-trip investment. Under Circular 37, (1) PRC residents (including PRC entities and PRC individuals) must register with the local SAFE branch before he or she contributes assets or equity interest in an overseas special purpose vehicle, or an Overseas SPV, that is directly established or indirectly controlled by the PRC resident for the purpose of conducting investment or financing; and (2) following the initial registration, PRC residents must update their SAFE registration when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information, including change of such PRC citizens or residents' name, operation term, increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions.

        Pursuant to the SAFE Circular on Further Simplification and Improvement of Foreign Exchange Administration on Direct Investment, which was promulgated by SAFE on February 13, 2015 and effective on June 1, 2015, the registrations described in the preceding paragraph must be directly reviewed and

165


Table of Contents

handled by qualified banks, and SAFE and its branches will perform indirect regulation over the foreign exchange registration through qualified banks.

        Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in Circular 37 may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. PRC residents who control the company from time to time are required to register with the SAFE in connection with their investments in the company. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

Regulations on Stock Incentive Plans

        On February 15, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Foreign Exchange Administration of PRC Residents Participating in Share Incentive Plans of Offshore Listed Companies, or the Stock Option Rules. According to the Stock Option Rules, individuals participating in any stock incentive plan of any overseas publicly listed company who are Chinese citizens or foreign citizens who reside in mainland China for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE or its local branches and complete certain other procedures. These plan participants must also retain an overseas entrusted institution to handle matters in connection with their exercise of stock options, the purchase and sale of corresponding stock or interests and fund transfers. In addition, the agent in China is required to further amend the SAFE registration with respect to the stock incentive plan if there is any material change to the stock incentive plan, the mainland Chinese agent or the overseas entrusted institution or other material changes. The Chinese agents must, on behalf of the PRC residents who have the right to exercise the employee share options, apply to SAFE or its local branches for an annual quota for the payment of foreign currencies in connection with the PRC residents' exercise of the employee share options. The foreign exchange proceeds received by the PRC residents from the sale of shares under the stock incentive plans granted and dividends distributed by the overseas listed companies must be remitted into the bank accounts in China opened by the Chinese agents before distribution to such PRC residents. Under the Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning Individual Income Tax in Relation to Equity Incentives promulgated by the SAT and effective from August 24, 2009, listed companies and their domestic organizations must, according to the individual income tax calculation methods for "wage and salary income" and stock option income, lawfully withhold and pay individual income tax on such income.

Regulations on Loans Between a Foreign Company and its Chinese Subsidiaries

        A loan made by foreign investors as shareholders in a foreign-invested enterprise is considered to be foreign debt in the PRC and is regulated by various laws and regulations, including the Regulation of the PRC on Foreign Exchange Administration, the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the Ministry of Finance and implement on March 1, 2003, the Administrative Measures for Registration of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE on April 28, 2013 and amended on May 4, 2015 and the Notice of the People's Bank of China on Matters Concerning the Prudent Macro Management of All Cross-Border Financing promulgated on January 11, 2017. Under these rules, a shareholder loan in the form of foreign debt made to a Chinese entity does not require the prior approval of SAFE. However, such foreign debt must be registered with and recorded by SAFE or its local branches. SAFE Circular 28 provides that a non-financial enterprise in the pilot areas may register the permitted amounts of foreign debts, which is as twice of the non-financial enterprise's net assets, at the local foreign exchange bureau. Such non-financial enterprise may borrow foreign debts within the permitted amounts and directly handle the relevant procedures in banks without registration of each foreign debt. However, the non-financial enterprise should report its international income and expenditure regularly.

166


Table of Contents

Regulation on Outbound Direct Investment

        On December 26, 2017, the NDRC promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, or NDRC Order No.11, which took effect on March 1, 2018. According to NDRC Order No.11, non-sensitive overseas investment projects are required to make record filings with the local branch of the NDRC. On September 6, 2014, MOFCOM promulgated the Administrative Measures on Overseas Investments, which took effect on October 6, 2014. According to this regulation, overseas investments of PRC enterprises that involve non-sensitive countries and regions and non-sensitive industries must make record filings with a local branch of MOFCOM. The Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment was issued by SAFE on November 19, 2012 and amended on May 4, 2015, under which PRC enterprises must register for overseas direct investment with local banks. The shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC entities are required to be in compliance with the related overseas investment regulations. If they fail to complete the filings or registrations required by overseas direct investment regulations, the relevant authority may order them to suspend or cease the implementation of such investment and make corrections within a specified time.

Regulations on M&A Rules

        On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including MOFCOM, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the SAT, the State Administration for Market Regulation, or the SAMR, the CSRC and SAFE, issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which took into effect on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. Foreign investors are subject to the M&A Rules when they purchase equity interest of a domestic company or subscribe for the increased capital of a domestic company that changes a domestic company into a foreign-invested enterprise; or when the foreign investors establish a foreign-invested enterprise in the PRC, purchase the assets of a domestic company and operate the assets via such foreign-invested enterprise; or when the foreign investors purchase the assets of a domestic company, establish a foreign-invested enterprise by injecting such assets and operate the assets. The M&A Rules, among other things, require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The M&A Rules also provide that if a PRC entity or individual plans to merge or acquire its related PRC entity through an overseas company legitimately incorporated or controlled by such entity or individual, such a merger or acquisition shall be subject to examination and approval by MOFCOM.

        The M&A Rules and other recently adopted regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions also establish additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand.

167


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Directors and Executive Officers
  Age   Position/Title

Wangchun Ye

  64   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Rong Chen

  51   Director and Co-General Manager

Sin Yin Tan

  42   Director

Rui Li

  48   Director

Wenwei Dou

  54   Director

Min Zhu

  40   Director

Qi Liang

  46   Independent Director

Yaolin Zhang

  61   Independent Director

Tianruo Pu

  50   Independent Director

Han Qiu

  45   Co-General Manager

Yuxiang Huang

  55   Executive Vice President

Runzhong Huang

  47   Executive Vice President

Lo Wei Jye Jacky

  42   Chief Financial Officer

        Dr. Wangchun Ye has served as our chairman of the board of directors since June 2018, and as our director and chief executive officer since October 2017. Dr. Ye joined Shanghai OneConnect as chairman of the board of directors in 2015 and then became chief executive officer in 2016. Dr. Ye has more than 40 years of experience in finance and banking. Dr. Ye joined Ping An Group in March 2007. He served as a vice president of Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., or Ping An Bank, from March 2007 to November 2015. Prior to joining Ping An Group, Dr. Ye successively served as the general manager of both business department and human resources and training department and the general officer of the head office of Huaxia Bank Co., Limited from November 1999 to March 2007. From May 1984 to November 1999, Dr. Ye served in various senior management positions at different regional branches of the Industrial and Commercial Bank of China, including as vice president of Wuhan branch, head of the planning department of Hubei provincial branch, president of Jingmen branch, vice president of Jingmen branch, office manager of Jingzhou central branch and vice president of Honghu branch. From March 1973 to May 1984, Dr. Ye successively served as a credit loan officer and a vice office manager at a local branch of the PBOC, where he was responsible for credit and fund settlement management. Dr. Ye received his doctorate degree in management science and engineering from Huazhong University of Science and Technology in June 2001.

        Ms. Rong Chen is our co-general manager and has served as our director since October 2017. Prior to joining us, Ms. Chen served as a vice president of Ping An Bank from April 2014 to September 2017, and she also served as the chief financial officer of Ping An Bank from September 2016 to September 2017. Prior to that, Ms. Chen served as the assistant to the president of Ping An Bank from January 2012 to March 2014. From July 1993 to January 2012, Ms. Chen served in various senior management positions at Shenzhen Development Bank Co., Ltd., as the predecessor of Ping An Bank, including as president of Nantou branch, general manager of the credit department, executive director of the credit risk department, chief internal control executive officer, chief operating officer and the president of Shenzhen branch. Ms. Chen received her master's degree in business economics from Zhongnan University of Economics and Law in 1993.

        Ms. Sin Yin Tan has served as our director since October 2017. She is currently the Group co-CEO of Ping An Group, overseeing the Group's technology businesses and digital innovation. She is a standing member of Ping An Group's Executive Management Committee and Investment Management Committee across insurance, banking, investment and technology business. She serves on the board for various Ping

168


Table of Contents

An subsidiaries, including Ping An Bank (also a public company), Ping An Life Insurance and Ping An P&C Insurance. Before joining Ping An Group, Ms. Tan was a global partner at McKinsey & Company, and served clients in U.S.A. and Asia for 13 years. Ms. Tan is a Singaporean, and graduated from Massachusetts Institute of Technology with Masters of Engineering in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, and two bachelor degrees in Electrical Engineering and Economics.

        Dr. Rui Li has served as our director since September 2019. Dr. Li has served as the Group Financial Director of Ping An Group since 2017. Before joining Ping An Group, Dr. Li served as various leadership positions in SF Express, including Group Finance Director and chief financial officer of international business unit, from 2011 to 2017. Prior to that, Dr. Li served in PricewaterhouseCoopers Hong Kong, and Deloitte USA and Canada. Dr. Li is a member of American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and holds the Chartered Global Management Accountant designation. Dr. Li received his master's degree from Metropolitan State University in 2000, and his doctorate degree from International School of Management in 2017.

        Mr. Wenwei Dou has served as our director since October 2017. Mr. Dou also serves as a director in various entities within the Ping An HealthKonnect Group and Lufax Group. Mr. Dou joined Ping An Group in April 1997, and since then he has served in various legal and compliance positions in Ping An Group. Mr. Dou received his bachelor's degree and master's degree in law from Jilin University in July 1989 and May 1994, respectively.

        Mr. Min Zhu has served as our director since January 2018. Mr. Zhu has more than ten years of experience in financial services and investment. Mr. Zhu also serves as chief executive officer and director of BYFIN Co., Limited since September 2018, chief executive officer and director of BYFX Global Co., Ltd. since November 2017 and the director of BYFX HK Co., Ltd. since December 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Zhu served as the chief executive officer of BYFX HK Co., Ltd. from December 2015 to August 2018, and he also served in various directorships and senior management positions at SBI Holdings, Inc., Suzhou Yian Biotech Co., Ltd., SBI (China) Co., Ltd., SBI Investment Co., Ltd. and SBI Asset Management Co., Ltd. Mr. Zhu received his bachelor's degree in international trading (Japanese) from Shanghai International Studies University in July 2001, and his master's degree in business administration from Hosei University in March 2004.

        Dr. Qi Liang has served as our independent director since February 2019. Dr. Liang has served as an independent director of First Capital Securities Co., Ltd. since 2018. Dr. Liang also serves as a professor of finance at Nankai University. Dr. Liang previously served as the dean of the school of economics at Nankai University from 2012 to 2017, and as an independent director of Bank of Tianjin from 2011 to 2015. Dr. Liang received his doctorate degree in economics from Nankai University in July 1999.

        Dr. Yaolin Zhang has served as our independent director since February 2019. Dr. Zhang has also served as an independent director of Dongguan Trust Co., Ltd. since August 2019 and as an independent director of Bank of Luoyang since August 2017. Dr. Zhang has more than 30 years of experience in finance and banking. Dr. Zhang was the person responsible for the establishment of the Shenzhen branch of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank, or SPD Bank, and served as president of the branch from August 2010 to May 2015. Prior to that, Dr. Zhang served as a vice president of Ping An Bank from November 2008 to August 2010. From June 1998 to October 2008, Dr. Zhang served in various positions in SPD Bank, including vice president and president of Guangzhou branch and vice president of SPD Bank. From July 1987 to June 1998, Dr. Zhang also served in various management positions at China Construction Bank. Dr. Zhang received his bachelor's degree in physics from Fudan University in 1982, his master's degree in World Economy from Wuhan University in 1987, and his doctorate degree in international finance law from Wuhan University in 1996.

        Mr. Tianruo Pu has served as our independent director since September 2019. Mr. Pu currently serves as a director of various listed companies, including Autohome Inc., Renren Inc., Kaixin Auto Holdings, JMU Ltd and 3SBio Inc. Mr. Pu served as the chief financial officer of Zhaopin Ltd from 2016 to 2018,

169


Table of Contents

UTStarcom from 2012 to 2014 and Nuokang Biopharma from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Pu received his bachelor's degree in English and International Studies from China Foreign Affairs University in 1991, his master's degree in Accounting from University of Illinois in 1996 and his master's degree in business administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University in 2000.

        Ms. Han Qiu has served as our co-general manager since February 2019. Ms. Qiu joined Shanghai OneConnect in September 2016 as chief innovation officer and deputy general manager. Ms. Qiu has over 15 years of experience in finance, technology and data analytics. Ms. Qiu joined Ping An Group in April 2014 and has successively served as the general manager of the data platform department of Ping An Technology and the general manager of Shenzhen Qianhai Credit Centre Co., Ltd., during which Ms. Qiu led the establishment of personal credit service business in Ping An Group. Before joining Ping An Group, Ms. Qiu served as the APAC head of research for GE (China) Research and Development Centre Co., Ltd. from January 2003 to September 2006, a consultant with McKinsey & Company from October 2006 to August 2008, head of IT for Fullerton Financial Holdings Pte. Ltd. from September 2008 to July 2013, and as transformation management director of Standard Chartered Bank (China) Limited from July 2013 to April 2014. Ms. Qiu received her bachelor's degree in international accounting and her master's degree in accounting from Nanjing University in July 1997 and June 2000, respectively. Ms. Qiu also received a master's degree in accounting and finance from City University of Hong Kong in November 2002.

        Mr. Yuxiang Huang is our executive vice president. Mr. Huang joined Shanghai OneConnect as chief technology officer and chief operating officer in October 2016. He also serves as a director of Shenzhen Kingdom Sci-Tech Co., Ltd. From September 2015 to October 2016, Mr. Huang served as a vice general manager of Ping An Technology and as the chief information officer of the investment system of Ping An Group, responsible for the development of investment system for professional companies within Ping An Group and for setting up the investment plan of cloud technology for Ping An Group. Before joining Ping An Group, Mr. Huang had worked for Dou Yee Enterprises (S) Pte. Ltd., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, and served as the vice president of the global finance desk technology of Citigroup (USA), senior vice president of ICG department at Citigroup Software Technology and Services (China) Limited and president of the Global Financial and Capital Markets Technology Department of HSBC Software Development (Guangdong) Limited in China. Mr. Huang received his bachelor's degree in computer science and automation and his master's degree in engineering from Wuhan College of Water Transportation Engineering in July 1985 and July 1990, respectively.

        Dr. Runzhong Huang is our executive vice president. Dr. Huang has also served as the chairman of the supervisory committee of Shenzhen OneConnect since March 2019. Dr. Huang has also served as secretary-general of Internet Finance Association of Small and Medium-sized Banks (Shenzhen) since April 2019. From July 2016 to December 2018, Dr. Huang served as secretary-general of China Banking Association. From October 2014 to July 2016, Dr. Huang served as a supervisor on the board of Export-Import Bank of China. Prior to that, Dr. Huang worked for the National Audit Office of the People's Republic of China from August 2011 to October 2014 and the CBIRC, formerly known as the China Banking Regulatory Commission from September 2003 to August 2011. Dr. Huang received a bachelor's degree in law from China Youth University of Political Studies in July 1994, a master's degree in global economics from Renmin University of China in January 2000, and a doctorate degree in economics from Peking University in June 2003.

        Mr. Lo Wei Jye Jacky has served as our chief financial officer since October 2019. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lo held various finance leadership positions with Yum China Holdings, Inc., or Yum China, one of the largest restaurant companies in China, from 2016 to 2019. He was the chief financial officer and treasurer of Yum China from 2017 to 2019. Prior to joining Yum China, Mr. Lo had worked with Ernst & Young for 15 years, including as a partner and deputy director in the Asia Pacific Capital Markets Center of Ernst & Young, specializing in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, SEC reporting and Sarbanes-Oxley compliance requirements. Mr. Lo graduated from the University of Texas at Austin with a master's degree

170


Table of Contents

in professional accounting, a bachelor's degree in business administration with honors and a bachelor of arts degree in economics with honors. He is a certified public accountant in Texas and a member of both the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Board of Directors

        Our board of directors will consist of nine directors upon the SEC's declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, in which this prospectus is included. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. The [Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange]/[Listing Rules of the NASDAQ] generally require that a majority of an issuer's board of directors must consist of independent directors. However, the [Corporate Governance Rules of the New York Stock Exchange]/[Listing Rules of the NASDAQ] permit foreign private issuers like us to follow "home country practice" in certain corporate governance matters. We rely on this "home country practice" exemption and do not have a majority of independent directors serving on our Board of Directors. A director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract or arrangement in which he is materially interested, provided that (a) such director, if his or her interest in such contract or arrangement is material, has declared the nature of his or her interest at the earliest meeting of the board at which it is practicable for him or her to do so, either specifically or by way of a general notice and (b) if such contract or arrangement is a transaction with a related party, such transaction has been approved by the audit committee. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        We will establish an audit committee and a compensation and nomination committee. We will adopt a charter for each of these committees. Each committee's members and functions are described below.

        Audit Committee.    Our audit committee will consist of Tianruo Pu, Qi Liang and Rui Li. Tianruo Pu will be the chairman of our audit committee. We have determined that Tianruo Pu and Qi Liang each satisfies the "independence" requirements of [Rule 5605(c)(2) of the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market/Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE] and meets the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended. We have determined that each of Tianruo Pu, Qi Liang and Rui Li qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert." The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

171


Table of Contents

        Compensation and Nomination Committee.    Our compensation and nomination committee will consist of Yaolin Zhang, Rong Chen and Qi Liang. Yaolin Zhang will be the chairman of our compensation and nomination committee. We have determined that Yaolin Zhang and Qi Liang each satisfies the "independence" requirements of [Rule 5605(c)(2) of the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market/Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE]. The compensation and nomination committee will assist the board in (i) reviewing and approving the compensation plan, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers, (ii) selecting individuals qualified to become our directors, and (iii) determining the composition of the board and its committees. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation and nomination committee will be responsible for, among other things:

Duties of Directors

        Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly, and a duty to act in what they consider in good faith to be in our best interests. Our directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our directors also have a duty to exercise skills they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than what may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care, and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the class rights vested thereunder in the holders of the shares. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. A shareholder may in certain circumstances have rights to damages if a duty owed by the directors is breached.

172


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors has all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

Terms of Directors and Officers

        Our directors may be elected by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Alternatively, our board of directors may, by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the directors present and voting at a board meeting appoint any person as a director to fill a casual vacancy on our board or as an addition to the existing board. Our directors are not automatically subject to a term of office and hold office until such time as they are removed from office by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. In addition, a director will cease to be a director if he (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing; (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from meetings of our board for three consecutive meetings and our board resolves that his office be vacated; or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provision of our articles of association.

        Our officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, and may be removed by our board of directors.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

        We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct. If the executive officer otherwise fails to perform agreed duties, we may terminate employment upon one-week to 30-day advance written notice. We may also terminate an executive officer's employment upon mutual agreement or 30-day advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we will provide severance payments to the executive officer as expressly required by applicable law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based. Our executive officer may resign at any time upon mutual agreement or 30-day advance written notice.

        Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information or trade secrets, any confidential information or trade secrets of our clients or prospective clients, or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations. The executive officers have also agreed to disclose in confidence to us all information with economic value, including but not limited to inventions, works and software, which they conceive, develop or reduce to practice during the executive officer's employment with us and one year following the last date of employment, and to assign all right, title and interest in them to us, and assist us in obtaining and enforcing patents, copyrights and other legal rights for information with economic value.

173


Table of Contents

        In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and under certain circumstances, for certain additional periods as we shall determine upon the termination of the employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) assume employment with or provide services to any of our competitors, whether as full-time or part-time, or engage in, whether as principal, partner, shareholder or otherwise, any business competing with us; or (ii) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us on or after the date of the executive officer's termination, or in the year preceding such termination.

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we may agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

        In December 31, 2018, we paid an aggregate of approximately RMB23.4 million (US$3.3 million) in cash to our directors and senior officers. Our PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee's salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, employment injury insurance, maternity insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

Share Incentive Plan

        We adopted a share incentive plan in November 2017, which was amended and restated in September 2019, or the 2019 Plan. The purpose of the 2019 Plan is to enhance our ability to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals and to encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of us. The maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares that can be issued under the 2019 Plan is 66,171,600, which are indirectly held by Xin Ding Heng Limited, the administrator of our Share Option Plan, through Sen Rong Limited. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 26,592,550 ordinary shares underlying the outstanding grants under the 2019 Plan.

        The following is a summary of the principal terms of the 2019 Plan.

        Type of Awards.    The 2019 Plan permits the award of options, performance share units or any other types of share-based awards to purchase our ordinary shares.

        Award Agreement.    Awards granted under the 2019 Plan are evidenced by an award agreement that sets forth terms, conditions and limitations for each award, which may include the term of the award, the provisions applicable in the event of the grantee's employment or service terminates, and our authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind the award.

        Eligible participants.    Our employees or any other individual as determined by the plan administrator, in its sole discretion, is eligible to participate in the 2019 Plan.

        Exercise of Options.    Vested options will become exercisable after twelve months after an initial public offering of our ordinary shares. Once all the preconditions are met, a participant may exercise options in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to us specifying information such as the number of shares to be purchased, as well as making full payment of the aggregate exercise price of the shares so purchased.

        Vesting schedule.    Except as otherwise approved by the board of directors and subject to forfeiture and arrangement on termination of employment or service, awards granted will be vested in four years and up to 25% of the awards will become vested in any given year, provided that the vesting of performance share units shall be further subject to the termination of the lock-up period of the initial public offering of

174


Table of Contents

our ordinary shares. The number of awards vested each year is subject to adjustment based on performance index of the grantee determined by the board of directors each year. For the first three vestings, any unvested portion of awards due to adjustment of performance index can be, and can only be, carried over to the next vesting. For the fourth vesting, any unvested portion due to adjustment of performance index will be forfeited. In addition, if the grantee's performance index ranks within the last 10% of the team he/she belongs to in a certain year, all awards that can be vested in that year will be forfeited.

        Administration.    The 2019 Plan is administered by our board of directors, or any director, committee or person designated by our board, including but not limited to Xing Ding Heng Limited.

        Lapse of awards.    An award issued under the 2019 Plan shall lapse automatically under certain circumstances, including but not limited to, the expiration of awards period, termination of employment for cause, operation of competing business with us during employment and within three years after termination of employment, and the tenth anniversary of the grant date of such award.

        Amendment and termination.    Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2019 Plan.

        Transfer restrictions.    An option is personal to the grantee and may not be assigned or transferred.

        The following table summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the awards issued under the 2019 Plan to our directors, executive officers and other grantees.

Name
  Ordinary Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options/Restricted
Share
Units Awarded
  Exercise Price
(RMB/Share)
  Date of Grant   Date of
Expiration

Wangchun Ye

    *   1.33   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

    *   2.00   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

Rong Chen

    *   2.00   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

Han Qiu

    *   1.33   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

    *   2.00   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

Yuxiang Huang

    *   1.33   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

    *   2.00   November 7, 2017   November 6, 2027

Runzhong Huang

    *   52.00   June 1, 2019   May 31, 2029

Other grantees

    23,432,550   From 1.33 to 52.00   From November 7, 2017
to June 1, 2019
  From November 6, 2027
to May 31, 2029

    * (1) NA   September 10, 2019   September 9, 2029

*
Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.

(1)
Restricted share units.

175


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares on an as-converted basis as of the date of this prospectus by:

        The calculations in the table below are based on 1,001,748,500 ordinary shares on a an as-converted basis outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and                        ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date of this prospectus, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 
  Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to This Offering
  Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Immediately
After This
Offering
 
  Number   %   Number   %

Directors and Executive Officers*:

                   

Wangchun Ye

               

Rong Chen

               

Sin Yin Tan

               

Rui Li

               

Wenwei Dou

               

Min Zhu

               

Qi Liang

               

Yaolin Zhang

               

Tianruo Pu

               

Han Qiu

               

Yuxiang Huang

               

Runzhong Huang

               

Lo Wei Jye Jacky

               

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

               

Principal Shareholders:

   
 
   
 
 

 

 

 

Sen Rong Limited(1)

    501,300,000     50.0 %      

Bo Yu Limited(2)

    398,700,000     39.8 %      

SBI StellarS and its affiliated entities(3)

    61,333,332     6.1 %      

*
Except as otherwise indicated below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is 55F, Ping An Financial Center, No. 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People's Republic of China.

For each person and group included in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of the total number of shares outstanding and the number of shares such person or group has the right to acquire upon exercise of an option, warrant or other right within 60 days after the date of this prospectus. The total number of ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus is 1,001,748,500. The total number of ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering will be                    , including                    ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering in the form of ADSs.

176


Table of Contents

(1)
The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 501,300,000 ordinary shares held of record by Sen Rong Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. The registered business address of Sen Rong Limited is at the office of Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Xin Ding Heng Limited, Yi Chuan Jin Limited and Rong Chang Limited, each incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, holds 13.2%, 39.9% and 47.0% of the shares of Sen Rong Limited, respectively. The registered business address of Xin Ding Heng Limited is at the office of Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. The registered business address of Yi Chuan Jin Limited is at the office of Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. The registered business address of Rong Chang Limited is at the office of Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

Xin Ding Heng Limited is the administrator of our Share Option Plan, and implements our board's decision with respect to our Share Option Plan. Xin Ding Heng Limited, through Sen Rong Limited, indirectly holds 66,171,600 of our ordinary shares, which represent the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares that can be issued under our Share Option Plan. Sen Rong Limited, Yi Chuan Jin Limited, and Rong Chang Limited have agreed that Sen Rong Limited will follow Xin Ding Heng Limited's instruction when a Share Option Plan participant exercises share awards, to either (i) transfer the ordinary shares under our Share Option Plan to relevant participant or (ii) sell these ordinary shares on behalf of such participant. Sen Rong Limited, Xin Ding Heng Limited, Yi Chuan Jin Limited and Rong Chang Limited agree to further discuss and agree on measures to resolve the potential dilutive impact on Yi Chuan Jin Limited and Rong Chang Limited's shareholding interest in our shares as a result of such transfer or sale. As a result of this arrangement, Xin Ding Heng Limited may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of 66,171,600 of our ordinary shares.

Xin Ding Heng Limited and Yi Chuan Jin Limited have executed an appointment letter pursuant to which they have agreed to act together with Rong Chang Limited for the purpose of exercising their shareholders' rights in Sen Rong Limited, and have appointed Rong Chang Limited as their proxy to attend and vote their shares in Sen Rong Limited's shareholders' meetings. As a result of this arrangement, Rong Chang Limited may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares held by Sen Rong Limited. Rong Chang Limited disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares it holds, except to the extent of its pecuniary interests therein. Rong Chang Limited is a company directly held by two individuals, Ms. Wenjun Wang and Mr. Wenwei Dou, who is our director and a senior attorney in Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., as nominee shareholders to hold the shares of Rong Chang Limited on behalf of certain senior employees of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and its subsidiaries or associates, or the RC Beneficiaries. The nominee shareholders act upon, and vote and pass shareholders' resolutions in relation to the matters of Rong Chang Limited in accordance with, instructions from a five-person management committee, or the RC Management Committee. The five members of the RC Management Committee, which consist of Jun Yao, Jianrong Xiao, Peng Gao, Wenwei Dou and Wenjun Wang, represent the RC Beneficiaries in making investment decisions for and supervise the management and operation of Rong Chang Limited. The five members of the RC Management Committee are employees of Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, and none of them is our employee. Except for Mr. Wenwei Dou, who is our director, none of the members of the RC Management Committee is our director or senior management. None of the members of the RC Management Committee is a director or senior management of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

(2)
The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents 398,700,000 ordinary shares held of record by Bo Yu Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Bo Yu Limited is ultimately wholly controlled by Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose shares are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. The registered business address of Bo Yu Limited is Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Each shareholder of Yi Chuan Jin Limited—Jie Li and Liang Xu, who are our employees—has granted an option to Bo Yu Limited to purchase up to 100% of his/her shares in Yi Chuan Jin Limited, or the Offshore Call Options. Yi Chuan Jin Limited holds 39.9% of the shares of Sen Rong Limited, which in turn beneficially owns 50.0% of our ordinary shares prior to this offering. Please refer to note (1) to our beneficial ownership table above. Each shareholder of Yi Chuan Jin Limited is entitled to his/her voting and other rights in Yi Chuan Jin Limited prior to Bo Yu Limited's exercise of the Offshore Call Options.

The shareholders of Yi Chuan Jin Limited also hold the entire equity interest in Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., or Shenzhen Lanxin, which is one of the nominee shareholders of one of our VIEs, Shenzhen OneConnect and holds 22.2% of the equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect. Each of them has granted an option to Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., the parent company of Bo Yu Limited, to purchase up to 100% of his equity interest in Shenzhen Lanxin or the Onshore Call Options, and together with the Offshore Call Options, the Call Options.

The Call Options are exercisable concurrently, in whole or in part, during the ten-year period beginning one year after the date of this offering, and such ten-year period may be extended by Bo Yu Limited by written notice.

The exercise price of the Offshore Call Options is calculated pursuant to a formula, which is based upon a predetermined value, as adjusted by (1) comparing the market price of our ADSs representing our ordinary shares to the price of our ordinary shares paid by our A-round investors and (2) dividends, distributions and certain dilutive events. Bo Yu Limited may only exercise the Offshore Call Options when the exercise price reflects an effective price for our ordinary shares that is at or below the 30 day average closing price immediately prior to the date of exercise. The exercise price of the Onshore Call Options is calculated

177


Table of Contents

    pursuant to a formula, which is based on a predetermined value of approximately RMB257.6 million plus an amount equal to approximately RMB345.9 million times 6.8% per annum, net of any amounts previously made in respect of such rate.

    The aggregate exercise price of the Call Options is expected to be substantially attributable to the exercise price of the Onshore Call Options.

(3)
The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned prior to this offering represents (i) 27,333,334 ordinary shares held of record by SBI Stellars Fintech Fund I LP, (ii) 1,999,998 ordinary shares held of record by SBI Stellars Fintech Fund II LP, and (iii) 32,000,000 ordinary shares held of record by SBI Stellars Fintech Fund III LP. SBI Stellars Fintech Fund I LP, SBI Stellars Fintech Fund II LP and SBI Stellars Fintech Fund III LP are controlled by StellarS Capital Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, which is ultimately controlled by Mr. Mao Zhang. SBI Stellars Fintech Fund I LP, SBI Stellars Fintech Fund II LP, and SBI Stellars Fintech Fund III LP are Cayman limited partnership, respectively. The registered business address of SBI Stellars Fintech Fund I LP, SBI Stellars Fintech Fund II LP and SBI Stellars Fintech Fund III LP is Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands. The registered business address of StellarS Capital Limited is the offices of Smeets Corporate Services Limited, Suite 2206, Cassia Court, 72 Market Street, Camana Bay, P.O. Box 30869, Grand Cayman KY1-1204.

        As of the date of this prospectus, none of our ordinary shares outstanding is held by any record holders in the United States.

        Except as described hereof, we are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

178


Table of Contents


RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements with Our Variable Interest Entities and Their Shareholders

        See "Corporate History and Structure—Contractual Arrangements with Our Variable Interest Entities."

Private Placements

        See "Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances."

Shareholders Agreement

        See "Description of Share Capital—Shareholders Agreement."

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

        See "Management—Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements."

Share Incentive Plans

        See "Management—Share Incentive Plans."

Transactions with Ping An Group and Its Associates

        In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we provided a series of products and services, primarily consisting of banking, investment and insurance related solutions, for RMB283.3 million, RMB712.6 million (US$99.7 million) and RMB688.3 million (US$96.3 million) to Ping An Group and certain of its associates, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and September 30, 2019, we had RMB12.4 million, RMB145.5 million (US$20.4 million) and RMB222.1 million (US$31.1 million) due from Ping An Group and certain of its associates, respectively.

        In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we purchased services, primarily consisting of technology support, customer acquisition service and human resource support, for RMB358.1 million, RMB675.8 million (US$94.5 million) and RMB391.5 million (US$54.8 million) from Ping An Group, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and September 30, 2019, we had RMB277.7 million, RMB308.7 million (US$43.2 million) and RMB192.5 million (US$26.9 million) due to Ping An Group in relation to the purchase of services.

        In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we received RMB22.6 million, RMB102.6 million (US$14.4 million) and RMB36.1 million (US$5.1 million) net gain from wealth management products issued by Ping An Group, respectively.

        In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred RMB46.8 million, RMB41.2 million (US$5.8 million) and RMB13.4 million (US$1.9 million) leasing expenses to Ping An Group, respectively.

        We extended entrusted loans totaling RMB200.0 million to one of Ping An Group's associates in 2017 with an interest rate of 5.90% per annum. We extended entrusted loans totaling RMB15.0 million to Ping An Group in 2018 with an interest rate of 6.30% per annum. In the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we extended two additional entrusted loans totaling RMB15.0 million to Ping An Group with interest rates of 5.00% and 10.67% per annum. In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we received RMB2.0 million, RMB193.2 thousand (US$27.0 thousand) and RMB417.0 thousand (US$58.3 thousand) interest income from Ping An Group and its associates in relation to these loans. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and September 30, 2019, we had zero, RMB15.0 million (US$2.1 million) and zero due from Ping An Group and its associates, respectively.

179


Table of Contents

        Ping An Group extended loans to us totaling RMB1,500.0 million, RMB4,196.3 million (US$587.1 million) and RMB2,300.0 million (US$321.8 million) in 2017, 2018 and the nine months ended September 30, 2019, respectively, bearing interest rates ranging from 4.55% to 7.30%. In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred interest expenses of RMB79.5 million, RMB139.2 million (US$19.5 million) and RMB64.5 million (US$9.0 million) to Ping An Group in relation to these loans. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and September 30, 2019, we had RMB1,502.2 million, RMB3,072.8 million (US$429.9 million) and RMB1,210.9 million (US$169.4 million) due to Ping An Group, respectively, representing the balance of the short-term loans Ping An Group lent to us and outstanding interest payable on the loans.

        In 2017, 2018 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2019, we received RMB2.0 million, RMB117.2 million (US$16.4 million) and RMB58.4 million (US$8.2 million) interest income from our deposit in Ping An Group. As of December 31, 2017, 2018 and September 30, 2019, we had RMB758.4 million, RMB4,317.4 million (US$604.0 million) and RMB2,238.8 million (US$313.2 million) cash and restricted cash deposit in Ping An Group, consisting of bank deposit and guarantee deposit to secure our obligation under the loan facility granted by Ping An Group.

180


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

        We are a Cayman Islands company and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time, and the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the Companies Law below.

        As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares, par value of US$0.00001 each, all are ordinary shares. As of the date of this prospectus, 1,001,748,500 ordinary shares are issued and outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid.

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will have                        ordinary shares issued and outstanding. Our authorized share capital post-offering will be US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each. All of our ordinary shares issued and outstanding prior to the completion of the offering are and will be fully paid, and all of our ordinary shares to be issued in the offering will be issued as fully paid.

Our Post-Offering Memorandum and Articles

        We will adopt a third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace our current amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The following are summaries of material provisions of the post-offering memorandum and articles of association and of the Companies Law, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

Ordinary Shares

        General.    All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and transfer their ordinary shares.

        Dividends.    The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Our third amended and restated articles of association provide that dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our board of directors determine is no longer needed. Dividends may also be declared and paid out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.

        Voting Rights.    Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or a majority of the Directors or any one or more shareholders who together hold not less than ten percent of the votes attaching to the total issued voting shares of our company present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative. An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast at a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding ordinary shares at a meeting. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

        Transfer of Ordinary Shares.    Subject to the restrictions contained in our third amended and restated articles of association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the [NYSE/Nasdaq] or any other form approved by our board of directors.

181


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless:

        If our directors refuse to register a transfer, they shall, within two calendar months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

        The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of the [NYSE/Nasdaq], be suspended and the register of members closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register of members closed for more than 30 calendar days in any calendar year.

        Liquidation.    On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

        Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares.    Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 calendar days prior to the specified time of payment. The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

        Redemption of Ordinary Shares.    The Companies Law and our third amended and restated articles of association permit us to purchase our own shares. In accordance with our third amended and restated articles of association and provided the necessary shareholders or board approval have been obtained, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as may be determined by our board of directors.

        Variations of Rights of Shares.    All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to the shares of that class or the redemption or purchase of any shares of any class by the Company.

182


Table of Contents

General Meetings of Shareholders

        Shareholders' meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors or our chairman. Advance notice of at least seven calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders' meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for and throughout a meeting of shareholders consists of at least one shareholder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a shareholder being a corporation) by its duly authorized representative representing not less than one-third of all voting power of our share capital in issue.

Inspection of Books and Records

        Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will in our articles provide our shareholders with the right to inspect our list of shareholders and to receive annual audited financial statements. See "Where You Can Find Additional Information."

Changes in Capital

        We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

        We may by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Companies Law, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

Exempted Company

        We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the Companies Law. The Companies Law in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

183


Table of Contents

        "Limited liability" means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company. Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. We currently intend to follow home country practices and rely on certain exemptions in lieu of the [NYSE/Nasdaq] rules. [The [NYSE/Nasdaq] rules require that every company listed on the [NYSE/Nasdaq] hold an annual general meeting of shareholders.] In addition, our third amended and restated articles of association allow directors to call special meeting of shareholders pursuant to the procedures set forth in our articles.

Differences in Corporate Law

        The Companies Law is modelled after that of England and Wales but does not follow recent statutory enactments in England. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

        A merger of two or more constituent companies under Cayman Islands law requires a plan of merger or consolidation to be approved by the directors of each constituent company and authorization by a special resolution of the members of each constituent company.

        A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

        The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

        Save in certain circumstances, a dissentient shareholder of a Cayman constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting to a merger or consolidation. The exercise of appraisal rights will preclude the exercise of any other rights save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

        In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

184


Table of Contents

        When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

        If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders' Suits

        In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

        Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty or fraud which may attach to such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and senior executive officers that will provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

185


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association

        Some provisions of our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preferred shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.

        However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Directors' Fiduciary Duties

        Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

        As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Our third amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders may not approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing

186


Table of Contents

documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

        The Companies Law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company's articles of association. Our third amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding in aggregate no less than one-third of all votes of the issued and outstanding shares of our company which are entitled to vote at general meetings to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our board is obliged to convene an extraordinary general meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned for vote at such meeting. Other than this right to requisition a general meeting, our third amended and restated articles of association do not provide our shareholders with any other right to put proposals before annual general meetings or any extraordinary general meeting not requisitioned by such shareholders. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders' annual general meetings.

Cumulative Voting

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation's certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder's voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our third amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our third amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed by an ordinary resolution of shareholders.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

        The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an "interested shareholder" for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target's outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target's board of directors.

        Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

187


Table of Contents

Dissolution; Winding Up

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation's outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

        Under the Companies Law and our third amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by the vote of holders of two-thirds of our shares voting at a meeting

Variation of Rights of Shares

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our third amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation's governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of shareholders.

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

        There are no limitations imposed by our second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Directors' Power to Issue Shares

        Subject to applicable law, our board of directors is empowered to issue or allot shares or grant options and warrants with or without preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or restrictions.

History of Securities Issuances

        The following is a summary of our securities issuances in the past three years.

Ordinary Shares

        In October 30, 2017, we issued one ordinary share to the initial subscriber and this one ordinary share was transferred to Bo Yu Limited on the same day.

188


Table of Contents

        In December 2017, we issued 398,699,999 ordinary shares to Bo Yu Limited and 501,300,000 ordinary shares to Sen Rong Limited, respectively, in connection with our corporate restructuring to mirror the then-shareholding structure in Shenzhen OneConnect.

        In January and April 2018, we issued an aggregate of 99,999,999 ordinary shares to our A-round investors, namely, FinTech Business Innovation LPS, SBI Holdings, Inc., SBI Stellars Fintech Fund I LP, SBI Stellars Fintech Fund II LP, SBI Stellars Fintech Fund III LP, Jumbo Sheen Fintech Investment Co., Ltd., Oceanwide Financial Technology Co., Ltd., BOCOMI Hermitage Global Fintech Fund LP, Fangyuan Investment Management Limited, Huateng Fintech Co., Ltd., Bloom Vast Limited and SVF FAX SUBCO (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD., for a total consideration of US$750.0 million.

        In March 2019, National Dream Limited, an offshore company set up by the selling shareholder of Vantage Point Technology, subscribed for 1,748,501 ordinary shares from us for a total subscription price of US$13.1 million; a portion of the subscription price was paid using the consideration we paid to them for our acquisition of Vantage Point Technology.

        In June 2019, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology acquired an 80% equity interest in Beijing BER. Blossom View Limited and Gold Planning Limited, which are the offshore entities designated by certain selling shareholders of Beijing BER, have entered into agreements with us in September 2019 to subscribe for our ordinary shares at a subscription price of US$7.5 per share for a total subscription price of the U.S dollar equivalent of RMB44 million, a portion of the subscription price will be paid using the proceeds from the Beijing BER acquisition. We and certain selling shareholders of Beijing BER have also agreed upon certain value adjustment mechanism. Pursuant to such mechanism, the ordinary shares that will be issued to Gold Planning Limited, which accounted for 20% of the ordinary shares that will be issued to Blossom View Limited and Gold Planning Limited in aggregation, will be pledged to the party designated by us upon issuance. If Beijing BER fails to meet certain revenue goal within three years from July 1, 2019, we are entitled to repurchase at nominal price certain number of those pledged ordinary shares based on a formula, or in lieu thereof, receive the proceeds from any sale of those ordinary shares by Beijing BER.

        On August 30, 2019, we acquired 100% of the shares of View Foundation. In consideration of the acquisition, we shall pay RMB276.7 million in installments to the selling shareholder of View Foundation, Chau Jessica Tsz Wa, and the nominee shareholders of View Foundation's consolidated subsidiary that hold an aggregate of 98.9% equity interest in Shenzhen CA. RMB124.4 million of such consideration has already been paid as of the date of this prospectus. Upon our payment of an additional RMB104.3 million of such consideration, View Foundation's selling shareholder shall apply the U.S. dollar equivalent of RMB66.6 million from the proceeds to subscribe for a certain number of our shares at a subscription price of US$7.5 per share, subject to customary closing conditions, including compliance with warranties and government registration. The share subscription will be pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act and the closing of the share subscription is not conditioned upon the completion of this offering. If the relevant regulatory authority issues any objection to the reports regarding the changes of beneficial ownership or equity structure of Shenzhen CA in connection with our acquisition of View Foundation within a specified period after the written reports for these changes are submitted, we may unwind the acquisition of View Foundation and the issuance of our shares to View Foundation's selling shareholder.

Share Options

        We have granted options to purchase our ordinary shares to certain of our directors, executive officers and employees. See "Management—Share Incentive Plan."

Shareholders Agreement

        We entered into a shareholders agreement with our shareholders in April 2018. This shareholders agreement provided for certain shareholders rights, including board appointment rights pursuant to which Sen Rong Limited can appoint or nominate five directors to our board, Bo Yu Limited can appoint or

189


Table of Contents

nominate four directors to our board, and subject to certain minimum holding requirement, SBI Holdings, Inc. can appoint or nominate one director to our board. As of the date of this prospectus, among our directors, Wangchun Ye, Rong Chen and Wenwei Dou were nominated by Sen Rong Limited, Sin Yin Tan and Rui Li were nominated by Bo Yu Limited, and Min Zhu was nominated by SBI Holdings, Inc. Except for customary registration rights as described below, all shareholders rights under the shareholders agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

        We entered into a registration rights agreement on October 17, 2019 with our shareholders to specify the customary registration rights under the shareholders agreement dated April 2018.

        Under the registration rights agreement, we have granted certain registration rights to our shareholders. Such registration rights would terminate upon the earlier of the date on which (i) all registrable securities held by the holders may be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or (ii) 5 years following the consummation of this offering.

        Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under the agreement.

        Demand Registration Rights.    At or after the termination of lock-up period of the IPO or other similar contractual restriction on the sale of registrable securities, holder(s) together holding at least thirty percent (30%) of the outstanding registrable securities may request in writing that we effect a registration with the SEC (i) on Form F-1, or (ii) on Form F-3, if applicable. Upon receipt of such a request, we shall file promptly with the SEC such registration statement relating to such demand registration, and use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective. However, we should not be obligated to take any action to effect any underwritten offering for demand registration unless holders propose to sell registrable securities in such underwritten offering having a reasonably anticipated net aggregate price of at least US$1.0 million, after deduction of underwriting commission and offering expenses. We shall be obligated to effect no more than two (2) F-1 registration statements that have been declared and ordered effective. We shall be obligated to effect no more than three (3) shelf take-downs pursuant to F-3 registration statements that have been declared and ordered effective. In the event of any cutback of an underwritten demand registration offering, the securities to be included in such demand registration shall be allocated among all holders that have requested to participate in such demand registration, in proportion to the amount of our registrable securities held by each holder, and provided that if the reduction reduces the total amount of registrable securities included in such underwriting to less than thirty percent (30%) of the registrable securities initially requested, such offering shall not be counted as a demand registration for purpose of the two (2) F-1 demand registration limit.

        Piggyback Registration Rights.    At or after the termination of lock-up period of the IPO or other similar contractual restriction on the sale of registrable securities, if we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering for our own account or for the account of any other persons, we must afford holders of registrable securities an opportunity to include in that registration all or any part of their registrable securities then held. There shall be no limit on the number of times the holders may request registration of registrable securities pursuant to such piggyback registration rights.

        Right of Deferral.    We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for up to one hundred and twenty (120) days for a F-1 registration or ninety (90) days for a F-3 registration if the filing of a registration statement would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders, but we cannot exercise this right and/or the deferral right more than twice in any 12-month period for a F-1 registration and more than twice in any 12-month period for a F-3 registration.

        Expenses of Registration.    We will pay all expenses incurred by us in complying with any demand registration or piggyback registration. We are not obligated to pay any underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of a holder's registrable securities or any fees and expenses of any counsel representing holders of registrable securities.

190


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Receipts

        JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan"), as depositary, will issue the ADSs which you will be entitled to receive in this offering. Each ADS will represent an ownership interest in a designated number of shares which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent of the depositary, under the deposit agreement among ourselves, the depositary, yourself as an ADR holder and all other ADR holders, and all beneficial owners of an interest in the ADSs evidenced by ADRs from time to time.

        The depositary's office is located at 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, NY 10179.

        The ADS to share ratio is subject to amendment as provided in the form of ADR (which may give rise to fees contemplated by the form of ADR). In the future, each ADS will also represent any securities, cash or other property deposited with the depositary but which they have not distributed directly to you.

        A beneficial owner is any person or entity having a beneficial ownership interest ADSs. A beneficial owner need not be the holder of the ADR evidencing such ADS. If a beneficial owner of ADSs is not an ADR holder, it must rely on the holder of the ADR(s) evidencing such ADSs in order to assert any rights or receive any benefits under the deposit agreement. A beneficial owner shall only be able to exercise any right or receive any benefit under the deposit agreement solely through the holder of the ADR(s) evidencing the ADSs owned by such beneficial owner. The arrangements between a beneficial owner of ADSs and the holder of the corresponding ADRs may affect the beneficial owner's ability to exercise any rights it may have.

        An ADR holder shall be deemed to have all requisite authority to act on behalf of any and all beneficial owners of the ADSs evidenced by the ADRs registered in such ADR holder's name for all purposes under the deposit agreement and ADRs. The depositary's only notification obligations under the deposit agreement and the ADRs is to registered ADR holders. Notice to an ADR holder shall be deemed, for all purposes of the deposit agreement and the ADRs, to constitute notice to any and all beneficial owners of the ADSs evidenced by such ADR holder's ADRs.

        Unless certificated ADRs are specifically requested, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in book-entry form and periodic statements will be mailed to you which reflect your ownership interest in such ADSs. In our description, references to American depositary receipts or ADRs shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your ownership of ADSs.

        You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, by having an ADS registered in your name on the books of the depositary, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution to assert the rights of an ADR holder described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

        As an ADR holder or beneficial owner, we will not treat you as a shareholder of ours and you will not have any shareholder rights. Cayman Island law governs shareholder rights. Because the depositary or its nominee will be the shareholder of record for the shares represented by all outstanding ADSs, shareholder rights rest with such record holder. Your rights are those of an ADR holder or of a beneficial owner. Such rights derive from the terms of the deposit agreement to be entered into among us, the depositary and all holders and beneficial owners from time to time of ADRs issued under the deposit agreement and, in the case of a beneficial owner, from the arrangements between the beneficial owner and the holder of the corresponding ADRs. The obligations of the depositary and its agents are also set out in the deposit agreement. Because the depositary or its nominee will actually be the registered owner of the shares, you must rely on it to exercise the rights of a shareholder on your behalf.

191


Table of Contents

        The following is a summary of what we believe to be the material terms of the deposit agreement. Notwithstanding this, because it is a summary, it may not contain all the information that you may otherwise deem important. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR which contains the terms of your ADSs. You can read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC's Public Reference Room which is located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. You may also find the registration statement and the attached deposit agreement on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

        We may make various types of distributions with respect to our securities. The depositary has agreed that, to the extent practicable, it will pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after converting any cash received into U.S. dollars (if it determines such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis) and, in all cases, making any necessary deductions provided for in the deposit agreement. The depositary may utilize a division, branch or affiliate of JPMorgan to direct, manage and/or execute any public and/or private sale of securities under the deposit agreement. Such division, branch and/or affiliate may charge the depositary a fee in connection with such sales, which fee is considered an expense of the depositary. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of underlying securities that your ADSs represent.

        Except as stated below, the depositary will deliver such distributions to ADR holders in proportion to their interests in the following manner:

192


Table of Contents

        If the depositary determines in its discretion that any distribution described above is not practicable with respect to any specific registered ADR holder, the depositary may choose any method of distribution that it deems practicable for such ADR holder, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or it may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing them, on behalf of the ADR holder as deposited securities, in which case the ADSs will also represent the retained items.

        Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents. Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the depositary in accordance with its then current practices.

        The depositary is not responsible if it fails to determine that any distribution or action is lawful or reasonably practicable.

        There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within a specified time period. All purchases and sales of securities will be handled by the depositary in accordance with its then current policies, which are currently set forth in the "Depositary Receipt Sale and Purchase of Security" section of https://www.adr.com/Investors/FindOutAboutDRs, the location and contents of which the depositary shall be solely responsible for.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

        The depositary will issue ADSs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian and pay the fees and expenses owing to the depositary in connection with such issuance. In the case of the ADSs to be issued under this prospectus, we will arrange with the underwriters named herein to deposit such shares.

        Shares deposited in the future with the custodian must be accompanied by certain delivery documentation and shall, at the time of such deposit, be registered in the name of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary for the benefit of holders of ADRs or in such other name as the depositary shall direct.

        The custodian will hold all deposited shares (including those being deposited by or on our behalf in connection with the offering to which this prospectus relates) for the account and to the order of the depositary, in each case for the benefit of ADR holders. ADR holders and beneficial owners thus have no direct ownership interest in the shares and only have such rights as are contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold any additional securities, property and cash received on or in substitution for the deposited shares. The deposited shares and any such additional items are referred to as "deposited securities".

        Deposited securities are not intended to, and shall not, constitute proprietary assets of the depositary, the custodian or their nominees. Beneficial ownership in deposited securities is intended to be, and shall at all times during the term of the deposit agreement continue to be, vested in the beneficial owners of the ADSs representing such deposited securities. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, in the deposit agreement, in the form of ADR and/or in any outstanding ADSs, the depositary, the custodian and

193


Table of Contents

their respective nominees are intended to be, and shall at all times during the term of the deposit agreement be, the record holder(s) only of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs for the benefit of the ADR holders. The depositary, on its own behalf and on behalf of the custodian and their respective nominees, disclaims any beneficial ownership interest in the deposited securities held on behalf of the ADR holders.

        Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing, the depositary will issue an ADR or ADRs in the name or upon the order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of ADSs to which such person is entitled. All of the ADSs issued will, unless specifically requested to the contrary, be part of the depositary's direct registration system, and a registered holder will receive periodic statements from the depositary which will show the number of ADSs registered in such holder's name. An ADR holder can request that the ADSs not be held through the depositary's direct registration system and that a certificated ADR be issued.

        When you turn in your ADR certificate at the depositary's office, or when you provide proper instructions and documentation in the case of direct registration ADSs, the depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees, charges and taxes, deliver the underlying shares to you or upon your written order. Delivery of deposited securities in certificated form will be made at the custodian's office. At your risk, expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited securities at such other place as you may request.

        The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited securities in connection with:

        This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Record Dates

        The depositary may, after consultation with us if practicable, fix record dates (which, to the extent applicable, shall be as near as practicable to any corresponding record dates set by us) for the determination of the registered ADR holders who will be entitled (or obligated, as the case may be):

Voting Rights

        If you are an ADR holder and the depositary asks you to provide it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your ADSs. As soon

194


Table of Contents

as practicable after receipt from us of notice of any meeting at which the holders of shares are entitled to vote, or of our solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of shares, the depositary shall fix the ADS record date in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, provided that if the depositary receives a written request from us in a timely manner and at least 30 days prior to the date of such vote or meeting, the depositary shall, at our expense, distribute to the registered ADR holders a "voting notice" stating (i) final information particular to such vote and meeting and any solicitation materials, (ii) that each ADR holder on the record date set by the depositary will, subject to any applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law, be entitled to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADR holder's ADRs and (iii) the manner in which such instructions may be given, or deemed to be given pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, including instructions for giving a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. Each ADR holder shall be solely responsible for the forwarding of voting notices to the beneficial owners of ADSs registered in such ADR holder's name. There is no guarantee that ADR holders and beneficial owners generally or any holder or beneficial owner in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable such ADR holder or beneficial owner to return any voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner.

        Following actual receipt by the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting of ADR holders' instructions (including, without limitation, instructions of any entity or entities acting on behalf of the nominee for DTC), the depositary shall, in the manner and on or before the time established by the depositary for such purpose, endeavor to vote or cause to be voted the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADR holders' ADRs in accordance with such instructions insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing deposited securities.

        To the extent that (A) we have provided the depositary with at least 35 days' notice of the proposed meeting, (B) the voting notice will be received by all ADR holders and beneficial owners no less than 10 days prior to the date of the meeting and/or the cut-off date for the solicitation of consents, and (C) the depositary does not receive instructions on a particular agenda item from an ADR holder (including, without limitation, any entity or entities acting on behalf of the nominee for DTC) in a timely manner, such ADR holder shall be deemed, and in the deposit agreement the depositary is instructed to deem such ADR holder, to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy for such agenda item(s) to a person designated by us to vote the deposited securities represented by the ADSs for which actual instructions were not so given by all such ADR holders on such agenda item(s), provided that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no discretionary proxy shall be given unless (1) we inform the depositary in writing (and we agree to provide the depositary with such instruction promptly in writing) that (a) we wish such proxy to be given with respect to such agenda item(s), (b) there is no substantial opposition existing with respect to such agenda item(s) and (c) such agenda item(s), if approved, would not materially or adversely affect the rights of holders of shares, and (2) the depositary has obtained an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the depositary, confirming that (i) the granting of such discretionary proxy does not subject the depositary to any reporting obligations in the Cayman Islands, (ii) the granting of such proxy will not result in a violation of the laws, rules, regulations or permits of the Cayman Islands, (iii) the voting arrangement and deemed instruction as contemplated herein will be given effect under the laws, rules and regulations of the Cayman Islands, and (iv) the granting of such discretionary proxy will not under any circumstances result in the shares represented by the ADSs being treated as assets of the depositary under the laws, rules or regulations of the Cayman Islands.

        The depositary may from time to time access information available to it to consider whether any of the circumstances described above exist, or request additional information from us in respect thereto. By taking any such action, the depositary shall not in any way be deemed or inferred to have been required, or have had any duty or responsibility (contractual or otherwise), to monitor or inquire whether any of the circumstances described above existed. In addition to the limitations provided for in the deposit agreement, ADR holders and beneficial owners are advised and agree that (a) the depositary will rely fully

195


Table of Contents

and exclusively on us to inform it of any of the circumstances set forth above, and (b) neither the depositary, the custodian nor any of their respective agents shall be obliged to inquire or investigate whether any of the circumstances described above exist and/or whether we complied with our obligation to timely inform the depositary of such circumstances. Neither the depositary, the custodian nor any of their respective agents shall incur any liability to ADR holders or beneficial owners (i) as a result of our failure to determine that any of the circumstances described above exist or our failure to timely notify the depositary of any such circumstances or (ii) if any agenda item which is approved at a meeting has, or is claimed to have, a material or adverse effect on the rights of holders of shares. Because there is no guarantee that ADR holders and beneficial owners will receive the notices described above with sufficient time to enable such ADR holders or beneficial owners to return any voting instructions to the depositary in a timely manner, ADR holders and beneficial owners may be deemed to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us in such circumstances, and neither the depositary, the custodian nor any of their respective agents shall incur any liability to ADR holders or beneficial owners in such circumstances.

        ADR holders are strongly encouraged to forward their voting instructions to the depositary as soon as possible. For instructions to be valid, the ADR department of the depositary that is responsible for proxies and voting must receive them in the manner and on or before the time specified, notwithstanding that such instructions may have been physically received by the depositary prior to such time. The depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of deposited securities. The depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which any voting instructions are given or deemed to be given in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us, for the manner in which any vote is cast, including, without limitation, any vote cast by a person to whom the depositary is instructed to grant a discretionary proxy (or deemed to have been instructed pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement), or for the effect of any such vote. Notwithstanding anything contained in the deposit agreement or any ADR, the depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by any law, regulation, or requirement of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the depositary in connection with any meeting of or solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of deposited securities, distribute to the registered holders of ADRs a notice that provides such ADR holders with or otherwise publicizes to such ADR holders instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials).

        We have advised the depositary that under Cayman Islands law and our constituent documents, each as in effect as of the date of the deposit agreement, voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the results of the show of hands) demanded. In the event that voting on any resolution or matter is conducted on a show of hands basis in accordance with our constituent documents, the depositary will refrain from voting and the voting instructions received by the depositary from ADR holders shall lapse. The depositary will not demand a poll or join in demanding a poll, whether or not requested to do so by ADR holders or beneficial owners. There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

Reports and Other Communications

        The depositary will make available for inspection by ADR holders at the offices of the depositary and the custodian the deposit agreement, the provisions of or governing deposited securities, and any written communications from us which are both received by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited securities and made generally available to the holders of deposited securities.

196


Table of Contents

        Additionally, if we make any written communications generally available to holders of our shares, and we furnish copies thereof (or English translations or summaries) to the depositary, it will distribute the same to registered ADR holders.

Fees and Expenses

        The depositary may charge each person to whom ADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of shares, issuances in respect of share distributions, rights and other distributions, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or deposited securities, and each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities or whose ADRs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered, or upon which a share distribution or elective distribution is made or offered, as the case may be. The depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of a share distribution, rights and/or other distribution prior to such deposit to pay such charge.

        The following additional charges shall also be incurred by the ADR holders, the beneficial owners, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any party surrendering ADSs and/or to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or an exchange of stock regarding the ADSs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADSs), whichever is applicable:

197


Table of Contents

        To facilitate the administration of various depositary receipt transactions, including disbursement of dividends or other cash distributions and other corporate actions, the depositary may engage the foreign exchange desk within JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the "Bank") and/or its affiliates in order to enter into spot foreign exchange transactions to convert foreign currency into U.S. dollars. For certain currencies, foreign exchange transactions are entered into with the Bank or an affiliate, as the case may be, acting in a principal capacity. For other currencies, foreign exchange transactions are routed directly to and managed by an unaffiliated local custodian (or other third party local liquidity provider), and neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates is a party to such foreign exchange transactions.

        The foreign exchange rate applied to an foreign exchange transaction will be either (a) a published benchmark rate, or (b) a rate determined by a third party local liquidity provider, in each case plus or minus a spread, as applicable. The depositary will disclose which foreign exchange rate and spread, if any, apply to such currency on the "Disclosure" page (or successor page) of www.adr.com. Such applicable foreign exchange rate and spread may (and neither the depositary, the Bank nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to ensure that such rate does not) differ from rates and spreads at which comparable transactions are entered into with other customers or the range of foreign exchange rates and spreads at which the Bank or any of its affiliates enters into foreign exchange transactions in the relevant currency pair on the date of the foreign exchange transaction. Additionally, the timing of execution of an foreign exchange transaction varies according to local market dynamics, which may include regulatory requirements, market hours and liquidity in the foreign exchange market or other factors. Furthermore, the Bank and its affiliates may manage the associated risks of their position in the market in a manner they deem appropriate without regard to the impact of such activities on the depositary, us, holders or beneficial owners. The spread applied does not reflect any gains or losses that may be earned or incurred by the Bank and its affiliates as a result of risk management or other hedging related activity.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent we provide U.S. dollars to the depositary, neither the Bank nor any of its affiliates will execute a foreign exchange transaction as set forth herein. In such case, the depositary will distribute the U.S. dollars received from us.

        Further details relating to the applicable foreign exchange rate, the applicable spread and the execution of foreign exchange transactions will be provided by the depositary on ADR.com. Each holder and beneficial owner by holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, and we, each acknowledge and agree that the terms applicable to foreign exchange transactions disclosed from time to time on ADR.com will apply to any foreign exchange transaction executed pursuant to the deposit agreement.

        We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between us and the depositary.

        The right of the depositary to receive payment of fees, charges and expenses survives the termination of the deposit agreement, and shall extend for those fees, charges and expenses incurred prior to the effectiveness of any resignation or removal of the depositary.

        The fees and charges described above may be amended from time to time by agreement between us and the depositary.

        The depositary may make available to us a set amount or a portion of the depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary may

198


Table of Contents

agree from time to time. The depositary collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary will generally set off the amounts owing from distributions made to holders of ADSs. If, however, no distribution exists and payment owing is not timely received by the depositary, the depositary may refuse to provide any further services to ADR holders that have not paid those fees and expenses owing until such fees and expenses have been paid. At the discretion of the depositary, all fees and charges owing under the deposit agreement are due in advance and/or when declared owing by the depositary.

Payment of Taxes

        ADR holders or beneficial owners must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the custodian or the depositary on any ADS or ADR, deposited security or distribution. If any taxes or other governmental charges (including any penalties and/or interest) shall become payable by or on behalf of the custodian or the depositary with respect to any ADR, any deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby or any distribution thereon, including, without limitation, any Chinese Enterprise Income Tax owing if any law, regulation, circular, edict, order or ruling, as issued and as from time to time amended, is applied or otherwise, such tax or other governmental charge shall be paid by the ADR holder thereof to the depositary and by holding or owning, or having held or owned, an ADR or any ADSs evidenced thereby, the ADR holder and all beneficial owners thereof, and all prior ADR holders and beneficial owners thereof, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the depositary and its agents in respect of such tax or other governmental charge. Notwithstanding the depositary's right to seek payment from current and former beneficial owners, by holding or owning, or having held or owned, an ADR, the ADR holder thereof (and prior ADR holder thereof) acknowledges and agrees that the depositary has no obligation to seek payment of amounts owing from any current or former beneficial owner. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may (i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions, or (ii) sell deposited securities (by public or private sale) and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall. If any tax or governmental charge is unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited securities until such payment is made. If any tax or governmental charge is required to be withheld on any cash distribution, the depositary may deduct the amount required to be withheld from any cash distribution or, in the case of a non-cash distribution, sell the distributed property or securities (by public or private sale) in such amounts and in such manner as the depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes and distribute any remaining net proceeds or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes to the ADR holders entitled thereto.

        As an ADR holder or beneficial owner, you will be agreeing to indemnify us, the depositary, its custodian and any of our or their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

        If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities, including (i) any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities or (ii) any distributions of shares or other property not made to holders of ADRs or (iii) any recapitalization, reorganization,

199


Table of Contents

merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, then the depositary may choose to, and shall if reasonably requested by us:

        If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any of the cash, securities or other property it receives will constitute part of the deposited securities and each ADS will then represent a proportionate interest in such property.

Amendment and Termination

        We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. ADR holders must be given at least 30 days' notice of any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or otherwise prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders or beneficial owners. Such notice need not describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, but must identify to ADR holders and beneficial owners a means to access the text of such amendment. If an ADR holder continues to hold an ADR or ADRs after being so notified, such ADR holder and any beneficial owner are deemed to agree to such amendment and to be bound by the deposit agreement as so amended. No amendment, however, will impair your right to surrender your ADSs and receive the underlying securities, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

        Any amendments or supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by us and the depositary) in order for (a) the ADSs to be registered on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933 or (b) the ADSs or shares to be traded solely in electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or increase any fees or charges to be borne by ADR holders, shall be deemed not to prejudice any substantial rights of ADR holders or beneficial owners. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, we and the depositary may amend or supplement the deposit agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the deposit agreement in such circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to ADR holders or within any other period of time as required for compliance.

        Notice of any amendment to the deposit agreement or form of ADRs shall not need to describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, and failure to describe the specific amendments in any such notice shall not render such notice invalid, provided, however, that, in each such case, the notice given to the ADR holders identifies a means for ADR holders and beneficial owners to retrieve or receive the text of such amendment (i.e., upon retrieval from the SEC's, the depositary's or our website or upon request from the depositary).

        The depositary may, and shall at our written direction, terminate the deposit agreement and the ADRs by mailing notice of such termination to the registered holders of ADRs at least 30 days prior to the

200


Table of Contents

date fixed in such notice for such termination; provided, however, if the depositary shall have (i) resigned as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to registered ADR holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the deposit agreement within 60 days of the date of such resignation, and (ii) been removed as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to registered holders of ADRs unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the deposit agreement on the 60th day after our notice of removal was first provided to the depositary.

        After the date so fixed for termination, (a) all direct registration ADRs shall cease to be eligible for the direct registration system and shall be considered ADRs issued on the ADR register maintained by the depositary and (b) the depositary shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible so that neither DTC nor any of its nominees shall thereafter be a registered holder of ADRs. At such time as the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible and/or neither DTC nor any of its nominees is a registered holder of ADRs, the depositary shall (a) instruct its custodian to deliver all shares to us along with a general stock power that refers to the names set forth on the ADR register maintained by the depositary and (b) provide us with a copy of the ADR register maintained by the depositary. Upon receipt of such shares and the ADR register maintained by the depositary, we have agreed to use our best efforts to issue to each registered ADR holder a Share certificate representing the Shares represented by the ADSs reflected on the ADR register maintained by the depositary in such registered ADR holder's name and to deliver such Share certificate to the registered ADR holder at the address set forth on the ADR register maintained by the depositary. After providing such instruction to the custodian and delivering a copy of the ADR register to us, the depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the deposit agreement or the ADRs and shall cease to have any obligations under the deposit agreement and/or the ADRs.

        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in connection with any such termination, the depositary may, in its sole discretion and without notice to us, establish an unsponsored American depositary share program (on such terms as the depositary may determine) for our shares and make available to ADR holders a means to withdraw the shares represented by the ADSs issued under the deposit agreement and to direct the deposit of such shares into such unsponsored American depositary share program, subject, in each case, to receipt by the depositary, at its discretion, of the fees, charges and expenses provided for under the deposit agreement and the fees, charges and expenses applicable to the unsponsored American depositary share program.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADR holders

        Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up, combination, or cancellation of any ADRs, or the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, and from time to time in the case of the production of proofs as described below, we or the depositary or its custodian may require:

201


Table of Contents

        The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of shares, the registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or the withdrawal of shares, may be suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR register or any register for deposited securities is closed or when any such action is deemed advisable by the depositary; provided that the ability to withdraw shares may only be limited under the following circumstances: (i) temporary delays caused by closing transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders' meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes, and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any laws or governmental regulations relating to ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.

        The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and liability of the depositary, ourselves and our respective agents, provided, however, that no disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any of the limitations of liabilities provisions of the deposit agreement. The deposit agreement provides that each of us, the depositary and our respective agents will:

202


Table of Contents

        Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs. We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs, which in our opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as may be required. The depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any registered holder or holders of ADRs, any ADRs or otherwise related to the deposit agreement or ADRs to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators. The depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system. Furthermore, the depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, the insolvency of any custodian that is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the deposit agreement or any ADRs, the depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the custodian except to the extent that any registered ADR holder has incurred liability directly as a result of the custodian having (i) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the custodian is located. The depositary and the custodian(s) may use third party delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as, but not limited to, pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions, class action litigation and other services in connection with the ADRs and the deposit agreement, and use local agents to provide services such as, but not limited to, attendance at any meetings of security holders of issuers. Although the depositary and the custodian will use reasonable care (and cause their agents to use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third party providers and local agents, they will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by them in providing the relevant information or services. The depositary shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any sale of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act nor shall it be responsible for any error or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such sale or proposed sale.

        The depositary has no obligation to inform ADR holders or beneficial owners about the requirements of the laws, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto of the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, the People's Republic of China, the United States or any other country or jurisdiction or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system.

        Additionally, none of us, the depositary or the custodian shall be liable for the failure by any registered holder of ADRs or beneficial owner therein to obtain the benefits of credits or refunds of non-U.S. tax paid against such ADR holder's or beneficial owner's income tax liability. The depositary is under no obligation to provide the ADR holders and beneficial owners, or any of them, with any information about our tax status. Neither we nor the depositary shall incur any liability for any tax or tax consequences that may be incurred by registered ADR holders or beneficial owners on account of their ownership or disposition of ADRs or ADSs.

        Neither the depositary nor its agents will be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which any voting instructions are given or deemed to be given pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us, for the manner in which any vote is cast, including, without limitation,

203


Table of Contents

any vote cast by a person to whom the depositary is instructed to grant a discretionary proxy (or deemed to have been instructed pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement), or for the effect of any such vote. The depositary may rely upon instructions from us or our counsel in respect of any approval or license required for any currency conversion, transfer or distribution. The depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of any information submitted to it by us or on our behalf for distribution to ADR holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the deposited securities, for the validity or worth of the deposited securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the deposit agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from us. The depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary. Neither the depositary nor any of its agents shall be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any person or entity (including, without limitation holders or beneficial owners of ADRs and ADSs), whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought.

        In the deposit agreement each party thereto (including, for avoidance of doubt, each ADR holder and beneficial owner) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding against the depositary and/or us directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the shares or other deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs, the deposit agreement or any transaction contemplated therein, or the breach thereof (whether based on contract, tort, common law or any other theory). No provision of the deposit agreement or the ADRs is intended to constitute a waiver or limitation of any rights which an ADR holder or any beneficial owner may have under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, to the extent applicable.

        The depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of our company and our affiliates and in ADRs.

Disclosure of Interest in ADSs

        To the extent that the provisions of or governing any deposited securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of, or interest in, deposited securities, other shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, you as ADR holders or beneficial owners agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any reasonable instructions we may provide in respect thereof. We reserve the right to instruct you to deliver your ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to permit us to deal with you directly as a holder of shares and, by holding an ADS or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to comply with such instructions.

Books of Depositary

        The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, which register shall include the depositary's direct registration system. Registered holders of ADRs may inspect such records at the depositary's office at all reasonable times, but solely for the purpose of communicating with other ADR holders in the interest of the business of our company or a matter relating to the deposit agreement. Such register may be closed at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by the depositary by given 10 days prior notice to the Company, or, in the case of the issuance book portion of the ADR Register, when reasonably requested by the Company solely in order to enable the Company to comply with applicable law.

        The depositary will maintain facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs.

204


Table of Contents

Appointment

        In the deposit agreement, each registered holder of ADRs and each beneficial owner, upon acceptance of any ADSs or ADRs (or any interest in any of them) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement will be deemed for all purposes to:

Governing Law

        The deposit agreement, the ADSs and the ADRs are governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York. In the deposit agreement, we have submitted to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and appointed an agent for service of process on our behalf. Any action based on the deposit agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated therein or thereby may also be instituted by the depositary against us in any competent court in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, the People's Republic of China, and/or the United States.

        Under the deposit agreement, by holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, ADR holders and beneficial owners each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving ADR holders or beneficial owners brought by us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated thereby, may be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, irrevocably waive any objection which you may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. By holding or owning an ADR or ADS or an interest therein, ADR holders and beneficial owners each also irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding

205


Table of Contents

against or involving the depositary brought by ADR holders or beneficial owners, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the depositary may, in its sole discretion, elect to institute any dispute, suit, action, controversy, claim or proceeding directly or indirectly based on, arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement, the ADSs, the ADRs or the transactions contemplated therein or thereby, including without limitation any question regarding its or their existence, validity, interpretation, performance or termination, against any other party or parties to the deposit agreement (including, without limitation, against ADR holders and beneficial owners of interests in ADSs), by having the matter referred to and finally resolved by an arbitration conducted under the terms described below, and (ii) the depositary may in its sole discretion require, by written notice to the relevant party or parties, that any dispute, suit, action, controversy, claim or proceeding against the depositary by any party or parties to the deposit agreement (including, without limitation, by ADR holders and beneficial owners of interests in ADSs) shall be referred to and finally settled by an arbitration conducted under the terms described below. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in the English language either in New York, New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association or in Hong Kong following the arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL).

Jury Trial Waiver

        In the deposit agreement, each party thereto (including, for the avoidance of doubt, each holder and beneficial owner of, and/or holder of interests in, ADSs or ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding against the depositary and/or us directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the shares or other deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs, the deposit agreement or any transaction contemplated therein, or the breach thereof (whether based on contract, tort, common law or any other theory), including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws.

        If we or the depositary were to oppose a jury trial demand based on such waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable state and federal law, including whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. The waiver to right to a jury trial in the deposit agreement is not intended to be deemed a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs of our or the depositary's compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

206


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have                        ADSs outstanding, representing approximately        % of our outstanding ordinary shares, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than by our "affiliates" without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs. We intend to apply to list the ADSs on the [NYSE/Nasdaq Global Market], but we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-up Agreements

        We have agreed, for a period of [180 days] after the date of this prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, lend or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our ordinary shares or ADSs or securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares or ADSs, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our ordinary shares, ADSs or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters.

        Furthermore, [each of our officers, directors and shareholders [and certain option holders]] has also entered into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of [180] days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our ordinary shares, ADSs and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares or ADSs. [These restrictions also apply to any ADSs acquired by our directors and executive officers in the offering pursuant to the directed share program, if any. These parties collectively own [all of] our outstanding ordinary shares, without giving effect to this offering.]

        The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended under certain circumstances. See "Underwriting."

        Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our ADSs or ordinary shares may dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares, or the availability of ADSs or ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.

Rule 144

        All of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, other than those ordinary shares sold in this offering, are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. In general, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours and has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months will be entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject only to the

207


Table of Contents

availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell a number of restricted securities within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of the following:

        Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell those ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Form S-8

        We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all ordinary shares which are either subject to outstanding equity incentive awards granted prior to this offering or that may be issued pursuant to equity awards which may be granted in future under our Share Option Plan. We expect to file the registration statement on Form S-8 as soon as practicable after the date of this prospectus. Shares registered on Form S-8 generally may be sold in the open market, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions or lock-up or other contractual restrictions.

208


Table of Contents


TAXATION

        The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state and local tax laws or under the tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, China and the United States.

Cayman Islands Taxation

        The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of, the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

        Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our ADSs or ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our ADSs or ordinary shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our ADSs or ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

        No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our ADSs or ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

PRC Taxation

        Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside China with a "de facto management body" within China is considered as a resident enterprise. The implementation rules define the term "de facto management body" as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Circular Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the "de facto management body" of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation's general position on how the "de facto management body" test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its "de facto management body" in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in China; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise's financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in China; (iii) the enterprise's primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in China; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in China. In 2011, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Administrative Measures for Enterprise Income Tax of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Resident Enterprises (Trial Version), or Bulletin No. 45, which further clarifies certain issues related to the determination of tax resident status and competent tax authorities. It also specifies that when provided with a copy of Recognition of Residential Status from a resident Chinese-

209


Table of Contents

controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise, a payer does not need to withhold income tax when paying certain PRC-sourced income such as dividends, interest and royalties to such Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise.

        We believe that OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. is not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group and we do not believe that OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. meets all of the conditions above. OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. is a company incorporated outside China and its records (including the minutes and resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained outside China. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term "de facto management body."

        If the PRC tax authorities determine that OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our ADSs. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within China. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and China in the event that OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. is treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—You may be subject to PRC income tax on dividends from us or on any gain realized on the transfer of our ADSs."

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

        The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations that are likely to be relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs by a U.S. Holder (as defined below).

        This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and regulations, rulings and judicial interpretations thereof, in force as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed at any time, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below.

        This summary is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular investor's decision to purchase, hold, or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs. In particular, this summary is directed only to U.S. Holders that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets and does not address all of the tax consequences to U.S. Holders who may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities electing to mark to market, financial institutions, insurance companies, tax exempt entities, partnerships (including any entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and the partners therein, holders that own or are treated as owning 10% or more of our shares (measured by vote or value), persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Moreover, this summary does not address state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, the Medicare contribution tax applicable to net investment income of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, or alternative minimum tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs.

210


Table of Contents

        For purposes of this summary, a "U.S. Holder" is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a citizen or individual resident of the United States or a U.S. domestic corporation or that otherwise is subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of such ordinary shares or ADSs.

        You should consult your own tax advisors about the consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs, including the relevance to your particular situation of the considerations discussed below and any consequences arising under non-U.S., state, local or other tax laws.

ADSs

        In general, if you are a U.S. Holder of ADSs, you will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by those ADSs.

Taxation of Dividends

        Subject to the discussion below under "Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules," the gross amount of any distribution of cash or property with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs (including amounts, if any, withheld in respect of PRC taxes) that is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will generally be includible in your taxable income as ordinary dividend income on the day on which you receive the dividend, in the case of ordinary shares, or the date the depositary receives the dividends, in the case of ADSs, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code.

        We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. U.S. Holders therefore should expect that distributions generally will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, the dividends received by a non-corporate U.S. Holder with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to taxation at a preferential rate if the dividends are "qualified dividends." Dividends paid on the ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as qualified dividends if:

        We will apply to list the ADSs on the [NYSE/NASDAQ Global Market], and the ADSs will qualify as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States so long as they are so listed. Based on our audited financial statements, the manner in which we conduct our business and relevant market data, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for U.S federal income tax purpose with respect to our prior taxable year. In addition, based on our audited financial statements, the manner in which we conduct our business, relevant market data and our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets and the sources and nature of our income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future.

        Because the ordinary shares are not themselves listed on a U.S. exchange, dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares that are not represented by ADSs may not be treated as qualified dividends. U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances.

        In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (see "Taxation—PRC Taxation"), a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on

211


Table of Contents

dividends paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares. In that case, we may, however, be eligible for the benefits of the Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People's Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the "Treaty"). If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by the ADSs, would be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described above (assuming we are not a PFIC in the year the dividend is paid or the prior year). Dividend distributions with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated as "passive category" income from sources outside the United States for purposes of determining a U.S. Holder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to the limitations and conditions provided in the Code and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, a U.S. Holder may be able to claim a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability in respect of any PRC income taxes withheld at the appropriate rate applicable to the U.S. Holder from a dividend paid to such U.S. Holder. Alternatively, the U.S. Holder may deduct such PRC income taxes from its U.S. federal taxable income, provided that the U.S. Holder elects to deduct rather than credit all foreign income taxes for the relevant taxable year. The rules with respect to foreign tax credits are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder's particular circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit or the deductibility of foreign taxes under their particular circumstances.

        U.S. Holders that receive distributions of additional ADSs or ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a pro rata distribution to all our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of the distributions.

Taxation of Dispositions of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

        Subject to the discussion below under "Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules," upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, U.S. Holders will realize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in the amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the ADS or ordinary shares have been held for more than one year. Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder generally is subject to taxation at a preferential rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

        Gain, if any, realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as U.S.-source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Consequently, if a PRC tax is imposed on the sale or other disposition, a U.S. Holder that does not receive significant foreign-source income from other sources may not be able to derive effective U.S. foreign tax credit benefits in respect of such PRC tax. However, in the event that gain from the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares is subject to tax in the PRC, and a U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, such U.S. Holder may elect to treat such gain as PRC-source gain under the Treaty. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the foreign tax credit rules to their investment in, and disposition of, the ADSs or ordinary shares.

        Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by U.S. Holders in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

        Special U.S. tax rules apply to companies that are considered to be PFICs. We will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either

212


Table of Contents

        For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person). If we own at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving our proportionate share of the other corporation's income. Although the law in this regard is not entirely clear, we treat our VIEs as being owned by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes because we control their management decisions and are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with them.

        Based on our audited financial statements, the manner in which we conduct our business, relevant market data and our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets and the sources and nature of our income, we do not believe that we were a PFIC in our taxable year ended December 31, 2018, and we do not anticipate being a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, because the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets may change, and because the treatment of our VIEs for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not entirely clear, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or a future year. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. The determination of whether we are a PFIC also may be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. If we do not deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of being a PFIC may increase.

        In the event that we are classified as a PFIC in any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares or ADSs and such U.S. Holder does not make a mark-to-market election, as described in the following paragraph, the U.S. Holder will be subject to a special tax at ordinary income tax rates on "excess distributions," including certain distributions by us (generally, distributions that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or the U.S. Holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs) and gain that the U.S. Holder recognizes on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs. The amount of income tax on any excess distributions will be increased by an interest charge to compensate for tax deferral, calculated as if the excess distributions were earned ratably over the period that the U.S. Holder holds its ordinary shares or ADSs. Further, if we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares or ADSs, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all subsequent years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares or ADSs unless we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. Holder makes a special "purging" election on Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Form 8621. Classification as a PFIC may also have other adverse tax consequences, including, in the case of individuals, the denial of a step-up in the basis of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs at death.

        A U.S. Holder may be able to avoid the unfavorable rules described in the preceding paragraph by electing to mark its ADSs to market, provided the ADSs are treated as "marketable stock." The ADSs generally will be treated as marketable stock if the ADSs are "regularly traded" on a "qualified exchange or other market" (which includes the [NYSE/NASDAQ Global Market]). It should also be noted that it is intended that only the ADSs and not the ordinary shares will be listed on the [NYSE/NASDAQ Global Market]. Consequently, a U.S. Holder that holds ordinary shares that are not represented by ADSs may not be eligible to make a mark-to-market election. If the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, (i) the U.S. Holder will be required in any year in which we are a PFIC to include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of its ADSs at year-end over the U.S. Holder's basis in those ADSs and (ii) the U.S. Holder will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of the U.S. Holder's basis in its ADSs over their fair market value at year-end, but only to the extent of the net amount

213


Table of Contents

previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in its ADSs will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. In addition, any gain the U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale of the U.S. Holder's ADSs in a year in which we are PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income in the year of sale, and any loss the U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-mark election.

        The unfavorable rules described above may also be avoided if a U.S. Holder is eligible for and makes a valid qualified electing fund election, or QEF election. If a QEF election is made, such U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in income on a current basis its pro rata share of the PFIC's ordinary income and net capital gains. We do not intend, however, to prepare or provide the information that would enable U.S. Holders to make QEF elections.

        A U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a PFIC must annually file IRS Form 8621. A failure to file one or more of these forms as required may toll the running of the statute of limitations in respect of each of the U.S. Holder's taxable years for which such form is required to be filed. As a result, the taxable years with respect to which the U.S. Holder fails to file the form may remain open to assessment by the IRS indefinitely, until the form is filed.

        If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares and any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such U.S. Holder will be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of the PFIC rules. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors about the possible application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

        U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations discussed above and the desirability of making a mark-to-market election.

Foreign Financial Asset Reporting

        Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals that own "specified foreign financial assets" with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently on IRS Form 8938, with respect to such assets. "Specified foreign financial assets" include any financial accounts held at a non-U.S. financial institution, as well as securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer (which would include the ordinary shares and the ADSs) that are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals. Regulations extend this reporting requirement to certain entities that are treated as formed or availed of to hold direct or indirect interests in specified foreign financial assets based on certain objective criteria. U.S. Holders that fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties. In addition, the statute of limitations for assessment of tax would be suspended, in whole or part. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the ordinary shares or the ADSs, including the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, the ADSs or ordinary shares that are paid to a U.S. Holder generally may be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

        A holder that is a foreign corporation or a non-resident alien individual may be required to comply with certification and identification procedures in order to establish its exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

214


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the ADSs being offered. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of ADSs indicated in the following table. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited, BofA Securities, Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. are acting as joint bookrunners of this offering and as the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of
ADSs

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   

Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. 

   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   

Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited

   

BofA Securities, Inc. 

   

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. 

   

CLSA Limited

   

KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. 

   

Total

   

        The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their receipt and acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken, other than the ADSs covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part of the ADSs to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of US$            per ADS from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the underwriters.

        Certain of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC. Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. will offer ADSs in the United States through its SEC-registered broker-dealer affiliate in the United States, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC. Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited has agreed that it does not intend to and will not offer or sell any of our ADS in the United States or to U.S. persons in connection with this offering. CLSA Limited is not a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. CLSA Limited has agreed that it does not intend to, and will not, offer or sell any of our ADSs in the United States in connection with this offering.

        The address of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, United States. The address of Goldman Sachs (Asia) L.L.C. is 68th Floor, Cheung Kong Center, 2 Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong. The address of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is 383 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10179, United States. The address of Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited is Unit 3601, 36/F, the Center, 99 Queen's Road Central, Hong Kong. The address of BofA Securities, Inc. is One Bryant Park, New York, NY 10036, United States. The address of HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. is

215


Table of Contents

452 Fifth Avenue New York, New York 10018, United States. The address of CLSA Limited is 18/F, One Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong. The address of KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. is 127 Public Square, 4th Floor, Cleveland, OH 44114, United States.

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

        We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                        additional ADSs from us at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriters discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become severally obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase additional ADSs approximately proportionate to each underwriter's initial amount reflected in the table above.

Commissions and Expenses

        Total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters represent        % of the total amount of the offering. The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs.

 
   
  Total  
 
  Per ADS   No exercise   Full exercise  

Public offering price

  US$     US$     US$    

Discounts and commissions paid by us

  US$     US$     US$       

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately US$             million, which includes legal, accounting, and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration of our ordinary shares and ADSs. [We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering in the amount up to $          .]

Lock-Up Agreements

        [We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, we will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, offer or issue, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise dispose of, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs or enter into a transaction which would have the same effect; (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; (iii) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in the ordinary shares or ADSs within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; (iv) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs; or (v) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, in each case regardless of whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

        Each of our directors and executive officers, current shareholders [and certain of option holders] has agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of

216


Table of Contents

directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such ordinary shares or ADSs, (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares, ADSs or any of our securities that are substantially similar to the ADSs or ordinary shares or any options or warrants to purchase any of the ADSs or ordinary shares or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by it or with respect to which it has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC, whether any of these transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement.]

Listing

        We will apply to list the ADSs on the [New York Stock Exchange/NASDAQ Global Market] under the symbol "OCFT."

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional ADSs pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for, or purchases of, ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased ADSs sold by, or for the account of, such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

        Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they are required to be conducted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, and they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the [New York Stock Exchange/NASDAQ Global Market], the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

217


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

        A prospectus in electronic format will be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or one or more securities dealers. One or more of the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ADSs for sale to their online brokerage account holders. ADSs to be sold pursuant to an Internet distribution will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, ADSs may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell ADSs to online brokerage account holders.

[Directed ADS Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to        % of the ADSs being offered by this prospectus (assuming exercise in full by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional ADSs) for sale at the initial public offering price to certain of our directors, executive officers, employees, business associates and members of their families. The directed ADS program will be administered by                                    . We do not know if these individuals will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved ADSs, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of ADSs that are available to the general public. Any reserved ADSs that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other ADSs offered by this prospectus.]

Discretionary Sales

        The underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of ADSs offered by them.

Indemnification

        We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Relationships

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include the sales and trading of securities, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, financing, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, a variety of such activities and services for us and for persons or entities with relationships with us for which they received or will receive customary fees, commissions and expenses.

        In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, directors, officers and employees may at any time purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments, and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to the assets, securities and/or instruments of us (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments. In addition, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

218


Table of Contents

        Ping An of China Securities (Hong Kong) Company Limited, an underwriter in this offering, is a subsidiary of Ping An Group. Bo Yu Limited, one of our principal shareholders, is ultimately controlled by Ping An Group.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the ADSs, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ordinary shares or ADSs, or that our ordinary shares or ADSs will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

        No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the ADSs in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

        Australia.    This prospectus:

    does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the "Corporations Act");

    has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

    does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a "retail client" (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

    may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

        The ADSs may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the ADSs may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any ADSs may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the ADSs, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

        As any offer of ADSs under this prospectus will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the ADSs you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the ADSs, offer, transfer, assign or

219


Table of Contents

otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

        Canada.    The ADSs may be sold only to purchasers resident or located in the Provinces of Ontario, Québec, Alberta and British Columbia, purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the ADSs must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

        Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser's province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

        Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

        Cayman Islands.    This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. ADSs or ordinary shares have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Cayman Islands.

        Dubai International Financial Centre, or DIFC.    This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

        In relation to its use in the DIFC, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

        European Economic Area.    In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date), an offer of the ADSs to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant

220


Table of Contents

Implementation Date, an offer of ADSs may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters or the underwriters nominated by us for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression "an offer of the ADSs to the public" in relation to any ADS in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

        Hong Kong.    The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules promulgated thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules promulgated thereunder.

        Indonesia.    The offer contained herein does not constitute a public offering in Indonesia under Law No. 8 of 1995 on Capital Market. This prospectus may not be distributed in Indonesia and the ADSs may not be offered to more than 100 Indonesian parties or sold to more than 50 Indonesian parties or to Indonesian citizen wherever they are domiciled, or to Indonesian residents, in a manner which constitutes a public offering under the laws and regulations of Indonesia.

        Japan.    The ADSs will not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws, rules and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese person" means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

        Kuwait.    Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 "Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds," its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the ADSs, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

221


Table of Contents

        Malaysia.    No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia ("Commission") for the Commission's approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services License; (iii) a person who acquires the ADSs, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the ADSs may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the ADSs is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services License who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

        People's Republic of China.    This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph only, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

        Qatar.    In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person's request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

        Saudi Arabia.    This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

222


Table of Contents

        Singapore.    This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our ADSs has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA. Accordingly, (a) our ADSs have not been, and will not be, offered or sold or made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase of such ADSs in Singapore, and (b) this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ADSs have not been and will not be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor as specified in Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275 of the SFA) and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        South Korea.    The ADSs may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in South Korea or to any resident of South Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of South Korea, including the South Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The ADSs have not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of South Korea for public offering in South Korea.

        Furthermore, the ADSs may not be resold to South Korean residents unless the purchaser of the ADSs complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the ADSs.

        Switzerland.    The ADSs will not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to our company or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of the ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of the ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the "CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the ADSs.

        Taiwan.    The ADSs have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the ADSs in Taiwan.

        Thailand.    This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Thailand. The ADSs may not be offered or sold to persons in Thailand, unless such offering is made under the exemptions from approval and filing requirements under applicable laws, or under circumstances which do not constitute an offer for sale of the shares to the public for the purposes of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1992 of Thailand, nor require approval from the Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission of Thailand.

        United Arab Emirates.    The ADSs have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the United Arab Emirates, except: (1) in compliance with all applicable laws and

223


Table of Contents

regulations of the United Arab Emirates; and (2) through persons or corporate entities authorized and licensed to provide investment advice and/or engage in brokerage activity and/or trade in respect of foreign securities in the United Arab Emirates. The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended)) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer and is addressed only to persons who are sophisticated investors.

        United Kingdom.    This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order"); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The ADSs are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire the ADSs will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

224


Table of Contents


EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING

        Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee, and the stock exchange application and listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

SEC Registration Fee

  US$            

FINRA Fee

   

Stock Exchange Application and Listing Fee

   

Printing and Engraving Expenses

   

Legal Fees and Expenses

   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

   

Miscellaneous

   

Total

  US$            

225


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        We are being represented by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. Clifford Chance US LLP is acting as our special counsel with respect to certain matters. The underwriters are being represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Haiwen & Partners and for the underwriters by Grandall Law Firm (Shanghai). Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP may rely upon Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Haiwen & Partners with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett may rely upon Grandall Law Firm (Shanghai) with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

226


Table of Contents


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2018 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

        The office of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP is located 34/F, Tower A, Kingkey100, 5016 Shennan East Road, Luohu District, Shenzhen, Guangdong Province 518000, the People's Republic of China.

227


Table of Contents


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. We have also filed a related registration statement on Form F-6 with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

        Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. We maintain our website at http://www.oneconnectft.com/en/.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with IFRS, and all notices of shareholders' meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, if we so request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders' meeting received by the depositary from us.

228


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 
  Page  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

   
 
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   
F-2
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

    F-3  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2018

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018

    F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Information for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

   
 
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

   
F-91
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019

    F-92  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

    F-93  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

    F-94  

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Information for the nine months ended September 30, 2019

    F-95  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of changes in equity and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the "consolidated financial statements"). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Change in Accounting Policy

        As discussed in Note 2.25 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to change the manner in which it accounts for classification of expenses based on their function with full cost of revenue presented for the two years ended December 31, 2018.

Basis for Opinion

        These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

        We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

        Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP
Shenzhen, the People's Republic of China
July 15, 2019 (except for Note 2.25 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is October 30, 2019)

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

F-2


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Note   2017   2018  
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Revenue

  5     581,912     1,413,489  

Cost of revenue

  6     (482,539 )   (1,024,864 )

Gross profit

        99,373     388,625  

Research and development expenses

 

6

   
(537,226

)
 
(459,181

)

Selling and marketing expenses

  6     (208,035 )   (441,932 )

General and administrative expenses

  6     (270,275 )   (522,019 )

Other income, gains or loss-net

  8     25,860     (79,860 )

Operating loss

        (890,303 )   (1,114,367 )

Finance income

 

9

   
2,128
   
129,435
 

Finance costs

  9     (85,711 )   (163,442 )

Finance costs—net

  9     (83,583 )   (34,007 )

Share of losses of associate

  14     (2,747 )   (15,442 )

Loss before income tax

        (976,633 )   (1,163,816 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

 

10

   
369,677
   
(26,469

)

Loss for the year

        (606,956 )   (1,190,285 )

Loss attributable to:

                 

—Owners of the Company

        (606,956 )   (1,195,712 )

—Non-controlling interests

            5,427  

        (606,956 )   (1,190,285 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                 

—Foreign currency translation differences

            396,520  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

        (606,956 )   (793,765 )

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

                 

—Owners of the Company

        (606,956 )   (799,192 )

—Non-controlling interests

            5,427  

        (606,956 )   (793,765 )

Loss per share attributable to owners of the Company (expressed in RMB per share)

                 

—Basic and diluted

  11     (0.90 )   (1.29 )

F-3


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Note   2017   2018  
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

ASSETS

                 

Non-current assets

                 

Property and equipment

  12     160,949     319,668  

Intangible assets

  13     367,078     758,075  

Deferred tax assets

  30     370,040     348,672  

Investment in associate

  14     37,253     29,452  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

  16     5,000     5,000  

Contract assets

  5     10,266     63,120  

Total non-current assets

        950,586     1,523,987  

Current assets

                 

Loan to related party

  32         15,027  

Trade receivables

  18     36,888     270,530  

Contract assets

  5     6,294     133,661  

Prepayments and other receivables

  19     309,639     337,214  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

  20     863,266     2,540,925  

Restricted cash

  21     1,100     3,996,238  

Cash and cash equivalents

  22     847,767     565,027  

Total current assets

        2,064,954     7,858,622  

Total assets

        3,015,540     9,382,609  

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

                 

Equity

                 

Share capital

  23     60     66  

Shares held for share option scheme

  25     (88,280 )   (88,280 )

Other reserves

  24     1,200,376     6,151,453  

Accumulated losses

        (1,147,040 )   (2,342,752 )

Equity attributable to equity owners of the Company

        (34,884 )   3,720,487  

Non-controlling interests

       
   
110,601
 

Total equity

        (34,884 )   3,831,088  

LIABILITIES

                 

Non-current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  26     173,099     403,228  

Contract liabilities

  5     15,843     7,423  

Deferred tax liabilities

  30         18,480  

Total non-current liabilities

        188,942     429,131  

Current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  26     1,142,874     1,280,641  

Payroll and welfare payables

        205,999     394,828  

Contract liabilities

  5     10,363     58,383  

Short-term borrowings

  27     1,502,246     3,386,100  

Derivative financial liabilities

  28         2,438  

Total current liabilities

        2,861,482     5,122,390  

Total liabilities

        3,050,424     5,551,521  

Total equity and liabilities

        3,015,540     9,382,609  

F-4


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 
   
  Attributable to owners of the Company    
   
 
 
  Note   Share
capital
  Shares
held for
share option
scheme
  Other
reserves
  Accumulated
losses
  Total   Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
equity
 
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As at January 1, 2017

            (88,280 )   862,162     (540,084 )   233,798         233,798  

Loss for the year

                    (606,956 )   (606,956 )       (606,956 )

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                    (606,956 )   (606,956 )       (606,956 )

Transactions with equity holders:

                                               

Capital contribution from the then owners

  24             337,838         337,838         337,838  

Issuance of ordinary shares

  23     60                 60         60  

Share-based payments

  25             376         376         376  

Total transactions with equity holders at their capacity as equity holders for the year

        60         338,214         338,274         338,274  

As at December 31, 2017

        60     (88,280 )   1,200,376     (1,147,040 )   (34,884 )       (34,884 )

Loss for the year

                    (1,195,712 )   (1,195,712 )   5,427     (1,190,285 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                               

—Foreign currency translation differences

  24             396,520         396,520         396,520  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

                396,520     (1,195,712 )   (799,192 )   5,427     (793,765 )

Transactions with equity holders:

                                               

Issuance of ordinary shares

  23, 24     6         4,730,375         4,730,381         4,730,381  

Acquisition of subsidiary

  33                         105,174     105,174  

Recognition of redemption liability

  33             (183,569 )       (183,569 )       (183,569 )

Share-based payments

  25             7,751         7,751         7,751  

Total transactions with equity holders at their capacity as equity holders for the year

        6         4,554,557         4,554,563     105,174     4,659,737  

As at December 31, 2018

        66     (88,280 )   6,151,453     (2,342,752 )   3,720,487     110,601     3,831,088  

F-5


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Note   2017   2018  
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                 

Cash used in operations

  31(a)     (228,685 )   (489,138 )

Income tax paid

            (99 )

Net cash used in operating activities

        (228,685 )   (489,237 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                 

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

  33         (165,020 )

Payments for property and equipment

        (15,721 )   (84,828 )

Payment for intangible assets

        (2,265 )   (374,978 )

Capital injection to associate

  14     (40,000 )    

Payment for loan to related party

            (15,027 )

Payments for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        (6,150,538 )   (6,102,153 )

Payment for restricted cash

        (1,100 )   (3,590,548 )

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        6,060,116     4,427,875  

Interest received on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        22,667     99,201  

Net cash used in investing activities

        (126,841 )   (5,805,478 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                 

Capital contribution from the then owners

  24     337,838      

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

  23, 24, 26     431,257     4,409,771  

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

  31(c)     1,000,000     7,909,280  

Share issue transaction costs

  24         (20,585 )

Payments for lease liabilities

  31(c)     (50,432 )   (83,727 )

Repayments of short-term borrowings

  31(c)     (500,000 )   (6,093,943 )

Interest paid

        (93,528 )   (121,393 )

Net cash generated from financing activities

        1,125,135     5,999,403  

Net increase /(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        769,609     (295,312 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

        78,158     847,767  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

            12,572  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

        847,767     565,027  

F-6


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation

1.1   General information

        OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the "Company") was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 30, 2017 as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (Cap. 22, Law 3 of 1961 as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands. The address of the Company's registered office is PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

        The Company, its subsidiaries, its controlled structured entities ("Structured Entities", "Variable Interest Entities" or "VIEs") and their subsidiaries ("Subsidiaries of VIEs") are collectively referred to as the "Group". The Group is principally engaged in providing cloud-platform-based Fintech solutions, online information service and operating support service to financial institutions (the "Listing Business") in the People's Republic of China (the "PRC"). The Company does not conduct any substantive operations of its own but conducts its primary business operations through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, VIEs and subsidiaries of VIEs in the PRC.

        These financial statements have been approved for issue by management on July 15, 2019.

1.2   History and recapitalization of the Group

        Prior to the completion of recapitalization (as described below) of the Group, the Listing Business was carried out through a domestic company and its subsidiaries, incorporated in the PRC, namely Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. ("Shanghai OneConnect"). Shanghai OneConnect was incorporated on December 29, 2015 by Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. ("Ping An Financial Technology"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. ("Ping An Group") and Urumqi Guang Feng Qi Investments Limited Partnership ("Guang Feng Qi") with respective ownership of 70% and 30% after capital injection in May 2016.

        On December 29, 2016, Ping An Financial Technology and Guang Feng Qi set up Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng Enterprise Management Limit Partnership ("Jin Ning Sheng") with 3.5% and 1.5% of the shares of Shanghai OneConnect respectively.

        On February 17, 2017, Urumqi Guang Feng Rong Equity Investment Limited Partnership ("Guang Feng Rong") purchased 2.35% of the shares of Shanghai OneConnect from Guang Feng Qi.

Recapitalization of the Group

        For the purpose of introduction of overseas investors and preparation for a listing of the Company's shares on an overseas market, Ping An Group underwent a series of recapitalization (the "Recapitalization") to establish the Company as the ultimate holding company of the Listing Business. The Recapitalization mainly involved the following:

    (i)
    On September 15, 2017, OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) ("Shenzhen OneConnect") was incorporated by the shareholders of Shanghai OneConnect with their equity interests of Shanghai OneConnect, and Shenzhen OneConnect became the sole immediate shareholder of Shanghai OneConnect. Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries are collectively defined as the "PRC Operating Entities" thereafter.

F-7


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

    (ii)
    On October 30, 2017, the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands by Bo Yu Limited ("Bo Yu"), a special purpose vehicle set up by Ping An Financial Technology and Sen Rong Limited ("Sen Rong"), a special purpose vehicle set up by Rong Chang Limited ("Rong Chang"), Xin Ding Heng Limited ("Xin Ding Heng") and Yi Chuan Jin Limited ("Yi Chuan Jin"). The Company was then owned as to 44.3% and 55.7% by Bo Yu and Sen Rong, respectively.

      Rong Chang is a special purpose vehicle set up by the same individual shareholders of Guang Feng Qi. Xin Ding Heng is a special purpose vehicle set up by the same individual shareholders of Jin Ning Sheng. Yi Chuan Jin is a special purpose vehicle set up by the same individual shareholders of Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. ("Shenzhen Lanxin"), a company set up by Li Jie and Xu Liang ("Lanxin Shareholders"). Sen Rong was then owned as to 46.95%, 39.85% and 13.2% by Rong Chang, Yi Chuan Jin and Xin Ding Heng, respectively.

    (iii)
    On October 27, 2017, Jin Tai Yuan Limited ("Jin Tai Yuan") was incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. The Company was registered as a member holding 100% shares of Jin Tai Yuan on October 30, 2017 and therefore Jin Tai Yuan being a whole owned subsidiary of the Company.

    (iv)
    On October 30, 2017, Jin Cheng Long Limited ("Jin Cheng Long") was incorporated in Hong Kong as a wholly owned subsidiary of Jin Tai Yuan.

    (v)
    On November 29, 2017, Ping An Financial Technology and Guang Feng Rong transferred 22.2% and 2.35% of their shareholdings in Shenzhen OneConnect to Shenzhen Lanxin and Jin Ning Sheng, respectively. In the meanwhile, Ping An Financial Technology entered into an Onshore Option Agreement dated November 29, 2017 (which was amended and restated on January 29, 2018) with Shenzhen Lanxin and Lanxin Shareholders pursuant to which Ping An Financial Technology was granted an option to purchase the entire share capital of Shenzhen Lanxin from Lanxin Shareholders (the "Onshore Call Option").

    (vi)
    On January 4, 2018, OneConnect Technology Services Company Limited (Shenzhen) ("Shenzhen OneConnect Technology") was incorporated in the PRC as a wholly owned subsidiary of Jin Cheng Long.

    (vii)
    Pursuant to a series of contractual agreements dated January 29, 2018 (collectively, the "Contractual Arrangements") between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, its equity holders and its subsidiaries, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology is able to effectively control, recognize and receive substantially all the economic benefit of the business and operations of the PRC Operating Entities. Accordingly, the PRC Operating Entities are treated as controlled structured entities of the Company and consolidated by the Company.

    (viii)
    Following the completion of the Recapitalization (especially setting-up of the offshore shareholding structure of the Group), Bo Yu, entered into an Offshore Option Agreement dated January 29, 2018 with Lanxin Shareholders and Yi Chuan Jin, pursuant to which Bo Yu was granted an option to purchase the entire share capital of Yi Chuan Jin from the shareholders of Yi Chuan Jin.

    (ix)
    After the Recapitalization, the Company was owned as to 44.3% and 55.7% by Bo Yu and Sen Rong, respectively.

F-8


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

Other changes of the Company's shareholders subsequent to the Recapitalization

        The Company completed Round A investments (the "Round A Investments") with 12 institutional investors (the 12 institutional investors collectively, the "Round A Investors") in April 2018. The Round A Investors have subscribed for 99,999,999 ordinary shares of the Company at a total consideration of USD750,000,000 (approximately RMB4,750,966,000).

        Upon completion of Round A Investments, Bo Yu, Sen Rong, and the "Round A Investors" become shareholders of the Company, holding respectively 39.87%, 50.13%, and 10.00% shareholding interests in the Company.

        Further details of the Contractual Arrangements are set out in Note 1.2 (a) below.

        As at December 31, 2018, the Company had direct or indirect interests in the following major subsidiaries including consolidated structured entities.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

                            Equity interest
held by the
Group
                   
 

 

                            December 31,                    
 

 

 

Company name

      Place and date of
incorporation / establishment
      Issued and
paid-in capital
        2017         2018       Principal activities / Place of
operations
      Note    

 

 

Jin Tai Yuan Limited

      British Virgin Islands / October 27, 2017       USD0.00001         100 %       100 %     Investment holding, BVI            

 

 

Jin Cheng Long Limited

      Hong Kong /October 30, 2017       USD1         100 %       100 %     Investment holding, Hong Kong            

 

 

OneConnect Financial Technology (HongKong) Limited

      Hong Kong /March 15, 2018       USD1                 100 %     Software and technology service, information transmission. HongKong, the PRC.       (a)    

 

 

OneConnect Financial Technology (Singapore) Co., Pte. Ltd.

      Singapore /March 26, 2018       SGD20,000,000                 100 %     Software and technology service, information transmission. Singapore       (a)    

 

 

PT OneConnect Financial Technology Indonesia

      Indonesia/December 04, 2018       IDR10,000,000,000                 100 %     Software and technology service, information transmission. Indonesia       (b)    

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology

      the PRC /January 04, 2018       RMB10,000,000                 100 %     Technology promotion and computer application services, Shenzhen, the PRC            

 

 

Beijing Vantage Point Technology Co., Ltd. ("Vantage Point Technology")

      the PRC /July 18, 2008       RMB13,333,529                 51.67 %     Software and technology service, information transmission. Beijing, the PRC.       Note 33    

F-9


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

                            Attributable
equity interest of
the Group
                   
 

 

                            December 31,                    
 

 

 

Company name

      Place and date of
incorporation / establishment
      Issued and
paid-in capital
        2017         2018       Principal activities / Place of
operations
      Note    

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect

      the PRC / September 15, 2017       RMB1,200,000,000         100 %       100 %     Software and technology service, information transmission. Shenzhen, the PRC.       (c)    

 

 

Shenzhen Kechuang Insurance Assessment Co., Ltd. ("Kechuang")*

      the PRC / August 27, 2001       RMB4,000,000                 99.90 %     Insurance survey and loss adjustment. Shenzhen, the PRC.       (c)(d)    

 

 

Shanghai OneConnect*

      the PRC / December 29, 2015       RMB1,200,000,000         100 %       100 %     Software and technology service, asset management and consulting. Shanghai, the PRC.       (c)    
*
Subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect

    Notes:

(a)
On March 15, 2018 and March 26, 2018, OneConnect Financial Technology (HongKong) Co., Limited ("OneConnect(HK)") and OneConnect Financial Technology (Singapore) Co., Pte. Ltd. ("OneConnect(Singapore)") were incorporated by the Group in Hong Kong and Singapore respectively;

(b)
On December 4, 2018, OneConnect(Singapore) and OneConnect(HK) set up PT OneConnect Financial Technology Indonesia in which each holds 90% and 10% equity interest, respectively

(c)
This subsidiary is controlled through Contractual Arrangements and the Group does not have legal ownership in equity of this subsidiary, as the PRC regulations restrict foreign ownership of companies that provide value-added telecommunications services, which include activities and services operated by Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries.

(d)
Kechuang was established in the PRC on August 27, 2001, and were subsequently acquired by the Group at a consideration of RMB2,010,001 on June 7, 2018.

        PRC laws and regulations prohibit or restrict foreign ownership of companies that provide certain Internet-based business, which include activities and services provided by the Group. The Group operates its business operations in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements entered into among a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, VIEs that legally owned by equity holders ("Nominee Shareholders") authorized by the Group, the shareholders of VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs (collectively, "Contractual Arrangements"). The Contractual Arrangements include Exclusive Equity Option Agreement, Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Asset Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Shareholder Voting Proxy Agreement, Letters of Undertaking and Spousal Consent Letters.

        Under the Contractual Arrangements, the Company has the power to control the management, and financial and operating policies of the VIEs, has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the VIEs, and has the ability to use its power over the VIEs to affect the amount of the returns. As a result, all these VIEs are accounted for as consolidated structured entities of the Company and their financial statements have also been consolidated by the Company.

F-10


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

        The principal terms of the Contractual Arrangements are further described below:

(a)   Contractual agreements with Shenzhen OneConnect

—Exclusive Equity Option Agreement

        Pursuant to the exclusive equity option agreement dated January 29, 2018 entered into between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect and the direct shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, as well as the indirect shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, namely Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou (each refer to as the "Indirect Shareholder"), or the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders (the "Exclusive Equity Option Agreement"), Shenzhen OneConnect Technology has the irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or to designate one or more persons to purchase, from Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders all or any part of their equity interests in Shenzhen OneConnect at any time and from time to time in Shenzhen OneConnect Technology's absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC laws. The term of this agreement will remain effective as long as the shareholders continue to hold equity interests in Shenzhen OneConnect.

—Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

        Pursuant to the exclusive business cooperation agreement dated January 29, 2018 entered into between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and Shenzhen OneConnect, Shenzhen OneConnect agreed to engage Shenzhen OneConnect Technology as its exclusive provider of business support, technical and consulting services, including but not limited to, technical services, network support, business consultation, equipment, leasing, market consultancy, system integration, product research and development and system maintenance. In exchange for these services, Shenzhen OneConnect shall pay a service fee, which is equal to Shenzhen OneConnect's profit before tax, after deducting any accumulated losses of Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries from the preceding fiscal year, working capital, costs, expenses, tax and other statutory contribution in relation to the respective fiscal year. The service fee shall be paid annually and shall be wired to the designated bank account of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology upon issuance of invoice by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology. The initial term of this agreement is 10 years and may be extended for 5-year terms indefinitely.

—Exclusive Asset Option Agreement

        Pursuant to the exclusive asset option agreement dated January 29, 2018 entered into between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect and the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders (the "Exclusive Asset Option Agreement"), Shenzhen OneConnect Technology has the irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase, or to designate one or more persons to purchase, from Shenzhen OneConnect all or any part of its assets at any time at Shenzhen OneConnect Technology's absolute discretion and to the extent permitted by PRC laws. The consideration shall be the higher of (a) a nominal price or (b) the lowest price as permitted under applicable PRC laws.

        The Exclusive Asset Option Agreement is for an initial term of ten years and may be extended for five-year terms indefinitely.

F-11


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

—Equity Pledge Agreement

        Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement dated January 29, 2018 entered into between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect and the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders (the "Equity Pledge Agreement"), the Registered Shareholders agreed to pledge as first charge all of their equity interests in Shenzhen OneConnect to Shenzhen OneConnect Technology as collateral security for any and all of the guaranteed debt under the Contractual Arrangements and to secure the performance of their obligations under the Contractual Arrangements. During the pledge period, Shenzhen OneConnect Technology is entitled to receive any dividends or other distributable benefits arising from the equity.

        The pledge in favor of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology takes effect upon the completion of registration with the relevant administration for industry and commerce and shall remain valid until after all the contractual obligations of the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders and Shenzhen OneConnect under the Contractual Arrangements have been fully performed and all the outstanding debts of the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders and Shenzhen OneConnect under the Contractual Arrangements have been fully paid.

—Shareholder Voting Proxy Agreement

        Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, the Shenzhen OneConnect Shareholders and the subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect entered into a shareholder voting proxy agreement on January 29, 2018. Pursuant to this agreement, each shareholder of Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries irrevocably authorizes the persons designated by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology to act on its behalf to exercise all of such shareholder's voting and other rights associated with the shareholder's equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect and the subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect, such as the right to appoint or designate directors, supervisors and officers, as well as the right to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all or any portion of the shares held by such shareholder. The term of the shareholder voting proxy agreement is the same as that of the business cooperation agreement described above.

—Letters of Undertakings

        Each Indirect Shareholder signed a letter of undertakings to the Company on January 29, 2018. Under these letters, the signing Indirect Shareholder has separately irrevocably undertaken, in the event of his or her death or loss of capacity or any other events that could possibly affect his or her capacity to fulfil his or her obligations under the contractual arrangement of Shenzhen OneConnect, that he or she will unconditionally transfer his or her equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect to any person designated by Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and the transferee will be deemed to be a party to the contractual arrangements and will assume all of his or her rights and obligations as such under the contractual arrangements. Each signing Indirect Shareholder represents that his or her spouse has no ownership interest in his or her equity interests in Shenzhen OneConnect. Each signing Indirect Shareholder further represents that in any circumstances, he or she will not, directly or indirectly, commit any conduct, measure, action or omission that is contrary to the purpose and intention of the contractual arrangements, that leads or may lead to any conflict of interest between Shenzhen OneConnect and OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. and/or its subsidiaries, and that if, during his or her performance of the contractual arrangements, there is a conflict of interest between the signing Indirect Shareholder and OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. and/or its subsidiaries, the signing Indirect Shareholder will

F-12


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

protect the legal interests of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology under the contractual arrangements and follow the instructions of the Company.

—Spousal Consent Letters

        The spouses of Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou each signed a spousal consent letter on January 29, 2018. Under these letters, each signing spouse respectively agreed that he or she was aware of the equity interest beneficially owned by his or her spouse in Shenzhen OneConnect and the relevant Contractual Arrangements in connection with such equity interest. The signing spouse unconditionally and irrevocably confirmed that he or she does not have any equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect and committed not to impose any adverse assertions upon his or her spouse's respective equity interest. Each signing spouse further confirmed that such equity interest may be disposed of pursuant to the relevant Contractual Arrangements, and committed that he or she will take all necessary measures for the performance of those arrangements.

(b)   Risks in relation to the VIEs

        In the opinion of the Company's management, the Contractual Arrangements discussed above have resulted in the Company and Shenzhen OneConnect Technology having the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIEs, including appointing key management, setting up operating policies, exerting financial controls and transferring profit or assets out of the VIEs at its discretion. The Company has the power to direct activities of the VIEs and can have assets transferred out of the VIEs under its control. Therefore, the Company considers that there is no asset in any of the VIEs that can be used only to settle obligations of the VIEs, except for registered capital, capital reserve and PRC statutory reserves of the VIEs totalling RMB1,200 million and RMB1,208 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. Currently there is no contractual arrangement that could require the Company to provide additional financial support to the VIEs. As the Company is conducting its Internet-related business mainly through the VIEs, the Company may provide such support on a discretional basis in the future, which could expose the Company to a loss. As the VIEs organized in the PRC were established as limited liability companies under PRC law, their creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology for the liabilities of the VIEs, and Shenzhen OneConnect Technology does not have the obligation to assume the liabilities of these VIEs.

        The Company determines that the Contractual Arrangements are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Group's ability to enforce the Contractual Arrangements.

        On March 15, 2019, the Foreign Investment Law was formally passed by the thirteenth National People's Congress and it will take effect on January 1, 2020. The Foreign Investment Law will replace the Law on Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Ventures, the Law on Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures and the Law on Foreign-Capital Enterprises to become the legal foundation for foreign investment in the PRC.

        The Foreign Investment Law stipulates certain forms of foreign investment. However, the Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly stipulate contractual arrangements such as those we rely on as a form of foreign investment. Notwithstanding the above, the Foreign Investment Law stipulates that foreign investment includes "foreign investors investing through any other methods under laws, administrative

F-13


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)

regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council." Future laws, administrative regulations or provisions prescribed by the State Council may possibly regard Contractual Arrangements as a form of foreign investment. If this happens, it is uncertain whether the Contractual Arrangements with the VIE, its subsidiaries and its shareholders would be recognized as foreign investment, or whether the Contractual Arrangements would be deemed to be in violation of the foreign investment access requirements. As well as the uncertainty on how the Contractual Arrangements will be handled, there is substantial uncertainty regarding the interpretation and the implementation of the Foreign Investment Law. The relevant government authorities have broad discretion in interpreting the law. Therefore, there is no guarantee that the Contractual Arrangements, the business of the VIEs and financial conditions of the Company will not be materially and adversely affected.

        The Company's ability to control VIEs also depends on rights provided to Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, under the Shareholder Voting Proxy Agreement, to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval. As noted above, the Company believes the Shareholder Voting Proxy Agreement is legally enforceable, but they may not be as effective as direct equity ownership. In addition, if the corporate structure of the Group or the Contractual Arrangements between the Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, the VIEs and their respective shareholders and subsidiaries were found to be in violation of any existing PRC laws and regulations, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities could:

    revoke the Group's business and operating licenses;

    require the Group to discontinue or restrict its operations;

    restrict the Group's right to collect revenues;

    block the Group's websites;

    require the Group to restructure the operations, re-apply for the necessary licenses or relocate its businesses, staff and assets;

    impose additional conditions or requirements with which the Group may not be able to comply; or

    take other regulatory or enforcement actions against the Group that could be harmful to the Group's business.

        The following are major financial statements amounts and balances of the Group's VIEs and subsidiaries of VIEs as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

 
  As at December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Total current assets

    1,647,766     5,200,044  

Total non-current assets

    821,660     609,798  

Total assets

    2,469,426     5,809,842  

Total current liabilities

    2,210,275     5,679,863  

Total non-current liabilities

    203,764     74,464  

Total liabilities

    2,414,039     5,754,327  

F-14


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

1 General information, recapitalization and basis of presentation (Continued)


 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Total revenue

    581,912     1,344,412  

Net loss

    (605,733 )   (15,264 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (280,216 )   (649,200 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (125,741 )   (2,262,895 )

Net cash generated from financing activities

    744,309     2,606,830  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    338,352     (305,265 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

    78,158     416,510  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

    416,510     111,245  

        The above financial statements amounts and balances have included intercompany transactions which have been eliminated on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the total assets of Group's VIEs were mainly consisting of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivable, prepayments and other receivables, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, intangible assets and deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2017 and 2018, the total liabilities property and equipment of VIEs were mainly consisting of trade and other payable, payroll and welfare payables, contract liabilities and short-term borrowings.

1.3   Basis of presentation

        Immediately prior to and after the Recapitalization, the Listing Business is held by Shanghai OneConnect. Pursuant to the Recapitalization, Shanghai OneConnect and the Listing Business are transferred to and controlled by the Company. The Company and those companies newly set up during the Recapitalization have not been involved in any other business prior to the Recapitalization and their operations do not meet the definition of a business. The Recapitalization is merely a recapitalization of the Listing Business with no change in management of such business and the ultimate owners of the Listing Business remain the same.

        Accordingly, the Group resulting from the Recapitalization is regarded as a continuation of the Listing Business conducted under Shanghai OneConnect. The consolidated financial statements of the Group has been prepared and presented using the carrying amounts of the income, expenses, assets and liabilities of the consolidated financial statements of Shanghai OneConnect for all periods presented.

2 Summary of significant accounting policies

        The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented unless otherwise stated.

2.1   Basis of preparation

        The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRSs") issued by the International Accounting Standards

F-15


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Board ("IASB"). The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial liabilities, which are carried at fair value and subsequent changes are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Group's accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in Note 3 below.

Recent accounting pronouncements

(a) New and amended standards and interpretations adopted by the Group

        IFRS 9, "Financial instruments", addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of financial assets and financial liabilities, and introduces new rules of hedge accounting and a new impairment model for financial assets. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and early adoption is permitted.

        IFRS 15, "Revenue from contracts with customers" replaces the previous revenue standards IAS 18 'Revenue' and IAS 11 'Construction Contracts' and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018 and early adoption is permitted.

        IFRS 16, "Leases" results in almost all leases being recognized on the balance sheet by lessees, as the distinction between operating and finance leases is removed. Under the new standard, an asset (the right to use the leased item) and a financial liability to pay rentals are recognized. The only exceptions are short-term and low-value leases. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and early adoption is permitted only if IFRS 15 is adopted at the same time.

        The Group has adopted IFRS 9, IFRS15 and IFRS16 using the full retrospective method in the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

F-16


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

(b) New standards and amendments to standards and interpretations not yet adopted

        A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations have been issued but not effective during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 and have not been early adopted by the Group in preparing these consolidated financial statements:

      Effective for annual periods beginning on or after

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28

 

Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture

 
To be determined

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting 2018

  Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting   January 1, 2020

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

  Definition of Material   January 1, 2020

Amendments to IFRS 3

  Definition of a Business   January 1, 2020

IFRS 17

  Insurance Contracts   January 1, 2021

        The above new standards, new interpretations and amended standards are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

2.2   Principles of consolidation and equity accounting

2.2.1 Subsidiaries

        Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities or VIEs as stated in Note 1.2 above) over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

        Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

        Non-controlling interests in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

2.2.2 Associates

        An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Significant influence could be demonstrated for an investment of less than 20%, for example, by representation on the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the investee.

        Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the investment is initially recognized at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to

F-17


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

recognize the investor's share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition. The Group's investments in associates include goodwill identified on acquisition. Upon the acquisition of the ownership interest in an associate, any difference between the cost of the associate and the Group's share of the net fair value of the associate's identifiable assets and liabilities is accounted for as goodwill.

        If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.

        The Group's share of post-acquisition profit or loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group's share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

        The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired. If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value and recognizes the amount adjacent to "share of loss of associate" in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

        Profits and losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions between the Group and its associate are recognized in the Group's financial statements only to the extent of unrelated investor's interests in the associates. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

        Gain or losses on dilution of equity interest in associates are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

2.3   Structured Entities

        A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only, and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual or related arrangements.

        The Group determines whether it is an agent or a principal in relation to those structured entities in which the Group acts as an asset manager on management's judgement. If an asset manager is agent, it acts primarily on behalf of others and so does not control the structured entity. It may be principal if it acts primarily for itself, and therefore controls the structured entity.

        With respect to the PRC Operating Entities, the Group acts as a principal and the determination of the consolidation of PRC Operating Entities is set out in Note 1.2. The unconsolidated structured entities in which the Group acts as an asset manager is set out in Note 34.

2.4   Business combination

        Except for business combinations under common control, the Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date.

F-18


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        The Group recognizes any non-controlling interest in the acquiree on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Non-controlling interests in the acquiree that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportionate share of the entity's net assets in the event of liquidation are measured at either fair value or the present ownership interests' proportionate share in the recognized amounts of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. All other components of non-controlling interests are measured at their acquisition date fair value, unless another measurement basis is required by IFRS.

        Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

        If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date carrying value of the acquirer's previously held equity interest in the acquiree is re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date; any gains or losses arising from such re-measurement are recognized in profit or loss.

        Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the Group is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration that is deemed to be an asset or liability is recognized in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured, and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

        The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the total of consideration transferred, non-controlling interest recognized and previously held interest measured is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognized directly in the income statement.

        Intra-group transactions, balances and unrealized gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated. When necessary, amounts reported by subsidiaries have been adjusted to conform with the Group's accounting policies.

2.5   Segment reporting

        Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision makers, who are responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments and making strategic decisions. The Group's chief operating decision makers have been identified as the executive directors of the Company, who review the consolidated results of operations when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group as a whole.

        For the purpose of internal reporting and management's operation review, the chief operating decision-makers and management personnel do not segregate the Group's business by product or service lines. Hence, the Group has only one operating segment. In addition, the Group does not distinguish between markets or segments for the purpose of internal reporting. As the Group's assets and liabilities are substantially located in the PRC, substantially all revenues are earned and substantially all expenses incurred in the PRC, no geographical segments are presented.

F-19


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

2.6   Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

        Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group's entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the "functional currency"). The functional currency of the Company is the United States dollar ("US$"). RMB is the functional currency of the subsidiaries in PRC. As the major operations of the Group during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are within the PRC, the directors of the Company have chosen to present the Group's financial statements in RMB (the presentation currency).

Transactions and balances

        Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

        Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income on a net basis within other income, gains or loss—net.

        Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Group companies

        The results and financial position of foreign operations (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

    assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet

    income and expenses for each statement of profit or loss and statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions), and

    all resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

F-20


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of any net investment in foreign entities, and of borrowings and other financial instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are recognized in other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or any borrowings forming part of the net investment are repaid, the associated exchange differences are reclassified to profit or loss, as part of the gain or loss on sale.

2.7   Property and equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attribute to the acquisition of the items.

        Depreciation on property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual values over their estimated useful lives or, in case of a leasehold improvements, the shorter lease term as follows:

Category
  Expected useful life

Office and telecommunication equipment

  5 years

Leasehold improvements

  5 years

        The assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted quarterly if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

        An asset's carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset's carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.

        Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognized within 'Other income, gains or loss—net' in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

2.8   Intangible assets

        The Group's intangible assets include application and platform, purchased software, development cost in progress, goodwill and others.

        Intangible assets can be recognized only when future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the item will flow into the Group and its cost can be measured reliably. Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at the date of acquisition.

        Costs associated with maintaining application and platform are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs that are directly attributable to the development and testing of identifiable application and platform controlled by the Group are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

    it is technically feasible to complete the application and platform so that it will be available for use

    management intends to complete the application and platform and use or sell it

    there is an ability to use or sell

F-21


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

    it can be demonstrated how the application and platform will generate probable future economic benefits

    adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the application and platform are available, and

    the expenditure attributable to the application and platform during its development can be reliably measured.

        Directly attributable costs that are capitalized include employee costs, technology service fee and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.

        Research expenditure and development expenditure that do not meet the criteria above are recognized as an expense as incurred. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period. Capitalized development costs are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the asset is ready for use.

        The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed by the period of bringing economic benefits for the Group.

        The useful lives of intangible assets are set as follows:

 
  Expected useful life

Application and platform

  3 years

Purchased software

  2 - 5 years

        Intangible assets with finite lives are subsequently amortized on the straight-line basis over the useful economic life. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at least at each year end.

        Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are subject to annual impairment assessment.

2.9   Impairment of non-financial assets

        The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset other than deferred tax assets may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for a non-financial asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset's recoverable amount. A non-financial asset's recoverable amount is the higher of the asset's or cash-generating unit's fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Where the carrying amount of a non-financial asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In determining fair value less costs to disposal, an appropriate valuation model is used. These calculations are corroborated by

F-22


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded subsidiaries or other available fair value indicators.

        For non-financial assets other than goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the Group makes an estimate of the recoverable amount. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset's recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such a reversal is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

        Goodwill is reviewed for impairment, annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units), to which the goodwill relates. The recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use, determined on an individual asset (or cash-generating unit) basis, unless the individual asset (or cash-generating unit) does not generate cash flows that are largely independent from those of other assets or groups of assets (or groups of cash-generating units). Impairment losses recognized in relation to goodwill are not reversed for subsequent increases in its recoverable amount.

        Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and development costs in progress are tested for impairment annually at each year end either individually or at the cash-generating unit level, as appropriate.

2.10 Financial assets

Classification

        The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

    those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income, or through profit or loss), and

    those to be measured at amortized cost.

        The classification depends on the entity's business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

        For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or other comprehensive income. For investments in debt instruments, this will depend on the business model in which the investment is held and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. For investments in equity instruments, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income.

        The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

F-23


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

Recognition and measurement

        At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are expensed in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

(a) Debt instruments

        Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group's business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:

    Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in in profit or loss and presented in other income, gains or loss together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

    Fair value through other comprehensive income ("FVOCI"): Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets' cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other income, gains or loss. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other income, gains or loss and impairment expenses are presented in the statement of profit or loss.

    Fair value through profit or loss ("FVPL"): Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in in profit or loss and presented net within other income, gains or loss in the period in which it arises.

(b) Equity instruments

        The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group's management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in other comprehensive income, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss.

F-24


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        Changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

(c) Impairment

        The group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

        Expected credit loss refers to the weighted average amount of credit loss of financial instruments based on the probability of default. Credit loss refers to the difference between all contractual cash flows receivable and all cash flows that the entity expects to receive, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

        For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognized from initial recognition of the assets. The impairment matrix is determined based on historical observed default rates over the expected life of the contract assets and trade receivables with similar credit risk characteristics and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates. At every reporting date the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed.

        Impairment on other receivables are measured as either 12-month expected credit losses or lifetime expected credit losses, depending on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition. If a significant increase in credit risk of a receivable has occurred since initial recognition, then impairment is measured as lifetime expected credit losses.

Offsetting financial instruments

        Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the company or the counterparty.

2.11 Financial guarantee contracts

Financial guarantee payables

        Financial guarantee contracts are recognized as a financial liability at the time the guarantee is issued. The liability is initially measured at fair value and subsequently at the higher of

    the amount determined in accordance with the expected credit loss model under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and

    the amount initially recognized less, where appropriate, the cumulative amount of income recognized in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Given that the Group is released from the underlining risk related to the guarantee throughout the

F-25


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

      term of the loan as the borrower repays the loan on monthly basis, guarantee income is recognized on a pro rata basis over the term of the loan.

        The fair value of financial guarantees is determined based on the present value of the difference in cash flows between the contractual payments required to be paid by the borrower to the lender under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required to be paid by the borrower to the lender without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations.

Financial guarantee fee receivables

        Financial guarantee fee receivables are financial assets recognized relates to fees attributable to the guarantee that are collected from the borrower over the term of guarantee period, which is the term of loan. They are initially measured at the fair value of the corresponding financial guarantee liabilities at inception of the underlying loans, and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method to unwind the financing impact, resulting in interest being recognized in the statement of comprehensive income/(loss).

        At each reporting date, the Group estimates the impairment loss on these receivables according to the expected credit losses methodology (Note 2.10 (c)).

2.12 Trade receivables

        Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for products sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. If collection of trade and other receivables is expected in one year or less, they are classified as current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.

        Trade receivables are recognized initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional unless they contain significant financing components, when they are recognized at fair value. The group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method. See Note 18 for further information about the Group's accounting for trade receivables and Note 3 for a description of the group's impairment policies.

2.13 Cash and cash equivalents

        For the purpose of presentation in the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

2.14 Share capital

        Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

F-26


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

2.15 Borrowings

        Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognized as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalized as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortized over the period of the facility to which it relates.

        Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period.

2.16 Trade and other payables

        These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

2.17 Leases

        The group leases various properties. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 1 to 5 years but may have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

        Leases are recognized as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

        Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following lease payments:

    fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

    variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate

    amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees

    the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

    payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option.

        The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be determined, or the group's incremental borrowing rate.

F-27


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

    the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability

    any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received

    any initial direct costs, and

    restoration costs.

        Right-of-use assets related to lease of properties are recorded under property and equipment (Note 12). Lease liabilities are recorded under trade and other payables (Note 26).

        Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or loss.

2.18 Employee benefits

(a)
Pension obligations

        The employees of the Group are mainly covered by various defined contribution pension plans. The Group makes and accrues contributions on a monthly basis to the pension plans, which are mainly sponsored by the related government authorities that are responsible for the pension liability to retired employees. Under such plans, the Group has no other significant legal or constructive obligations for retirement benefits beyond the said contributions, which are expensed as incurred. Certain employees are also provided with group life insurance but the amounts involved are insignificant.

(b)
Housing benefits

        The employees of the Group are entitled to participate in various government-sponsored housing funds. The Group contributes on a monthly basis to these funds based on certain percentages of the salaries of the employees. The Group's liability in respect of these funds is limited to the contributions payable in each period.

(c)
Medical benefits

        The Group makes monthly contributions for medical benefits to the local authorities in accordance with relevant local regulations for the employees. The Group's liability in respect of employee medical benefits is limited to the contributions payable in each period.

2.19 Share-based payments

        An equity-settled share-based compensation plan was granted to the employees, under which the entity receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:

    including any market performance;

F-28


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

    excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions;

    including the impact of any non-vesting conditions

        At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the non-market performance and service conditions. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the statement of comprehensive income, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

        If the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, at a minimum an expense is recognized as if the terms had not been modified. An additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payment arrangement, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee, as measured at the date of modification.

        If an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new award are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

2.20 Revenue recognition

        Revenues are recognized when or as control of the asset or service is transferred to the customer. Depending on the terms of the contract and the laws that apply to the contract, control of the goods and services may be transferred over time or at a point in time. Control of the goods and services is transferred over time if the Group's performance:

    provides all of the benefits received and consumed simultaneously by the customer;

    creates and enhances an asset that the customer controls as the Group performs; or

    does not create an asset with an alternative use to the Group and the Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

        If control of the goods and services transfers over time, revenue is recognized over the period of the contract by reference to the progress towards complete satisfaction of that performance obligation. Otherwise, revenue is recognized at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the goods and services.

        The progress towards complete satisfaction of the performance obligation is measured based on one of the following methods that best depict the Group's performance in satisfying the performance obligation:

    direct measurements of the value transferred by the Group to the customer; or

    the Group's efforts or inputs to the satisfaction of the performance obligation.

        When either party to a contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the statement of financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the entity's performance and the customer's payment.

F-29


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

        A contract asset is the Group's right to consideration in exchange for goods or services that the Group has transferred to a customer. If the value ascribed to the services rendered by the Group exceed the payment, a contract asset is recognized. Judgement is required in determining whether a right to consideration is unconditional and thus qualifies as a receivable.

        A receivable is recorded when the Group has an unconditional right to consideration on the date the payment is due even if it has not yet performed under the contract.

        If a customer pays consideration or the Group has a right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional, before the Group transfers a good or service to the customer, the Group presents the contract as a contract liability when the payment is made or the payment is due (whichever is earlier). A contract liability is the Group's obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from the customer. A contract liability is recognized as revenue upon transfer of control to the customers of the promised license, products and services.

        Some of the Group's contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, the Group account for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. Although each of the performance obligations sometimes has a separate contractual price agreed in the contract, the management compares the contractual price with observable standalone market price, if any, or cost plus a margin price to assess the reasonableness of the pricing. If the contractual price for each performance obligation is assessed to be on market price basis, the Group use the contractual price to measure and recognize revenue for each performance obligation. If the contractual price for each performance obligation is assessed to be not on market price basis, the Group reallocates the total contract price to the identified performance obligations based on its best estimated standalone selling price of each performance obligation.

        Only the contracts for business origination services (Note 2.20(b)) contain significant financing components. As a practical expedient, the Group does not account for financing components if the period between when the Group transfers the promised goods or services to the customer and when the customer pays for those goods or services is one year or less.

        Incremental costs of obtaining customer contract primarily consist of sales commissions and are capitalized as an asset. The Group amortized assets recognized from capitalizing costs to obtain a contract on a systematic basis to profit or loss, consistent with the pattern of revenue recognition to which the asset relates. As a practical expedient, the Group recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the Group otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.

        The following is a description of the accounting policy for the principal revenue streams of the Group.

(a)
Implementation and post-implementation support service

        Implementation services represent customer-specific software development or customization services provided to customers for the use of the Group's software in cloud offerings or on-premise IT environment. The contract term for implementation services is typically within one year. The

F-30


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

implementation contract is either on a time and material basis or fixed-fee basis. The Group invoices fees for implementation services monthly based on actual time and material incurred to date or according to pre-agreed payment schedules. After development, the license to use the software is granted to the customer with an indefinite life. The customer cannot benefit from the implementation service on its own without the license. The perpetual license is a result of the implementation service. The implementation service and the perpetual license are highly interrelated and within the context of the contract, the promise of the Group is to transfer the implementation service together with the perpetual license as one output to its customers. Both the implementation service and the perpetual license to use the software are not distinct and thus should be combined together as one performance obligation. And there is no sales/usage based royalty for the license to use the software in the arrangement.

        Post-implementation support services mainly represent post implementation maintenance services and post implementation cloud services such as computing services, storage, server and bandwidth. The cloud-based infrastructure is hosted by another company engaged by the Group where the Group is the principal in provision of cloud services because the Group control the cloud services in advance before transferring those services to the customer. The Group is the primary obligor who is responsible for making sure the cloud services can fulfill customer's needs and requirements and the Group has full discretion in establishing the price for post-implementation cloud services. Periodic fixed fees for post-implementation support services are typically invoiced yearly or quarterly in advance.

        The Group's customer contracts often include both implementation services and post-implementation support services. Judgement is required in determining whether implementation services and post-implementation support services are separate performance obligations. Customers can benefit from implementation service and post-implementation support service on their own, and those services are clearly stated in the contract and are separately identifiable, they are not integrated or interrelated with each other, and do not significantly affect each other. The Group has concluded that implementation services and post-implementation support services qualify as separate performance obligations and the portion of the contractual fee allocated to them is recognized separately.

        Implementation contracts are for software developed for specific needs of individual customers and therefore it does not have any alternative use for the Group. Moreover, implementation contracts provide the Group with an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. Accordingly, revenue for implementation contracts is recognized over the contract terms by reference to the progress of work performed, which is measured based on costs incurred toward satisfying the performance obligation, relative to total costs expected to be incurred to the complete satisfaction of the performance obligation.

        For post development maintenance services, the performance obligation is to stand ready to provide technical support and unspecified updates and upgrades on a when-and-if-available basis. The customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of these support services as the Group perform and revenue is recognized based on time elapsed and thus ratably over the term of the support arrangement.

        Post implementation cloud services provided on a subscription basis, where the performance obligation is the grant of the right to continuously use the cloud services for a certain term, are recognized based on time elapsed and thus ratably over the contract terms.

F-31


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

(b)
Transaction based service

        The Group derives its transaction based service revenue primarily from business origination services, risk management service, operation support service and other services.

Business origination service

        The Group provides business origination services by assisting financial institutions in customer acquisition for their products including loans, wealth management products and insurance policies etc.. The revenue for business origination is recognized when a referral is successfully accepted by financial institutions.

        The Group provides lending solutions to financial institutions which could involve multiple performance obligations including business origination, post-lending management service and a financial guarantee (the Group has ceased providing financial guarantee before the end of January 2018, and facilitates the borrower's purchase of insurance policies instead; contracts without a financial guarantee obligation are referred to as "non-guarantee model" and contracts with a financial guarantee obligation are referred to as "guarantee model"). Under the guarantee model, the Group considers both borrower and lender its customers where the Group receives consideration from borrowers. Under the non-guarantee model, the Group considers borrowers, lenders and insurance companies its customers where the Group receive consideration from insurance companies.

        The Group determined that it is not the legal lender and legal borrower (or receiver of deposits from investors) in the loan origination and repayment process. Therefore, the Group does not record loans receivable and payable arising from the loans between lenders and borrowers. The Group acts as an agent to facilitate such loans.

        The Group generally collects on a monthly basis over the loan period the entire consideration relating to business origination, post-lending management services and the financial guarantee, if any, as one combined fee. Loan contracts facilitated by the Group typically have a term of 36 months. Thus, the contract contains a significant financing component as the services for the borrower referral are provided up front but paid for over time. The total consideration is also variable. Under the guarantee model, the fee rate is fixed and the variability is mainly related to the prepayment risk of borrowers that the borrower can early repay the loans and the monthly service fee for the remaining period will be waived. Under the non-guarantee model, the fee includes a fixed component and a variable component which depends on the performance of the underlying loans, therefore the variability is mainly related to actual default rates of the portfolios of loans, along with the same prepayment risk. Variable fees are included as part of the total transaction price to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable fee is subsequently resolved. The Group considers estimated prepayment risk and estimated default risk in determining its transaction price, using the expected value approach on the basis of historical information and current trends of prepayments and default. Further, given the service fees are collected over the typical loan term of 36 months, the transaction price is calculated as the present value of all probable collections, discounted using a discount rate that reflects the customers' credit worthiness. In determining the appropriate discount rate, the Group considers credit characteristics of the customer unless already dealt

F-32


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

with when arriving at the transaction price as well as the rate that would be used in a separate financing transaction between the Group and the customers for the probable payments involved.

        The total transaction price is allocated to the business origination and post-lending management services. Under the guarantee model, the Group first allocates the total transaction price to the financial guarantee liability (refer to Note 2.11), then the remaining consideration is allocated to the business origination services and post-lending management services on the basis of the relative standalone selling prices, determined by using the cost plus margin approach.

        The Group considers the business origination services and post-lending management services as distinct performance obligations because borrowers, lenders and other financial institutions can benefit from the loan facilitation services and post-lending management services on their own, and those services are clearly stated in the contract and are separately identifiable, they are not integrated or interrelated with each other, and do not significantly affect each other. Although the Group does not sell these services separately, the Group determined that both deliverables have standalone value. The Group uses the expected-cost-plus-a-margin approach to determine its best estimate of the standalone selling prices of different performance obligations as the basis for allocation. In estimating its standalone selling price for the business origination services and post-lending management services, the Company considers the cost incurred to deliver such services, profit margin for similar arrangements, customer demand, effect of competitors on the Company's services, and other market factors. The total service fee allocated to business origination is recognized as revenue upon execution of loan agreements between lenders and borrowers. The service fees allocated to post-lending management services are deferred and recognized over the period of the loan on a straight-line method, which approximates the pattern of when the underlying services are performed. When the cash received is different from the revenue recognized, a "Contract Asset" or "Contract Liability" shall be recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Risk management services

        Risk management services mainly represent credit risk assessment, identity verification service, risk management services used in insurance loss assessment and anti-fraud services provided to financial institutions.

        For risk management services contracts, the Group normally charges its customers based on usage of the services at fixed charge rates, and invoices the fees on periodical basis. The revenue from these services is recognized when the customers receive and consume the benefits of these services each time the Group performs, based on the amount charged for such services.

Operation support services

        Operation support services mainly represent messaging services, calling services and insurance loss assessment services, asset monitoring services and consulting services provided to financial institutions. Revenue from the aforementioned post-lending management services (details described in section (b) above) is also included in the revenue of operation support services.

        For contracts which the Group charges its customers based on usage of the services at fixed charge rates, and invoices the fees on periodical basis, the revenue from these services is recognized when the

F-33


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

customers receive and consume the benefits of these services each time the Group performs, based on the amount charged for such services.

        For contracts which the Group charges its customers based on the term of services and invoices the fee on periodical basis, and the performance obligation is to stand ready to provide operation support, such as post-lending management services, the customers simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of these support services as the Group performs and revenue is recognized based on time elapsed and thus ratably over the term of the support arrangement.

        When the cash received is different from the revenue recognized, a "Contract Asset" or "Contract Liability" shall be recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Other

        Other revenue mainly represents sales of products and asset management services provided by the Group.

        For sales of products, the Group recognizes revenue net of discounts and return allowances upon the time when the products are delivered to customers.

        For asset management services, the service revenues are recognized ratably over the term of the service contracts.

2.21 Interest income

        Interest income from financial assets at FVPL is included in the net fair value gains/(losses) on these assets, see Note 8 below.

        Interest income on financial assets at amortized cost and financial assets at FVOCI calculated using the effective interest method is recognized in the statement of profit or loss as part of other income.

        Interest income is presented as finance income where it is earned from financial assets that are held for cash management purposes, see Note 9 below. Any other interest income is included in other income.

        Interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. When a financial asset is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying amount to its recoverable amount, being the estimated future cash flow discounted at the original effective interest rate of the instrument, and continues unwinding the discount as interest income. Interest income on impaired loans and receivables is recognized using the original effective interest rate.

        Interest income is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for financial assets that subsequently become credit-impaired. For credit-impaired financial assets the effective interest rate is applied to the net carrying amount of the financial asset (after deduction of the loss allowance).

2.22 Dividend income

        Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

F-34


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

2.23 Government grants

        Grants from the government are recognized at their fair value where there is a reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and the Group will comply with all attached conditions.

        Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognized in the income statement over the period necessary to match them with the costs that they are intended to compensate.

2.24 Tax

        Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income, or in other comprehensive income or in equity if it relates to items that are recognized in the same or a different period directly in other comprehensive income or in equity.

        Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities.

        Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the end of the reporting period between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

        Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except:

    when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

    in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in jointly controlled entities, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

        Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, the carry-forward of unused tax credits and any unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry-forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except:

    when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

    in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in jointly controlled entities, deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

        The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Conversely, previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are

F-35


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

2 Summary of significant accounting policies (Continued)

reassessed at the end of each reporting period and are recognized to the extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

        Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

2.25 Change in accounting policy

        The Group previously presented an analysis of expenses recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income using a classification based on their function except for the amortization of intangible assets, which was presented as a single line item. To provide reliable and more relevant information about full cost of earning revenue, the Group allocated the amortization of intangible assets to cost of revenue and research and development expenses and presented an analysis of expenses recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income using a classification based on their function with full cost of revenue presented. The change in presentation has been applied retrospectively.

        The effect of the change on affected financial statement line items is as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  As
previously
presented
  Full cost
of revenue
method
  As
previously
presented
  Full cost
of revenue
method
 

Cost of revenue, excluding amortization of intangible assets shown separately below

    284,715         797,858      

Amortization of intangible assets

    230,906         260,088      

Research and development expenses

    504,144         426,099      

Cost of revenue

         
482,539
         
1,024,864
 

Research and development expenses

          537,226           459,181  

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments

        The Group makes estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities in these financial statements. Estimates and judgments are continually assessed based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

        In the process of applying the Group's accounting policies, management has made the following judgments and accounting estimation, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

(a)
Multiple performance obligations

        The Group considers implementation and post-implementation support services as distinct performance obligations (Note 2.20 (a)), and the business origination and post-lending management services as distinct performance obligations (Note 2.20 (b)). However, the Group does not provide these services separately, and the third-party evidence of selling price does not exist either, as public information is not available regarding the amount of fees competitors charge for these services. As a result, the Group uses the expected-cost-plus-a-margin approach to determine its best estimate of selling prices of the different deliverables as the basis for allocation. When estimating the selling prices, the Group considers the costs related to such services, profit margin, customer demand, effect of competition, and other market factors, if applicable.

(b)
Estimation of variable consideration

        The total consideration for business origination service and post-lending management service provided by the Group to financial institution lenders is variable. Under guarantee model, the fee rate is fixed and the variability is mainly related to the prepayment risk of borrowers that the borrower can early repay the loans and the monthly service fee for the remaining period will be waived. Under non-guarantee model, the fee includes a fixed component and a variable component which depends on the performance portfolios of the underlying loans, therefore the variability is mainly related to actual default rates portfolios of the loans, as well as the prepayment risk. Variable fees are included as part of the total transaction price to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable fee is subsequently resolved. The Group considers estimated prepayment risk and estimated default risk in determining its transaction price, using the expected value approach on the basis of historical information and current trends of prepayments and default. Further, given the service fees are collected over the typical loan term of 36 months, the transaction price is calculated as the present value of all probable collections, discounted using a discount rate that reflects the customers' credit worthiness. During the year ended December 31, 2018, no revenue was recognized in relation to performance based fees because it is not highly probable that actual default rates of the portfolio of the underlying loans would be lower than the threshold rate which enable the Group to charge performance based fees. Based on the actual default rate information as at December 31, 2018, no performance based fees is expected to be recognized over the remaining terms of the underlying loan portfolios.

(c)
Recognition of share-based compensation expenses

        As mentioned in Note 25, an equity-settled share-based compensation plan was granted to the employees. The directors have used the Binomial option-pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of the options granted to employees, which is to be expensed over the vesting period. Significant estimate on assumptions, such as the underlying equity value, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility and dividend yield, is required to be made by the directors in applying the Binomial option-pricing model. In addition, The Group is required to estimate the percentage of grantees that will remain in employment with the Group and if the performance conditions for vesting will be met at the end of the vesting period. The Group only recognizes an expense for those share options expected to vest over the vesting period.

F-37


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

(d)
Capitalization of development costs

        Costs incurred in upgrading existing application and platform (primarily relating to upgrade of the existing features or additions of new features/modules) and developing new application and platform are capitalized as intangible assets when recognition criteria as detailed in Note 2.8 are fulfilled. Management has applied its professional judgement in determining whether these application and platform could generate probable future economic benefits to the Group based on the historical experience of the existing products and the prospects of the markets. Any severe change in market performance or technology advancement will have an impact on the development costs capitalized.

(e)
Income taxes

        The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Judgement is required in determining the provision for income taxes. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact current income tax and deferred income tax in the period in which such determination is made.

        Deferred tax assets are recognized for all unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses can be utilized. In assessing whether such unused tax losses can be utilized in the future, the Group needs to make judgments and estimates on the ability of each of its subsidiaries to generate taxable income in the future years.

(f)
Estimation of the useful life of intangible asset

        As at 31 December 2018, the carrying amount of application and platform was RMB306,979,000 (2017: RMB 367,078,000). The Group estimates the useful life of the application and platform to be at least 3 years based on the expected technical obsolescence of such assets. However, the actual useful life may be shorter or longer than 3 years, depending on technical innovations and competitor actions. If it were only 2 years, the carrying amount would be RMB156,095,000 as at 31 December 2018. If the useful life were estimated to be 5 years, the carrying amount would be RMB541,375,000.

(g)
Impairment of intangible assets

        The Group is required to test goodwill and intangible assets not ready for use on an annual basis. Other intangible assets are tested whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of those assets exceeds its recoverable amount. Intangible assets are tested for impairment based on the recoverable amount of the CGU to which these assets are related. The recoverable amount is determined based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

        Determination of the value in use is an area involving management judgment in order to assess whether the carrying value of intangible assets can be supported by the net present value of future cash flows. In calculating the net present value of the future cash flows, certain assumptions are required to be made in respect of highly uncertain areas including management's expectations of (i) future unlevered free cash flows; (ii) long-term growth rates; and (iii) the selection of discount rates to reflect the risks involved.

F-38


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

        The management of the Group consider that no impairment charge was required after performing the impairment assessment for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

(h)
Impairment of financial assets measured at amortized costs

        The Group applies expected credit losses model in measuring impairment of trade receivables, contract assets and other receivables. The expected loss rates are based on the Group's past loss experiences, existing market conditions as well as forward looking estimates at the end of each reporting periods.

        Details of the methodology and key inputs used are disclosed in Note 4.1(b).

(i)
Measurement of financial guarantee liability

        The financial guarantee liability is initially recognized at fair value. The fair value is determined by the Group using a discounted cash flow method, and takes into account the timing and amount of expected payouts under the guarantee based on historical loss data, and other observable data such as the amount that are charged by other market participants to issue similar guarantees in a standalone arm's length transaction. The discount rates adopted take into account time value of the money as well as an adjustment for the Group's credit worthiness.

        Subsequent to initial recognition, the guarantee liabilities are measured at the higher of the amount determined in accordance with the expected credit loss model under IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and the amount initially recognized less, where appropriate, the cumulative amount of income recognized in accordance with the principles of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The measurement of the expected credit loss of the underlying guaranteed loans takes into account the historical loss record of the Group and those of other comparable companies in the market/industry, current and forward looking economics conditions.

(j)
Consolidation of VIEs

        As disclosed in Note 1.2, the Group exercises control over the VIEs and has the right to recognize and receive substantially all the economic benefits through the Contractual Arrangements. The Group considers that it controls the VIEs notwithstanding the fact that it does not hold direct equity interests in the VIEs, as it has power over the financial and operating policies of the VIEs and receive substantially all the economic benefits from the business activities of the VIEs through the Contractual Arrangements. Accordingly, all these VIEs are accounted for as controlled structured entities and their financial statements have also been consolidated by the Company.

(k)
Allocation of amortization of intangible assets between cost of revenue and research and development expenses

        Intangible assets of the Company are mainly used in provision of services to customers and therefore amortization of the Company is recognized as cost of revenue, except that platform and application with an original cost of RMB690,910,000 contributed by Ping An Group has been used in the provision of services to customers and concurrently been used as the foundation to research and develop new or upgraded products and services. With the assistance of a third party valuation firm, the original cost of

F-39


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

RMB690,910,000 of platform and application contributed by Ping An Group is split into two components. The first component of RMB591,640,000 is arrived at based on a discounted cash flow valuation assuming that the Company had obtained the license to use the platform but had not obtained intellectual property rights of the platform and thus no revenue would be generated from new products in the future. The other component of RMB99,270,000 is considered as the value related to the potential of intellectual property rights (such as software codes) which are to be used in research and development activities. The amortization of platform and application with an original cost of RMB690,910,000 contributed by Ping An Group is then allocated to cost of revenue and research and development expenses based on the ratio of the above two components. Significant judgement, in particular the disaggregation of cash flow between the two components, have been made by the Company in arriving at the valuation of two components based on which the related amortization is allocated to cost of revenue and research and development expenses.

4 Management of financial risk

        The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (comprising currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group's overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group's financial performance. Risk management is carried out by the senior management of the Group.

4.1   Financial risk factors

(a) Market risk

Currency risk

        Foreign currency risk is the risk of loss resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Fluctuations in exchange rates between the RMB and other currencies in which the Group conducts business may affect its financial position and results of operations. The foreign currency risk assumed by the Group mainly comes from movements in the USD/RMB exchange rates.

        The Company and overseas intermediate holding companies' functional currency is USD. They are mainly exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from their cash and cash equivalents and loans to group companies dominated in RMB. The Group has entered into spot-forward USD/RMB currency swaps to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk arising from loans to group companies denominated in RMB. Under the Group's policy, the critical terms of the swaps must substantially align with the hedge items.

        The subsidiaries of the Group are mainly operates in mainland China with most of the transactions settled in RMB. The Group considers that the business in mainland China is not exposed to any significant foreign exchange risk as there are no significant financial assets or liabilities of the these subsidiaries denominated in the currencies other than the respective functional currency.

F-40


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        The analysis below is performed for reasonably possible movements in key variables with all other variables held constant, showing the post-tax impact on profit and equity.

 
  At December 31,   At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018   2017   2018  
 
  Impact on post tax
profit
  Impact on other
components of equity
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

USD+5%

        20,636         240,809  

USD–5%

        (20,636 )       (240,809 )

Interest rate risk

        Interest rate risk is the risk that the value/future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Floating rate instruments expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk, whereas fixed rate instruments expose the Group to fair value interest risk.

        The Group is exposed to interest rate risk primarily in relation to term deposits and short-term borrowings. The Group generally assumes borrowings to fund capital expenditures and working capital requirements. The risk is managed by the Group by matching the terms of interest rates of term deposits and short-term borrowings.

        As at December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Group's borrowings were mainly carried at fixed rates and mature in one year, which did not expose the Group to significant interest rate risk.

(b) Credit risk

(i) Credit risk management

        The Group's credit risk is mainly associated with cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, contract assets, other receivables and financial guarantee contracts. The carrying amounts of each class of the above financial assets represent the Group's maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets except for the financial guarantee as disclosed in Note 4.1 (b) (ii).

        To manage this risk arising from cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, the Group mainly transacts with state-owned or reputable financial institutions in the PRC and reputable international financial institution outside the PRC. The Group considers that there is no significant credit risk and the Group will not suffer any material losses due to the default of the other parties.

        The Group's trade receivables and contract assets mainly come from customers. The Group mitigates the credit risk by assessing the credit quality, setting a shorter credit period or arranging the instalment payment and prepayment method. The impairment loss allowance for trade receivables and contract assets are disclosed in Note 18 and Note 5.

        For other receivables (except for financial guarantee fee receivables), management make periodic collective assessments as well as individual assessment on the recoverability based on historical settlement records and forward looking information.

F-41


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        For financial guarantee contracts and relevant financial guarantee fee receivables, in order to minimise the credit risk, the Group has established policies and systems for monitoring and control of credit risk. The management has delegated different divisions responsible for determination of credit limits, credit approvals and other monitoring processes. In addition, management reviews the financial guarantee contracts and financial guarantee fee receivables collectively at each reporting date to ensure that adequate allowance for impairment losses and relevant liabilities are made.

(ii) ECL measurement

        For financial assets whose impairment losses are measured using expected credit loss ("ECL") model, the Group assesses whether their credit risk has increased significantly since their initial recognition, and applies a three-stage impairment model to calculate their impairment allowance and recognize their ECL, as follows:

    Stage 1: If the credit risk has not increased significantly since its initial recognition, the financial asset is included in stage 1.

    Stage 2: If the credit risk has increased significantly since its initial recognition but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired, the financial instrument is included in stage 2. The description of how the Group determines when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred is disclosed in the following section of "judgement of significant increase in credit risk".

    Stage 3: If the financial instruments is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is included in stage 3. The definition of credit-impaired financial assets is disclosed in the following section of "the definition of credit-impaired assets".

        The Group considers the credit risk characteristics of different financial instruments when determining if there is significant increase in credit risk. For financial instruments with or without significant increase in credit risk, 12-month or lifetime expected credit losses are provided respectively. The expected credit loss is the result of discounting the product of Exposure at Default, Probabilities of Default and Loss given Default.

        According to whether the credit risk has increased significantly or whether the assets have been impaired, the Group measures the impairment loss allowance with the expected credit losses of 12-month or the lifetime due to the credit risk characteristics of different assets.

        The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach in measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected impairment loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets of implementation service.

Judgement of significant increase in credit risk ("SICR")

        Under IFRS 9, when considering the impairment stages for financial assets, the Group evaluates the credit risk at initial recognition and also whether there is any significant increase in credit risk for each reporting period.

        The Group set quantitative and qualitative criteria to judge whether there has been a SICR after initial recognition. The judgement criteria mainly includes the Probabilities of Default changes of the

F-42


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

debtors, changes of credit risk categories and other indicators of SICR, etc.. In the judgement of whether there has been a SICR after initial recognition, the Group has not rebutted the 30 days past due as presumption of SICR.

The definition of credit-impaired assets

        Under IFRS 9, in order to determine whether credit impairment occurs, the defined standards adopted by the Group are consistent with the internal credit risk management objectives for relevant financial assets while considering quantitative and qualitative indicators. When the Group assesses whether the debtor has credit impairment, the following factors are mainly considered:

    The debtor has overdue more than 90 days after the contract payment date

    The debtor has significant financial difficulties

    The debtor is likely to go bankrupt or other financial restructuring

    The lender gives the debtor concessions for economic or contractual reasons due to the debtor's financial difficulties, where such concessions are normally reluctant to be made by the lender

        The credit impairment of financial assets may be caused by the joint effects of multiple events, and may not be caused by separately identifiable event.

Forward-looking information

        The historical loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the debtors to settle the receivables. The Group has identified the Gross Domestic Product ("GDP") to be the most relevant factor, and accordingly adjusts the historical loss rates based on expected changes in these factors.

Credit risk exposure

        Without considering the impact of collateral and other credit enhancement, for on-balance sheet assets, the maximum exposures are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the consolidated financial statements.

(1) Trade receivables and contract assets

        To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and contract assets of implementation service have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics and the ageing analysis. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress and have substantially the same risk characteristics as the trade receivables for the same types of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded that the expected loss rates

F-43


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

for trade receivables are a reasonable approximation of the loss rates for the contract assets. The impairment loss allowance was determined as follows:

 
  As at December 31, 2017  
 
  Related
parties
  Up to
1 year
  1 year to
2 year
  2 year to
3 year
  Above
3 years
  Total  

Expected loss rate

                         

Gross carrying amount of trade receivables

   
12,371
   
24,517
   
   
   
   
36,888
 

Gross carrying amount of contract assets of implementation service

                         

Loss allowance

   
   
   
   
   
   
 

 

 
  As at December 31, 2018  
 
  Related
parties
  Up to
1 year
  1 year to
2 year
  2 year to
3 year
  Above
3 years
  Total  

Expected loss rate

        2.32 %   9.71 %   25.00 %   86.36 %   3.55 %

Gross carrying amount of trade receivables

   
145,468
   
124,191
   
1,499
   
193
   
2,815
   
274,166
 

Gross carrying amount of contract assets of implementation service

        82,791     6,749     643     5,665     95,848  

Loss allowance

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

—Trade receivables (Note 18)

        647     126     48     2,815     3,636  

—contract assets of implementation service

        4,148     675     161     4,508     9,492  

        4,795     801     209     7,323     13,128  

        Movements in the impairment loss allowance of contract assets of implementation service are as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

         

Reversal of impairment loss

        538  

Addition from acquisition of subsidiary

        (10,030 )

End of the year

        (9,492 )

F-44


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        The impairment loss allowance of contract assets of transaction based and support service was determined as follows:

 
  As at December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Gross carrying amount

             

Stage 1

    16,560     111,934  

Stage 2

        451  

    16,560     112,385  

Loss allowance

             

Stage 1

        1,653  

Stage 2

        307  

        1,960  

        Movements in the impairment loss allowance of contract assets of transaction based and support service are as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

         

Charge of impairment loss

        (2,826 )

Addition from acquisition of subsidiary

        (476 )

Write-off

        1,342  

End of the year

        (1,960 )

F-45


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

(2) Other receivables

        Credit risk exposure of other receivables is mainly from financial guarantee fee receivables.

 
  As at December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Financial guarantee fee receivables

             

Gross carrying amount

   
 
   
 
 

Stage 1

    191,888     148,933  

Stage 2

    5,162     8,033  

    197,050     156,966  

Loss allowance

             

Stage 1

    3,091     15,273  

Stage 2

    772     5,509  

    3,863     20,782  

(3) Financial guarantee contracts

        The following table contains an analysis of the maximum credit risk exposure from financial guarantee contracts.

 
  As at December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Stage 1

    1,779,849     1,273,104  

Stage 2

    46,621     75,446  

    1,826,470     1,348,550  

        The Group normally makes a full settlement of the outstanding principal and interest to lenders when the underlining loans are overdue by a number of days (typically 80 days). When the loans become overdue for more than 80 days, the loans are considered impaired and there is no reasonable expectation of recovery from such loans. The financial guarantee liability balance will be reduced by the respective payouts made by the Group. As such, there are no stage 3 credit risk exposures for financial guarantee contracts as at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

(c) Liquidity risk

        The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash and cash equivalents and reserve borrowing facilities, by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows, and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

        The liquidity risk of the currency swap is managed by aligning the critical terms of such swaps with the hedge items.

F-46


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        The table below analyses the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity grouping based on the remaining period at the end of each reporting period to the contractual maturity date. The amounts disclosed in the table are undiscounted contractual cash flows.

 
  As at December 31, 2017  
 
  Within
1 year
  1 to 5
years
  Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

                   

Short-term borrowings

   
1,532,555
   
   
1,532,555
 

Trade and other payables

    1,143,409     182,949     1,326,358  

Total

    2,675,964     182,949     2,858,913  

Financial guarantees

                   

Maximum guarantee exposure*

    1,826,470         1,826,470  

 

 
  As at December 31, 2018  
 
  Within
1 year
  1 to 5
years
  Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Short-term borrowings

    3,437,432         3,437,432  

Trade and other payables

    1,284,256     420,542     1,704,798  

Non-derivative financial liabilities:

    4,721,688     420,542     5,142,230  

Gross settled (foreign currency swaps)

                   

—(inflow)

    (480,812 )       (480,812 )

—outflow

    483,250         483,250  

Derivative financial liabilities

    2,438         2,438  

Total

    4,724,126     420,542     5,144,668  

Financial guarantees

                   

Maximum guarantee exposure*

    1,348,550         1,348,550  

*
The maximum guarantee exposure represents the total amount of liability should all borrowers under financial guarantee contracts default. Since a significant portion of guarantee is expected to expire without being called upon, the maximum liabilities do not represent expected future cash outflows.

4.2   Capital management

        The Group's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group's ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to enhance shareholders' value in the long-term.

F-47


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        The Group monitors capital (including share capital and reserves) by regularly reviewing the capital structure. As a part of this review, the Company considers the cost of capital and the risks associated with the issued share capital. The Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or repurchase the Company's shares. In the opinion of the Directors of the Company, the Group's capital risk is low as at December 31, 2018.

4.3   Fair value estimation

        Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about financial instruments. When an active market exists, such as an authorized securities exchange, the market value is the best reflection of the fair values of financial instruments. For financial instruments where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques.

        The Group's financial assets measured at fair value mainly include financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Determination of fair value and fair value hierarchy

        All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchies. The fair value hierarchy categorizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety is determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

        The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

    (a)
    Fair value is based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities ("Level 1");

    (b)
    Fair value is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices) ("Level 2"); and

    (c)
    Fair value is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) ("Level 3").

        The level of fair value calculation is determined by the lowest level input that is significant in the overall calculation. As such, the significance of the input should be considered from an overall perspective in the calculation of fair value.

        For Level 2 financial instruments, valuations are generally obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, or through the use of valuation methodologies using observable market inputs, or recent quoted market prices. Valuation service providers typically gather, analyse and interpret information related to market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources, and through the use of widely accepted internal valuation models, provide a theoretical quote on various securities.

        For Level 3 financial instruments, prices are determined using valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques. Determinations to classify fair value

F-48


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

measurement within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are generally based on the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement, and valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques.

        For assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorization (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

        The following tables provide the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group's financial assets and liabilities:

 
  As at December 31, 2017  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Assets measured at fair value

                         

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        863,266         863,266  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (Note 16)

            5,000     5,000  

 

 
  As at December 31, 2018  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Assets measured at fair value

                         

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        2,540,925         2,540,925  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (Note 16)

            5,000     5,000  

Financial liabilities

                         

Derivative financial liabilities

        2,438         2,438  

        For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, there were no transfers among different levels of fair values measurement.

        Movements of Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value is as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

        5,000  

Additions (Note 16)

    5,000      

End of the year

    5,000     5,000  

F-49


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, contract assets, loan to related party, current portion of other receivable, short-term borrowings and trade and other payables approximated their fair value due to short term maturities of these financial instruments as at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

        Contract assets and non-current portion of other receivables are measured at amortized cost using discounted rates reflected time value of money. As the market interest rate is relatively stable during the reporting period, the carrying amounts of contract assets and non-current portion of other receivables also approximated their fair values as at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

5 Revenue

(a) Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers

 
   
   
   
   

 

 

  For the year ended
December 31,
 
   

        2017     2018    

 

 

    RMB'000     RMB'000    

 

Implementation

    50,738     295,916    

 

Transaction based and support revenue

               

 

 

—Business origination services*

    451,244     554,957    

 

 

—Risk management services

    86     205,160    

 

 

—Operation support services

    51,105     309,502    

 

 

—Post-implementation support services

    5,257     27,442    

 

 

—Others

    23,482     20,512    

        581,912     1,413,489    

*
Included in business origination services is revenue from guarantee model as disclosed in Note 2.20(b) of RMB105,996,000 and RMB29,746,000 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

F-50


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

5 Revenue (Continued)

        Disaggregation of Revenue by timing of transfer of services over time or at a point in time is set out below:

 
   
  At a point
in time
  Over time   Total    
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

 

Year ended December 31, 2017

                     

 

Implementation

        50,738     50,738    

 

Transaction based and support revenue

                     

 

 

—Business origination services

    451,244         451,244    

 

 

—Risk management services

    86         86    

 

 

—Operation support services

    3,769     47,336     51,105    

 

 

—Post-implementation support services

        5,257     5,257    

 

 

—Others

        23,482     23,482    

        455,099     126,813     581,912    

 

Year ended December 31, 2018

                     

 

Implementation

        295,916     295,916    

 

Transaction based and support revenue

                     

 

 

—Business origination services

    554,957         554,957    

 

 

—Risk management services

    205,160         205,160    

 

 

—Operation support services

    243,112     66,390     309,502    

 

 

—Post-implementation support services

        27,442     27,442    

 

 

—Others

    13,171     7,341     20,512    

        1,016,400     397,089     1,413,489    

        During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, the Group mainly operated in PRC and most of the revenue were generated in PRC.

        The major customers (and for the Group's lending solution services, the parties to whom service fees were charged(i)) which contributed more than 10% of the total revenue of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are listed as below:

 
  For the year
ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  % of total
revenue

  % of total
revenue

 

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    18.60 %   45.78 %

Lufax and its subsidiaries

    30.09 %   27.39 %

    48.69 %   73.17 %

F-51


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

5 Revenue (Continued)

        The major customers (and for the Group's lending solution services, the lender(ii)) which contributed more than 10% of the total revenue of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are listed as below:

 
  For the year
ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  % of total
revenue

  % of total
revenue

 

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    40.51 %   37.33 %

Lufax and its subsidiaries

    30.09 %   27.39 %

    70.60 %   64.72 %

Note:

(i)
The Group's lending solution services revenue by parties charged represent the fees received/ receivable by the Group from the respective customers.

(ii)
The Group's lending solution services revenue by lenders represent the fees generated by the Group from loans facilitated through the Group's platform for the respective customers as lenders.

F-52


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

5 Revenue (Continued)

(b) Contract assets and liabilities

        The Group has recognized the following revenue-related contract assets and liabilities:

 
   
  At January 1,
  At December 31,    
 
   
  2017   2017   2018    
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

 

Contract assets

                     

 

—Implementation

            95,848    

 

—Transaction based and support

        6,294     49,265    

 

 

—Post implementation support services

            4,279    

 

 

—Business origination services

        6,294     44,986    

            6,294     145,113    

 

Less: Impairment loss allowance (Note i)

                     

 

—Implementation

            (9,492 )  

 

—Transaction based and support

            (1,960 )  

 

 

—Post implementation support services

            (450 )  

 

 

—Business origination services

            (1,510 )  

                (11,452 )  

 

Current contract assets, net

        6,294     133,661    

 

—Transaction based and support

        10,266     63,120    

 

Non-current contract assets, net

        10,266     63,120    

            16,560     196,781    

 

Contract liabilities

                     

 

—Transaction based and support

        10,363     58,383    

 

 

—Post implementation support services

            11,102    

 

 

—Risk management services

            35,188    

 

 

—Operation support services

        10,363     12,093    

 

Current contract liabilities

        10,363     58,383    

 

—Transaction based and support

        15,843     7,423    

 

 

—Risk management services

            47    

 

 

—Operation support services

        15,843     7,376    

 

Non-current contract liabilities

        15,843     7,423    

            26,206     65,806    

        Increase in contract assets during the year was in line with the growth of the Group's contracted sales and also due to an amount of RMB72,694,000 (Note 33) recognized in relation to business combination.

        During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, there were no material cumulative catch-up adjustments to revenue that affect the corresponding contract asset or contract liability, including

F-53


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

5 Revenue (Continued)

adjustments arising from a change in the measure of progress, a change in an estimate of the transaction price or a contract modification, there were also no revenue recognized in the reporting year from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous years.

(i) Movements in the impairment loss allowance of contract assets are as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

         

Charge to profit or loss

        (2,288 )

Additions from acquisition of subsidiary

        (10,506 )

Write-off

        1,342  

End of the year

        (11,452 )

(ii) Revenue recognized in relation to contract liabilities

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year

        10,363  

(iii) Remaining performance obligations of long-term contracts

 
  For the year ended December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000   RMB'000  

Aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to long-term contracts that are partially or fully unsatisfied at the end of each year

             

Expected to be recognized within one year

    36,406     52,838  

Expected to be recognized in one to two years

    35,922     45,305  

Expected to be recognized in two to three years

    24,113     22,391  

Expected to be recognized beyond three years

        14,880  

    96,441     135,414  

        The remaining performance obligations disclosed above represent post-implementation support services, risk management services and operation support services that have an original contractual term of more than one year. As a practical expedient, the remaining performance obligation of a contract that has an original contractual term of one year or less are not disclosed. Moreover, the amounts disclosed above do not include variable consideration, which presently is fully constrained.

F-54


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

6 Expenses by nature

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Employee benefit expenses (Note 7)

    563,548     737,399  

Technology service fee

    260,052     614,311  

Amortization of intangible assets

    230,906     260,088  

Business origination fee

    187,628     224,405  

Outsourcing labor costs

    27,976     131,198  

Depreciation of property and equipment

    56,648     93,939  

Telecommunication expenses

    29,590     78,175  

Travelling expenses

    24,929     50,207  

Marketing and advertising fee

    46,183     74,013  

Professional service fee

    16,620     60,782  

Impairment loss of financial assets

        2,224  

Others

    53,995     121,255  

Total cost of revenue, research and development expenses, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses

    1,498,075     2,447,996  

 

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Research and development costs

             

—Employee benefit expenses

    254,665     397,488  

—Technology service fee

    248,306     375,085  

—Amortization of intangible assets

    33,082     33,082  

—Depreciation of property and equipment

    1,083     6,025  

—Others

    90     9,761  

Amounts incurred

    537,226     821,441  

Less: capitalized

   
 
   
 
 

—Employee benefit expenses

        (219,195 )

—Technology service fee

        (142,995 )

—Others

        (70 )

        (362,260 )

    537,226     459,181  

F-55


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

7 Employee benefit expenses

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Wages and salaries

    457,050     587,940  

Welfare and other benefits

    106,122     141,708  

Share-based payments (Note 25)

    376     7,751  

    563,548     737,399  

8 Other income, gains or loss—net

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Net gain on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    22,667     102,582  

Interest income from shareholder for late capital injection

        15,088  

Gain on dilution of interest in associate (Note 14)

        7,641  

Gain on disposal of lease assets and derecognition of lease liabilities

        5,232  

Guarantee gain/(loss), net (Note a)

    1,526     (200,080 )

Net foreign exchange loss

        (10,951 )

Fair value adjustment to derivatives

        (2,438 )

Others

    1,667     3,066  

    25,860     (79,860 )

(a) Guarantee gains / (loss), net

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Interest income on financial guarantee fee receivables (Note 19(a))

    8,485     44,289  

Impairment loss of financial guarantee fee receivables (Note 19(a))

    (9,271 )   (40,762 )

Release of financial guarantee liabilities

    2,312      

Guarantee charge arising from changes in estimates under financial guarantee contract

        (203,607 )

    1,526     (200,080 )

F-56


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

9 Finance costs—net

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Finance income

             

Interest income on bank deposits

    2,128     129,435  

Finance costs

             

Interest expense on borrowings

    (79,454 )   (145,968 )

Interest expense on lease liabilities

    (6,136 )   (10,175 )

Interest expense on redemption liability

        (4,511 )

Bank charges

    (121 )   (2,788 )

    (85,711 )   (163,442 )

    (83,583 )   (34,007 )

10 Income tax benefit/(expense)

        The income tax benefit/(expense) of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is analyzed as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Current income tax

    (87 )   (99 )

Deferred income tax

    369,764     (26,370 )

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    369,677     (26,469 )

F-57


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

10 Income tax benefit/(expense) (Continued)

        The tax on the Group's loss before income tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the statutory tax rate applicable to loss of the consolidated entities as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Loss before income tax

    976,633     1,163,816  

Tax calculated at PRC statutory income tax rate of 25%

    244,158     290,954  

Differential of income tax rates applicable to subsidiaries

   
   
(179,909

)

Expense not deductible for tax purposes

    (2,909 )   (85,795 )

Incomes not subject to tax

        7,549  

Tax losses and temporary differences for which no deferred income tax asset was recognized

        (221 )

Deferred tax assets recognized for previously unrecognized tax losses and temporary differences

    128,428      

Derecognization of deferred tax assets on tax losses

        (60,337 )

Additional deductible allowance for research and development expenses

        407  

Adjustments for current tax of prior periods

        883  

Income tax benefit/(expense)

    369,677     (26,469 )

        The unused tax losses for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 is analyzed as follows:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized

        244,027  

        The expiry dates of the unused tax losses not recognized as deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are listed as follows:

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Year 2022

        241,348  

Notes:

(a) PRC Enterprise Income Tax ("EIT")

        Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (the "EIT Law"), the standard enterprise income tax rate for domestic enterprises and foreign invested enterprises is 25%.In accordance with the implementation rules of the EIT Law, a qualified "High and New Technology Enterprise"("HNTE") is eligible for a

F-58


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

10 Income tax benefit/(expense) (Continued)

preferential tax rate of 15% and a "Software Enterprise"("SE") is entitled to exemption from income taxation for the first two years, counting from the year the enterprise makes profits, and half reduction for the next three years. In accordance with the relevant rules of the EIT Law, for eligible enterprises in Shenzhen Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone ("Qianhai"), EIT shall be levied at a reduced tax rate of 15%.

(b) Cayman Islands Income Tax

        The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and is not subject to Cayman Islands income tax.

(c) Hong Kong Income Tax

        The Hong Kong income tax rate is 16.5%. No Hong Kong profits tax was provided for as there was no estimated assessable profit that was subject to Hong Kong profits tax during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

(d) Singapore Income Tax

        The income tax provision of the Group in respect of its operations in Singapore was calculated at the tax rate of 17% on the assessable profits for the year ended December 31, 2018 based on the existing legislation, interpretations and practices in respect thereof.

(e) PRC Withholding Tax ("WHT")

        According to the EIT Law and other regulations, distribution of profits earned by PRC companies since January 1, 2008 to overseas investors is subject to withholding tax of 5% or 10%, depending on the region of incorporation of the overseas investor, upon the distribution of profits to overseas-incorporated immediate holding companies.

        During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, no deferred income tax liability on WHT was accrued because the subsidiaries of the Group were loss making.

11 Loss per share

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Net loss for the year attributable to owners of the Company

    (606,956 )   (1,195,712 )

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in'000 shares)

    671,197     923,691  

Basic loss per share (RMB yuan)

   
(0.90

)
 
(1.29

)

Diluted loss per share (RMB yuan)

    (0.90 )   (1.29 )

F-59


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

11 Loss per share (Continued)

        Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

        For the purpose of calculation of loss per share, 900,000,000 ordinary shares issued as part of the Recapitalization of the Group (Note 23) have been deemed to be issued at the same time when the then owners of the Listing Business made capital contribution to the Group. 66,171,600 shares held for share option scheme purpose have been treated as treasury shares from January 1, 2017. Accordingly, for purpose of calculation of loss per share, the issued and outstanding number of ordinary shares as at January 1, 2017, December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, taking into account the shares held for share option scheme purpose, were 580,417,958 shares, 833,828,400 shares and 933,828,399 shares, respectively.

        The effects of all outstanding share options granted under the Share Option Scheme, which represent 19,515,600 and 24,541,500 shares (Note 25), for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, have been excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share as the vesting conditions have not been met as of the reporting date, and their effects would be anti-dilutive. Accordingly, dilutive loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 were the same as basic loss per share for the years.

F-60


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

12 Property and equipment

 
  Office and
telecommunication
equipment
  Right-of-use
properties
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As at January 1, 2017

                         

Cost

    36,388     150,274     4,441     191,103  

Accumulated depreciation

    (2,613 )   (19,408 )   (245 )   (22,266 )

Net book amount

    33,775     130,866     4,196     168,837  

Year ended December 31, 2017

                         

Opening net book amount

    33,775     130,866     4,196     168,837  

Additions

    6,905     33,039     8,816     48,760  

Depreciation charge

    (8,997 )   (45,929 )   (1,722 )   (56,648 )

Closing net book amount

    31,683     117,976     11,290     160,949  

As at December 31, 2017

                         

Cost

    43,293     183,313     13,257     239,863  

Accumulated depreciation

    (11,610 )   (65,337 )   (1,967 )   (78,914 )

Net book amount

    31,683     117,976     11,290     160,949  

Year ended December 31, 2018

                         

Opening net book amount

    31,683     117,976     11,290     160,949  

Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 33)

    272         176     448  

Additions

    42,305     225,638     42,523     310,466  

Disposals, net

    (9 )   (58,247 )       (58,256 )

Depreciation charge

    (12,044 )   (76,958 )   (4,937 )   (93,939 )

Closing net book amount

    62,207     208,409     49,052     319,668  

As at December 31, 2018

                         

Cost

    85,861     268,992     55,956     410,809  

Accumulated depreciation

    (23,654 )   (60,583 )   (6,904 )   (91,141 )

Net book amount

    62,207     208,409     49,052     319,668  

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, depreciation of approximately RMB213,000, RMB1,083,000, RMB2,440,000 and RMB52,912,000 were charged to cost of revenue, research and development expenses, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses, respectively.

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, depreciation of approximately RMB778,000, RMB6,025,000, RMB2,474,000, and RMB84,662,000 were charged to cost of revenue, research and development expenses, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses, respectively.

        Depreciation of office and telecommunication equipment is allocated to different functional expenses based on usage of equipment by different functional divisions. Right-of-use properties and leasehold improvement are primarily related to business office buildings leased by the Group and used as corporate headquarters. For leased business office buildings which are for general and administrative use, the depreciation of the related right-of-use properties and leasehold improvement is charged to general and administrative expense.

F-61


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

13 Intangible assets

 
  Application and
platform
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contributed
by Ping
An Group
  Developed
internally
  Purchased
Software
  Development
costs in
progress
  Goodwill   Others*   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As at January 1, 2017

                                           

Cost

    690,910         910                 691,820  

Accumulated amortization

    (96,042 )       (59 )               (96,101 )

Net book amount

    594,868         851                 595,719  

Year ended December 31, 2017

                                           

Opening net book amount

    594,868         851                 595,719  

Additions

            2,265                 2,265  

Amortization

    (230,271 )       (635 )               (230,906 )

Closing net book amount

    364,597         2,481                 367,078  

As at December 31, 2017

                                           

Cost

    690,910         3,175                 694,085  

Accumulated amortization

    (326,313 )       (694 )               (327,007 )

Net book amount

    364,597         2,481                 367,078  

Year ended December 31, 2018

                                           

Opening net book amount

    364,597         2,481                 367,078  

Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 33)

            74,628     6,854     126,015     68,610     276,107  

Additions

            11,758     362,260         960     374,978  

Transfer

        44,033         (44,033 )            

Amortization

    (230,271 )   (7,212 )   (12,835 )           (9,770 )   (260,088 )

Closing net book amount

    134,326     36,821     76,032     325,081     126,015     59,800     758,075  

As at December 31, 2018

                                           

Cost

    690,910     44,033     89,561     325,081     126,015     69,570     1,345,170  

Accumulated amortization

    (556,584 )   (7,212 )   (13,529 )           (9,770 )   (587,095 )

Net book amount

    134,326     36,821     76,032     325,081     126,015     59,800     758,075  

*
The Group recognized identifiable intangible assets—customer relationship amounting to RMB68,610,000 in the business combination (refer to Note 33).

        During the year ended December 31, 2017, amortization of approximately RMB197,824,000, RMB33,082,000 were charged to cost of revenue and research and development expenses, respectively.

        During the year ended December 31, 2018, amortization of approximately RMB227,006,000, RMB33,082,000 were charged to cost of revenue and research and development expenses, respectively.

F-62


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

13 Intangible assets (Continued)

(a) Impairment tests for long-lived assets

        Goodwill arises from the Group's acquisition of Vantage Point Technology on July 31, 2018 (Note 33).

        Goodwill and development costs in progress not ready for use are tested annually based on the recoverable amount of related CGU determined based on a value-in-use calculation which uses cash flow projection approved by the directors. Assumed growth rate is used to extrapolate the cash flows in the following years. The financial budgets are prepared business plan which is appropriate after considering the sustainability of business growth, stability of core business developments and achievement of business targets.

        The key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations of goodwill are as follows:

 
  For the year ended December 31,
 
  2017   2018
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000

Revenue growth rate

  Not applicable   8% - 55%

Long term growth rate

  Not applicable   3%

Pre-tax discount rate

  Not applicable   20.91%

14 Investment in associate

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

At beginning of year

        37,253  

Additions

    40,000      

Share of losses of associate

    (2,747 )   (15,442 )

Gain on dilution of interest in associate (Note 8)

        7,641  

At end of year

    37,253     29,452  

        On March 28, 2017, Shanghai OneConnect set up Pingan Puhui Lixin Asset Management Co., Ltd. ("Puhui Lixin") with Pingan Puhui Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Lufax Holding Ltd. (Note 32), by investing capital amount of RMB40,000,000. The Group has a currently exercisable option to make additional investment to hold an additional equity interest of 26.67% in Puhui Lixin and the Group account for the investment as an associate.

        The investment in associate as at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 
   
   
  Percentage of
equity interest
 
 
   
   
  As at
December 31,
 
 
  Place of business
and incorporation
   
 
 
  Principal activities   2017   2018  

Puhui Lixin

  Shanghai, PRC   Technology consulting services     20.00 %   13.33 %

F-63


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

15 Financial instruments by category

        The Group holds following financial instruments:

 
   
  For the year ended
December 31
 
 
  Note   2017   2018  
 
   
  RMB'000   RMB'000  

Financial assets

                 

Financial assets at amortized cost

                 

—Loan to related party

  32         15,027  

—Trade receivables

  18     36,888     270,530  

—Prepayments and other receivables (excluding non-financial asset items)

  19     265,452     245,711  

—Restricted cash

  21     1,100     3,996,238  

—Cash and cash equivalents

  22     847,767     565,027  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

  16     5,000     5,000  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)

                 

—Wealth management products

  20     863,266     2,540,925  

Total

        2,019,473     7,638,458  

Financial liabilities

                 

Liabilities at amortized cost

                 

—Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liability items)

  26     1,163,973     1,253,502  

—Short-term borrowings

  27     1,502,246     3,386,100  

Derivative financial liability

                 

Held at FVPL

  28         2,438  

Total

        2,666,219     4,642,040  

16 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Unlisted securities

             

—Equity securities(Note a)

    5,000     5,000  

(a)
On August 4, 2016, the Group acquired 5% equity interest in Fujian Exchange Settlement Centre Co., Ltd. ( GRAPHIC

) at a consideration of RMB5,000,000.

F-64


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

17 Leases

(a)
Amounts recognized in the balance sheet
 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Right-of-use assets (Note 12)

             

—Properties

    117,976     208,409  

Lease liabilities (Note 26)

             

—Non current

    84,819     126,868  

—Current

    35,893     82,452  

    120,712     209,320  

        Additions to the right-of-use assets during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are RMB 33,039,000 and RMB 225,638,000 respectively.

(b)
Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss
 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets

    45,929     76,958  

Interest expenses (included in finance cost)

    6,136     10,175  

    52,065     87,133  

        The total cash outflow for leases in 2017 and 2018 are RMB 50,432,000 and RMB 83,727,000 respectively.

        Expense recognized in relation to short-term leases for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 amounted to RMB 2,068,000 and RMB 11,000, respectively.

18 Trade receivables

 
   
  At December 31,  
 
  At January 1,
2017
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Trade receivables

    21,070     36,888     274,166  

Less: impairment loss allowance

            (3,636 )

    21,070     36,888     270,530  

F-65


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

18 Trade receivables (Continued)

(a)
Movements in the impairment loss allowance of trade receivables are as follows:
 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

         

Additions

        15  

Acquisition of subsidiary

        (3,651 )

End of the year

        (3,636 )

19 Prepayments and other receivables

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Financial guarantee fee receivable, gross

    197,050     156,966  

Less: impairment loss allowance

    (3,863 )   (20,782 )

Financial guarantee fee receivable, net (Note a)

    193,187     136,184  

Deposit

    72,265     98,097  

Value-added-tax deductible

    15,419     38,688  

Advance to staffs

    6,455     13,339  

Receivables for value-added-tax paid on behalf of wealth management products

        12,498  

Others

    22,313     39,476  

Less: impairment loss allowance

        (1,068 )

    309,639     337,214  
(a)
Financial guarantee fee receivables, net
 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Opening balance

        193,187  

Addition arising from new contracts

    215,673     50,889  

Cash received

    (22,209 )   (114,076 )

Unwinding interest income including value-added-tax (Note 8(a))

    8,994     46,946  

Impairment loss(Note 8(a))

    (9,271 )   (40,762 )

Ending balance

    193,187     136,184  

F-66


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

19 Prepayments and other receivables (Continued)

        Movements in the impairment loss allowance of financial guarantee fee receivables are as follows:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

        (3,863 )

Additions

    (9,271 )   (40,762 )

Write off

    5,408     23,843  

End of the year

    (3,863 )   (20,782 )
(b)
Movements in the impairment loss allowance of prepayments and other receivables are as follows:
 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the year

         

Acquisition of subsidiary

        (1,117 )

Reversal

        49  

End of the year

        (1,068 )

20 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Wealth management products

    863,266     2,540,925  

        The Group invested in wealth management products issued by its related parties which are redeemable upon request by holders.

21 Restricted cash

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Pledged bank deposits

    1,100     3,910,516  

Accrued interest

        85,722  

    1,100     3,996,238  

        As at December 31, 2018, RMB 3,884,434,000(USD 565,980,000) of the bank deposits were pledged for short-term borrowings of the Group with interest rate of 3.15% per annum, RMB 24,021,000

F-67


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

21 Restricted cash (Continued)

(USD 3,500,000) were pledged for currency forwards and swaps, and RMB 2,061,000 was pledged for business guarantee.

22 Cash and cash equivalents

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Cash on hand

    6     7  

Cash at banks

    847,761     565,020  

    847,767     565,027  

 

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

USD

    431,257     421,806  

RMB

    416,510     140,292  

SGD

        2,929  

    847,767     565,027  

23 Share capital

 
  Number of shares   USD  

Authorized

             

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at incorporation date of the Company(Note a)

    900,000,000     9,000  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at December 31, 2017

    900,000,000     9,000  

Newly authorized

    4,100,000,000     41,000  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at December 31, 2018

    5,000,000,000     50,000  

F-68


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

23 Share capital (Continued)


 
  Number of shares   USD   Equivalent
to RMB
 

Issued

                   

Newly issued ordinary shares at incorporation date of the Company

    1          

Newly issued ordinary shares(Note b)

    899,999,999     9,000     59,838  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at December 31, 2017

    900,000,000     9,000     59,838  

Newly issued ordinary shares(Note c)

    99,999,999     1,000     6,331  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at December 31, 2018

    999,999,999     10,000     66,169  

(a)
The Company was incorporated on October 30, 2017 with an authorized share capital of USD 9,000 divided into 900,000,000 ordinary shares of USD0.00001 each.

(b)
On December 4, 2017, 899,999,999 ordinary shares of the Company were issued to Bo Yu and Sen Rong at par as part of the Recapitalization of the Group (Note 1.2).

(c)
The Company has completed Round A investments ("Round A Investments") in April 2018 with 12 investors. 99,999,999 ordinary shares were issued to the Round A Investors at a price of USD7.5 per share for an aggregated consideration of approximately USD750 million (approximately RMB4,750,965,000). These shares rank pari passu in all respects with the shares in issue. As at December 31, 2018, issued number of ordinary shares was 999,999,999 shares of USD0.00001 each which had been fully paid.

F-69


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

24 Other reserves

 
  Recapitalization
reserve
  Share
premium
  Share-based
compensation
reserve
  Foreign
currency
translation
differences
  Others   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As at January 1, 2017

    862,162                     862,162  

Capital contribution from the then owners(a)

   
337,838
   
   
   
   
   
337,838
 

Share-based payments —Value of employee services (Note 25)

            376             376  

As at December 31, 2017

    1,200,000         376             1,200,376  

Other comprehensive income

                                     

—Foreign currency translation differences

                396,520         396,520  

Share premium from issuance of ordinary shares(b)

        4,730,375                 4,730,375  

Share-based payments —Value of employee services (Note 25)

            7,751             7,751  

Recognition of redemption liability to acquire non-controlling interests (Note 33)

                    (183,569 )   (183,569 )

As at December 31, 2018

    1,200,000     4,730,375     8,127     396,520     (183,569 )   6,151,453  

(a)
Shanghai OneConnect was incorporated on December 29, 2015. Shenzhen OneConnect was incorporated on September 15, 2017 as the sole immediate shareholder of Shanghai OneConnect. After the Recapitalization of the Group (Note 1.2), Shenzhen OneConnect and its subsidiaries are indirectly controlled by the Company through the Contractual Arrangements. The consolidated share capital and share premium of Shenzhen OneConnect was presented as "recapitalization reserve" for the purpose of the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

(b)
The Company completed Round A Investments in April 2018 (Note 23(c)). The excess of the consideration of approximately RMB4,750,965,000 paid by Round A investors over the aggregate par value of approximately RMB6,000 and share issuance transaction cost of approximately RMB20,585,000, being RMB 4,730,375,000, was credited to the share premium account of the Company.

F-70


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

25 Share-based payments

        For the purpose of share option scheme, Xin Ding Heng was set up in 2017 as a special purpose vehicle to indirectly hold 66,171,600 ordinary shares of the Company through Sen Rong. As the Company has the power to govern the relevant activities of Xin Ding Heng and can derive benefits from the services to be rendered by the grantees, the directors of the Company consider that it is appropriate to consolidate Xin Ding Heng. As the equity interest for 66,171,600 shares was originally reserved by the Registered Shareholders through Jin Ning Sheng and Guang Feng Rong before the Recapitalization of the Group, the aggregate consideration of RMB 88,280,000 for 66,171,600 shares and is recognized as "shares held for share option scheme" under equity from January 1, 2017.

        On November 7, 2017, equity-settled share-based compensation plan ("the Share Option Scheme") was set up with the objective to recognize and reward the contribution of eligible directors, employees and other persons (collectively, the "Grantees") for the growth and development of the Group. The Share Option Plan is valid and effective for 10 years from the grant date.

        On November 7, 2017 and November 8, 2018, 19,515,600 and 8,597,400 share options were granted to Grantees respectively, which were recognized under equity of the Group.

        Subject to the Grantee continuing to be a service provider, 100% of these options will be vested over 4 years upon fulfilling the service conditions and non-market performance conditions prescribed in the share option agreement.

        The options should be exercised no earlier than 12 months after the Company successfully completes an initial public offering and the Company's shares get listed in the stock exchange ("IPO and Listing") and no later than 8 years from the grant date. The vesting date is determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

        The share-based compensation expenses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 are summarized in the following table:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Share-based compensation expense

             

—Value of employee's services (Note 7)

    376     7,751  

        Movements in the number of share options granted to employees are as follows:

 
  Number of share options  
 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  

At the beginning of the year

        19,515,600  

Granted

    19,515,600     8,597,400  

Forfeited

        (3,571,500 )

At the end of the year

    19,515,600     24,541,500  

F-71


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

25 Share-based payments (Continued)

        For the outstanding share options, the weighted-average exercise price was RMB1.86 and RMB19.05 per share and the weighted-average remaining contractual life was 7.86 and 6.86 years respectively, as at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

        Share options outstanding at the balance sheet dates have the following expiry dates and exercise prices.

 
   
   
   
  Number of
share options
 
 
   
   
   
  At December 31,  
 
  Expiry
Year
  Exercise
price
  Fair value
of options
 
Grant Year
  2017   2018  
2017     2027     RMB1.33   RMB0.62     4,001,200     3,149,100  
2017     2027     RMB2.00   RMB0.52     15,514,400     12,980,000  
2018     2028     RMB52.00   RMB26.00         8,412,400  
                      19,515,600     24,541,500  

        The Company have used the discounted cash flow method to determine the underlying equity fair value of the Company to determine the fair value of the underlying ordinary share. Key assumptions, such as discount rate and projections of future performance, are required to be determined by the Company with best estimate.

        Based on fair value of the underlying ordinary share of the Company, the Company used Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the share option as at the grant dates. Key assumptions are set as below:

Date of grant
  November 7,
2017
  November 8,
2018
 

Discount rate

    24.0 %   17.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    3.9 %   3.6 %

Volatility

    51.6 %   51.2 %

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %

        The Binomial Model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the China Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield was estimated based on the Company's expected dividend policy over the expected life of the options. The Company estimates the volatility of its ordinary shares at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of similar U.S. public companies for a period equal to the expected life preceding the grant date.

F-72


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

26 Trade and other payables

 
  As at December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Trade payables

             

Due to related parties

    140,878     250,687  

Due to third parties

    67,623     65,809  

    208,501     316,496  

Accrued expenses

   
41,684
   
255,852
 

Financial guarantee payables (Note a)

    209,782     250,338  

Redemption liability (Note 33)

        188,080  

Lease liabilities

    120,712     209,320  

Service fee refundable

    110,316     140,028  

Investment deposit received from investors

    431,257     90,002  

Amounts payable for purchase of shares held for share option scheme (Note 25)

    88,280     88,280  

Other tax payables

        34,487  

Security deposit

    21,764     25,588  

Amount due to related parties

    16,113     19,366  

Others

    67,564     66,032  

    1,315,973     1,683,869  

Less: non—current portion

   
 
   
 
 

Redemption liability (Note 33)

        (188,080 )

Lease liabilities

    (84,819 )   (126,868 )

Amounts payable for purchase of shares held for share option scheme (Note 25)

    (88,280 )   (88,280 )

    1,142,874     1,280,641  

(a)   Financial guarantee payables

 
  RMB'000  

Year ended December 31, 2017

       

Opening balance

     

Addition arising from new contracts

    215,673  

Credit to profit or loss, net

    (3,124 )

Payouts during the year, net

    (2,767 )

Ending balance

    209,782  

F-73


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

26 Trade and other payables (Continued)


 
  RMB'000  

Year ended December 31, 2018

       

Opening balance

    209,782  

Addition arising from new contracts

    50,889  

Charge to profit or loss, net

    198,640  

Payouts during the year, net

    (208,973 )

Ending balance

    250,338  

27 Short-term borrowings

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Secured

        3,386,100  

Unsecured

    1,502,246      

    1,502,246     3,386,100  

        As at December 31, 2017, the unsecured borrowing was borrowed from Ping An Financial Technology, and bore a fixed interest rate of 4.89% per annum.

        As at December 31, 2018, out of the secured borrowings, RMB 3,373,100,000 were secured by restricted cash of RMB 3,884,434,000 (Note 21), RMB 8,000,000 is secured by Mrs. Li Che's (the non-controlling shareholder's spouse) real estate located in Beijing and RMB 5,000,000 is guaranteed by Mr. Xi Wang (non-controlling shareholder of the Group). The weighted average interest rate of all short-term borrowings is 4.78% per annum as at December 31, 2018.

28 Derivative financial liability

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  Nominal
amount
  Fair value   Nominal
amount
  Fair value  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Currency swaps

            480,424     2,438  

29 Dividends

        No dividends have been paid or declared by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

F-74


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

30 Deferred income tax

(a)
Deferred tax assets

        The movements of deferred tax assets were as follows:

 
  Tax losses   Accelerated
amortization
of intangible
assets
  Contract
liabilities
  Others   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

At January 1, 2017

                276     276  

Recognized in the profit or loss

    294,604     57,203     6,551     11,406     369,764  

At December 31, 2017

    294,604     57,203     6,551     11,682     370,040  

Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 33)

    7,857                 7,857  

Recognized in the profit or loss

    (179,134 )   151,505     6,593     (1,558 )   (22,594 )

At December 31, 2018

    123,327     208,708     13,144     10,124     355,303  
(b)
Deferred tax liabilities

        The movements of deferred tax liabilities were as follows:

 
  Intangible
assets
  Financial assets
at fair value
through profit
or loss
  Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

At 3January 1, 2017

             

Recognized in the profit or loss

             

At December 31, 2017

             

Acquisition of subsidiary(Note 33)

    21,335         21,335  

Recognized in the profit or loss

    (2,855 )   6,631     3,776  

At December 31, 2018

    18,480     6,631     25,111  
(c)
Offsetting of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities
 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Deferred tax assets after offsetting

    370,040     348,672  

Deferred tax liabilities after offsetting

        18,480  

F-75


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

31 Cash flow information

(a) Cash used in operations

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Loss before income tax

    (976,633 )   (1,163,816 )

Depreciation and amortization

    287,554     354,027  

Gain on disposal of lease assets and derecognition of lease liabilities

        (5,232 )

Expected credit loss on financial guarantee contracts

    11,229     286,387  

Share-based payments expenses

    376     7,751  

Fair value adjustment to derivatives

        2,438  

Net gain on financial assets at fair value through profits or loss

    (22,667 )   (102,582 )

Share of losses of associate

    2,747     15,442  

Gain on dilution of investment in associate

        (7,641 )

Finance costs

    85,590     160,654  

Interest from restricted cash

        (104,234 )

Changes in working capital :

   
 
   
 
 

Trade receivables

    (15,818 )   (218,290 )

Contract assets

        (107,527 )

Prepayments and other receivables

    (250,889 )   34,458  

Trade and other payable

    515,585     130,598  

Contract liabilities

    26,206     39,600  

Payroll and welfare payables

    108,035     188,829  

    (228,685 )   (489,138 )

(b) Non-cash investing and financing activities

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Acquisition of right-of-use properties by leasing (Note 12)

    33,039     225,638  

Recognition of redemption liability to acquire non-controlling interests (Note 33)

        188,080  

    33,039     413,718  

F-76


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

31 Cash flow information (Continued)

(c) Net debt reconciliation

        This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in net debt for each of the periods presented.

 
   
  At December 31,    
Net debt
  2017   2018    
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

Restricted cash

    1,100     3,996,238    

Cash and cash equivalents

    847,767     565,027    

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    863,266     2,540,925    

Lease liabilities (Note 26)

    (120,712 )   (209,320 )  

 

 

—due within one year

    (35,893 )   (82,452 )  

 

 

—due after one year

    (84,819 )   (126,868 )  

Borrowings—repayable within one year

    (1,502,246 )   (3,386,100 )  

Net debt

    89,175     3,506,770    

Cash and liquid investments

    1,712,133     7,102,190    

Gross debt—fixed interest rates

    (1,622,958 )   (3,595,420 )  

Net debt

    89,175     3,506,770    

 

 
   
   
  Financial
assets at
fair value
through
profit or
loss
  Liabilities from
financing activities
   
 
 
  Restricted
cash
  Cash and cash
equivalents
  Lease
liabilities
  Borrowings   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Net debt as at January 1, 2017

        78,158     772,844     (131,970 )   (1,016,320 )   (297,288 )

Cash flows

   
1,100
   
769,609
   
90,422
   
50,432
   
(500,000

)
 
411,563
 

Acquisition of right-of-use assets

                (33,039 )       (33,039 )

Other Changes(i)

                  (6,135 )   14,074     7,939  

Net debt as at December 31, 2017

    1,100     847,767     863,266     (120,712 )   (1,502,246 )   89,175  

Cash flows

    3,590,548     (295,312 )   1,674,278     83,727     (1,815,337 )   3,237,904  

Acquisition of right-of-use assets

                (225,638 )       (225,638 )

Other Changes(i)

    404,590     12,572     3,381     53,303     (68,517 )   405,329  

Net debt as at December 31, 2018

    3,996,238     565,027     2,540,925     (209,320 )   (3,386,100 )   3,506,770  

(i)
Other changes include accrued interests, disposal, foreign currency translation differences and other non-cash movements.

F-77


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

32 Related party transactions

        The following significant transactions were carried out between the Group and its related parties during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018. In the opinion of the Directors of the Company, the related party transactions were carried out in the normal course of business and at terms negotiated between the Group and the respective related parties.

(a) Names and relationships with related parties

        The following companies are related parties of the Group that had balances and/or transactions with the Group during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Name of related parties
  Relationship with the Group

  At December 31, 2017 / For the year ended December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 /For the year ended December 31, 2018

Sen Rong Limited

 

Not applicable

 

Parent Company

Bo Yu Limited

  Not applicable   A shareholder that has significant influence over the Group

Ping An Group

  Ultimate parent company of Bo Yu   Ultimate parent company of Bo Yu

Subsidiaries of Ping An Group

  Controlled by Ping An Group   Controlled by Ping An Group

Lufax Holding Ltd. ('Lufax')

  Significant influenced by Ping An Group   Not applicable*

Lufax Group excluding Puhui Lixin

  Lufax and its subsidiaries   Not applicable*

Puhui Lixin

  Subsidiary of Lufax Group and significant influenced by the Group in the meanwhile   Subsidiary of Lufax Group, significant influenced by the Group

*
Ping An Group is no longer the ultimate controlling shareholder of the Group from November 29, 2017, and as a result, Lufax and Lufax Group are not related parties of the Group starting from November 29, 2017. The revenue generated from Lufax and Lufax Group excluding Puhui Lixin for the year ended December 31, 2018, which are no longer related party transactions, are not included in the following related parties transactions.

F-78


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

32 Related party transactions (Continued)

(b) Significant transactions with related parties

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
  2017   2018
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000

Revenue

         

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries*

    108,228   647,086

Puhui Lixin

    17,648   65,544

Lufax Group excluding Puhui Lixin

    157,445   Not applicable (Note 32(a))

    283,321   712,630

*
The Group provided lending solution services to a subsidiary of Ping An Group while the subsidiary of Ping An Group was not charged. The service fee was charged to borrowers directly. The revenue generated from such transactions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, was not included in the above revenue from Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, amounted to RMB127,504,546 and RMB 10,482,246, respectively.

The Group also provided lending solution services to third party lenders through contractual arrangement with another subsidiary of Ping An Group while the Group directly charged the related service fees to the subsidiary of Ping An Group. The revenue generated from such transactions for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018, was included in the above revenue from Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, amounted to RMB Nil and RMB 129,927,000, respectively.

        Revenue generated by providing implementation and support service jointly with Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a related party, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 amounted to RMB Nil and RMB 9,255,000, respectively.

Purchase of services

         

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    358,077   675,793

Net gain from wealth management products issued by related parties

         

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    22,550   102,582

Investment income from loan to related party

         

Lufax Group excluding Puhui Lixin

    1,967   Not applicable

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

      193

    1,967   193

Interest income on bank deposits

         

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    1,955   117,172

Leasing payment

         

F-79


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

32 Related party transactions (Continued)

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    46,768   41,217

Interest expenses paid

         

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    79,454   139,237

(c) Year end balances with related parties

 
  At December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Loan to related party

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(i)

        15,027  

Trade receivables

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(ii)

    5,942     142,223  

Puhui Lixin(ii)

        3,245  

Lufax Group excluding Puhui Lixin(ii)

    6,429     Not applicable  

    12,371     145,468  

Contract assets

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

        75,383  

Prepayment and other receivables

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(ii)

    38,597     40,848  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (Note 20)

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    863,266     2,540,925  

Cash and restricted cash

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    758,430     4,317,364  

Trade and other payables

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(ii)

    277,703     308,700  

Short-term borrowings (Note 27)

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    1,502,246     3,072,755  

Derivative financial liabilities

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

        2,438  

(i)
As at December 31, 2018, the loan to related party was lent to one subsidiary of Ping An Group with the maturity date of January 31, 2019. The interest rate of the loan was 6.39% per annum.

(ii)
The balances with related parties were unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.

F-80


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

32 Related party transactions (Continued)

(d) Key management personnel compensations

        Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and senior officers. The compensations paid or payable by the Group to key management for employee services are shown below:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Wages and salaries

    14,502     23,389  

Welfare and other benefits

    1,948     2,253  

Share-based payments

    37     360  

    16,487     26,002  

33 Business combination

        On July 31, 2018 ("Acquisition Date"), the Group completed its acquisition of 51.67% equity interest of Vantage Point Technology and Vantage Point Technology became a subsidiary of the Group thereafter. The principal activities of Vantage Point Technology are to provide risk management and profit management consultation, system implementation and training services.

        The purchase consideration for the acquisition of 51.67% equity interest was RMB 238,592,000. The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method.

F-81


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

33 Business combination (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the consideration paid, the net assets acquired and goodwill, also the net cash outflow arising on the acquisition:

 
  Notes   Fair value  
 
   
  RMB'000
 

Property and equipment

  12     448  

Intangible assets

  13     150,092  

Deferred tax assets

  30(a)     7,857  

Prepayments and other receivables

        13,355  

Trade receivables

        15,351  

Contract assets

        72,694  

Cash and cash equivalents

        61,702  

Restricted cash

        2,005  

Total assets

        323,504  

Trade and other payables

        40,476  

Short-term borrowings

        43,942  

Deferred tax liability

  30(b)     21,335  

Total liabilities

        105,753  

Net identifiable assets

        217,751  

Less: non-controlling interest

        (105,174 )

Add: goodwill

  13     126,015  

Net assets acquired

        238,592  

Total purchase consideration

        238,592  

Less: Unpaid Consideration:

        (11,870 )

           Cash and cash equivalent acquired by the Group from
           Vantage Point Technology

        (61,702 )

Net cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiary:

        165,020  

        The goodwill is attributable to the workforce and synergies of the acquired business. It will not be deductible for tax purposes.

        The Group wrote a put option on the remaining 48.33% equity in Vantage Point Technology. The put option provides the non-controlling shareholders of Vantage Point Technology with the right to require the Group to purchase the remaining equity interest subject to the terms and conditions of the put option. A financial liability (redemption liability) of RMB183,569,000 was initially recognized on the Acquisition Date to account for the put option and other reserve of the same amount were debited accordingly. The redemption liability was subsequently measured at amortized cost. As at December 31, 2018, the redemption liability amounted to RMB 188,080,000.

F-82


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

33 Business combination (Continued)

(i)
Accounting policy choice for non-controlling interests

        The Group recognizes non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquired entity's net identifiable assets. This decision is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. For the non-controlling interests in Vantage Point Technology, the Group elected to recognize the non-controlling interests at its proportionate share of the acquired net identifiable assets. See Note 2.4 for the Group's accounting policies for business combinations.

(ii)
Revenue and profit contribution

        The acquired business contributed revenues of RMB63,446,000 and net profit of RMB11,223,000 to the Group for the period from August 1 to December 31, 2018.

        If the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2018, consolidated pro-forma revenue and net loss of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have been increased by RMB51,822,000 and RMB11,503,000 respectively. These amounts have been calculated using the subsidiary's results and adjusting them for:

    differences in the accounting policies between the group and the subsidiary, and

    the additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets had applied from January 1, 2018, together with the consequential tax effects.

34 The Group's maximum exposure to unconsolidated structured entities

        The Group has determined that all of assets management products managed by the Group and its investments in wealth management products, which are not controlled by the Group, are unconsolidated structured entities.

        The Group invests in wealth management products managed by related parties for treasury management purposes. The Group also managed some assets management fund products as fund manager to generate fees from managing assets on behalf of other investors, mainly Ping An Group and its subsidiaries. The assets management fund products are financed by capital contribution from investors.

        The following table shows the Group's maximum exposure to the unconsolidated structured entities which represents the Group's maximum possible risk exposure that could occur as a result of the Group's arrangements with structured entities. The maximum exposure is contingent in nature and approximates the sum of direct investments made by the Group. The direct investments made by the Group are classified as FVPL.

F-83


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

34 The Group's maximum exposure to unconsolidated structured entities (Continued)

        The size of unconsolidated structured entities and the Group's funding and maximum exposure are shown below:

 
  Unconsolidated structured entities
December 31, 2017
  Size   Carrying
amount
  The Group's
maximum
exposure
  Interest held
by the Group
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

Asset management products managed by the Group

    11,268,073           Service fee

Wealth management products managed by related parties

    Note a     863,266     863,266   Investment income

 

 
  Unconsolidated structured entities
December 31, 2018
  Size   Carrying
amount
  The Group's
maximum
exposure
  Interest held
by the Group
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

Asset management products managed by the Group

    4,420,839     2,649     2,649   Service fee

Wealth management products managed by related parties

    Note a     2,540,925     2,540,925   Investment income


Note
a: These wealth management products are sponsored by related financial institutions and the information related to size of these structured entities were not publicly available. The carrying amount is recorded in financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

35 Contingencies

        The Group did not have any material contingent liabilities as at December 31, 2017 and 2018.

36 Events occurring after the reporting period

        On June 30, 2019, the Group acquired 80% of the equity interest of Beijing BER Technology Company Ltd. ("BER Technology") and obtained the control of BER Technology, which is a service provider specialized in scenario-basic retail digital banking platform establishment and operation.

F-84


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

36 Events occurring after the reporting period (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill arising on the acquisition:

 
  Fair value  
 
  RMB'000
 

Property and equipment

    7,560  

Intangible assets

    51,778  

Deferred tax assets

    4,625  

Prepayments and other receivables

    4,561  

Trade receivables

    9,724  

Contract assets

    40,488  

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,993  

Total assets

    120,729  

Trade and other payables

    18,287  

Short-term borrowings

    9,850  

Payroll and welfare payables

    4,178  

Deferred tax liability

    7,442  

Total liabilities

    39,757  

Net identifiable assets

    80,972  

Less: non-controlling interest

    (16,194 )

Add: goodwill

    29,784  

Net assets acquired

    94,562  

Cash consideration

    58,728  

Share consideration

    37,272  

Consideration to be paid

    96,000  

Contingently returnable consideration

    (1,438 )

Total purchase consideration

    94,562  

        Contingently returnable consideration represents fair value of the right that the Group has to repurchase 20% of the consideration shares at a nominal price if BER technology fails to meet certain revenue goal within three years from July 1, 2019.

        The Group wrote a put option on the remaining 20% equity in BER Technology. The put option provides the non-controlling shareholders of BER Technology with the right to require the Group to purchase the remaining equity interest subject to the terms and conditions of the put option. A financial liability (redemption liability) of RMB 44,105,000 was initially recognized on the acquisition date to account for the put option and other reserve of the same amount were debited accordingly. The redemption liability was subsequently measured at amortized cost.

F-85


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

37 Restricted net assets

        Relevant PRC laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the subsidiaries, the VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs incorporated in the PRC only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of the Company's subsidiaries, the VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs is required to annually appropriate 10% of net after-tax income to the statutory general reserve fund prior to payment of any dividends, unless such reserve funds have reached 50% of its respective registered capital. As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, the subsidiaries and the Consolidated Affiliated Entities are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company either in the form of dividends, loans or advances of the Group's total consolidated net assets. As of December 31, 2018, the total restricted net assets of the Company's subsidiaries and the VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs incorporated in PRC and subjected to restriction amounted to approximately RMB1,137,372,000. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC entities for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from them due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and development, or merely to declare and pay dividends or distributions to its shareholders. Except for the above, there is no other restriction on the use of proceeds generated by the Company's subsidiaries and the VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs to satisfy any obligations of the Company.

38 Parent company only condensed financial information

        Parent Company only financial statements have been provided pursuant to the requirements of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 12-04(a), which require condensed financial information as to financial position, cash flows and results of operations of a parent company as of the same dates and for the same periods for which audited consolidated financial statements have been presented, as the restricted net assets of the Company's consolidated subsidiaries, including VIEs, as of December 31, 2018 exceeded the 25% threshold, using the same accounting policies as set out in the Group's consolidated financial statements, except that the Company uses the equity method to account for investments in its subsidiaries and VIEs. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRSs have been condensed and omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company, as such, these statements are not the general-purpose financial statements of the reporting entity and should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

        The Company did not have significant capital and other commitments or guarantees as of December 31, 2018. The subsidiaries did not pay any dividend to the Company for the years presented.

F-86


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

38 Parent company only condensed financial information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2017
  Year ended
December 31, 2018
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Other operating expenses

        (25,164 )

Other income, gains or loss-net

        20,747  

Operating loss

        (4,417 )

Finance income

   
   
22,730
 

Share of loss of subsidiaries and VIEs

    (606,956 )   (1,214,025 )

Loss for the year

    (606,956 )   (1,195,712 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

             

Foreign currency translation differences

        396,520  

Total comprehensive loss

    (606,956 )   (799,192 )

F-87


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

38 Parent company only condensed financial information (Continued)

Condensed Balance Sheets

 
  As at December 31,  
 
  2017   2018  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

ASSETS

             

Non-current assets

             

Investment in subsidiaries

    53,336     3,715,759  

Total non-current assets

    53,336     3,715,759  

Current assets

             

Amount due from subsidiaries

        31,297  

Prepayments and other receivables

    60     265  

Cash and cash equivalents

    431,257     159,644  

Total current assets

    431,317     191,206  

Total assets

    484,653     3,906,965  

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

             

Equity

             

Share capital

    60     66  

Shares held for share option scheme

    (88,280 )   (88,280 )

Reserves

    1,200,376     6,151,453  

Accumulated loss

    (1,147,040 )   (2,342,752 )

Total equity

    (34,884 )   3,720,487  

Liabilities

             

Non-current liabilities

             

Amounts payable for purchase of shares held for share option scheme

    88,280     88,280  

Total non-current liabilities

    88,280     88,280  

Current liabilities

             

Investment deposit received from investors

    431,257     90,002  

Accrued expenses

        8,196  

Total current liabilities

    431,257     98,198  

Total liabilities

    519,537     186,478  

Total equity and liabilities

    484,653     3,906,965  

F-88


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

38 Parent company only condensed financial information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Changes in Equity

 
  Share capital   Shares held
for share
option scheme
  Reserves   Accumulated
losses
  Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As at January 1, 2017

        (88,280 )   862,162     (540,084 )   233,798  

Loss for the year

                (606,956 )   (606,956 )

Transactions with equity holders:

                               

Capital contribution from the then owners

            337,838         337,838  

Issuance of ordinary shares

    60                 60  

Share-based payments

            376         376  

Total transactions with equity holders at their capacity as equity holders for the period

    60         338,214         338,274  

As at December 31, 2017

    60     (88,280 )   1,200,376     (1,147,040 )   (34,884 )

Loss for the year

                (1,195,712 )   (1,195,712 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                               

—Foreign currency translation differences

            396,520         396,520  

Total comprehensive loss for the year

            396,520     (1,195,712 )   (799,192 )

Transactions with equity holders:

                               

Issuance of ordinary shares

    6         4,730,375         4,730,381  

Recognition of redemption liability

            (183,569 )       (183,569 )

Share-based payments

            7,751         7,751  

Total transactions with equity holders at their capacity as equity holders for the year

    6         4,554,557         4,554,563  

As at December 31, 2018

    66     (88,280 )   6,151,453     (2,342,752 )   3,720,487  

F-89


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED December 31, 2017 and 2018

38 Parent company only condensed financial information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2017
  Year ended
December 31,
2018
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Cash generated from operating activities

             

Cash generated in operations

        13,672  

Net cash generated from operating activities

        13,672  

Cash flows from investing activities

             

Payment for investment in subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

        (4,655,746 )

Payment for loan to subsidiaries

        (31,297 )

Net cash used in investing activities

        (4,687,043 )

Cash flows from financing activities

             

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

    431,257     4,409,771  

Share issue transaction costs

        (20,585 )

Net cash generated from financing activities

    431,257     4,389,186  

Net increase /(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    431,257     (284,185 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period/year

        431,257  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        12,572  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

    431,257     159,644  

F-90


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  Note   2018   2019  
 
   
  (Unaudited)
RMB'000

  (Unaudited)
RMB'000

 

Revenue

  5     902,503     1,554,923  

Cost of revenue

  6     (662,097 )   (1,047,910 )

Gross profit

        240,406     507,013  

Research and development expenses

 

6

   
(249,605

)
 
(641,498

)

Selling and marketing expenses

  6     (217,736 )   (472,082 )

General and administrative expenses

  6     (295,637 )   (452,250 )

Other income, gains or loss-net

  8     (53,076 )   (60,828 )

Operating loss

        (575,648 )   (1,119,645 )

Finance income

 

9

   
89,015
   
91,160
 

Finance costs

  9     (114,404 )   (133,132 )

Finance costs—net

  9     (25,389 )   (41,972 )

Share of losses of associate and joint venture

  14     (13,201 )   (12,165 )

Loss before income tax

        (614,238 )   (1,173,782 )

Income tax benefit

  10     35,266     124,808  

Loss for the period

        (578,972 )   (1,048,974 )

Loss attributable to:

                 

—Owners of the Company

        (574,756 )   (1,041,191 )

—Non-controlling interests

        (4,216 )   (7,783 )

        (578,972 )   (1,048,974 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                 

—Foreign currency translation differences

        397,738     144,658  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

        (181,234 )   (904,316 )

Total comprehensive loss attributable to:

                 

—Owners of the Company

        (177,018 )   (896,533 )

—Non-controlling interests

        (4,216 )   (7,783 )

        (181,234 )   (904,316 )

Loss per share attributable to owners of the Company (expressed in RMB per share)

                 

—Basic and diluted

  11     (0.63 )   (1.11 )

F-91


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  Note   As of December 31,
2018
  As of September 30,
2019
 
 
   
  (Audited)
RMB'000

  (Unaudited)
RMB'000

 

ASSETS

                 

Non-current assets

                 

Property and equipment

  12     319,668     361,616  

Intangible assets

  13     758,075     954,601  

Deferred tax assets

        348,672     474,591  

Investments accounted for using the equity method

  14     29,452     121,528  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

  16     5,000     5,000  

Contract assets

  5     63,120     59,654  

Total non-current assets

        1,523,987     1,976,990  

Current assets

                 

Loans to related parties

  29(c)     15,027      

Trade receivables

  17     270,530     702,209  

Contract assets

  5     133,661     224,866  

Prepayments and other receivables

  18     337,214     363,144  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

  19     2,540,925     560,971  

Derivative financial assets

  27         15,550  

Restricted cash

  20     3,996,238     3,411,366  

Cash and cash equivalents

  21     565,027     915,156  

Total current assets

        7,858,622     6,193,262  

Total assets

        9,382,609     8,170,252  

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

                 

Equity

                 

Share capital

  22     66     66  

Shares held for share option scheme

  24     (88,280 )   (88,280 )

Other reserves

  23     6,151,453     6,393,047  

Accumulated losses

        (2,342,752 )   (3,383,943 )

Equity attributable to equity owners of the Company

        3,720,487     2,920,890  

Non-controlling interests

       
110,601
   
169,592
 

Total equity

        3,831,088     3,090,482  

LIABILITIES

                 

Non-current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  25     403,228     447,355  

Contract liabilities

  5     7,423     19,126  

Deferred tax liabilities

        18,480     36,752  

Total non-current liabilities

        429,131     503,233  

Current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  25     1,280,641     1,009,183  

Payroll and welfare payables

        394,828     424,806  

Contract liabilities

  5     58,383     91,575  

Short-term borrowings

  26     3,386,100     3,050,973  

Derivative financial liabilities

  27     2,438      

Total current liabilities

        5,122,390     4,576,537  

Total liabilities

        5,551,521     5,079,770  

Total equity and liabilities

        9,382,609     8,170,252  

F-92


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 
   
  Attributable to owners of the Company    
   
 
 
  Note   Share
capital
  Shares held for
share option
scheme
  Other
reserves
  Accumulated
losses
  Total   Non-
controlling
interest
  Total
equity
 
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

(Unaudited)

                                               

As of January 1, 2018

        60     (88,280 )   1,200,376     (1,147,040 )   (34,884 )       (34,884 )

Loss for the period

                    (574,756 )   (574,756 )   (4,216 )   (578,972 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                               

—Foreign currency translation differences

  23             397,738         397,738         397,738  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

                397,738     (574,756 )   (177,018 )   (4,216 )   (181,234 )

Transactions with equity holders

                                               

Issuance of ordinary shares

  22,23     6         4,730,375         4,730,381         4,730,381  

Acquisition of subsidiary

                            105,174     105,174  

Recognition of redemption liability

                (183,569 )       (183,569 )       (183,569 )

Share-based payments

  24             1,043         1,043         1,043  

Total transactions with equity holders at their capacity as equity holders for the period

        6         4,547,849         4,547,855     105,174     4,653,029  

                                 

As of September 30, 2018

        66     (88,280 )   6,145,963     (1,721,796 )   4,335,953     100,958     4,436,911  

(Unaudited)

                                               

As of January 1, 2019

        66     (88,280 )   6,151,453     (2,342,752 )   3,720,487     110,601     3,831,088  

Loss for the period

                    (1,041,191 )   (1,041,191 )   (7,783 )   (1,048,974 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                                               

—Foreign currency translation differences

  23             144,658         144,658         144,658  

Total comprehensive loss for the period

                144,658     (1,041,191 )   (896,533 )   (7,783 )   (904,316 )

Transactions with equity holders

                                               

Issuance of ordinary shares

  22,23             88,030         88,030         88,030  

Share-based payments

  24             53,011         53,011         53,011  

Acquisition of a subsidiary

  30                         17,774     17,774  

Recognition of redemption liability

  30             (44,105 )       (44,105 )       (44,105 )

Contribution from non-controlling interests

  1.2                         49,000     49,000  

Total transactions with equity holders at their capacity as equity holders for the period

                96,936         96,936     66,774     163,710  

As of September 30, 2019

        66     (88,280 )   6,393,047     (3,383,943 )   2,920,890     169,592     3,090,482  

F-93


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
   
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  Note   2018   2019  
 
   
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Cash used in operations

          (136,993 )   (1,473,273 )

Net cash used in operating activities

          (136,993 )   (1,473,273 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Payment for acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired

    30     (164,980 )   (166,501 )

Payments for property and equipment

          (31,369 )   (79,843 )

Payment for intangible assets

          (251,243 )   (132,861 )

Capital injection to associate

    14         (100,000 )

Capital injection to joint venture

    14         (4,241 )

Payment for loans to related parties

              (5,000 )

Payments for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

          (5,145,371 )   (3,678,979 )

Payment for restricted cash

          (3,815,682 )    

Receipts of loans to related parties

              20,000  

Proceeds from sale of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

          3,575,856     5,691,394  

Refund of restricted cash

              704,292  

Interest received from loans to related parties

              444  

Interest received on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

          55,107     38,820  

Net cash (used in) / generated from investing activities

          (5,777,682 )   2,287,525  

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Capital injections from non-controlling interests

              49,000  

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

          4,299,184      

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

          4,198,780     3,816,944  

Payments for lease liabilities

          (72,447 )   (48,618 )

Repayments of short-term borrowings

          (2,368,942 )   (4,159,880 )

Interest paid

          (77,405 )   (116,062 )

Net cash generated from / (used in) financing activities

          5,979,170     (458,616 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

          64,495     355,636  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

          847,767     565,027  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

          12,196     (5,507 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

          924,458     915,156  

F-94


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

1 General information and basis of preparation

1.1.  General information

        OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the "Company") was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on October 30, 2017 as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (Cap. 22, Law 3 of 1961 as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands. The address of the Company's registered office is PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

        The Company, its subsidiaries, its controlled structured entities ("Structured Entities", "Variable Interest Entities" or "VIEs") and their subsidiaries ("Subsidiaries of VIEs") are collectively referred to as the "Group". The Group is principally engaged in providing cloud-platform-based Fintech solutions, online information service and operating support service to financial institutions (the "Listing Business") in the People's Republic of China (the "PRC"). The Company does not conduct any substantive operations of its own but conducts its primary business operations through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs in the PRC.

        The condensed consolidated financial information comprises the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019, the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity and the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the nine-month period then ended, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory notes (the "Interim Financial Information"). The Interim Financial Information is presented in Renminbi ("RMB"), unless otherwise stated. The Interim Financial Information has not been audited.

        The condensed consolidated financial information was approved by management for issue on October 30, 2019.

1.2.  Significant transactions

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Group completed an ordinary shares issuance to an investor, details of which have been disclosed in Note 22.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, the Group made capital contribution of RMB51,000,000 to Shenzhen OneConnect Information Technology Serviced Co., Ltd, a newly established subsidiary. Shenzhen Ping An Investment Development Co., Ltd , a subsidiary of Ping An Group, made capital contribution of RMB49,000,000 to Shenzhen OneConnect Information Technology Serviced Co., Ltd. which was recognised as capital contribution from non-controlling interest. The Group and Shenzhen Ping An Investment Development Co., Ltd owned the equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect Information Technology Serviced Co., Ltd as to 51% and 49%, respectively.

        The Group acquired 80% of the equity interest of Beijing BER Technology Company Ltd. ("BER Technology") on June 30, 2019 and obtained the control of BER Technology, details of which have been disclosed in Note 30.

        The Group entered into an agreement to acquire 100% of View Foundation International Limited ("View Foundation") which effectively controls 98.9% of the equity interest in Shenzhen E-Commerce Safety Certificates Administration Co. Ltd. ("Shenzhen CA") through a series of contractual arrangements on August 30, 2019, details of which have been disclosed in Note 30.

F-95


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

1 General information and basis of preparation (Continued)

1.3.  Consolidation of VIEs

        PRC laws and regulations prohibit or restrict foreign ownership of companies that provide certain internet-based businesses, which include activities and services provided by the Group. The Group operates its business operations in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements entered into among, wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company, VIEs that are legally owned by equity holders ("Nominee Shareholders") authorized by the Group, the shareholders of VIEs and Subsidiaries of VIEs (collectively, "Contractual Arrangements"). Under the Contractual Arrangements, the Company has the power to control the management, and financial and operating policies of the VIEs, has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the VIEs, and has the ability to use its power over the VIEs to affect the amount of the returns. As a result, all these VIEs are accounted for as consolidated structured entities of the Company and their financial statements have also been consolidated by the Company. There were no substantive changes in any Contractual Arrangements during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

1.4.  Basis of preparation

        The Interim Financial Information has been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard ("IAS") 34 'Interim Financial Reporting' issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2018 of the Company ("Annual Financial Statements"), which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by International Accounting Standards Board ("IFRS as issued by IASB").

2 Significant accounting policies

        The accounting policies and method of computation used in the preparation of the Interim Financial Information are consistent with those used in the Annual Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and derivative financial liabilities, which are carried at fair values.

F-96


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

2 Significant accounting policies (Continued)

Recent accounting pronouncements

(a) New standards and amendments to standards and interpretations not yet adopted

        A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations have been issued but not effective during the period beginning on January 1, 2019 and have not been early adopted by the Group in preparing the Interim Financial Information:

      Effective for annual periods beginning on or after

Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28

 

Sale or contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture

 
To be determined

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting 2018

  Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting   January 1, 2020

Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

  Definition of Material   January 1, 2020

Amendments to IFRS 3

  Definition of a Business   January 1, 2020

IFRS 17

  Insurance Contracts   January 1, 2021

        The above new standards, new interpretations and amended standards are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments

        The preparation of the Interim Financial Information requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

        In preparing the Interim Financial Information, the nature of significant judgments made by management in applying the Group's accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were consistent with those described in the Annual Financial Statements.

4 Management of financial risk

4.1   Financial risk factors

        The Group's activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency risk and interest risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

        The Interim Financial Information does not include all financial risk management information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Annual Financial Statements.

        There were no changes in any material risk management policies during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

F-97


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

4.2   Capital management

        The Group's objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group's ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to enhance shareholders' value in the long term.

        The Group monitors capital (including share capital and reserves) by regularly reviewing the capital structure. As a part of this review, the Company considers the cost of capital and the risks associated with the issued share capital. The Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or repurchase the Company's shares. In the opinion of the Directors of the Company, the Group's capital risk is low as of September 30, 2019.

4.3   Fair value estimation

        Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about financial instruments. When an active market exists, such as an authorized securities exchange, the market value is the best reflection of the fair values of financial instruments. For financial instruments where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques.

        The Group's financial assets measured at fair value mainly include financial assets at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income.

Determination of fair value and fair value hierarchy

        All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchies. The fair value hierarchy categorizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety is determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

        The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

    (a)
    Fair value is based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities ("Level 1");

    (b)
    Fair value is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices) ("Level 2"); and

    (c)
    Fair value is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) ("Level 3").

        The level of fair value calculation is determined by the lowest level input that is significant in the overall calculation. As such, the significance of the input should be considered from an overall perspective in the calculation of fair value.

        For Level 2 financial instruments, valuations are generally obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets, or through the use of valuation methodologies using observable market

F-98


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

inputs, or recent quoted market prices. Valuation service providers typically gather, analyze and interpret information related to market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources, and through the use of widely accepted internal valuation models, provide a theoretical quote on various securities.

        For Level 3 financial instruments, prices are determined using valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques. Determinations to classify fair value measurement within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy are generally based on the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement, and valuation methodologies such as discounted cash flow models and other similar techniques.

        For assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-assessing categorization (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

        The following tables provide the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group's financial assets and liabilities:

 
  As of December 31, 2018  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Assets measured at fair value

                         

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        2,540,925         2,540,925  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

            5,000     5,000  

Financial liabilities

                         

Derivative financial liabilities

        2,438         2,438  

 

 
  As of September 30, 2019  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Assets measured at fair value

                         

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        559,533     1,438     560,971  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

            5,000     5,000  

Derivative financial assets

        15,550         15,550  

        For the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, there were no transfers among different levels of fair value measurement.

F-99


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

4 Management of financial risk (Continued)

        Movements of Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value are as follows:

 
  For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the period

    5,000     5,000  

Additions

        1,438  

End of the period

    5,000     6,438  

        The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade receivables, contract assets, loans to related parties, current portion of other receivables, short-term borrowings and trade and other payables approximated their fair values due to short term maturities of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019.

        Contract assets and non-current portion of other receivables are measured at amortized cost using discounted rates reflecting time value of money. As the market interest rate is relatively stable during the reporting period, the carrying amounts of contract assets and non-current portion of other receivables also approximated their fair values as of December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019.

5 Revenue

(a)   Disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers

 
   
  For the nine months
ended
September 30,
   
 
 
Revenue by nature
  2018   2019    
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

 

Implementation

    156,166     336,002    

 

Transaction based and support revenue

               

 

 

—Business origination services*

    412,710     569,188    

 

 

—Risk management services

    127,187     271,860    

 

 

—Operation support services

    181,500     311,553    

 

 

—Post-implementation support services

    18,595     35,413    

 

 

—Others

    6,345     30,907    

        902,503     1,554,923    

*
Included in business origination services is revenue from guarantee model of RMB 29,288,000 and nil for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-100


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

5 Revenue (Continued)

        Disaggregation of revenue by timing of transfer of services over time or at a point in time is set out below:

 
   
  At a point in
time
  Over time   Total    
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2018

                     

 

Implementation

        156,166     156,166    

 

Transaction based and support revenue

                     

 

 

—Business origination services

    412,710         412,710    

 

 

—Risk management services

    127,187         127,187    

 

 

—Operation support services

    133,132     48,368     181,500    

 

 

—Post-implementation support services

        18,595     18,595    

 

 

—Others

        6,345     6,345    

        673,029     229,474     902,503    

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2019

                     

 

Implementation

        336,002     336,002    

 

Transaction based and support revenue

                     

 

 

—Business origination services

    569,188         569,188    

 

 

—Risk management services

    271,860         271,860    

 

 

—Operation support services

    162,759     148,794     311,553    

 

 

—Post-implementation support services

        35,413     35,413    

 

 

—Others

    28,852     2,055     30,907    

        1,032,659     522,264     1,554,923    

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, the Group mainly operated in PRC and most of the revenue was generated in PRC.

F-101


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

5 Revenue (Continued)

(b)   Contract assets and liabilities

        The Group has recognized the following revenue-related contract assets and liabilities:

 
   
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
   
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

 

Contract assets

               

 

—Implementation

    95,848     184,489    

 

—Transaction based and support

    49,265     59,528    

 

 

—Post implementation support services

    4,279     3,237    

 

 

—Business origination services

    44,986     56,291    

        145,113     244,017    

 

Less: Impairment loss allowance (i)

               

 

—Implementation

    (9,492 )   (16,989 )  

 

—Transaction based and support

    (1,960 )   (2,162 )  

 

 

—Post implementation support services

    (450 )   (300 )  

 

 

—Business origination services

    (1,510 )   (1,862 )  

                 

        (11,452 )   (19,151 )  

 

Current contract assets, net

    133,661     224,866    

 

—Transaction based and support

             

 

—Business origination services

    63,120     59,654    

 

Non-current contract assets, net

    63,120     59,654    

        196,781     284,520    

 

Contract liabilities

               

 

—Implementation

        875    

 

—Transaction based and support

               

 

 

—Post implementation support services

    11,102     5,418    

 

 

—Risk management services

    35,188     28,806    

 

 

—Operation support services

    12,093     51,511    

 

 

—Others

        4,965    

 

Current contract liabilities

    58,383     91,575    

 

—Transaction based and support

               

 

 

—Risk management services

    47     73    

 

 

—Operation support services

    7,376     19,053    

 

Non-current contract liabilities

    7,423     19,126    

        65,806     110,701    

F-102


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

5 Revenue (Continued)

(i)
Movements in the impairment loss allowance of contract assets are as follows:
 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the period

        (11,452 )

Additions of impairment loss

    (2,203 )   (7,849 )

Reversal of impairment loss

    446     150  

Write-off

    995      

End of the period

    (762 )   (19,151 )
(ii)
Revenue recognized in relation to contract liabilities
 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period

    7,773     57,867  

6 Expenses by nature

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Employee benefit expenses

    465,074     1,066,066  

Technology service fee

    324,226     468,050  

Amortization of intangible assets

    186,120     271,442  

Business origination fee

    149,128     207,693  

Outsourcing labor costs

    68,427     179,754  

Depreciation of property and equipment

    68,264     94,174  

Telecommunication expenses

    33,821     79,978  

Travelling expenses

    32,222     59,071  

Marketing and advertising fee

    29,920     35,015  

Professional service fee

    6,222     21,089  

Impairment loss of financial assets

    2,197     12,147  

Others

    59,454     119,261  

Total cost of revenue, research and development expenses, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses

    1,425,075     2,613,740  

F-103


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

6 Expenses by nature (Continued)


 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Research and development costs

             

—Employee benefit expenses

    282,197     439,112  

—Technology service fee

    182,212     267,012  

—Amortization of intangible assets

    24,812     19,298  

—Depreciation of property and equipment

    4,058     9,167  

—Others

    5,208     30,358  

Amounts incurred

    498,487     764,947  

Less: capitalized

             

—Employee benefit expenses

    (157,791 )   (68,190 )

—Technology service fee

    (91,091 )   (43,725 )

—Others

        (11,534 )

    (248,882 )   (123,449 )

    249,605     641,498  

7 Employee benefit expenses

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Wages and salaries

    377,359     815,860  

Welfare and other benefits

    86,672     197,195  

Share-based payments (Note 24)

    1,043     53,011  

    465,074     1,066,066  

F-104


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

8 Other income, gains or loss—net

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Net gain on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    72,614     35,820  

Interest income from shareholder for late capital injection

    14,598      

Gain on disposal of lease asset and derecognition of lease liabilities

    5,232      

Guarantee loss, net (a)

    (132,379 )   (105,191 )

Net foreign exchange gain

    (14,810 )   (26,034 )

Fair value adjustment to derivatives

        17,662  

Government grants

    1,972     16,284  

Others

    (303 )   631  

    (53,076 )   (60,828 )
(a)
Guarantee loss, net
 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Interest income on financial guarantee fee receivables (Note 18(a))

    35,469     24,023  

Impairment loss of financial guarantee fee receivables (Note 18(a))

    (31,437 )   (12,746 )

Guarantee charge arising from changes in estimates under financial guarantee contract

    (136,411 )   (116,468 )

    (132,379 )   (105,191 )

F-105


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

9 Finance costs—net

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Finance income

             

Interest income on bank deposits

    89,015     91,160  

    89,015     91,160  

Finance costs

             

Interest expense on borrowings

    (103,269 )   (114,021 )

Interest expense on lease liabilities

    (6,897 )   (7,388 )

Interest expenses on redemption liability

    (1,791 )   (9,149 )

Bank charges

    (2,447 )   (2,574 )

    (114,404 )   (133,132 )

Finance costs—net

    (25,389 )   (41,972 )

10 Income tax benefit

        The Income tax benefit of the Group for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 is analyzed as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Current income tax

    (211 )   (2,625 )

Deferred income tax

    35,477     127,433  

Income tax benefit

    35,266     124,808  

Notes:

(a)
PRC Enterprise Income Tax ("EIT")

    Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (the "EIT Law"), the standard enterprise income tax rate for domestic enterprises and foreign invested enterprises is 25%. In accordance with the implementation rules of the EIT Law, a qualified "High and New Technology Enterprise"("HNTE") is eligible for a preferential tax rate of 15% and a "Software Enterprise"("SE") is entitled to exemption from income taxation for the first two years, counting from the year the enterprise makes profits, and half reduction for the next three years. In accordance with the relevant rules of the EIT Law, for eligible enterprises in Shenzhen Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Modern Service Industry Cooperation Zone ("Qianhai"), EIT shall be levied at a reduced tax rate of 15%.

F-106


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

10 Income tax benefit (Continued)

(b)
Cayman Islands Income Tax

    The Company is incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and is not subject to Cayman Islands income tax.

(c)
Hong Kong Income Tax

    The Hong Kong income tax rate is 16.5%. No Hong Kong profits tax was provided for as there was no estimated assessable profit that was subject to Hong Kong profits tax for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

(d)
Singapore Income Tax

    The income tax provision of the Group in respect of its operations in Singapore was calculated at the tax rate of 17% on the assessable profits for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, based on the existing legislation, interpretations and practices in respect thereof.

(e)
PRC Withholding Tax ("WHT")

    According to the EIT Law and other regulations, distribution of profits earned by PRC companies since January 1, 2008 to overseas investors is subject to withholding tax of 5% or 10%, depending on the region of incorporation of the overseas investor, upon the distribution of profits to overseas-incorporated immediate holding companies.

    During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, no deferred income tax liability on WHT was accrued because the subsidiaries of the Group were loss making.

11 Loss per share

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Net loss for the period attributable to owners of the Company

    (574,756 )   (1,041,191 )

Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue (in'000 shares)

    919,473     935,130  

Basic loss per share (RMB yuan)

    (0.63 )   (1.11 )

Diluted loss per share (RMB yuan)

    (0.63 )   (1.11 )

        Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss attributable to owners of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, which excluded 66,171,600 shares held for share incentive scheme purpose.

        The effects of all outstanding share options granted under the Share Option Scheme and awarded shares granted under the Restricted Share Units Scheme(Note 24), which represent 16,610,350 and 27,044,650 shares for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 have been excluded from the

F-107


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

11 Loss per share (Continued)

computation of diluted loss per share as the vesting conditions have not been met as of the reporting date, and their effects would be anti-dilutive.

12 Property and equipment

 
  Office and
telecommunication
equipment
  Right-of-use
properties
  Leasehold
improvements
  Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As of January 1, 2018

                         

Cost

    43,293     183,313     13,257     239,863  

Accumulated depreciation

    (11,610 )   (65,337 )   (1,967 )   (78,914 )

Net book amount

    31,683     117,976     11,290     160,949  

Period ended September 30, 2018

                         

Opening net book amount

    31,683     117,976     11,290     160,949  

Acquisition of subsidiary

    272         176     448  

Additions

    13,771     198,566     17,598     229,935  

Disposals, net

    (9 )   (58,247 )       (58,256 )

Depreciation charge

    (7,991 )   (57,498 )   (2,775 )   (68,264 )

Closing net book amount

    37,726     200,797     26,289     264,812  

As of September 30, 2018

                         

Cost

    57,327     323,632     31,031     411,990  

Accumulated depreciation

    (19,601 )   (122,835 )   (4,742 )   (147,178 )

Net book amount

    37,726     200,797     26,289     264,812  

As of January 1, 2019

                         

Cost

    85,861     268,992     55,956     410,809  

Accumulated depreciation

    (23,654 )   (60,583 )   (6,904 )   (91,141 )

Net book amount

    62,207     208,409     49,052     319,668  

Period ended September 30, 2019

                         

Opening net book amount

    62,207     208,409     49,052     319,668  

Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 30)

    2,707     13,938     1,479     18,124  

Additions

    56,815     40,134     23,028     119,977  

Disposals, net

    (1,198 )           (1,198 )

Depreciation charge

    (19,211 )   (65,220 )   (9,743 )   (94,174 )

Exchange differences

    (476 )   (137 )   (168 )   (781 )

Closing net book amount

    100,844     197,124     63,648     361,616  

As of September 30, 2019

                         

Cost

    144,185     323,064     80,463     547,712  

Accumulated depreciation

    (42,865 )   (125,803 )   (16,647 )   (185,315 )

Exchange differences

    (476 )   (137 )   (168 )   (781 )

Net book amount

    100,844     197,124     63,648     361,616  

F-108


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

12 Property and equipment (Continued)

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, depreciation of approximately RMB1,421,000, RMB9,167,000, RMB4,760,000, and RMB78,826,000 has been charged to cost of revenue, research and development expenses, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, depreciation of approximately RMB551,000, RMB4,058,000, RMB1,452,000, and RMB62,203,000 has been charged to cost of revenue, research and development expenses, selling and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses.

        Depreciation of office and telecommunication equipment is allocated to different functional expenses based on usage of equipment by different functional divisions. Right-of-use properties and leasehold improvement are primarily related to business office buildings leased by the Group and used as corporate headquarters. For leased business office buildings which are for general and administrative use, the depreciation of the related right-of-use properties and leasehold improvement is charged to general and administrative expense.

13 Intangible assets

 
  Application and platform    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contributed by
Ping An
Group
  Developed
internally
  Purchased
Software
  Development
costs in
progress
  Goodwill   License   Others   Total  
 
  RMB'000
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As of January 1, 2018

                                                 

Cost

    690,910         3,175                     694,085  

Accumulated amortization

    (326,313 )       (694 )                   (327,007 )

Net book amount

    364,597         2,481                     367,078  

Period ended September 30, 2018

                                                 

Opening net book amount

    364,597         2,481                     367,078  

Acquisition of subsidiary

            74,628     6,854     126,015     960     68,610     277,067  

Additions

            2,360     248,882                 251,242  

Transfer

        42,396         (42,396 )                

Amortization

    (172,704 )   (3,955 )   (5,634 )           (16 )   (3,811 )   (186,120 )

Closing net book amount

    191,893     38,441     73,835     213,340     126,015     944     64,799     709,267  

As of September 30, 2018

                                                 

Cost

    690,910     42,396     80,163     213,340     126,015     960     68,610     1,222,394  

Accumulated amortization

    (499,017 )   (3,955 )   (6,328 )           (16 )   (3,811 )   (513,127 )

Net book amount

    191,893     38,441     73,835     213,340     126,015     944     64,799     709,267  

F-109


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

13 Intangible assets (Continued)

 
  Application and platform    
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Contributed by
Ping An
Group
  Developed
internally
  Acquired   Purchased
Software
  Development
costs in
progress
  Goodwill   License   Others   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As of January 1, 2019

                                                       

Cost

    690,910     44,033         89,561     325,081     126,015     960     68,610     1,345,170  

Accumulated amortization

    (556,584 )   (7,212 )       (13,529 )           (24 )   (9,746 )   (587,095 )

Net book amount

    134,326     36,821         76,032     325,081     126,015     936     58,864     758,075  

Period ended September 30, 2019

                                                       

Opening net book amount

    134,326     36,821         76,032     325,081     126,015     936     58,864     758,075  

Acquisition of subsidiary (Note 30)

            57,355     190     1,293     163,146     103,928     9,201     335,113  

Additions

                6,957     123,449             2,454     132,860  

Transfer

        317,157             (317,157 )                

Amortization

    (134,326 )   (90,082 )   (4,314 )   (24,130 )           (1,181 )   (17,409 )   (271,442 )

Exchange differences

                (5 )                   (5 )

Closing net book amount

        263,896     53,041     59,044     132,666     289,161     103,683     53,110     954,601  

As of September 30, 2019

                                                       

Cost

    690,910     361,190     57,355     96,708     132,666     289,161     104,888     80,265     1,813,143  

Accumulated amortization

    (690,910 )   (97,294 )   (4,314 )   (37,659 )           (1,205 )   (27,155 )   (858,537 )

Exchange differences

                (5 )                   (5 )

Net book amount

        263,896     53,041     59,044     132,666     289,161     103,683     53,110     954,601  

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019, amortization charge of RMB 252,144,000 and RMB 19,298,000 has been charged to cost of revenue and research and development expenses, respectively.

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, amortization charge of RMB 161,308,000 and RMB 24,812,000 has been charged to cost of revenue and research and development expenses, respectively.

14 Investments accounted for using the equity method

(a)
Investment in associate
 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

At beginning of period

    37,253     29,452  

Additions

        100,000  

Share of losses of associate

    (13,201 )   (12,165 )

At end of period

    24,052     117,287  

        On March 28, 2017, Shanghai OneConnect set up Pingan Puhui Lixin Asset Management Co., Ltd. ("Puhui Lixin") with Pingan Puhui Enterprise Management Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Lufax Holding Ltd., by investing capital amount of RMB40,000,000. In January 2019, Shanghai OneConnect made an

F-110


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

14 Investments accounted for using the equity method (Continued)

additional capital injection of RMB100,000,000 in Puhui Lixin. The Group has a currently exercisable option to make additional investment to hold an additional equity interest of 5% in Puhui Lixin and the Group account for the investment as an associate.

        The investment in associate as December 31, 2018 and September 30, 2019 are as follows:

 
   
   
  Percentage of equity interest  
 
  Place of business
and incorporation
  Principal activities   As at
December 31, 2018
  As at
September 30, 2019
 

Puhui Lixin

  Shanghai, PRC   Technology consulting services     13.33 %   35.00 %
(b)
Investment in joint venture
 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

At beginning of period

         

Additions

        4,241  

Share of losses of joint venture

         

At end of period

        4,241  

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2019 , the Group entered into an investment in SBI OneConnect Japan Co., Ltd.("SBI Japan") with SBI Holdings, Inc., by investing capital amount of RMB4,420,600 (JPY65,100,000) on August 23, 2019. The purpose of set-up of SBI Japan is to make available a localized version of the product, technology, platform and service developed based on the Group's technologies and provide the distribution, commercialization, implementation and maintenance of such localized version within Japan. The Group shares control with SBI Holdings, Inc. and accounts for the investment as a joint venture. The decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the Group and SBI Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the Company Act of SBI Japan.

        The investment in joint venture as September 30, 2019 are as follows:

 
   
   
  Percentage of equity interest  
 
  Place of business
and incorporation
  Principal activities   As at
December 31,
2018
  As at
September 30,
2019
 

SBI Japan

  Japan   Product,technology, Platform and/or service         31.00 %

F-111


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

15 Financial instruments by category

        The Group holds the following financial instruments:

 
  Note   As of
December 31, 2018
  As of
September 30, 2019
 
 
   
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Financial assets

                   

Financial assets at amortised cost

                   

—Trade receivables

    17     270,530     702,209  

—Prepayments and other receivables (excluding non-financial asset items)

    18     245,711     210,530  

—Restricted cash

    20     3,996,238     3,411,366  

—Cash and cash equivalents

    21     565,027     915,156  

—Loan to related party

    29     15,027      

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)

    16     5,000     5,000  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL)

    19     2,540,925     560,971  

Derivative financial Asset

                   

—Held at FVPL

    27         15,550  

Total

          7,638,458     5,820,782  

Financial liabilities

                   

Liabilities at amortised cost

                   

—Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liability items)

    25     1,253,502     1,107,717  

—Short-term borrowings

    26     3,386,100     3,050,973  

Derivative financial liability

                   

—Held at FVPL

    27     2,438      

Total

          4,642,040     4,158,690  

16 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 
  As of
December 31, 2018
  As of
September 30, 2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Unlisted securities

             

—Equity securities(a)

    5,000     5,000  

(a)
On August 4, 2016, the Group acquired 5% equity interest in Fujian Exchange Settlement Centre Co., Ltd. at a consideration of RMB5,000,000.

F-112


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

17 Trade receivables

 
  As of
December 31, 2018
  As of
September 30, 2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Trade receivables

    274,166     709,710  

Less: impairment loss allowance (a)

    (3,636 )   (7,501 )

    270,530     702,209  

(a) Movements in the impairment loss allowance of trade receivables are as follows:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the period

        (3,636 )

Acqusition of a subsidiary

    (3,651 )    

Charge to profit or loss

    (440 )   (3,865 )

End of the period

    (4,091 )   (7,501 )

18 Prepayments and other receivables

 
  As of
December 31, 2018
  As of
September 30, 2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Financial guarantee fee receivable, gross

    156,966     99,369  

Less: impairment loss allowance

    (20,782 )   (23,555 )

Financial guarantee fee receivable, net (a)

    136,184     75,814  

Deposit

    98,097     97,650  

Value added tax deductible

    38,688     55,954  

Advance to staffs

    13,339     33,677  

Payment of value added tax on behalf of private equity funds

    12,498     1,824  

Receivable from previous owner of acquired subsidiary

        36,893  

Prepayments to suppliers

    3,823     15,782  

Others

    35,653     47,201  

Less: impairment loss allowance (b)

    (1,068 )   (1,651 )

    337,214     363,144  

F-113


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

18 Prepayments and other receivables (Continued)

(a) Financial guarantee fee receivables, net

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Opening balance

    193,187     136,184  

Addition arising from new contracts

    50,889      

Cash received

    (83,403 )   (73,088 )

Unwinding interest income , including value-added-tax (Note 8(a))

    37,597     25,464  

Impairment loss (Note 8(a))

    (31,437 )   (12,746 )

Ending balance

    166,833     75,814  

        During the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, financial guarantee receivables of RMB15,737,000 and RMB9,973,000 were written off against impairment loss allowance.

(b) Movements in the impairment loss allowance of prepayments and other receivables are as follows:

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Beginning of the period

        (1,068 )

Additions

        (583 )

End of the period

        (1,651 )

19 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Contingent returnable consideration (Note 30)

        1,438  

Wealth management products

    2,540,925     559,533  

    2,540,925     560,971  

        The Group mainly invested in wealth management products issued by its related parties which are redeemable upon request by holders.

F-114


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

20 Restricted cash

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Pledged bank deposits

    3,910,516     3,345,278  

Accrued interest

    85,722     66,088  

    3,996,238     3,411,366  

        As of December 31, 2018, RMB3,884,434,000 (USD565,980,000) of the bank deposits were pledged for short-term borrowings of the Group with weighted average interest rate of 3.16% per annum, RMB24,021,000 (USD3,500,000) were pledged for currency forwards and swaps, and RMB2,061,000 was pledged for business guarantee.

        As of September 30, 2019, RMB 3,310,117,200 (USD468,000,000) of the above bank deposits were pledged for short-term borrowings of the Group with weighted average interest rate of 3.26% per annum, RMB 33,596,000 (USD4,750,000) was pledged for currency forwards and swaps, and RMB1,564,400 was pledged for business guarantee.

21 Cash and cash equivalents

 
  As of
December 31, 2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Cash on hand

    7     95  

Cash at banks

    565,020     915,061  

    565,027     915,156  

 

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

USD

    421,806     198,593  

RMB

    140,292     171,981  

SGD

    2,929     12,296  

IDR

        2,912  

HKD

        529,374  

    565,027     915,156  

F-115


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

22 Share capital

 
  Number of
shares
  USD  

Authorised

             

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at January 1, 2018

    900,000,000     9,000  

Newly authorized

    100,000,000     1,000  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at September 30, 2018

    1,000,000,000     10,000  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at January 1, 2019

    5,000,000,000     50,000  

Newly authorized

         

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at September 30, 2019

    5,000,000,000     50,000  

 

 
  Number of
shares
  USD   Equivalent
to RMB
 

Issued

                   

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at January 1, 2018

    900,000,000     9,000     59,838  

Newly issued ordinary shares

    99,999,999     1,000     6,331  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at September 30, 2018

    999,999,999     10,000     66,169  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at January 1, 2019

    999,999,999     10,000     66,169  

Newly issued ordinary shares(a)

    1,748,501     17     118  

Ordinary shares of USD0.00001 at September 30, 2019

    1,001,748,500     10,017     66,287  

(a)
On March 11, 2019, National Dream Limited, as a financial investor, completed its subscription of 1,748,501 ordinary shares of the Company at a total consideration of USD13,114,000 (approximately RMB88,030,000).

F-116


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

23 Other reserves

 
  Recapitalization
reserve
  Share
premium
  Share-based
compensation
reserve
  Foreign
currency
translation
differences
  Others   Total  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

As of January 1, 2018

    1,200,000         376             1,200,376  

Share premium from issuance of ordinary shares

        4,730,375                 4,730,375  

Share-based payments —Value of employee services (Note 24)

            1,043             1,043  

Foreign currency translation differences

                397,738         397,738  

Recognition of redemption liability to acquire non-controlling interests

                    (183,569 )   (183,569 )

As of September 30, 2018

    1,200,000     4,730,375     1,419     397,738     (183,569 )   6,145,963  

As of January 1, 2019

    1,200,000     4,730,375     8,127     396,520     (183,569 )   6,151,453  

Other comprehensive income

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

—Foreign currency translation differences

                144,658         144,658  

Share premium from issuance of ordinary shares(a)

        88,030                 88,030  

Share-based payments

                                     

—Value of employee services (Note 24)

            53,011             53,011  

Recognition of redemption liability to acquire non-controlling interests (Note 30)

                    (44,105 )   (44,105 )

As of September 30, 2019

    1,200,000     4,818,405     61,138     541,178     (227,674 )   6,393,047  

(a)
The excess of the consideration of approximately RMB88,030,000 paid by Round A investors over the aggregate par value of approximately RMB118, being RMB88,030,000, was credited to the share premium account of the Company.

24 Share-based payments

        For the purpose of share incentive scheme, Xin Ding Heng was set up in 2017 as a special purpose vehicle to indirectly hold 66,171,600 ordinary shares of the Company through Sen Rong. As the Company has the power to govern the relevant activities of Xin Ding Heng and can derive benefits from the services to be rendered by the grantees, the directors of the Company consider that it is appropriate to consolidate Xin Ding Heng. As the equity interest for 66,171,600 shares was originally reserved by the Registered Shareholders through Jin Ning Sheng and Guang Feng Rong before the Recapitalization of the Group,

F-117


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

24 Share-based payments (Continued)

aggregate consideration of RMB 88,280,000 for 66,171,600 shares and is recognized as "shares held for share incentive scheme" under equity from January 1, 2017.

        On November 7, 2017, equity-settled share-based compensation plan ("the Share Option Scheme") was set up with the objective to recognize and reward the contribution of eligible directors, employees and other persons (collectively, the "Grantees") for the growth and development of the Group. On September 10, 2019, the Board of Directors of the company approved to amend and restate the equity-settled share-based compensation plan to supplement the Share Option Scheme with performance-based shares to grant ("the Ristricted Share Units Scheme"). The 66,171,600 shares reserved for share incentive scheme comprise the options previously granted under Share Option Scheme and the remaining shares for grant under the Ristricted Share Units Scheme Both the Share Option Scheme and the Ristricted Share Units Scheme are valid and effective for 10 years from the grant date.

        The share-based compensation expenses related to Share Option Scheme and Ristricted Share Units Scheme recognized during nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 are summarized in the following table:

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Share-based compensation expense-value of employee's services (Note 7)

             

—Related to the Share Option Scheme

    1,043     51,422  

—Related to the Ristricted Share Units Scheme

        1,589  

    1,043     53,011  

(a) Share Option Scheme

        On November 7, 2017 and November 8, 2018 and June 1, 2019, 19,515,600 and 8,597,400 and 2,431,000 share options were granted to Grantees respectively, which were recognized under equity of the Group.

        Subject to the Grantee continuing to be a service provider, 100% of these options will be vested over 4 years upon fulfilling the service conditions and non-market performance conditions prescribed in the grantee agreement.

        The options should be exercised no earlier than 12 months after the Company successfully completes an initial public offering and the Company's shares get listed in the stock exchange ("IPO and Listing") and no later than 8 years from the grant date. The vesting date is determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

F-118


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

24 Share-based payments (Continued)

        Movements in the number of share options granted to employees are as follows:

 
  Number of share options  
 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2018
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2019
 

At the beginning of the period

    19,515,600     24,541,500  

Granted

    1,000,000     2,431,000  

Forfeited

    (3,905,250 )   (2,274,850 )

At the end of the period

    16,610,350     24,697,650  

        For the outstanding Share Options, the weighted-average exercise price was RMB1.87 and RMB22.06 per share and the weighted-average remaining contractual life was 7.11 and 6.57 years, respectively, as of September 30, 2018 and 2019.

        Share Opitons outstanding at the balance sheet dates have the following expiry dates and exercise prices.

 
   
   
   
  Number of share options  
Grant Year   Expiry Year   Exercise price   Fair value of
options
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 

2017

  2027   RMB1.33   RMB0.62     3,149,100     2,957,900  

2017

  2027   RMB2.00   RMB0.52     12,980,000     11,791,350  

2018

  2028   RMB52.00   RMB26.00     8,412,400     7,627,400  

2019

  2029   RMB52.00   RMB23.42         2,321,000  

                24,541,500     24,697,650  

        The Company have used the discounted cash flow method to determine the underlying equity fair value of the Company to determine the fair value of the underlying ordinary share. Key assumptions, such as discount rate and projections of future performance, are required to be determined by the Company with best estimate.

        Based on fair value of the underlying ordinary share, the Company have used Binomial option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the share option as at the grant date. Key assumptions are set as below:

Date of grant
  November 7,
2017
  November 8,
2018
  June 1,
2019
 

Discount rate

    24.0 %   17.0 %   17.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    3.9 %   3.6 %   3.3 %

Volatility

    51.6 %   51.2 %   46.0 %

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

F-119


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

24 Share-based payments (Continued)

        The Binomial Model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the China Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield was estimated based on the Company's expected dividend policy over the expected life of the options. The Company estimates the volatility of its ordinary shares at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of similar U.S public companies for a period equal to the expected life preceding the grant date.

(b) Restricted Share Units Scheme

        On September 10, 2019, the company granted 2,377,000 restricted share units to Grantees pursuant to the Restricted Share Unit Scheme at the grant date fair value of RMB 35.22 for each restricted share unit.

        Subject to the Grantee continuing to be a service provider, 100% of these restricted share units will be vested over 4 years upon fulfilling the service conditions and non-market performance conditions prescribed in the grantee agreement. The restricted shares should be vested no earlier than 180 days after the Company's IPO and listing.

        Movements in the number of restricted share units granted to employees are as follows:

 
  Number of restricted share units  
 
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2018
  Nine months ended
September 30, 2019
 

At the beginning of the period

         

Granted

        2,377,000  

Forfeited

        (30,000 )

At the end of the period

        2,347,000  

        The Company have used the discounted cash flow method to determine the underlying equity fair value of the Company to determine the fair value of the underlying ordinary share. Key assumptions, such as discount rate and projections of future performance, are required to be determined by the Company with best estimate.

        Based on fair value of the underlying ordinary share, the Company have used Monte Carlo method to determine the fair value of the restricted share units as at the grant date. Key assumptions are set as below:

Date of grant
  September 10, 2019  

Discount rate

    15.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.9 %

Volatility

    43.9 %

Dividend yield

    0.0 %

        The Monte Carlo method requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the restricted share units is based on the China Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected dividend yield was estimated based on the Company's expected dividend policy over the expected life of the restricted share units. The Company estimates the volatility of its ordinary shares at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of similar U.S public companies for a period equal to the expected life preceding the grant date.

F-120


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

25 Trade and other payables

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Trade payables

             

Due to related parties

    250,687     22,675  

Due to third parties

    65,809     46,398  

    316,496     69,073  

Accrued expenses

   
255,852
   
319,898
 

Financial guarantee payables (a)

    250,338     243,436  

Redemption liabilities

    188,080     241,334  

Lease liability

    209,320     208,224  

Service fee refundable

    140,028     7,388  

Investment deposit received from investors

    90,002      

Amounts payable for purchase of shares for share incentive scheme (Note 24)

    88,280     88,280  

Other tax payables

    34,487     21,535  

Security deposit

    25,588     65,895  

Unpaid business acquisition consideration of View Foundation (Note 30)

        152,290  

Others

    85,398     39,185  

    1,683,869     1,456,538  

Less: non-current portion

   
 
   
 
 

Redemption liabilities

    (188,080 )   (241,334 )

Lease liability

    (126,868 )   (117,741 )

Amounts payable for purchase of shares for share incentive scheme (Note 24)

    (88,280 )   (88,280 )

    1,280,641     1,009,183  

(a) Financial guarantee payables

 
  RMB'000  

Nine months ended September 30, 2018

       

Opening balance

    209,782  

Addition arising from new contracts

    50,889  

Charge to profit or loss

    132,489  

Payouts during the period, net

    (143,397 )

Ending balance

    249,763  

F-121


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

25 Trade and other payables (Continued)


 
  RMB'000  

Nine months ended September 30, 2019

       

Opening balance

    250,338  

Addition arising from new contracts

     

Charge to profit or loss

    112,535  

Payouts during the period, net

    (119,437 )

Ending balance

    243,436  

26 Short-term borrowings

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Secured

    3,386,100     2,961,409  

Unsecured

        89,564  

    3,386,100     3,050,973  

        As of December 31, 2018, out of the secured borrowings, RMB3,373,100,000 were secured by restricted cash of RMB3,884,434,000 (Note 20), RMB8,000,000 was secured by Mrs. Li Che's (the non-controlling shareholder's spouse) real estate located in mainland China, and RMB5,000,000 was guranteed by Mr. Xi Wang (non-controlling shareholder of the Group). The weighted average interest rate of all short-term borrowings is 4.78% per annum as of December 31, 2018.

        As at September 30, 2019, out of the secured borrowings, RMB 2,923,689,400 were secured by restricted cash of RMB3,310,117,200(Note 20) ; RMB10,000,000 was guaranteed by a third party financial guarantee company; RMB5,000,000 was secured by Mr Bing Zhang and Ms Tongtong Han's (the non-controlling shareholder and his spouse) real estate in Beijing and RMB22,720,000 was secured by receivables generated by subsidiries. The weighted average interest rate of all short-term borrowings is 4.64% per annum as of September 30, 2019.

27 Derivative financial Assets/(liability)

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  Nominal
amount
  Fair
value
  Nominal
amount
  Fair
value
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Currency swaps

    480,424     (2,438 )   (671,926 )   15,550  

F-122


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

28 Dividends

        No dividends have been paid or declared by the Company during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

29 Related party transactions

        The following significant transactions were carried out between the Group and its related parties during the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019. In the opinion of the Directors of the Company, the related party transactions were carried out in the normal course of business and at terms negotiated between the Group and the respective related parties.

(a) Names and relationships with related parties

        The following companies are related parties of the Group that had balances and/or transactions with the Group during the nine months ended September 30, 2019.

Name of related parties
  Relationship with the Group
    As of September 30, 2019 / For the period ended September 30, 2019 

Sen Rong Limited

 

Parent Company
Bo Yu Limited   A shareholder that has significant influence over the Group
Ping An Group   Ultimate parent company of Bo Yu
Subsidiaries of Ping An Group   Controlled by Ping An Group
Puhui Lixin   Subsidiary of Lufax Holdings Ltd., significant influenced by the Group

(b) Significant transactions with related parties

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Revenue

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    421,461     680,088  

Puhui Lixin

    53,099     8,244  

    474,560     688,332  

*
The Group provided lending solution services to a subsidiary of Ping An Group while the subsidiary of Ping An Group was not charged. The service fee was charged to borrowers directly. The revenue generated from above business for the nine months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, not included in the above related transactions with Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, amounted to RMB 7,862,000 and RMB 7,862,000, respectively.

        The Group also provided lending solution services to third party lenders through contractual arrangement with another subsidiary of Ping An Group while the Group directly charged the related service fees to the subsidiary of Ping An Group. The revenue generated from such

F-123


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

29 Related party transactions (Continued)

        transactions for the 9 months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, was included in revenue by amounts charged to Ping An Group and its subsidiaries, amounted to RMB 128,604,000 and RMB 10,658,000, respectively.

        Revenue generated by providing implementation and support service jointly with Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd, a related party, for the 9 months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 amounted to RMB 5,808,000 and RMB1,512,000, respectively.

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Purchase of services

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    353,994     391,490  

Net gain from wealth management products issued by related parties

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    72,614     36,149  

Investment income from loans to related parties

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

        417  

Interest income on bank deposits

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    89,129     58,388  

Leasing payment

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    27,902     13,433  

Interest expenses paid

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    99,475     64,456  

F-124


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

29 Related party transactions (Continued)

(c) Year/period end balances with related parties

 
  As of
December 31,
2018
  As of
September 30,
2019
 
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Loans to related parties

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(i)

    15,027      

Trade receivables

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(ii)

    142,223     216,716  

Puhui Lixin(ii)

    3,245     5,392  

    145,468     222,108  

Contract assets

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    75,383     82,573  

Prepayment and other receivables

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(ii)

    40,848     30,314  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    2,540,925     525,512  

Cash and restricted cash

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    4,317,364     2,238,751  

Trade and other payables

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries(ii)

    308,700     192,524  

Short-term borrowings

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    3,072,755     1,210,920  

Derivative financial liabilities

             

Ping An Group and its subsidiaries

    2,438     15,550  

(i)
As of December 31, 2018, the loan to related party was lent to one subsidiary of Ping An Group with the maturity date on January 31, 2019. The annualized interest rate of the loan was 6.39%.

(ii)
The balances with related parties were unsecured, interest-free and repayable on demand.

F-125


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

29 Related party transactions (Continued)

(d) Key management personnel compensations

        Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and senior officers. The compensations paid or payable to key management for employee services are shown below:

 
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
 
 
  2018   2019  
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
 

Wages and salaries

    9,811     10,801  

Welfare and other benefits

    1,640     1,800  

Share-based payments

    208     1,533  

    11,659     14,134  

30 Business Combination

(a)
On June 30, 2019 ("Acquisition Date"), the Group acquired 80% of the equity interest of BER Technology and obtained the control of BER Technology, which is a service provider specialized in scenario-basic retail digital banking platform establishment and operation.

F-126


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

30 Business Combination (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration, the net assets acquired and goodwill arising on the acquisition:

 
  Notes   Fair value  
 
   
  RMB'000
 

Property and equipment

  12     7,560  

Intangible assets

  13     51,778  

Deferred tax assets

        4,625  

Prepayments and other receivables

        4,561  

Trade receivables

        9,724  

Contract assets

        40,488  

Cash and cash equivalents

        1,993  

Total assets

        120,729  

Trade and other payables

        18,287  

Short-term borrowings

        9,850  

Payroll and welfare payables

        4,178  

Deferred tax liability

        7,442  

Total liabilities

        39,757  

Net identifiable assets

        80,972  

Less: non-controlling interest

        (16,194 )

Add: goodwill

  13     29,784  

Net assets acquired

        94,562  

Cash consideration

        58,728  

Share consideration

        37,272  

Consideration to be paid

        96,000  

Contingent returnable consideration

        (1,438 )

Total purchase consideration

        94,562  

Total cash consideration to be paid

        58,728  

Less: Unpaid cash consideration

         

Cash and cash equivalent acquired by the Group from BER Technology

        (1,993 )

Net cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiary:

        56,735  

        The goodwill is attributable to the workforce and synergies of the acquired business. It will not be deductible for tax purposes. As at September 30, 2019, share consideration of RMB37,272,000 has not yet been settled.

        Contingently returnable consideration represents fair value of the right that the Group has to repurchase 20% of the consideration shares at a nominal price if BER Technology fails to meet certain revenue goal within three years from July 1, 2019.

F-127


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

30 Business Combination (Continued)

        The Group wrote a put option on the remaining 20% equity in BER Technology. The put option provides the non-controlling shareholders of BER Technology with the right to request the Group to purchase the remaining equity interest subject to the terms and conditions of the put option. A financial liability (redemption liability) of RMB44,105,000 was initially recognized on the acquisition date to account for the put option and other reserve of the same amount were debited accordingly. The redemption liability was subsequently measured at amortized cost.

(b)
On August 12, 2019, the Group entered into an agreement to acquire View Foundation International Limited ("View Foundation") which effectively controls 98.9% of the equity interest in Shenzhen E-Commerce Safety Certificates Administration Co. Ltd. ("Shenzhen CA") through a series of contractual arrangements. The aggregate consideration of this acquisition is RMB276,700,000. Shenzhen CA is engaged in the provision of digital certification and related services and solutions.

        On August 30, 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of View Foundation which effectively controls 98.9% of the equity interest in Shenzhen CA through a series of contractual arrangements.

F-128


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

30 Business Combination (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration, the net identifiable assets acquired and goodwill arising on the acquisition:

 
  Note   Fair value  
 
   
  RMB'000
 

Property and equipment

  12     10,564  

Intangible assets

  13     120,189  

Inventories

        895  

Prepayments and other receivables

        43,614  

Trade receivables

        10,421  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

        34,020  

Cash and cash equivalents

        14,644  

Total assets

        234,347  

Deferred tax liabilities

        16,961  

Trade and other payables

        14,128  

Contract liabilities

        56,038  

Payroll and welfare payables

        2,302  

Total liabilities

        89,429  

Net identifiable assets

        144,918  

Less: non-controlling interest

        (1,580 )

Add: goodwill

  13     133,362  

Net assets acquired

        276,700  

Purchase consideration in cash

        276,700  

Less: Unpaid cash consideration

        (152,290 )

Cash and cash equivalent acquired by the Group from View Foundation

        (14,644 )

Net cash outflow for acquisition of subsidiary:

        109,766  

        The goodwill is attributable to the workforce and synergies of the acquired business. It will not be deductible for tax purposes. As at September 30, 2019, out of total purchase consideration of RMB276,7000,000, RMB152,290,000 has not been paid.

(i)
Accounting policy choice for non-controlling interests

        The Group recognizes non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest's proportionate share of the acquired entity's net identifiable assets. This decision is made on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis. For the non-controlling interests in BER Technology and View Foundation, the Group elected to recognize the non-controlling interests at its proportionate share of the acquired net identifiable assets.

F-129


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

30 Business Combination (Continued)

(ii)
Revenue and profit contribution

        The acquired businesses contributed revenues and net profit/(loss) to the Group are present below:

 
  BER Technology   View Foundation  

Revenue

    21,833     7,083  

Net profit/(loss)

    (1,481 )   1,298  

        If the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2019, consolidated pro-forma revenue and net loss of the Group for the nine months ended September 30, 2019 would have been increased by RMB 103,376,000 and RMB4,950,000 respectively. These amounts have been calculated using the subsidiary's results and adjusting them for:

    differences in the accounting policies between the Group and the subsidiary, and

    the additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to property and equipment and intangible assets had applied from January 1, 2019, together with the consequential tax effects.

31 The Group's maximum exposure to unconsolidated structured entities

        The Group has determined that all of assets management products managed by the Group and its investments in wealth management products, which are not controlled by the Group, are unconsolidated structured entities.

        The Group invests in wealth management products managed by related parties for treasury management purposes. The Group also managed some assets management fund products as fund manager to generate fees from managing assets on behalf of other investors, mainly Ping An Group and its subsidiaries. The assets management fund products are financed by capital contribution from investors.

        The following table shows the Group's maximum exposure to the unconsolidated structured entities which represents the Group's maximum possible risk exposure that could occur as a result of the Group's arrangements with structured entities. The maximum exposure is contingent in nature and approximates the sum of direct investments made by the Group. The direct investments made by the Group are classified as FVPL.

F-130


Table of Contents


ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

31 The Group's maximum exposure to unconsolidated structured entities (Continued)

        The size of unconsolidated structured entities and the Group's funding and maximum exposure are shown below:

 
  Unconsolidated structured entities
December 31, 2018
  Size   Carrying
amount
  The Group's
maximum
exposure
  Interest held
by the Group
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

Asset management products managed by the Group

    4,420,839     2,649     2,649   Service fee

Wealth management products managed by related parties

    Note a     2,540,925     2,540,925   Investment income

 

 
  Unconsolidated structured entities
September 30, 2019
  Size   Carrying
amount
  The Group's
maximum
exposure
  Interest held
by the Group
 
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
  RMB'000
   

Asset management products managed by subsidiary

    3,214,255           Service fee

Wealth management products managed by related parties

    Note a     525,512     525,512   Investment income


Note
a: These wealth management products are sponsored by related financial institutions and the information related to size of these structured entities were not publicly available.

32 Contingencies

        The Group did not have any material contingent liabilities as of September 30, 2019.

33 Events occurring after the reporting period

        There are no other significant subsequent events after 30 September 2019 which would have material impact on these Interim Financial Information.

F-131


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company's articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

        The post-offering memorandum and articles of association that we expect to adopt and to become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers (each an indemnified person) against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such indemnified person, other than by reason of such person's own dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company's business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such indemnified person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

        Pursuant to the indemnification agreements the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this registration statement, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

        The underwriting agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide indemnification for us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under

II-1


Table of Contents

the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

Securities/Purchaser
  Date of Sale or Issuance   Number of Securities   Consideration

Mapcal Limited

  October 30, 2017   1   nil

Bo Yu Limited

  December 4, 2017   398,699,999   nil

Sen Rong Limited

  December 4, 2017   501,300,000   nil

FinTech Business Innovation LPS

  January 31, 2018   1,333,334   US$10,000,005

SBI Holdings, Inc. 

  January 31, 2018   1,333,334   US$10,000,005

SBI Stellars Fintech Fund I LP

  January 31, 2018   27,333,334   US$205,000,005

SBI Stellars Fintech Fund II LP

  January 31, 2018   1,999,998   US$14,999,985

SBI Stellars Fintech Fund III LP

  January 31, 2018   32,000,000   US$240,000,000

Jumbo Sheen Fintech Investment Co., Ltd. 

  January 31, 2018   5,333,334   US$40,000,005

Oceanwide Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 

  January 31, 2018   4,000,000   US$40,000,005

BOCOMI Hermitage Global Fintech Fund LP

  January 31, 2018   4,666,666   US$34,999,995

Fangyuan Investment Management Limited

  January 31, 2018   4,666,666   US$34,999,995

Huateng Fintech Co., Ltd. 

  January 31, 2018   2,000,000   US$15,000,000

Bloom Vast Limited

  January 31, 2018   2,000,000   US$15,000,000

SVF FAX SUBCO (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD. 

  April 10, 2018   13,333,333   US$100,000,000

National Dream Limited

  March 11, 2019   1,748,501   US$13,113,758

Share Incentive Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certain directors, officers and employees

  From November 7, 2017
to September 2019
  Outstanding options
to purchase
24,271,550 ordinary
shares and 2,321,000
outstanding
performance share
units
  Past and future
services to us

Item 8.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

        a)    Exhibits

        See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.

        The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosure that was made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of "materiality" that are different from "materiality" under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

II-2


Table of Contents

        We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosure of material information regarding material contractual provisions is required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

        b)    Financial Statement Schedules

        Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

Item 9.    UNDERTAKINGS.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents


OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

Exhibit Index

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
        
  3.1   Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
        
  3.2   Form of Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering
        
  4.1 * Registrant's Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
        
  4.2   Registrant's Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
        
  4.3 * Form of Deposit Agreement, among the Registrant, the depositary and the holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder
        
  4.4   Registration Rights Agreement between Registrant and other parties thereto date October 17, 2019
        
  5.1   Opinion of Maples & Calder (Hong Kong) LLP regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered and certain Cayman Islands tax matters
        
  8.1   Opinion of Maples & Calder (Hong Kong) LLP regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  8.2   Opinion of Haiwen & Partners regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)
        
  10.1   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and executive officers
        
  10.2   English translation of Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers
        
  10.3   English translation of the executed amended and restated equity pledge agreement entered into by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou dated September 16, 2019
        
  10.4   English translation of the executed amended and restated shareholder voting proxy agreement entered into by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect, shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou dated September 16, 2019
        
  10.5   English translation of the form letter of undertakings
        
  10.6   English translation of the form spousal consent letters issued by the spouses of Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou
        
  10.7   English translation of the executed amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement entered into by and between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and Shenzhen OneConnect dated September 16, 2019
        
  10.8   English translation of the executed amended and restated exclusive equity option agreement entered into by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou dated September 16, 2019
 
   

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.9   English translation of the executed amended and restated exclusive asset purchase option agreement entered into by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect, Jie Li, Liang Xu, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou dated September 16, 2019
        
  10.10   English translation of letter of confirmation entered into by Shanghai OneConnect Block Chain Technology Co., Ltd. dated September 16, 2019
        
  10.11   Share Subscription Agreement between the Registrant and Blossom View Limited dated September 23, 2019
        
  10.12   Share Subscription Agreement between the Registrant and Gold Planning Limited dated September 23, 2019
        
  10.13   Share Subscription Agreement between the Registrant, Great Lakes Global Limited and Ms. Chau Jessica Tsz Wa dated August 27, 2019
        
  10.14   English translation of Strategic Cooperation Agreement between the Registrant and Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. dated July 11, 2019
        
  10.15   English translation of Technology Service Agreement between the Registrant Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Shanghai branch and Shenzhen Ping An Communication Technology Co., Ltd. dated September 1, 2019
        
  10.16   English translation of Comprehensive Credit Facility Agreement between the Registrant and Ping An Bank dated April 16, 2018
        
  10.17   English translation of Amendment dated May 20, 2019 to the Comprehensive Credit Facility Agreement between the Registrant and Ping An Bank dated April 16, 2018
        
  10.18   English translation of Loan Agreement between the Registrant and Ping An Bank dated March 28, 2019
        
  10.19   English translation of 2019 Plan of the Registrant
        
  21.1   Principal Subsidiaries of the Registrant
        
  23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm
        
  23.2   Consent of Maples & Calder (Hong Kong) LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
        
  23.3   Consent of Haiwen & Partners (included in Exhibit 99.2)
        
  24.1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
        
  99.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
        
  99.2   Opinion of Haiwen & Partners regarding certain PRC law matters
        
  99.3   Consent of Oliver Wyman

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed

Certain portions of these exhibits have been omitted as confidential.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Shenzhen, China, on November 13, 2019.

  OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

By:

 

/s/ Wangchun Ye


      Name:   Wangchun Ye

      Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Wangchun Ye as attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution for him in any and all capacities to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the "Shares"), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the "Registration Statement") to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ Wangchun Ye

Wangchun Ye
  Chief Executive Officer, Director
(principal executive officer)
    November 13, 2019  

/s/ Rong Chen

Rong Chen

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

/s/ Sin Yin Tan

Sin Yin Tan

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ Rui Li

Rui Li
  Director     November 13, 2019  

/s/ Wenwei Dou

Wenwei Dou

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

/s/ Min Zhu

Min Zhu

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

/s/ Qi Liang

Qi Liang

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

/s/ Yaolin Zhang

Yaolin Zhang

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

/s/ Tianruo Pu

Tianruo Pu

 

Director

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

/s/ Lo Wei Jye Jacky

Lo Wei Jye Jacky

 

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

 

November 13, 2019

 

II-7


Table of Contents


SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

        Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., has signed this registration statement or amendment in New York, United States on November 13, 2019.

  Authorized U.S. Representative



 

Cogency Global Inc.

 

By:

 

/s/ Richard Arthur


      Name:   Richard Arthur

      Title:   Assistant Secretary

II-8




Exhibit 3.1

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

壹账通金融科技有限公司

 

(adopted by special resolution dated 10 April 2018)

 


 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

壹账通金融科技有限公司

 

(adopted by special resolution passed on 10 April 2018)

 

1                                         The name of the Company is OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 壹账通金融科技有限公司.

 

2                                         The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3                                         The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4                                         The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5                                         The share capital of the Company is US$10,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

 

6                                         The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7                                         Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 


 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2016 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

壹账通金融科技有限公司

 

(adopted by special resolution passed on 10 April 2018)

 

1                                         Interpretation

 

1.1                               In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

Affiliate

 

means, with respect to a Person, a branch of such Person and any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person by holding stocks or equities or by any other arrangement; “control” means the power, directly or indirectly, whether conditional or not, to direct the management or the board of directors of a company or holding more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting rights in the decision-making authority of a company; and, with respect to any director, individual shareholder and any other natural Person, means any of his/her immediate family members (including children, spouses, brothers, sisters and parents) and any company directly or indirectly controlled by such director, individual shareholder or other natural Person and immediate family members thereof. For purpose of the Articles, the Affiliates of JINKE, CO BVI and the Investors do not include the Company.

 

 

 

Articles

 

means these second amended and restated articles of association of the Company.

 

 

 

Associate

 

has the meaning given to “associate” under Chapter 14A of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited.

 


 

Auditor

 

means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).

 

 

 

Board

 

means the board of directors of the Company from time to time.

 

 

 

Business Day

 

means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5.30pm local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and China other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

 

 

 

Chairman

 

means the chairman of the Board.

 

 

 

Company

 

means the above named company.

 

 

 

Company ESOP

 

means the Company’s employee stock option plan, as adopted and amended from time to time.

 

 

 

CO BVI

 

means Sen Rong Limited, a company registered in the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is at Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

 

 

Deed of Adherence

 

means a deed of adherence executed by a proposed subscriber or transferee to the existing shareholders and the Company in the form prescribed in Schedule 2 to the Shareholders Agreement, pursuant to which the subscriber or transferee agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

 

 

Directors

 

means the directors for the time being of the Company.

 

 

 

Dividend

 

means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.

 

 

 

Electronic Record

 

has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.

 

 

 

Electronic Transactions Law

 

means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

Existing Shareholders

 

means collectively JINKE and CO BVI and each an “Existing Shareholder”.

 

 

 

FinTech Business Innovation LPS

 

means FinTech Business Innovation LPS, a limited partnership registered and existing under the laws of Japan and having its registered office at 1-6-1, Roppongi, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106-6019.

 

2


 

Group Company” and “Group Companies

 

means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Affiliates that are controlled by the Company and “Group” means all of them.

 

 

 

Hong Kong

 

means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

 

 

 

Investor” or “Investors

 

means SoftBank Investor and the investors listed in Schedule 1 of the Shareholders Agreement as may be updated from time to time.

 

 

 

Law” or “Laws

 

means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, mandatory guideline, written opinion, written notice, circular, listing rule, order, decree, approval, official policy , interpretation or other restriction of any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

 

 

JINKE

 

means Bo Yu Limited, a company registered in the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is at Maples Corporate Services (BVI) Limited, Kingston Chambers, PO Box 173, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

 

 

Member

 

has the same meaning as in the Statute.

 

 

 

Memorandum

 

means the second amended and restated memorandum of association of the Company.

 

 

 

Observer

 

is defined in Article 26.2(d).

 

 

 

Ordinary Resolution

 

means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.

 

3


 

Person

 

means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, body corporate, firm, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other enterprise or entity of any kind or nature.

 

 

 

Ping An

 

means Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., shares of which are listed on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (Stock code: 2318).

 

 

 

Ping An Group

 

means Ping An and its Affiliates that are controlled by Ping An from time to time (excluding the Group Companies).

 

 

 

PRC” or “China

 

means the People’s Republic of China which for the purposes of the Articles excludes Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

 

 

 

Qualified Listing

 

means an initial public offering of the Company’s shares and/or securities on an internationally recognized stock exchange, including, but not limited to, NYSE, NASDAQ, The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (Main Board), Shanghai Stock Exchange (Main Board) and Shenzhen Stock Exchange (Main Board).

 

 

 

Register of Members

 

means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.

 

 

 

Registered Office

 

means the registered office for the time being of the Company.

 

 

 

Seal

 

means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.

 

 

 

Share

 

means a share in the Company and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.

 

 

 

Shareholder

 

means a Member.

 

 

 

Shareholders Agreement

 

means the amended shareholders agreement in relation to the Company entered into by and among JINKE, CO BVI and the Investors on 10 April 2018.

 

4


 

Shareholders Meeting

 

means the Shareholders’ general meeting of the Company.

 

 

 

SBI Holdings, Inc

 

means SBI Holdings, Inc., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Japan and having its registered office at 1-6-1, Roppongi, Minato-ku, Toyko 106-6019.

 

 

 

SBI StellarS Fintech Fund I LP

 

means SBI StellarS Fintech Fund I LP, a limited partnership registered and existing under the laws of Cayman Islands and having its registered office at Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KYI-9008, Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

SBI StellarS Fintech Fund II LP

 

means SBI StellarS Fintech Fund II LP, a limited partnership registered and existing under the laws of Cayman Islands and having its registered office at Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KYI-9008, Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

SBI StellarS Fintech Fund III LP

 

means SBI StellarS Fintech Fund III LP, a limited partnership registered and existing under the laws of Cayman Islands and having its registered office at Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KYI-9008, Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

SoftBank Investor

 

means SVF Fax Subco (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Singapore and having its registered office at 80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898 (together with any Person to whom such Person may transfer a majority of its Shares in a transfer permitted).

 

 

 

SoftBank Share Subscription Agreement

 

means the share subscription agreement made between the SoftBank Investor and the Company dated 4 April 2018.

 

 

 

Special Resolution

 

has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution.

 

 

 

Statute

 

means the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

Treasury Share

 

means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.

 

 

 

USD

 

means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

5


 

1.2                               In the Articles:

 

(a)                                 words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                 words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c)                                  words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

(d)                                 “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e)                                  “shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(f)                                   references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(g)                                  any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(h)                                 the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(i)                                     headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(j)                                    any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(k)                                 any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

(l)                                     sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

(m)                             the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

(n)                                 the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

6


 

2                                         Commencement of Business

 

2.1                               The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2                               The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3                                         Issue of Shares

 

3.1                               Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and the Articles and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights.

 

3.2                               The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

3.3                               Prior to any issuance of new Shares or other securities in the Company, the Company shall issue a notice (the “Subscription Notice”) to each of the Shareholders. Each of the Shareholders (or their respective Affiliates) shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within thirty (30) Business Days upon receipt of the Subscription Notice, to subscribe for all or part of the new Shares or other securities in proportion to their relative shareholding in the Company on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice. It is a condition of such subscription by an Affiliate of the Shareholders that such Affiliate shall provide evidence of their Affiliate relationship with the relevant Shareholders.

 

3.4                               If any of the Shareholders (or their respective Affiliate, as the case may be, the “Partially-Subscribing Party”) does not choose to fully subscribe for the new Shares or other securities, and the other Shareholder or Shareholders (or its/their Affiliate, as the case may be, the “Fully-Subscribing Party”) choose(s) to fully subscribe for the new Shares or other securities, then the Fully-Subscribing Party shall have the option (but not the obligation) to subscribe for those new Shares or other securities not already subscribed for by the Partially-Subscribing Party, in proportion to their relative shareholding in the Company before issuance of the new Shares or other securities and on the terms stated on the Subscription Notice.

 

3.5                               In respect of any new Shares or other securities that are not subscribed for by the Shareholders in accordance with Articles 3.3 and 3.4 above (the Unsubscribed New Securities), the Company shall have the right to issue and allot the Unsubscribed New Securities to any third parties within one hundred and twenty (120) days from the earlier of (i) the lapse of the Subscription Notice, or (ii) the date the last Fully-Subscribing Party indicates its decision not to subscribe for those new Shares or other securities not already subscribed for by the Partially-Subscribing Party in accordance with Article 3.4, provided that (x) the terms and conditions for the issuance and allotment of the Unsubscribed New Securities to any third parties shall not be more favourable than those stated on the Subscription Notice and (y) such subscription shall be conditional on the third party having executed a Deed of Adherence.

 

7


 

3.6                               If the Company (i) proposes to issue and allot the Unsubscribed New Securities to third parties on terms and conditions more favourable than those stated in the Subscription Notice, or (ii) chooses not to issue and allot the Unsubscribed New Securities, the Company shall serve notices to all Shareholders in respect of the subscription of the Unsubscribed New Securities following the procedures prescribed in Articles 3.3 and 3.4.

 

3.7                               For the purposes of this Article 3, new Shares or securities do not include:

 

(a)                                 Shares converted from the Company’s capital reserves (if applicable), provided that such conversion does not result in a dilution to any Shareholder;

 

(b)                                 Shares issued by the Company in connection with a Qualified Listing; or

 

(c)                                  Shares or other securities issued for the purposes of acquiring all or substantially all assets of another company or entity, or a merger representing 50% or more of the voting rights, asset acquisition or other shares or securities issued in each case for restructuring.

 

4                                         Register of Members

 

4.1                               The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

4.2                               The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute.  The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

5                                         Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

5.1                               For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

5.2                               In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

8


 

5.3                               If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members.  When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

6                                         Certificates for Shares

 

6.1                               A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine.  Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process.  All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate.  All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2                               The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3                               If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

6.4                               Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

7                                         Transfer of Shares

 

7.1                               The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

7.2                               Unless otherwise specified in the Articles:

 

(a)                                 the Shareholders shall not sell, transfer or dispose of any Shares in any way without complying with this Article 7;

 

9


 

(b)                                 any transfer of Shares not made in compliance with the Articles shall be null and void as against the Company and each other Shareholder and shall not be recorded on the books and statutory register of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company; and

 

(c)                                  no Shareholder (other than JINKE and the SoftBank Investor) shall transfer its Shares to a third party which competes with the business carried on by the Group Companies in China or any Affiliate of such third party without the consent in writing of JINKE.

 

7.3                               Transfer of Shares by Shareholders

 

(a)                                 If any Shareholder (other than JINKE and the SoftBank Investor) (the “Transferring Shareholder”) intends to transfer to a third party (the “Intended Transferee”) all or part of the Shares held by such Transferring Shareholder (the “Sale Shares”), the Transferring Shareholder shall issue a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) setting forth the details of the Shares being sold, the identity of the Intended Transferee, and the terms of the transfer of the Shares (the “Transfer Terms”) to each of the other Shareholders (the “Non-Transferring Shareholders”).  Each Non-Transferring Shareholder shall have an option, exercisable by delivery of a notice in writing to the Transferring Shareholder within thirty (30) days after receipt of the above Transfer Notice, to elect to purchase all or part of the Sale Shares at the same terms and conditions set out in the Transfer Terms and (if all the Non-Transferring Shareholders elect to purchase) on a pro rata basis in proportion to their relative shareholding as between the Non-Transferring Shareholders (the “Right of First Refusal”).  If any of the Non-Transferring Shareholders elects not to purchase all Sale Shares which it is entitled to purchase according to this Article, and the other Non-Transferring Shareholders elect to purchase all Sale Shares that they are entitled to purchase according to this Article, then such other Non-Transferring Shareholders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to purchase the remaining Sale Shares not so purchased on a pro rata basis as between such Non-Transferring Shareholders.

 

(b)                                 If the Non-Transferring Shareholders elect not to exercise their Right of First Refusal or there are Sale Shares remaining after the relevant Non-Transferring Shareholders have exercised their rights under Articles 7.3(a), then the Transferring Shareholder may transfer the Sale Shares or the remaining Sale Shares (as the case maybe) to the Intended Transferee according to the Transfer Terms. Should the Transferring Shareholder transfer the Sale Shares to the Intended Transferee at a price lower or on terms more favourable than the price and terms stated in the Transfer Notice, the Transferring Shareholder shall not proceed with the proposed share sale and must re-issue a Transfer Notice of the transfer to the other Shareholders according to the provisions of this Articles, and shall comply with the procedures provided for in this Article 7.3.

 

10


 

7.4                               Purchase of Shares by Shareholders

 

(a)                                 If any Shareholder other than JINKE (the “Purchasing Shareholder”) intends to purchase all or part of the Shares held by another Shareholder other than the SoftBank Investor  (the “Selling Shareholder”), the Purchasing Shareholder shall issue a written notice (the “Purchase Notice”) setting forth the details of the Shares being acquired, the identity of the Selling Shareholder, and the terms of the transfer of the Shares (the “Purchase Terms”) to each of the other Shareholders than the Selling Shareholder (the “Remaining Shareholders”) and offer to purchase the Shares held by such Remaining Shareholders on a pro-rata basis in proportion to their relative shareholding in the Company according to the Purchase Terms. Each Remaining Shareholder shall have an option, exercisable by delivery of a notice in writing to the Purchasing Shareholder within thirty (30) days after receipt of the above Purchase Notice, to elect to sell all or part of the Shares held by them at the same terms and conditions set out in the Purchase Terms. If any Remaining Shareholder elects to accept the Purchasing Shareholder’s offer, such Remaining Shareholder shall be deemed a Selling Shareholder for the purpose of this Article.

 

(b)                                 Upon expiry of the 30-day period as stated in Article 7.4(a) or the Purchasing Shareholder having received written notice from each of the Remaining Shareholders with respect to acceptance (or refusal) of the offer to purchase, whichever is earlier, the Purchasing Shareholder and the Selling Shareholder shall proceed with the proposed share sale according to the Purchase Terms. Should the Purchasing Shareholder purchase the Shares from the Selling Shareholder at a price lower or on terms more favourable than the price and terms stated in the Purchase Notice, the Purchasing Shareholder shall not proceed with the proposed share sale and must re-issue a Purchase Notice of the transfer to the Remaining Shareholders according to the provisions of this Article, and shall comply with the procedures provided for in this Article 7.4.

 

7.5                               Shareholders’ Approval Required for Transfer of Shares

 

Notwithstanding Articles 7.3 and 7.4, for a period of two (2) years from the date of the Shareholders Agreement, the Shareholders other than the SoftBank Investor shall not be permitted to transfer the Shares held by them without the written consent from the other Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares then outstanding (excluding the Shares being held by the transferor Shareholder) provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. A Shareholder seeking to transfer Shares pursuant to this Article shall only be required to disclose information to the Shareholders whose consent is sought. A Shareholder who has breached this Article shall lose its rights to information under clause 9 of the Shareholders Agreement (if any) and any other right to financial and operating information of the Company, other than statutory rights.

 

11


 

7.6                               Investors’ Tag Along Right

 

(a)                                 Where any member of Ping An Group (including, without limitation, JINKE and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, CO BVI) effects a transaction to an interested buyer (the “Proposed Ping An Transferee A”) (the “Ping An Share Sale”) resulting in Ping An Group collectively holding (through JINKE or otherwise) less than thirty percent (30%) of the then outstanding Shares, Ping An Group, through JINKE (the “Selling Ping An Shareholder”), shall issue a notice (the “Ping An Share Sale Notice”) to each of the Investors setting forth the details of the Ping An Share Sale including the identity of the Proposed Ping An Transferee A and the terms of the transfer of the Shares. Each of the Investors (other than the SoftBank Investor) shall have the option (but not the obligation) at its own discretion to decide, within twenty (20) Business Days upon receipt of the Ping An Share Sale Notice, by delivering a written notice to the Selling Ping An Shareholder and the Company (the “Tag Along Notice”), require the Selling Ping An Shareholder to procure the sale of all of the Shares held by the Investor to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A on the same terms and conditions as the Ping An Share Sale (the “Tag Along Sale”).

 

(b)                                 Where one or more of the Investors have delivered a Tag Along Notice in accordance with Article 7.6, the Selling Ping An Shareholder shall not complete the Ping An Share Sale until the Ping An Share Sale is completed together with the Tag Along Sale and the Company shall not register any transfer of Shares in accordance with the Ping An Share Sale unless the provisions of this Article 7.6 have been complied with.

 

(c)                                  The Investor(s) participating in the Tag Along Sale shall:

 

(i)            collect directly from the Proposed Ping An Transferee A the consideration to be paid for the Shares it is selling in the Tag Along Sale;

 

(ii)           co-operate in good faith to complete the Tag Along Sale to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A; and

 

(iii)          deliver to the Proposed Ping An Transferee A the transfer documents and certificates representing all of the Shares held by the Investor in the Company on or before completion of the Tag Along Sale.

 

(d)                                 There will be no liability either:

 

(i)            from the Selling Ping An Shareholder to the Investor; or

 

(ii)           from the Investor to the Selling Ping An Shareholder;

 

if the Tag Along Sale is not completed despite that the Selling Ping An Shareholder has used its best commercial efforts and in good faith to procure the completion of the Tag Along Sale.

 

7.7                               Ping An Drag Along Right

 

(a)                                 JINKE (in this Article, the “Drag Along Ping An Transferor”) may at any time propose to sell all (and not less than all) of its Shares to any interested buyer (the “Proposed Ping An Transferee B”) (the “Drag Along Sale”) provided that:

 

12


 

(i)            the Proposed Ping An Transferee B is not an Associate of any of the Existing Shareholders;

 

(ii)           the Drag Along Sale is based on a valuation of the Company not less than USD7,500,000,000; and

 

(iii)          the Drag Along Sale is a bona fide arm’s length transaction being effected in good faith by the Drag Along Ping An Transferor.

 

(b)                                 Where the conditions set out in Article 7.7(a) are met, the Drag Along Ping An Transferor may, at any time, require the Investors (other than the SoftBank Investor) to sell all (and not less than all) of their Shares to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B by delivering to the Company and the Investors a written notice of its decision to compel the Investors to sell all of their Shares and participate in the Drag Along Sale (the “Drag Along Notice”) on the same terms and conditions.

 

(c)                                  The Investor(s) required to participate in the Drag Along Sale must:

 

(i)            collect directly from the Proposed Ping An Transferee B the consideration to be paid for the Shares it is selling in the Drag Along Sale;

 

(ii)           co-operate in good faith to complete the Drag Along Sale to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B; and

 

(iii)          use its best commercial efforts to deliver to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B the transfer documents and certificates representing all of the Shares held by the Investor on or before completion of the Drag Along Sale, and if not as soon as reasonably thereafter but in any event no later than thirty (30) Business Days following the completion of the Drag Along Sale.

 

(d)                                 In the event that any Investor fails to deliver such transfer documents, and certificates to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B in accordance with Article 7.7(c)(iii), the Company will be deemed to have been appointed as the attorney-in-fact of the Investor with full power to (and such Investor hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as its attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act, in the name of, and for and on behalf of, such Investor to):

 

(i)                                     execute, complete and deliver, in the name of the Investor, the necessary transfer documents;

 

(ii)                                  receive the purchase money for the Investor (which must be paid into a separate bank account in the Company’s name); and

 

(iii)                               cause the Proposed Ping An Transferee B to be registered as the holder of such Shares.

 

13


 

(e)                                  The receipt by the Company of the purchase money will be a good discharge to the Proposed Ping An Transferee B (who will not be bound to see the application of that purchase money) and after the Proposed Ping An Transferee B has been registered in purported exercise of the aforesaid powers the validity of the proceedings will not be questioned by any person.

 

(f)                                   The Investor(s) subject to a Drag Along Sale must use all reasonable efforts to sell its/their Shares in the Drag Along Sale in compliance with all applicable Laws and the Drag Along Notice.

 

(g)                                  The Investor(s) will represent and warrant in favour of the Proposed Ping An Transferee B that as at the date of completion of the Drag Along Sale:

 

(i)                                     the Shares being sold by it are free of all liens, charges and encumbrances; and

 

(ii)                                  it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of such Shares.

 

(h)                                 There will be no liability on the part of the Drag Along Ping An Transferor to the Investor if the Drag Along Sale is not completed for whatever reason.

 

(i)                                     For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that JINKE does not exercise the drag along right under this Article 7.7, the Investors’ tag along right under Article 7.6 shall not be affected and remain exercisable.

 

7.8                               Exceptions

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Shareholders agree that each Shareholder is permitted to transfer all or part of its shareholding in the Company without being subject to the above restrictions set out in this Article 7:

 

(a)                                 subject to Articles 7.2(c) and clause 31 of the Shareholders Agreement, to one or multiple Affiliates of such Shareholder (each an “Affiliate Transferee”), provided that the relevant Shareholder shall provide sufficient evidence to the other Shareholders in respect of its Affiliated relationship with the Affiliate Transferee(s);

 

(b)                                 for the purposes of implementing the Company ESOP; and

 

(c)                                  in case of JINKE only, for the purposes of carrying out a Qualified Listing.

 

7.9                               Transfer of shares by the SoftBank Investor

 

The SoftBank Investor has given a lock-up undertaking to the Company as set out in clause 5.13 of the SoftBank Share Subscription Agreement (the “SoftBank Lock-Up”). The SoftBank Investor may sell, transfer, acquire or dispose of any Shares of the Company it holds to any interested buyer at its sole discretion to the extent not prohibited by the SoftBank Lock-Up and shall not be subject to any of the restrictions under this Article 7.

 

14


 

8                                         Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

8.1                               Subject to the provisions of the Statute the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

8.2                               Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

8.3                               The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

8.4                               The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

9                                         Treasury Shares

 

9.1                               The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2                               The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

10                                  Variation of Rights of Shares

 

10.1                        Subject to provisions of the Articles, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class.  To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

15


 

10.2                        For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

10.3                        The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

11                                  Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares.  The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12                                  Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

13                                  Lien on Shares

 

13.1                        The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article.  The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon.  The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2                        The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received  by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

13.3                        To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.  The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under the Articles.

 

16


 

13.4                        The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

14                                  Call on Shares

 

14.1                        Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares.  A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part,  as the Directors may determine.  A call may be required to be paid by instalments.  A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

14.2                        A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3                        The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

14.4                        If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

14.5                        An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6                        The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

14.7                        The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

17


 

14.8                        No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15                                  Forfeiture of Shares

 

15.1                        If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.  The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

15.2                        If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors.  Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

15.3                        A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.  Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

15.4                        A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5                        A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.  The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6                        The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

18


 

16                                  Transmission of Shares

 

16.1                        If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares.  The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

16.2                        Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

16.3                        A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles)  the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17                                  Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

17.1                        The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)                                 increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b)                                 consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)                                  convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

19


 

(d)                                 by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e)                                  cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

17.2                        All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

17.3                        Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a)                                 change its name;

 

(b)                                 alter or add to the Articles;

 

(c)                                  alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d)                                 reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

18                                  Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

19                                  General Meetings

 

19.1                        All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

19.2                        The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it.  Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o’clock in the morning.  At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

19.3                        The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members’ requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

20


 

19.4                        A Members’ requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than ten per cent. in par value of the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

19.5                        The Members’ requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

19.6                        If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition or if the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall be held no later than the day which falls three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one day period.

 

19.7                        A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

20                                  Notice of General Meetings

 

20.1                        At least five clear days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting.  Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a)                                 in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b)                                 in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

20.2                        The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

21                                  Proceedings at General Meetings

 

21.1                        No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. Two Members being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum unless the Company has only one Member entitled to vote at such general meeting in which case the quorum shall be that one Member present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person) by its duly authorised representative or proxy.

 

21


 

21.2                        A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other.  Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

21.3                        A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all of the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations or other non-natural persons, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

21.4                        If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members’ requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

21.5                        The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.6                        If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7                        The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

21.8                        When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.  Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

21.9                        A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands, the chairman demands a poll, or any other Member or Members collectively present in person or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy) and holding at least ten per cent. in par value of the Shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting demand a poll.

 

22


 

21.10                 Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost or not carried by a particular majority, an entry to that effect in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

21.11                 The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

21.12                 Except on a poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, a poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

21.13                 A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith.  A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

21.14                 In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

22                                  Votes of Members

 

22.1                        Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, on a show of hands every Member who (being an individual) is present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person is present by its duly authorised representative or by proxy, shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

22.2                        In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

22.3                        A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

23


 

22.4                        No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

22.5                        No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid.  Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.6                        On a poll or on a show of hands votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall state which proxy is entitled to vote on a show of hands and shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

22.7                        On a poll, a Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

23                                  Proxies

 

23.1                        The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative.  A proxy need not be a Member.

 

23.2                        The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited.  In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

23.3                        The chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited.  An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman, shall be invalid.

 

24


 

23.4                        The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked.  An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

23.5                        Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

24                                  Corporate Members

 

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

25                                  Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

26                                  Directors

 

26.1                        There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person (exclusive of alternate Directors) provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors.

 

26.2                        The Board shall comprise up to ten (10) Directors and one (1) observer as follows:

 

(a)                                 five (5) Directors appointed or nominated by CO BVI;

 

(b)                                 four (4) Directors appointed or nominated by JINKE;

 

(c)                                  one (1) Director appointed or nominated by SBI Holdings, Inc. for so long as the shareholding percentage in the Company held by SBI Holdings, Inc., FinTech Business Innovation LPS, SBI StellarS Fintech Fund I LP, SBI StellarS Fintech Fund II LP and SBI StellarS Fintech Fund III LP is in aggregate no less than 3%, provided that if the aggregate shareholding percentage of SBI Holdings, Inc., FinTech Business Innovation LPS, SBI StellarS Fintech Fund I LP, SBI StellarS Fintech Fund II LP and SBI StellarS Fintech Fund III LP in the Company falls below 3%, any Director that has been appointed or nominated by SBI Holdings, Inc. pursuant to this Article shall be removed from office immediately; and

 

25


 

(d)                                 one (1) observer to the Board (the “Observer”) appointed or nominated by the SoftBank Investor, for so long as the SoftBank Investor or its Affiliates hold any Shares.

 

Each Shareholder shall undertake such actions as necessary to enable the appointment of the Director(s) and the Observer, and their replacement as nominated by the relevant Shareholder pursuant to this Article 26.2 and Article 26.4.

 

Subject to Statute, the Board shall, and the Shareholders shall procure that the Directors respectively appointed by each of them shall, pass such resolutions and take such other actions as are necessary to give effect to any appointments made pursuant to this Article 26.2. The Shareholders acknowledge and agree that all actions approved or implemented by or at a Board meeting or Shareholders Meeting shall, to the maximum extent permitted by Statute, be concurrently approved and implemented at the shareholder or board level, as appropriate, of each of the Group Companies, and the Shareholders shall take all necessary actions to promptly effect such approval and implementation.

 

26.3                        The Board shall designate the Director appointed by CO BVI as the Chairman of the Board so long as such Director’s employment with any of Group Companies has not been terminated. The Chairman shall have the duties and powers under the Statute and the Articles.

 

26.4                        Directors shall hold office at the discretion of the Shareholder nominating them and shall cease to hold office when written notice removing them issued by such Shareholder is received at the registered office of the Company; accordingly, any Shareholder removing any of its nominated Director(s) shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify the Company against, any claim by that Director or those Directors for unfair or wrongful dismissal arising out of his removal from office.

 

26.5                        The Observer shall be given the same information in respect of each Board meeting as is given to any Director, and shall be entitled to receive such information (including without limitation, notice of meeting) at the same time as the Directors. The Observer shall be entitled to attend and speak at any meetings of the Board but shall not be entitled to vote, nor shall the Observer be regarded as an officer of the Board or be counted in the quorum of any meeting of the Board. Provided that prior written notification has been provided to the Company, the Observer may appoint, or remove from office, an alternate observer to replace the Observer at any meeting or meetings of the Board. Such alternate observer shall have the same rights as the Observer.

 

27                                  Powers of Directors

 

27.1                        Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company.  No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given.  A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

26


 

27.2                        All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

27.3                        The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

27.4                        The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

27.5                        Every Director shall have one vote. Board meetings shall be convened and proceeded in accordance with the Statute, the Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

 

27.6                        Except for the matters to be otherwise determined and approved as required by the Statute, the Articles or the Shareholders Agreement, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed and approved by the Board in accordance with Statute, the Articles or the Shareholders Agreement.

 

27.7                        Without limiting any other provision of the Articles, no Shares held by SBI Holdings, Inc. shall be re-classified whereby the rights, preferences, privileges or authorities attaching to such Shares will be altered without the consent of any Director appointed or nominated by SBI Holdings, Inc. pursuant to Article 26.2(c) provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. For the avoidance of doubt, if SBI Holdings, Inc. does not have the right to appoint or nominate the Director pursuant to Article 26.2(c), then this Article 27.7 shall cease to apply.

 

27.8                        Save for the matters submitted to the Second Scheduled Meeting in accordance with Article 27.9 or the matters approved by written resolution of the Board in accordance with Article 30.4, all matters submitted to the Board shall be passed at a properly convened Board meeting by affirmative vote of at least six (6) Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles in accordance with the Statute and the Articles.

 

27


 

27.9                        The quorum for Board meetings shall be seven (7) Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles. If quorum is not reached within 30 minutes after the scheduled meeting time (the “First Scheduled Meeting”), the Chairman shall, on the day following the First Scheduled Meeting, notify all Directors to attend a re-convened Board meeting at the specified time and date (being not more than ten (10) Business Days after the date of the First Scheduled Meeting) (the “Second Scheduled Meeting”). If a quorum is still not reached at the Second Scheduled Meeting, then the Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be deemed to constitute a quorum and all matters submitted to the Board at the Second Scheduled Meeting shall be passed by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Directors attending in person or by an alternate director or by proxy appointed pursuant to the Articles in accordance with the Statute and the Articles.

 

27.10                 The Company shall make available telephonic, electronic or other communication facilities or means to Directors to permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

27.11                 Save for the Second Scheduled Meeting convened under Article 27.9, no Board meeting shall be convened on less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice. Notwithstanding the foresaid, a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly and validly convened, notwithstanding that it is called by shorter or irregular notice, if all the Directors entitled to receive notice and attend the meeting have so agreed.

 

28                                  Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

28.1                        Subject to these Articles, including, without limitation to Article 26.2 of these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.

 

28.2                        Subject to these Articles, including, without limitation to Article 26.2 of these Articles, the Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29                                  Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a)                                 the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b)                                 the Director absents himself (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy or an alternate Director appointed by him) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c)                                  the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

28


 

(d)                                 the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e)                                  all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a Director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

30                                  Proceedings of Directors

 

30.1                        A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum.  A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, count twice towards the quorum.

 

30.2                        Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.  A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

30.3                        A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.  Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

30.4                        A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor and if such alternate Director is also a Director, being entitled to sign such resolution both on behalf of his appointer and in his capacity as a Director) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

30.5                        The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

30.6                        Subject to Article 26.3, the Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

29


 

30.7                        All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director or alternate Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

30.8                        A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him.  The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

31                                  Presumption of Assent

 

A Director or alternate Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director or alternate Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

32                                  Directors’ Interests

 

32.1                        A Director or alternate Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

32.2                        A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

32.3                        A Director or alternate Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

32.4                        No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director or alternate Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established.  A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

30


 

32.5                        A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

33                                  Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

34                                  Delegation of Directors’ Powers

 

34.1                        The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers, authorities and discretions as they consider desirable to be exercised by him provided that an alternate Director may not act as managing director and the appointment of a managing director shall be revoked forthwith if he ceases to be a Director.  Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors.  Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.2                        The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies.  Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors.  Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.3                        The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

34.4                        The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

31


 

34.5                        The Directors may appoint such officers of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any secretary) as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit.  Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer of the Company may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An officer of the Company may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

35                                  Alternate Directors

 

35.1                        Any Director (but not an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

35.2                        An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, to sign any written resolution of the Directors, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

35.3                        An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

35.4                        Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

35.5                        Subject to the provisions of the Articles, an alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

36                                  No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

32


 

37                                  Remuneration of Directors

 

37.1                        Directors (and the Observer, if nominated pursuant to Article 26.2(d)) shall not be entitled to receive remuneration from the Company.  The Company shall reimburse the Directors for reasonable fees incurred in the course of their discharging their duties as a Director, including, without limitation, travel expenses.  The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director.  Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

38                                  Seal

 

38.1                        The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors.  Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

38.2                        The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

38.3                        A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

39                                  Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

39.1                        Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.  A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

39.2                        Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

33


 

39.3                        The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

39.4                        The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

39.5                        Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

39.6                        The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

39.7                        Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct.  Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent.  Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

39.8                        No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

39.9                        Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member.  Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

34


 

40                                  Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid.  In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned).  The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

41                                  Books of Account

 

41.1                        The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company.  Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared.  Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

41.2                        The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

41.3                        The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

42                                  Audit

 

42.1                        The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

42.2                        Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

35


 

42.3                        Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

43                                  Notices

 

43.1                        Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member).  Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

43.2                        Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier.  Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted.  Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted.  Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

43.3                        A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

43.4                        Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

36


 

44                                  Winding Up

 

44.1                        If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a)                                 if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b)                                 if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

44.2                        If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members.  The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

45                                  Indemnity and Insurance

 

45.1                        Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default.  No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person.  No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

37


 

45.2                        The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought.  In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article.  If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

45.3                        The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

46                                  Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

47                                  Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

48                                  Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

38




Exhibit 3.2

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

壹账通金融科技有限公司

 

(adopted by a Special Resolution passed on October 16, 2019 and effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of American Depositary Shares representing its Ordinary Shares)

 

1.                          The name of the Company is OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 壹账通金融科技有限公司.

 

2.                          The Registered Office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other location within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3.                          The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4.                          The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by the Companies Law.

 

5.                          The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6.                          The liability of each Shareholder is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the Shares held by such Shareholder.

 


 

7.                          The authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each. Subject to the Companies Law and the Articles, the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its Shares and to increase or reduce its authorized share capital and to sub-divide or consolidate the said Shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

8.                          The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

9.                          Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meanings as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

2


 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 REVISION)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

壹账通金融科技有限公司

 

(adopted by a Special Resolution passed on October 16, 2019 and effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of American Depositary Shares representing its Ordinary Shares)

 

TABLE A

 

The regulations contained or incorporated in Table ‘A’ in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to the Company and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                      In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

 

“ADS”

 

means an American depositary share each representing such number of Ordinary Shares as set out in the registration statements of the Company;

 

 

 

“Affiliate”

 

for the purposes of Article 58(2), shall have the meaning given to it in Rule 405 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

 

 

“Articles”

 

means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time;

 

 

 

“Board” and “Board of Directors” and “Directors”

 

means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof;

 

 

 

“Chairman”

 

means the chairman of the Board of Directors;

 

3


 

“Class” or “Classes”

 

means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company;

 

 

 

“Commission”

 

means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;

 

 

 

“Company”

 

means OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 壹账通金融科技有限公司, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

 

 

 

“Companies Law”

 

means the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof;

 

 

 

“Company’s Website”

 

means the main corporate/investor relations website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been disclosed in any registration statement filed by the Company in connection or which has otherwise been notified to Shareholders;

 

 

 

“Designated Stock Exchange”

 

means the stock exchange in the United States on which any Shares or ADSs are listed for trading;

 

 

 

“Designated Stock Exchange Rules”

 

means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares and/or ADSs on the Designated Stock Exchange;

 

 

 

“electronic”

 

has the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefor;

 

 

 

“electronic communication”

 

means electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than two-thirds of the vote of the Board;

 

 

 

“Electronic Transactions Law”

 

means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and any statutory amendment or re-enactment thereof;

 

 

 

“electronic record”

 

has the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefor;

 

 

 

“Memorandum of Association”

 

means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time;

 

 

 

“Ordinary Resolution”

 

means a resolution:

 

(a)         passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy or, in the case of corporations, by their duly authorized representatives, at a general meeting of the Company held in accordance with these Articles; or

 

4


 

 

 

(b)         approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;

 

 

 

“Ordinary Share”

 

means an ordinary share of a par value of US$0.00001 in the capital of the Company, and having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions provided for in the Memorandum and these Articles;

 

 

 

“paid up”

 

means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up;

 

 

 

“Person”

 

means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires;

 

 

 

“Register”

 

means the register of Members of the Company maintained in accordance with the Companies Law;

 

 

 

“Registered Office”

 

means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law;

 

 

 

“Seal”

 

means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof;

 

 

 

“Secretary”

 

means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company;

 

 

 

“Securities Act”

 

means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;

 

 

 

“Share”

 

means a share in the capital of the Company, and includes an Ordinary Share. All references to “Shares” herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “Share” shall include a fraction of a Share;

 

 

 

“Shareholder” or “Member”

 

means a Person who is registered as the holder of one or more Shares in the Register;

 

5


 

“Share Premium Account”

 

means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law;

 

 

 

“signed”

 

means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;

 

 

 

“Special Resolution”

 

means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law, being a resolution:

 

(a)         passed by not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy or, in the case of corporations, by their duly authorized representatives, at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given; or

 

(b)         approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;

 

 

 

“Treasury Share”

 

means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Companies Law; and

 

 

 

“United States”

 

means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

2.                                      In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

(a)                                 words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                 words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;

 

(c)                                  the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

(d)                                 reference to a dollar or dollars (or US$) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;

 

(e)                                  reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

6


 

(f)                                   reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case;

 

(g)                                  reference to “in writing” shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing including in the form of an electronic record or partly one and partly another;

 

(h)                                 any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an electronic record or an electronic communication;

 

(i)                                     any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles, including the execution of the Articles themselves, can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transaction Law; and

 

(j)                                    Sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply.

 

3.                                      Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

 

PRELIMINARY

 

4.                                      The business of the Company may be conducted as the Directors see fit.

 

5.                                      The Registered Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

6.                                      The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortized over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.

 

7.                                      The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine and, in the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Registered Office.

 

SHARES

 

8.                                      Subject to these Articles, all Shares for the time being unissued shall be under the control of the Directors who may, in their absolute discretion and without the approval of the Members, cause the Company to:

 

(a)                                 issue, allot and dispose of Shares (including, without limitation, preferred shares) (whether in certificated form or non-certificated form) to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine;

 

7


 

(b)                                 grant rights over Shares or other securities to be issued in one or more classes or series as they deem necessary or appropriate and determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights attaching to such Shares or securities, including dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers, preferences, privileges and rights associated with the then issued and outstanding Shares, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper; and

 

(c)                                  grant options with respect to Shares and issue warrants, convertible securities or similar instruments with respect thereto;

 

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued.

 

9.                                      The Directors may authorize the division of Shares into any number of Classes and the different Classes shall be authorized, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or by a Special Resolution. The Directors may issue from time to time, out of the authorised share capital of the Company, preferred shares with such preferred or other rights, all or any of which may be greater than the rights of Ordinary Shares, at such time and on such terms as they may think appropriate in their absolute discretion and without approval of the Members; provided, however, before any preferred shares of any such series are issued, the Directors shall by resolution of Directors determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

(a)                                 the designation of such series, the number of preferred shares to constitute such series and the subscription price thereof if different from the par value thereof;

 

(b)                                 whether the preferred shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

 

(c)                                  the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, and the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of any other class or any other series of shares;

 

(d)                                 whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;

 

(e)                                  whether the preferred shares of such series shall have any rights to receive any part of the assets available for distribution amongst the Members upon the liquidation of the Company, and, if so, the terms of such liquidation preference, and the relation which such liquidation preference shall bear to the entitlements of the holders of shares of any other class or any other series of shares;

 

8


 

(f)                                   whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the preferred shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

(g)                                  whether the preferred shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

(h)                                 the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any preferred shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing shares or shares of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares;

 

(i)                                     the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares; and

 

(j)                                    any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof;

 

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued. The Company is not obliged to issue, allot or dispose of Shares if it is, in the opinion of the Directors, unlawful or impracticable. The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any Class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares or Ordinary Shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any Shares of any Class or series of the preferred Shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and these Articles.

 

10.                               The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgment of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.

 

11.                               The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

 

9


 

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

12.                               If at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes, all or any of the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class, be varied with the consent in writing of all of the holders of the issued Shares of that Class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that Class. To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal or par value amount of the issued Shares of the relevant Class (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall on a poll have one vote for each Share of the Class held by him. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes.

 

13.                               The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to the Shares of that Class or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company. The rights of the holders of Shares shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of Shares with preferred or other rights including, without limitation, the creation of Shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

 

CERTIFICATES

 

14.                               Every Person whose name is entered as a Member in the Register may, without payment and upon its written request, request a certificate within two calendar months after allotment or lodgment of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) in the form determined by the Directors. All certificates shall specify the Share or Shares held by that Person, provided that in respect of a Share or Shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for Shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the Member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the Register.

 

15.                               Every share certificate of the Company shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

16.                               Any two or more certificates representing Shares of any one Class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such Shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of one dollar (US$1.00) or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

10


 

17.                               If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same Shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request, subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

18.                               In the event that Shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

 

FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

19.                               The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

 

LIEN

 

20.                               The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or one of two or more joint holders) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it, including but not limited to dividends.

 

21.                               The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors in their absolute discretion think fit, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen calendar days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

22.                               For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorize a Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

23.                               The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

 

11


 

CALLS ON SHARES

 

24.                               Subject to the terms of the allotment, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen calendar days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorizing such call was passed.

 

25.                               The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

26.                               If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

27.                               The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

28.                               The Directors may make arrangements with respect to the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

29.                               The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.

 

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

30.                               If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of any Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

31.                               The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen calendar days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed, the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

12


 

32.                               If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

33.                               A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

34.                               A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.

 

35.                               A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director of the Company that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

36.                               The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favor of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.

 

37.                               The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

38.                               Subject to these Articles and any other transfer or conversion restrictions pursuant to arrangements entered into by the Company with any depositary bank or other parties, any Shareholder may transfer all or any of his Shares (including securities representing his Shares) by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

39.                               The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, approve and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

13


 

40.                               (a)                                 The Directors may in their absolute discretion decline to register any transfer of Shares which is not fully paid up or on which the Company has a lien.

 

(b)                                 The Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any Share unless:

 

(i)                                     the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

(ii)                                  the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one Class of Shares;

 

(iii)                               the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

(iv)                              in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is to be transferred does not exceed four; and

 

(v)                                 a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable, or such lesser sum as the Board of Directors may from time to time require, is paid to the Company in respect thereof.

 

41.                               The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required by the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, be suspended and the Register closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the Register closed for more than thirty calendar days in any calendar year.

 

42.                               All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any Shares, they shall within two calendar months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company send notice of the refusal to each of the transferor and the transferee.

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

43.                               The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognized by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only Person recognized by the Company as having any title to the Share.

 

44.                               Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

14


 

45.                               A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the Share, and if the notice is not complied with within ninety calendar days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

 

46.                               The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas, or other instrument.

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

47.                               Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

48.                               Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)                                 increase its share capital by new Shares of such amount as it thinks expedient;

 

(b)                                 consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)                                  subdivide its Shares, or any of them, into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum, provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

(d)                                 cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

15


 

49.                               Unless the Board in its sole discretion determines otherwise, all new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital. The Board may settle as they consider expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorize some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

50.                               The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

 

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

51.                               Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, the Company may:

 

(a)                                 issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Shareholder or the Company. The redemption of Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such terms as may be determined, before the issue of such Shares by either the Board or by the Shareholders by Special Resolution;

 

(b)                                 purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and upon such terms as have been approved by the Board or by the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution, or are otherwise authorized by these Articles; and

 

(c)                                  make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Companies Law, including out of capital.

 

52.                               The redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share other than as may be required pursuant to applicable laws and any other contractual obligations of the Company.

 

53.                               The holder of the Shares being purchased shall be bound to deliver up to the Company the certificate(s) (if any) thereof for cancellation and thereupon the Company shall pay to him the purchase or redemption monies or consideration in respect thereof.

 

54.                               The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

TREASURY SHARES

 

55.                               The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

56.                               The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

57.                               In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.

 

16


 

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

58.                               All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

59.                               (a)                                 The Company may (but shall not be obliged to, unless as required by applicable law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules) in each calendar year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

 

(b)                                 At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

60.                               (a)                                 The Chairman or a majority of the Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Shareholders’ requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

(b)                                 A Shareholders’ requisition is a requisition of two or more Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition Shares which carry in aggregate not less than one-third (1/3) of all votes attaching to all issued and outstanding Shares of the Company that as at the date of the deposit carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

(c)                                  The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

(d)                                 If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition, or if the Directors do not within twenty-one calendar days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one calendar days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three calendar months after the expiration of the said twenty-one calendar days.

 

(e)                                  A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

61.                               At least seven (7) calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

17


 

(a)                                 in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the Shareholders (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b)                                 in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by two-thirds (2/3rd) of the Shareholders having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy.

 

62.                               The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

 

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

63.                               No business except for the appointment of a chairman for the meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. One or more Shareholders who together hold Shares which carry in aggregate not less than one-third (1/3) of all votes attaching to all issued and outstanding Shares that carry the right to vote at such general meeting, present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative, shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

64.                               If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

65.                               If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

66.                               The Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

67.                               If there is no such Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman of that meeting, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.

 

68.                               The chairman may with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen calendar days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

69.                               The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any reason or for no reason, upon notice in writing to Shareholders. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine. Notice of the business to be transacted at such postponed general meeting shall not be required. If a general meeting is postponed in accordance with this Article, the appointment of a proxy will be valid if it is received as required by the Articles not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the postponed meeting.

 

18


 

70.                               At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded.  A poll may be demanded by the chairman of the meeting or by any or one or more Shareholders who together hold Shares which carry in aggregate not less than ten percent of the votes attaching to all issued and outstanding Shares that carry the right to vote at such general meeting, present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative.   Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favor of, or against, that resolution.

 

71.                               If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman of the meeting directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

72.                               All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by an Ordinary Resolution except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Companies Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

73.                               A poll demanded on the election of a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

 

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

74.                               Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share, on a show of hands every Shareholder present in person or by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy) shall, at a general meeting of the Company, each have one vote and on a poll every Shareholder present in person or by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy) shall have one vote for each Ordinary Share of which he is the holder.

 

75.                               In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

19


 

76.                               Shares carrying the right to vote that are held by a Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may be voted, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.

 

77.                               No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.

 

78.                               On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

79.                               Each Shareholder, other than a recognized clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)), may only appoint one proxy on a show of hand and on a poll, each such proxy is under no obligation to cast all his votes in the same way. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorized in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorized. A proxy need not be a Shareholder. On a poll a Shareholder entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all his votes in the same way.

 

80.                               An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve.

 

81.                               The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

(a)                                 not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

(b)                                 in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

(c)                                  where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director;

 

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited at such other time (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman of the meeting may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

82.                               The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

20


 

83.                               A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorized representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

84.                               Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorize such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

 

DEPOSITARY AND CLEARING HOUSES

 

85.                               If a recognized clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorize such Person(s) as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any general meeting of the Company or of any Class of Shareholders provided that, if more than one Person is so authorized, the authorization shall specify the number and Class of Shares in respect of which each such Person is so authorized. A Person so authorized pursuant to this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the recognized clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) which he represents as that recognized clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)) could exercise if it were an individual Member holding the number and Class of Shares specified in such authorization, including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

 

DIRECTORS

 

86.                               (a)                                 Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than three (3) Directors, and there shall be no maximum number of Directors.

 

(b)                                 The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The period for which the Chairman will hold office will also be determined by a majority of all of the Directors then in office. The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board of Directors, save and except that if the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, or if the Chairman is unable or unwilling to act as the chairman of a meeting of the Board of Directors, the attending Directors may choose one of their number to be the chairman of the meeting.

 

(c)                                  The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director and the appointment of such Director shall firstly been approved by the Board of Directors or any committee of the Directors.

 

21


 

(d)                                 The Board may, by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, appoint any person as a Director, to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

(e)                                  A Director shall hold office until the expiration of his or her term or his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his or her office is otherwise vacated.

 

87.                               A Director may be removed from office by Ordinary Resolution of the Company, notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under such agreement). A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the previous sentence may be filled by Ordinary Resolution or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting. The notice of any meeting at which a resolution to remove a Director shall be proposed or voted upon must contain a statement of the intention to remove that Director and such notice must be served on that Director not less than ten (10) calendar days before the meeting. Such Director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

 

88.                               The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives of the Company and determine on various corporate governance related matters of the Company as the Board shall determine by resolution of Directors from time to time.

 

89.                               A Director shall not be required to hold any Shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a Member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

 

90.                               The remuneration of the Directors shall be determined by the Directors.

 

91.                               The Directors shall be entitled to be paid their travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in going to, attending and returning from meetings of the Directors, or any committee of the Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company, or to receive such fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors from time to time, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR OR PROXY

 

92.                               Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be required to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing director, and to act in such Director’s place at any meeting of the Directors at which the appointing Director is unable to be present. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as a Director when the Director appointing him is not personally present and where he is a Director to have a separate vote on behalf of the Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director of the Company and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

 

22


 

93.                               Any Director may appoint any Person, whether or not a Director, to be the proxy of that Director to attend and vote on his behalf, in accordance with instructions given by that Director, or in the absence of such instructions at the discretion of the proxy, at a meeting or meetings of the Directors which that Director is unable to attend personally. The instrument appointing the proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointing Director and shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve, and must be lodged with the chairman of the meeting of the Directors at which such proxy is to be used, or first used, prior to the commencement of the meeting.

 

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

94.                               The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

(a)                                 becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

(b)                                 dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

(c)                                  resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company;

 

(d)                                 without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for three consecutive meetings and the Board resolves that his office be vacated;

 

(e)                                  is prohibited by any applicable law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules from being a Director; or

 

(f)                                   is removed from office pursuant to any other provision of these Articles.

 

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

95.                               Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.

 

96.                               Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any natural person or corporation, whether or not a Director to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including but not limited to, chief executive officer, one or more other executive officers, president, one or more vice-presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any natural person or corporation so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases for any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

23


 

97.                               The Directors may appoint any natural person or corporation to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they think fit. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors.

 

98.                               The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

99.                               The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorized signatory (any such person being an “Attorney” or “Authorized Signatory”, respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorized Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorize any such Attorney or Authorized Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

100.                        The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.

 

101.                        The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any natural person or corporation to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such natural person or corporation.

 

102.                        The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorize the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any natural person or corporation so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

103.                        Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorized by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.

 

24


 

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

104.                        The Directors may from time to time at their discretion exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

THE SEAL

 

105.                        The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.

 

106.                        The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

107.                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

 

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

108.                        The Directors may meet together (either within or without the Cayman Islands) for the despatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. At any meeting of the Directors, each Director present in person or represented by his proxy or alternate shall be entitled to one vote. In case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

109.                        A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

25


 

110.                        The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed, the quorum shall be a majority of Directors then in office. A Director represented by proxy or by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

111.                        A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or transaction which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made or transaction so consummated. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration, provided that (a) such Director, if his interest (whether direct or indirect) in such contract or arrangement is material, has declared the nature of his interest at the earliest meeting of the Board at which it is practicable for him to do so, either specifically or by way of a general notice and (b) if such contract or arrangement is a transaction with a related party, such transaction has been approved by the audit committee of the Company.

 

112.                        A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

113.                        Any Director may act by himself or through his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

114.                        The Directors shall cause minutes to be made for the purpose of recording:

 

(a)                                 all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

26


 

(b)                                 the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

(c)                                  all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

115.                        When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

116.                        A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.

 

117.                        The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

118.                        Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

119.                        A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall not have a second or casting vote.

 

120.                        All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

121.                        A Director who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which an action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favor of such action.

 

27


 

DIVIDENDS

 

122.                        Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorize payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

123.                        Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

124.                        The Directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, in the absolute discretion of the Directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied, and pending such application may in the absolute discretion of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than Shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

125.                        Any dividend payable in cash to the holder of Shares may be paid in any manner determined by the Directors. If paid by cheque it will be sent by mail addressed to the holder at his address in the Register, or addressed to such person and at such addresses as the holder may direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such Shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company.

 

126.                        The Directors may determine that a dividend shall be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets (which may consist of the shares or securities of any other company) and may settle all questions concerning such distribution. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Directors may fix the value of such specific assets, may determine that cash payment shall be made to some Shareholders in lieu of specific assets and may vest any such specific assets in trustees on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

127.                        Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares. No amount paid on a Share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the Share.

 

128.                        If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effective receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.

 

28


 

129.                        No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

130.                        Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six calendar years from the date of declaration of such dividend may be forfeited by the Board of Directors and, if so forfeited, shall revert to the Company.

 

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

 

131.                        The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

132.                        The books of account shall be kept at the Registered Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

133.                        The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder (not being a Director) shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by any applicable law or authorized by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

134.                        The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

 

135.                        The Directors may appoint an auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

136.                        Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

137.                        The auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

138.                        The Directors in each calendar year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

 

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

139.                        Subject to the Companies Law, the Directors may:

 

(a)                                 resolve to capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the Share Premium Account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution;

 

29


 

(b)                                 appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalized to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

(i)                                     paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or

 

(ii)                                  paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

 

and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

 

(c)                                  make any arrangements they think fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalized reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;

 

(d)                                 authorize a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

(i)                                     the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalization, or

 

(ii)                                  the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalized) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares,

 

and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

 

(e)                                  generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the resolution.

 

140.                        Notwithstanding any provisions in these Articles, the Directors may resolve to capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the Share Premium Account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up in full unissued Shares to be allotted and issued to:

 

(a)                                 employees (including Directors) or service providers of the Company or its Affiliates upon exercise or vesting of any options or awards granted under any share incentive scheme or employee benefit scheme or other arrangement which relates to such persons that has been adopted or approved by the Directors or the Members;

 

30


 

(b)                                 any trustee of any trust or administrator of any share incentive scheme or employee benefit scheme to whom shares are to be allotted and issued by the Company in connection with the operation of any share incentive scheme or employee benefit scheme or other arrangement which relates to such persons that has been adopted or approved by the Directors or Members; or

 

(c)                                  any depositary of the Company for the purposes of the issue, allotment and delivery by the depositary of ADSs to employees (including Directors) or service providers of the Company or its Affiliates upon exercise or vesting of any options or awards granted under any share incentive scheme or employee benefit scheme or other arrangement which relates to such persons that has been adopted or approved by the Directors or the Members.

 

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

141.                        The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.

 

142.                        There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the discretion of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

 

NOTICES

 

143.                        Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it by airmail or by a recognized courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile to any facsimile number such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by placing it on the Company’s Website should the Directors deem it appropriate. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

144.                        Any notice, if send from one country to another, shall be sent by airmail or by a recognized courier service.

 

145.                        Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

146.                        Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

(a)                                 post, shall be deemed to have been served five calendar days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

31


 

(b)                                 facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

(c)                                  recognized courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service;

 

(d)                                 electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail; or

 

(e)                                  placing it on the Company’s Website, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time when the same is placed on the Company’s Website.

 

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

147.                        Any notice or document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Shareholder in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.

 

148.                        Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

(a)                                 all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and

 

(b)                                 every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

 

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

INFORMATION

 

149.                        No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

150.                        The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its Members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and transfer books of the Company.

 

32


 

INDEMNITY

 

151.                        Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other officer for the time being and from time to time of the Company (but not including the Company’s auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

152.                        No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

 

(a)                                 for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or officer or agent of the Company; or

 

(b)                                 for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

 

(c)                                  on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

 

(d)                                 for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

 

(e)                                  for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person’s part; or

 

(f)                                   for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person’s office or in relation thereto;

 

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, willful default or fraud.

 

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

153.                        Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31st in each calendar year and shall begin on January 1st in each calendar year.

 

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

154.                        No Person shall be recognized by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register.

 

33


 

WINDING UP

 

155.                        If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide amongst the Members in species or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

156.                        If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise. If in a winding up, the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them. This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

157.                        Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

158.                        For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case thirty calendar days in any calendar year.

 

159.                        In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within ninety calendar days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

160.                        If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

34


 

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

161.                        The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

DISCLOSURE

 

162.                        The Directors, or any service providers (including the officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company) specifically authorized by the Directors, shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority any information regarding the affairs of the Company including without limitation information contained in the Register and books of the Company.

 

35




Exhibit 4.2

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

(Incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands)

 

Number

 

Shares

 

US$50,000 Share Capital divided into

5,000,000,000 Shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT                                        is the registered holder of                                                             Shares in the above-named Company subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association thereof.

 

EXECUTED for and on behalf of the Company on                       .

 

 

DIRECTOR

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

THE SHAREHOLDERS ON SCHEDULE A HERETO,

 

AND

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

Dated as of October 17, 2019

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

SECTION 1.01.

Defined Terms

1

SECTION 1.02.

Other Interpretive Provisions

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE II REGISTRATION RIGHTS

6

 

 

SECTION 2.01.

Demand Registration.

6

SECTION 2.02.

Shelf Registration

8

SECTION 2.03.

Piggyback Registration.

10

SECTION 2.04.

Existing Registration Statements

12

SECTION 2.05.

Black-out Periods and Suspensions.

12

SECTION 2.06.

Registration Procedures.

14

SECTION 2.07.

Underwritten Offerings

20

SECTION 2.08.

No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights

21

SECTION 2.09.

Registration Expenses

21

SECTION 2.10.

Indemnification

21

SECTION 2.11.

Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S

24

SECTION 2.12.

Limitation on Registrations and Underwritten Offerings

25

SECTION 2.13.

[Reserved].

25

 

 

 

ARTICLE III MISCELLANEOUS

25

 

 

SECTION 3.01.

Term

25

SECTION 3.02.

Injunctive Relief

25

SECTION 3.03.

[Reserved].

26

SECTION 3.04.

Notices

26

SECTION 3.05.

Amendment

26

SECTION 3.06.

Assignment of Registration Rights

26

SECTION 3.07.

Binding Effect

27

SECTION 3.08.

Third Party Beneficiaries

27

SECTION 3.09.

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

27

SECTION 3.10.

Waiver of Jury Trial

27

SECTION 3.11.

Severability

27

SECTION 3.12.

Counterparts

27

SECTION 3.13.

Headings

28

SECTION 3.14.

Joinder

28

SECTION 3.15.

[Reserved].

28

SECTION 3.16.

Other Activities

28

SECTION 3.17.

Time of the Essence

28

 

i


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made, entered into and effective as of October 17, 2019, by and among OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and the investors set forth on Schedule A hereto (each, a “Shareholder”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Holders (as defined below) own Registrable Securities (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth certain registration rights applicable to the Registrable Securities.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.                                               Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material, non-public information that (i) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading and would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement; and (ii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing such information publicly.

 

Affiliate” has the meaning specified in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act; provided that no Holder shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Company or its respective Subsidiaries solely by reason of the existence of any rights or obligations under the Agreement. The term “Affiliated” has a correlative meaning.

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Articles” means the Memorandum & Articles of Association of the Company as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York, and the People’s Republic of China, including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, are required or authorized by law or executive order to be closed.

 

1


 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

Company Public Sale” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

 

Company Share Equivalent” means securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into, Company Shares.

 

Company Shares” means ordinary shares of US$0.00001 par value in the capital of the Company having the rights set out in the Articles.

 

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Demand Company Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(d).

 

Demand Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

Demand Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

Demand Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

 

Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

Demand Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

Effectiveness Date” means the date following the Company’s IPO on which the Holders are no longer subject to any lock-up or other similar contractual restriction on the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Form F-1” means a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto.

 

Form F-3” means a registration statement on Form F-3 under the Securities Act, or any comparable or successor form or forms thereto.

 

Holder” means each Shareholder holding Registrable Securities and any Permitted Assignee that succeeds to the rights of a Shareholder hereunder pursuant to Section 3.06.

 

2


 

Initiating Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

 

Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).

 

IPO” means the first underwritten public offering and sale of Company Shares for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities.

 

Long-Form Demand Registration” means any Demand Registration to be effectuated pursuant to a Long-Form Registration.

 

Long-Form Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

Loss” or “Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

 

Material Adverse Change” means (i) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States; (ii) the declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States; (iii) a material outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities or other international or national calamity involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or a material adverse change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions; and (iv) any event, change, circumstance or effect that is or is reasonably likely to be materially adverse to the business, properties, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Participating Holder” means, with respect to any Registration, any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement.

 

Permitted Assignee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.06.

 

Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(a).

 

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

3


 

Registrable Securities” means any Company Shares not previously issued or sold to the public and held by any Shareholder including any securities that may be issued or distributed or be issuable or distributable in respect of, or in substitution for, any Company Shares by way of conversion, exercise, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction; provided, however, that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his or her rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 3.06; and provided, further that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (i) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities may be distributed pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 145 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule) without limitation, (iii) such Registrable Securities shall have been otherwise transferred and new certificates or book entry shares for them not bearing a legend restricting transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and such securities may be publicly resold without Registration under the Securities Act, (iv) a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) covering such Registrable Securities is effective or (v) such security ceases to be outstanding. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that, with respect to any Registrable Securities for which a Holder holds vested but unexercised options or other Company Share Equivalents at such time exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Company Shares, to the extent that such Registrable Securities are to be sold pursuant to this Agreement, such Holder must exercise the relevant option or exercise, convert or exchange such other relevant Company Share Equivalent and transfer the underlying Registrable Securities (in each case, net of any amounts required to be withheld by the Company in connection with such exercise).

 

Registration” means a registration with the SEC of the Company’s securities for offer and sale to the public under a Registration Statement. The term “Register” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.09.

 

Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement filed with, or to be filed with, the SEC under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement; provided, however, that the term “Registration Statement” without reference to a time includes such Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendments as of the time of first contract of sale for the Registrable Securities.

 

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, equity financing partners or financial advisors or other Person associated with, or acting on behalf of, such Person.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 (or any successor provisions) under the Securities Act.

 

Shareholder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

4


 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Shelf Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(c).

 

Shelf Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

 

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a).

 

Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on Form F-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act) for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act covering all or any portion of the Registrable Securities, as applicable. To the extent that the Company is a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 (or any successor or similar rule) of the Securities Act), a “Shelf Registration Statement” shall be deemed to refer to an “automatic shelf registration statement,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 (or any successor or similar rule) of the Securities Act.

 

Shelf Take-Down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).

 

Short-Form Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a).

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which the given person directly or indirectly Controls.

 

Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter or underwriters on a firm commitment basis for reoffering to the public.

 

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).

 

Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Company Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(d).

 

SECTION 1.02.                                               Other Interpretive Provisions. (a) In this Agreement, except as otherwise provided:

 

(i)                                     A reference to an Article, Section, Schedule or Exhibit is a reference to an Article or Section of, or Schedule or Exhibit to, this Agreement, and references to this Agreement include any recital in or Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                  The Schedules and Exhibits form an integral part of and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement.

 

5


 

(iii)                               Headings and the Table of Contents are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(iv)                              Unless the context otherwise requires, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, words importing the masculine include the feminine and vice versa, and words importing persons include corporations, associations, partnerships, joint ventures and limited liability companies and vice versa.

 

(v)                                 Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof” and “herein,” and words of similar meaning refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or clause. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(vi)                              A reference to any legislation or to any provision of any legislation shall include any successor legislation and any amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof and any legislative provision substituted therefor.

 

(vii)                           All determinations to be made by the Company hereunder may be made in its sole discretion, and the Company may determine, in its sole discretion, whether or not to take actions that are permitted, but not required, by this Agreement to be taken by the Company, including the giving of consents required hereunder.

 

(b)                                 The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intention or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

SECTION 2.01.                                               Demand Registration.

 

(a)                                 Demand by Holders. At or after the Effectiveness Date, if there is no currently effective Shelf Registration Statement on file with the SEC, then except as provided in Section 2.02(a), the Holders of at least 30% of the Registrable Securities then held by the Holders (the “Demand Holders”) may, subject to Sections 2.05(c) and 2.12, make a written request (a “Demand Notice”) to the Company for Registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities held by such Demand Holders (i) on Form F-1 (a “Long-Form Registration”) or (ii) on Form F-3 (a “Short-Form Registration”) if the Company qualifies to use such short form for the Registration of such Registrable Securities on behalf of such Holders (any such requested Long-Form Registration or Short-Form Registration, a “Demand Registration”). Each Demand Notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of the Demand Holders to be registered and the intended methods of disposition thereof. Subject to Sections 2.05(c) and 2.12, after delivery of such Demand Notice, the Company (x) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within (i) ninety (90) days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (ii) thirty (30) days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, in each case, following delivery of such Demand Notice) with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration (a “Demand Registration Statement”) (provided, however, that if a Demand Notice is delivered prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Company shall not be obligated to file such Demand Registration Statement prior to the Effectiveness Date), and (y) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to promptly become effective under the Securities Act.

 

6


 

(b)                                 Demand Withdrawal. Any Demand Holder may withdraw its Registrable Securities from a Demand Registration at any time prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. Upon delivery of a notice by such Demand Holder to such effect, the Company shall cease all efforts to secure effectiveness of the applicable Demand Registration Statement. If such Demand Registration is a Long-Form Demand Registration, such Registration shall be deemed a Long-Form Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.12(a)(i), unless the withdrawal is made following the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change.

 

(c)                                  Effective Registration. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration for purposes of Section 2.12 if the Demand Registration Statement becomes effective and remains effective for not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days (or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or if such Registration Statement relates to an Underwritten Offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriter or underwriters, a Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “Demand Period”). No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected for purposes of Section 2.12 if (i) during the Demand Period such Registration or the successful completion of the relevant sale is prevented by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court or (ii) the conditions to closing specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by the Demand Holders.

 

(d)                                 Demand Company Notice. Subject to Sections 2.05(c) and 2.12, promptly upon delivery of any Demand Notice (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall deliver a written notice (a “Demand Company Notice”) of any such Registration request to all Holders (other than the Demand Holders), and the Company shall include in such Demand Registration all such Registrable Securities of such Holders which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after the date that such Demand Company Notice has been delivered. All requests made pursuant to this Section 2.01(d) shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of such Holder to be registered.

 

(e)                                  Underwritten Offering. If the Demand Holders so request, an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering, and the Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer the offering; provided that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be acceptable to a majority of the Demand Holders. If the Demand Holders intend to sell the Registrable Securities covered by their demand by means of an Underwritten Offering, such Demand Holders shall so advise the Company as part of their Demand Notice, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Company Notice.

 

7


 

(f)                                   Priority of Securities Registered Pursuant to Demand Registrations. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration informs the Holders or the Company that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Demand Registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Demand Registration shall be allocated among all Holders that have requested to participate in such Demand Registration, including the Demand Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company held by each Holder; provided, however, that in each case the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all securities other than Registrable Securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; provided, further, that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner; and provided, further, that if the reduction reduces the total amount of Registrable Securities included in such Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Demand Registration to less than thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities initially requested for registration by the Demand Holders, such offering shall not be counted as a registration for the purpose of Section 2.12(a)(i).

 

SECTION 2.02.                                               Shelf Registration.

 

(a)                                 Filing. At or after the Effectiveness Date and if the Company qualifies to use Short Form Registration, Holders of at least 30% of the Registrable Securities (the “Initiating Holder”) may, subject to Sections 2.05(c) and 2.12, make a written request (a “Shelf Notice”) to the Company to file with the SEC a Shelf Registration Statement on Form F-3, which Shelf Notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holder to be registered therein and the intended methods of distribution thereof (any such requested Shelf Registration Statement, a “Shelf Registration”). Following the delivery of a Shelf Notice, the Company (x) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within thirty (30) days following delivery of such Shelf Notice) with the SEC such Shelf Registration Statement (which shall be an automatic Shelf Registration Statement if the Company qualifies at such time to file such a Shelf Registration Statement) relating to the offer and sale of all Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement (provided, however, that if a Shelf Notice is delivered prior to the Effectiveness Date, the Company shall not be obligated to file such Shelf Registration Statement prior to the Effectiveness Date) and (y) shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement promptly to become effective under the Securities Act. If, on the date of any such request, the Company does not qualify to file a Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, the provisions of this Section 2.02 shall not apply, and the provisions of Section 2.01 shall apply instead.

 

8


 

(b)                                 Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.02(a) continuously effective under the Securities Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable in connection with any Shelf Take-Down until the earliest of (i) one hundred and twenty (120) days; (ii) the date as of which all Registrable Securities have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act (but in no event prior to the applicable period referred to in Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act and Rule 174 thereunder) or otherwise cease to be Registrable Securities; (iii) the termination of this Agreement; and (iv) such shorter period as the Initiating Holder shall agree in writing.

 

(c)                                  Company Notices. Promptly upon delivery of any Shelf Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(a) (but in no event more than five (5) Business Days after delivery of the Shelf Notice), the Company shall deliver a written notice of such Shelf Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holder, and the Company shall include in such Shelf Registration all such Registrable Securities of such Holders which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within five (5) Business Days after such written notice is delivered to such Holders (each such Holder delivering such a request, together with the Initiating Holder, a “Shelf Holder”).

 

(d)                                 Shelf Take-Downs.

 

(i)                                     An offering or sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (each, a “Shelf Take-Down”) may, subject to Sections 2.05(c) and 2.12, be initiated at any time by any Holder (the “Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder”). Except as set forth in Section 2.02(d)(iii), the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder shall not be required to permit the offer and sale of Registrable Securities by other Shelf Holders in connection with any such Shelf Take-Down initiated by the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder and no Shelf Holder shall be entitled to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, except in connection with any Shelf Take-Down initiated by the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder.

 

(ii)                                  Subject to Section 2.12, if the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder elects by written request to the Company, a Shelf Take-Down shall be in the form of an Underwritten Offering (such written request, an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”) and the Company shall amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable. The Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer such offering; provided that such managing underwriter or underwriters shall be acceptable to the majority of the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder.

 

(iii)                               Promptly upon delivery of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice (but in no event more than two (2) Business Days thereafter), the Company shall promptly deliver a written notice (a “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Company Notice”) of such Shelf Take-Down to all Shelf Holders (other than the Initiating Shelf Take-Down Holder), and the Company shall include in such Shelf Take-Down all such Registrable Securities of such Shelf Holders that are Registered on such Shelf Registration Statement for which the Company has received written requests, which requests must specify the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities of such Holder to be offered and sold pursuant to such Shelf Take-Down, for inclusion therein within two (2) Business Days after the date that such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice has been delivered.

 

9


 

(iv)                              If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Shelf Take-Down informs the Holders or the Company in writing that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such Shelf Take-Down exceeds the number that can be sold in such offering without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Shelf Take-Down shall be allocated among all Shelf Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company held by each Shelf Holder; provided, however, that in each case the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all securities other than Registrable Securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; and provided, further, that any securities thereby allocated to a Shelf Holder that exceed such Shelf Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Shelf Holders in like manner.

 

SECTION 2.03.                                               Piggyback Registration.

 

(a)                                 Participation. If the Company at any time at or after the Effectiveness Date, for its own account or for the account of any other Persons, proposes to file a Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its equity securities or conduct an Underwritten Offering pursuant to an existing Registration Statement solely for cash (other than (i) a Registration or Shelf Take-Down under Section 2.01 or 2.02, it being understood that this clause (i) does not limit the rights of Holders to make written requests pursuant to Sections 2.01 or 2.02, or otherwise limit the applicability thereof; (ii) a Registration Statement on Form F-4, Form S-4 or S-8 (or such other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act); (iii) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement; (iv) a Registration not otherwise covered by clause (ii) above pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities for other securities; (v) a Registration Statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans; (vi) a Registration in which the only securities being registered are Company Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered; (vii) a Registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a Registration Statement) (each, a “Company Public Sale”), then, as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) days prior to the proposed date of filing of such Registration Statement or, in the case of any such Underwritten Offering, the anticipated pricing date), the Company shall deliver a written notice of such proposed filing or offering to all Holders, and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to Register under such Registration Statement or include in such offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing delivered to the Company within five (5) days after the date that such written notice has been delivered. Subject to Section 2.03(b), the Company shall include in such Registration Statement or offering all such Registrable Securities that are requested by Holders to be included therein in compliance with the immediately foregoing sentence (a “Piggyback Registration”); provided that if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to Register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement filed in connection with such Piggyback Registration or the pricing date of such offering, as applicable, the Company shall determine for any reason not to Register or sell or to delay Registration or offering of the equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such determination to each Holder that had requested to Register its, his or her Registrable Securities in such Registration Statement and, thereupon, (1) in the case of a determination not to Register, shall be relieved of its obligation to Register or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such Registration or offering (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), and (2) in the case of a determination to delay Registering or selling, in the absence of a request by any Holder to request that such Registration be effected as a Demand Registration under Section 2.01, shall be permitted to delay Registering or selling any Registrable Securities, for the same period as the delay in Registering or selling the other equity securities covered by such Piggyback Registration. If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be underwritten, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a), the Company shall make such arrangements with the managing underwriter or underwriters so that each Holder may participate in such Underwritten Offering, subject to the conditions of Section 2.03(b). If the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement is to be on any other basis, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the written notice given pursuant to this Section 2.03(a), and each Holder making a request for a Piggyback Registration pursuant to this Section 2.03(a) must, and the Company shall make such arrangements so that each such Holder may, participate in such offering on such basis, subject to the conditions of Section 2.03(b).

 

10


 

Each Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Piggyback Registration is in effect, the written notice referred to above and its contents unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (i) disclosures that are necessary to comply with any law, rule or regulation, including formal and informal investigations or requests from any regulatory authority and (ii) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company.

 

(b)                                 Priority of Piggyback Registration. If the managing underwriter or underwriters of any proposed Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities included in a Piggyback Registration informs the Company that, in its or their opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such Piggyback Registration without being likely to have a significant adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the securities offered or the market for the securities offered, the securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration shall be allocated (i) first, to the Company, (ii) second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based upon the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided, however, that no exclusion of such Holders’ Registrable Securities shall be made unless all other shareholders of the Company’s securities are first excluded; and provided, further, that any securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining Holders in like manner and (iii) third, to the other shareholders of the Company. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.

 

11


 

(c)                                  No Effect on Demand Registrations. No Registration of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to a request under this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to have been effected pursuant to Sections 2.01 or 2.02 or shall relieve the Company of its obligations under Sections 2.01 or 2.02.

 

SECTION 2.04.                                               Existing Registration Statements. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to applicable law and regulation, the Company may satisfy any obligation hereunder to file a Registration Statement or to have a Registration Statement become effective by a specified date by designating, by notice to the Holders, a registration statement that previously has been filed with the SEC or become effective, as the case may be, as the relevant Registration Statement for purposes of satisfying such obligation, and all references to any such obligation shall be construed accordingly; provided, that such previously filed registration statement may be amended to add the number of Registrable Securities, and, to the extent necessary, to identify as selling stockholders those Holders demanding the filing of a Registration Statement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. To the extent this Agreement refers to the filing or effectiveness of other registration statements by or at a specified time and the Company has, in lieu of then filing such registration statements or having such registration statements become effective, designated a previously filed or effective registration statement as the relevant registration statement for such purposes in accordance with the preceding sentence, such references shall be construed to refer to such designated registration statement.

 

SECTION 2.05.                                               Black-out Periods and Suspensions.

 

(a)                                 Black-out Periods. In the event of the IPO or any Company Public Sale or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.02 or 2.03 in an Underwritten Offering, each of the Holders agrees, if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in such Underwritten Offering, not to (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any Company Shares (including Company Shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Company Shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Shares; (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of Company Shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Company Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or cause to be filed a Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any Company Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Company Shares or any other securities of the Company; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case, during the period beginning seven (7) days before and ending 180 days (or, in each case, such other period as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in the FINRA rules or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) after the date of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such IPO, Company Public Sale, or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03, to the extent timely notified in writing by the Company or the managing underwriter or underwriters. If requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters of any such IPO, Company Public Sale, or an offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.02 or 2.03, the Holders shall execute a separate agreement to the foregoing effect. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Company Shares (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of the period referenced above.

 

12


 

(b)                                 [Reserved]

 

(c)                                  Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement at any time would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, or otherwise materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company, or otherwise be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company may, upon giving prompt written notice to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension”); provided, that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise a Suspension that exceeds one hundred and twenty (120) days on any one occasion for a Long-Form Registration or ninety (90) days on any one occasion for a Short-Form Registration, and provided, further, that the Company shall not be permitted to exercise more than two Suspensions for a Long-Form Registration in any twelve (12)-month period and more than two Suspensions for a Short-Form Registration in any twelve (12)-month period. In the case of a Suspension, the Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Holders upon the termination of any Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the Holders may reasonably request. The Company shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Demand Registration or Shelf Registration, as applicable, or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Demand Holder, Demand Holders, Initiating Holder or Initiating Holders, as the case may be.

 

Each Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Suspension is in effect, the written notice referred to above and its contents unless and until otherwise notified by the Company, except (i) disclosures that are necessary to comply with any law, rule or regulation, including formal and informal investigations or requests from any regulatory authority and (ii) if and to the extent such matters are publicly disclosed by the Company.

 

13


 

SECTION 2.06.                                               Registration Procedures.

 

(a)                                 In connection with the Company’s Registration obligations under Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.03 and subject to the applicable terms and conditions set forth therein, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, and in connection therewith the Company shall:

 

(i)                                     prepare the required Registration Statement including all exhibits and financial statements required under the Securities Act to be filed therewith, and before filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements thereto, (x) furnish to the underwriters, if any, and the Participating Holders, if any, copies of all such documents, which documents shall be subject to the review of such underwriters and any Participating Holders and their respective counsel and (y) except in the case of a Registration under Section 2.03, not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto to or use any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to which a Participating Holder or the underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object;

 

(ii)                                  as promptly as practicable file with the SEC a Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Securities including all exhibits and financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable;

 

(iii)                               prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, supplements or amendments to the Prospectus and such amendments or supplements to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as may be (A) reasonably requested by any Participating Holder (to the extent such request relates to information relating to such Holder), or (B) necessary to keep such Registration effective for the period of time required by this Agreement, and comply with provisions of the applicable securities laws with respect to the sale or other disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

 

(iv)                              notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and (if requested) confirm such advice in writing and provide copies of the relevant documents, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company (A) when the applicable Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed or becomes effective, and when the applicable Prospectus, any amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto has been filed, (B) of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, (D) if, at any time, the representations and warranties of the Company in any applicable underwriting agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction and (F) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction;

 

14


 

(v)                                 promptly notify the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, when the Company becomes aware of the happening of any event as a result of which the applicable Registration Statement, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (as then in effect) or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of such Prospectus, any preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, when any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes information that may conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such time period to amend or supplement such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act and, in either case as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter, prepare and file with the SEC, and furnish without charge to the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, an amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus which shall correct such misstatement or omission or effect such compliance;

 

(vi)                              use its reasonable best efforts to prevent, or obtain the withdrawal of, any stop order or other order or notice suspending the use of any preliminary or final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus;

 

(vii)                           promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters and the Participating Holder(s) agree should be included therein relating to the plan of distribution with respect to such Registrable Securities and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after being notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or post-effective amendment;

 

(viii)                        furnish to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many conformed copies as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request of the applicable Registration Statement and any amendment or post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

 

15


 

(ix)                              deliver to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, without charge, as many copies of the applicable Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request (it being understood that the Company consents to the use of such Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by such Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto) and such other documents as such Holder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder or underwriter;

 

(x)                                 on or prior to the date on which the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective, use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the Participating Holders, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any Participating Holder or managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 2.01(c) or 2.02(b), whichever is applicable, provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to taxation or general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

 

(xi)                              cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least 2 Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters;

 

(xii)                           use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(xiii)                        not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities and provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

 

16


 

(xiv)                       make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and the underwriters or agents, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers in secondary underwritten public offerings;

 

(xv)                          enter into such customary agreements (including underwriting and indemnification agreements) and take all such other actions as any Participating Holder or the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration and disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(xvi)                       obtain for delivery to the Participating Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an Underwritten Offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such Holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel;

 

(xvii)                    in the case of an Underwritten Offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the managing underwriter or underwriters, with copies to the Participating Holders, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement;

 

(xviii)                 cooperate with each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

 

(xix)                       use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(xx)                          provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(xxi)                       use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any of the Company Shares are then listed or quoted and on each inter-dealer quotation system on which any of the Company Shares are then quoted;

 

17


 

(xxii)                    make available upon reasonable notice at reasonable times and for reasonable periods for inspection by any Participating Holder, by any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such Registration Statement and by any attorney, accountant, professional advisor or other agent retained by any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements to make themselves available to discuss the business of the Company and to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Person in connection with such Registration Statement as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility; provided that any such Person gaining access to information regarding the Company pursuant to this Section 2.06(a)(xxii) shall agree to hold in strict confidence and shall not make any disclosure other than disclosures of such information to such Person’s Affiliates, its and their respective employees, agents and professional advisors who reasonably need to know such information for the purpose of assisting such Person with respect to participating in the offering pursuant to such Registration Statement or use any information regarding the Company that the Company determines in good faith to be confidential, and of which determination such Person is notified, unless (t) the release of such information is requested or required by law or by deposition, interrogatory, requests for information or documents by a governmental entity, subpoena or similar process, including formal and informal investigations or requests from any regulatory authority, (u) such information is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of this or any other agreement of which such Person has actual knowledge, (v) such information is or becomes available to such Person on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company, (w) such information is independently developed by such Person, (x) the release of such information is required in order for such Person to comply with reporting obligations to limited partners or other direct or indirect investors who have agreed to keep such information confidential, (y) the release of such information is to potential limited partners or investors of such Person who have agreed to keep such information confidential or (z) the release of such information is to potential transferees of such Person’s Registrable Securities who have agreed to keep such information confidential;

 

(xxiii)                 in the case of an Underwritten Offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in a customary “road show” presentation that may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in any such Underwritten Offering and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with, and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to participate in more than one such “road show” in the aggregate pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(xxiv)                take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act;

 

(xxv)                   take all reasonable action to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.01, Section 2.02 or Section 2.03 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

18


 

(xxvi)                take all reasonable actions to ensure that the information available to investors at the time of pricing includes all information required by applicable law (including the information required by Sections 12(a)(2) and 17(a)(2) of the Securities Act); and

 

(xxvii)             take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

(b)                                 If the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that it shall include in such Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

 

(c)                                  The Company may require each Participating Holder to furnish to the Company such information regarding the distribution of such securities and such other information relating to such Holder and its ownership of Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and the Company may exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any Participating Holder who unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Participating Holder agrees to furnish such information to the Company and to cooperate with the Company as reasonably necessary to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                 Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon delivery of any notice by the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 2.06(a)(iv)(C), (D), or (E) or Section 2.06(a)(v), such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement until (i) such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, contemplated by Section 2.06(a)(v), (ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, (iii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company of the termination, expiration or cessation of such order or suspension referenced in Section 2.06(a)(iv) or (iv) such Holder is advised in writing by the Company that the representations and warranties of the Company in such applicable underwriting agreement are true and correct in all material respects. If so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of delivery of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the period during which the applicable Registration Statement is required to be maintained effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement either receives the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 2.06(a)(v) or is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus may be resumed.

 

19


 

SECTION 2.07.                                               Underwritten Offerings.

 

(a)                                 Demand and Shelf Registrations. If requested by the underwriters for any Underwritten Offering requested by a Holder pursuant to a Registration under Section 2.01 or Section 2.02, the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with such underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, the Participating Holders and the underwriters, and to contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including indemnities no less favorable to the recipient thereof than those provided in Section 2.10. The Participating Holders shall cooperate with the Company in the negotiation of such underwriting agreement and shall give consideration to the reasonable suggestions of the Company regarding the form thereof. The Participating Holders shall be parties to such underwriting agreement, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holders.

 

(b)                                 Piggyback Registrations. If the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act as contemplated by Section 2.03 and such securities are to be distributed in an Underwritten Offering through one or more underwriters, the Company shall, if requested by any Holder pursuant to Section 2.03 and subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(b), use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include on the same terms and conditions that apply to the other sellers in such Registration all the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by such Holder among the securities of the Company to be distributed by such underwriters in such Registration. The Participating Holders shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters, which underwriting agreement shall (i) contain such representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders as are customarily made by issuers to selling stockholders in secondary underwritten public offerings and (ii) provide that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement also shall be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holders.

 

(c)                                  Participation in Underwritten Registrations. Subject to the provisions of Sections 2.07(a) and (b) above, no Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Company and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

20


 

SECTION 2.08.                                               No Inconsistent Agreements; Additional Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.03, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of its securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included, or (b) to make a Demand Registration.

 

SECTION 2.09.                                               Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation (i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities laws, (iii) printing expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (v) all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company and (vi) all “road show” expenses incurred in respect of any underwritten offering, including all costs of travel, lodging and meals (such expenses, the “Registration Expenses”). Each Holder shall bear the cost of all underwriting discounts and commissions associated with any sale of Registrable Shares owned by such Holder and shall pay all of its own costs and expenses, including all fees and expenses of any counsel (and any other advisers) representing such Holder, and any share transfer taxes and duties. The Company shall not be required to pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

SECTION 2.10.                                               Indemnification.

 

(a)                                 Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the full extent permitted by law, each of the Holders and each of their respective Representatives from and against any and all losses, penalties, judgments, suits, costs, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, joint or several (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) (each, a “Loss” and collectively “Losses”) arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act), (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (iii) any actions or inactions or proceedings in respect of the foregoing whether or not such indemnified party is a party thereto; provided, that the Company shall not be liable to any particular indemnified party to the extent that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon (A) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Statement or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such indemnified party expressly for use in the preparation thereof or (B) an untrue statement or omission in a preliminary Prospectus relating to Registrable Securities, if a Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented) that would have cured the defect was furnished to the indemnified party from whom the Person asserting the claim giving rise to such Loss purchased Registrable Securities at least five (5) days prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person and a copy of such Prospectus (as amended and supplemented) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such indemnified party to such Person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Securities to such Person. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Holder or any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the indemnified parties.

 

21


 

(b)                                 Indemnification by the Participating Holders. Each Participating Holder agrees (severally and not jointly) to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act), and each other Holder, and each of their respective Representatives from and against any Losses resulting from (i) any untrue statement of a material fact in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were Registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries including reports and other documents filed under the Exchange Act), or (ii) any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a Prospectus, preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information furnished in writing by such Participating Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement and has not been corrected in a subsequent writing prior to or concurrently with the sale of the Registrable Securities to the Person asserting the claim, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) was made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder expressly for use therein. In no event shall the liability of such Participating Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds (less underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Participating Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above (with appropriate modification) with respect to information furnished in writing by such Persons specifically for inclusion in any Prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Registration Statement.

 

22


 

(c)                                  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.10 shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that any delay or failure to so notify the indemnifying party shall relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is actually and materially prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party; provided that any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall have the right to select and employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such claim, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Person unless (A) the indemnifying party has agreed in writing to pay such fees or expenses, (B) the indemnifying party shall have failed to assume the defense of such claim within a reasonable time after delivery of notice of such claim from the Person entitled to indemnification hereunder and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Person, (C) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of its counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, or (D) in the reasonable judgment of any such Person (based upon advice of its counsel) a conflict of interest may exist between such Person and the indemnifying party with respect to such claims (in which case, if the Person notifies the indemnifying party in writing that such Person elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such claim on behalf of such Person). If the indemnifying party assumes the defense, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to settle such action, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, in each case without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, unless the entry of such judgment or settlement (i) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party, and provided that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the indemnifying party. If such defense is not assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its prior written consent, but such consent may not be unreasonably withheld. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, except as specifically set forth in this Section 2.10(c), in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements or other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time unless (x) the employment of more than one counsel has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party or parties, (y) an indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the other indemnified parties, or (z) a conflict or potential conflict exists or may exist (based upon advice of counsel to an indemnified party) between such indemnified party and the other indemnified parties, in each of which cases the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel or counsels.

 

23


 

(d)                                 Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.10 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any Losses referred to therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Loss in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the acts, statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In connection with any Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company, the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.10(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 2.10(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to in Sections 2.10(a) and 2.10(b) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.10(d), in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company, a Participating Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (less underwriting discounts and commissions) received by such Holder under the sale of Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation less any amount paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.10(b). If indemnification is available under this Section 2.10, the indemnifying parties shall indemnify each indemnified party to the full extent provided in Sections 2.10(a) and 2.10(b) hereof without regard to the provisions of this Section 2.10(d).

 

(e)                                  No Exclusivity. The remedies provided for in this Section 2.10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity or pursuant to any other agreement.

 

(f)                                   Survival. The indemnities provided in this Section 2.10 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by such Holder.

 

SECTION 2.11.                                               Rules 144 and 144A and Regulation S. The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon approval of the Board of Directors, make publicly available such necessary information for so long as necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act), and it will take such further action as the Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holders, following the IPO, to sell Registrable Securities without Registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rules 144, 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the reasonable request of a Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements and, if not, the specifics thereof in reasonable detail.

 

24


 

SECTION 2.12.                                               Limitation on Registrations and Underwritten Offerings.

 

(a)                                 Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action at the request of the Holders (and any of their Permitted Assignees) to effect (i) any Long-Form Registration after the Company has effected two (2) Long-Form Registrations or (ii) any Shelf Take-Downs after the Company has effected three (3) Shelf Take-Downs, in each case, at the request of the Holders and any of their Permitted Assignees.

 

(b)                                 Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect any Underwritten Offering unless the Holders propose to sell Registrable Securities in such Underwritten Offering having a reasonably anticipated net aggregate price (after deduction of underwriter commissions and offering expenses) of at least US$1,000,000.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Sections 2.01 and 2.02, in no event shall the Company be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, a Demand Registration during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred and eighty (180) days (subject to the extension provided under Section 2.05(a)) after the effective date of, a Company-initiated Registration Statement; provided that the Company is using commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective.

 

SECTION 2.13.                                               [Reserved].

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 3.01.                                               Term. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to any Holder upon the earliest of the date on which (a) no Holder holds any Registrable Securities, (b) the Company is no longer obligated to take any action at the request of such Holder (and any of its Permitted Assignees) pursuant to Section 2.12, and (c) five (5) years following the consummation of an IPO. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 2.10 and 2.11 and all of this Article III shall survive any such termination. Upon the written request of the Company, each Holder agrees to promptly deliver a certificate to the Company setting forth the number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by such Holder.

 

SECTION 3.02.                                               Injunctive Relief. It is hereby agreed and acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damage that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved Person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Any such Person shall, therefore, be entitled (in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled in law or in equity) to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

25


 

SECTION 3.03.                                               [Reserved].

 

SECTION 3.04.                                               Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (a) when delivered personally by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when sent by facsimile (with written confirmation of transmission) or via portable document format (.pdf) or (c) one (1) Business Day following the day sent by overnight courier (with written confirmation of receipt), in each case at the following addresses, e-mail addresses or facsimile numbers (or to such other address, e-mail address or facsimile number as a party may have specified by notice given to the other parties pursuant to this provision):

 

To the Company:

 

Address:                         55F, Ping An Financial Center, No 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China

 

Attention:                 Corporate Finance Team
Email:                                    ***; ***

 

To a Holder:

 

At such Holder’s respective address and e-mail address set forth on Schedule A.

 

SECTION 3.05.                                               Amendment. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may only be amended, modified or waived at any time and from time to time by a writing executed by the Company and the Holders (for so long as the Holders hold any Registrable Securities).

 

SECTION 3.06.                                               Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights in this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to (i) any partner or retired partner or affiliated fund of any Holder which is a partnership, (ii) any member or former member of any Holder which is a limited liability company, (iii) any family member or trust for the benefit of any individual Holder, (iv) any Affiliate of a Holder, or (v) a transferee or assignee who acquires at least 20% of the shares of Registrable Securities originally purchased by the Holder (as adjusted for any share dividends, combinations, reclassifications or splits with respect to such shares) (each such person, a “Permitted Assignee”); provided, in each case, that the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with a written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and, provided further, that the transferee or assignee of such registration rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. For the purposes of determining the amount of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of a business entity who are Affiliates, retired Affiliates of such entity (including spouses and ancestors, lineal descendants and siblings of such Affiliates or Affiliates who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the business entity; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under this Agreement.

 

26


 

SECTION 3.07.                                               Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

 

SECTION 3.08.                                               Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any Person not a party hereto (other than those Persons entitled to indemnity or contribution under Section 2.09, each of whom shall be a third party beneficiary thereof) any right, remedy or claim under or by virtue of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.09.                                               Governing Law; Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF. ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE PARTIES RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT AND ENFORCED EXCLUSIVELY IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR (TO THE EXTENT SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION EXISTS THEREFOR) THE U.S. DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF BOTH SUCH COURTS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

 

SECTION 3.10.                                               Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 3.10.

 

SECTION 3.11.                                               Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 3.12.                                               Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

27


 

SECTION 3.13.                                               Headings. The heading references herein and in the table of contents hereto are for convenience purposes only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 3.14.                                               Joinder. Any Person that holds Company Shares may, with the prior written consent of the Company, be admitted as a party to this Agreement upon its execution and delivery of a joinder agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Company, agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such Person were a party hereto (together with any other documents the Company determines are necessary to make such Person a party hereto), whereupon such Person will be treated as a Holder for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3.15.                                               [Reserved].

 

SECTION 3.16.                                               Other Activities. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement, none of the provisions of this Agreement shall in any way limit a Holder or any of its Affiliates from engaging in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, principaling, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business.

 

SECTION 3.17.                                               Time of the Essence. The parties agree that time shall be of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 

28


 

[Signature pages will be provided separately]

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

Name: Wangchun Ye

 

Title: Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

BO YU LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yu Ning

 

Name: Yu Ning

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

SEN RONG LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xu Liang

 

Name: Xu Liang

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

FINTECH BUSINESS INNOVATION LPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Katsuya Kawashima

 

Name: Katsuya Kawashima

 

Title: Representative Director and President of SBI Investment Co., Ltd., its General Partner

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

SBI HOLDINGS, INC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yoshitaka Kitao

 

Name: Yoshitaka Kitao

 

Title: Representative Director, President & CEO

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

SBI STELLARS FINTECH FUND I LP

 

 

 

Acting through SBI Stellars Investment Limited as its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mao Zhang

 

Name: Mao Zhang

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

SBI STELLARS FINTECH FUND II LP

 

 

 

Acting through SBI Stellars Investment Limited as its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mao Zhang

 

Name: Mao Zhang

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

SBI STELLARS FINTECH FUND III LP

 

 

 

Acting through SBI Stellars Investment Limited as its general partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mao Zhang

 

Name: Mao Zhang

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

JUMBO SHEEN FINTECH INVESTMENT CO., LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Qiyong Yao

 

Name: Qiyong Yao

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

WELL FOUNDATION COMPANY LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lam Kin Hing, Kenneth

 

Name: Lam Kin Hing, Kenneth

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

HERMITAGE GLOBAL FINTECH FUND ONE LP

 

 

 

Acting through Hermitage Capital Group Limited as its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xiaoqing Ye

 

Name: Xiaoqing Ye

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

FANGYUAN INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Shuyue Tan

 

Name: Shuyue Tan

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

HUATENG FINTECH CO., LTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tian Cao

 

Name: Tian Cao

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

BLOOM VAST LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Deying Guo

 

Name: Deying Guo

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

SVF FAX SUBCO (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lee Chi Haeng

 

Name: Lee Chi Haeng

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SHAREHOLDER

 

 

 

NATIONAL DREAM LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Xi Wang

 

Name: Xi Wang

 

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 壹账通金融科技有限公司

55F, Ping An Financial Center

No. 5033 Yitian Road

Futian District

Shenzhen, Guangdong Province

PRC

 

1 November 2019

 

Dear Sirs

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 壹账通金融科技有限公司

 

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. 壹账通金融科技有限公司 (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended to date relating to the offering by the Company of certain American depositary shares (the “ADSs”) representing the Company’s ordinary shares of par value US$0.00001 each (the “Shares”).

 

We are furnishing this opinion as Exhibits 5.1, 8.1 and 23.2 to the Registration Statement.

 

1                                         Documents Reviewed

 

For the purposes of this opinion, we have reviewed only originals, copies or final drafts of the following documents:

 

1.1                               The certificate of incorporation of the Company dated 30 October 2017 issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

 

1.2                               The second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as adopted by special resolution passed on 10 April 2018 (the “Pre-IPO Memorandum and Articles”).

 

1.3                               The third amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as conditionally adopted by a special resolution passed on 27 September  2019 and effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of the ADSs representing the Shares (the “IPO Memorandum and Articles”).

 

1.4                               The minutes of the directors of the Company dated 27 September  2019 (the “Minutes”).

 

1.5                               The written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company dated 16 October  2019 (the “Shareholders’ Resolutions”).

 

1.6                               A certificate from a director of the Company, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Director’s Certificate”).

 


 

1.7                               A certificate of good standing with respect to the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies dated 16 August 2019 (the “Certificate of Good Standing”).

 

1.8                               The Registration Statement.

 

2                                         Assumptions

 

The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter.  These opinions only relate to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter.  In giving these opinions we have relied (without further verification) upon the completeness and accuracy, as of the date of this opinion letter, of the Director’s Certificate and the Certificate of Good Standing.  We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:

 

2.1                               Copies of documents, conformed copies or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals.

 

2.2                               All signatures, initials and seals are genuine.

 

2.3                               There is nothing under any law (other than the law of the Cayman Islands), which would or might affect the opinions set out below.

 

3                                         Opinion

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set out below and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1                               The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

3.2                               The authorised share capital of the Company, with effect immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of the ADSs representing the Shares, will be US$50,000 divided into 5,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.00001 each.

 

3.3                               The issue and allotment of the Shares have been duly authorised and when allotted, issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Shares will be legally issued and allotted, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman law, a share is only issued when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders).

 

3.4                               The statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

 

4                                         Qualifications

 

In this opinion the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to the Shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the Shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with respect to any representations and warranties which may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or instruments cited in this opinion or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions, which are the subject of this opinion.

 

2


 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

/s/ Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP

 

 

 

Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP

 

 

3


 

Director’s Certificate

 

4




Exhibit 10.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICIATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of                , 20     by and between OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., an exempted company with limited liability incorporated and existing under  the  laws  of  the  Cayman   Islands (the “Company”) and                                                     ([Passport/ID] Number                                           ) (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee has agreed to serve as a director or executive officer of the Company and in such capacity will render valuable services to the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce and encourage highly experienced and capable persons such as the Indemnitee to render valuable services to the Company, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that this Agreement is not only reasonable and prudent, but necessary to promote and ensure the best interests of the Company and its shareholders;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and  other good  and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, the service of the Indemnitee, the receipt of which hereby is acknowledged, and in order to induce the Indemnitee to render valuable services to the Company, the Company and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 Changes in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar or successor schedule or form) promulgated under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred (irrespective of the  applicability of the initial clause of this definition) if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Act, but excluding any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities pursuant to an employee benefit or welfare plan or employee share plan of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or any entity organized, appointed, established or holding securities of the  Company with  voting  power  for or  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  any such  plan)  becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities without the prior  approval of at least  two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as defined below) in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which Continuing Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors (or the board of directors of any successor entity) thereafter; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors.

 


 

(b)                                 Continuing Director” shall mean an individual (i) who served on the Board of Directors at the effective date of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 relating to the Company’s initial public offering; or (ii) whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office.

 

(c)                                  Disinterested Director” with respect to any request by the Indemnitee for indemnification, contribution, or advancement of expenses hereunder shall mean a director of the Company who neither is nor was a party to the Proceeding (as defined below) in respect of which indemnification, contribution, or advancement is being sought by the Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                 The term “Expenses” shall mean, without limitation, expenses of Proceedings, including attorneys’ fees, disbursement and retainers, accounting and witness fees, expenses related to preparation for service as a witness and to service as a witness, travel and deposition costs, expenses of investigations, judicial or administrative proceedings and appeals, amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, costs  of  attachment or similar bonds, any expenses of attempting to establish or establishing a right to indemnification, contribution, or advancement of expenses, under this Agreement, the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association as currently in effect (the “Articles”), applicable law or otherwise, and reasonable compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding or action  for indemnification for which the Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party. The term “Expenses” shall not include the amount of judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually levied against or sustained by the Indemnitee to the extent sustained after final adjudication.

 

(e)                                  The term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall mean any firm of attorneys reasonably selected by the Board of Directors, so long as such firm has not represented the Company, the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates, the Indemnitee, any entity controlled by the Indemnitee, or any party adverse to the Company, within the preceding five (5) years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Legal Counsel” shall not include any person who, under applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or the Indemnitee in an action to determine the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, contribution, or advancement of expenses under this Agreement, the Company’s Articles, applicable law or otherwise.

 

(f)                                   The term “Proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, or other proceeding (including, without limitation, an appeal therefrom), formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the Company or otherwise, whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, and whether by, in or involving a court or an administrative, other governmental or private entity or body (including, without limitation, an investigation by the Company or its Board of Directors),  by reason of (i) the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, whether or not the Indemnitee is serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or reimbursement is to be provided under this Agreement, (ii) any actual  or alleged act or omission or neglect or breach of duty, including, without limitation, any actual or alleged error or misstatement or misleading statement, which the Indemnitee  commits  or suffers while acting in any such capacity, or (iii) the Indemnitee attempting to establish or establishing a right to indemnification, contribution, or advancement of expenses pursuant to this Agreement, the Company’s Articles, applicable law or otherwise.

 


 

(g)                                 The phrase “serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise” or any similar terminology shall mean, unless the context otherwise requires, serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or welfare plan or other enterprise, foreign or domestic. The phrase “serving at the request of the Company” shall include, without limitation, any service as a director/an executive officer of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director/executive officer with respect to the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, employee benefit or welfare plans, such plan’s participants or beneficiaries or any other enterprise, foreign or domestic. In the event that the Indemnitee shall be a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit or welfare plan or other enterprise, foreign or domestic, 50% or more of the ordinary shares,  combined voting  power or total equity interest of which is owned by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate thereof, then it shall be presumed conclusively that the Indemnitee is so acting at the request of  the Company.

 

2.                                      Services by the  Indemnitee. The Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company, for so long as the Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders a resignation in writing or is removed from the Indemnitee’s position; provided, however, that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of law).

 

3.                                      Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall  indemnify  the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor  by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise,  against  all  Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such a Proceeding, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this  section shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudicated by final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company for dishonesty, willful misconduct or fraud in the performance of his/her duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts  which such  other court shall deem proper.

 

4.                                      Proceeding Other Than a Proceeding by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, against all Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such a Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that any settlement of a Proceeding must be approved in advance in writing by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld).

 


 

5.                                      Indemnification for Costs, Charges and Expenses of Witness or Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (except as set forth in subparagraph 9(a) hereof), and without a requirement for determination as required by Paragraph 8 hereof, to the extent that the Indemnitee (a) has prepared to serve or has served as a witness in any Proceeding in any way relating to (i) the Company or the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, employee benefit or welfare plans or such plan’s participants or beneficiaries or (ii) anything done or not done by the Indemnitee as a director or officer of the Company or in connection with serving at the request of the Company as an agent of another enterprise, or (b) has been successful in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue  or matter therein, on the merits or otherwise, including the dismissal of a Proceeding without prejudice or the settlement of a Proceeding without an admission of liability, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith  to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

6.                                      Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are actually incurred by the Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but not, however, for  the total amount of the Indemnitee’s Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7.                                      Advancement of Expenses. The Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in any Proceeding shall be paid promptly by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding at the written request of the Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that the Indemnitee shall set forth in such request reasonable evidence that such Expenses have been incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, a statement that such Expenses do not relate to any matter described in subparagraph 9(a) of this Agreement, and an undertaking in writing to repay any advances if it is ultimately determined as provided in subparagraph 8(b) of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

8.                                      Indemnification Procedure; Determination of Right to Indemnification.

 

(a)                                 Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement  of any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof in writing. The failure and delay to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which the Company may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless the Company shall have lost significant substantive or procedural rights with respect to the defense of any Proceeding as a result of such omission to so notify.

 

(b)                                 The Indemnitee shall be conclusively presumed to have met the relevant standards of conduct, if any, as defined by applicable law, for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement and shall be absolutely entitled to such indemnification, unless a determination is  made that the Indemnitee has not met such standards by (i) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum thereof consisting of Disinterested Directors, (ii) the shareholders of the Company by majority vote of a quorum thereof consisting of shareholders who are not parties to the Proceeding due to which a claim for indemnification is made under this Agreement, (iii) Independent Legal Counsel as set forth in a written opinion (it being understood that such Independent Legal Counsel shall make such determination only if the quorum of Disinterested Directors referred to in clause (i) of this subparagraph 8(b) is not obtainable or if the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum thereof consisting of Disinterested Directors so directs), or (iv) a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, however, that if a Change in Control shall have occurred and the Indemnitee so requests in writing, such determination shall be made only by a court of competent  jurisdiction.

 


 

(c)                                  If a claim for indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement is not paid by the Company within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of written notice thereof, the rights provided by this Agreement shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such judicial proceeding shall be made de novo. The burden of proving that indemnification or advances are not appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the directors or shareholders of the Company or Independent Legal Counsel to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification or advancement of Expenses is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by the directors or shareholders of the Company or Independent Legal Counsel that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to an action by the Indemnitee or create a presumption for the purpose of such an action that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The termination of any Proceeding by  judgment,  order,  settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself (i) create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company and/or its shareholders, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful or (ii) otherwise adversely affect the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, except as may be provided herein.

 

(d)                                 If a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that the Indemnitee is entitled to any indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, the Company shall pay all Expenses actually incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such adjudication (including, but not limited to, any appellate proceedings).

 

(e)                                  With respect to any Proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses is requested, the Company will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and, except as otherwise provided below, to the extent that it may wish, the  Company may assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a Proceeding, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any Expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than as provided below. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his/her own counsel in any Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of  the defense of the Proceeding shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee, unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of a Proceeding, or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of a proceeding, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be advanced by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which the Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee.

 


 

9.                                      Limitations on Indemnification. No payments pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by the Company:

 

(a)                                 To indemnify or advance funds to the Indemnitee for Expenses with  respect to (i) Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or contribution under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under applicable law or (ii) Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with preparing to serve or serving as a witness in cooperation with any party or entity who or which has threatened or commenced any action or proceeding against the Company, or any director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, representative, subsidiary, parent corporation or affiliate of the Company, but such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in each such case may be  provided by the Company if the Board of Directors finds it to be  appropriate;

 

(b)                                 To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy, except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance;

 

(c)                                  To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties sustained in any Proceeding for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Act or similar provisions of any foreign or United States federal, state or local statute or regulation;

 

(d)                                 To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties for which the Indemnitee is indemnified by the Company otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(e)                                  To indemnify the Indemnitee for any Expenses (including without limitation any Expenses relating to a Proceeding attempting to enforce this Agreement), judgments, fines, interest or penalties on account of the Indemnitee’s conduct if such conduct shall be finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or to have constituted willful misconduct, including, without limitation, breach of the duty of loyalty;  or

 

(f)                                   If a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful. In this respect, the Company and the Indemnitee have  been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission takes the position that  indemnification for liabilities arising under securities laws is against public policy and is,  therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication ;

 


 

(g)                                 To indemnify the Indemnitee in connection with Indemnitee’s personal tax matter;

 

(h)                                 To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to any claim related to any dispute or breach arising under any contract or similar obligation between the Company or any    of its subsidiaries or affiliates and such Indemnitee; or

 

(i)                                    In connection with any reimbursement made by Indemnitee to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or Section 954 of the Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

 

10.                               Continuation of Indemnification. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that the Indemnitee is a director  or officer of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as an agent  of  another enterprise, foreign or domestic) and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was a director or officer of the Company or serving in any other capacity referred to in this Paragraph 10.

 

11.                               Remedies Hereunder Not Exclusive. The indemnification, contribution, and advancement provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Articles, any agreement, vote of shareholders or vote of Disinterested Directors, provisions of applicable law, or otherwise, both as to action or omission in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action or omission in another capacity on behalf of the Company while holding such office.

 

12.                               Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (a) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (b) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 12 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 


 

13.                               Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)                                 This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitee, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Indemnitee and the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, whether or not the Indemnitee has ceased to be a director or officer, and the Company and its successors and assigns.  Upon the sale of all or substantially all of the business, assets or share capital of the Company to, or upon the merger of the Company into or with, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other person, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon both the Indemnitee and such purchaser or successor person. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

(b)                                 If the Indemnitee is deceased and is entitled to indemnification under any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnity the Indemnitee’s estate and the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors, administrators and assigns against, and the Company shall, and does hereby agree to assume, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or for the Indemnitee or the Indemnitee’s estate, in connection with the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding. Further, when requested in writing by the spouse of the Indemnitee, and/or the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, the Company shall provide appropriate evidence of the Company’s agreement set out herein to indemnify the Indemnitee against and to itself assume such Expenses.

 

14.                               Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure  such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such  rights.

 

15.                               Severability. Each and every paragraph, sentence, term and provision of this Agreement is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term or provision thereof shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable for any reason, such invalidity, unlawfulness or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, unlawfulness or enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof. To the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to  preserve  its  validity and  to  provide  the  Indemnitee  with  the  broadest possible indemnification permitted under applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order or decision, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

16.                               Savings Clause. If this Agreement or any paragraph, sentence, term or provision hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to any Expenses, judgments, fines, interest or penalties, which are incurred with respect to any Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by  any (a) applicable paragraph, sentence, term or provision of this Agreement that has not been invalidated or (b) applicable law.

 

17.                               Interpretation; Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed as  a whole  and in accordance with its fair meaning and any ambiguities shall not be construed for or against either party. Headings are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing meaning. This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 


 

18.                               Amendments. No amendment, waiver, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought. The  rights afforded to the Indemnitee with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement hereby are contract rights and may not be diminished, eliminated or otherwise affected by  amendments to the policies, of the Company.

 

19.                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one    or more counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the  other.

 

20.                               Notices.  Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be directed to the Human Resources Team of the Company at 55F, Ping An Financial Center, No. 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China, and email address at SHENYE779@pingan.com.cn, and to the Indemnitee at 5F, Ping An Financial Center, No. 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen, Guangdong, People’s Republic of China, or to such other address as either shall designate to the other in writing.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Master Contract of the Employment Contract

 

Name of Party A (Employer):                                                   

 

Name of Party B (Employee):                      ID Certificate No.:                       

 

Article 1 This Contract shall be a contract                                   

 

1. with a fixed term: from                  to                 .

 

2. with no fixed term: from                 .

 

3. subject to the completion of certain tasks: from                  to the completion of tasks. The criteria for the completion of tasks shall be                 .

 

Article 2 (With) without a probation period. The probation period under this Contract shall be                      to                      . The probation period shall be included in the contract term.

 

Article 3 Party A shall employ Party B to engage in                       work according to the business needs.

 

Article 4 Party B’s working place shall be                      .

 

Article 5 Party A shall pay the salary before the          day of each month.

 

Article 6 Other Matters Agreed by the Parties:

 

 

 

Article 7 Party A and Party B may sign a supplementary agreement as an annex to this Contract according to the actual situation. This Master Contract and the annex (the general terms of this Contract, the supplementary agreement) shall jointly constitute the Employment Contract between Party A and Party B, and have the same legal effect. If there are any inconsistencies between the annexes and this Master Contract, the annexes shall prevail.

 

Article 8 This Contract and the annexes shall be made in two counterparts with the same legal effect. Party A and Party B shall hold one counterpart respectively. This Contract and the annexes shall become effective after they are stamped by Party A and signed by Party B.

 

The annexes to this Contract shall include:

 

1. Annex to the Employment Contract 2.                      3.                      

 

Page for Signing:

 

Before signing this Contract, each of Party A and Party B confirms that it has carefully read all the terms of the Master Contract and the annexes and fully understood the contents of this Contract, and undertakes to strictly abide by the relevant stipulations of this Contract.

 

Party A (Employer): (seal)

Party B (Employee):(signature)

Legal Representative (main person in charge): (signature)

 

Date of Signing:      (MM)     (DD),    (YY)

 

Place of Signing:

 

 

 

Contract No.:

Bar Code:

 


 

Part II Annexes to the Master Contract

 

General Terms of the Employment Contract

 

According to the Employment Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Employment Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the relevant laws and regulations of the State, and the relevant provisions of the Company, Party A and Party B agree to sign this Contract based on the consensus reached through negotiations in the principles of honesty, good faith, equality and voluntariness, and jointly comply with the terms listed in this Contract.

 

The following terms used in this Contract shall have the following meanings:

 

1. the Company: refers to Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., the companies directly or indirectly controlled by Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. and their branches.

 

2. the Company’s Regulations: refers to various rules, regulations or measures formulated by the Company in accordance with the law and applicable to Party B; the Company’s Regulations shall be provided for Party B on the Company’s internal electronic network, in writing or by other means, and Party B shall learn about the Company’s Regulations by promptly visiting the Company’s internal electronic network, asking the supervisors, reading the written documents, etc., and comply with the Company’s Regulations.

 

Chapter 1 Employment Conditions for the Probation Period

 

Article 1 If Party B falls under any of the following circumstances during the probation period, it shall be deemed not to meet the employment conditions; and Party A may unilaterally terminate this Employment Contract without paying any financial compensation:

 

1.              provides false information or materials, or commits any deception, concealment or dishonesty;

 

2.              has the non-competition obligation to the former employer but does not truthfully inform Party A at the time of application or on-boarding (except that Party B has the non-competition obligation but Party A is not competitor with Party B’s former employer);

 

3.              provides false information in the background investigation or the information provided does not meet Party A’s requirements;

 

4.              is held criminally responsible in accordance with the law;

 

5.              has not rescinded or terminated the employment relationship with the former employer in accordance with the law at the time of on-boarding;

 

6.              maintains any employment or service relationship with any other entity at the same time;

 

7.              is in unsatisfactory physical conditions which do not meet the job requirements, or has any mental disease or any infectious disease prohibited in the workplace by the laws and regulations of the State;

 

8.              is deemed unqualified during the probation period according to Party A’s assessment;

 

9.              for a reason attributable to Party B, fails to provide the materials necessary for Party A to go through the on-boarding, social insurance, employment and other procedures and assist Party A in completing the relevant procedures at the time of on-boarding or within one month from the date when the local government allows the handling of the relevant procedures;

 

10.       violates Party A’s employment discipline or any regulations or rules;

 

11.       does not truthfully report the information about the relatives who have been working in the Company at the time of application or on-boarding;

 

12.       violates the principles of honesty, good faith, public order, good custom, loyalty and diligence;

 

13.       commits any other act that causes losses to the Company, affects the normal operation and management order of the workplace, or damages the interests of the Company, clients, shareholders or other employees; or

 

14.       does not meet any other employment condition required by the department employing Party B.

 

During the probation period, if Party B is absent from work for 10 working days due to personal physical conditions or other factors, it shall be deemed not to meet the employment requirements; the Company may terminate the Employment Contract with Party B or suspend the probation period; and if the probation period is suspended, the probation period shall resume after the employee is back and works normally.

 


 

Chapter II Work Contents, Working Place and Labor Protection

 

Article 2 Party B agrees to follow Party A’s work arrangements, abide by the Company’s Regulations, accept the Company’s performance assessment, and complete the tasks in accordance with the quality and quantity requirements.

 

Article 3 Party B’s work contents and working place shall be subject to the stipulations of the Master Contract. Party B agrees that Party A may properly adjust Party B’s specific position within the scope of the work contents stipulated in the Contract, and shall have the right to adjust Party B’s working place. Party B shall follow Party A’s adjustments. Party B agrees that Party A shall determine the specific term of a position according to the actual situation of the position and agrees to follow the travel and dispatch arranged by Party A according to the work needs.

 

Article 4 Both Party A and Party B shall strictly abide by the regulations of the State and the Company on labor safety, labor protection, occupational hazards prevention and other aspects. Party A shall provide Party B with the necessary working conditions and working environment to ensure Party B’s smooth performance of duties.

 

Chapter III Working Hours, Rest and Vacations

 

Article 5 Party A shall implement the standard working hour system. Party B agrees that Party A may apply to the relevant authorities for the implementation of the special working hour system for Party B’s position. If approved, the special working hour system shall be implemented.

 

Article 6 Party A shall arrange Party B’s working hours according to the State regulations and the Company’s Regulations, and Party B shall follow Party A’s arrangement and adjustment of the working hours.

 

Article 7 Party A shall guarantee Party B’s right to rest and vacation according to the provisions of the State and the Company.

 

Chapter IV Remuneration and Benefits

 

Article 8 The Company shall implement a remuneration system with an incentive mechanism, and design a salary structure and level consistent with the characteristics of the employee’s position and rank to provide the employee with appropriate remuneration and benefits, and maximize the comprehensive values of the Company and the employee.

 

Article 9 Party A shall pay Party B’s salary for last month on the date stipulated in the Master Contract (shifted to the most recent earlier working day if that day is a holiday or a rest day) and via bank transfer without any deduction or arrears without unjustifiable reasons.

 

Party B’s monthly salary paid by Party A shall be no less than the local minimum salary, and Party B’s remuneration shall have included the compensation for possible overtime.

 

Article 10 Party B agrees that Party A may adjust Party B’s remuneration structure and level under any of the following circumstances:

 

1.                         there are changes in laws and regulations of the State;

 

2.                         Party B’s specific position is adjusted, and Party A shall pay the remuneration according to the remuneration structure and level corresponding to the adjusted position;

 

3.                         there are changes in the Company’s remuneration system;

 

4.                         Party B’s remuneration shall be adjusted based on Party B’s performance assessment results according to the Company’s assessment system; or

 

5.                         Party B’s remuneration shall be adjusted according to the salary reduction stipulations in the Company’s labor discipline and reward and punishment system.

 

Article 11 Party B shall pay personal income tax in accordance with the tax laws of the State, and Party B agrees that Party A shall withhold and pay the personal income tax payable by Party B.

 


 

Chapter V Social Insurance and Benefits

 

Article 12 Both Party A and Party B shall pay the social insurance premiums in accordance with relevant State and local regulations.

 

Article 13 Party B shall enjoy various benefits in accordance with Party A’s provisions.

 

Chapter VI Protection of the Company’s Assets

 

Article 14 As the Company’s employee, Party B shall, in good faith and in a prudent manner, protect the following tangible assets and intangible assets of or in which the Company has the ownership or other legal rights:

 

1.                         all kinds of movable properties and immovable properties;

 

2.                         all client data accumulated by the Company;

 

3.                         business information, promotion opportunities and business channels obtained or established by the Company by various means;

 

4.                         software in the Company’s computers and network systems;

 

5.                         all the information and materials generated through the use of the Company’s computers and network systems;

 

6.                         inventions, creations and work results produced by Party B due to the performance of its duties or mainly through the use of the Company’s material and technical conditions, business information, etc. (except as otherwise agreed by the Parties);

 

7.                         works produced by Party B due to the performance of its duties or mainly through the use of the Company’s material and technical conditions, business information, etc., including newspapers, books, pictures, software or software systems, advertisements, reports, business materials, training materials, marketing aids, etc. (except as otherwise agreed by the Parties);

 

8.                         various rules and regulations and management measures formulated by the Company that are original or different from other enterprises;

 

9.                         the Company’s trademark rights, name rights, reputation rights, flag, emblem, CI and other marks; and

 

10.                  the Company’s assets in other forms.

 

Article 15 In order to protect the Company’s assets, Party B undertakes:

 

1.                          to reasonably use and protect the Company’s assets in accordance with the law, and not to encroach or illegally possess, use, steal, disclose, arbitrarily transfer or otherwise damage the Company’s assets;

 

2.                          to comply with the provisions of this Contract and the Company’s Regulations on intellectual property rights, especially business secret protection;

 

3.                          to comply with the Company’s management regulations and measures for the protection of the safety of network and information assets.

 

4.                          to complete the work handover according to Party A’s requirements before leaving the Company, including daily work handover, file transfer, business handover, client/transaction counterparty handover and physical item handover;

 

5.                          The responsibility for the business established, operated and managed during the employment period shall not be interrupted or terminated after leaving the Company; in other words, “employees shall assume the responsibilities all their lives for business risks”; and no matter whether risks arise from Force Majeure, government factors, market fluctuations, personal factors or any other factors, Party B undertakes to cooperate with Party A to resolve the business risks until the risks are completely resolved; and

 

6.                          if any of the above undertakings is breached, Party B is willing to accept the corresponding punishment decisions made by the Company, and agrees that Party A may report the breaches and the punishment decisions to the regulatory authorities and Party B’s new employer, and hold Party B civilly and criminally responsible.

 

Chapter VII Protection of the Company’s Human Resources and Business Secrets

 

Article 16 Employees and agents are the Company’s important human resources. In order to protect the Company’s human resources, Party B undertakes not to solicit the Company’s employees or agents in any way to leave the Company, whether during the performance of the Employment Contract or not.

 


 

Article 17 business secrets are the Company’s assets, and their main contents shall include but shall not be limited to the information obtained or known by employees due to work or trust, not known to third parties and subject to the confidentiality measures taken by the Company.

 

Article 18 In order to protect the Company’s business secrets, Party B undertakes:

 

1.                          to implement the Company’s business secret protection regulations and fulfill its confidentiality obligations.

 

2.                          not to disclose the Company’s business secrets to any third party in any way without Party A’s written consent;

 

3.                          during the term of this Contract and without Party A’s written consent, not to work for or hold any position (including but not limited to a shareholder, partner, director, supervisor, manager, employee, agent and consultant) at any enterprise competing with the Company or provide any assistance, guidance or services competing with the Company; and

 

4.                          to promptly return the carriers which are used or possessed by it and record the Company’s business secrets when Party A requests or this Contract terminates.

 

Article 19 Party B shall strictly abide by the principles of loyalty, diligence, honesty and good faith, and protect the Company’s human resources and business secrets. If Party B violates the protection obligation, the Company shall have the right to immediately terminate the Employment Contract without paying the financial compensation, and reserves the right to recover the losses caused to the Company through legal channels.

 

Chapter VIII Changes in this Employment Contract

 

Article 20 The relevant contents of this Contract may be changed in writing in accordance with the law and subject to the consents of both Parties.

 

Chapter IX Termination and Rescission of this Employment Contract

 

Article 21 Under any of the following circumstances, this Contract shall terminate:

 

1.              the term of this Employment Contract expires;

 

2.              Party B retires or reaches the statutory retirement age;

 

3.              Party B dies or is declared dead or declared missing by the people’s court; or

 

4.              any other circumstances as stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.

 

Article 22 Party A and Party B may rescind this Contract after they reach a consensus through negotiations.

 

Article 23 If Party B rescinds this Contract, it shall notify Party A in writing 30 days in advance. During the probation period, Party B shall notify Party A in writing three days in advance.

 

Article 24 If Party B falls under any of the following circumstances, Party A may rescind this Contract at any time after notifying Party B:

 

1.              proved in the probation period not to meet the employment conditions set out in Article 1 of the General Terms of this Employment Contract;

 

2.              seriously violated the Company’s rules and regulations or labor discipline;

 

3.              seriously violated the provisions of Chapters VI, VII or XI of this Contract;

 

4.              committed serious dereliction of duty or committed malpractices, causing significant damage to the Company;

 

5.              during the existence of the employment relationship, Party B has the employment relationship with any other entity at the same time, which has an impact on the completion of Party A’s work tasks, or Party B refuses to make corrections after Party A’s requiring it to make corrections;

 

6.              Party B is held criminally responsible in accordance with the law; or

 

7.              any other circumstances as stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.

 

Article 25 Under any of the following circumstances, Party A may terminate this Employment Contract, but it shall notify Party B in writing 30 days in advance or pay additional one-month salary as the payment in lieu of notice:

 


 

1.                          Party B is unable to work in its previous position or another position arranged by Party A after the expiry of the medical treatment period if Party B is sick or injured not for work-related reasons;

 

2.                          Party B is incompetent for the job (including but not limited to the circumstances as stipulated in Party A’s performance assessment regulations) and is still incompetent for the job after training or position adjustment;

 

3.                          the objective situation on which this Employment Contract was based has significantly changed, resulting in the infeasibility to perform this Employment Contract, and no agreement is reached on changing the Employment Contract after Party A and Party B negotiate. Significant changes in the objective situations refer to changes in market conditions, adjustment of Party A’s business strategy, organizational restructuring, etc.

 

Article 26 If Party B falls under any of the following circumstances, Party A shall not rescind this Contract based on Article 25 of this Contract:

 

1.                          Party B has not undergone the occupational health check before leaving the position if Party B engages in the work exposed to occupational disease hazards, or Party B is suspected of having an occupational disease and is in the diagnosis or medical observation period;

 

2.                          Party B suffers from an occupational disease or work-related injury in Party A, and is confirmed to have lost or partially lost the labor capacity;

 

3.                          Party B is sick or injured not for work-related reasons and in the specified medical treatment period;

 

4.                          Party B is a female employee during pregnancy, chirdbirth or breast-feeding period;

 

5.                          Party B has been working in Party A for more than 15 years in a row, and there is less than five years left to the statutory retirement age; or

 

6.                          any other circumstances as stipulated by laws and administrative regulations.

 

Article 27 If any of circumstances specified in Article 42 of the Employment Contract Law occurs after this Contract expires, this Employment Contract shall be extended and terminated after the corresponding circumstance disappears. However, if Party B partly or wholly loses the working capacity under any circumstance specified in Article 26.2 of this Contract, the relevant regulations of the State on work-related injury insurance shall apply.

 

Article 28 When the employment relationship between Party A and Party B is terminated or rescinded, Party B shall go through the physical item handover and work handover procedures, including but not limited to signing for the written notice of rescission/termination of this Contract, signing to confirm the rescission agreement, signing for the proof of rescission/termination of this Contract, returning the Company’s assets, handing over the job responsibilities, settling funds with the Company, transferring the archive and the household registration relationship, and clearing of the annual leave not taken.

 

Article 29 If Party A intends to renew this Contract with Party B for work needs, it may notify Party B within 30 days before the expiration of this Contract. Upon mutual agreement, the Parties shall promptly go through the renewal procedures.

 

Chapter X Financial Compensation

 

Article 30 The calculation method and standard for financial compensation for the termination or rescission of a Employment Contract shall be subject to the regulations of the State.

 

Article 31 If Party A needs to pay financial compensation, it shall pay when Party B fulfills its obligations under Article 28 of this Contract.

 

Chapter XI Labor Discipline and Code of Conduct

 

Article 32 Party B undertakes to actively learn about and strictly abide by the Company’s regulations and labor discipline formulated by the company in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State.

 


 

If Party B commits any of the following serious violations of the discipline, Party B agrees that the Company may unilaterally terminate the Employment Contract at any time without paying any financial compensation:

 

1.              Party B provides false information or false statements or makes false acts in educational background, vacations, attendance, reimbursement and other aspects;

 

2.              Party B is absent from work cumulatively for three days in a month or absent from work cumulatively for ten or more days in one year (from  January 1 of each year to December 31 of the year);

 

3.              Party B fights with others or beats colleagues, clients and other people in the workplace;

 

4.              Party B threatens colleagues, clients or other people with violence/language;

 

5.              Party B does not obey the management/normal work arrangements or is passively slack in work without justifiable reasons;

 

6.              Party B delivers or distributes remarks that damage the Company’s image or honor, causing adverse effects;

 

7.              Party B leaks the Company’s business secrets, causing adverse effects or losses;

 

8.              Party B sexually harass others;

 

9.              Party B is held criminally responsible in accordance with the law;

 

10.       Party B takes drugs or gambles;

 

11.       Party B steals the properties of the company or other employees/clients;

 

12.       12 Party B does not truthfully or timely report the information about the relatives working in the Company as required by the Company;

 

13.       Party B participates in an illegal organization;

 

14.       14 Party B maintains any employment or service relationship with any other employer at the same time;

 

15.       Party B commits any serious disciplinary violations defined in the “Employee Handbook” or commits the relevant “red card” violations in the “Red, Yellow and Blue Card Punishment System”;

 

16.       Party B commits three or more general disciplinary violations in total in a calendar year (from January 1 of each year to December 31 of the year);

 

17.       Party B goes against the principles of honesty, good faith, public order, good customs, loyalty and diligence; or

 

18.       other acts that cause adverse consequences or serious losses, affect the Company’s normal operation and management order or harm the interests of the Company, clients, shareholders or other employees.

 

Article 33 If Party B is listed as an employee subject to non-competition (no matter when signing this Contract or when there is any change in Party B’s position or title or under other circumstances) according to the Company’s relevant regulations, Party B undertakes to sign the Non-competition Agreement with Party A.

 

Article 34 Party B represents that it has committed no violation of laws, regulations, professional ethics and codes of conduct/standards in the work/practices before on-boarding with Party A or the signing of this Contract, and it meets Party A’s employment requirements. Under any of the above circumstances or if it does not meet the employment requirements, Party B shall give a truthful written explanation to Party A before on-boarding with Party A or the signing of this Contract. Party B understands and undertakes that if it fails to truthfully explain as required above, this shall constitute a serious violation of Party A’s labor discipline/code of conduct, and Party A shall have the right to immediately terminate this Employment Contract. If damage is caused to Party A, Party A reserves the right to hold Party B civilly responsible.

 

Article 35 Party B shall accurately write down the residential address, contact information, e-mail and other information. If the relevant information changes, Party B shall update it in the personnel system within three working days. If Party B’s information is inaccurate or not updated in time, Party B shall bear the adverse consequences.

 

Party B agrees to authorize Party A to conduct background/qualification investigation so as to ensure the personal information/data provided by Party B is true and valid, and agrees that Party A may use the information related to Party B’s ID card. If Party A requests Party B to assist in the investigation, Party B agrees to assist. Party B confirms that if it leaves the company for whatever reason, it agrees to authorize Party A to provide relevant information to the recruiter or new employer after its leaving; and Party A does not need to inform Party B when engaging in the above activities.

 


 

Party B agrees that Party A shall send the relevant documents (including but not limited to the Notice of Termination/Rescission of the Employment Contract and the Proof of Termination/Rescission of the Employment Contract) to Party B’s contact address.

 

Party A’s e-mail or online information shall be deemed as received by Party B at the time of sending. Party A’s letter shall be deemed as received by Party B on the date of delivery by the logistics company. If Party B causes the letter not to be actually signed (including but not limited to incorrect/no longer valid contact address provided by Party B, and Party B’s refuses to sign for the letter), the third day from the date of mailing shall be deemed as the date of receipt.

 

Chapter XII Liabilities for Breach of Contract

 

Article 36 If Party B leaves the Company without submitting a written notice of rescission of this Employment Contract to Party A 30 days or three days (in the probation period) in advance in accordance with the law, Party B shall be liable for compensation for the economic losses caused to Party A.

 

Article 37 If Party B violates the Company’s rules and regulations or commits dereliction of duty during the existence of the employment relationship and thereby causes losses to Party A, Party A shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures:

 

1.              adjust Party B’s job position, title or rank;

 

2.              rescind this Employment Contract; and

 

3.              require Party B to pay damages (the specific amount of damages and the method of calculation of the losses shall be subject to the Company’s regulations).

 

Party A may deduct the compensation directly from Party B’s salary (the monthly deduction shall not exceed 20% of the monthly salary and the remaining salary after deduction shall not be lower than the local monthly minimum salary, unless otherwise specified by the local authorities or Party B has applied for resignation).

 

Article 38 If Party B is found to owe money to Party A or have other unsettled issues, it agrees that Party A may deduct the relevant amount from Party B’s salary and financial compensation and other benefits for Party B’s leaving the Company; and if Party B’s salary and financial compensation or benefits are insufficient, Party B shall pay the difference to Party A before leaving the Company.

 

Party B’s liability for damages to Party A shall be determined according to the degree of fault: if the loss is intentionally caused, Party B shall bear the full liability for compensation; if the loss is caused by negligence, the damage to be borne by Party B shall be determined according to the degree of its negligence.

 

Article 39 If the Company provides professional technical training for Party B, Party B shall serve Party A for a certain period (the specific period shall be subject to the stipulation in the training service agreement). If Party B leaves before the expiry of the service period, Party B shall pay Party A the liquidated damages equivalent to the training expenses that shall be shared for the remaining service period.

 

Article 40 If Party A signs a Competition Restriction Agreement with Party B due to business needs, Party B shall abide by the provisions of the Competition Restriction Agreement. If Party B violates the Competition Restriction Agreement, Party B shall pay Party A the liquidated damages, which amount shall be subject to the provisions of the Competition Restriction Agreement.

 

Chapter XIII Dispute Settlement

 

Article 41 If a dispute arises from the performance of this Contract, Party A and Party B shall settle the dispute through friendly negotiation; if the negotiation fails, they may apply to the competent labor dispute arbitration commission in writing for arbitration. If either Party is dissatisfied with the arbitral award, it may bring a lawsuit with the people’s court.

 

Chapter XIV Miscellaneous Terms

 

Article 43 If there are matters not covered in this Contract or this Contract is in conflict with the relevant laws and regulations of the State, the relevant matters shall be dealt with in accordance with the current relevant laws and regulations of the State.

 


 

Benefit Protection Agreement

 

In order to further improve the employee benefit system, Party A has formulated the “Comprehensive Employee Protection Plan” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), and the following matters are agreed as below:

 

Article 1 In view of the employment or service relationship established between Party A and Party B, Party B may voluntarily decide whether to participate in the Plan.

 

Article 2 “Comprehensive Insurance Contract for Ping An Employees as a Group” (hereinafter referred to as the “Insurance Contract”) is an integral part of the “Plan”.

 

Article 3 The signing by Party B shall be deemed as Party B’s agreeing to the following: Party A, as the insurance applicant, enters into an “Insurance Contract” in which Party B is the insured, and the insurance premium shall be paid by Party A to the insurer; in the event of an insurance accident, Party B shall entrust Party A as the agent to handle the relevant payout procedures.

 

Article 4 In the insurance period stipulated in the Insurance Contract, if Party B has an accident that meets the payout conditions as stipulated in the insurance clause, Party A will not pay Party B or its legal heirs any sums in addition to the compensation received through the Plan and the sums as required by laws and regulations.

 

Article 5 From the date of termination or rescission of the Employment Contract or service contract to which this Supplementary Agreement is annexed, Party B shall no longer enjoy the various benefits in the Insurance Contract.

 

Article 6 Pursuant to the requirements of the State’s fiscal and tax regulations, the premiums incurred in participating in the Plan and the income of Party B’s current month shall be consolidated in the payment of personal income tax, and Party A shall perform the withholding and payment obligations.

 

Article 7 Party B voluntarily authorizes Ping An Group and relevant professional institutions to obtain information and data about its comprehensive benefit protection, annuity, etc., for the purpose of providing inquiries and handling procedures related to Party B’s comprehensive benefit protection and annuity.

 

Article 8 If the previously signed agreement is inconsistent with this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.

 


 

Business Secret Protection Agreement

 

Whereas:

 

There is employment, service or other engagement relationship between Party A and Party B. and Party B has the obligation to protect Party A’s business secrets according to law;

 

Party A and Party B reach the following agreement on Party B’s keeping confidential Party A’s business secrets after equal consultation according to the Employment Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Employment Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Certain Provisions of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce on Prohibitions of Infringement of Business Secrets, and other relevant laws and regulations:

 

Article 1 General Provisions

 

1.              Party A and Party B hereby enter into this Agreement in order to protect Party A’s legally owned business secrets and safeguard Party A’s normal business activities and legitimate rights and interests, so as to realize the common fundamental interests of Party B and Party A.

 

2.              The Parties shall mutually protect each other’s rights and interests in accordance with the principles of good faith and fairness and perform this Agreement in accordance with the above principles.

 

3.              This Agreement shall be governed and protected by the Chinese laws and shall be legally binding.

 

Article 2 Scope of Confidentiality

 

1.              Party A’s business secrets, including but not limited to the Company’s technical information, business information, personnel information, etc. obtained, learned about or exchanged due to work or trust and not known to third parties.

 

2.              business secrets shall not only include the secret information belonging to Party A, but also include the secret information that is not owned by Party A or can be possessed, used by Party A or can generate proceeds to Party A, but is owned by a third party.

 

3.              business secrets may exist in the physical, chemical, biological and other carriers (including but not limited to documents, materials, charts, notes, reports, letters, faxes, tapes, disks, CDs, instruments, models, verbal, electronic or online information).

 

4.              Business secrets shall include but shall not be limited to the following types:

 

(1)         minutes, resolutions and relevant documents of or about the meetings of Party A’s shareholders, board of directors, board of supervisors, managers and other important meetings;

 

(2)         major analysis, research, reform, consulting report or programs on Party A’s business development;

 

(3)         Party A’s operation, asset, financial data, information and reports;

 

(4)         Party A’s products and business development documents;

 

(5)         software, procedures and flow charts, logic diagrams, requirement documents and other supporting materials;

 

(6)         major projects, major contracts, and major litigation materials;

 

(7)         ISO standardized procedure documents, related quality records, inspection records;

 

(8)         business management systems, operational practices, processes, standards, know-hows, etc.;

 

(9)         major administrative, personnel, and financial management regulations;

 

(10)  important training materials;

 

(11)  client materials; and

 

(12)  other information that is of economic interests for Party A and is not known to the public.

 

Article 3  Confidentiality Term

 

1.              Party B’s confidentiality obligation shall begin on the date on which Party B signs the Employment Contract with Party A or begin on the first day of employment by Party A (i.e. the starting date for the establishment of the actual employment relationship between Party A and Party B).

 

2.              Party B shall still fulfill the confidentiality obligation even if the employment relationship between Party A and Party B is terminated (including but not limited to the expiry of the Employment Contract, the termination of the Employment Contract based on the consensus reached by both parties, and the unilateral termination of the Employment Contract by Party B or Party A).

 

3.              Party B shall not use any of the following reasons as a defense for not fulfilling the obligation of confidentiality:

 


 

(1)         Party B has been working at Party A but the parties have not signed a written Employment Contract;

 

(2)         Party A has not paid the remuneration to Party B;

 

(3)         Party B is still in the probation period agreed in the Employment Contract;

 

(4)         the Employment Contract has terminated;

 

4. Party B shall perform confidentiality obligations not only during working hours, but also during non-working hours, regardless of whether it is in Party A’s business or office premises.

 

Article 4       Party B’s Obligations

 

1.              Party B undertakes: During the confidentiality term, Party B will strictly keep confidential Party A’s business secrets in accordance with the principle of honesty and good faith so as to fully protect the interests of Party A.

 

2.              Party B undertakes: During the confidentiality term, Party B will strictly abide by any written and oral confidentiality rules, stipulations and regulations of Party A (hereinafter referred to as “confidentiality rules”), or act in accordance with Party A’s customary confidentiality practices to effectively perform confidentiality obligations.

 

If certain issues are not covered by Party A’s “confidentiality rules” or the confidentiality rules are vague, Party B shall take all necessary and reasonable measures to the extent possible to prudently, honestly and in good faith keep confidential the business secrets set out in this Agreement and the information which is of certain economic value to the Company in the eyes of the ordinary people with normal intelligence level but not listed in this Contract.

 

3.              Party B undertakes that Party B shall not disclose Party A’s any secret information in any way (including but not limited to notification, publication, posting, publication, transmission, transfer, etc.) to any specific or non-specific third party (including other employees who shall not be aware of the business secrets in accordance with Party A’s “confidentiality regulations”) without the consent of the authorizing persons (hereinafter referred to as “authorizing persons”) expressly provided for in the “Confidentiality Regulations” of Party A, unless necessary for the performance of duties.

 

4.              Party B undertakes: Without authorization or consent, Party B shall not use personal computer devices or personal mailbox to handle the Company’s business, and shall not copy, take screenshots of, take photos of, or send out the Company’s information or data.

 

5.              Party B represents that without the legal authorization by the relevant third party, Party B shall not use or infringe any third party’s any secret information and shall not carry out any acts that may infringe on other intellectual property rights of third parties when engaging in acts that may cause Party A to bear legal consequences to Party B (including but not limited to performance of duties).

 

If Party B violates any of the above undertakings so that Party A is accused by a third party or other interested parties, Party B shall reimburse Party A for all expenses incurred by Party A (including but not limited to compensation, legal fees, arbitration fees, attorney’s fees, transport fees and accommodation expenses). The above fees may be deducted directly from Party B’s remuneration.

 

6.              Party B undertakes that during employment by Party A and without the consent of Party A’s Authorizing Persons, Party B shall not work or hold any position (including but not limited to a shareholder, partner, director, supervisor, manager, employee, agent, consultant, etc.) in any enterprise engaged in similar business to the Company’s (including but not limited to insurance, securities, trust, banking) or any other enterprise competing with the Company, or provide any assistance, guidance or services competing with the Company.

 

7.              Party B undertakes that the intellectual property rights to any and all information of economic value (including but not limited to inventions, creations, works, computer software, etc.) generated by Party B during employment by Party A and mainly using Party A’s material and technical conditions shall be vested in Party A. Party B shall fulfill the corresponding confidentiality obligations and as requested by Party A, provide all necessary information and take all necessary actions, including, without limitation, assistance in going through application, registration and recording, to assist Party A to acquire and exercise relevant intellectual property.

 


 

The rights to the inventions, creations, works, computer software, etc. generated by Party B within one year after the termination of the employment relationship and in connection with Party B’s work undertaken at Party A or the tasks assigned by Party A shall be vested in Party A; and Party B shall perform confidentiality obligations.

 

8.              Party B undertakes: if Party B claims the intellectual property rights to any and all information of economic value (including but not limited to inventions, creations, works, computer software, etc.) generated by Party B during employment by Party A and mainly using Party A’s material and technical conditions, it shall promptly declares this to Party A. If Party A verifies that it is indeed not a hired work result, Party B shall enjoy the intellectual property rights, but Party B shall still perform the duty of confidentiality until it is verified. Except as required by law, if Party B does not declare that it enjoys the intellectual property rights, the work results shall be presumed as hired work results, Party A shall have the corresponding rights, and Party B shall strictly perform the duty of confidentiality.

 

If Party B has intellectual property rights to certain information, Party A and Party B agree that under the same conditions, Party A has the right to use it preferentially than any third party.

 

9.              Party B undertakes to promptly return the carriers which are used and possessed by it and record the Company’s business secrets when Party A’s authorizing persons request or Party A and Party B terminate the employment relationship.

 

If the carrier is self-provided by Party B and the information can be deleted and copied from the carrier, the information can be copied to all the carriers of Party A, and the secret information on the original carrier shall be eliminated, and Party B does not need to return the carrier.

 

If the carrier is self-provided by Party B but the information cannot be removed and copied from the carrier, Party B shall be deemed to have agreed to transfer the ownership of the carrier to Party A. Party A shall, at its discretion, give compensation equal to the value of the carrier itself at a fair price.

 

10.       Party B undertakes: When Party B discovers that Party A’s business secrets are likely to be leaked or may have leaked, Party B shall be obliged to promptly inform Party A of the above situation and take active measures to prevent leakage or further leakage. .

 

11.       Party B undertakes that Party B will not in any way induce any other employee who knows Party A’s business secrets to leave the Company during the employment relationship and after the termination of the Employment Contract between the two parties.

 

12.       If Party B discloses Party A’s business secrets in order to fulfill the requirements or orders of the judicial or government departments, it shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Contract; however, in this case, Party B shall promptly notify Party A in writing and Party B shall provide only the part of the confidential information required to be disclosed.

 

Article 5       Party A’s Obligations

 

1.              Party A shall establish a confidentiality system and take corresponding confidentiality measures for business secrets to protect Party A’s business secrets. Confidentiality measures shall include but shall not be limited to:

 

(1)         Signing a business secret protection contract (including employee confidentiality contract) with relevant personnel who know or may know the business secrets;

 

(2)         Taking reasonable control measures for the storage, use, transfer, and other handling of business secrets.

 

2.              Party A shall expressly identify the business secrets it owns, including but not limited to:

 

(1)             stamped with the confidentiality mark;

 

(2)             If the confidentiality mark cannot be stamped, it shall be confirmed by a special company document and the relevant person who has the duty of confidentiality shall be informed of the document;

 


 

(3)             verbal or written confirmation from an authorizing person.

 

Article 6  Liabilities for Breach

 

1.              If Party B is in violation of the confidentiality obligations stipulated in this Agreement, it shall compensate Party A for all direct and indirect losses in accordance with the following calculation method:

 

(1)         All direct and indirect losses suffered by Party A (including but not limited to actual profit and expected profit reduction, legal fees, attorney’s fees, investigation fees, accommodation fees, transportation expenses, reputation loss, loss of business reputation, etc.)

 

(2)         All proceeds obtained by Party B and its joint infringers through violation of the agreement or infringement.

 

2.              If Party B violates the stipulations of this agreement and there is still a employment relationship between the two parties, Party A shall have the right to immediately terminate the employment relationship with Party B. In addition to the liability for breach of contract as stipulated in this Agreement, Party B shall also bear the responsibility for violation of the Employment Contract caused thereby.

 

(3)         If Party B violates this Agreement, Party A may also take all necessary measures such as adjusting Party B’s position, title, and directly deducting various liquidated damages and compensation payments from Party B’s remuneration.

 

Article 7  Supplementary Provisions

 

1.              Each of Party A and Party B confirms:

 

(1)             It has carefully read this Agreement and fully understood the legal meaning of the terms and conditions herein before signing this Agreement.

 

(2)             The rules and regulations on the protection of business secrets formulated by Party A in accordance with the law may be used to supplement or interpret this Agreement.

 

(3)             There is no fraud or coercion in the content of this Agreement and in signing this Agreement.

 

2.              Should there be any inconsistency between this Agreement and any previous oral or written agreements between the two parties, this Agreement shall prevail.

 

3.              The Parties may sign a written supplementary agreement on the issues not covered herein to supplement or modify this Agreement, and the supplementary agreement shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

4.              If Party B has been working at Party A before the date of signing this agreement, this Agreement shall be retrospectively effective to the first date on which Party B begins to work at Party A.

 


 

Agreement for Non-competition and Protection of Intellectual Property Rights

 

In accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Employment Contracts, the Anti-Unfair Competition Law of the People’s Republic of China, pertinent laws, regulations and rules, national relevant judicial interpretation and relevant rules of the Company, Party A and Party B agree to enter into this Agreement and jointly comply with the terms hereof, based on the principle of good faith, equality, voluntariness and mutual agreement.

 

This Agreement is a supplement to the Employment Contract between Party A and Party B and has the same legal force as the Employment Contract. The following terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

1.              Company: Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., companies directly or indirectly controlled by Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., and its branches.

 

2.              Employer: Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., or any of the companies directly or indirectly controlled by Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd., or any of its branches, for which Party B works.

 

I. Scope, Geographical Area and Period of Non-competition

 

1.              Party B confirms that and agrees to comply with the following obligations:

 

(1)         No assistance to competitors of the Employer: During the period of employment and the non-competition period, Party B shall not be employed by any organization or individual that has businesses identical or similar to those of the Employer or is in competition with the Employer, regardless of the full-time or part-time position of Party B at the organization; or under the name of Party B or other persons, individually or jointly carry out any business directly or indirectly competing with that of the Employer, or owns equity interest in such enterprise, or provides consulting and other assistance to such company.

 

(2)         No solicitation of customers of the Employer and its related parties: Party B confirms and agrees that after resignation, it will not solicit or contact, directly or indirectly through any other business or personnel, any customer and potential customer who receive or require proposals or quotations from the Employer, in relation to businesses of the Employer in respect of which Party B have in-depth knowledge, close involvement or exposure during the period of employment of Party B with Party A, and any of their related companies and individuals.

 

(3)         No employment of employees of the Employer or inducement for their separation from the Employer: Party B confirms and agrees that during and after the period of employment, it will not, for any reason, directly or indirectly employ or cause to be employed by any competitor of the Employer, any employee of the Employer, in its own name or on behalf of any other company, enterprise or economic organization, by any means (including but not limited to encouragement, enticement, inducement, persuasion, offering advice or information), or assist or encourage any employee of the Employer to separate from the Employer.

 

2.              “Being in competition with” means being in competition with existing projects and businesses of the Employer during/after the period of employment of Party B; organizations in competition with the Employer include individuals, enterprises and other organizations that are being or about to be in direct or indirect competition with businesses of the Employer and its related enterprises.

 

3.              Competitors of the Employer means other individuals, enterprises or other operating organizations that produce or deal in products similar and engage in businesses similar to those of the Employer, in competition with the Employer, including but not limited to operation, control of or holding shares in:

 


 

(1)         organizations or individuals engaged in financial Internet, Internet finance and other businesses, such as Tencent, Alibaba, Baidu, and their related organizations and individuals;

 

(2)         organizations or individuals whose business scope include search, portal website, C2C business, IT, communications and other businesses, such as Google, Baifubao (百付宝), and their related organizations and individuals;

 

(3)         organizations or individuals with third-party payment business licenses, such as Baifubao, Allinpay, and their related organizations and individuals.

 

Party A has the right to adjust the specific matters which are subject to non-competition provisions according to the actual conditions, and Party B agrees that Party A may, orally or in writing, notify Party B of the adjusted matters during the period of employment or upon separation. Any competitor who is in competition with the Employer but has not been recorded in the list is subject to the limitations.

 

4.              Geographical area of non-competition for Party B: Worldwide.

 

5.              Party B agrees to the non-competition, and agrees that Party A may, as required, determine the specific non-competition period for Party B upon the severance/termination of the employment relation. Party A will notify Party B of the non-competition matters upon separation of Party B; In the absence of notice from Party A, the non-competition period shall be nil month, and Party A is not be required to pay any compensation for non-competition. Party B agrees that Party A may notify matters in relation to non-competition, in writing or through email, telephone, WeChat, SMS and otherwise.

 

II. Disclosure and Reporting Obligations of Party B

 

1.              During the non-competition period, Party B agrees to fully and truly disclose to Party A in advance, the information of the new company for which it intends to work, that it intends to participate in operating or to which it intends to provide services, and shall not work for, hold shares in, participate in the operation of or otherwise provide service to the company until Party A confirms that the company is not in competition with Party A.

 

If Party B fails to perform the above disclosure obligations or the disclosure is incomplete and untrue, Party A has the right to investigate and verify the relevant information, or engage a third party to do so, at the expense of Party B.

 

2.             During the non-competition period, Party B shall have the obligation to report to Party A in writing on its employment, prior to the fifteenth day of the third month of each quarter. The written report of Party B shall at least include the name, address, business scope and contact information of the employer of Party B, the department at which Party B works, the name and contact information of its superior; if Party B is unemployed, Party B is required to provide a copy of the certificate of unemployment and the name, address and contact information of the organization issuing such certificate. In addition, Party B has the obligation to report on other information in relation to non-competition.

 

If Party B delays to report on its employment or other information in relation to non-competition and such delay is less than 2 months, Party A has the right to delay the payment of compensation until Party B makes such report; if such delay exceeds 3 months, Party A has the right to hold Party B liable for the breach in accordance with Article 5.2.

 

Party B shall inform the new employer of the fact that it is subject to the non-competition.

 

3.              During and after the period of employment of Party B with the Company, other obligations of Party B include but are not limited to: refraining from disclosing, using, causing others to obtain or use trade secrets of the Company; or publicizing or spreading messages or reports that are adverse to the Company. The obligations of Party B to keep confidential, trade secrets of the Company are not subject to time limitation on the non-competition, and shall be valid until such information becomes public information, and Party A is not required to pay any confidentiality fee or other fees for the confidentiality obligations of Party B.

 


 

III. Financial Compensation for Non-competition

 

1.              During the period of employment with the Company, Party B shall perform the non-competition obligations, while Party A is not be required to pay Party B financial compensation.

 

2.              After separation from the Company, during the non-competition period confirmed by Party A, Party B agrees that Party A will, each month, pay the non-competition compensation which is equal to 50% (or such percentage as required by national laws and regulations or local regulations in the place where the contract is performed, whichever is higher) of the average salary actually paid over 12 months prior to its separation from the Company and calculated on an annual basis.

 

3.              Party A shall, prior to the 15th day of each month, pay the compensation on a monthly basis, through bank remittance to the salary account which was used by Party B to receive salary from Party A. If the beneficiary’s account is changed upon and after the separation of Party B, Party B shall notify Party A in writing, within five working days following the change; otherwise Party B is liable for all losses and any consequence arising out of the delay in notification or false notice by Party B. If Party B fails to perform the notification obligation or give false notice, causing the failure of Party A to pay the compensation as agreed, Party A is not deemed to be in breach, and Party B shall perform the non-competition obligations as agreed.

 

4.              If the compensation for non-competition obtained by Party B based on this Agreement is subject to tax by law, Party A may withhold and pay the individual income tax in payment of the compensation.

 

IV. Termination of the Non-Competition Obligations

 

The non-competition obligations terminate if

 

1.              Party A terminates the non-competition obligations as required;

 

2.              important trade secrets of Party A obtained by Party B have been legally published, which has been notified by Party B to Party A, provided that Party B shall, in advance, provide Party A with information in respect of which the important trade secrets have been legally published, for confirmation by Party A;

 

3.              other circumstances of termination specified by laws and regulations.

 

V. Liability for Breach of the Non-competition Obligations

 

1.              If the delay by Party A in payment of compensation falling due exceeds three months without justifiable reasons, Party B has the right to request the termination of the non-competition provisions.

 

2.              If Party B fails to perform its non-competition obligations as required, it shall pay to Party A, damages for breach which shall be 3 times the annual income obtained by Party B prior to its separation. If the damages for breach fail to cover the financial losses incurred by Party A, Party B shall make up the balance. The assumption by Party B of the liability for breach will not preclude Party A from holding Party B and relevant organizations liable for the infringement, in accordance with the Anti-Unfair Competition Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations.

 

3.              Upon payment of damages for breach to Party A due to violation of the non-competition provisions by Party B, Party A has the right to require Party B to continue to perform the non-competition obligations.

 

4.              Party B agrees that if Party B joins (including but not limited to working for, holding shares in, participating in the operation of or otherwise providing service to) the competitors of the Employer after separation from Party A, Party B ceases to be entitled to unexercised options and relevant interests, in accordance with the equity incentive agreement between the parties.

 


 

VI. No Unfair Competition

 

Party B undertakes that during and after the period of employment of Party B with Party A, it shall not, by itself or through a related party:

 

1.              directly or indirectly, in its own name or on behalf of any other company, enterprise or economic organization: employ, entice, induce or persuade away from Party A, or attempt to employ, entice, induce or persuade away from Party A, any employee of Party A, or cause any employee of Party A to be employed by any competitor of the Employer, for any reason; or assist or encourage any employee of Party A to separate from Party A by any means (including but not limited to offering suggestions or information); suggest or advise any other company, enterprise or economic organization to employ, entice, induce or persuade away from Party A, or attempt to employ, entice, induce or persuade away from Party A, any employee of Party A by any means (including but not limited to offering suggestions or information).

 

2.              directly or indirectly through any other business or personnel, for the purposes of competing with or intervening in businesses of Party A, solicit or contact:

 

(1)                     any customer of Party A who has been known or contacted by Party B during the period of employment of Party B with Party A;

 

(2)                     any potential customer of Party A who has been known or contacted by Party B during the period of employment of Party B with Party A;

 

(3)                     any related company of any of the customers or potential customers;

 

(4)                     any individual in relation to the position of Party B at the Employer.

 

3.              use any name which is confusingly similar to that of Party A or any other name used by Party A for operations, or use such name for establishing or otherwise creating any enterprise entity, organization or domain name.

 

Party B shall compensate Party A for all direct or indirect losses incurred by Party A arising out of the breach by Party B of this article (including but not limited to the reduction in actual profits and expected earnings, and litigation cost, attorney fee, investigation fee, loss of reputation and business integrity).

 

VII. Protection of Intellectual Property Rights

 

Party B undertakes that during the period of employment with Party A and within 1 year following the separation, there shall be vested in Party A, the ownership of ideas, designs, marks, discoveries, inventions or program improvements and other intangible intellectual property rights proposed, created, developed, discovered or invented, and completed, independently or jointly with other persons, by Party B, in relation to its position at Party A, the businesses of Party A in which it gets involved, or work or tasks which are assigned by Party A to it (hereinafter referred to as “intellectual property rights”), and Party B shall disclose and transfer to Party A, such intellectual property rights, together with design, drawings, work papers, electronic documents or electronic works and other materials in relation to ownership and/or use of the intellectual property rights.

 

Party B has represented that it will waive all statutory rights to apply for patents, the trademark right, any right to transfer inventions or technical products, and the right to claim or challenge the ownership of any work made for hire.

 

During the period of employment of Party B with Party A, Party B confirms that the remuneration paid by Party A to Party B is adequate for the efforts made for the aforesaid intellectual property rights. Party A is not required to pay any other costs to Party B.

 


 

VIII. Supplementary Provisions

 

1.              Party A and Party B confirm that:

 

(1)                     prior to signature of this Agreement, it has carefully read the contents of this Agreement, and understood the legal implications of each provision hereof;

 

(2)                     there is no false information in this Agreement, and it is not forced to sign this Agreement.

 

2.              The parties hereby confirm that if written notice is required by this Agreement, notice shall be sent by personal delivery or mail, to OneConnect Human Resources Team, Shanghai Ping An Building, No.206 Kaibin Road, Shanghai, in the case of Party A, and to the address indicated by Party B in the Employee Resume, in the case of Party B. Prior to giving written notice of a new mailing address to the other party, delivery of notice to the aforesaid mailing address shall be deemed to be a valid delivery.

 

3.              Party A and Party B may otherwise execute a supplementary agreement to supplement or amend this Agreement. The supplementary agreement has the same legal force as this Agreement.

 

4.              Any dispute between Party A and Party B arising out of this Agreement shall be settled through negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement, either party may apply for arbitration to the local labor dispute arbitration committee in the place where Party A is located.

 

5.              This Agreement is executed in duplicate, and Party A and Party B shall each keep one copy, each of which has the same legal force.

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement

 

This Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is signed on September 16, 2019 in Shenzhen, China, by:

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) (“Pledgee”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen, with the entire equity in Pledgee ultimately and beneficially held by OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company;

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司) (“Pledgor A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at 47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen;

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司) (“Pledgor B”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (“Pledgor C”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone;

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业) (“Pledgor D”, together with Pledgor A, Pledgor B and Pledgor C, “Pledgor”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang;

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) ( “Company”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Li Jie (李捷), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Xu Liang (许良), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Wang Wenjun (王文君), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***; and

 

Dou Wenwei (窦文伟), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***.

 

(Li Jie, Xu Liang, Wang Wenjun and Dou Wenwei are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Individual Shareholders” or “Indirect Shareholders”; Indirect Shareholders and Pledgor are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”.)

 

1


 

In the Agreement, the entities and persons above are individually referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

WHEREAS

 

1.                                      The Pledgor is a company or enterprise established and validly existing in accordance with the laws of China and holding a total of 100% Equity Interest in the Company. The Company is a limited liability company registered and validly existing in Shenzhen, China. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of the Pledgor and the Pledgee hereunder and agrees to provide any necessary support in the registration of the Pledge;

 

2.                                      The Pledgee is a limited liability company established, registered and validly existing in Shenzhen;

 

3.                                      The parties signed the Equity Pledge Agreement (the “Original Equity Pledge Agreement”) on January 29, 2018, and agree to the amendment to the Original Equity Pledge Agreement and the replacement of such agreement with the Agreement;

 

4.                                      The Pledgor has signed or will sign:

 

a)                         the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement on September 16, 2019;

 

b)                         the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement on September 16, 2019;

 

c)                          the Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement on September 16, 2019; and

 

d)                         Loan Contracts, Counter-guarantee Contracts and otherwise (if applicable);

 

5.                                      The Company has signed:

 

a)                         the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement on September 16, 2019;

 

b)                         the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement on September 16, 2019;

 

c)                          the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement on September 16, 2019; and

 

d)                         the Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement on September 16, 2019;

 

6.                                      On the date of the Agreement, the Individual Shareholders respectively issue to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder, a letter of undertaking with regard to the Agreement, and the rights and interests indirectly held by it in the Operating Entity (the “Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder”); and

 

7.                                      Indirect Shareholders and the Pledgor agree to pledge all the Equity Interest held by the Pledgor in the Company to secure:

 

2


 

(1)         any and all of obligations of the Pledgor under the agreements specified in Article 4 above; and

(2)         any and all of obligations of the Company under the agreements specified in Article 5 above; and

(3)         any and all of obligations of any Individual Shareholder under the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder specified in Article 6 above.

 

The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company are individually referred to as an “Obligor” and collectively referred to as the “Obligors”; and all their obligations under this article, and all direct, indirect and derivative losses and losses of predictable benefits incurred by the Pledgee due to any Event of Default (as defined below) of the Pledgor and/or the Company (the amount of such losses is based on, among others, reasonable business plans and profit forecasts of the Pledgee; and all expenses incurred by the Pledgee to compel the Pledgor and/or the Company to perform its contractual obligations) are collectively referred to as the “Secured Debts”. The aforesaid agreements in Articles 4 and 5 are individually referred to as a “Series Cooperation Agreement” and collectively referred to as the “Series Cooperation Agreements”.

 

1.                                      Definitions

 

Unless otherwise specified herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

1.1                               Pledge” means the security interest granted to the Pledgee by the Pledgor under Article 2 hereof, namely the right of priority that the Pledgee have against the conversion, auction or sale price of the Equity Interest.

 

1.2                               Equity Interest” means all equity interest currently and legally held and to be acquired in the future by the Pledgor in the Company.

 

1.3                               Pledge Term” means the term specified in Article 3 hereof.

 

1.4                               Loan Contract” means any loan contract, entrusted loan contract or other fund arrangement signed by any bank with the Pledgor according to the instructions, guarantees or other arrangements of the Pledgee or its designee.

 

1.5                               Counter-guarantee Contract” means the counter-guarantee contract signed by the Pledgee or its designee and the Pledgor, pursuant to which the Pledgor provides counter-guarantee to the Pledgee or its designee so that the Pledgee or its designee may recover losses from the Pledgor upon assuming a guarantee responsibility under a Guarantee Contract in the future. For the above purpose, “Guarantee Contract” means any guarantee contract or other similar arrangement signed by the Pledgee or its designee with a bank for the purpose of guaranteeing the performance by the Pledgor of Loan Contracts or other fund arrangements between the Pledgor and the bank.

 

1.6                               Event of Default” means any event specified in Article 7 hereof.

 

1.7                               Default Notice” means notice given by the Pledgee hereunder, stating that an Event of Default has occurred.

 

3


 

1.8                               China” means the People’s Republic of China, for the purpose of the Agreement, excluding Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan.

 

1.9                               Series Cooperation Agreement” is defined in the Whereas Clauses hereof.

 

1.10                        Obligor” is defined in the Whereas Clauses hereof.

 

1.11                        Secured Debts” is defined in the Whereas Clauses hereof.

 

2.                                      Pledge

 

2.1                               The Pledgor hereby grants the Pledgee the first priority pledge over its 100% Equity Interest in the Company (including 100% Equity Interest currently owned by the Pledgor in the Company and all equity interest in relation thereto), for the immediate and full performance of any and all Secured Debts under the Series Cooperation Agreement by all Obligors.

 

2.2                               The Parties understand and agree that the currency value estimated as a result of or in relation to Secured Debts is a variable and floating value until the Final Settlement Date (as defined below).

 

2.3                               In case of any of the following events (“Final Settlement Event”), the values of the Secured Debts shall be determined, based on the total Secured Debts due and outstanding at the date immediately preceding the date of such event, or at the date of such event (“Confirmed Debts”):

 

(a)                                 the expiry of any Series Cooperation Agreement, or the termination of such agreement in accordance with relevant provisions thereof;

 

(b)                                 the occurrence of an Event of Default under Article 7 hereof, which has not been remedied, leading to the Pledgee giving Default Notice to the Pledgor in accordance with Article 7.3;

 

(c)                                  insolvency or possible insolvency of the Pledgor and/or the Company, in the reasonable opinion of the Pledgee through appropriate investigation; or

 

(d)                                 any other event in which Secured Debts are required to be determined in accordance with relevant laws and regulations of China.

 

2.4                               For the avoidance of doubt, the date of occurrence of the Final Settlement Event shall be the final settlement date (the “Final Settlement Date”). The Pledgee has the right to, at its option, enforce the Pledge in accordance with Article 8 on or after the Final Settlement Date.

 

2.5                               During the Pledge Term, the Pledgee has the right to receive any dividend or other distributable interests arising out of the Equity Interest. No dividends or profits shall be distributed to the Pledgor for the Equity Interest, except with the prior written consent of the Pledgee. After the deduction of taxes payable by or required to be withheld and paid by the Pledgor in accordance with applicable laws of China, the dividends or profits distributed to the Pledgor as a result of the Equity Interests with the prior written consent of the Pledgee, shall, as required by the Pledgee, be (a) deposited into the designated account of the Pledgee, managed by the Pledgee, and used for securing contractual obligations and repaying Secured Debts first; or (b) subject to laws of China, unconditionally returned to the Pledgee or its designee.

 

4


 

3.                                      Pledge Term

 

3.1                               The pledge term (the “Pledge Term”) commences on the date of registration of the Pledge with the administrative department for industry and commerce in the place where the Company is located (the “Registration Authority”), until the last obligation secured by the Pledge is paid or fulfilled. The parties agree that upon execution of the Agreement, the Pledgor and the Pledgee shall immediately (but in no event later than 20 days following the date of signing the Agreement) apply to the Registration Authority for the equity interest pledge registration in accordance with the Measures of Administrative Departments for Industry and Commerce for Equity Interest Pledge Registration. The parties further agree that within fifteen (15) days following the date on which the Registration Authority formally accepts the application for equity interest pledge registration, all procedures for equity interest pledge registration shall be completed, and the registration notice issued by the Registration Authority shall be obtained, and the equity interest pledge shall be recorded completely and accurately in the equity interest pledge register by the Registration Authority. The Company acknowledges the respective rights and obligations of the Pledgor and the Pledgee hereunder and agrees to provide any necessary support in the registration of the Pledge.

 

3.2                               If any Obligor fails to repay any of its Secured Debts under the Series Cooperation Agreement during the Pledge Term, the Pledgee has the right, but is not obligated, to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with the Agreement.

 

4.                                      Retention of Records of Equity Interest Subject to the Pledge

 

4.1                               During the Pledge Term, the Pledgor shall deliver into the custody of the Pledgee within one week following the date of equity interest registration, original share capital contribution certificates, registers of shareholders recording the Pledge and other documents reasonably required by the Pledgee (including but not limited to the pledge registration notice issued by the Registration Authority). The Pledgee shall keep the documents during the Pledge Term.

 

5.                                      Representations and Warranties of Shareholders (Including the Pledgor) and the Company

 

The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company

 

5.1                               The Pledgor is the sole legal owner and beneficiary of the Equity Interest. Subject to a separate agreement signed by the Pledgor and the Pledgee, the Pledgor has the legal, full and sufficient ownership of the Equity Interest, and there are no disputes over the ownership of the Equity Interest. The Pledgor has the right to dispose of the Equity Interest and any part thereof. The Pledgor has the legitimate power and ability to sign the Agreement and undertake legal obligations in accordance with the Agreement.

 

5.2                              The Equity Interest can be pledged and transferred by law, and the Pledgor has full rights and powers to pledge the Equity Interest to the Pledgee in accordance with the Agreement.

 

5


 

5.3                               The Agreement, once duly signed by the Pledgor, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Pledgor.

 

5.4                              The consent, permission, waiver, authorization from any third party or the approval, permission, exemption from, or registration or filings with, any government authority (if required by law) required for the execution and performance of the Agreement and the equity interest pledge hereunder have been obtained and completed, and will be in full force and effect during the term of the Agreement.

 

5.5                              The pledge hereunder constitutes the first security interest over the Equity Interest.

 

5.6                              All taxes and costs payable as a result of the acquisition of the Equity Interest shall be paid by the Pledgor.

 

5.7                               The Pledgee has the right to dispose of and transfer the Equity Interest in accordance with the Agreement.

 

5.8                               Except for the Series Cooperation Agreement, the Pledgor does not create any security interest or other encumbrances over the Equity Interest, and the ownership of the Equity Interest is not subject to any disputes, limitation under attachment and other legal procedures or similar threats, and may be pledged and transferred in accordance with applicable laws.

 

5.9                               The execution by the Pledgor of the Agreement and exercise of its rights hereunder, performance of its obligations hereunder, will not violate any laws, regulations, or any agreement or contract to which the Pledgor is a party, or any undertaking made by the Pledgor to any third party.

 

5.10                        All documents, materials, statements, certificates and otherwise provided by the Pledgor to the Pledgee are accurate, authentic, complete and valid.

 

5.11                        The Pledgor hereby warrants to the Pledgee that the aforesaid representations and warranties are true and accurate in any circumstance at any time prior to completion of all contractual obligations and repayment of all Secured Debts, and will be completely complied with.

 

5.12                        In case of death or incapacity of any Individual Shareholder or any event that may affect the holding or exercise of the Equity Interest indirectly held by it in the Pledgor or the Company, (i) any successor of such Individual Shareholder or (ii) a natural or legal person designated by the Pledgee for such Individual Shareholder in accordance with the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder signed by such Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Assignee”), shall be deemed a party to the Agreement and shall assume all the rights and obligations of such Individual Shareholder hereunder. In case of any succession, or transfer of the Equity Interest under the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder, the Shareholder will go through all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to secure government approvals (if applicable) necessary for the transfer of the Equity Interest.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Pledgee as follows:

 

6


 

5.13                        The Company has been duly incorporated and legally existing under the laws of the PRC as an independent legal person entity and has the full and independent legal status and capacity to execute, deliver and perform the Agreement.

 

5.14                       All reports, documents and information provided by the Company to the Pledgee in relation to the Equity Interest and all matters required hereunder prior to the effective date hereof shall be true and correct in all material aspects upon entry into force of the Agreement. All reports, documents and information provided by the Company to the Pledgee in relation to the Equity Interest and all matters required hereunder after the effective date hereof shall be true and correct in all material aspects upon provision.

 

5.15                        The Agreement is duly executed by the Company and shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company.

 

5.16                        The Company has the full internal power and authority to execute and deliver the Agreement and any other documents relating to the transaction hereunder, and has the full power and authority to complete the transaction described herein.

 

5.17                        There are no significant security interests or other encumbrances as to the Company’s assets that may affect the rights and interests of the Pledgee in the Equity Interest, including but not limited to any transfer of the Company’s intellectual property rights or assets with value of more than RMB1 million or any encumbrance on property rights or use rights thereto.

 

5.18                        The Company shall not occur, succeed, provide guarantee for or allow for the existence of any debts without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, except for (i) any debts incurred in the normal course of business rather than through loans; and (ii) any debts disclosed to and approved by the Pledgee in writing;

 

5.19                        The Company has been operating all businesses in the normal course to maintain the value of its assets, and shall not perform any actions or inactions that may affect its business conditions and value of assets;

 

5.20                        To the knowledge of the Company, there are no pending or threatened actions, arbitrations or other proceedings against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets in any court or arbitral tribunal, nor any pending or threatened administrative procedures or penalties posed by any government agency or administrative authority against the Equity Interest, the Company or its assets, which may cause material or adverse effect on the Company’s financial status or on the Pledgor’s capacity to perform its obligations or guarantee liabilities hereunder.

 

5.21                        The Company hereby agrees to assume joint and several liabilities to the Pledgee in connection with any representations and warranties made by the Pledgor hereunder.

 

5.22                        The Company hereby undertakes to the Pledgee that the above-mentioned representations and warranties are true and correct and will be fully complied with in any circumstances and at any time until the full performance of obligations hereunder and the full settlement of the Secured Debts.

 

7


 

6.                                      Undertakings and Further Consent by the Company and Shareholders (Including the Pledgor)

 

The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) undertake and further agree as follows:

 

6.1                               The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) hereby undertakes to the Pledgee that the Pledgor during the term of the Agreement:

 

6.1.1                     shall, without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, not transfer or allow others to transfer all or any part of the Equity Interest, nor shall place or allow for existence of any security interests or other encumbrances that may affect the rights and interests of the Pledgee in the Equity Interest, save for the performance of the Series Cooperation Agreement;

 

6.1.2                     shall comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the pledge of rights, and in case of receiving any notices, orders or advices issued or formulated by relevant authorities (or any other relevant parties) in relation to the Pledge, the Pledgor shall provide such notices, orders or advices to the Pledgee within 5 days after its receipt and follow such notices, orders or advices or submit objection and statement on such matters according to the reasonable request of or approval by the Pledgee;

 

6.1.3                     shall immediately notify the Pledgee in writing in case of any event or any notice received by the Pledgor that may affect the Pledgee’s rights in the Equity Interest or any part thereof, or that may affect any warranties or other obligations of the Pledgor arising from the Agreement, and shall take all necessary actions according to the reasonable request of the Pledgee to ensure the Pledgee’s pledge interests to the Equity Interest.

 

6.2                               The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) agree that the Pledgee’s rights to the Pledge hereunder shall not be interrupted or prejudiced by the Pledgor or its successor or representative or any other persons through any proceedings.

 

6.3                               For the purpose of protecting or improving the security interests granted hereunder in relation to the performance of obligations under the Series Cooperation Agreement, the Shareholders (including the Pledgor) hereby undertake to execute and procure any other parties interested in the Pledge to execute in good faith all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or undertakings as required by the Pledgee. The shareholders (including the Pledgor) also undertake to take and procure any other parties interested in the Pledge to take actions as required by the Pledgee to facilitate the Pledgee’s exercise of any rights and authority hereunder, and execute all relevant documents relating to the ownership of the Equity Interest with the Pledgee or its designated person (natural person / legal person). The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) undertake to provide the Pledgee with all notices, orders and decisions relating to the Pledge as required by the Pledgee within reasonable time.

 

6.4                               The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) hereby undertake to the Pledgee that they will follow and perform all warranties, undertakings, agreements, representations and conditions hereunder. In case of any failure to perform or any partial performance of such warranties, undertakings, agreements, representations and conditions, the Shareholders (including the Pledgor) shall compensate the Pledgee for all losses arising therefrom.

 

6.5                               In case that any court or any other government authority imposes any enforcement actions against the Equity Interest pledged hereunder for any reason, the Pledgor shall make all efforts, including but not limited to submitting other guarantees to such court or taking other actions, to release such enforcement actions imposed by such court or other government authority against the Equity Interest.

 

8


 

6.6                               To the extent of any potential reduction in the value of the Equity Interest that may undermine the rights of the Pledgee, the Pledgee may request the Pledgor to provide additional collaterals or guarantees. In case that the Pledgor fails to do so, the Pledgee may auction or sell the Equity Interest at any time, and any proceeds received from such auction or sale shall be used to pay off the Secured Debts in advance or be deposited. Any expenses incurred therefrom shall be borne by the Pledgor.

 

6.7                               Without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Pledgor and/or the Company shall not (or shall not cause any other parties to) increase, reduce or transfer the registered capital of the Company (or its contribution to the Company) or place any encumbrances thereon (including on the Equity Interest). Subject to this provision, any equity of the Company registered and obtained by the Pledgor after the date of the Agreement shall be referred to as “Additional Equity Interest”. The Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and the Company shall immediately execute a supplementary equity pledge agreement with the Pledgee in respect of the Additional Equity Interest upon the Pledgor’s acquisition of the Additional Equity Interest, procure the Company to approve such supplementary equity pledge agreement at the Board meeting and the general meeting, and submit all necessary documents necessary to the supplementary equity pledge agreement to the Pledgee, including but not limited to: (a) the original copy of the contribution certificate of shareholders relating to the Additional Equity Interest issued by the Company; and (b) the verified copy of capital verification report relating to the supplementary equity pledge agreement issued by a Chinese CPA. The Pledgor and the Company shall register the establishment of the pledge of the Additional Equity Interest in accordance with the provision of Article 3.1 of the Agreement.

 

6.8                               Unless any prior contrary instructions are given by the Pledgee in writing, the Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and/or the Company agrees that in case of any transfer of part or all of the Equity Interest between the Pledgor and any third party (“Equity Interest Transferee”) in violation of the Agreement, the Shareholders (including the Pledgor) and/or the Company shall procure the Equity Interest Transferee to unconditionally acknowledge the Pledge and complete any necessary registration formality relating to the change of the Pledge, including but not limited to the execution of any relevant documents, to ensure the existence of the Pledge.

 

The Company undertakes and further agrees as follows:

 

6.9                               In case that the execution and performance of the Agreement and the equity pledge hereunder are subject to any consent, permission, waiver or authorization of any third party or any approval, permission, waiver or registration or filing (if required by law) from any government authority, the Company shall endeavour to cause to obtain such consent, permission, waiver or authorization or such approval, permission, waiver or registration or filing, and maintain its full force and effect during the term of the Agreement.

 

6.10                        The Company shall not provide any loans or credits or any form of guarantee to any persons or entities without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, or cause or allow the Pledgor to establish any new pledge or grant any other security interests in respect of the Equity Interest, and nor shall cause or allow the Pledgor to transfer the Equity Interest.

 

6.11                        The Company together with the Pledgor agrees to jointly and strictly abide by the obligations under Articles 6.7 and 6.8 of the Agreement.

 

6.12                        Without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Company shall not transfer its assets or place thereon or allow for the existence of any security interests or other encumbrances as to the Company’s assets that may affect the rights and interests of the Pledgee in the Equity Interest, including but not limited to any transfer of the Company’s intellectual property rights or assets with value of more than RMB1 million or any encumbrances on property rights or use rights thereto.

 

9


 

6.13                        In case there occurs any actions, arbitrations or other requests that may cause adverse effect on the Company, the Equity Interest or the Pledgee’s interests under the Series Cooperation Agreement and the Agreement, the Company shall notify the Pledgee in writing as soon as possible and in a timely manner, and take all necessary actions at the reasonable request of the Pledgee to ensure the Pledgee’s pledge interests to the Equity Interest.

 

6.14                        The Company shall not engage in or permit any acts or actions that may cause adverse effect on the Pledgee’s interests or Equity Interest under the Series Cooperation Agreement and the Agreement.

 

6.15                        The Company shall provide the Pledgee with the financial statements of the Company for the previous calendar quarter within the first month of each calendar quarter, including but not limited to the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement. The Company shall provide the Pledgee with the audited financial statements of the Company for the current financial year within 90 days after the end of each financial year, which shall be audited and certified by an independent CPA approved by the Pledgee.

 

6.16                        The Company undertakes to take all necessary actions and execute all necessary documents according to the reasonable request of the Pledgee to ensure the Pledgee’s pledge interests to the Equity Interest and its exercise and realization of such interests.

 

6.17                        In case of any transfer of equity resulting from the exercise of the Pledge hereunder, the Company undertakes to take all actions to complete the transfer.

 

7.                                      Event of Default

 

7.1                               Any of the following circumstances shall be considered as an event of default:

 

7.1.1                     Any Obligor fails to perform its Secured Debts under the Series Cooperation Agreement in full or on time;

 

7.1.2                     Any representations or warranties made by any shareholder under Article 5 of the Agreement contains any material misstatement or error, and/or any shareholder violates any warranties under Article 5 of the Agreement;

 

7.1.3                     The Shareholders and the Company fail to complete the registration of the equity pledge with any registration authority in accordance with the provision of Article 3.1;

 

7.1.4                     The Shareholders or the Company fails to comply with any provisions of the Agreement;

 

7.1.5                     Unless as expressly provided in Article 6.1.1, the Pledgor transfers or intends to transfer or withdraw the Equity Interest or assigns the Equity Interest without the written consent of the Pledgee;

 

7.1.6                     Pledgor’s own loans, guarantees, compensation, undertakings or other debt liabilities to any third party (1) are required to repay or perform in advance due to the Pledgor’s default; or (2) have not been repaid or performed upon maturity;

 

10


 

7.1.7                     Any approval, license, permission or authorization from any government authority that causes the Agreement enforceable, legal and valid is withdrawn, suspended, invalidated or substantially changed;

 

7.1.8                     The enactment of any applicable law causes the Agreement to be illegal or prevents the Shareholders from continuing to perform their obligations hereunder;

 

7.1.9                     Any adverse changes in the property owned by the Pledgor cause the Pledgee to believe that the Pledgor’s capacity to perform its obligations hereunder has been affected;

 

7.1.10              Any successor or trustee of the Company is only capable to partially perform or refuse to perform any obligations under the Series Cooperation Agreement;

 

7.1.11              There occur any other circumstances that may cause the Pledgee’s incapacity or potential incapacity to exercise its rights under the Pledge.

 

7.2                               Upon any knowledge or discovery of any circumstances described in Article 7.1 or any events that may cause such circumstances, the Pledgor shall promptly notify the Pledgee in writing.

 

7.3                               Unless any event of default described in Article 7.1 have been resolved to the Pledgee’s satisfaction within thirty (30) days after the date of notice by the Pledgee, the Pledgee may issue a default notice to the Pledgor at any time during or after the occurrence of such events of default, requiring the Pledgor to immediately pay any amounts payable under the Series Cooperation Agreement and/or to dispose of the Pledge in accordance with Article 8 of the Agreement.

 

8.                                      Exercise of the Pledge

 

8.1                               Until the full performance of the Series Cooperation Agreement and the full repayment of any amounts payable thereunder, the Pledgor shall not transfer the Pledge or the Equity Interest without the written consent of the Pledgee.

 

8.2                               The Pledgee may issue a default notice to the Pledgor upon its exercise of the Pledge.

 

8.3                               Subject to the provision of Article 7.3, the Pledgee may exercise its rights to enforce the Pledge at the same time as the default notice is issued under Article 7.2 or at any time after the default notice is given. Once the Pledgee has chosen to enforce the Pledge, the Pledgor shall not be entitled to any rights or interests related to the Equity Interest.

 

8.4                               In the event of any default, the Pledgee shall be entitled to dispose of the Equity Interest under the Pledge within the scope of permission and in accordance with applicable laws. In case that there is any balance from all amounts received by the Pledgee due to its exercise of Pledge after the settlement of the Secured Debts, such balance shall be paid to the Pledgor or any persons entitled to such payment (without interest).

 

8.5                               Where the Pledgee disposes of the Pledge in accordance with the Agreement, the Shareholders and the Company shall provide necessary assistance to enable the Pledgee’s enforcement of the Pledge according to the Agreement.

 

8.6                               All actual expenses, taxes and all legal fees related to the establishment of the Pledge of the Equity Interest and the exercise of the Pledgee’s rights shall be borne by the Pledgor, save for those borne by the Pledgee as stipulated by the law.

 

11


 

9.                                      Assignment

 

9.1                               The Shareholders and the Company shall not be entitled to assign or delegate their rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

9.2                               The Agreement shall be binding on the Shareholders and their successors and permitted assignees and shall be valid for the Pledgee and each of its successors and assignees.

 

9.3                               The Pledgee shall be entitled to assign any and all of its rights and obligations under the Agreement and the Series Cooperation Agreement to its designated person (natural person /legal person) at any time without the prior written consent of or prior notice to any Shareholders or the Company, and in such case, the assignee shall be entitled to the same rights and bear the same obligations relating to the Pledgee under the Agreement as if it were an original party to the Agreement. Where the Pledgee assigns any rights and obligations under the Agreement and the Series Cooperation Agreement, the Shareholders and the Company shall execute relevant agreements or other documents related to the assignment at the request of the Pledgee.

 

9.4                               In case of any changes of the Pledgee due to the assignment, the Shareholders and the Company shall execute a new pledge agreement with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions hereof.

 

9.5                               All Obligors shall strictly comply with the provisions of the Agreement and any other contracts signed jointly or separately by all or any parties to the Agreement (including the Series Cooperation Agreement), and fulfill their obligations under this Agreement and any other contracts, but shall not perform any acts/inactions that may affect the validity and enforceability hereof and thereof. Unless otherwise instructed by the Pledgee in writing, the Shareholders shall not exercise any of their remaining rights in the Equity Interest pledged hereunder.

 

10.                               Termination

 

The Agreement shall be terminated upon the full performance of the Series Cooperation Agreement and the full payment of payables thereunder and until the termination of the Secured Debts of all Obligors thereunder. Upon termination of the Agreement, the Pledgee shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, release the equity pledge hereunder, and cooperate with the Pledgor to cancel the registration of equity pledge in the member register of the Company and with relevant registration authority. Any reasonable costs arising from the release of equity pledge shall be borne by the Pledgor.

 

11.                               Fees and other Expenses

 

All fees and actual expenses in connection with the Agreement, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, cost of production, stamp duty and any other taxes and charges, shall be borne by the Company, unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable laws.

 

12.                               Confidentiality

 

Each party acknowledges that any oral or written information communicated hereunder shall be deemed as confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not disclose any relevant information to any third party without the prior written consent of other parties, except in the following circumstances: (a) such information has been or will be available to the public through ways other than disclosure by any receiver of such information ; (b) such information is required to disclose under applicable laws or any securities exchange rules; or (c) any party may disclose such information to its legal or financial counsels for the purpose of the transaction hereunder, and in such case, such legal or financial counsels shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this Article. Any disclosure of any confidential information by employees or agencies of a party shall be deemed to be a disclosure by the party, and such party shall bear legal responsibilities for breach of the Agreement. This Article shall survive termination of the Agreement for any reasons.

 

12


 

13.                               Applicable Law, Dispute Settlement and Law Changes

 

13.1                        The execution, validity, interpretation and performance, and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

13.2                        Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be firstly settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after any party requests to settle the dispute through negotiation, any party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted in Shanghai in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration proceedings shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

13.3                        Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 

13.4                        In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to any party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) if the aforesaid law amendment or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of any party under the Agreement, the parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations, and make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of any party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

13.5                        Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests, rights and interests in assets, property interest, or land assets of Pledgor, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation of Pledgor. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, any party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measures, upon the request of any party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of the Comapny (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or the Company are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 

13


 

14.                               Notice

 

14.1                        All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be delivered by hand, prepaid registered mail, commercial courier service or fax to the following address of the receiving party. An email confirmation shall be sent, for each notice. Such notice shall be deemed to have been received:

 

14.1.1              on the date of delivering or refusing to receive the notice at the recipient address indicated in the notice, if delivered by hand, commercial courier service or prepaid registered mail;

 

14.1.2              on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by the automatic transmission confirmation message), if sent by fax.

 

14.2                        For the purpose of notice, addresses of the parties are as follows:

 

Company:

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Company:

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

Address:

47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Fu`an Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Company:

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

Address:

2F, Longfeng Building, 2 Kefa Road, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Company:

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

Address:

Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Attn:

Managing partner

 

14


 

Company:

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

Address:

Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang

Attn:

Managing partner

 

 

Company:

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

Address:

***

 

 

Name:

Liang Xu

Address:

***

 

 

Name:

Wenjun Wang

Address:

***

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

Address:

***

 

14.3                        Either party may change its address for receiving notice at any time, by giving notice to other parties in accordance with the article.

 

15.                               Severability

 

If one or more provisions of the Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired in any aspect. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions that most closely approximate the economic effect of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions, to the maximum extent permitted by law and expected by the parties.

 

16.                               Successors

 

The Agreement is binding upon successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

 

17.                               Survival

 

17.1                        Any obligation arising from or becoming due as a result of the Agreement prior to the expiry or early termination of the Agreement shall survive the expiry or early termination of the Agreement.

 

17.2                        Articles 13, 14 and 17 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

18.                               Waiver

 

No waiver by any party of any term and condition hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties. The waiver of any breach of the Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of a similar breach on another occasion.

 

15


 

19.                               Amendments, Changes and Supplements

 

19.1                        No amendments, changes or supplements to the Agreement shall be valid, unless executed by each and all parties in writing and registered with relevant government authorities.

 

19.2                        If any changes to the Agreement are proposed by competent regulatory authorities or the securities exchange, or any changes in the securities listing rules or requirements applicable to the Agreement occur, all parties shall modify the Agreement accordingly.

 

20.                               Entire Agreement

 

Except for written amendments, supplements or changes hereto after the execution of the Agreement, the Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of the Agreement and supersede all prior written or oral discussions, representations and contracts between them. The appendix hereto is part of the Agreement and shall have the same legal effect and force.

 

21.                               Language

 

The Agreement shall be written in Chinese. The Agreement shall be executed in twelve (12) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed as original and have the same legal effect and force. Each party shall hold one (1) copy, and the Pledgee shall hold the remaining copies.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

16


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Liang Xu

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Liang Xu

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenjun Wang

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenjun Wang

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement

 

This Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is signed on September 16, 2019 in Shenzhen, China, by:

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司) (“Principals A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at 47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Fu`an Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen;

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司) (“Principals B”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (“Principals C”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone;

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业) (“Principals D”, together with Principals A, Principals B and Principals C, “Principals”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang;

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) (“Shenzhen Technology”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen, with the entire equity ultimately and beneficially owned by OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company;

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) (the “Operating Entity”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Any of the entities listed in Appendix 1 to the Agreement (as amended and supplemented from time to time) (“Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels”)

 

Li Jie (李捷), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Xu Liang (许良), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Wang Wenjun (王文君), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***; and

 

1


 

Dou Wenwei (窦文伟), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

(Li Jie, Xu Liang, Wang Wenjun and Dou Wenwei are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Individual Shareholders” or “Indirect Shareholders”; Indirect Shareholders and Principals are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”.)

 

In the Agreement, the entities and persons above are individually referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

WHEREAS

 

1.              Principals are legally registered shareholders of the Operating Entity, holding a total of 100% equity interest (“Equity Interest”)in the Operating Entity;

 

2.              Shenzhen Technology and the Operating Entity, the Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels and shareholders signed the Equity Voting Proxy Agreement (the “Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement”) on January 29, 2018; all of the parties agree to the amendment to the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement and the replacement of such agreement with the Agreement;

 

3.              The Operating Entity and Shenzhen Technology signed the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement”) on September 16, 2019;

 

4.              By signing the Agreement, the Shareholders agree and acknowledge that the principals authorize (i) Shenzhen Technology, (ii) the directors and their successors authorized by Shenzhen Technology (other than shareholders of the Operating Entity) and (iii) any liquidator in place of the directors of Shenzhen Technology (all of the entities and persons specified in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Agents”), to exercise all rights of the shareholders of the Operating Entity on behalf of the principals;

 

5.              On the date of the Agreement, the Individual Shareholders respectively issue to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder, a letter of undertaking of individual shareholder with regard to the Agreement, and the rights and interests indirectly held by it in the Operating Entity (the “Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder”); and

 

By mutual agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Voting Rights and Other Rights of Shareholders

 

1.1                               In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the principals will authorize the Agents to exercise, on their behalf, all the rights of the shareholders of the Operating Entity under the laws of China and the articles of association of the Operating Entity, including but not limited to:

 

(1)                                 proposing, convening and attending a shareholders’ meeting of the Operating Entity;

 

2


 

(2)                                 exercising the voting rights of the shareholders, including but not limited to selling, transferring, pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity interest, and participating in profit sharing or any other form of distribution of the Operating Entity;

 

(3)                                 designating and appointing the legal representative (chairman), directors, supervisors, chief executive officer (or manager) and other senior management members of the Operating Entity;

 

(4)                                 signing meeting minutes and submitting documents to relevant company registration authorities; and

 

(5)                                 exercising the voting rights on behalf of the principals in case of bankruptcy of the Operating Entity.

 

1.2                               In order to enable the Agents to effectively exercise the powers and rights granted to them under Article 1.1, the Indirect Shareholders and the principals undertake and agree as follows:

 

1.2.1                                If any law, regulation or any government authority requires the principals to issue or sign special powers of attorney, government approval applications or similar documents or to go through relevant procedures (such as notarization of the powers of attorney) for a specific commitment, they shall immediately issue and/or sign relevant documents in accordance with such requirements; and

 

1.2.2                                The principals shall, in a timely manner, take all necessary actions to cause and procure the implementation of all resolutions made by the Agents at board meetings or shareholders’ meetings of the Operating Entity. The principals shall not, in their capacities as the shareholders of the Operating Entity, delay or refuse the adoption and/or implementation of any of the aforesaid resolutions at the Operating Entity level.

 

1.3                               In order to enable the Agents to effectively exercise the powers and rights granted to them under Article 1.1, the Operating Entity undertakes and agrees as follows:

 

1.3.1.                             Subject to relevant laws and regulations, it will implement all resolutions made by the Agents at board meetings or shareholders’ meetings of the Operating Entity, including but not limited to immediately issuing and/or signing relevant documents as required by the Agents;

 

1.3.2.                             The Operating Entity shall support the Agents in understanding its operation. The Operating Entity shall provide the Agents with any corporate books, accounts, records and other documents. The Agents have the right to extract information from or copy such books, accounts, records and other documents; and

 

3


 

1.3.3                     The Operating Entity shall provide other necessary support, including but not limited to signing resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting of the Operating Entity made by the Agents or other relevant legal documents in a timely manner where necessary (such as in order to meet the requirement of submitting documents necessary for approval by, registration and filing with government departments).

 

1.4                               Without limiting the generality of the powers and rights granted under the Agreement, the Agents shall have the powers and be authorized under the Agreement to sign, on behalf of the principals, the transfer agreements agreed in the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreements and the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreements (if the principals are required to act as parties to such agreements), and exercise and perform the rights and obligations of the principals under the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreements, the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreements, and the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreements, to which the principals are parties. For the foregoing purposes, the “Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement”, the “Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement” and the “Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement” mean the relevant agreements signed by the principal, the Operating Entity, the Agent and other parties (if applicable) on the date of the Agreement.

 

1.5                               Any exercise by the Agents of the equity rights shall be deemed an action of the principals, and any signature of all relevant documents shall be deemed to be the signature of the principals. In taking the aforesaid actions, the Agents may exercise their discretion, without prior consent of the principals or any shareholders. The Shareholders and the principals hereby acknowledge and approve such actions taken and/or documents signed by the Agents, and accept and are liable for legal consequences arising from such actions or documents.

 

1.6                               Indirect Shareholders and the principals agree and acknowledge that in no case shall the Agents be required to assume any liabilities or make any economic or other compensation to other parties or any third party for exercising the rights granted under the Agreement. The Indirect Shareholders and the principals agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agents from and against any loss or damage suffered or likely to be suffered due to the exercise of the rights, including but not limited to any loss arising from lawsuit, recovery, arbitration and claim by any third party against them or administrative investigation or punishment of them by government agencies, except for any loss arising out of intentional acts or gross negligence of the Agents.

 

1.7                               During the term of the Agreement, the principals shall not, without prior written consent of the Agents, terminate early or cancel the Agreement, or commit any act or omission which is in conflict with or inconsistent with the exercise by the Agents of the powers and rights granted to the Agents under Article 1.1.

 

4


 

1.8                               During the term of the Agreement, the principals shall not take or cause the Operating Entity to take any action that is in conflict with or inconsistent with the resolutions made by the Agents at board meetings or shareholders’ meetings of the Operating Entity.

 

1.9                               The principals shall not take any action to question, challenge, refute or oppose the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, the validity and enforceability of the Agreement, as well as the validity and enforceability of transactions under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement or the Agreement.

 

1.10                        If the operation or decision of the Operating Entity is subject to the voting by the principals as shareholders for approval, the principals shall not take a vote for approval, without prior written consent of the board of directors of the Agents.

 

1.11                        Without prior written consent of the Agents, the principals shall not enter into any contract or agreement binding upon the Operating Entity, increase the obligations assumed by the Operating Entity, or take any action in breach of the agreements.

 

1.12                        During the term of the Agreement, the principals hereby waives all rights and interests in relation to the equity interest which have been entrusted to the Agents under the Agreement and shall not exercise such rights and interests at its discretion.

 

1.13                        In case of death or incapacity of any Individual Shareholder or any event that may affect the holding or exercise of the equity interest indirectly held by it in the principal or the Operating Entity, (i) any successor of such Individual Shareholder or (ii) a natural or legal person designated by Shenzhen Technology in accordance with the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder signed by such Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Assignee”), shall be deemed a party to the Agreement and shall assume all the rights and obligations of such Individual Shareholder hereunder. In case of any succession, or transfer of the equity interest under the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder, the shareholder will go through all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to secure government approvals (if applicable) necessary for the transfer of the equity interest.

 

1.14                        Subject to the principals or their successors being registered shareholders of the Operating Entity, the Agreement shall be irrevocable and remain valid from the signature date, unless the Agents give a written instruction to the contrary.

 

5


 

2.                                      Representations and Warranties

 

The Shareholders, the Operating Entity and the Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels respectively represent and warrant to the Agents as follows:

 

(a)                                 they have all the powers and capabilities necessary to enter into the Agreement and perform their obligations and responsibilities hereunder;

 

(b)                                 their obligations and responsibilities hereunder are legal, valid and binding, and are enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

(c)                                  they will take and do all actions, conditions and things required to be taken, fulfilled and done (including the obtaining of any necessary consent, approval and authorization, if so required by law) in order:

 

(i)                                     to legally enter into the Agreement, exercise their rights hereunder, and perform and comply with their obligations and responsibilities hereunder;

 

(ii)                                  to ensure that their obligations and responsibilities hereunder are legal, valid and binding; and

 

(iii)                               to make the Agreement admissible evidence under applicable laws.

 

(d)                                 the entry into of the Agreement, the exercise of their rights under the Agreement, and the performance of and compliance with their obligations and responsibilities hereunder by them do not violate or conflict with the following, or exceed any powers or restrictions granted or imposed by the following:

 

(i)                                     any law, regulation, rule or provision, any judgment, order or ruling, or any consent, approval or authorization to which they are subject; or

 

(ii)                                  any provision of their articles of association or any other applicable document or organizational document; or

 

(iii)                               any provision of any agreement or document to which they are parties or which is binding upon them or any of their assets.

 

(e)                                  they have obtained all approvals and authorizations of any government or other institution (if so required by law) or any of its Agents required for the entry into and performance of the Agreement and for making the Agreement legal and valid, and such approvals and authorizations are in full force and effect.

 

6


 

3.                                      Severability

 

If one or more provisions of the Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired in any aspect. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions that most closely approximate the economic effect of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions, to the maximum extent permitted by law and expected by the parties.

 

4.                                      Authorization Period

 

The term of the powers and rights granted to the Agents under the Agreement shall be equal to the term of the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement signed by the Agent and the Operating Entity.

 

5.                                      Notice

 

5.1                               All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be delivered by hand, prepaid registered mail, commercial express service or fax to the following address of the receiving party. An email confirmation shall be sent, for each notice. Such notice shall be deemed to have been received:

 

(i)    on the date of delivering or refusing to receive the notice at the recipient address indicated in the notice, if delivered by hand, express service or prepaid registered mail;

 

(ii)          on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by the automatic transmission confirmation message), if sent by fax.

 

5.2                               For the purpose of notice, addresses of the parties are as follows:

 

Company:

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

Address:

47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Fu`an Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Company:

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

Address:

2F, Longfeng Building, 2 Kefa Road, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

7


 

Company:

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

Address:

Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Attn:

Managing partner

 

 

Company:

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

Address:

Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang

Attn:

Managing partner

 

 

Company:

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Company:

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Company:

Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

Address:

***

 

 

Name:

Liang Xu

Address:

***

 

 

Name:

Wenjun Wang

Address:

***

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

Address:

***

 

5.3                               Either party may change its address for receiving notice at any time, by giving notice to other parties in accordance with the article.

 

8


 

6.                                      Confidentiality Obligation

 

The parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged by the parties in connection with the Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not, without the written consent of other parties, disclose any relevant information to any third party, except for information which: (a) is, or will be, in the public domain (other than as a result of the disclosure by the receiving party to the public); (b) is required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, or rules or requirements of any stock exchange; or (c) is required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser with regard to transactions specified hereunder, provided that such legal adviser or financial adviser shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this article. The disclosure of any confidential information by employees or institutions employed by either party shall be considered a disclosure of such confidential information by such party, and such party is liable for the breach of the Agreement. This article shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 

7.                                      Applicable Law, Dispute Settlement and Law Changes

 

7.1                               The execution, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and   termination of the Agreement and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

7.2                               Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be firstly settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after any party requests other parties to settle the dispute through negotiation, any party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted in Shanghai in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration proceedings shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

7.3                               Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 

7.4                               In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to any party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) if the aforesaid law amendment or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of any party under the Agreement, the parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations, and make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of any party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

9


 

7.5                               Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests, assets or property interest, or land assets of Principle, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation Party B. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, any party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measures, upon the request of any party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of the Operating Entity (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or the Operating Entity are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 

8.                                      Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels

 

8.1                               The rights and obligations of the principals under the Agreement shall apply equally to the shareholders of Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels. With regard to any of the Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels, principal refers in particular to a direct shareholder of such subsidiary, who is an operating entity or any of its subsidiaries at all levels.

 

8.2                               The Operating Entity will cause, any of the controlling subsidiaries at all levels formed, incorporated or established upon the entry into force of the Agreement (the “Participating Party”), to sign a separate participation agreement (the “Participation Agreement”), so that the Participating Party will become a party to the Agreement immediately upon its formation or establishment. The Participating Party has all the rights and obligations of the Operating Entity as the principal under the Agreement, and agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and conditions in the Agreement from the date of signing the Participation Agreement.

 

9.                                      Assignment

 

9.1                               Without prior written consent of the Agents, the Shareholders, the Operating Entity or the Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels shall not assign their rights and obligations hereunder to any third party.

 

9.2                               The principals agree that Shenzhen Technology has the right to assign any of its rights and/or obligations under the Agreement to any third party without prior notice to or consent of the principals.

 

10


 

10.                               Amendments, Changes and Supplements

 

10.1                        Except for the transfer by Shenzhen Technology of its rights and obligations under Article 9.2, any amendment, change and supplement to the Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the parties.

 

10.2                        If a relevant competent regulatory authority or exchange puts forward any opinion on amendment to the Agreement, or there is any change to any applicable securities listing rule or relevant requirements in relation to the Agreement, the parties shall amend the Agreement accordingly.

 

11.                               Survival

 

11.1                        Any obligation arising from or becoming due as a result of the Agreement prior to the expiry or early termination of the Agreement shall survive the expiry or early termination of the Agreement.

 

11.2                        Articles 5, 7 and 11 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

12.                               Miscellaneous

 

12.1                        The Agreement has been executed in sixteen (16) counterparts with the same force and effect. Each party shall respectively keep one (1) counterpart, and the remaining counterparts shall be kept by Shenzhen Technology.

 

12.2                        The Agreement is binding upon legal assignees and successors of the parties.

 

12.3                        Except for any written amendments, supplements or changes made to the Agreement after the signature of the Agreement, the Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral and written negotiations, representations and contracts, with regard to the subject matter hereof.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Company Limited (上海壹账通金融科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Zhuhai Yirongtong Asset Management Co., Ltd. (珠海亿融通资产管理有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Guangjun Zhao

 

 

 

 

Name:

Guangjun Zhao

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai Finance Shield Information Technology Co., Ltd (上海财盾信息技术有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Yu Yu

 

 

 

 

Name:

Yu Yu

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Xinxuan Internet Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳鑫楦网络科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Haibin Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Haibin Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Science Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Haibin Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Haibin Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Kechuang Insurance Assessment Co., Ltd. (深圳市科创保险公估有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Yang Xu

 

 

 

 

Name:

Yang Xu

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Liang Xu

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Liang Xu

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenjun Wang

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenjun Wang

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 


 

Appendix 1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Operating Entity at All Levels

 

S/N

 

Company Name

 

Registered Address

1.

 

Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (上海壹账通金融科技有限公司)

 

9F&10F, 166 Kaibin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

2.

 

Shanghai Finance Shield Information Technology Co., Ltd (上海财盾信息技术有限公司)

 

Address: Unit 601-05, 206 Kaibin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

3.

 

Zhuhai Yirongtong Asset Management Co., Ltd. (珠海亿融通资产管理有限公司)

 

Room 105-16690, 6 Baohua Road, Hengqin New District, Zhuhai

4.

 

Shenzhen Xinxuan Internet Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳鑫楦网络科技有限公司)

 

Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (Settled in Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.)

5.

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技有限公司)

 

Room 1401-03, 14F, Main Building, Xinghe Development Center, 18 Fu`an Community Center 5th Road, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen

6.

 

Shenzhen Kechuang Insurance Assessment Co., Ltd. (深圳市科创保险公估有限公司)

 

Room 1201-06, 12F, Main Building, Xinghe Development Center, 18 Fu`an Community Center Wu Road, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder

 

To: the Board of Directors of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Proposed Listed Company”)

 

CC:

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as  “Shenzhen OneConnect”)

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as “Ping An Financial Technology”)

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as “Shenzhen Lanxin”)

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (hereinafter referred to as “Shanghai Jinningsheng “)

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业) (hereinafter referred to as “Guangfengqi”)

 

I,             , (Chinese ID Card No.:              ), is a             of                  , holding                of properties of             .              holds               equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect.

 

On              , I signed the Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement, the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement, the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement, and the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement (together with any written amendment, supplement or confirmation thereto made thereafter by the parties thereto (if any), “Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements”) with Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Shenzhen Technology”), Shenzhen OneConnect, Ping An Financial Technology, Shenzhen Lanxin, Shanghai Jinningsheng, Guangfengqi and other indirect individual shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect.

 

In order to facilitate and complete the listing of shares of the Proposed Listed Company, I hereby confirm and irrevocably undertake that:

 


 

1.                        Undertakings as to Death or Other Accidents

 

With regard to the equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect indirectly held by me through Guangfengqi and all interests attached thereto (hereinafter referred to as “Relevant Equity Interest”), if I am deceased, lose the capacity for civil conduct or otherwise, depriving me of the ability to perform my obligations under the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, any of my successors shall not succeed to the Relevant Equity Interest indirectly held by me, unless it (i) forthwith notifies Shenzhen Technology in writing, (ii) agrees in writing to be bound by and performs the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, as a party to the agreements, in place of me and (iii) signs a letter of undertaking in form and substance substantially similar to this letter of undertaking, and arranges for its spouse (if any) to sign a letter of undertaking of the spouse in form and substance substantially similar to that signed by my spouse on the same date; Notwithstanding the foregoing, if I am deceased, lose the capacity for civil conduct or otherwise, depriving me of the ability to perform my obligations under the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, if Shenzhen Technology deems necessary, the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest held by me will be transferred, free of charge and unconditionally, to the natural or legal person designated by Shenzhen Technology to the extent permitted by the laws of China, meanwhile, the natural or legal person succeed to all rights and obligations that I directly or indirectly have and assume in Shenzhen OneConnect.

 

2.                        Confirmation and Undertakings as to Divorce

 

(1)         I confirm that the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest is not the marital property, or owned by or at the disposal of my spouse;

 

(2)         My direct or indirect management of the operation of Shenzhen OneConnect through Guangfengqi, and other matters of Shenzhen OneConnect subject to voting (if I am involved) are not affected by my spouse; and

 

(3)         If I divorce my spouse, I will take any action to procure the performance of the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements. I undertake that I shall not in any case take or commit any action, measure, or act or omission that is contrary to the purpose or intention of the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, whether directly or indirectly, actively or passively.

 

3.                        Confirmation and Undertakings as to Conflicts of Interest

 

(1)         I shall not in any case take or commit any action, measure, or act or omission that is contrary to the purpose or intention of the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, whether directly or indirectly, actively or passively, which results in or may result in conflicts of interest between Shenzhen OneConnect and the Proposed Listed Company, and its subsidiaries.

 

(2)         If I have a conflict of interest with the Proposed Listed Company or its subsidiaries in performing the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, I will safeguard legitimate rights and interests of Shenzhen Technology under the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements and follow the instruction of the Proposed Listed Company.

 

2


 

This letter of undertaking comes into force upon execution by me and shall remain valid.

 

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 

3


 

Signature Page to the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Date:

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.6

 

Letter of Undertaking of the Spouse

 

To: the Board of Directors of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Proposed Listed Company”)

 

CC:

Shenzhen OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通金融科技有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as “Shenzhen OneConnect”)

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as “Ping An Financial Technology”)

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as “Shenzhen Lanxin”)

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (hereinafter referred to as “Shanghai Jinningsheng “)

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业) (hereinafter referred to as “Guangfengqi”)

 

I,              , Chinese ID Card No.:              , am the lawful spouse of               .

 

I acknowledge that: (i)               indirectly hold the equity interest in Shenzhen OneConnect and interests attached thereto, through                           ; (ii) on                   ,                  signed the Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement, the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement, the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement, and the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement (together with any written amendment, supplement or confirmation thereto made thereafter by the parties thereto (if any), “Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements”) with Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd., Shenzhen OneConnect, Ping An Financial Technology, Shenzhen Lanxin, Shanghai Jinningsheng, Guangfengqi and other indirect individual shareholders of Shenzhen OneConnect; and (iii) on                  ,                  signed the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder with regard to relevant VIE agreements and his/her equity interest, rights and interests in Shenzhen OneConnect (hereinafter referred to as the “Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder”), which is made to the board of directors of the Proposed Listed Company.

 

I hereby confirm and irrevocably undertake that:

 

1.                  Any equity interest indirectly held by              through Shanghai Jinningsheng and Shenzhen Lanxin in Shenzhen OneConnect and all interests attached thereto (hereinafter referred to as “Relevant Equity Interest”) is the personal property of                        , but not marital property; I have no rights or interests in the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest, nor will I claim or file a lawsuit for the aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest;

 


 

2.                  The aforesaid Relevant Equity Interest shall be disposed of in accordance with relevant VIE agreements signed by                   . I confirm that I will fully support the performance of relevant VIE agreement at any time;

 

3.                  I undertaking that I have not actually participated and will have no intention to participate in the operation management of Shenzhen OneConnect and other matters of Shenzhen OneConnect subject to voting;

 

4.                  I agree and undertake that, if I directly or indirectly obtain the Relevant Equity Interest for any reasons, I shall be bound by relevant VIE documents and comply with my obligations thereunder, and for this purpose, I shall sign a series of written documents in form and substance substantially similar to the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements and the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder; and

 

5.                  I further undertake and warrant that I shall not in any case take or commit any action, measure, or act or omission that is contrary to the purpose or intention of the Relevant OneConnect VIE Agreements, whether directly or indirectly, actively or passively.

 

This letter of undertaking comes into force upon execution by me and shall remain valid.

 

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 

2


 

Signature Page to the Letter of Undertaking of the Spouse

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Date:

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.7

 

Amended and Restated Exclusive Bussiness Cooperation Agreement

 

This Amended and Restated Exclusive Bussiness Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is signed on September 16, 2019 in Shenzhen, China by:

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) (“Party A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.), with its entire equity ultimately and beneficially owned by OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company;

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) ( “Party C” or the “Operating Entity”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settledwith Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Party A and Party B are hereinafter individually referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

WHEREAS

 

1.                                      Party A is a limited liability company registered in the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as “China”), having resources necessary for providing technical services and business consulting services;

 

2.                                      Party B is a limited liability company registered in China;

 

3.                                      Party A agrees to use its manpower, technology and information advantages to provide Party B with relevant exclusive technical services, technical consulting service and other services (within the scope as defined hereinafter) during the term of the Agreement; Party B agrees to accept such services provided by Party A or its designee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

4.                                      The parties signed the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (the “Original Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement”) on January 29, 2018, and agreed to amend the Original Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement and replace it with the Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, through mutual agreement, Party A and Party B agree as follows:

 

1


 

1.                                      Provision of Services by Party A

 

1.1                               In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, Party B hereby appoints Party A as its exclusive service provider to provide Party B with comprehensive business support, technical services and consulting services, including all or part of services as determined by Party A from time to time which are within the approved business scope of Party B, including but not limited to technical services, network support, business consulting, equipment or lease, market consulting, system integration, product research and development and system maintenance (“Services”) during the term of the Agreement.

 

1.2                               Party B agrees to accept the Services and consultation provided by Party A. Party B further agrees that, except with the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not accept any consultation and/or services provided by any third party or cooperate with any third party, with regard to any matters stipulated in the Agreement, during the term of the Agreement. Party A may designate other parties (the designees may sign certain agreements specified under Article 1.4 hereof with Party B) to provide Party B with consultation and/or services hereunder.

 

1.3                               During the term of the Agreement, Party A, as the principal beneficiary of Party B, has the right to all economic benefits and is subject to risks arising out of businesses of Party B. In order to ensure that Party B meets the cash flow requirements in its daily operation and/or cover any losses incurred in its operation, Party A is obliged to provide financial support for Party B (only to the extent permitted by the laws of China) regardless of whether Party B actually incurs any of the operating losses. For the above purposes, Party A may provide financial support to Party B and/or any of its shareholders through bank entrusted loans, or borrowings or other means, and shall sign relevant contracts for such entrusted loans, borrowings or other means of financial support.

 

1.4                               Method of provision of services

 

1.4.1                     Party A and Party B agree that during the term of the Agreement, the parties may, directly or through their respective related parties, sign other technical service agreements and consulting service agreements with the other party or its related parties, with regard to the specific content, methods, personnel and fees of specific technical services and consulting services.

 

1.4.2                     In order to perform the Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that during the term of the Agreement, the parties may, directly or through their respective related parties, sign an intellectual property licensing agreement (including but not limited to software, trademarks, patents and know-how) with the other party or its related parties, which shall allow Party B to use Party A’s relevant intellectual properties at any time according to Party B’s business needs.

 

1.4.3                     Party B confirms that Party A may, at its sole discretion, subcontract to a third party all or part of the services which shall be provided for Party B hereunder.

 

2


 

2.                                      Calculation, Payment Method, Financial Statements, Audit and Taxation of Service Fees

 

2.1                               The parties agree that Party B shall pay service fees (“Service Fees”) to Party A for services provided by Party A. Subject to the laws of China, the Service Fees shall be the pre-tax profit of Party B (including all profits of any of its subsidiaries attributable to Party B and any other distribution received by Party B from its subsidiaries in any fiscal year, without taking into account the Service Fees payable hereunder), minus the accumulated losses (if any) of Party B and its subsidiaries in previous fiscal years, and the required working capital, expenses, taxes and reasonable operating profit determined in accordance with the applicable principles of tax laws and tax practices of China in any fiscal year. The Service Fees shall be paid on an annual basis. Party B shall, within 7 days following the last day of each fiscal year, (a) provide Party A with Party B’s management accounts and operating data for the current fiscal year, which shall specify Party B’s pre-tax income for the current fiscal year; and (b) pay the Service Fees to Party A in accordance with to investigation reports, plans, invoices or other written documents provided by Party A to Party B. Upon receiving the management accounts and operating data, Party A may issue to Party B an invoice for corresponding Service Fees. All payments shall be paid to the bank account designated by Party A by remittance or other means accepted by the parties. The parties agree that during the term of the Agreement, Party A may, from time to time, notify Party B of any change to the payment instructions, and without consent of Party B, Party A has the right to adjust the amount and payment time of the above Service Fees at its sole discretion, by giving Party B at least 10 days prior written notice.

 

2.2                               Party B shall, within 90 days following the end of each fiscal year, provide Party A with audited financial statements of Party B for the current fiscal year, which shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant approved by Party A, and Party A has the right to consolidate the audited financial data of Party B for each fiscal year. If the total amount of Service Fees paid by Party B to Party A in the fiscal year as indicated in the audited financial statements is different from the balance of pre-tax income for the fiscal year determined by Party B in accordance with China’s financial reporting standards after deducting relevant costs and reasonable expenses, Party B shall pay such difference to Party A at the written request of Party A.

 

2.3                               The parties agree that the payment of the aforesaid Service Fees shall not result in operational difficulties for either party in principle, and for the above purpose and to the extent that the principle is complied with, Party A may agree that Party B may delay the payment of the Service Fees, or may, by mutual agreement between the parties, adjust in writing the schedule of payment of the Service Fees by Party B to Party A under Articles 2.1 and 2.2.

 

3


 

2.4                               Party B shall prepare financial statements satisfactory to Party A in accordance with requirements of laws and commercial practices.

 

2.5                               Upon 5 working days’ prior notice from Party A, Party B shall allow Party A and its controlling shareholders (directly or indirectly)/or its designated auditors to conduct audit activities for Party B, including auditing Party B’s relevant account books and records at Party B’s main office locations and copying the required part of the account books and records. In addition, Party B shall provide Party A and its controlling shareholders (directly or indirectly)/or its designated auditors with information and data including those in relation to Party B’s operation, businesses, customers, finance and employees; and shall agree that the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder may disclose such information and data in order to meet regulatory requirements of the place where its securities are listed.

 

2.6                               Taxes incurred by either party due to the performance of the Agreement shall be borne by such Party.

 

3.                                      Intellectual Property Rights, Confidentiality and Non-competition

 

3.1                               Party A has exclusive and proprietary rights and interests in all rights, ownership, interests and intellectual property rights arising out of or created as a result of the performance of the Agreement, including but not limited to copyright, patent, patent application, trademark, software, know-how and trade secrets, whether developed by Party A or Party B.

 

3.2                               Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer, assign, mortgage, license or otherwise dispose of its rights, ownership, interests and intellectual property rights, including but not limited to copyright, patent, patent application, trademark, software, know-how and trade secrets.

 

3.3                               The parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged by the parties in connection with the Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party, disclose any relevant information to any third party, except for information which: (a) is, or will be, in the public domain (other than as a result of the disclosure by the receiving party to the public); (b) is required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, or rules or requirements of any stock exchange; or (c) is required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser with regard to transactions specified hereunder, provided that such legal adviser or financial adviser shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this article. The disclosure of any confidential information by employees or institutions employed by either party shall be considered a disclosure of such confidential information by such party, and such party is liable for the breach of the Agreement. This article shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 

3.4                               Party B shall not be directly or indirectly engaged in businesses which are not winthin the scope of the business license or certificate of Party B, or which compete with those of Party A in China, including investing in any entity that engages in any business competing with businesses of Party A, or carry out any other business which is not approved by Party A in writing.

 

4


 

3.5                               The parties agree that this article shall survive the termination of the Agreement, regardless of whether the Agreement is amended, rescinded or terminated.

 

4.                                      Representations and Warranties

 

4.1                               Party A represents and warrants as follows:

 

4.1.1                     Party A is a company legally registered and validly existing under the laws of China.

 

4.1.2                     Party A has the legal personality to sign and perform the Agreement, and the execution and performance of the Agreement by Party A is within the scope of its business operation; Party A has taken necessary corporate actions, and has been properly authorized, and has obtained the consent and approval of third parties and government agencies, and will not violate laws or other restrictions binding upon or affecting Party A.

 

4.1.3                     The Agreement constitutes Party A’s legal, effective and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against Party A.

 

4.1.4                     There are no pending lawsuits, arbitrations or other judicial or administrative procedures that will affect Party A’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder, and to the best of its knowledge, no such lawsuits, arbitrations or other judicial or administrative procedures are threatened.

 

4.1.5                     Party A has disclosed to Party B, all contracts, government approvals, permits, or documents binding on its assets or businesses, that may have a material adverse impact on its ability to fully perform its obligations hereunder, and there are no false statements or omissions of any material facts in documents previously provided by Party A to Party B.

 

4.2                               Party B represents and warrants as follows:

 

4.2.1                     Party B is a company legally registered and validly existing under the laws of China.

 

4.2.2                     Party B has the legal personality to sign and perform the Agreement, and the execution and performance of the Agreement by Party B is within the scope of its business operation; Party B has taken necessary corporate actions, and has been properly authorized, and has obtained the consent and approval of third parties and government agencies, and will not violate laws or other restrictions binding upon or affecting Party B.

 

5


 

4.2.3                     The Agreement constitutes Party B’s legal, effective and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against Party B.

 

4.2.4                     There are no pending lawsuits, arbitrations or other judicial or administrative procedures that will affect Party B’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder, and to the best of its knowledge, no such lawsuits, arbitrations or other judicial or administrative procedures are threatened.

 

4.2.5                     Party B has disclosed to Party A, all contracts, government approvals, permits, or documents binding on its assets or businesses, that may have a material adverse impact on its ability to fully perform its obligations hereunder, and there are no false statements or omissions of any material facts in documents previously provided by Party B to Party A.

 

4.2.6                     Party B shall pay the Service Fees to Party A in full and on time in accordance with the Agreement, maintain the validity of the license and qualification in relation to Party B’s businesses during the service period, actively support Party A in providing services, and accept reasonable opinions and suggestions of Party A on Party B’s businesses.

 

4.2.7                     Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any other legitimate rights and interests in assets, businesses or incomes, or provide guarantee for any third party, or permit any third party to create any other security interests over its assets or interests, from the date of the Agreement, except for transactions conducted by Operating Entity in its daily business activities.

 

4.2.8                     Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not incur, succeed to, guarantee or permit the existence of any debts from the date of the Agreement, except for debts (i) which are incurred in daily business activities other than through loans; and (ii) which have been disclosed to Party A and have been approved by Party A in writing.

 

4.2.9                     Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sign any material contract (for the purpose of this paragraph, a contract is deemed to be material if the contract value exceeds RMB1 million) from the date of the Agreement, except for contracts signed in daily business activities.

 

4.2.10              Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not merge with or into any third party, or together with any third party, form a consortium, or acquire any third party, or be acquired or controlled by any third party, or increase or reduce the structure of its registered capital, from the date of the Agreement.

 

6


 

4.2.11              Subject to relevant laws of China, Party B will appoint as its director, the person recommended by Party A; except with prior written consent of Party A or unless there are legal grounds, Party B shall not refuse to appoint the candidate recommended by Party A for any other reason.

 

4.2.12            From the date of the Agreement, Party B engages Party A to keep and control relevant certificates and official seals which are important for daily operation of Party B, including its business license, official seal, contract seal, special financial seal and legal representative seal.

 

4.3                               The parties hereby agree that:

 

4.3.1                   The parties undertake that once the laws of China allow Party A to directly hold and Party A determines to hold the equity interest in Party B, and Party A and/or its subsidiaries and branches can be legally engaged in businesses of Party B, the parties will immediately rescind the Agreement upon the transfer of all such equity interest in Party B to Party A in accordance with the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement signed by existing direct or indirect shareholders of Party B on the date of the Agreement.

 

5.                                      Entry into Force and Term

 

5.1                               The Agreement is signed or sealed by the parties and comes into force on the date first above written. The Agreement shall be valid for 10 years unless terminated early in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or other agreements otherwise signed by the parties. Upon expiry of the term, the aforesaid term will be extended for any number of further periods of 5 years each, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B in writing within 30 days prior to the expiry of the term.

 

5.2                               The Agreement will automatically terminate, if Party B becomes insolvent, or is dissolved by law, or the entire equity interest in Party B has been transferred to Party A in accordance with the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement signed by the parties and existing direct or indirect shareholders of Party B on the date of the Agreement, during the term of the Agreement.

 

6.                                      Termination

 

6.1                               Unless renewed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Agreement, the Agreement shall be terminated on the expiry date and upon written notice from Party A.

 

6.2                               During the term of the Agreement, (a) the parties may terminate the Agreement early by mutual agreement; (b) Party A may terminate the Agreement early at any time by giving a 30 days’ prior written notice to Party B; (c) Party B has no right to unilaterally terminate the Agreement early.

 

7


 

6.3                               The rights and obligations of the parties under Articles 3, 7 and 8 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

6.4                               All payment obligations of either party hereunder (including but not limited to Service Fees) which become due prior to the termination or expiry date of the Agreement, or any liability for breach occurring prior to the termination of the Agreement, will not be released by reason of early termination of the Agreement for any reason or the expiry of the Agreement. Any Service Fee which is payable and incurred prior to the termination date of the Agreement shall be paid to Party A within 15 working days following the termination date of the Agreement.

 

7.                                      Liability for Breach

 

7.1                               Subject to other provisions of the Agreement, if a party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform its obligations hereunder or otherwise breaches the Agreement, the other party (the “Damaged Party”) may: (a) give written notice to the Breaching Party stating the nature and scope of the breach, and require the Breaching Party to remedy the breach at its own expense within a reasonable period specified in the notice (the “Remedy Period”); and (b) if the Breaching Party fails to remedy the breach within the Remedy Period, the Damaged Party has the right to require the Breaching Party to assume all liabilities arising from its breach, and compensate for all actual financial losses suffered by the Damaged Party as a result of its breach, including but not limited to lawyer’s fees, litigation or arbitration fees arising from litigation or arbitration procedures in relation to such breach. In addition, the Damaged Party has the right to require the Breaching Party to specifically perform its obligations hereunder. In addition, the Damaged Party has the right to request the relevant arbitration institution or court to order the specific performance and/or enforcement of the terms hereof. The exercise by the Damaged Party of the aforesaid remedies will not affect the exercise by it of other remedies under the Agreement and laws.

 

7.2                               Except as expressly provided by law, Party B has no right to terminate the Agreement by reason of a breach of the Agreement by Party A.

 

8.                                      Applicable Law, Dispute Settlement and Law Changes

 

8.1                               The execution, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and termination of the Agreement and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

8.2                               Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be firstly settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after either party requests to settle the dispute through negotiation, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted in Shanghai in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration proceedings shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

8


 

8.3                               Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 

8.4                               In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to either party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) if the aforesaid law amendment or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of either party under the Agreement, the parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations, and make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of either party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

8.5                               Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests, rights and interests in  assets, property interest, or land assets of Party B, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation of Party B. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, either party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measure, upon the request of either party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of Party A (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or Party B are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 

9.                                      Compensation

 

Party B shall indemnify and hold harmless Party A from and against any loss, damage, liability or expense incurred as a result of any actions, claims or other demands against Party A arising out of or caused by the consultation and services provided by Party A at the request of Party B, unless such loss, damage, liability or expense arises from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Party A.

 

9


 

10.                               Notice

 

10.1                        All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be delivered by hand, prepaid registered mail, commercial courier service or fax to the following address of the receiving party. An email confirmation shall be sent, for each notice. Such notice shall be deemed to have been received:

 

10.1.1              on the date of delivering or refusing to receive the notice at the recipient address indicated in the notice, if delivered by hand, commercial courier service or prepaid registered mail;

 

10.1.2              on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by the automatic   transmission confirmation message), if sent by fax.

 

10.2                        For the purpose of notice, addresses of the parties are as follows:

 

Party A:

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

 

Party B:

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

Address:

55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:

Legal representative

 

10.3                        Either party may change its address for receiving notice at any time, by giving notice to another parties in accordance with the article.

 

11.                               Assignment

 

11.1                        Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party.

 

11.2                        Party B agrees that Party A may transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party by giving prior written notice to Party B, without the consent of Party B.

 

12.                               Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

 

12.1                        No waiver by either party of any breach or non-performance by the other party of any provision of the Agreement shall be considered a waiver of a subsequent breach or non-performance of such provision or other provisions hereof. No failure or delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver of relevant provisions hereof.

 

12.2                        No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of either party hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies otherwise provided by law.

 

10


 

13.                               Severability

 

If one or more provisions of the Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired in any aspect. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions that most closely approximate the economic effect of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions, to the maximum extent permitted by law and expected by the parties.

 

14.                               Amendments, Changes and Supplements

 

14.1                        Any amendment, change and supplement to the Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the parties.

 

14.2                        If a relevant competent regulatory authority or exchange puts forward any opinion on amendment to the Agreement, or there is any change to any applicable securities listing rule or relevant requirements in relation to the Agreement, the parties shall amend the Agreement accordingly.

 

15.                               Survival

 

15.1                        Any obligation arising from or becoming due as a result of the Agreement prior to the expiry or early termination of the Agreement shall survive the expiry or early termination of the Agreement.

 

15.2                        Articles 8, 10 and 15 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

16.                               Miscellaneous

 

16.1                        The Agreement has been executed in five (5) counterparts with the same force and effect. Each party shall keep one (1) counterpart, and the remaining counterparts shall be kept by Party A.

 

16.2                        The Agreement is binding upon legal assignees and successors of the parties.

 

16.3                        Except for any written amendments, supplements or changes made to the Agreement after the execution of the Agreement, the Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral and written negotiations, representations and contracts, with regard to the subject matter hereof.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

11


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Party A:

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Party B:

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement

 

This Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is signed on September 16, 2019 in Shenzhen, China, by:

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) (“Party A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen, with the entire equity in Party A ultimately and beneficially owned by OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company;

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司) (“Direct Shareholder A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at 47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen;

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司) (“Direct Shareholder B”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (“Direct Shareholder C”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone;

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业) (“Direct Shareholder D”, together with Direct Shareholder A, Direct Shareholder B and Direct Shareholder C, “Direct Shareholders” or “Party B”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang;

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) ( “Party C” or the “Operating Entity”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Li Jie (李捷), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Xu Liang (许良), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Wang Wenjun (王文君), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***; and

 

Dou Wenwei (窦文伟), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

1


 

(Li Jie, Xu Liang, Wang Wenjun and Dou Wenwei are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Individual Shareholders” or “Indirect Shareholders”; Indirect Shareholders and Direct Shareholders are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”.)

 

In the Agreement, the entities and persons above are individually referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

WHEREAS

 

1.                                      Direct Shareholders are legal registered shareholders of the Operating Entity, holding a total of 100% equity interest in the Operating Entity;

 

2.                                      Direct Shareholders intend to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest held by them in the Operating Entity;

 

3.                                      The parties signed the Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement (the “Original Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement”) on January 29, 2018, and agreed to the amendment to the Original Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement and the replacement of such agreement with the Agreement;

 

4.                                      On the date of the Agreement, each of the Individual Shareholders issues to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder a letter of undertaking with regard to the Agreement, and the rights and interests indirectly held by it in the Operating Entity (the “Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder”); and

 

5.                                      Each Shareholder and the Operating Entity agree to provide support necessary for the exercise by Party A of the Equity Purchase Option (as defined below).

 

By mutual agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Equity Interest Transaction

 

1.1                               Grant of rights

 

1.1.1                     Party B hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive option to, subject to the laws of China, at its sole discretion, purchase or designate one or more persons (each a “Designee”) to purchase from Party B at the price specified in Article 1.3 hereof from time to time, in one or more transactions, all or part of the equity interest held by it in the Operating Entity (the “Equity Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of China, Party A has absolute discretion to determine the specific time, method and the number of transactions in exercising the Equity Purchase Option. Except for Party A and the Designee, any third party shall not have the Equity Purchase Option or other rights in relation to the equity interest held by Party B in the Operating Entity. The Operating Entity hereby agrees that the Direct Shareholders grant the Equity Purchase Option to Party A. As used in this article and the Agreement, “Person” means any individual, company, joint venture, partnership, enterprise, trust or non-corporate organization.

 

2


 

1.1.2                     All Shareholders and the Operating Entity hereby agree and confirm that Party B grants Party A the Equity Purchase Option in accordance with the Article 1.1.1 of the Agreement, and undertake to take all necessary actions to cause Party B to perform all its obligations under the Agreement, including but not limited to passing or voting for such resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors as required for the transfer by Party B to Party A or the Designee of the equity interest in the Operating Entity, or the performance of other obligations hereunder.

 

1.1.3                     On the date of the Agreement, Party B shall deliver to Party A:

 

(a)         two duly signed but undated transfer agreements in form and substance satisfactory to Party A, and/or in the form substantially as set out in the Appendix; and

 

(b)         all documents required by and satisfactory to Party A in order to give effect to the transfer of the equity interest purchased hereunder.

 

1.2                               Procedure for the exercise of the Equity Purchase Option

 

The exercise by Party A of its Equity Purchase Option is subject to the laws and regulations of China. In exercising the Equity Purchase Option, Party A shall give Party B, written notice (the “Equity Interest Purchase Notice”), stating: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Equity Purchase Option; (b) the total amount of the equity interest that Party A intends to purchase from Party B (the “Purchased Equity Interest”); and (c) the date of purchase and/or transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest.

 

1.3                               Amount and payment of the equity interest purchase price

 

1.3.1                     The purchase price of the Purchased Equity Interest (the “Equity Interest Purchase Price”) shall be the higher of:

 

(i) the nominal price; and

 

(ii) the minimum price permitted by the laws and regulations of China.

 

1.3.2                     After withholding and payment of required taxes (if applicable) on the Equity Interest Purchase Price according to the laws of China, the Equity Interest Purchase Price shall be remitted in RMB by Party A or the Designee to the account designated by Party B within two months following the date of the formal transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest to Party A or the Designee (namely on the date when the Operating Entity obtains its new business license). Party B shall return all the Equity Interest Purchase Price to Party A or the Designee within one month following the date of receiving the Equity Interest Purchase Price.

 

1.4                               Transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest

 

Upon each exercise of the Equity Purchase Option:

 

3


 

1.4.1                     the Shareholders shall cause the Operating Entity and Party B to, in a timely manner, convene the shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be passed to approve Party B to transfer the Purchased Equity Interest to Party A and/or the Designee.

 

1.4.2                     Party A has the right to cause any or all of the Purchased Equity Interest to be transferred to Party A or the Designee and/or act in the capacity of the beneficial owner of the Purchased Equity Interest in all aspects, and is not liable for any losses incurred thereby.

 

1.4.3                     In addition, the Shareholders and the Operating Entity shall sign all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents (including but not limited to amendments to the articles of association), obtain all necessary licenses and permits from the government (including but not limited to business license), and take all necessary actions to transfer to Party A and/or the Designee the valid title to the Purchased Equity Interest free from any security interest, and procure that Party A and/or the Designee becomes the registered owner of the Purchased Equity Interest. For the purposes of this article and the Agreement, “security interest” includes any guarantee, mortgage, third party rights or interests, any share option, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, retention of title or other security arrangements, but, for clarity, excludes any security interest created under the Agreement and the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement. As used in this article and the Agreement, “Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement” means the amended and restated equity pledge agreement signed on the date of the Agreement by Party A, Party B, the Operating Entity and relevant parties, pursuant to which Party B pledges all its equity interest in the Operating Entity to Party A.

 

2.                                      Undertakings

 

2.1                               Undertakings of the Shareholders and Party C

 

The Shareholders and the Operating Entity hereby jointly and severally undertake that:

 

2.1.1                    Without the prior written consent of Party A, it shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of the Operating Entity, increase or decrease its registered capital, or otherwise change its structure of registered capital;

 

2.1.2                    It shall maintain the existence of the Operating Entity in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices, by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and cause the Operating Entity to perform its obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; As used in this article and the Agreement, “Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” means the amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement signed on the date of the Agreement by Party A and the Operating Entity, pursuant to which Party A provides the Operating Entity with relevant business support, technical services and consulting services;

 

4


 

2.1.3                    Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the legitimate or beneficial rights and interests in assets, businesses or incomes of the Operating Entity, or permit the creation of any encumbrance over the same, from the date of the Agreement, except for transactions conducted by the Operating Entity in its daily business activities;

 

2.1.4                    After the legal liquidation as described in Article 3.7, Party B will pay or cause to be paid to Party A in full any remaining amount received by it by law. If such payment is not allowed under the laws of China, Party B will pay the income to Party A or its designee to the extent permitted by the laws of China;

 

2.1.5                    Without prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, succeed to, guarantee, or permit the existence of, any debts, except for debts (i) which are incurred in daily business activities other than through loans; and (ii) which have been disclosed to Party A and have been approved by Party A in writing;

 

2.1.6                    It shall always operate all the businesses of the Operating Entity in its daily business activities in order to maintain the asset value of the Operating Entity and shall not commit any act or omission that may affect its operation and asset value;

 

2.1.7                    Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not cause the Operating Entity to sign any material contract (for the purpose of this paragraph, a contract is deemed to be material if the contract value exceeds RMB1 million), except for contracts signed in daily business activities;

 

2.1.8                    Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not cause the Operating Entity to provide loans, credits or any form of guarantee to any person, except for financial service transactions carried out by the Operating Entity in its daily business activities;

 

2.1.9                    It shall, at the request of Party A, provide Party A with all information on operation and financial position of the Operating Entity;

 

2.1.10             It shall, if so required by Party A, purchase and maintain insurance on the assets and businesses of the Operating Entity from an insurance company acceptable to Party A in such amount and against such risk as consistent with that for companies which are engaged in businesses similar to the Operating Entity;

 

2.1.11             Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not cause or permit the Operating Entity to merge or combine with, or acquire or invest in any person, or cause or permit the Operating Entity to sell assets with a value of more than RMB1 million;

 

2.1.12             It shall immediately notify Party A of any litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures that occur or may occur in relation to the assets, business or income of the Operating Entity, and any event that may adversely affect the existence, business operation, financial position, assets or goodwill of the Operating Entity, and forthwith take all measures accepted by Party A to eliminate such adverse event or take effective remedial measures for it;

 

5


 

2.1.13             In order to maintain the Operating Entity’s ownership of all its assets, it shall sign such documents, take such actions, lodge such appeal, and make such defence agaisnt all claims as are necessary and appropriate;

 

2.1.14             Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall ensure that the Operating Entity shall not distribute dividends to its Shareholders in any form, but at the written request of Party A, the Operating Entity shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its Shareholders;

 

2.1.15             At the request of Party A, it shall appoint as the director of the Operating Entity, any person designated by it, and/or remove any incumbent director of the Operating Entity; and

 

2.1.16             If Party C or any Shareholder fails to perform its tax payment obligations under applicable laws, which hinders Party A from exercising the Equity Purchase Option, Party A has the right to require Party C or the Shareholder to perform the tax payment obligation, or require Party C or the Shareholder to pay the tax to Party A, who will pay the tax on its behalf.

 

2.2                               Undertakings of the Shareholders

 

The Shareholders hereby jointly and severally undertake that:

 

2.2.1                    Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any legitimate or beneficial rights and interests in the equity interest owned by it in the Operating Entity, or permit the creation of any encumbrance over the same, except for the pledge created over the equity interest under the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement;

 

2.2.2                    Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not require the Operating Entity to carry out dividend distribution or other forms of profit distribution with regard to the equity interest owned by Party B in the Operating Entity, or propose any resolution of the Shareholders’ meeting in relation thereto, or vote for such resolution. In any case, unless otherwise determined by Party A, if Party B receives the Operating Entity’s income, profit distribution and dividend, Party B shall, to the extent permitted China, immediately pay or transfer such profits, profit distribution and dividends to Party A or its designee, as the service fee payable by the Operating Entity to Party A under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement;

 

2.2.3                    Party B shall procure that the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors of the Operating Entity will not grant approval for selling, transferring, mortgaging or otherwise disposing of any legitimate or beneficial rights and interests in the equity interest owned by Party B in the Operating Entity, or permitting the creation of any encumbrance over the same without prior written consent of Party A, except for the pledge created over the equity interest under the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement;

 

6


 

2.2.4                    Party B shall procure that the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of the Operating Entity will not approve the Operating Entity to, without prior written consent of Party A, merge or combine with, or acquire or invest in any person, or handle matters that require the prior written consent of Party A in accordance with the Agreement;

 

2.2.5                    Party B shall immediately notify Party A of any lawsuit, arbitration or administrative procedure that may occur or may occur in relation to the equity interest owned by Party B in the Operating Entity ;

 

2.2.6                    Party B shall procure that the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of the Operating Entity takes a vote to approve the transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest specified in the Agreement, and take any and all other actions that Party A may require;

 

2.2.7                    In order to maintain its ownership of the equity interest in the Operating Entity, Party B shall sign such documents, take such actions, lodge such appeal, and make such defence agaisnt all claims as are necessary and appropriate;

 

2.2.8                    At the request of Party A, Party B shall appoint as the director of the Operating Entity any person designated by Party A;

 

2.2.9                    At the request of Party A at any time, Party B shall immediately and unconditionally transfer its equity interest in the Operating Entity to Party A or the Designee in accordance with the Equity Purchase Option under the Agreement, and Party B hereby waives the right of first refusal (if any) that it may have if other existing Shareholders of the Operating Entity carry out equity interest transfer; and

 

2.2.10             Party B shall strictly comply with the provisions of the Agreement and other contracts jointly or severally signed by Party B, the Operating Entity and Party A, perform its obligations under the Agreement and other contracts, and refrain from any act or omission that may affect the validity and enforceability of the same. If Party B has any residual rights to the equity interest under the Agreement, the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement or the Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement signed by the parties to the Agreement, Party B shall not exercise such rights unless instructed in writing by Party A; and

 

2.2.11             Party B will pledge all its equity interest in Party C to Party A, and sign the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement.

 

3.                                     Representations and Warranties

 

The Shareholders and the Operating Entity hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Party A on the date of the Agreement and on each date of transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest as follows:

 

7


 

3.1                               It is authorized to sign and deliver the Agreement and any equity interest transfer agreement for the Purchased Equity Interest to which they are parties (each a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under the Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party B agrees to sign the Transfer Agreement which is consistent with the Appendix thereto, if so requested by Party A in the exercise by Party A of the Equity Purchase Option. The Agreement and the Transfer Agreement constitute its legal, effective and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against it.

 

3.2                               It shall procure that the equity interest is transferred to Party A and/or its designee, who shall hold the transferred equity interest in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Agreement, and that such transfer is registered in the company books, and relevant industrial and commercial registration or filing procedures are gone through, if Party B fails to do so at the request of Party A during the term of the Agreement;

 

3.3                               The execution, delivery of or obligations under the Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) lead to any violation of any applicable law of China; (ii) conflict with the articles of association, rules or other organizational documents of the Operating Entity; (iii) result in or constitute a violation or breach of any contract or instrument to which it is a party or which is binding upon it; (iv) result in any violation of any conditions of the grant and/or the continued validity of any license or permit issued to it; or (v) lead to the suspension, revocation of, or imposition of additional conditions on any license or permit issued to it;

 

3.4                               Party B has good and marketable title to its equity interest in the Operating Entity. Party B has not create any security interest over its equity interest, except in accordance with the Agreement and the Equity Pledge Agreement;

 

3.5                               The Operating Entity has good and marketable title to all its assets. There is no any security interest over the aforesaid assets, except as specified in the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement signed by Party A, Party B and the Operating Entity on the date of the Agreement;

 

3.6                               The Operating Entity does not have any outstanding debts, except for debts (i) which are incurred in daily business activities; and (ii) which have been disclosed to Party A and have been approved by Party A in writing;

 

3.7                               If the Operating Entity is dissolved or liquidated in accordance with the laws of China, it shall, to the extent and at the minimum price permitted by the laws of China, sell all its assets to Party A or other qualified entities designated by Party A, and shall waive payment obligations of Party A or the qualified entity designated by Party A arising therefrom, within the scope of the laws of China then in force; or the proceeds from any such transaction shall be paid to Party A or the qualified entity designated by Party A as part of the service fee under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement within the scope of the laws of China then in force;

 

3.8                               The Operating Entity shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of China; and

 

3.9                               There are no pending or threatened litigations, arbitrations or administrative procedures in relation to the equity interest, assets or the Operating Entity.

 

8


 

3.10                        In case of death or incapacity of any Individual Shareholder or any event that may affect the holding or exercise by it of the equity interest indirectly held by it in Party B or Party C, (i) any successor of such Individual Shareholder or (ii) a natural or legal person designated by Party A for such Individual Shareholder in accordance with the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder signed by such Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Assignee”) shall be deemed a party to the Agreement and shall assume all relevant rights and obligations hereunder. In case of any succession, or transfer of the Equity Interest under the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder, the Shareholders will go through all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to secure government approvals (if applicable) necessary for the transfer of the Equity Interest.

 

4.                                     Entry into Force and Term

 

The Agreement is signed or sealed by the parties and comes into force on the date first above written. The Agreement shall be valid for 10 years unless terminated early in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or other agreements signed by the parties. Upon expiry of the term, the aforesaid term will be extended for any number of further periods of 5 years each, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing within 30 days prior to the expiry of the term.

 

5.                                     Liability for Breach

 

5.1                               Subject to other provisions of the Agreement, if a party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform its obligations hereunder or otherwise breaches the Agreement, the other parties (the “Damaged Party”) may: (a) give written notice to the Breaching Party stating the nature and scope of the breach, and require the Breaching Party to remedy the breach at its own expense within a reasonable period specified in the notice (the “Remedy Period”); and (b) if the Breaching Party fails to remedy the breach within the Remedy Period, the Damaged Party has the right to require the Breaching Party to assume all liabilities arising from its breach, and compensate for all actual financial losses suffered by the Damaged Party as a result of its breach, including but not limited to lawyer’s fees, litigation or arbitration fees arising from litigation or arbitration procedures in relation to such breach. In addition, the Damaged Party has the right to require the Breaching Party to fulfill its obligations hereunder. In addition, the Damaged Party has the right to request the relevant arbitration institution or court to order the specific performance and/or enforcement of the terms hereof. The exercise by the Damaged Party of the aforesaid remedies will not affect the exercise by it of other remedies under the Agreement and laws.

 

5.2                               The Operating Entity and the Shareholders shall be jointly and severally liable for their obligations under the Agreement.

 

5.3                               Except as expressly provided by law, neither Shareholders nor the Operating Entity has the right to terminate the Agreement by reason of a breach by Party A of the Agreement.

 

6.                                     Applicable Law, Dispute Settlement and Law Changes

 

6.1                               The execution, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and termination of the Agreement and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

9


 

6.2                               Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be firstly settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after any party requests other parties to settle the dispute through negotiation, any party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted in Shanghai in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration proceedings shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

6.3                               Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 

6.4                               In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to any party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) if the aforesaid law amendment or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of any party under the Agreement, the parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations, and make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of any party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

6.5                               Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests, rights and interests in assets, property interest, or land assets of Party B, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation of Party B. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, any party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measure, upon the request of any party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of the Operating Entity (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or the Operating Entity are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 

7.                                     Tax and Fee

 

Each party shall, in accordance with the laws of China, pay any and all transfer and registration taxes, expenses and fees incurred by or levied on the party, in connection with the preparation and execution of the Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, and the completion of the transactions specified in the Agreement and the Transfer Agreement.

 

10


 

8.                                     Notice

 

8.1                               All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be delivered by hand, prepaid registered mail, commercial courier service or fax to the following address of the receiving party. An email confirmation shall be sent, for each notice. Such notice shall be deemed to have been received:

 

8.1.1                     on the date of delivering or refusing to receive the notice at the recipient address indicated in the notice, if delivered by hand, commercial courier service or prepaid registered mail;

 

8.1.2                     on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by the automatic transmission confirmation message), if sent by fax.

 

8.2                               For the purpose of notice, addresses of the parties are as follows:

 

Company:             Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

Address:                       55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                            Legal representative

 

Company:           Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

Address:                     47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Fu`an Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                          Legal representative

 

Company:           Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

Address:                     2F, Longfeng Building, 2 Kefa Road, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                          Legal representative

 

Company:           Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

Address:                     Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Attn:                                          Managing partner

 

Company:           Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

Address:                     Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang

Attn:                                          Managing partner

 

11


 

Company:           OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

Address:                     55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                          Legal representative

 

Name:                                 Jie Li

Address:                     ***

 

Name:                                 Liang Xu

Address:                     ***

 

Name:                                 Wenjun Wang

Address:                     ***

 

Name:                                 Wenwei Dou

Address:                     ***

 

8.3                               Either party may change its address for receiving notice at any time, by giving notice to other parties in accordance with the article.

 

9.                                      Confidentiality Obligation

 

The parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged by the parties in connection with the Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not, without the written consent of other parties, disclose any relevant information to any third party, except for information which: (a) is, or will be, in the public domain (other than as a result of the disclosure by the receiving party to the public); (b) is required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, or rules or requirements of any stock exchange; or (c) is required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser with regard to transactions specified hereunder, provided that such legal adviser or financial adviser shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this article. The disclosure of any confidential information by employees or institutions employed by either party shall be considered a disclosure of such confidential information by such party, and such party is liable for the breach of the Agreement. This article shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 

10.                               Further Assurances

 

Each party agrees to immediately sign such documents and take such further actions as reasonably required for fulfilling the terms and the purpose of the Agreement, or as is favorable to it.

 

11.                               Miscellaneous

 

11.1                        Amendments, Changes and Supplements

 

11.1.1              Any amendment, change and supplement to the Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the parties.

 

11.1.2              If a relevant competent regulatory authority or exchange puts forward any opinion on amendment to the Agreement, or there is any change to any applicable securities listing rule or relevant requirements in relation to the Agreement, the parties shall amend the Agreement accordingly.

 

12


 

11.2                        Entire Agreement

 

Except for any written amendments, supplements or changes made to the Agreement after the execution of the Agreement, the Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral and written negotiations, representations and contracts, with regard to the subject matter hereof. The Appendix hereto constitutes an integral part hereof and has the same legal force as the Agreement.

 

11.3                        Headings

 

Headings in the Agreement are for ease of reference only and shall not be used for interpreting, explaining, or otherwise affecting the meanings specified in the Agreement.

 

11.4                        Language

 

The Agreement is in Chinese. The Agreement has been executed in twelve (12) counterparts with the same force and effect. Each party shall respectively keep one (1) counterpart, and the remaining counterparts shall be kept by Party A.

 

11.5                        Severability

 

If one or more provisions of the Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired in any aspect. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions that most closely approximate the economic effect of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions, to the maximum extent permitted by law and expected by the parties.

 

11.6                        Successors

 

The Agreement is binding upon successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

 

11.7                      Survival

 

11.7.1                          Any obligation arising from or becoming due as a result of the Agreement prior to the expiry or early termination of the Agreement shall survive the expiry or early termination of the Agreement.

 

11.7.2                          Articles 6, 8 and 11.7 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

11.8                        Assignment

 

Without prior written consent of Party A, the Shareholders or the Operating Entity shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party.

 

13


 

The Shareholders and the Operating Entity agree that Party A may transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party by giving prior written notice to Party B and Party C, without the consent of Party B, the Operating Entity or any Shareholder.

 

11.9                        Waiver

 

No waiver by any party of any term and condition hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties. The waiver of any breach of the Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of a similar breach on another occasion.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Jie Li

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Liang Xu

 

Signature:

/s/ Liang Xu

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenjun Wang

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenjun Wang

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenwei Dou

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 


 

Appendix

 

Form of Equity Interest Transfer Agreement

 

Equity Interest Transfer Agreement

 

The Agreement is signed on _____________by:

 

Party A:

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

 

(The entities above are collectively referred to as “Party A”)

 

Party B (Transferee): Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)( the “Company”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (shared with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Party A, Party B and the Company signed the Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Purchase Option Agreement (the “Purchase Option Agreement”) on _____________, pursuant to which Party A shall grant Party B an irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest held by Party A in the Company;

 

By amicable negotiation, with regard to the transfer of the equity interest in the Company, Party A and Party B agree as follows:

 


 

Article 1        Equity Interest Proposed to be Transferred

 

1.1                               Under the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Purchase Option Agreement, Party A agrees to transfer to Party B _____% equity interest in the Company free from any third-party interest (except for any interest agreed in the Purchase Option Agreement, and the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement signed by Party A, Party B, the Company and other relevant parties on ____________ (the “Equity Pledge Agreement”)), and all rights, benefits, dividends and interests attached thereto on the date of the Agreement (the “Transferred Equity Interest”). Upon the completion of the equity interest transfer, Party B will acquire ______ % equity interest in the Company and has the right as a shareholder, including the rights to change directors, select senior managers and make business decisions.

 

1.2                               Party A hereby waives and agrees to cause to be waived, any restrictions on the equity interest transfer that may exist under applicable laws of China, the articles of association or other provisions.

 

Article 2        Price and Payment Method

 

2.1                               The total price of the Transferred Equity Interest is RMB _______________________.

 

2.2                               The equity interest price payable by Party B shall be remitted in RMB to the account designated by Party A within two months from the date when the Transferred Equity Interest is formally transferred to Party B (namely on the date when the Company obtains its new business license).

 

Article 3        Responsibilities and Obligations of the Parties:

 

3.1                               Responsibilities and obligations of Party A

 

(a)                                 Except for the performance of the Purchase Option Agreement and the Equity Pledge Agreement, Party A warrants that the equity interest transferred by it to Party B is free from any third party interests, and carries all rights, benefits, dividends and interests existing on the date of the Agreement, without legal defects, and may be used against any third party.

 


 

(b)                                 Party A shall, within 30 days following the date of the Agreement, go through and/or cause the Company to go through relevant procedures, including application for the equity interest transfer and change of registration with the relevant authorities of China, so as to give effect to the transfer of equity interest contemplated under the Agreement (if applicable). Party A will use their best efforts to immediately go through the procedures and, within the shortest possible time, obtain such approval and registration.

 

3.2                               Responsibilities and obligations of Party B

 

(a)                                 Party B shall make payment to Party A in full in accordance with Article 2 of the Agreement.

 

(b)                                 Party B shall provide Party A with reasonable support in going through the equity transfer procedures referred to in Article 3.1(b).

 

Article 4        Liability for Breach

 

Either Party A or Party B shall compensate for all losses incurred by the other party as a result of its breach of the Agreement.

 

Article 5        Confidentiality

 

The parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged by the parties in connection with the Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party, disclose any relevant information to any third party, except for information which: (a) is, or will be, in the public domain (other than as a result of the disclosure by the receiving party to the public); (b) is required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, or rules or requirements of any stock exchange; or (c) is required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser with regard to transactions specified hereunder, provided that such legal adviser or financial adviser shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this article. The disclosure of any confidential information by employees or institutions employed by either party shall be considered a disclosure of such confidential information by such party, and such party is liable for the breach of the Agreement. This article shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 


 

Article 6        Claim and Debt

 

Prior to the equity interest transfer, Party A, as a shareholder of the Company, will have the rights and assume the obligations in proportion to its capital contribution to the Company; upon the completion of the equity interest transfer, Party B will have rights and assume obligations as a shareholder of the Company.

 

Article 7        Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

7.1                               The execution, validity, interpretation and performance of the Agreement and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

7.2                               Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after any party requests the settlement of the dispute through negotiation, any party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted, in Shanghai, in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration procedure shall be China. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

7.3                               Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 


 

7.4                               In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to any party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) If the aforesaid law amendment or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of any party under the Agreement, the parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations, and make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of any party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

7.5                               Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests, rights and interests in assets, property interest, or land assets of Party A, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation of Party A. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, any party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measures, upon the request of any party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of the Company (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or the Company are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 


 

Article 8        Commissions and Other Fees

 

All fees and actual expenses in relation to the Agreement, including but not limited to legal fees, production costs, stamp duty and any other taxes and expenses, shall be respectively borne by the parties.

 

Article 9        Assignment

 

Party A shall not assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement to any third party, except with the prior written consent of Party B. Party B may, without the consent of Party A, assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement to any third party, provided that Party B shall notify Party A of such assignment.

 

Article 10     Severability

 

If any provision in the Agreement is invalid or unenforceable due to inconsistency with relevant laws, such provision shall be invalid or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity and unenforceability, and shall not affect the legal effect of other provisions of the Agreement.

 

Article 11     Amendments and Supplements to the Agreement

 

Amendments or supplements to the Agreement shall be made by written agreement between the parties. Amendments and supplements to the Agreement which are duly signed by the parties constitute an integral part of the Agreement and have the same legal force as the Agreement.

 

Article 12     Notice

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be sent to the addresses of the parties specified in Article 8 of the Purchase Option Agreement, in accordance with the article.

 

Article 13     Miscellaneous

 

13.1                        The Agreement is executed in five (5) counterparts with the same force and effect. The Agreement comes into force on the date it is signed and sealed by parties.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Equity Interest Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement

 

This Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement”) is signed on September 16, 2019 in Shenzhen, China, by:

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) (“Party A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen, with the entire equity in Party A ultimately and beneficially owned by OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Ultimate Controlling Shareholder”), a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company;

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司) (“Direct Shareholder A”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at 47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen;

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司) (“Direct Shareholder B”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settled with Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) (“Direct Shareholder C”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone;

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业) (“Direct Shareholder D”, together with Direct Shareholder A, Direct Shareholder B and Direct Shareholder C, “Direct Shareholders” or “Party B”), a limited partnership established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang;

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) ( “Party C” or the “Operating Entity”), a limited liability company established and existing in accordance with the laws of China, having its address at Room 201, Building A, No.1 Qianwan 1st Road, Qianhai Shenzhen-Hong Kong Cooperation Zone, Shenzhen (settledwith Shenzhen Qianhai Commercial Secretary Co., Ltd.);

 

Li Jie (李捷), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Xu Liang (许良), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

Wang Wenjun (王文君), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***; and

 

Dou Wenwei (窦文伟), a Chinese citizen, ID Card No.: ***;

 

1


 

(Li Jie, Xu Liang, Wang Wenjun and Dou Wenwei are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Individual Shareholders” or “Indirect Shareholders”; Indirect Shareholders and Direct Shareholders are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shareholders”.)

 

In the Agreement, the entities and persons above are individually referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

 

WHEREAS

 

1.                                      Direct Shareholders are legally registered shareholders of Party C, holding in aggregation of 100% asset in the Party C;

 

2.                                      Party C intends to grant Party A an irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase all the assets held by it;

 

3.                                      The parties signed the Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement (the “Original Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement”) on January 29, 2018, and agree to the amendment to the Original Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement and the replacement of such agreement with the Agreement;

 

4.                                      On the date of the Agreement, the Individual Shareholders respectively issue to the board of directors of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder, a letter of undertaking with regard to the Agreement, and the rights and interests indirectly held by it in the Operating Entity (the “Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder”); and

 

5.                                      The Shareholder agree to provide support necessary for the exercise by Party A of the Asset Purchase Option (as defined below).

 

By mutual agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Asset Transaction

 

1.1                               Grant of rights

 

1.1.1                     Party C hereby irrevocably and unconditionally grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive option to, subject to the laws of China, at its sole discretion, purchase or designate one or more persons (each a “Designee”) to purchase from Party C at the price specified in Article 1.3 hereof from time to time, in one or more transactions, all or part of the assets held by it (the “Asset Purchase Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, to the extent permitted by the laws and regulations of China, Party A has absolute discretion to determine the specific time, method and the number of transactions in exercising the Asset Purchase Option. Except for Party A and the Designee, any third party shall not have the Asset Purchase Option or other rights in relation to the assets held by Party C. As used in this article and the Agreement, “Person” means any individual, company, joint venture, partnership, enterprise, trust or non-corporate organization.

 

1.1.2                     All Shareholders and the Operating Entity hereby agree and confirm that Party C grants Party A the Asset Purchase Option in accordance with the provisions of Article 1.1.1 of the Agreement, and undertake to take all necessary actions to cause Party C to perform all its obligations under the Agreement, including but not limited to passing or voting for such resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors as required for the transfer by Party C to Party A or the Designee of the asset helda by Party C, or the performance of other obligations hereunder.

 

2


 

1.2                               Procedure for the exercise of the Asset Purchase Option

 

The exercise by Party A of its Asset Purchase Option is subject to the laws and regulations of China. In exercising the Asset Purchase Option, Party A shall give Party C, written notice (the “Asset Purchase Notice”), stating: (a) Party A’s decision to exercise the Asset Purchase Option; (b) the scope of the asset that Party A intends to purchase from Party C (the “Purchased Asset”); and (c) the date of purchase and/or transfer of the Purchased Asset.

 

1.3                               Amount and Payment of the Asset Purchase Price

 

Unless a valuation is required by the laws of China upon exercise of rights by Party A, the purchase price of the purchased assets (the “Asset Purchase Price”) shall be the higher of the nominal price, or the minimum price permitted by the laws of China for the time being. After withholding and payment of required taxes (if applicable) on the Asset Purchase Price according to the laws of China, the Asset Purchase Price shall be remitted in RMB to the account designated by Party C within two months following the formal transfer of the purchased asset to Party A and the signature by Party A of the relevant asset delivery receipt. The Asset Purchase Price shall be returned to Party A or its designee in full within one month following the date of receipt by Party C.

 

1.4                               Transfer of the Purchased Assets

 

In each exercise of the asset purchase option by Party A:

 

1.4.1                     the Direct Shareholders shall, in a timely manner, convene the shareholders’ meeting of Party C, at which a resolution shall be passed to approve Party C to transfer the purchased assets to Party A and/or the designee. The Shareholders shall take all actions necessary for procuring the passing of such shareholders’ resolution;

 

1.4.2                     With respect to each transfer, Party C and Party A and/or the designee (if applicable) shall, in accordance with the Agreement and the asset purchase notice, sign the asset transfer agreement in form and substance as specified in the appendix to the Agreement;

 

1.4.3                     The Shareholders and Party C shall sign all other necessary contracts, agreements or documents, obtain or assist Party A in obtaining all necessary licenses, permits from and registrations with the government (if applicable), and take all necessary actions to transfer to Party A and/or the designee, the perfect title to the purchased assets free from any security interest, and procure that Party A and/or the designee becomes the registered owner of the purchased assets (if applicable). For the purposes of this article and the Agreement, “security interest” includes any guarantee, mortgage, third party rights or interests, any acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention or other security arrangements, but, for clarity, excludes any security interest created under the Agreement

 

3


 

2.                                      Undertakings

 

2.1                               Undertakings of the Shareholders and Party C

 

The Shareholders and Party C hereby jointly and severally undertake that:

 

2.1.1                    Without the prior written consent of Party A, it shall not in any manner supplement, change or amend the articles of association and bylaws of Party C, increase or reduce its registered capital, or otherwise change its structure of registered capital;

 

2.1.2                    It shall maintain the existence of Party C in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices, by prudently and effectively operating its business and handling its affairs, and cause Party C to perform its obligations under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement; As used in this article and the Agreement, “Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement” means the amended and restated exclusive business cooperation agreement signed on the date of the Agreement by Party A and Party C, pursuant to which Party A provides Party C with relevant business support, technical services and consulting services;

 

2.1.3                    Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of the legal or beneficial rights and interests in assets, businesses or incomes of Party C, or permit the creation of any encumbrance over the same, from the date of the Agreement, except for transactions conducted by the Operating Entity in its daily business activities;

 

2.1.4                    Without prior written consent of Party A, Party C shall not incur, succeed to, guarantee, or permit the existence of, any debts, except for debts (i) which are incurred in daily business activities other than through loans; and (ii) which have been disclosed to Party A and have been approved by Party A in writing;

 

2.1.5                    It shall always operate all the assets of Party C in its daily business activities in order to maintain the asset value of Party C and shall not commit any act or omission that may affect its asset value;

 

4


 

2.1.6                    it shall, at the request of Party A, provide Party A with all information on asset conditions and values of Party C;

 

2.1.7                    Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not cause Party C to sign any material contract (for the purpose of this paragraph, a contract is deemed to be material if the contract value exceeds RMB1 million), except for contracts signed in daily business activities;

 

2.1.8                    Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not cause Party C to provide loans or credits or any form of guarantee to any person;

 

2.1.9                    It shall, if so required by Party A, purchase and maintain insurance on the assets of Party C, from an insurance company acceptable to Party A, in such amount and against such risk as consistent with that for companies which are engaged in businesses similar to Party C;

 

2.1.10             Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall not cause or permit Party C to merge or combine with, or acquire or invest in any person, or cause or permit Party C to sell assets with a value of more than RMB1 million;

 

2.1.11             It shall immediately notify Party A of any litigation, arbitration or administrative procedures that occur or may occur in relation to the assets, business or income of Party C, and any event that may adversely affect the existence, business operation, financial position, assets or goodwill of Party C, and forthwith take all measures accepted by Party A to eliminate such adverse event or take effective remedial measures for it;

 

2.1.12             In order to maintain Party C’s ownership of all its assets, it shall sign such documents, take such actions, lodge such appeal, and make such defence agaisnt all claims as are necessary and appropriate;

 

2.1.13             Without prior written consent of Party A, it shall ensure that Party C shall not distribute dividends to its Shareholders in any form, but at the written request of Party A, Party C shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its Shareholders;

 

2.1.14             At the request of Party A, it shall appoint as the director of Party C, any person designated by it, and/or remove any incumbent director of Party C; and

 

2.1.15             If Party C or any Shareholder fails to perform its tax payment obligations under applicable laws, which hinders Party A from exercising the Asset Purchase Option, Party A has the right to require Party C or the Shareholder to perform the tax payment obligation, or require Party C or the Shareholder to pay the tax to Party A, who will pay the tax on its behalf.

 

2.2                               Undertakings of the Shareholders

 

The Shareholders hereby jointly and severally undertake that:

 

2.2.1                     The Shareholders shall procure that the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C takes a vote to approve the transfer of the purchased assets specified in the Agreement, and takes any and all other actions that Party A may require;

 

5


 

2.2.2                     Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not require the Operating Entity to carry out dividend distribution or other forms of profit distribution with regard to the equity interest owned by Party B in the Operating Entity, or propose any resolution of the Shareholders’ meeting in relation thereto, or vote for such resolution. In any case, unless otherwise determined by Party A, if Party B receives the Operating Entity’s income, profit distribution and dividend, Party B shall, to the extent permitted China, immediately pay or transfer such profits, profit distribution and dividends to Party A or its designee, as the service fee payable by the Operating Entity to Party A under the Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement;

 

2.2.3                     The Shareholders shall strictly comply with the provisions of the Agreement and other contracts jointly or severally signed by it between Party C and Party A, perform its obligations under the Agreement and other contracts, and refrain from any act or omission that may affect the validity and enforceability of the same; and

 

2.2.4                     The Shareholders shall procure that the Direct Shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C vetoes any resolution to, without prior written consent of Party A, handle matters that require the prior written consent of Party A in accordance with the Agreement.

 

3.                                      Representations and Warranties

 

The Shareholders and Party C hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Party A on the date of the Agreement and on each date of transfer of the Purchased Asset as follows:

 

3.1                               It is authorized to sign and deliver the Agreement and any asset transfer agreement for the Purchased Asset to which they are parties (each a “Transfer Agreement”), and to perform their obligations under the Agreement and any Transfer Agreement. Party C agrees to sign the Transfer Agreement which is consistent with the Appendix thereto, if Party A exercises the Asset Purchase Option. The Agreement and the Transfer Agreement constitute its legal, effective and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against it.

 

3.2                               The execution, delivery of or obligations under the Agreement or any Transfer Agreement shall not: (i) lead to any violation of any applicable law of China; (ii) conflict with the articles of association, rules or other organizational documents of Party C; (iii) result in or constitute a violation or breach of any contract or instrument to which it is a party or which is binding upon it; (iv) result in any violation of any conditions of the grant and/or the continued validity of any license or permit issued to it; or (v) lead to the suspension, revocation of, or imposition of additional conditions on, any license or permit issued to it;

 

3.3                               Party C has good and marketable title to all its assets. Party C has not create any security interest over the assets above, except for the Agreement;

 

6


 

3.4                               Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except for debts (i) which are incurred in daily business activities; and (ii) which have been disclosed to Party A and have been approved by Party A in writing;

 

3.5                               Party C shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of China;

 

3.6                               There are no pending or threatened litigations, arbitrations or administrative procedures in relation to the assets of Party C or Party C.

 

3.7                               In case of death or incapacity of any Individual Shareholder or any event that may affect the holding or exercise by it of the equity interest indirectly held by it in Party B or Party C, (i) any successor of such Individual Shareholder or (ii) a natural or legal person designated by Party A for such Individual Shareholder in accordance with the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder signed by such Individual Shareholder (the “Designated Assignee”), shall be deemed a party to the Agreement and shall assume all relevant rights and obligations hereunder. In case of any succession, or transfer of the Equity Interest under the Letter of Undertaking of Individual Shareholder, the Shareholder will go through all necessary procedures and take all necessary actions to secure government approvals (if applicable) necessary for the transfer of the Equity Interest.

 

4.                                      Entry into Force and Term

 

The Agreement is signed or sealed by the parties and comes into force on the date first above written. The Agreement shall be valid for 10 years unless terminated early in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement or other agreements otherwise signed by the parties. Upon expiry of the term, the aforesaid term will be extended for any number of further periods of 5 years each, unless Party A determines not to extend the term and notifies Party B and Party C in writing within 30 days prior to the expiry of the term.

 

5.                                      Liability for Breach

 

5.1                               Subject to other provisions of the Agreement, if a party (the “Breaching Party”) fails to perform its obligations hereunder or otherwise breaches the Agreement, other parties (the “Damaged Party”) may: (a) give written notice to the Breaching Party stating the nature and scope of the breach, and require the Breaching Party to remedy the breach at its own expense within a reasonable period specified in the notice (the “Remedy Period”); and (b) if the Breaching Party fails to remedy the breach within the Remedy Period, the Damaged Party has the right to require the Breaching Party to assume all liabilities arising from its breach, and compensate for all actual financial losses suffered by the Damaged Party as a result of its breach, including but not limited to lawyer’s fees, litigation or arbitration fees arising from litigation or arbitration procedures in relation to such breach. In addition, the Damaged Party has the right to require the Breaching Party to fulfill its obligations hereunder. In addition, the Damaged Party has the right to request the relevant arbitration institution or court to order the specific performance and/or enforcement of the terms hereof. The exercise by the Damaged Party of the aforesaid remedies will not affect the exercise by it of other remedies under the Agreement and laws.

 

5.2                               The Operating Entity and the Shareholders shall be jointly and severally liable for their obligations under the Agreement.

 

7


 

5.3                               Except as expressly provided by law, neither Shareholders nor the Operating Entity has the right to terminate the Agreement by reason of a breach by Party A of contracts.

 

6.                                      Applicable Law, Dispute Settlement and Law Changes

 

6.1                               The execution, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and termination of the Agreement and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

6.2                               Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be firstly settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after any party requests other parties to settle the dispute through negotiation, any party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted in Shanghai in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration proceedings shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

6.3                               Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 

6.4                               In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to any party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) if the aforesaid law amendment or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of any party under the Agreement, the parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations, and make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of any party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

6.5                               Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests or property interest of Party C, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation Party C. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, any party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measures, upon the request of any party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of the Operating Entity (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or the Operating Entity are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 

8


 

7.                                      Tax and Fee

 

Each party shall, in accordance with the laws of China, pay any and all transfer and registration taxes, expenses and fees incurred by or levied on the party, in connection with the preparation and execution of the Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, and the completion of the transactions specified in the Agreement and the Transfer Agreement.

 

8.                                     Notice

 

8.1                               All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be delivered by hand, prepaid registered mail, commercial courier service or fax to the following address of the receiving party. An email confirmation shall be sent, for each notice. Such notice shall be deemed to have been received:

 

8.1.1                     on the date of delivering or refusing to receive the notice at the recipient address indicated in the notice, if delivered by hand, commercial courier service or prepaid registered mail;

 

8.1.2                     on the date of successful transmission (as evidenced by the automatic transmission confirmation message), if sent by fax.

 

8.2                               For the purpose of notice, addresses of the parties are as follows:

 

Company:             Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

Address:                     55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                            Legal representative

 

Company:           Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

Address:                     47F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Fu`an Community, Futian Street, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                          Legal representative

 

Company:           Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

Address:                     2F, Longfeng Building, 2 Kefa Road, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                          Legal representative

 

9


 

Company:           Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

Address:                     Unit 3507, 35F, 1333 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Attn:                                          Managing partner

 

Company:           Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

Address:                     Room 47, Area B, 4F, West Green Valley Building, 752 Kashi West Road, Urumqi Economic and Technological Development Zone, Xinjiang

Attn:                                          Managing partner

 

Company:           OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

Address:                     55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

Attn:                                          Legal representative

 

Name:                                 Jie Li

Address:                     ***

 

Name:                                 Liang Xu

Address:                     ***

 

Name:                                 Wenjun Wang

Address:                     ***

 

Name:                                 Wenwei Dou

Address:                     ***

 

8.3                               Either party may change its address for receiving notice at any time, by giving notice to other parties in accordance with the article.

 

9.                                     Confidentiality Obligation

 

The parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged by the parties in connection with the Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not, without the written consent of other parties, disclose any relevant information to any third party, except for information which: (a) is, or will be, in the public domain (other than as a result of the disclosure by the receiving party to the public); (b) is required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, or rules or requirements of any stock exchange; or (c) is required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser with regard to transactions specified hereunder, provided that such legal adviser or financial adviser shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this article. The disclosure of any confidential information by employees or institutions employed by either party shall be considered a disclosure of such confidential information by such party, and such party is liable for the breach of the Agreement. This article shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 

10


 

10.                              Further Assurances

 

Each party agrees to immediately sign such documents and take such further actions as reasonably required for fulfilling the terms and the purpose of the Agreement, or as is favorable to it.

 

11.                              Miscellaneous

 

11.1                        Amendments, Changes and Supplements

 

11.1.1              Any amendment, change and supplement to the Agreement shall require the execution of a written agreement by the parties.

 

11.1.2              If a relevant competent regulatory authority or exchange puts forward any opinion on amendment to the Agreement, or there is any change to any applicable securities listing rule or relevant requirements in relation to the Agreement, the parties shall amend the Agreement accordingly.

 

11.2                        Entire Agreement

 

Except for any written amendments, supplements or changes made to the Agreement after the execution of the Agreement, the Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior oral and written negotiations, representations and contracts, with regard to the subject matter hereof. The Appendix hereto constitutes an integral part hereof and has the same legal force as the Agreement.

 

11.3                        Headings

 

Headings in the Agreement are for ease of reference only and shall not be used for interpreting, explaining, or otherwise affecting the meanings specified in the Agreement.

 

11.4                        Language

 

The Agreement is in Chinese. The Agreement has been executed in twelve (12) counterparts with the same force and effect. Each party shall respectively keep one (1) counterpart, and the remaining counterparts shall be kept by Party A.

 

11.5                        Severability

 

If one or more provisions of the Agreement are held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired in any aspect. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions that most closely approximate the economic effect of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions, to the maximum extent permitted by law and expected by the parties.

 

11.6                        Successors

 

The Agreement is binding upon successors and permitted assigns of the parties.

 

11


 

11.7                        Survival

 

11.7.1                          Any obligation arising from or becoming due as a result of the Agreement prior to the expiry or early termination of the Agreement shall survive the expiry or early termination of the Agreement.

 

11.7.2                          Articles 6, 8 and 11.7 shall survive the termination of the Agreement.

 

11.8                        Assignment

 

Without prior written consent of Party A, the Shareholders or the Operating Entity shall not assign its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party.

 

The Shareholders and the Operating Entity agree that Party A may transfer its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party by giving prior written notice to Party C, without the consent of any Shareholder or the Operating Entity.

 

11.9                        Waiver

 

No waiver by any party of any term and condition hereof shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by the parties. The waiver of any breach of the Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of a similar breach on another occasion.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Tingyuan Zhou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙))

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Jie Li

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Jie Li

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Liang Xu

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Liang Xu

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenjun Wang

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenjun Wang

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Wenwei Dou

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Wenwei Dou

 

 


 

Appendix

 

Form of Asset Transfer Agreement

 

Asset Transfer Agreement

 

The Agreement is signed on_____________by:

 

Party A:   OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen).

 

Party B (Transferee): Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

Party A is a company legally established and validly existing in China, with its assets including but not limited to: hardware equipment, office appliances and supplies, software copyright, trademarks, patents, know-how, domain names, human resources, contracts, software, user database, various qualifications, cash, equity interest, and benefits of debts;

 

As used herein, “Assets” means all or part of the aforesaid assets owned by Party A at the time of execution of the Agreement, which are permitted to be transferred by the laws of China; for a list of Assets, see the appendix;

 

Party A and it’s registered legal shareholders, Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司), Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司), Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)) and Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业), and Party B signed the Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Purchase Option Agreement (the “Purchase Option Agreement”) on _____________, pursuant to which Party A shall grant Party B an irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase all or part of the asset held by Party A;

 

By amicable negotiation, with regard to the transfer of asset in the Company, Party A and Party B agree as follows:

 


 

Article 1                       Transfer of Assets

 

1.1                               Under the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Purchase Option Agreement, Party A agrees to transfer entire Assets held by it to Party B, and Party B agrees to purchase the entire Assets from Party A.

 

1.2                               The total price of the transferred Assets is RMB _______________________.

 

1.3                               Party A hereby waives and agrees to cause to be waived, any restrictions on the asset transfer that may exist under applicable laws of China, the articles of association or other provisions.

 

Article 2                       Closing and Payment

 

2.1                               Party A shall transfer the Assets to Party B within _____ working days after the signing of the Agreement (“Closing Period”).

 

2.2                               Party A shall procure that all necessary change of registrations and government approvals are obtained for the Assets within the Closing Period, so as to give effect to the asset transfer contemplated hereunder (if applicable). Party A will use their best efforts to immediately go through the procedures for and, within the shortest possible time, obtain the aforesaid registration and approval.

 

2.3                               Party A shall take all necessary measures and fully cooperate with Party B to ensure that Party B will obtain complete interests in the Assets, and shall sign all relevant documents and take relevant measures (or require other relevant third parties to sign relevant documents and take relevant measures) to procure that Party B will obtain all necessary or appropriate rights and interests.

 

2.4                               With regard to the closing of the intellectual property rights proposed to be transferred, Party A and Party B agree as follows:

 

(a)   If ownership certificates for intellectual property rights are required in accordance with the laws of China or other relevant national laws, Party A shall, on the closing date, deliver to Party B for management, all technical data in any form or stored in any media in relation to such intellectual property rights, and go through relevant ownership change registration procedures.

 


 

(b)   If there are no ownership certificates for intellectual property rights or such certificates are not required in accordance with to the laws of China or other relevant national laws, Party A shall, on the closing date, deliver to Party B for management and beneficial ownership, all technical data in any form or stored in any media in relation to such intellectual property rights, and Party A and Party B shall sign a certificate of delivery of the intellectual property rights, indicating the list of the intellectual property rights delivered by Party A. Upon the completion of the delivery, all intellectual property rights listed in the certificate of delivery of the intellectual property rights are beneficially owned by Party B, while Party A ceases to have any rights or interests in relevant intellectual property rights.

 

(c)    Party A hereby undertakes to transfer to Party B at a consideration of RMB1 or the minimum price permitted by law, the intellectual property assets developed or acquired in the future by Party A based on the transferred intellectual property rights. If direct transfer cannot be conducted due to legal or policy reasons, Party A hereby undertakes to grant Party B a perpetual, royalty-free, worldwide, exclusive license to use the intellectual property rights.

 

2.5                               With regard to all and/or major employees in relation to the business transferred to Party B employed prior to the closing, Party A shall sign an agreement satisfactory to Party B with such employees to terminate the employment with them (the “Employment Termination Contract”). Party B shall sign a new employment contract with the employee. The aforesaid Employment Termination Contract and the new employment contract shall come into force on the Closing Date (as defined below).

 

2.6                               Subject to the closing and the consent of third parties, Party A shall, on the Closing Date, transfer and assign all contracts with third parties existing on the Closing Date in relation to businesses transferred by it to Party B (“Transfer Contracts”), and Party B shall accept such transfer and assignment. Party A shall, prior to the closing, use its best efforts to obtain all the third-party consents necessary for giving effect to aforesaid transfer.

 

2.7                               Party A shall deliver to Party B the Assets together with all relevant supporting documents, and Party B shall carry out acceptance inspection and examination of the Assets and all relevant supporting documents delivered by Party A, and shall sign the asset delivery receipt if the acceptance inspection and examination are passed. The signature by Party B of the delivery receipt shall be deemed the delivery of the Assets to Party B, and the signature date is the date on which the ownership of the Assets is transferred to Party B (namely the “Closing Date”). For the avoidance of doubt, the aforesaid relevant supporting documents include but not limited to the Employment Termination Contract and the Transfer Contract.

 


 

2.8                               The asset price paid by Party B shall be remitted in RMB to the account designated by Party A within two months following the Closing Date.

 

Articl 3                             Representations and Warranties

 

3.1       Representations and warranties of Party A:

 

(a)   Party A is a company legally registered and validly existing under the laws of China.

 

(b)   For the execution and performance of the Agreement within the scope of its corporate power and business, Party A has obtained necessary corporate authorizations, and consents and approvals of third parties and government departments, and does not violate legal or contractual restrictions which are binding upon or affecting it.

 

(c)    The Agreement, once signed, constitutes an instrument that is legal, valid, binding upon and enforceable against Party A.

 

(d)   Party A has the power or corporate authorization to transfer the Assets under the Agreement; and has perfect title to the Assets, free from any lease, lien, mortgage, guarantee or other encumbrances, except for the performance of the purchase option contract. There are no circumstances or events that may invalidate or adversely affect the acceptance by Party B of the Assets hereunder and its ownership of the Assets, including but not limited to any litigation, arbitration, or seizure, attachment or detention by administrative or judicial authorities.

 

(e)    Party A has all, full and complete rights to the intellectual property rights in relation to the Assets, free from any lien, mortgage, pledge or any other third-party right.

 

(f)     Party A warrants that the execution of the Agreement does not violate laws, any agreement, contract, memorandum, letter of intent with any third party and otherwise, or have any adverse consequence for Party A, and that it has the right and capacity to sign the Agreement.

 


 

(g)    Prior to the closing date, the Assets are not subject to:

 

a)                 occurrence of any material adverse change; or

 

b)                 incurrence of any material actual or contingent debt, obligation or liability.

 

(h)   From the signature date, without the permission of Party B, Party A shall not be directly or indirectly engaged in, or assist or instigate other persons to be engaged in actions that are in direct or indirect competition with Party B, or provide consultation to enterprises, companies, institutions and/or individuals that compete with Party B, or directly or indirectly participate in their operation, management and/or technical activities, or hold or deal in any form of rights and interests in enterprises, companies, institutions and/or individuals that compete with Party B, and shall keep confidential, the trade secret of Party B as well as the trade secret used in the asset transfer transaction.

 

3.2       Party B represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)   Party B is a company legally registered and validly existing under the laws of China;

 

(b)   Party B shall perform the Agreement within the scope of its corporate power and business; and has obtained necessary corporate authorizations, and consents and approvals of third parties and government departments, and does not violate legal or contractual restrictions which are binding upon or affecting it.

 

(c)    The Agreement, once signed, constitutes an instrument that is legal, valid, binding upon and enforceable against Party B.

 

Article 4                       Liability for Breach

 

Party A and Party B shall compensate for all losses incurred by the other party as a result of its breach of the Agreement.

 


 

Article 5                       Confidentiality

 

The parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged by the parties in connection with the Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other party, disclose any relevant information to any third party, except for information which: (a) is, or will be, in the public domain (other than as a result of the disclosure by the receiving party to the public); (b) is required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws, or rules or requirements of any stock exchange; or (c) is required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser with regard to transactions specified hereunder, provided that such legal adviser or financial adviser shall be subject to confidentiality obligations similar to those under this article. The disclosure of any confidential information by employees or institutions employed by either party shall be considered a disclosure of such confidential information by such party, and such party is liable for the breach of the Agreement. This article shall survive the termination of the Agreement for any reason.

 

Article 6                       Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

6.1   The execution, validity, interpretation and performance of the Agreement and the settlement of disputes hereunder shall be governed by formally published and publicly available laws of China. Matters not covered by formally published and publicly available laws of China shall be governed by international legal principles and practices.

 

6.2       Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of the Agreement shall be settled by amicable negotiation between the parties. If the parties fail to reach an agreement on the settlement of the dispute within 30 days after any party requests the settlement of the dispute through negotiation, any party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration which shall be conducted, in Shanghai, in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The language to be used in the arbitration procedure shall be China. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

6.3       Upon the occurrence of any disputes arising from the interpretation and performance of the Agreement or if any dispute is under arbitration, except for the matters in dispute, the parties to the Agreement shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations hereunder.

 


 

6.4       In case of promulgation, amendment, or change in the interpretation or application, of any laws, regulations or rules of China, at any time after the execution of the Agreement, the following shall apply: (a) if the amendment to the laws or newly promulgated regulations are more favorable to any party than the relevant laws, regulations, decrees or rules in force on the date of the Agreement (and other parties are not materially and adversely affected), each party shall, in a timely manner, apply for the benefits arising out of such amendment or new regulations, and the parties shall use their best efforts to procure that the application is approved; and (b) If the aforesaid law change or newly promulgated regulations have direct or indirect material adverse impacts on the economic benefits of either party under the Agreement, the parties shall make their best efforts to procure that the Agreement shall continue to be performed in accordance with the original terms. The parties shall, through all legitimate means, obtain an exemption from compliance with such amendment or regulations. If the adverse impact on the economic benefits of any party cannot be addressed in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the parties shall, upon notice from the affected party to other parties, negotiate in a timely manner, and to the extent permitted by the laws of China, make all necessary amendments to the Agreement to maintain the economic benefits of the affected party hereunder.

 

6.5       Subject to the laws of China, the arbitration tribunal may award compensation and injunctive relief in respect of the equity interests, rights and interests in assets, property interest, or land assets of Party A, (including but not limited to for handling businesses or for compulsory transfer of Assets) or make a ruling on the liquidation Party A. Upon the arbitration award becoming effective, any party has the right to apply to a court having jurisdiction for enforcement of the arbitration award. Subject to the laws of China, as a property preservation or enforcement measures, upon the request of any party to the dispute, the court having jurisdiction has the right to grant interim relief to the party, during the formation of an arbitration tribunal or to the extent permitted by laws. Subject to the laws of China, the courts in (i) Hong Kong, (ii) Cayman Islands, (iii) the place of incorporation of Party A (namely Shenzhen, China); and (iv) the place where main Assets of the Ultimate Controlling Shareholder or Party A are located, shall have jurisdiction for the aforesaid purposes.

 


 

Article 7                       Commissions and Other Fees

 

All fees and actual expenses in relation to the Agreement, including but not limited to legal fees, production costs, stamp duty and any other taxes and expenses, shall be respectively borne by the parties.

 

Article 8                       Transfer

 

Party A shall not transfer its rights and obligations under the Agreement to any third party, except with the prior written consent of Party B. Party B may, without the consent of Party A, transfer its rights and obligations under the Agreement to any third party, provided that Party B shall notify Party A of such transfer.

 

Article 9                       Severability

 

If any provision in the Agreement is invalid or unenforceable due to inconsistency with relevant laws, such provision shall be invalid or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity and unenforceability, and shall not affect the legal effect of other provisions of the Agreement.

 

Article 10                Amendments and Supplements to the Agreement

 

Amendments or supplements to the Agreement shall be made by written agreement between the parties. Amendments and supplements to the Agreement which are duly signed by the parties constitute an integral part of the Agreement and have the same legal force as the Agreement.

 

Article 11                Notice

 

All notices and other communications required or permitted under the Agreement shall be sent to the addresses of the parties specified in Article 8 of the Purchase Option Agreement, in accordance with the article.

 

Article 12                Miscellaneous

 

12.1                        The Agreement is executed in two (2) counterparts with the same force and effect. The Agreement comes into force on the date it is signed and sealed by parties.

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Asset Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司)

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused the Asset Transfer Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives on the date first written above.

 

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司)

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

Title:

Legal representative

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

Letter of Confirmation

 

WHEREAS

 

1.                  The Equity Voting Proxy Agreement (the “Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement”) was signed on January 29, 2018 by Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司), Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司), Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)), Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业), Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) and their subsidiaries at all levels existing at the date of the agreement, Li Jie, Xu Liang, Wang Wenjun and Dou Wenwei (collectively referred to as the “Signatories”).

 

2.                  The Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement (the “Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement”, together with the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement, the “Equity Voting Proxy Agreement”) was signed on September, 16, 2019 by Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司), Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司), Shanghai Jinningsheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)), Urumqi Guangfengqi Equity Investment Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业), Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (ShenZhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司) and their subsidiaries at all levels existing at the date of the agreement, Li Jie, Xu Liang, Wang Wenjun and Dou Wenwei, to replace the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement.

 

3.                  As at the date of the this letter of confirmation (“Letter of Confirmation”), Shanghai OneConnect Block Chain Technology Co., Ltd. (上海壹账通区块链科技有限公司) (the “Company”), a limited liability company established under the laws of China, having its registered address at Room 3484, 3F, 2879 Longteng Avenue, Xuhui District, Shanghai, is a subsidiary of Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd.

 

1


 

The Company hereby irrevocably confirms and undertakes that:

 

1.                  It agrees and confirms that since the effective date of the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement, it has not breached such agreement.

 

2.                  It agrees and confirms that from the effective date of the Amended and Restated Equity Voting Proxy Agreement, the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement ceases to have any effect with regard to and is not binding upon the Company.

 

3.                  It agrees and confirms that as at the date of the Letter of Confirmation, it is not involved in any dispute, litigation or controversy over, or asserts a right, makes a demand or claim at any time in the future with regard to, the execution, entry into force, performance and termination of the Equity Voting Proxy Agreement.

 

4.                  It agrees and confirms that upon the termination date of the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement, unless otherwise agreed in the Letter of Confirmation, any term of the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement ceases to have any effect with regard to and is not binding upon the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement in relation to notice, applicable law, settlement of dispute, law amendment and survival, shall survive the termination of the Original Equity Voting Proxy Agreement and is binding upon the Company.

 

5.                  The Company undertakes and warrants that it has all the necessary powers, rights, authorization, approval and capability to sign the Letter of Confirmation and has taken all actions necessary to obtain the authorization to sign the Letter of Confirmation; the signature of the Letter of Confirmation by it does not violate any law or regulation, or legal documents binding upon it.

 

6.                  The Company undertakes and warrants that, regardless of whether the Letter of Confirmation is terminated, it shall strictly keep confidential the business secrets, proprietary information, customer information and other confidential information of other relevant parties which are obtained by it in signing and performing the Letter of Undertaking, the contents of the Letter of Undertaking, the matters involved in the Letter of Undertaking, all documents and information provided to other relevant parties for negotiation, signature and performance of the Letter of Undertaking, and the existence of the Letter of Undertaking (“Confidential Information”). The party receiving the confidential information shall not disclose any confidential information to any other third party except with the prior written consent of the disclosing party or in accordance with relevant laws, regulations or stock exchange rules; except for the purpose of performing the Letter of Confirmation, the party receiving the confidential information shall not use any confidential information.

 

2


 

7.                  Unless otherwise agreed in the Letter of Confirmation, the terms used herein shall have the same meanings and interpretation as in the Equity Voting Proxy Agreement.

 

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 

3


 

(Signature Page to the Letter of Confirmation)

 

 

Shanghai OneConnect Block Chain Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(Official seal)

 

 

Legal or authorized representative (signature):

/s/ Huang Yuxiang

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

DATED SEPTEMBER 23, 2019

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

- and -

 

BLOSSOM VIEW LIMITED

 


 

CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

2.

SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES

5

 

 

 

3.

CLOSING

5

 

 

 

4.

WARRANTIES

6

 

 

 

5.

COVENANTS

6

 

 

 

6.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

7

 

 

 

7.

INDEMNIFICATION

8

 

 

 

8.

FORCE MAJEURE

10

 

 

 

9.

TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

10

 

 

 

10.

TAXES AND COSTS

10

 

 

 

11.

NO PARTNERSHIP

10

 

 

 

12.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

10

 

 

 

13.

PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

11

 

 

 

14.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

11

 

 

 

15.

VARIATIONS

12

 

 

 

16.

WAIVER

12

 

 

 

17.

SEVERABILITY

12

 

 

 

18.

NOTICES

12

 

 

 

19.

COUNTERPARTS

13

 

 

 

20.

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

13

 

 

 

21.

LANGUAGE VERSION

14

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1: COMPANY WARRANTIES

I

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2: INVESTOR WARRANTIES

III

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3: EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS

V

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4: CURRENT STRUCTURE

VII

 


 

DOCUMENTS IN THE AGREED FORM

 

·       DEED OF ADHERENCE

 


 

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on September 23, 2019 by and between:

 

(1)                                 ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD., an exempted limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with registered address at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104 (the “Company”); and

 

(2)                                 BLOSSOM VIEW LIMITED, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of British Virgin Islands and having its registered office at the offices of Sertus Incorporations (BVI) Limited, Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastisky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “Investor”).

 

(each, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

B.                                    On the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement, the Company intends to issue the Subscribed Shares (as defined below) to the Investor, and the Investor intends to subscribe for the Subscribed Shares.

 

IT IS ACCORDINGLY AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Agreement the following words and expressions shall (unless the context requires otherwise) have the following meanings:

 

“Account” is defined in clause 3.2.3.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person by holding stocks or equities or by any other arrangement; “control” (including with correlative meanings, the term “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, whether conditional or not, whether by holding shares, contract arrangements or any other arrangement, to direct the management or the board of directors of another company or holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights in the decision-making authority of another company or, with respect to any director, individual shareholder and any other natural person, being any of his/her immediate family members (including children, spouses, brothers, sisters and parents) and any company directly or indirectly controlled by such director, individual shareholder and any other natural person. For purpose of this Agreement, the Affiliates of the Investor do not include the Company.

 

“Articles” means the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

“Business” means the business conducted by the Group Companies.

 

“Business Day” means any day (which for these purposes ends at 5:30pm local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and China other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

 

“Closing” is defined in clause 3.1.

 

1


 

“Closing Date” is defined in clause 3.1.

 

“Companies Law” means the Cayman Islands Companies Law (2018 Revision) (as amended from time to time).

 

“Company Conditions” is defined in clause 6.2.

 

“Company Warranties” means the warranties of the Company as set out in Schedule 1.

 

“Confidential Information” means any information of a confidential or commercially sensitive nature (however stored), whether or not marked as such, relating to the business, customers or financial or other affairs of the Investor or any Group Company.

 

Confirmationis defined in clause 3.2.3.

 

Deed of Adherencemeans a deed of adherence in the agreed form to be executed by the Investor on the Closing Date upon which the party thereto would be bound by the Shareholders Agreement.

 

“Encumbrance” means any rights of pledge, mortgage, liens or attachments or similar charges, right of first refusal, right of pre-emption, third party right or any other encumbrance having similar effect.

 

“Existing Shareholders” means shareholders listed in Schedule 3 to the Agreement.

 

“Baorun Acquisition” means OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) acquired 80% equity interests of Beijing BER Technology Development Co., Ltd. (北京宝润兴业科技发展有限公司) before the Closing in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements.

 

“Baorun Acquisition Share Purchase Agreement” means the share purchase agreement entered into by OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), Beijing BER Technology Co., Ltd. (北京宝润兴业科技股份有限公司), Zhang Bin (张滨), Han Tongtong (韩潼彤), and other parties on June 14, 2019.

 

“Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement” means the supplementary agreement entered into by OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), Zhang Bin (张滨), Han Tongtong (韩潼彤), Zhang Jian (张坚), Liu Haijin (刘海津), Li Tianji (李田骥), and Beijing Baorun Wealth Investment, LLP (北京宝润财富投资合伙企业(有限合伙)) on June 14, 2019.

 

“Baorun Acquisition Agreements” means various agreements and documents entered into for the purpose of Baorun Acquisition, which, for avoidance of doubt, include, but are not limited to the Baorun Acquisition Share Purchase Agreement and the Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement.

 

“Governmental or Regulatory Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

2


 

“Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Affiliates that are controlled by the Company.

 

HKIAC is defined in clause 20.2.

 

HKIAC Rules is defined in clause 20.2.

 

“Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

 

“Indemnified Party” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

Investor Conditions” is defined in clause 6.1.

 

Investor Warranties” means the warranties of the Investor as set out in Schedule 2.

 

“Law” or “Laws” means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, official policy or interpretation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

 

Lock-up Period” is defined in clause 5.4.

 

ODI Approvals means governmental approvals, filings and registration for conducting overseas investment in accordance with the applicable laws in the PRC, including but not limited to the filing or approval for outbound investment project required by the PRC Development and Reform Department or its local authority, the filing or approval for outbound investment required by the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local authority, the foreign exchange registration with respect to the outbound investment required by the foreign exchange authority.

 

Ordinary Shares means the ordinary shares of US$ 0.00001 par value each in the capital of the Company.

 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other enterprise or entity of any kind or nature.

 

“PRC” or “China” means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purpose of this Agreement, excludes the Special Administrative Region of Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

 

Shareholders Agreement means the existing effective shareholders agreements and documents signed by all the Existing Shareholders of the Company including (i) the shareholders agreement dated April 10, 2018 (the “Amended Shareholders Agreement”), (ii) the deed of adherence executed by National Dream Limited dated March 12, 2019, pursuant to which the National Dream Limited became a party to and was bound by the Amended Shareholders Agreement, and (iii) the deed of adherence executed by Well Foundation Company Limited dated May 10, 2019, pursuant to which Well Foundation Company Limited became a party to and was bound by the Amended Shareholders Agreement.

 

“Share” means a share in the Company (including an Ordinary Share) and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.

 

“Subscribed Shares” is defined in clause 2.

 

3


 

Subscription Amount is defined in clause 2.

 

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

 

“Transfer” means sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions.

 

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Deed of Adherence.

 

“US$” means United States dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

In this Agreement (unless the context otherwise requires):

 

1.1.1                             words and phrases which are defined or referred to in or for the purposes of the Companies Law as each is in force on the date of this Agreement have the same meanings in this Agreement (unless otherwise expressly defined in this Agreement);

 

1.1.2                             references to any document in the agreed form means a form of document agreed by the Company and the Investor and initialled on their behalf for the purposes of identification (or otherwise identified in writing as such by or on behalf of each of the Company and the Investor);

 

1.1.3                             reference to any gender includes all genders, references to the singular includes the plural (and vice versa), and references to persons includes bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships (whether or not any of the same have a separate legal personality);

 

1.1.4                             reference to a statute or a statutory provision includes reference to:

 

1.1.4.1          the statute or statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time, except to the extent that any modification, amendment, consolidation, re-enactment or replacement made after the date of this Agreement would increase the liability of any of the Parties; and

 

1.1.4.2          any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision (as modified or re-enacted as set out (but subject to the exception) in clause 1.1.4.1 above);

 

1.1.5                             reference to writing includes any method of representing or reproducing words in a legible form;

 

1.1.6                             reference to a clause or schedule is to a clause of, or schedule to, this Agreement, and reference to a paragraph is to a paragraph of a schedule to this Agreement;

 

1.1.7                             reference to the Parties to this Agreement includes their respective permitted assigns and personal representatives;

 

1.1.8                             reference to any Party to this Agreement comprising more than one person includes each person constituting that Party;

 

4


 

1.1.9                             the contents list, headings and any descriptive notes are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

1.1.10                      this Agreement hereby incorporates all schedules and exhibits attached herewith, which shall be deemed an integral part hereof.

 

1.2                               Unless otherwise specifically provided, where any resolution or document is required by this Agreement to be signed by any person, the reproduction of the signature of such person by fax or email attaching a true PDF copy shall suffice, provided that the original signed resolution or document is despatched by internationally recognized express mail courier service by close of business on the next following Business Day, in which case the effective resolution or document shall be that sent by fax or email, not the confirmatory letter.

 

2.                                      SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES

 

On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Investor shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell, issue and allot to the Investor on a fully-paid basis, certain number of Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Subscribed Shares”) without any Encumbrance, which shall be the product of (i) the subscription amount in US$ equal to eighty percent of the Offshore Subscription Amount (境外认股对价) defined in and determined in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements as of the Closing Date hereof, which in any event shall not exceed the US$ amount equivalent to RMB 29,817,764 (the “Subscription Amount”, the exchange rate of which should be the buying rate (RMB to US$) of PingAn Bank Co., Ltd. on the date of the outbound remittance under the Baorun Acquisition Agreements), as the numerator; divided by (ii) US$ 7.5 per share, as the denominator.

 

3.                                      CLOSING

 

3.1                               The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Subscribed Shares (the “Closing”) shall take place as notified by the Company on or before 30 September 2019, or such other later date (“Closing Date”) or location as agreed by the Company and the Investor, subject to all the Company Conditions and Investor Conditions having been fulfilled or waived in accordance with clause 6.1 and clause 6.2 hereof respectively.

 

3.2                               Concurrently at the Closing:

 

3.2.1                     The Company shall deliver to the Investor:

 

certified true copies of all resolutions approved by the shareholders and board of directors of the Company relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

3.2.2                     The Investor shall deliver to the Company:

 

3.2.2.1           certified true copies of all resolutions or equivalent documents approved by the governing body of the Investor relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

3.2.2.2           the Deed of Adherence (to be dated as of the Closing Date) executed by the Investor; and

 

3.2.2.3           due evidence of Investor having completed the conditions precedent to closing set out in clause 6.2 to the satisfaction of the Company.

 

5


 

3.2.3                     On the Closing Date, the Investor shall, directly or through a third party designated by the Investor and agreed by the Company in writing, deposit the Subscription Amount by wire transfer of US$ in immediately available funds to the Account, and the Investor shall deliver to the Company a written confirmation of the initiation of wiring of the above payment to the Account (the “Confirmation”).

 

Account Name:                                  OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Name of Bank:                                   Pingan Bank Co., Ltd., H.O., Offshore Banking Department

 

Bank account no.:                   ***

 

SWIFT Code:                                           SZDBCNBS

 

or such other bank accounts designated by the Company (the “Account”).

 

3.2.4                     Subject to the receipt of the Confirmation according to clause 3.2.3, the Company shall issue and allot to the Investor the Subscribed Shares, as fully paid and free from any Encumbrances, and within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, deliver to the Investor an copy of the updated register of members reflecting the Investor as the holder of the Subscribed Shares on the Closing Date and a share certificate representing the Subscribed Shares in due and proper form and duly executed on behalf of the Company.

 

4.                                   WARRANTIES

 

4.1                               As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company hereby warrants to the Investor that each of the Company Warranties is true and accurate. The Company Warranties are the exclusive warranties made by the Company. The Company hereby disclaims any other express or implied representations or warranties, whether written or oral. The Company is not, directly or indirectly, making any representation or warranty regarding the pro forma financial information, financial projections or other forward-looking statements of the Company or any other Group Company.

 

4.2                               As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Investor hereby warrants to the Company that each of the Investor Warranties is true and accurate.

 

5.                                   COVENANTS

 

5.1                              The Company shall comply with Section 6.1.2 and Investor shall comply with Section 6.2.2 and thereafter the Parties shall work together, where applicable, to effectuate transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall: (i) make all filings and give all notices required to be made or given by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent required to be obtained (pursuant to any applicable Law, contract or otherwise) by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.2                              At any time if the Party responsible for satisfaction of each condition becomes aware of a fact or circumstances that might prevent such condition being satisfied, it shall inform the other Party thereof immediately.

 

5.3                              Each Party shall, subject to applicable Laws and all applicable privileges, including the attorney-client privilege: (a) give the other Party prompt notice of the commencement of any legal proceeding by or before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) keep the other Party informed as to the status of any such legal proceeding; and (c) promptly inform the other Party of any communication from any Governmental or Regulatory Authority regarding the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

6


 

5.4                              Investor Lock-up:

 

5.4.1                     The Parties agree, covenant and undertake that notwithstanding anything specified in the Transaction Documents and subject to the Baorun Acquisition Agreements, all Subscribed Shares are restricted shares subject to a two-year lock-up period from the Closing Date (the “Lock-up Period”), and during the Lock-up Period, the Investor and all its direct and indirect shareholders shall not be permitted to Transfer or pledge the Subscribed Shares which have not been unlocked according to this clause directly or indirectly without the written consent of the Company. The Investor and its direct and indirect shareholders may unlock 25% of the Subscribed Shares every six (6) months from the Closing Date, and the Investor and its direct and indirect shareholders may unlock all Subscribed Shares at the date of the expiration of twenty-four (24) months from the Closing Date.

 

5.4.2                     The Parties hereby agree that in the event of merger, division, dissolution, liquidation or sale of the principal assets of Beijing BER Technology Development Co., Ltd. (北京宝润兴业科技发展有限公司) within three (3) years from July 1, 2019, the Lock-up Period provided in this clause shall be adjusted to six (6) months, i.e. at the date of the expiration of six (6) months from the Closing Date, the Investor and all its direct and indirect shareholders may unlock all Subscribed Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, within first six (6) months from the date of the initial public offering of the Company (if any), the Investor and all its direct and indirect shareholders shall not be permitted to directly or indirectly Transfer, pledge, or dispose of, in any manner whatsoever, the Subscribed Shares held by them by that time (whether or not such restricted shares have been unlocked according to this clause), and within the next six (6) months, the Investor shall not be permitted to, other than by way of block trade or transfer by private agreement, dispose of the Subscribed Shares held by them by that time (whether or not such restricted shares have been unlocked according to this clause), unless otherwise agreed upon by the Existing Shareholders in any proposed initial public offering of the Company. The Subscribed Shares directly or indirectly held by the Investor and all its direct and indirect shareholders shall also be subject to any other arrangements agreed upon by the Existing Shareholders in any proposed initial public offering of the Company. Any Transfer or pledge not being in compliance with this clause 5.4 shall be void.

 

5.5                               In any event, if the transaction contemplated hereunder will delay the initial public offering process of the Company (if any), the Investor shall cooperate with the Company upon the notification made by the Company and proceed in good faith to negotiate a proper arrangement to effectuate transactions contemplated by this Agreement with a way without delaying the initial public offering process of the Company (if any).

 

6.                                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

 

6.1                               The Investor Closing Conditions. The obligations of the Investor to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment by the Company or waiver by the Investor on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Investor Conditions”):

 

6.1.1                     Warranties. The Company Warranties shall be true in all material aspects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.

 

7


 

6.1.2                             Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing in all material aspects.

 

6.1.3                             Closing of the Baorun Acquisition. The Baorun Acquisition shall have been closed in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements.

 

6.2                               Company Conditions. The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment by the Investor or waiver by the Company on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Company Conditions”):

 

6.2.1                             Warranties. The Investor Warranties shall be true in all material aspects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.

 

6.2.2                             Performance. The Investor shall have performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing in all material aspects.

 

6.2.3                             PRC Governmental Approvals. The Investor shall have obtained all approvals, filings or registrations from the Governmental or Regulatory Authority (including but not limited to the ODI Approvals) in relation to the transaction contemplated hereunder.

 

6.2.4                             Closing of the Baorun Acquisition. The Baorun Acquisition shall have been closed in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements.

 

6.2.5                             No Injunction, Order, Etc. There shall be no injunction, order or decree of any nature of any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction that is in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Transaction Documents.

 

6.2.6                             No Change in Law. There shall be no Laws, directives, orders, pronouncements or other guidance issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that prohibit, restrain, enjoin or otherwise adversely affect the corporate structure or ownership of the Group Companies or the foreign ownership of the Company.

 

7.                                      INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1                               Time Limit of Claim. The Company shall not be liable for any Claims if such Claim is initiated after the first anniversary upon Closing, provided, however, that such time limitation shall not apply with respect to Claims arising out of fraud or wilful misconduct.

 

7.2                               Minimum Claims. No Claim made against the Company Warranties will be compensated unless the amount of the Claim, either individually or when combined with other related Claims, exceeds US$ Two Million (USD 2,000,000) in which event the full amount of all such Claims shall be recoverable, and not merely the excess.

 

7.3                               Indemnification. Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “Indemnified Party”) harmless against all direct and actual losses (including reasonable costs and expenses) suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party, as a result of any breach of the Indemnifying Party’s warranties hereunder.

 

8


 

7.4                               Maximum Liability. The maximum aggregate liability of the Company in respect of all liability of the Company (including all Claims arising from the Company Warranties) pursuant to this Agreement shall not exceed, in aggregate, an amount equal to the Subscription Amount.

 

7.5                               Indemnification Procedure. Subject to clause 7.1, the Indemnified Party may elect to make a claim for indemnification (a “Claim”) for breaches of the Indemnifying Party’s warranties hereunder. All Claims by the Indemnified Party under this Agreement shall be asserted and resolved as follows:

 

7.5.1                             The Indemnified Party shall deliver a written notice notifying the Indemnifying Party with reasonable promptness of such Claim and specifying the nature of and basis for such Claim, together with the amount thereof, or if not then reasonably ascertainable, the estimated amount thereof, determined in good faith (a “Claim Notice”).

 

7.5.2                             If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Claim, or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) Business Days (the “Claim Maturity Date”) whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such third party Claim, the Losses in the amount specified the Claim Notice will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Losses in the amount specified in the Claim Notice to the Indemnified Party on demand. If the Indemnifying Party has timely disputed its liability with respect to such Claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which the Indemnifying Party delivered notice to the Indemnified Party that it disputes its liability with respect to such Claim, such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with clause 20.2 hereof.

 

7.6                               Exclusions. The Company shall not be liable in respect of a Claim and thus no compensation shall be due if and to the extent that such Claim is attributable to, or the amount of such Claim is increased as a result of, any:

 

7.6.1                             change in applicable Laws coming into effect from the date of this Agreement or any amendment to or the withdrawal of any practice previously published by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority, in either case occurring from the date of this Agreement, whether or not such change, amendment or withdrawal purports to have retroactive effect in whole or in part;

 

7.6.2                             new interpretation of existing Law by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority in a judgment or decision published after the Closing Date;

 

7.6.3                             change after the Closing Date in the accounting bases on which any of the Group Companies values its assets or a change in the tax structure or corporate structure of any of the Group Companies;

 

7.6.4                             change after the Closing Date of the date to which the Group Companies make up their statutory accounts or tax accounts or in the bases, methods or policies of accounting (including tax accounting) of the Group Companies.

 

7.7                               Mitigation. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to relieve the Investor from any duty under applicable Laws to mitigate any Losses incurred by it as a result of any breach of the Company Warranties. The Investor shall procure that all reasonable steps are taken and all reasonable assistance is given to avoid or mitigate any Claims or damage in the absence of mitigation might give rise to a liability in respect of any Claims.

 

9


 

7.8                               No double recovery. The Investor shall not be entitled to recover from the Company more than once in respect of any one matter if more than one Company Warranties and/or any provision of this Agreement is breached.

 

8.                                      FORCE MAJEURE

 

8.1                               No Party shall be liable to the other or be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement by reason of any delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure was beyond that Party’s reasonable control (including, without limitation, any strike, lockout or other industrial action, act of God, war or threat of war, accidental or malicious damage, settlement system failure or interruption, banking operation suspension or interruption, prohibition or restriction by governments or other legal authority or other events recognized as force majeure events by normal international commercial customs).

 

8.2                               A Party claiming to be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (either on time or at all) in any of the circumstances set out in clause 8.1 must immediately notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question, and shall provide evidence of the occurrence and continuance of the events set out in clause 8.1 within fifteen (15) days after such occurrence.

 

8.3                               The Parties shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement when such circumstances have ceased to have effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

9.                                      TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

 

9.1                               If the Closing has not occurred by September 30, 2019, without prejudice to the rights and remedies the Company or its affiliates are entitled to in accordance with Baorun Acquisition Agreements, the Company may terminate, or according to the negotiation between the Parties, amend this Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents.

 

9.2                               Upon termination, this Agreement shall cease to have any force and effect on the Parties except in respect of:

 

9.2.1                     clauses 9.2 and 10 to 21; and

 

9.2.2                     any rights or remedies accrued to a Party prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.                               TAXES AND COSTS

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall be responsible for all Taxes, fees and expenses incurred by it in relation to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

11.                               NO PARTNERSHIP

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them.

 

12.                               ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

12.1                        No announcement concerning this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall be made by one Party (whether prior to or after the Closing Date) without the prior approval of the other Party (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) except for such announcement as may be required by applicable Laws or the rules of a stock exchange binding on the relevant Party, in which event the disclosing Party shall use its best efforts to notify the other Party and take into consideration the comments by such other Party.

 

10


 

12.2                        In addition to the foregoing, the Parties understand and acknowledge that this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, the oral or written information exchanged between or obtained by the Parties and their Affiliates as a result of the Transaction Documents, the information related to any dispute arising from or in connection with the performance, interpretation, breach, termination or validity of the Transaction Documents are all Confidential Information. The Parties shall, and shall procure each of their representatives (including but not limited to any senior management staff, director, employee, shareholder, agent or Affiliate), keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding any investor or potential investor, Affiliate and professional advisor of the Company or the Investor) the Confidential Information unless:

 

12.2.1                      the Confidential Information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or its representatives or a third party source that was bound by a confidentiality agreement;

 

12.2.2                      the Confidential Information was available to the Party or its representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by another Party hereto or its representatives; and

 

12.2.3                      the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed under applicable Law, including but not limited to the disclosure made in accordance with any listing rule or any securities regulatory authority, in which case the Party having a disclosure obligation shall, at the reasonable time before the disclosure, consult other Parties over such disclosure and shall, as per the requirements of other Parties, seek possible confidential treatments for the Confidential Information subject to disclosure.

 

13.                               PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure for the benefit of each Party’s personal representatives and successors in title. This includes any successor to any Shares in the Company transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Articles. No Party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party.

 

14.                               ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

14.1                        This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto constitute the entire agreement between the Parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

14.2                        For the avoidance of doubt:

 

14.2.1                      the Transaction Documents supersede and extinguish any representations and/or warranties previously given or made;

 

14.2.2                      each of the Parties acknowledges to the other (and shall execute the Transaction Documents in reliance upon such acknowledgement) that it has not been induced to enter into any such documents by, nor relied upon, any representation or warranty other than the warranties contained in this Agreement; and

 

14.2.3                      absent fraud, each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right which it may have to claim damages in respect of or rescind this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by reason of any misrepresentation or warranty not set out in any such document.

 

11


 

15.                               VARIATIONS

 

No variation of this Agreement or any of the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

16.                               WAIVER

 

No waiver by any Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by the other Party of any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other breach of that or any other provision and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

 

17.                               SEVERABILITY

 

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

18.                               NOTICES

 

18.1                        Any notice given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement must be given in writing to the Party due to receive such notice at the following addresses from time to time:

 

To OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.:

 

Address: 55th Floor, Ping An International Finance Building, Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen(深圳市福田区益田路平安国际金融大厦55)

 

Recipient: Li Jiang(李江)

 

Contact Number: ***

 

Email: ***

 

To BLOSSOM VIEW LIMITED:

 

Address: 20F-A1, Yuemeite Building, Southern Science and Technology Street, South District of High-tech Industrial Park, Nanshan District, Shenzhen (深圳市南山区高新技术产业园南区科技南七道粤美特大厦20F-A1)

 

Recipient: Han Tongtong (韩潼彤)

 

Contact Number: ***

 

Email: ***

 

18.2                        A notice may only be served on a Party:

 

18.2.1                      by sending it through an internationally recognized express mail courier service in a prepaid envelope addressed to the Party or any of its officers at the addresses provided in clause 18.1;

 

12


 

18.2.2                      by delivering it by hand to the addresses provided in clause 18.1; or

 

18.2.3                      by fax transmission (with confirmation of error-free transmission) or email (with confirmation of receipt) to any officer of such Party.

 

18.3                        Any notice:

 

18.3.1                      addressed to the recipient in the manner prescribed by this Agreement shall, if sent by internationally recognized express mail courier service, be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered;

 

18.3.2                      not sent by internationally recognized express mail courier service, but delivered by hand to or left at an address in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered or left;

 

18.3.3                      sent by fax transmission shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time it was sent, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to produce a transaction report or log generated by a fax machine which evidences the fax transmission on an error-free basis;

 

18.3.4                      sent by email shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time it was sent, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to produce a copy of such email reflecting the date and time of transmission and confirmation of receipt.

 

19.                               COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20.                               GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

20.1                       This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

 

20.2                       Disputes between the Parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

 

20.2.1                      the number of arbitrators shall be determined and then appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

 

20.2.2                      the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English with Chinese translation;

 

20.2.3                      subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the Party losing the arbitration;

 

20.2.4                      while such dispute is being arbitrated under this clause 20.2, none of the Parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other Party to the dispute, except as may be required by applicable Laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

 

13


 

20.2.5                      other than the matter being disputed, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

 

20.3                       The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by law.

 

21.                               LANGUAGE VERSION

 

This Agreement is prepared and signed in English. Any arbitration tribunal or court having jurisdiction over a dispute relating to this Agreement shall interpret this Agreement based on the English version.

 

14


 

IN WITNESS of which the Parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement.

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 


 

IN WITNESS of which the Parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement.

 

BLOSSOM VIEW LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Bin Zhang

 

 

 

 

Name:

Bin Zhang

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

DATED SEPTEMBER 23, 2019

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

- and -

 

GOLD PLANNING LIMITED

 


 

CONTENTS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

2.

SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES

5

 

 

 

3.

CLOSING

5

 

 

 

4.

WARRANTIES

6

 

 

 

5.

COVENANTS

6

 

 

 

6.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

7

 

 

 

7.

INDEMNIFICATION

8

 

 

 

8.

FORCE MAJEURE

10

 

 

 

9.

TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

10

 

 

 

10.

TAXES AND COSTS

10

 

 

 

11.

NO PARTNERSHIP

10

 

 

 

12.

ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

10

 

 

 

13.

PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

11

 

 

 

14.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

11

 

 

 

15.

VARIATIONS

11

 

 

 

16.

WAIVER

12

 

 

 

17.

SEVERABILITY

12

 

 

 

18.

NOTICES

12

 

 

 

19.

COUNTERPARTS

13

 

 

 

20.

GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

13

 

 

 

21.

LANGUAGE VERSION

13

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1: COMPANY WARRANTIES

II

 

 

SCHEDULE 2: INVESTOR WARRANTIES

III

 

 

SCHEDULE 3: EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS

IV

 

 

SCHEDULE 4: CURRENT STRUCTURE

V

 


 

DOCUMENTS IN THE AGREED FORM

 

·       DEED OF ADHERENCE

 


 

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on September 23, 2019 by and between:

 

(1)                                 ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD., an exempted limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with registered address at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104 (the “Company”); and

 

(2)                                 GOLD PLANNING LIMITED, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of British Virgin Islands and having its registered office at the offices of Sertus Incorporations (BVI) Limited, Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastisky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “Investor”).

 

(each, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

B.                                    On the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement, the Company intends to issue the Subscribed Shares (as defined below) to the Investor, and the Investor intends to subscribe for the Subscribed Shares.

 

IT IS ACCORDINGLY AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1                               In this Agreement the following words and expressions shall (unless the context requires otherwise) have the following meanings:

 

“Account” is defined in clause 3.2.3.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person by holding stocks or equities or by any other arrangement; “control” (including with correlative meanings, the term “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, whether conditional or not, whether by holding shares, contract arrangements or any other arrangement, to direct the management or the board of directors of another company or holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights in the decision-making authority of another company or, with respect to any director, individual shareholder and any other natural person, being any of his/her immediate family members (including children, spouses, brothers, sisters and parents) and any company directly or indirectly controlled by such director, individual shareholder and any other natural person. For purpose of this Agreement, the Affiliates of the Investor do not include the Company.

 

“Articles” means the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

“Business” means the business conducted by the Group Companies.

 

“Business Day” means any day (which for these purposes ends at 5:30pm local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and China other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

 

“Closing” is defined in clause 3.1.

 

1


 

“Closing Date” is defined in clause 3.1.

 

“Companies Law” means the Cayman Islands Companies Law (2018 Revision) (as amended from time to time).

 

“Company Conditions” is defined in clause 6.2.

 

“Company Warranties” means the warranties of the Company as set out in Schedule 1.

 

“Confidential Information” means any information of a confidential or commercially sensitive nature (however stored), whether or not marked as such, relating to the business, customers or financial or other affairs of the Investor or any Group Company.

 

Confirmationis defined in clause 3.2.3.

 

Deed of Adherencemeans a deed of adherence in the agreed form to be executed by the Investor on the Closing Date upon which the party thereto would be bound by the Shareholders Agreement.

 

“Encumbrance” means any rights of pledge, mortgage, liens or attachments or similar charges, right of first refusal, right of pre-emption, third party right or any other encumbrance having similar effect.

 

“Existing Shareholders” means shareholders listed in Schedule 3 to the Agreement.

 

“Baorun Acquisition” means OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) acquired 80% equity interests of Beijing BER Technology Development Co., Ltd. (北京宝润兴业科技发展有限公司) before the Closing in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements.

 

“Baorun Acquisition Share Purchase Agreement” means the share purchase agreement entered into by OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), Beijing BER Technology Co., Ltd. (北京宝润兴业科技股份有限公司), Zhang Bin (张滨), Han Tongtong (韩潼彤), and other parties on June 14, 2019.

 

“Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement” means the supplementary agreement entered into by OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), Zhang Bin (张滨), Han Tongtong (韩潼彤), Zhang Jian (张坚), Liu Haijin (刘海津), Li Tianji (李田骥), and Beijing Baorun Wealth Investment, LLP (北京宝润财富投资合伙企业(有限合伙)) on June 14, 2019.

 

“Baorun Acquisition Agreements” means various agreements and documents entered into for the purpose of Baorun acquisition, which, for avoidance of doubt, include, but are not limited to the Baorun Acquisition Share Purchase Agreement and the Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement.

 

“Governmental or Regulatory Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

2


 

“Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Affiliates that are controlled by the Company.

 

HKIAC is defined in clause 20.2.

 

HKIAC Rules is defined in clause 20.2.

 

“Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

 

“Indemnified Party” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

Investor Conditions” is defined in clause 6.1.

 

Investor Warranties” means the warranties of the Investor as set out in Schedule 2.

 

“Law” or “Laws” means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, official policy or interpretation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

 

ODI Approvals means governmental approvals, filings and registration for conducting overseas investment in accordance with the applicable laws in the PRC, including but not limited to the filing or approval for outbound investment project required by the PRC Development and Reform Department or its local authority, the filing or approval for outbound investment required by the PRC Ministry of Commerce or its local authority, the foreign exchange registration with respect to the outbound investment required by the foreign exchange authority.

 

Ordinary Shares means the ordinary shares of US$ 0.00001 par value each in the capital of the Company.

 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other enterprise or entity of any kind or nature.

 

“PRC” or “China” means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purpose of this Agreement, excludes the Special Administrative Region of Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

 

Shareholders Agreement means the existing effective shareholders agreements and documents signed by all the Existing Shareholders of the Company including (i) the shareholders agreement dated April 10, 2018 (the “Amended Shareholders Agreement”), (ii) the deed of adherence executed by National Dream Limited dated March 12, 2019, pursuant to which the National Dream Limited became a party to and was bound by the Amended Shareholders Agreement, and (iii) the deed of adherence executed by Well Foundation Company Limited dated May 10, 2019, pursuant to which Well Foundation Company Limited became a party to and was bound by the Amended Shareholders Agreement.

 

“Share” means a share in the Company (including an Ordinary Share) and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.

 

“Subscribed Shares” is defined in clause 2.

 

Subscription Amount is defined in clause 2.

 

3


 

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

 

“Transfer” means sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose through one or a series of transactions.

 

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, the Deed of Adherence, the Charge Agreement related to the charge of the Investor’s shares to be entered into by the Company, the Investor, and PEACEFUL COSMOS LIMITED according to the Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement, and the Share Pledge Agreement to be entered into by a Person designated by OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) and the Investor according to clause 5.4.

 

“US$” means United States dollar, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

In this Agreement (unless the context otherwise requires):

 

1.1.1                             words and phrases which are defined or referred to in or for the purposes of the Companies Law as each is in force on the date of this Agreement have the same meanings in this Agreement (unless otherwise expressly defined in this Agreement);

 

1.1.2                             references to any document in the agreed form means a form of document agreed by the Company and the Investor and initialled on their behalf for the purposes of identification (or otherwise identified in writing as such by or on behalf of each of the Company and the Investor);

 

1.1.3                             reference to any gender includes all genders, references to the singular includes the plural (and vice versa), and references to persons includes bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships (whether or not any of the same have a separate legal personality);

 

1.1.4                             reference to a statute or a statutory provision includes reference to:

 

1.1.4.1          the statute or statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time, except to the extent that any modification, amendment, consolidation, re-enactment or replacement made after the date of this Agreement would increase the liability of any of the Parties; and

 

1.1.4.2          any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision (as modified or re-enacted as set out (but subject to the exception) in clause 1.1.4.1 above);

 

1.1.5                             reference to writing includes any method of representing or reproducing words in a legible form;

 

1.1.6                             reference to a clause or schedule is to a clause of, or schedule to, this Agreement, and reference to a paragraph is to a paragraph of a schedule to this Agreement;

 

1.1.7                             reference to the Parties to this Agreement includes their respective permitted assigns and personal representatives;

 

4


 

1.1.8                             reference to any Party to this Agreement comprising more than one person includes each person constituting that Party;

 

1.1.9                             the contents list, headings and any descriptive notes are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

1.1.10                      this Agreement hereby incorporates all schedules and exhibits attached herewith, which shall be deemed an integral part hereof.

 

1.2                               Unless otherwise specifically provided, where any resolution or document is required by this Agreement to be signed by any person, the reproduction of the signature of such person by fax or email attaching a true PDF copy shall suffice, provided that the original signed resolution or document is despatched by internationally recognized express mail courier service by close of business on the next following Business Day, in which case the effective resolution or document shall be that sent by fax or email, not the confirmatory letter.

 

2.                                      SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES

 

On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Investor shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell, issue and allot to the Investor on a fully-paid basis, certain number of Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Subscribed Shares”) without any Encumbrance, which shall be the product of (i) the subscription amount in US$ equal to twenty percent of the Offshore Subscription Amount (境外认股对价) defined in and determined in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements as of the Closing Date hereof, which in any event shall not exceed the US$ amount equivalent to RMB 7,454,441 (the “Subscription Amount” , the exchange rate of which should be the buying rate (RMB to US$) of PingAn Bank Co., Ltd. on the date of the outbound remittance under the Baorun Acquisition Agreements), as the numerator; divided by (ii) US$ 7.5 per share, as the denominator.

 

3.                                      CLOSING

 

3.1                               The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Subscribed Shares (the “Closing”) shall take place as notified by the Company on or before 30 September 2019, or such other later date (“Closing Date”) or location as agreed by the Company and the Investor, subject to all the Company Conditions and Investor Conditions having been fulfilled or waived in accordance with clause 6.1 and clause 6.2 hereof respectively.

 

3.2                               Concurrently at the Closing:

 

3.2.1                     The Company shall deliver to the Investor:

 

certified true copies of all resolutions approved by the shareholders and board of directors of the Company relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

3.2.2                     The Investor shall deliver to the Company:

 

3.2.2.1           certified true copies of all resolutions or equivalent documents approved by the governing body of the Investor relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

3.2.2.2           the Deed of Adherence (to be dated as of the Closing Date) executed by the Investor; and

 

3.2.2.3           due evidence of Investor having completed the conditions precedent to closing set out in clause 6.2 to the satisfaction of the Company.

 

5


 

3.2.3                     On the Closing Date, the Investor shall, directly or through a third party designated by the Investor and agreed by the Company in writing, deposit the Subscription Amount by wire transfer of US$ in immediately available funds to the Account, and the Investor shall deliver to the Company a written confirmation of the initiation of wiring of the above payment to the Account (the “Confirmation”).

 

Account Name:

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Name of Bank:

 

Pingan Bank Co., Ltd., H.O., Offshore Banking Department

 

 

 

Bank account no.:

 

***

 

 

 

SWIFT Code:

 

SZDBCNBS

 

or such other bank accounts designated by the Company (the “Account”).

 

3.2.4                     Subject to the receipt of the Confirmation according to clause 3.2.3, the Company shall issue and allot to the Investor the Subscribed Shares, as fully paid and free from any Encumbrances, and within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, deliver to the Investor an copy of the updated register of members reflecting the Investor as the holder of the Subscribed Shares on the Closing Date and a share certificate representing the Subscribed Shares in due and proper form and duly executed on behalf of the Company.

 

4.                                   WARRANTIES

 

4.1                               As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company hereby warrants to the Investor that each of the Company Warranties is true and accurate. The Company Warranties are the exclusive warranties made by the Company. The Company hereby disclaims any other express or implied representations or warranties, whether written or oral. The Company is not, directly or indirectly, making any representation or warranty regarding the pro forma financial information, financial projections or other forward-looking statements of the Company or any other Group Company.

 

4.2                               As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Investor hereby warrants to the Company that each of the Investor Warranties is true and accurate.

 

5.                                   COVENANTS

 

5.1                              The Company shall comply with Section 6.1.2 and Investor shall comply with Section 6.2.2 and thereafter the Parties shall work together, where applicable, to effectuate transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall: (i) make all filings and give all notices required to be made or given by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent required to be obtained (pursuant to any applicable Law, contract or otherwise) by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.2                              At any time if the Party responsible for satisfaction of each condition becomes aware of a fact or circumstances that might prevent such condition being satisfied, it shall inform the other Party thereof immediately.

 

6


 

5.3                              Each Party shall, subject to applicable Laws and all applicable privileges, including the attorney-client privilege: (a) give the other Party prompt notice of the commencement of any legal proceeding by or before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) keep the other Party informed as to the status of any such legal proceeding; and (c) promptly inform the other Party of any communication from any Governmental or Regulatory Authority regarding the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

 

5.4                              Notwithstanding anything specified in the Transaction Documents and subject to the Baorun Acquisition Agreements, all Subscribed Shares shall be pledged to a Person designated by OneConnect Technology Services Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司) on the Closing Date according to the Baorun Acquisition Agreements. The Investor shall enter into the corresponding share pledge agreement (“Share Pledge Agreement”) with the aforesaid Person and undergo share pledge registration in accordance with the Laws. The Investor undertakes not to directly or indirectly Transfer, pledge, or dispose of, in any manner whatsoever, the Subscribed Shares, unless such Transfer, pledge, or disposal is to complete the transfer or disposal of the Subscribed Shares according to section 4.1 of the Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, within first six (6) months from the date of the initial public offering of the Company (if any), the Investor and all its direct and indirect shareholders shall not be permitted to directly or indirectly Transfer, pledge, or dispose of, in any manner whatsoever, the Subscribed Shares held by them by that time (whether or not such restricted shares have been unlocked according to this clause), and within the next six (6) months, the Investor shall not be permitted to, other than by way of block trade or transfer by private agreement, dispose of the Subscribed Shares held by them by that time, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Existing Shareholders in any proposed initial public offering of the Company, or such Transfer, pledge, or disposal is to complete the transfer or disposal of the Subscribed Shares according to section 4.1 of the Baorun Acquisition Supplementary Agreement. The Subscribed Shares directly or indirectly held by the Investor and all its direct and indirect shareholders shall also be subject to any other arrangements agreed upon by the Existing Shareholders in any proposed initial public offering of the Company. Any Transfer or pledge not being in compliance with this clause 5.4 shall be void.

 

5.5                              In any event, if the transaction contemplated hereunder will delay the initial public offering process of the Company (if any), the Investor shall cooperate with the Company upon the notification made by the Company and proceed in good faith to negotiate a proper arrangement to effectuate transactions contemplated by this Agreement with a way without delaying the initial public offering process of the Company (if any).

 

6.                                      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE CLOSING

 

6.1                               The Investor Closing Conditions. The obligations of the Investor to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment by the Company or waiver by the Investor on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Investor Conditions”):

 

6.1.1                     Warranties. The Company Warranties shall be true in all material aspects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.

 

6.1.2                     Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing in all material aspects.

 

6.1.3                     Closing of the Baorun Acquisition. The Baorun Acquisition shall have been closed in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements.

 

6.2                               Company Conditions. The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment by the Investor or waiver by the Company on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Company Conditions”):

 

7


 

6.2.1                     Warranties. The Investor Warranties shall be true in all material aspects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.

 

6.2.2                     Performance. The Investor shall have performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing in all material aspects.

 

6.2.3                     PRC Governmental Approvals. The Investor shall have obtained all approvals, filings or registrations from the Governmental or Regulatory Authority (including but not limited to the ODI Approvals) in relation to the transaction contemplated hereunder.

 

6.2.4                     Closing of the Baorun Acquisition. The Baorun Acquisition shall have been closed in accordance with the Baorun Acquisition Agreements.

 

6.2.5                     No Injunction, Order, Etc. There shall be no injunction, order or decree of any nature of any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction that is in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Transaction Documents.

 

6.2.6                     No Change in Law. There shall be no Laws, directives, orders, pronouncements or other guidance issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that prohibit, restrain, enjoin or otherwise adversely affect the corporate structure or ownership of the Group Companies or the foreign ownership of the Company.

 

7.                                      INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1                               Time Limit of Claim. The Company shall not be liable for any Claims if such Claim is initiated after the first anniversary upon Closing, provided, however, that such time limitation shall not apply with respect to Claims arising out of fraud or wilful misconduct.

 

7.2                               Minimum Claims. No Claim made against the Company Warranties will be compensated unless the amount of the Claim, either individually or when combined with other related Claims, exceeds US$ Two Million (USD 2,000,000) in which event the full amount of all such Claims shall be recoverable, and not merely the excess.

 

7.3                               Indemnification.  Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “Indemnified Party”) harmless against all direct and actual losses (including reasonable costs and expenses) suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party, as a result of any breach of the Indemnifying Party’s warranties hereunder.

 

7.4                               Maximum Liability. The maximum aggregate liability of the Company in respect of all liability of the Company (including all Claims arising from the Company Warranties) pursuant to this Agreement shall not exceed, in aggregate, an amount equal to the Subscription Amount.

 

7.5                               Indemnification Procedure. Subject to clause 7.1, the Indemnified Party may elect to make a claim for indemnification (a “Claim”) for breaches of the Indemnifying Party’s warranties hereunder. All Claims by the Indemnified Party under this Agreement shall be asserted and resolved as follows:

 

8


 

7.5.1                     The Indemnified Party shall deliver a written notice notifying the Indemnifying Party with reasonable promptness of such Claim and specifying the nature of and basis for such Claim, together with the amount thereof, or if not then reasonably ascertainable, the estimated amount thereof, determined in good faith (a “Claim Notice”).

 

7.5.2                     If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Claim, or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) Business Days (the “Claim Maturity Date”) whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such third party Claim, the Losses in the amount specified the Claim Notice will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Losses in the amount specified in the Claim Notice to the Indemnified Party on demand. If the Indemnifying Party has timely disputed its liability with respect to such Claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which the Indemnifying Party delivered notice to the Indemnified Party that it disputes its liability with respect to such Claim, such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with clause 20.2 hereof.

 

7.6                               Exclusions. The Company shall not be liable in respect of a Claim and thus no compensation shall be due if and to the extent that such Claim is attributable to, or the amount of such Claim is increased as a result of, any:

 

7.6.1                     change in applicable Laws coming into effect from the date of this Agreement or any amendment to or the withdrawal of any practice previously published by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority, in either case occurring from the date of this Agreement, whether or not such change, amendment or withdrawal purports to have retroactive effect in whole or in part;

 

7.6.2                     new interpretation of existing Law by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority in a judgment or decision published after the Closing Date;

 

7.6.3                     change after the Closing Date in the accounting bases on which any of the Group Companies values its assets or a change in the tax structure or corporate structure of any of the Group Companies;

 

7.6.4                     change after the Closing Date of the date to which the Group Companies make up their statutory accounts or tax accounts or in the bases, methods or policies of accounting (including tax accounting) of the Group Companies.

 

7.7                               Mitigation. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to relieve the Investor from any duty under applicable Laws to mitigate any Losses incurred by it as a result of any breach of the Company Warranties. The Investor shall procure that all reasonable steps are taken and all reasonable assistance is given to avoid or mitigate any Claims or damage in the absence of mitigation might give rise to a liability in respect of any Claims.

 

7.8                               No double recovery. The Investor shall not be entitled to recover from the Company more than once in respect of any one matter if more than one Company Warranties and/or any provision of this Agreement is breached.

 

9


 

8.                                  FORCE MAJEURE

 

8.1                           No Party shall be liable to the other or be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement by reason of any delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure was beyond that Party’s reasonable control (including, without limitation, any strike, lockout or other industrial action, act of God, war or threat of war, accidental or malicious damage, settlement system failure or interruption, banking operation suspension or interruption, prohibition or restriction by governments or other legal authority or other events recognized as force majeure events by normal international commercial customs).

 

8.2                           A Party claiming to be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (either on time or at all) in any of the circumstances set out in clause 8.1 must immediately notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question, and shall provide evidence of the occurrence and continuance of the events set out in clause 8.1 within fifteen (15) days after such occurrence.

 

8.3                           The Parties shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement when such circumstances have ceased to have effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

9.                                 TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

 

9.1                          If the Closing has not occurred by September 30, 2019, without prejudice to the rights and remedies the Company or its affiliates are entitled to in accordance with Baorun Acquisition Agreements, the Company may terminate, or according to the negotiation between the Parties, amend this Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents.

 

9.2                          Upon termination, this Agreement shall cease to have any force and effect on the Parties except in respect of:

 

9.2.1                     clauses 9.2 and 10 to 21; and

 

9.2.2                     any rights or remedies accrued to a Party prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.                               TAXES AND COSTS

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall be responsible for all Taxes, fees and expenses incurred by it in relation to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

11.                               NO PARTNERSHIP

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them.

 

12.                               ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

12.1                        No announcement concerning this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall be made by one Party (whether prior to or after the Closing Date) without the prior approval of the other Party (such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) except for such announcement as may be required by applicable Laws or the rules of a stock exchange binding on the relevant Party, in which event the disclosing Party shall use its best efforts to notify the other Party and take into consideration the comments by such other Party.

 

12.2                        In addition to the foregoing, the Parties understand and acknowledge that this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, the oral or written information exchanged between or obtained by the Parties and their Affiliates as a result of the Transaction Documents, the information related to any dispute arising from or in connection with the performance, interpretation, breach, termination or validity of the Transaction Documents are all Confidential Information. The Parties shall, and shall procure each of their representatives (including but not limited to any senior management staff, director, employee, shareholder, agent or Affiliate), keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding any investor or potential investor, Affiliate and professional advisor of the Company or the Investor) the Confidential Information unless:

 

10


 

12.2.1              the Confidential Information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or its representatives or a third party source that was bound by a confidentiality agreement;

 

12.2.2              the Confidential Information was available to the Party or its representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by another Party hereto or its representatives; and

 

12.2.3              the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed under applicable Law, including but not limited to the disclosure made in accordance with any listing rule or any securities regulatory authority, in which case the Party having a disclosure obligation shall, at the reasonable time before the disclosure, consult other Parties over such disclosure and shall, as per the requirements of other Parties, seek possible confidential treatments for the Confidential Information subject to disclosure.

 

13.                               PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure for the benefit of each Party’s personal representatives and successors in title. This includes any successor to any Shares in the Company transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Articles. No Party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party.

 

14.                               ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

14.1                        This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto constitute the entire agreement between the Parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

14.2                        For the avoidance of doubt:

 

14.2.1              the Transaction Documents supersede and extinguish any representations and/or warranties previously given or made;

 

14.2.2              each of the Parties acknowledges to the other (and shall execute the Transaction Documents in reliance upon such acknowledgement) that it has not been induced to enter into any such documents by, nor relied upon, any representation or warranty other than the warranties contained in this Agreement; and

 

14.2.3              absent fraud, each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right which it may have to claim damages in respect of or rescind this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by reason of any misrepresentation or warranty not set out in any such document.

 

15.                               VARIATIONS

 

No variation of this Agreement or any of the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

11


 

16.                               WAIVER

 

No waiver by any Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by the other Party of any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other breach of that or any other provision and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

 

17.                               SEVERABILITY

 

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

18.                               NOTICES

 

18.1                        Any notice given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement must be given in writing to the Party due to receive such notice at the following addresses from time to time:

 

To OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.:

 

Address: 55th Floor, Ping An International Finance Building, Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen(深圳市福田区益田路平安国际金融大厦55)

 

Recipient: Li Jiang(李江)

 

Contact Number: ***

 

Email: ***

 

To BLOSSOM VIEW LIMITED:

 

Address: 20F-A1, Yuemeite Building, Southern Science and Technology Street, South District of High-tech Industrial Park, Nanshan District, Shenzhen (深圳市南山区高新技术产业园南区科技南七道粤美特大厦20F-A1)

 

Recipient: Han Tongtong (韩潼彤)

 

Contact Number: ***

 

Email: ***

 

18.2                        A notice may only be served on a Party:

 

18.2.1              by sending it through an internationally recognized express mail courier service in a prepaid envelope addressed to the Party or any of its officers at the addresses provided in clause 18.1;

 

18.2.2              by delivering it by hand to the addresses provided in clause 18.1; or

 

18.2.3              by fax transmission (with confirmation of error-free transmission) or email (with confirmation of receipt) to any officer of such Party.

 

12


 

18.3                        Any notice:

 

18.3.1              addressed to the recipient in the manner prescribed by this Agreement shall, if sent by internationally recognized express mail courier service, be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered;

 

18.3.2              not sent by internationally recognized express mail courier service, but delivered by hand to or left at an address in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered or left;

 

18.3.3              sent by fax transmission shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time it was sent, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to produce a transaction report or log generated by a fax machine which evidences the fax transmission on an error-free basis;

 

18.3.4              sent by email shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time it was sent, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to produce a copy of such email reflecting the date and time of transmission and confirmation of receipt.

 

19.                               COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20.                               GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

20.1                       This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

 

20.2                       Disputes between the Parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

 

20.2.1              the number of arbitrators shall be determined and then appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules;

 

20.2.2              the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English with Chinese translation;

 

20.2.3              subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the Party losing the arbitration;

 

20.2.4              while such dispute is being arbitrated under this clause 20.2, none of the Parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other Party to the dispute, except as may be required by applicable Laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

 

20.2.5              other than the matter being disputed, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

 

20.3                       The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by law.

 

13


 

21.                               LANGUAGE VERSION

 

This Agreement is prepared and signed in English. Any arbitration tribunal or court having jurisdiction over a dispute relating to this Agreement shall interpret this Agreement based on the English version.

 

14


 

IN WITNESS of which the Parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement.

 

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

By:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title:

Authorized Signatory

 

 


 

IN WITNESS of which the Parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement.

 

 

GOLD PLANNING LIMITED

 

 

By:

/s/ Bin Zhang

 

 

 

 

Name:

Bin Zhang

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

DATED 27 AUGUST 2019

 

BY AND AMONG

 

ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

Great Lakes Global Limited

 

-and -

 

MS. CHAU JESSICA TSZ WA (周子华)

 


 

CONTENTS

 

1.  DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

2.  SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES

5

 

 

3.  CLOSING

5

 

 

4.  WARRANTIES

6

 

 

5.  COVENANTS

6

 

 

6.  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

7

 

 

7.  INDEMNIFICATION

8

 

 

8.  FORCE MAJEURE

10

 

 

9.  TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

10

 

 

10.  TAXES AND COSTS

11

 

 

11.  NO PARTNERSHIP

11

 

 

12.  ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

11

 

 

13.  GUARANTEE

12

 

 

14.  PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

12

 

 

15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

12

 

 

16.  VARIATIONS

12

 

 

17.  WAIVER

12

 

 

18.  SEVERABILITY

13

 

 

19.  NOTICES

13

 

 

20.  COUNTERPARTS

13

 

 

21.  GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

14

 

 

22.  LANGUAGE VERSION

14

 

 

SCHEDULE 1: COMPANY WARRANTIES

I

 

 

SCHEDULE 2: INVESTOR WARRANTIES

I

 

 

SCHEDULE 3: EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS OF COMPANY

I

 

 

SCHEDULE 4: CURRENT STRUCTURE

I

 


 

DOCUMENTS IN THE AGREED FORM

 

·                                 DEED OF ADHERENCE

 


 

THIS SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made on 27 August 2019 by and among:

 

(1)                                 ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD., an exempted limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with registered address at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1104 (the “Company”);

 

(2)                                 Great Lakes Global Limited, a business company limited by shares incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with registered address at Ritter House, Wickhams Cay II, P.O. Box 3170, Road Town, Tortoia, British Virgin Islands (the “Investor”); and

 

(3)                                 Ms. Chau Jessica Tsz Wa (周子华), a holder of Hong Kong Identity Card, with the number of K918079(6) (the “Guarantor”).

 

(each, a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

B.                                    On the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Agreement, the Company intends to issue the Subscribed Shares (as defined below) to the Investor, and the Investor intends to subscribe for the Subscribed Shares.

 

IT IS ACCORDINGLY AGREED as follows:

 

1.                                                        DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement the following words and expressions shall (unless the context requires otherwise) have the following meanings:

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person by holding stocks or equities or by any other arrangement; “control” means the power, directly or indirectly, whether conditional or not, to direct the management or the board of directors of another company or holding more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting rights in the decision-making authority of another company or, with respect to any director, individual shareholder and any other natural person, being any of his/her immediate family members (including children, spouses, brothers, sisters and parents) and any company directly or indirectly controlled by such director, individual shareholder and any other natural person. For purpose of this Agreement, the Affiliates of the Investor do not include the Company and the group companies (集团公司) defined in the CA Acquisition Agreements.

 

“Agreed FX Rate” means the USD/RMB exchange middle rate published by the People’s Bank of China on its website on the date that is three (3) Business Days prior to the applicable payment date.

 

“Articles” means the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

“Business” means the business conducted by the Group Companies.

 

1


 

“Business Day” means a day (which for these purposes ends at 5:30pm local time) on which banks are open for commercial business in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong and China other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday.

 

Claim” is defined in clause 7.5.

 

Claim Maturity Date” is defined in clause 7.5.

 

“Claim Notice” is defined in clause 7.5.

 

“Closing” is defined in clause 3.1.

 

“Closing Date” is defined in clause 3.1.

 

“Companies Law” means the Cayman Islands Companies Law (2016 Revision) (as amended).

 

“Company Conditions” is defined in clause 6.2.

 

“Company Warranties” means the warranties of the Company as set out in Schedule 1.

 

“Confidential Information” means any information of a confidential or commercially sensitive nature (however stored), whether or not marked as such, relating to the business, customers or financial or other affairs of the Investor or any Group Company.

 

“Deed of Adherence” means a deed of adherence in the agreed form to be executed by the Investor on the Closing Date upon which the party thereto would be bound by the Shareholders Agreement.

 

“Encumbrance” means any rights of pledge, mortgage, liens or attachments or similar charges, right of first refusal, right of pre-emption, third party right or any other encumbrance having similar effect.

 

“Existing Shareholders” means shareholders listed in Schedule 3 to this Agreement.

 

“CA Acquisitions” means the Company acquires 100% shares of View Foundation International Limited which enjoys 98.91% equity interests of Shenzhen E-Commerce

 

Safety Certificates Administration Co., Ltd. (深圳市电子商务安全证书管理有限公司) through contractual arrangements in accordance with the CA Acquisition Agreements.

 

“CA Acquisition Agreements” means various agreements and documents entered into for the purpose of CA Acquisitions.

 

“Governmental or Regulatory Authority” means any nation or government or any province or state, municipal or local or any other political subdivision thereof, or any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including, without limitation, any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, stock or securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

“Group Company” and “Group Companies” means, individually and collectively, the Company and its Affiliates that are controlled by the Company.

 

2


 

“HKIAC” is defined in clause 21.2.

 

“HKIAC Rules” is defined in clause 21.2.

 

“Hong Kong” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

 

“Indemnified Party” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

“Indemnifying Party” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

“Investor Conditions” is defined in clause 6.1.

 

“Investor Warranties” means the warranties of the Investor as set out in Schedule 2.

 

“Law” or “Laws” means any constitutional provision, statute or other law, rule, regulation, listing rule, decree, official policy or interpretation of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

 

“Losses” is defined in clause 7.3.

 

“Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of US$ 0.00001 par value each in the capital of the Company.

 

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, estate, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, entity or Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other enterprise or entity of any kind or nature.

 

“PRC” or “China” means the People’s Republic of China, which for the purpose of this Agreement, excludes the Special Administrative Region of Hong Kong, the Special Administrative Region of Macao and Taiwan.

 

“Shareholders Agreement” means the existing effective agreements and documents signed by all the Existing Shareholders of the Company including (i) the shareholders agreement dated 10 April 2018 (“Amended Shareholders Agreement”), (ii) the deed of adherence executed by National Dream Limited dated 12 March 2019, pursuant to which National Dream Limited became a party to and was bound by the Amended Shareholders Agreement, and (iii) the deed of adherence executed by Well Foundation Company Limited dated 10 May 2019, pursuant to which Well Foundation Company Limited became a party to and was bound by the Amended Shareholders Agreement.

 

“Share” means a share in the Company (including an Ordinary Share) and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.

 

“Subscribed Shares” is defined in clause 2.1.

 

“Subscription Amount” is defined in clause 2.1.

 

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local, or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the Tax liability of any other Person.

 

3


 

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and the Deed of Adherence.

 

“US$” means United States dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

In this Agreement (unless the context otherwise requires):

 

1.1.1                             words and phrases which are defined or referred to in or for the purposes of the Companies Law as each is in force on the date of this Agreement have the same meanings in this Agreement (unless otherwise expressly defined in this Agreement);

 

1.1.2                             references to any document in the agreed form means a form of document agreed by the Company and the Investor and initialled on their behalf for the purposes of identification (or otherwise identified in writing as such by or on behalf of each of the Company and the Investor);

 

1.1.3                             reference to any gender includes all genders, references to the singular includes the plural (and vice versa), and references to persons includes bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships (whether or not any of the same have a separate legal personality);

 

1.1.4                             reference to a statute or a statutory provision includes reference to:

 

1.1.4.1           the statute or statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time, except to the extent that any modification, amendment, consolidation, re-enactment or replacement made after the date of this Agreement would increase the liability of any of the Parties; and

 

1.1.4.2           any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision (as modified or re-enacted as set out (but subject to the exception) in clause 1.1.4.1 above);

 

1.1.5                             reference to writing includes any method of representing or reproducing words in a legible form;

 

1.1.6                             reference to a clause or schedule is to a clause of, or schedule to, this Agreement, and reference to a paragraph is to a paragraph of a schedule to this Agreement;

 

1.1.7                             reference to the Parties to this Agreement includes their respective permitted assigns and personal representatives;

 

1.1.8                             reference to any Party to this Agreement comprising more than one person includes each person constituting that Party;

 

1.1.9                             the contents list, headings and any descriptive notes are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

1.1.10                      this Agreement hereby incorporates all schedules and exhibits attached herewith, which shall be deemed an integral part hereof.

 

4


 

1.2                               Unless otherwise specifically provided, where any resolution or document is required by this Agreement to be signed by any person, the reproduction of the signature of such person by fax or email attaching a true PDF copy shall suffice, provided that the original signed resolution or document is despatched by internationally recognized express mail courier service by close of business on the next following Business Day, in which case the effective resolution or document shall be that sent by fax or email, not the confirmatory letter.

 

2.                                                    SUBSCRIPTION FOR SHARES

 

2.1                              On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Investor shall subscribe for and purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell, issue and allot to the Investor on a fully-paid basis, certain number of Ordinary Shares of the Company (the “Subscribed Shares”) without any Encumbrance (in each case, as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, combinations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like), which shall be the product of (i) the subscription amount in US$ equivalent to RMB 66,580,000 calculated based on the Agreed FX Rate (the “Subscription Amount”), as the numerator; divided by (ii) US$ 7.5 per Share, as the denominator.

 

3.                                            CLOSING

 

3.1                               The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Subscribed Shares (the “Closing”) shall take place as notified by the Company on or before the date that is five (5) Business Days after the date on which the seller (转让股东) as defined in the CA Acquisition Agreements receives the balance of the third instalment of the purchase price (第三笔价款) less RMB 66,580,000 (as defined in the CA Acquisition Agreements) under the CA Acquisition Agreements, or such other later date (the “Closing Date”) or location as agreed by the Company and the Investor, subject to all the Company Conditions and Investor Conditions having been fulfilled or waived in accordance with clause 6.1 and clause 6.2 hereof respectively.

 

3.2                               Concurrently at the Closing:

 

3.2.1                       The Company shall deliver to the Investor:

 

3.2.1.1          certified true copies of all resolutions approved by the shareholders and board of directors of the Company related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

3.2.2                       The Investor shall deliver to the Company:

 

3.2.2.1          certified copies of all resolutions or equivalent documents approved by the governing body of the Investor related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

3.2.2.2          the Deed of Adherence (to be dated as of the Closing Date) executed by the Investor; and

 

3.2.2.3          due evidence of Investor having completed the conditions to closing set out in clause 6.2 to the satisfaction of the Company.

 

3.2.3                       The Parties hereby agree that, on the Closing Date, the Subscription Amount shall be paid in full by way of set-off against the amount of RMB 66,580,000 payable in the third instalment of the purchase price (第三笔价款) as defined and provided in the CA Acquisition Agreements.

 

5


 

3.2.4                       The Company shall issue and allot to the Investor the Subscribed Shares, as fully paid and free from any Encumbrances and deliver to the Investor an extract of the updated register of members reflecting the Investor as the holder of the Subscribed Shares on the Closing Date and within five (5) Business Days thereafter a share certificate representing the Subscribed Shares in due and proper form and duly executed on behalf of the Company.

 

4.                                      WARRANTIES

 

4.1                               As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company hereby warrants to the Investor that each of the Company Warranties is true and accurate. The Company Warranties are the exclusive warranties made by the Company under this Agreement. The Company hereby disclaims any other express or implied representations or warranties, whether written or oral, unless otherwise stated in CA Acquisition Agreements. The Company is not, directly or indirectly, making any representations or warranties regarding the pro forma financial information, financial projections or other forward-looking statements of the Company or any other Group Company.

 

4.2                               As of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Investor hereby warrants to the Company that each of the Investor Warranties is true and accurate. The Investor Warranties are the exclusive warranties made by Investor. Investor hereby disclaims any other express or implied representations or warranties, whether written or oral, unless otherwise stated in CA Acquisition Agreements.

 

5.                                      COVENANTS

 

5.1                               The Company shall comply with clause 6.1 and Investor shall comply with clause 6.2 and thereafter the Parties shall work together, where applicable, to complete transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party shall: (i) make all filings and give all notices required to be made or given by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent required to be obtained (pursuant to any applicable Law, contract or otherwise) by such Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.2                               At any time if the Party responsible for satisfaction of each condition becomes aware of a fact or circumstances that might prevent such condition being satisfied it shall inform the other Party immediately.

 

5.3                               Each Party shall, subject to applicable Law and all applicable privileges, including the attorney-client privilege: (a) give the other Party prompt notice of the commencement of any legal proceeding by or before any Governmental or Regulatory Authority with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) keep the other Party informed as to the status of any such legal proceeding; and (c) promptly inform the other Party of any communication from any Governmental or Regulatory Authority regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.4                               Unless otherwise specified in the Transaction Documents, for a period of two (2) years from the Closing Date, the Investor shall not sell, transfer or dispose of any Subscribed Shares in any manner without complying with the relevant requirements in the Shareholders Agreement (i.e., written consent from the other Shareholders of the Company holding a majority of the Shares then outstanding (excluding the Shares being held by the Investor), and shall ensure that there is no change in the direct and indirect beneficial interest in the Investor during such period without complying with the same requirements in the Shareholders Agreement, unless otherwise stated in the Shareholders Agreement. Should the Investor violate any restrictions/requirements under this Clause, the Investor shall be deemed as having breached the restrictions/requirements for transfer of shares provided in the Shareholders Agreement and shall bear the corresponding breach liabilities provided thereunder.

 

6


 

5.5                               Unless otherwise specified in the CA Acquisitions Agreements, the Company undertakes to the Investor that, from the date hereof and until the date that is two (2) years after the Closing Date, the Company shall continuously have control of, hold direct or indirect control interests in and/or obtain substantial benefits from the onshore entities set forth in Schedule 4 of this Agreement, unless otherwise required by the applicable laws.

 

6.                                      CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

6.1                               The Investor Closing Conditions. The obligations of the Investor to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment by the Company or waiver by the Investor on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Investor Conditions”):

 

6.1.1                             Warranties. The Company Warranties being true in all material aspects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.

 

6.1.2                             Performance. The Company having performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing in all material aspects.

 

6.1.3                             No Injunction, Order, Etc. There being no injunction, order or decree of any nature of any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Transaction Documents.

 

6.1.4                             No Change in Law. There being no Laws, directives, orders, pronouncements or other guidance issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that prohibit, restrain, enjoin or otherwise adversely affect the corporate structure or ownership of the Group Companies or the foreign ownership of the Company.

 

6.1.5                             Third Payment of the CA Acquisitions. Provided that the conditions required prior to the Third Payment have been satisfied or waived by the Company or the Guarantor in accordance with the CA Acquisition Agreements, the Company having fulfilled its payment obligation of the balance of the Third Payment under the CA Acquisitions Agreements less the amount of RMB 66,580,000 to be set off against the Subscription Amount hereunder.

 

7


 

6.2                               Company Conditions. The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfilment by the Investor or waiver by the Company on or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions (collectively, the “Company Conditions”):

 

6.2.1                             Warranties. The Investor Warranties being true in all material aspects on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing.

 

6.2.2                             Performance. The Investor having performed and complied with all of its agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing in all material aspects.

 

6.2.3                             Governmental Approvals. The Investor having obtained all approvals, filings or registrations from the Governmental or Regulatory Authority (if necessary) in relation to the transaction contemplated hereunder.

 

6.2.4                             No Injunction, Order, Etc. There being no injunction, order or decree of any nature of any court or Governmental or Regulatory Authority of competent jurisdiction in effect that restrains or prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by the other Transaction Documents.

 

6.2.5                             No Change in Law. There being no Laws, directives, orders, pronouncements or other guidance issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority that prohibit, restrain, enjoin or otherwise adversely affect the corporate structure or ownership of the Group Companies or the foreign ownership of the Company.

 

7.                                      INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1                               Time Limit of Claim. The Company shall not be liable for any Claims if such Claim is initiated after the first anniversary upon Closing, provided, however, that such time limitation shall not apply with respect to Claims arising out of fraud and wilful misconduct.

 

7.2                               Minimum Claims. No Claim made against the Company Warranties will be compensated unless the amount of the Claim, either individually or when combined with other related Claims, exceeds United States Dollars Two Million (USD 2,000,000) in which event the full amount of all such Claims shall be recoverable, and not merely the excess.

 

7.3                               Indemnification.  Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, each Party (the “Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and hold the other Party (the “Indemnified Party”) harmless against all direct and actual losses (including reasonable costs and expenses) (the “Losses”) suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party, as a result of any breach of the Indemnifying Party’s warranties hereunder.

 

7.4                               Maximum Liability. The maximum aggregate liability of the Company in respect of all liability of the Company (including all Claims arising from the Company Warranties) pursuant to this Agreement shall not exceed, in aggregate, an amount equal to the Subscription Amount.

 

8


 

7.5                               Indemnification Procedure. Subject to clause 7.1, the Indemnified Party may elect to make a claim for indemnification (a “Claim”) for breaches of the Indemnifying Party’s warranties hereunder. All Claims by the Indemnified Party under this Agreement shall be asserted and resolved as follows:

 

7.5.1                              The Indemnified Party shall deliver a written notice notifying the Indemnifying Party with reasonable promptness of such Claim and specifying the nature of and basis for such Claim, together with the amount thereof, or if not then reasonably ascertainable, the estimated amount thereof, determined in good faith (a “Claim Notice”).

 

7.5.2                              If the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party that it does not dispute its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Claim, or fails to notify the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which the Indemnified Party delivers the Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party (the fifteenth Business Day shall be hereinafter referred as the “Claim Maturity Date”) whether the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Party with respect to such Claim, the Losses in the amount specified the Claim Notice will be conclusively deemed a liability of the Indemnifying Party hereunder and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such Losses in the amount specified in the Claim Notice to the Indemnified Party on demand. If the Indemnifying Party has timely (i.e., before the Claim Maturity Date) disputed its liability with respect to such Claim, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party will proceed in good faith to negotiate a resolution of such dispute, and if not resolved through negotiations within thirty (30) Business Days after the date on which the Indemnifying Party delivered notice to the Indemnified Party that it disputes its liability with respect to such Claim, such dispute shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with clause 21.2 hereof.

 

7.6                               Exclusions. The Company shall not be liable in respect of a Claim and thus no compensation shall be due if and to the extent that such Claim is attributable to, or the amount of such Claim is increased as a result of, any:

 

7.6.1                              change in applicable Laws coming into effect from the date of this Agreement or any amendment to or the withdrawal of any practice previously published by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority, in either case occurring from the date of this Agreement, whether or not such change, amendment or withdrawal purports to have retroactive effect in whole or in part;

 

7.6.2                              new interpretation of existing Law by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority in a judgment or decision published after the Closing Date;

 

7.6.3                              change after the Closing Date in the accounting bases on which any of the Group Companies values its assets or a change in the tax structure or corporate structure of any of the Group Companies;

 

7.6.4                              change after the Closing Date of the date to which the Group Companies make up their statutory accounts or tax accounts or in the bases, methods or policies of accounting (including tax accounting) of the Group Companies.

 

7.7                               Mitigation. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to relieve the Investor from any duty under applicable Laws to mitigate any Losses incurred by it as a result of any breach of the Company Warranties. The Investor shall procure that all reasonable steps are taken and all reasonable assistance is given to avoid or mitigate any Claims or damage in the absence of mitigation might give rise to a liability in respect of any Claims.

 

9


 

7.8                               No Double Recovery. The Investor shall not be entitled to recover from the Company more than once in respect of any one matter if more than one Company Warranties and/or any provision of this Agreement is breached.

 

8.                                      FORCE MAJEURE

 

8.1                               No Party shall be liable to the other or be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement by reason of any delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement if such delay or failure was beyond that Party’s reasonable control (including, without limitation, any strike, lockout or other industrial action, act of God, war or threat of war, accidental or malicious damage, settlement system failure or interruption, banking operation suspension or interruption, prohibition or restriction by governments or other legal authority or other events recognized as force majeure events by normal international commercial customs).

 

8.2                               A Party claiming to be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement (either on time or at all) in any of the circumstances set out in clause 8.1 must immediately notify the other Party of the nature and extent of the circumstances in question, and shall provide evidence of the occurrence and continuance of the events set out in clause 8.1 within fifteen (15) days after such occurrence.

 

8.3                               The Parties shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement when such circumstances have ceased to have effect on the performance of this Agreement.

 

9.                                      TERMINATION AND SURVIVAL

 

9.1                               This Agreement shall become effective upon the date this Agreement is signed by all Parties and remain valid until terminated in accordance with this Agreement.

 

9.2                               This Agreement may be terminated at any time by mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

9.3                               If the CA Acquisition Agreements are terminated before the Closing, this Agreement and the Deed of Adherence (if executed) shall be terminated automatically. If the CA Acquisition Agreements are terminated after the Closing, the Investor and the Company shall upon amicable negotiation agree in writing a proper arrangement within ten (10) Business Days to dispose of the Subscribed Shares. In the event that the Investor and the Company fail to make such a written agreement within such negotiation period, either the Company or the Investor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement together with the other Transaction Documents immediately thereafter and the Company (or its designated entity) shall buy back the Subscribed Shares then held by the Investor (if any) at the price equivalent to the Subscription Amount stated in Clause 2.1 hereunder. Under such circumstances, the Investor shall provide all reasonable and necessary support upon the Company’s request to complete such share buy-back. The Company is deemed to have made full payment of the aggregate share buy-back price by setting off the same against part of the refund of the purchase price pursuant to and under the CA Acquisition Agreements.

 

9.4                              Upon termination, this Agreement shall cease to have any force and effect on the Parties except in respect of:

 

9.4.1                                    Clauses 7, 9.4 and 10 to 22; and

 

10


 

9.4.2                              any rights or remedies accrued to a Party prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

10.                               TAXES AND COSTS

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, each Party shall be responsible for all Taxes, fees and expenses incurred by it in relation to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

 

11.                               NO PARTNERSHIP

 

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership among the Parties or any of them.

 

12.                               ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

12.1                        No announcement concerning this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents shall be made by one Party (whether prior to or after the Closing Date) without the prior approval of the other Party (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) except for such announcement as may be required by applicable Laws or the rules of a stock exchange binding on the relevant Party, in which event the disclosing Party shall use its best efforts to notify the other Party and take into consideration the comments by such other Party.

 

12.2                        In addition to the foregoing, the Parties understand and acknowledge that this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, the oral or written information exchanged among or obtained by the Parties and their Affiliates as a result of the Transaction Documents, the information related to any dispute arising from or in connection with the performance, interpretation, breach, termination or validity of the Transaction Documents are all Confidential Information. The Parties shall, and shall procure each of their representatives (including but not limited to any senior management staff, director, employee, shareholder, agent or Affiliate), keep confidential and not disclose to any third party (excluding any investor or potential investor, Affiliate and professional advisor of the Company or the Investor) the Confidential Information unless:

 

12.2.1                      the Confidential Information is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by a Party or its representatives or a third party source that was bound by a confidentiality agreement;

 

12.2.2                      the Confidential Information was available to the Party or its representatives on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by another Party hereto or its representatives; or

 

12.2.3                      the Confidential Information is required to be disclosed under applicable Law, including but not limited to the disclosure made in accordance with any listing rule or any securities regulatory authority, in which case the Party having a disclosure obligation shall, at the reasonable time before the disclosure, consult other Parties over such disclosure and shall, as per the requirements of other Parties, seek possible confidential treatments for the Confidential Information subject to disclosure.

 

11


 

13.                               GUARANTEE

 

13.1                        So long as the Guarantor holds 100% shares of the Investor, the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to ensure that the Investor will perform all its due obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, and upon the Investor’s signing of the Shareholders Agreement, all its obligations under or pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement.

 

13.2                        The Guarantor represents and warrants to the Company that: (i) she has the power to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform her obligations under it; and (ii) this Agreement constitutes her legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against her in accordance with the terms hereunder.

 

14.                               PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES AND SUCCESSORS IN TITLE

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure for the benefit of each Party’s personal representatives and successors in title. This includes any successor to any Shares in the Company transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Articles. No Party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other Party.

 

15.                               ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

15.1                        This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto constitute the entire agreement among the Parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

15.2                        For the avoidance of doubt:

 

15.2.1                      the Transaction Documents supersede and extinguish any representations and/or warranties previously given or made;

 

15.2.2                      each of the Parties acknowledges to the other (and shall execute the Transaction Documents in reliance upon such acknowledgement) that it has not been induced to enter into any such documents by, nor relied upon, any representation or warranty other than the warranties contained in this Agreement; and

 

15.2.3                      absent fraud, each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right which it may have to claim damages in respect of or rescind this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by reason of any misrepresentation or warranty not set out in any such document.

 

16.                               VARIATIONS

 

No variation of this Agreement or any of the documents in the agreed form that are attached as schedules and exhibits hereto shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each Party.

 

17.                               WAIVER

 

No waiver by any Party of any breach or non-fulfilment by the other Party of any provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent or other breach of that or any other provision and no failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right or remedy. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of a Party under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by Law.

 

12


 

18.                               SEVERABILITY

 

The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the continuation in force of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

19.                               NOTICES

 

19.1                        Any notice given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement must be given in writing to the Party due to receive such notice at its registered office from time to time.

 

19.2                        A notice may only be served on a Party:

 

19.2.1                      by sending it through an internationally recognized express mail courier service in a prepaid envelope addressed to the Party or any of its officers at its registered office;

 

19.2.2                      by delivering it by hand to its registered office; or

 

19.2.3                      by fax transmission (with confirmation of error-free transmission) or email (with confirmation of receipt) to any officer of such Party.

 

19.3                        Any notice:

 

19.3.1                      addressed to the recipient in the manner prescribed by this Agreement shall, if sent by internationally recognized express mail courier service, be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered;

 

19.3.2                      not sent by internationally recognized express mail courier service, but delivered by hand to or left at an address in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered or left;

 

19.3.3                      sent by fax transmission shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time it was sent, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to produce a transaction report or log generated by a fax machine which evidences the fax transmission on an error-free basis;

 

19.3.4                      sent by email shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time it was sent, and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to produce a copy of such email reflecting the date and time of transmission and confirmation of receipt.

 

20.                               COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which when executed by one or more of the Parties shall constitute an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


 

21.                               GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

21.1                        This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.

 

21.2                        Disputes among the Parties shall be settled by arbitration at the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in Hong Kong under the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the notice of arbitration is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules, except as amended as follows:

 

21.2.1                      the number of arbitrators shall be determined and then appointed in accordance with the HKIAC Rules (solely for the purpose of this clause 21.2.1, the Investor and the Guarantor shall be deemed as the same party when appointing arbitrator(s));

 

21.2.2                      the language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English with Chinese translation;

 

21.2.3                      subject to the overall discretion of the arbitration tribunal, the costs of the arbitration, including the HKIAC’s and arbitrators’ fees and legal costs, shall be borne by the Party losing the arbitration;

 

21.2.4                      while such dispute is being arbitrated under this clause 21.2, none of the Parties shall be permitted to disclose any information or details relating to such dispute without the written consent of the other Party to the dispute, except as may be required by applicable Laws or under the rules of any securities exchange; and

 

21.2.5                      other than the matter being disputed, the Parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, which are not in dispute.

 

21.3                        The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties shall waive their rights of appeal, if any, to the extent allowed by law.

 

22.                               LANGUAGE VERSION

 

This Agreement is prepared and signed in English. Any arbitration tribunal or court having jurisdiction over a dispute relating to this Agreement shall interpret this Agreement based on the English version.

 

14


 

IN WITNESS of which the Parties or their duly authorized representatives have executed this Agreement.

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Name:

Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

 

Title

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Great Lakes Global Limited

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chau Jessica Tsz Wa

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ms. Chau Jessica Tsz Wa

 

 

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Chau Jessica Tsz Wa

 

 

 

 

Name:

Ms. Chau Jessica Tsz Wa

 

 


 

SCHEDULE 1:   COMPANY WARRANTIES

 

I


 

SCHEDULE 2:  INVESTOR WARRANTIES

 

I


 

SCHEDULE 3:  EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS OF COMPANY

 

I


 

SCHEDULE 4:  CURRENT STRUCTURE

 

I


 

DEED OF ADHERENCE

 

1




Exhibit 10.14

 

Strategic Cooperation Agreement

 

Between

 

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

 

and

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

July 11th, 2019

 


 

Strategic Cooperation Agreement

 

This Strategic Cooperation Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into on July 11th, 2019 by and between:

 

(1)                                 Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. (“Party A”), a corporation duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“China”, solely for the purpose of the Agreement, excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan); and

 

(2)                                 OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (“Party B”), a company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

As used herein, Party A and Party B are individually referred to as a “party” and collectively referred to as the “parties”.

 

WHEREAS,

 

the parties intend to carry out cooperation in various fields and wish to make arrangements for relevant matters. NOW, THEREFORE, in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, and through amicable negotiation, the parties agree as follows:

 

1             Definitions and Interpretations

 

Unless otherwise agreed in the Agreement:

 

1.1                              A party to the Agreement shall include its successors or permitted assignees;

 

1.2                              For the purpose of the Agreement, “Party A” shall, depending on the context, be reasonably construed as (1) Party A, and/or (2) majority-owned subsidiaries of Party A; “Party B” shall, depending on the context, be reasonably construed as (1) Party B, and/or (2) majority-owned subsidiaries of Party B and/or companies which are controlled by it through contractual arrangements;

 

1.3                              Nothing contained in the Agreement shall be construed to preclude any extension, amendment, change or supplement to the Agreement;

 

1.4                              Headings in the Agreement are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the contents or interpretation of the Agreement.

 

1


 

2             Cooperation Period

 

2.1                              The period of cooperation between the parties shall be ten (10) years from the effective date of the Agreement (the “Cooperation Period”), provided that Party A directly or indirectly holds over 30% equity interest or beneficial ownership on a fully diluted basis in Party B, and Party B maintains its status as a listed company. The Cooperation Period shall automatically renew for a period of five (5) years, unless either party gives notice of non-renewal twenty (20) working days prior to the expiry of the Cooperation Period.

 

2.2                              Until the date on which the fully-diluted equity interest or beneficial ownership directly or indirectly held by Party A in Party B becomes less than 30%, or the date on which shares of Party B cease to be listed on a stock exchange, Party A is entitled to unilaterally terminate the Agreement, provided that it shall give a twenty (20) working days prior written notice to Party B, and by then, the parties may re-negotiate on the content of cooperation.

 

3             Strategic Partner

 

Under the guidance of “finance + technology” and “finance + ecology” strategic planning, Party A, as the holding company of a technology-based financial life service group, focuses on financial asset and healthcare industries, and fully applies innovative technologies to traditional finance and five main ecosystems, namely “financial service, healthcare, automobile service, real estate service and smart city”. Party B establishes a technology-based service platform in the financial service field through its companies, providing end-to-end technology solutions and services for various financial institutions. The parties agree to carry out all-round strategic cooperation during the Cooperation Period. If Party A intends to provide technology service solutions to external financial institutions, it shall, subject to applicable laws and regulations, give priority to Party B as a partner under the same conditions, and the details of cooperation shall be specified in separate agreements signed by the parties.

 

4             Commercial Cooperation between the Parties

 

4.1                              Contents of Cooperation

 

During the Cooperation Period, the parties shall consider carrying out commercial cooperation within the following scope:

 

(1)             Products and Services. Subject to applicable laws and regulations, under the same conditions (namely the same price and type of products and services provided), Party A shall give priority to cooperation with Party B, and Party B shall provide Party A with the following products and services, including but not limited to: (a) banking solutions; and (b) non-banking solutions. Subject to applicable laws and regulations, under the same conditions (namely the same price and type of products and services provided), Party B shall give priority to cooperation with Party A, and Party A shall provide Party B with the following products and services, including but not limited to: (a) technology products and services; (b) outsourcing services for financial service solutions; (c) operational management services; and (d) other services.

 

2


 

(2)             Financial Services. Party A and Party B shall provide financial services to each other, including but not limited to: (a) deposit services; (b) wealth management services; and (c) loan services.

 

4.2                              Specific Arrangements

 

(1)             The parties shall cooperate within the scope specified in Article 4.1 hereof, and the specific contents, prices and methods of cooperation shall be agreed in specific agreements.

 

(2)             If relevant specific agreements are subject to relevant review and/or approval, reporting, disclosure and other procedures in accordance with applicable laws, regulatory policies and corporate governance documents, the parties shall make reasonable commercial efforts to cause its majority-owned subsidiaries and companies which are controlled by it through contractual arrangements to go through relevant review and/or approval, reporting, disclosure and other procedures in accordance with applicable laws, regulatory policies and corporate governance documents then in force; specific transactions contemplated under the Agreement shall not be carried out until signature of specific agreements and completion of internal review, ex ante disclosure, approval, reporting and other procedures required for the completion of such agreements.

 

5             Intellectual Property Rights Licensing and Technical Cooperation

 

(1)             Trademark Licensing. During the Cooperation Period, Party A shall grant Party B a non-exclusive license to use certain trademarks owned by Party A that have been registered worldwide or for which registration applications have been submitted (“Licensed Trademarks”) on a royalty-free basis; without the consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer such license. Party B may use the Licensed Trademarks in business activities within the statutory business scope, or legally use the Licensed Trademarks in any promotion, publicity and advertising activities carried out in the name of Party B. The scopes and licensing methods of specific Licensed Trademarks shall be subject to the Trademark Licensing Contract signed by the parties.

 

3


 

(2)             Technology Licensing. During the Cooperation Period, subject to applicable laws and regulations, Party A shall, according to specific business conditions, grant Party B a worldwide, sub-licensable, non-assignable license to use, copy, modify and sell the technologies owned by Party A in finance context (technologies under the Agreement include but are not limited to patents, know-how, software and technologies used in products purchased by Party B from Party A, collectively referred to as “Licensed Technologies”). The specific licensing arrangements shall be agreed in separate agreement signed by the parties.

 

6             Entry into Force and Termination

 

6.1                              The Agreement shall come into effect on the date on which the parties duly sign or affix a seal to the Agreement or on the date on which Party B’s shares are listed on a stock exchange, whichever is later.

 

6.2                              The Agreement is terminated if any of the following is satisfied:

 

(1)             the Cooperation Period expires but is not automatically extended;

 

(2)             the parties agree to terminate the Agreement;

 

(3)             the non-breaching party has the right to terminate the Agreement, if either party materially breaches the Agreement, rendering the performance of the Agreement impossible;

 

(4)             the fully-diluted equity interest or beneficial ownership directly or indirectly held by Party A in Party B becomes less than 30% or shares of Party B ceases to be listed on a stock exchange, and Party A unilaterally terminates the Agreement; or

 

(5)             The Agreement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations or the judgment, ruling or decision of a competent court or arbitration institution to terminate the Agreement.

 

4


 

6.3                              No termination of the Agreement will affect rights, obligations or responsibilities of either party accrued under the Agreement.

 

7             Applicable Laws and Disputes Resolution

 

7.1                              The Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of China.

 

7.2                              Any dispute arising out of or in relation to the Agreement shall be resolved by the parties through amicable negotiations. Where the dispute cannot be resolved by negotiation, either party may submit the dispute for arbitration in Shenzhen to Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration in accordance with its arbitration rules then in force. The arbitration award shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

8             Notice

 

Any notice required to be served under the Agreement shall be made in writing and sent to the addresses specified hereunder or such address as notified in writing by either party from time to time. Any such notice shall be delivered by personal delivery or registered mail, and shall be deemed to have been received upon delivery, if sent by personal delivery, or on the date of the return receipt, if sent by registered mail. Mailing addresses of the parties are as follows:

 

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

 

Address: Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

 

Postal code: 518046

 

Attention: Legal and Compliance Department of the Group

 

Tel: ***

 

Email: ***

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: Block A, Poly West Bund Center, 1119 South Wanping Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

 

Postal code: 200232

 

Attention: Corporate Finance Team of the Strategy Center/ Legal and Compliance Department

 

Tel:   ***

 

Email:      ***

 

5


 

9             Supplementary Provisions

 

9.1                              Any provision of the Agreement which is illegal, invalid or unenforceable will not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of the Agreement, unless it cannot be severed from other provisions.

 

9.2                              Except with the prior written consent of either party to the Agreement, the other party to the Agreement shall not transfer its rights and obligations hereof.

 

9.3                              Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, relevant specific cooperation agreements signed by the parties prior to the entry into force of the Agreement shall remain valid, and any matters not covered by such specific cooperation agreements shall be subject to the Agreement.

 

9.4                              The parties shall do, sign or cause to be done or signed, all further acts and documents necessary to give effect to provisions of the Agreement.

 

9.5                              Unless otherwise specified, no failure or delay by either party in exercising its rights, powers or privileges under the Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges. No single or partial exercise of such rights, powers or privileges shall preclude the exercise of other rights, powers or privileges.

 

9.6                              No amendment to the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing signed or sealed by the parties.

 

9.7                              The Agreement is executed in quadruplicate. Both parties shall each keep two originals, and each original has the same legal force.

 

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 

6


 

(Signature page of this Strategic Cooperation Agreement)

 

 

Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd. (seal)

 

/s/ Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Ltd.

 


 

(Signature page of this Strategic Cooperation Agreement)

 

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Signature of authorized representative:

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed. The excluded information has been bracketed.

 

Technology Service Agreement

 

Party A: OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen)

 

Party B: Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

Party C: Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

 

Party D: Shenzhen Ping An Communication Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(In the text of the Agreement, Party B, Party C and Party D are collectively referred to as the “Service Provider” and individually as itself, respectively)

 

NOW, THEREFORE, through friendly negotiations and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit, the Parties hereto have reached the following agreement (the “Agreement”) with respect to matters relating to information products and technical services:

 

Article 1                  Types and Scope of Transaction

 

1.1                     The types and scope of transaction as agreed hereunder include the provision and sales of expert consultation, development services, infrastructure operation and maintenance, office support, information security, public platform, application products and other information products and technical services (hereinafter referred to as the “Product / Service”) by the Service Provider to Party A.

 

Article 2                  Pricing Policy of Transaction and Basis

 

2.1                     The transaction as agreed under Article 1.1 of the Agreement between Party A and the Service Provider shall follow the principle of fair pricing.

 

2.2                     In case the transaction is comparable to the market price or charge standard of an independent third party, the transaction price may be determined by reference to such price or standard.

 

2.3                     In case the transaction is not comparable to the market price of an independent third party, the transaction price may be determined by reference to the price of unrelated transactions between a related party and a third party independent of such related party.

 

2.4                     In case the transaction is not comparable to the market price of an independent third party nor an independent unrelated transaction, the transaction price shall be determined by the Transactional Net Margin Method.

 

2.5                     The specific transaction pricing shall be calculated based on the price of a specific Product / Service.

 


 

Article 3                  Determination of Transaction Volume and Amount

 

3.1                     The total amount of all transactions in 2019 as agreed under Article 1.1 of the Agreement within the term of the Agreement, shall not exceed RMB[***] (hereinafter referred to as the “Transaction Volume”), of which the amount from Ping An Technology in 2019 was RMB[***] (tax included), and that from Communication Technology was RMB[***] (tax included). The transaction amount in 2020 and 2021 shall be determined separately.

 

3.2                     Should, the actual total amount of all transactions as agreed under Article 1.1 of the Agreement between Party A and the Service Provider exceed the Transaction Volume, the Parties shall execute a supplementary agreement separately.

 

Article 4                  Fees And Payment

 

4.1                     Pursuant to agreement between the Parties and subject to the Transaction Volume specified in Article 3.1 of the Agreement, Party A shall pay relevant fees to the Service Provider for the Product / Service purchased.

 

4.2                     The service fees charged by the Service Provider shall be based on the types of service mainly through the following four methods, including but not limited to:

 

(1)                       fixed monthly charge;

 

(2)                       monthly charge based on the actual usage;

 

(3)                       the higher of the budget amount and the actual amount; and

 

(4)                       charge based on orders.

 

4.3                     All amounts and fees specified or referred to herein shall:

 

(1)                       include applicable taxes; and

 

(2)                       be paid in RMB.

 

Article 5                  Value-Added Tax

 

5.1                     In case the information provided by Party B meets the settlement terms of the Agreement, Party A shall perform its settlement obligations thereunder after receiving special VAT invoices from Party B.

 

5.2                     The agreed purchase price between Party A and Party B shall include applicable taxes.

 

5.3                     Party B shall issue legal special VAT invoices in strict compliance with applicable tax regulations and documents. If the special VAT invoice issued by Party B does not meet applicable tax laws and regulations and relevant provisions of tax authorities, any financial losses of Party B arising therefrom shall be borne by itself.

 

5.4                     If the special VAT invoice issued by Party B is lost, destroyed or stolen before delivered to Party A, resulting in unsuccessful delivery of such invoice to Party A, Party B shall provide Party A with relevant information in accordance with relevant tax laws and regulations to facilitate Party A’s tax deduction.

 

5.5                     If any credit invoice or re-invoicing for the business hereunder is required due to any sales discount or sales return or as specified by other national regulations, Party B shall be obliged to issue such credit invoice or reissue such invoice, and Party A shall be obliged to return the invoice issued by Party B in accordance with national tax regulations or submit a valid certificate to relevant tax authorities evidencing that Party B is required to issue a credit invoice.

 

If any Party violates any of the preceding provisions, the defaulting Party shall bear relevant default liabilities in accordance with relevant provisions in respect of default liabilities in the text hereof.

 

2


 

Article 6                  Deposit

 

6.1                     In order to facilitate the Service Provider better prepared to provide services hereunder to Party A and avoid the Service Provider’s losses from Party A’s termination of or failure to perform the Agreement without justified reasons, the Parties unanimously agree that Party A shall pay a deposit for 2019 of RMB[***] to the Service Provider, and the deposits for 2020 and 2021 shall be paid at the amounts as agreed. Party C and Party D agree that the above-mentioned deposit shall be collected and refunded by Party B. Under the normal performance of the Agreement, the conditions for refund of the deposit shall be that each and every has performed their full obligations.

 

6.2                     In case of Party A’s delay in payment of the deposit to the Service Provider, 1 ‰ of the total amount of deposit shall be paid for each overdue day. If the overdue period exceeds 30 working days, the Service Provider shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement.

 

6.3                     The Service Provider shall refund the deposit at its original amount within 30 working days from the date of receiving Party A’s notice in any of the following circumstances:

 

(1)                       the Agreement expires and Party A has not breached the aforementioned contract within the term thereof;

 

(2)                       the Agreement expires and Party A notifies Party B, C and D in writing that it will cease to use the Service in the following year;

 

(3)                       Party A terminates the Agreement prior to its expiry on statutory or contractual causes;

 

(4)                       the Service Provider terminates the Agreement prior to its expiry in the absence of statutory or contractual causes, in which case the Service Provider shall pay 20% of the deposit as penalty to Party A together with the refund of deposit at its original amount; or

 

(5)                       the Parties execute a new agreement upon the expiry of the Agreement, and the Service Provider has received the deposit thereunder.

 

6.4                     In any of the following circumstances, the Service Provider shall refund the balance of deposit after deducting 20% thereof as liquidated damages within 30 working days from the date of receiving Party A’s notice:

 

(1)                        Party A terminates the Agreement prior to its expiry in the absence of statutory or contractual causes; or

 

(2)                        If Party A fails to pay the service fee within 30 working days following the due date, the Service Provider may deduct the overdue amount from Party A’s deposit and notify Party A to make up the deposit within 5 working days from the date of receipt of such notice. If Party A refuses to make up the deposit, the Service Provider is entitled to terminate the Agreement.

 

6.5                     After Party A pays the deposit for the current year, the Service Provider shall refund the deposit for the preceding year to Party A within 30 working days.

 

Article 7                  Responsibilities of Party A

 

7.1                     Party A shall establish a special organization or designate special personnel for the following main functions, including:

 

(1)                       promoting, managing and submitting users’ original demand;

 

(2)                       organizing user testing and training and promoting launch;

 

(3)                       organizing users to participate in the verification after changes in production environment, such as release of a new version or changes in infrastructure settings; and

 

3


 

(4)                       timely feedbacking business activities to the system operation department of the Service Provider that may lead to changes in the peak access volume, periodicity of access peak and access location of relevant application systems.

 

7.2                     Party A shall accept and confirm the work results and bills delivered on time by the Service Provider hereunder, and pay service fees thereof to the Service Provider within the prescribed period.

 

7.3                     Should Party A’s business development lead to a sharp increase in the workload or a decline in service levels of the Service Provider, Party A shall, at least 30 working days in advance, notify the Service Provider to prepare human resources and technical information.

 

7.4                     Party A’s request shall be submitted to the Service Provider in a formal manner, including in writing. After receiving Party A’s request, the Service Provider shall conduct a comprehensive assessment of resources, costs and performance capabilities. All Parties will jointly develop a specific work plan based on the conclusions of such assessment.

 

7.5                     For the Product / Service approved in writing by the Parties, the Service Provider may not provide such Product / Service to Party A as agreed without prior investment of resources and costs. Therefore, should Party A be intended to cancel or reduce the scale of a Product / Service, the Service Provider will endeavor to re-allocate such resources and assist Party A in transferring such Product / Service to other customers of Ping An Group with similar needs. Party A shall bear all costs incurred by the Service Provider for providing such Product / Service before its successful transfer.

 

Article 8                  Responsibilities of the Service Provider

 

8.1                     The Service Provider undertakes to ensure the security, independence and confidentiality of Party A’s Product / Service information, customer information, data and other confidential information according to the requirements of Party A and relevant regulatory authorities, such as China Insurance Regulatory Commission, China Securities Regulatory Commission and China Banking Regulatory Commission.

 

8.2                     The Service Provider shall regularly submit fee bills to Party A.

 

8.3                     The Service Provider shall regularly review indicators of all Product / Service at the request of Party A.

 

Article 9                  Representations and Warranties

 

9.1                     Party A represents and warrants as follows:

 

(1)                       Party A has been duly incorporated under the law as an independent legal person with valid business license.

 

(2)                       Party A has been engaged in business activities in accordance with the law and has not engaged in any activities outside the scope of business prescribed by law.

 

(3)                       Party A has obtained or completed all government approvals (if required) and internal authorization procedures for the execution of the Agreement. The signing person of the Agreement is a duly authorized representative of Party A, and the Agreement shall constitute binding obligations of Party A upon signing.

 

(4)                       The execution of the Agreement or the performance of obligations hereunder by Party A does not breach any other agreements to which Party A is a party or its articles of association, nor shall violate any laws, regulations or rules.

 

4


 

9.2                     Party B, Party C and Party D represent and warrant as follows:

 

(1)                       Party B, Party C and Party D have been duly incorporated under the law as independent legal person entities with valid business licenses, respectively.

 

(2)                       Party B, Party C and Party D have been engaged in business activities in accordance with the law and have not engaged in any activities outside the scope of business prescribed by law.

 

(3)                       Party B, Party C and Party D have obtained or completed all government approvals (if required) and internal authorization procedures for the execution of the Agreement. The signing persons of the Agreement are duly authorized representatives of Party B, Party C and Party D, and the Agreement shall constitute binding obligations of Party B, Party C and Party D upon signing.

 

(4)                       The execution of the Agreement or the performance of obligations hereunder by Party B, Party C and Party D does not breach any other agreements to which Party B, Party C and Party D are parties or their articles of association, nor shall violate any laws, regulations or rules.

 

Article 10           Intellectual Property Rights

 

10.1              The Parties acknowledge that all intellectual property rights of the Product / Service belong to and shall be vested in the Service Provider. Party A shall not be entitled to any rights in the Products/Services (or any part thereof) other than those under the terms of the Agreement. However, if Party A suffers any losses due to disputes arising from the title of any intellectual property rights of the Product / Service provided by the Service Provider, the Service Provider shall indemnify Party A for such losses.

 

10.2              The Parties agree that the intellectual property rights of software, programs, hardware equipment and related documents that Party A has entrusted the Service Provider to develop shall be vested in Party A. Upon performance of obligations hereunder, Party A shall be entitled to free use of such software, programs, hardware equipment and related documents within the scope of the Agreement and the protection period of such intellectual property rights. The Service Provider further agrees that Party A, upon performance of obligations hereunder, shall be entitled to authorize the aforementioned software, programs, hardware equipment and related documents to any third parties, as well as to decide and own license fees from such third parties for such authorization.

 

10.3              The business secrets generated in the course of cooperation among the Parties shall be vested in the owner thereof, and the receiving Party of such business secrets shall bear corresponding confidentiality responsibilities in accordance with Article 19 of the Agreement.

 

10.4              Software, programs, hardware equipment and related documents referred to hereunder shall include (but not limited to) source code, object code, related documentation and consultation reports. Intellectual property rights referred to hereunder shall include (but not limited to) trademark rights, copyrights, patent application rights, patent rights and trade secrets.

 

Article 11           Accountabilities and Communication Mechanism of Risk Warning Information

 

11.1              The Parties are aware that other Parties shall conduct accountability investigations against any violation cases according to regulatory requirements or their own systems, including but not limited to significant violation of laws (such as the Criminal Law of the PRC), regulatory rules and regulations of their companies. The Parties shall comply with the following principles in dealing with any accountability cases involving any Party hereto that occurs or may occur during the performance of the Agreement:

 

5


 

(1)                                 Communication of risk warning information:

 

If any Party is aware, predicts or foresees that any case that occurred or is likely to occur may involve with other Parties or their employees, such Party, if appropriate hereunder, shall communicate and inform such information on risk warning events or accountability cases in formal emails or other written forms as soon as possible through meetings and internal control departments of the Parties.

 

(2)                                 Principles of accountability:

 

The Parties shall, based on the actual management line of such case, conduct accountability investigations and negotiations according to the principle of Authority with Corresponding Responsibility.

 

(3)                                 Communication of decisions on accountability cases:

 

The four Parties hereto shall cooperate with each other to communicate decisions on accountability cases, and the Service Provider shall assist Party A in providing accountability reports to relevant regulatory authorities. In order to ensure other Parties’ Right to Know, the four Parties hereto undertake to sort out materials on handling such cases and submit them to the meeting platform for communication.

 

Article 12           Indemnities and Limitation of Liabilities

 

12.1              Each Party shall indemnify and hold harmless other Parties against any claims, actions, procedures, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including court and attorney fees) arising from or in connection with the Agreement.

 

12.2              Under no circumstances, the Service Provider shall be liable for any of the following losses or damages suffered by Party A or any person who submit claims via Party A, whether directly or indirectly, immediate or consequential, whether based on contract, tort (including negligence) or any other claims:

 

(1)       profit loss;

 

(2)       loss of expected revenue;

 

(3)       loss of business opportunities; and

 

(4)       loss of goodwill.

 

12.3              In case the Service Provider shall compensate any other Parties under the Agreement and related agreements, the Parties shall calculate liabilities for breach of the contract as agreed. The Service Provider will define the compensation amount on full account of three indicators, i.e. availability rate of key systems, number of major events and PER completion rate. Such compensation amount shall be settled with Party A semiannually and be refunded to Party A in the fee bill of the following month.

 

Article 13           Effectiveness and Term

 

13.1              The Agreement shall come into effect on the date of signature by the legal representatives or authorized representatives of the Parties and affixing of common seals hereto, and shall be valid until December 31, 2021. After the entry into force of the Agreement, the MSA Uniform Service Agreement of Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. signed on August 1, 2018 shall be automatically terminated. Prior to the entry into force of the Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be subject to the agreement for 2018. The service items in 2019 shall be subject to the service price for 2019 approved by the Parties, and the service items for 2020 and 2021 shall be separately agreed. For the avoidance of doubt, the agreements under Article 10 hereof (Intellectual Property Rights) shall remain valid to Party A and the Service Party and survive the expiration of the Agreement in accordance with the foregoing agreements.

 

6


 

Article 14           Modification and Termination

 

14.1              Each party hereto shall be entitled to submit a written request for change of the Agreement to representatives of other Parties. Upon receipt of such request, the representatives of the Parties shall arrange negotiations on such change within 15 working days. Any change of the Agreement shall be subject to approval by the four Parties hereto. The new version or terms will be effective upon signature by the Parties, and the previous version or corresponding terms thereof shall be null and void.

 

14.2              If any Party hereto commits a material breach of any obligations hereunder and fails to make corrections within 30 working days after receipt of other Parties’ notice specifying such default, the non-defaulting Parties shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement by giving written notice.

 

14.3              Unless prohibited by applicable insolvency laws, if any Party has been designated a receiver or transferee of its assets in the interests of a creditor, or is bankrupt or insolvent, the other Party shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement by giving written notice.

 

14.4              Upon termination of the Agreement, Party A shall pay fees and expenses incurred by the Service Provider prior to the termination date and arrange handover of relevant work. In case that Party A has prepaid relevant fees to the Service Provider which exceeds the actual cost incurred by the Service Provider, the Service Provider shall refund the difference thereof to Party A within 30 working days after confirmation with Party A.

 

Article 15           No Assignment or Waiver

 

15.1              No Party shall assign the Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of other Parties.

 

15.2              Any Party’s failure to exercise any rights hereunder shall not constitute or be deemed as a waiver or loss of such rights by that Party.

 

Article 16           Force Majeure

 

16.1              In case any Party fails to perform the Agreement due to force majeure events such as war, severe fire, flood, typhoon and earthquake, the term for performing the Agreement shall be extended, and the extension period shall be equivalent to the time loss caused by such event. A force majeure event refers to any events that are unforeseeable at the time of signing the Agreement and the occurrence and consequences of which are unavoidable and insurmountable. The affected Party shall notify the other Party immediately after the occurrence of a force majeure event, and submit evidencing documents issued by relevant authorities of the place where such event occurs to the other Party by express mail for review and confirmation. In such cases, the affected Party shall take all necessary actions to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

Article 17           Governing Laws and Dispute Resolution

 

17.1              The execution and performance of the Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding Hong Kong SAR, Macao SAR and Taiwan).

 

17.2              Any disputes arising from or in connection with the Agreement shall be settled first through amicable negotiations. In case negotiations fail, the disputing Party shall submit the dispute to the Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (SCIA) for arbitration. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon the Parties. Unless otherwise specified by such arbitral award, the arbitration fee shall be borne by the unsuccessful Party.

 

7


 

17.3              In the course of dispute resolution, except for those that must be negotiated or settled by arbitration, the Parties shall continue to perform the rest of the Agreement.

 

Article 18           Notice

 

18.1              Any notice between the Parties under or in connection with the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered or sent:

 

(1)               in person or by courier or prepaid post;

 

(2)               by fax; or

 

(3)               via email.

 

18.2              The notice shall deemed to have been delivered in the following circumstances:

 

(1)               in case delivered in person, on the date of receipt of a signed confirmation;

 

(2)               in case sent by prepaid post or other courier services, at the delivery time recorded by the postman or courier;

 

(3)               in case sent by fax, at 8:00 a.m. of the working day following the transmission date; and

 

(4)               in case sent by email, at the time when the email was sent.

 

Article 19           Trade Secrets and Confidentiality

 

19.1              The Parties shall keep strictly confidential of the trade secrets of the Parties hereto, their associated companies and any third parties who are subject to confidentiality obligations thereto. Save for disclosure required by relevant laws, regulations or regulatory rules and information that has not been publicly disclosed without violation of this confidentiality clause by any Parties, no Party shall use any trade secrets outside the purpose of the Agreement or disclose any trade secrets directly or indirectly to any third party without the written approval of the other Party.

 

19.2              For the purposes of the Agreement, in case of disclosure of any above-mentioned trade secrets to representatives of the Parties (including but not limited to their respective employees, directors, shareholders, consultants, cooperation units and other representatives) on a need-to-know basis, the Parties shall procure their representatives to abide by this confidentiality clause and be liable for any breach thereof by any such representatives.

 

19.3              The Parties agree that the confidentiality period of a trade secret shall be commencing from the date of knowledge until entry into the public domain.

 

19.4              For the purpose of this Article, “trade secret” shall include (but not limited to) (a) any and all contracts, faxes or emails related to the project; (b) customer data, products, business plans, marketing information, investment information, financial status, drawings, know-how, computer programs, research and other materials; (c) any third party’s information that are subject to confidentiality obligation of the disclosing Party; and (d) any other confidential information determined by persons acting with due care.

 

19.5              For the purpose of this Article, “associated company” means a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under the common control of the same entity.

 

Article 20           Anti-Commercial Bribery

 

20.1              The Parties understand and are willing to strictly abide by the laws and regulations of the PRC, and are also aware that any forms of bribery or corruption will violate the law and be severely punished.

 

8


 

20.2              No Party shall request, accept, offer or provide any benefits other than those agreed hereunder to the other Party or its agent or other related personnel, including but not limited to any express or implied deduction, cash, shopping card, benefit in kind, securities, travel or other non-material benefits. Any benefits falling within industry or normal practices shall be expressly stated in the Agreement.

 

20.3              The Parties shall prohibit their agents from any commercial bribery. If any agent of any Party commits any actions stated in paragraph 2 of this Article, it shall be deemed as in violation of company regulations and shall be punished according to company regulations and national laws.

 

20.4              The Parties are opposed that any Party or its agent commits any actions stated in paragraph 2 of this Article with any third parties other than Parties hereto for the purpose of the Agreement. Any such actions are in violations of and will be punished by national laws.

 

20.5              If any Party or its agent violates the provisions of paragraphs 2, 3 or 4 above and causes losses to the other Party, such losses shall be borne by the violating Party.

 

20.6              For the purpose of this Article, Other Related Personnel refers to persons (other than agents of the Parties) who are directly or indirectly interested in the Agreement, including but not limited to relatives and friends of such agent.

 

Article 21           Anti-False Publicity

 

21.1              The Parties understands and are willing to strictly abide by the provisions of laws concerning intellectual property rights, contract law and advertising law, such as the Copyright Law, the Trademark Law, the Patent Law and the Anti-Unfair Competition Law of the People’s Republic of China. Each Party shall be entitled to make true and reasonable use or publicity within the agreed scope and in the agreed ways on the matters agreed hereunder, save for the confidential information agreed hereunder. In order to avoid risks relating to trademark infringement and improper publicity, the Parties agree that prior written approval from the other Party shall be obtained before the use of the other Party’s trademarks, brands or company names. Otherwise, no such use or publicity shall be allowed. The Parties hereby undertake that they will respond actively to the other Party’s request for reasonable use or publicity of cooperation matters. The Parties acknowledge that the use of the other Party’s trademarks, brands and company names for commercial publicity, the fabrication of cooperation matters or the exaggeration of the scope, content, effect, scale or extent of the cooperation shall be deemed as breach of the Agreement and may constitute unfair competition due to false publicity, and the non-defaulting Party or the infringed Party shall be entitled to take corresponding legal actions.

 

Article 22           Miscellaneous

 

22.1              If any term or provision hereof is deemed to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable as a result of newly enacted or newly amended laws, regulations or regulatory requirements, the validity or enforceability of other unrelated provisions shall not be affected. The Parties shall separately negotiate such terms that are illegal, invalid or unenforceable. In the course of such negotiation, the above relevant provisions shall be suspended.

 

22.2              For any transaction matters between Party A and the Service Provider stipulated in Article 1.1 of the Agreement, the pricing of a specific Product / Service, service standards and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall be subject to a separate written agreement executed by the Parties.

 

22.3              The Agreement shall be executed in five counterparts, each of which shall have the same legal effect and force. Party A shall hold two copies, and Party B, Party C and Party D shall hold one copy, respectively.

 

9


 

(The following is the Signature Page without text for the Technology Service Agreement)

 

Party A: OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen)

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

 

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

Date: September 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party B: Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

 

/s/ Liming Chen

 

 

 

Date: September 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party C: Ping An Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Shanghai Branch

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

 

/s/ Liming Chen

 

 

 

Date: September 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Party D: Shenzhen Ping An Communication Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(Seal)

 

 

 

Legal or authorized representative:

 

/s/ Jing Pang

 

 

 

Date: September 1, 2019

 

 

 

10




Exhibit 10.16

 

Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed. The excluded information has been bracketed.

 

Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

 


 

Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

 

Contract No.: PYZLKHSBZZ20180326 No.001

Party A (Credit Grantor): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch                                                                                           

Address: Ping An Bank Building, 1099 Shennan Middle Road, Futian District, Shenzhen                                                          

Legal representative (responsible person): [***]                                                                                                               

Tel:                                                                                                                                                                                                  

Party B (Credit Applicant): Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (上海壹账通金融科技有限公司)

Address: 9F&10F, 166 Kaibin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai                                                                                                   

Legal representative (responsible person): [***]                                                                                                            

Tel:                                                                                                                                                                                                 

 

Party B has applied to Party A for a comprehensive credit line. In accordance with the Contract Law, relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B enter into this Contract, by mutual agreement.

 

Article 1 Credit Line and Type

 

1.1 Comprehensive credit line: Party A agrees to grant Party B a comprehensive credit line of (currency) RMB (in figures) 4,500,000,000.00  (in words) SAY RMB FOUR THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED MILLION ONLY. The credit line is applicable to credits in multiple currencies. Currencies other than RMB shall be converted at the foreign exchange rate published by Party A at the time when each specific business is actually conducted.

 

1.2 The term of the comprehensive credit line is Option (2)

 

(1) [***]

 

(2) 18 x months o  years from the effective date of this Contract.

 

During the term of the credit line, the credit line is x revolving  o non-revolving, provided that the total of the balances of all credit types within the credit line shall not exceed the credit line. Upon expiry of the term, the unutilized portion of the credit line automatically becomes invalid.

 

The term of the credit line means the period in which a specific credit under the credit line is outstanding (namely the period when the claim is established). The start date of a specific credit under the credit line shall fall in the term of the credit line, but the end date of a specific credit may fall outside the term of the credit line. The start date and the end date of a specific credit shall be as specified in the specific credit business contract.

 

1.3 The credit forms under the credit line includes but not limited to:

 

loans, inter-bank lending, acceptance and discounting of bills, overdraft, factoring, guarantee, loan commitment, issuing of letters of credit, gold lease and derivatives.

 

Basic types of derivatives include forwards, futures, swaps and options, and structured financial instruments with one or more characteristics of forwards, futures, swaps and options.

 

1.4 The specific credit type/form, amount, interest rate, fee rate and term under the credit line shall be as specified in the single credit contract, the receipt of the loan or other credit facility certificates.

 

1.5 Transfer of the credit under the credit line

 


 

Party B agrees to sub-grant the credit under the credit line to the third party below (i.e. the entities below may use the credit line) and is jointly and severally liable for all of the debt (including contingent debt) principal, interest, penalty interest and compound interest, expenses for realizing creditor’s rights (including but not limited to litigation expenses, attorney’s fees, notary fee and enforcement fees), incurred by the entities below under the credit line, and other losses and costs incurred by Party A due to the breach by the debtor, with the warranty period from the effective date of the specific credit contract to the expiry date of the period of two years following the expiry of the debt repayment period specified in the specific credit contract (including acceleration of maturity).

 

The specific transferee and the credit amount:

 

o                   /                    (Transferee), amount: (equivalent to) (Currency)                                           

 

(In words)                                       ;

 

o                   /                    (Transferee), amount: (equivalent to) (Currency)                                           

 

(In words)                                       ;

 

o                   /                    (Transferee), amount: (equivalent to) (Currency)                                           

 

(In words)                                       ;

 

o                   /                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                

 

 

Article 2 Use of the Credit Line

 

2.1 The execution of this Contract by Party A and Party B does not constitute a credit commitment of Party A to Party B. For specific credit business under the credit line, Party B shall submit a written application to Party A on a case-by-case basis. Party A has the right to, at its sole discretion, decide whether to disburse a single credit under the credit line to Party B. If Party A agrees to disburse a single credit after review, Party A and Party B shall separately sign a corresponding single credit contract according to the nature of the business.

 

2.2 Conditions Precedent for the use of the credit line:

 

(1) Party B has duly obtained government permit, approval, registration, delivery and other legal procedures in relation to the credit hereunder (if any) in accordance with relevant laws and regulations;

 

(2) Relevant guarantee contracts (if any) have come into force;

 

(3) Party B has repaid all the expenses in relation to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) Party B satisfies the credit conditions agreed in this Contract (if any);

 

(5) There are no adverse changes in operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any);

 

(6) There are no adverse changes in the willingness of Party B and the guarantor (if any) to repay the loan;

 

(7) Party B does not breach this Contract.

 

2.3 Party A has the right to adjust the credit line or require Party B to provide additional guarantee according to the exchange rate change.

 

2.4 Party A has the right to supervise the use of the credit line and the investment of the credit proceeds, for which Party B shall provide support.

 


 

2.5 If Party A is unable to allow Party B to use the credit line due to changes in national macro-control policies, requirements of regulatory authorities of Party A on controlling the credit or credit investment instruction, and other reasons not attributable to Party A prior to and in use of the credit line, Party A has the right to suspend or terminate the use of the credit line, and terminate this Contract, and Party B has no objection in this regard.

 

Article 3 Repayment

 

3.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A and deposit the repayments into the account prior to the agreed repayment date.

 

3.2 If each credit within the credit line becomes due, Party B shall repay the debt on time; otherwise, the credit will be deemed an overdue credit or an advance.

 

3.3 Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct, the principal, interest and relevant fees of the due credit within the credit line, from any of the accounts opened by Party B with all banking organizations of Ping An Bank.

 

Article 4 Representations and Warranties of Party B

 

4.1 Party B is a company legally established, validly existing and in good standing in the jurisdiction where it is located, and having all corporate rights, government permits and approval to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

4.2 Party B has obtained all the authorizations and approvals required for signing this Contract. The execution of this Contract is the true intention of Party B and will not lead to a breach of any agreement or undertaking signed by it with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations and rules on environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction, in signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly comply with the same after signing this Contract.

 

4.3 Save for those previously notified to Party A in writing prior to the execution of this Contract, Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, execution, appeal, reconsideration and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the period required by Party A, provide relevant information required by Party A including financial statements, all bank account numbers, balances of deposits and loans, and warrant that the documents and information provided are true, complete and objective, and do not contain any false representation, misleading statement or material omission, and that the financial statements have been prepared strictly in accordance with the Accounting Standards of China.

 

Article 5 Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B shall open an account with Party A, and shall give priority to obtaining deposit, settlement and other services from Party A.

 

5.2 If Party B is a group customer, it shall report in writing to Party A on any related-party transaction with an amount over 10% of the net assets, including related-party relationship between parties to the transaction, transaction item and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion and pricing policy (including transaction without a specific transaction amount or with a nominal transaction amount), within ten days following the date of such transaction.

 

Group customer means any of corporations, and public institutions with corporate capacity:

 

(1)             which directly or indirectly control the equity interest or operation of other corporations, and public institutions with corporate capacity, or whose equity interest or operation is directly or indirectly controlled by other corporations, and public institutions with corporate capacity;

 


 

(2)             which are under common control by third-party corporations and public institutions with corporate capacity;

 

(3)             which are directly or indirectly controlled jointly by major individual investors, key management personnel or their close family members (including direct relationships within three generations and collateral relationships within two generations);

 

(4)             which shall be deemed group customers in credit management, if there are other related-party relationships that may lead to the transfer of assets and profits not at fair value.

 

5.3 Party B shall give Party A 30 days’ written notice, and shall obtain the written consent of Party A, if there shall occur:

 

(1) significant changes in the operating system, ownership structure, form of property right organization and main business, including but not limited to contracting, lease, joint operation, transformation into a joint-stock company, combination (merger), acquisition, joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, trusteeship (receivership), disposal of businesses, transfer of property rights, capital reduction and otherwise;

 

(2) sale, donation, lending, transfer, mortgage (pledge) or other disposal of material assets with a value exceeding 10% of the net assets;

 

(3) distribution of dividends exceeding 30% of the net profit after tax for the year or 20% of all undistributed profits;

 

(4) new outward investment exceeding 20% of the net assets after the credit line becomes effective;

 

(5) changes in the debt terms with other banks and prepayment of other long-term debts;

 

(6) repayment of debts to shareholders of Party B;

 

(7) application to other banks for a credit, or provision of guarantee for third parties, or reduction in third party debts, with the amount of the debts exceeding 20% of the net assets,

 

which in each case, will, in the opinion of Party A, have a significant impact on the performance of this Contract.

 

5.4 Party B shall give Party A written notice within seven working days follow the date of occurrence or possible occurrence of any of the following events, and in each case Party A has the right to determine whether to require Party B to provide additional guarantee or directly withdraw the entire loan as the case maybe:

 

(1) deterioration in the operating and financial conditions, significant financial losses, asset losses (including but not limited to asset losses arising out of provision of external guarantee) and other financial distress of Party B or the guarantor;

 

(2) administrative punishment or criminal sanction on Party B due to illegal operation or its involvement in significant legal disputes;

 

(3) involvement of Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers, the guarantor’s legal representative or main management personnel in serious cases, compulsory measures against them including preservation of their main assets, or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions on them, or other events that prevent them from performing their duties normally;

 

(4) provision of guarantee by Party B or the guarantor to a third party, which has a material adverse impact on its financial position or its ability to perform its obligations under this Contract;

 

(5) division, combination, significant merger, acquisition and reorganization, significant asset disposal, capital reduction, closure of business, suspension of business for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, revocation of business license of Party B or the guarantor and otherwise;

 


 

(6) significant reduction in the value, extinction or losses, disputes over the ownership, seizure, attachment, freezing, transfer of, lien on or auction of the collateral;

 

(7) Other significant events or events of default that may affect the business activities of Party B and the guarantor and the safety of the loan from Party A.

 

5.5 In case of any change in domicile, correspondence address, contact number, business scope, legal representative and other matters, Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven working days following such change. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, relevant notice and documents (including but not limited to notice and documents of the  parties during the term of this Contract, relevant materials and documents in relation to arbitration and litigation during arbitration and litigation during arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and instruments during the execution of judgment in a case) delivered by Party B to the original domicile and contact address shall be deemed to have been delivered.

 

5.6 Party B warrants that it will maintain reasonable financial ratios during the term of the credit line.

 

o During the term of the credit line, the financial indicator will meet the following standard:        /                                                    

 

 

 

 

o5.7 [***]

 

Article 6 Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 In the case of a credit line with a term of more than one year (exclusive), Party A has the right to evaluate operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any) and the progress of specific projects according to the credit conditions agreed in the contract when the credit line becomes valid, from the second year after the credit line becomes valid, and adjust the credit amount, term and interest rate according to the evaluation results.

 

If there is collateral (pledge), Party A has the right to require a valuation of the collateral or pledge conducted by a valuation agency each year recognized by Party A. If there is a significant decline in the value of the collateral (pledge) such that it is insufficient to secure the debts under the master contract, Party A has the right to require Party B to repay part of the loan or provide other guarantee measures accepted by Party A.

 

6.2 Party A has the right to require Party B to provide information in relation to the credit line, enter the business premises of Party B, investigate, review and inspect the use of credit, and the assets, financial and operating conditions of Party B, in respect of which Party B shall provide support; and supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this Contract.

 

6.3 Party A shall be obligated to keep confidential the information provided by Party B, except as otherwise required by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or agreed by the parties, or except for information provided by Party B which does not constitutes confidential information.

 


 

Article 7 Default

 

7.1 An event of default within the meaning of this article occurs if:

 

(1) Party B is in arrears with interest, fails to repay any amount overdue, causes the payment of an advance by the bank, or uses the loan proceeds other than for the agreed purpose, in respect of the loan hereunder;

 

(2) Party B breaches representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(3) Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(4) Party B conceals important facts;

 

(5) Party B or the guarantor evades the repayment of debts owed to the bank through related-party transaction or otherwise;

 

(6) Party B or the guarantor is negligent in managing or recovering matured claims,  disposes of or transfers existing major properties without charge, at an unreasonably low price and in an inappropriate manner or otherwise evades debts;

 

(7) Party B fraudulently obtains funds or credits from Party A or other banks, through the use of illusory contracts and arrangements with any third parties, including but not limited to discounting or pledging notes receivable and other claims in respect of which no truthful transactions are conducted;

 

(8) Party B or the guarantor breaches other contracts with Party A or other banks (including but not limited to credit contract, loan contract and guarantee contract) or the terms of any debt securities issued by it;

 

(9) there shall occurs, the breach by the guarantor of Party B of guarantee contracts (including but not limited to guaranty contract, mortgage contract and pledge contract), events of default under the guarantee contracts; the guarantee contracts are ineffective, invalid or rescinded; there shall occurs significant reduction in the value, losses, disputes over the ownership, seizure, attachment, freezing, transfer of, lien on, auction of the collateral;

 

(10) there occurs any of the events specified in Articles 5.3 and 5.4, which will, in the opinion of Party A, affect the safety of its claim as creditor;

 

(11) the term of operation of Party B or the guarantor expires during the term of the credit line and has not been extended.

 

7.2 In case of any event of default, Party A has the right to:

 

(1) adjust, cancel or terminate the comprehensive credit line under this Contract, or adjust the term and amount of the credit line;

 

(2) declare the credit under the credit line due immediately in whole or in part, require Party B to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of the credit in whole or in part, and from the date of the event of default, charge default interest at the default interest rate on the entire principal of the credit disbursed, until Party B repays the entire principal of the credit;

 

The expenses and costs include but not limited to attorney fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, delivery fees, execution fees, transfer fees and other expenses paid by Party A to realize its creditor’s right.

 

(3) require Party B to pay the security deposit in full for the possible payment for the outstanding commitments, guarantees, letters of credit and other credit businesses;

 

(4) require Party B to provide new guarantee acceptable to Party A;

 

(5) directly deduct funds from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to repay contract debts of Party B under this Contract and each specific business contracts (including debts required by Party A to be repaid prematurely), without prior consent of Party B;

 

(6) exercise the security right, and require the guarantor to fulfill the guarantee responsibility, or realize the claim by disposing of the collateral and/or pledge.

 


 

(7) claim the lawful right of subrogation against debtors of Party B, or request the court to invalidate the waiver by Party B of its matured claims or transfer by Party B of assets at nil consideration or at a low price which is obviously unreasonable, in respect of which Party B shall provide all necessary support and assistance as required by Party A, and bear all costs incurred by Party A thereby.

 

(8) take other remedial measures under laws, regulations and this Contract.

 

Article 8 Miscellaneous

 

The unsettled portion under the original credit line contract (original credit line contract No.: PYZLKHSBZZ20180323 No.001) is included in the credit line.                                                                                                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Article 9 Supplementary Provisions

 

9.1 o The parties agree to have this Contract notarized for enforcement

 

If Party B refuses to perform its obligations hereunder in whole or in part after the parties have this Contract notarized for enforcement, Party A has the right to apply to the original notary office for an enforcement certificate, pursuant to which Party A may apply to the people’s court having jurisdiction (namely the people’s court in the place where the party subject to enforcement or where its assets are located) for enforcement.

 

x The parties will not have this Contract notarized for enforcement

 

9.2 All of the single credit application, credit contract, receipt for a loan and credit facility certificate in relation to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by the parties, as well as the letter of undertaking, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A, are integral parts of this Contract and have the same legal effect.

 

9.3 Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to obtain the credit information of Party B from the financial credit information basic database and other credit agencies established by law, during Party B’s application for the credit service and the existence of the credit service to Party B, for the purpose of credit service application of Party B and subsequent management. Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to submit the enterprise and credit information of Party B (including but not limited to credit facility information, and information that has a negative impact on the credit status of the person subject to the investigation) to the financial credit information basic database and other credit agencies established by law, in accordance with the Regulations on Administration of the Credit Investigation Industry.

 

9.4 The options shall be confirmed by ticking (√) the boxes.

 

9.5 Any dispute arising in performance of the Contract may be settled by negotiation. Where the dispute cannot be settled by negotiation, the dispute shall be settled by Option 2 below:

 

(1) [***]

 

(2) filing a lawsuit in the people’s court in the place where Party A is located.

 

(3) [***]

 

9.6 This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

9.7 This Contract comes into force upon being signed by all the parties hereof (signed or sealed by their respective authorized signatories, and sealed with official seal).

 

If the credit line is not utilized by Party B within three months following the entry into force of this Contract, Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate this Contract.

 

9.8 This Contract is signed in four counterparts. Party A shall keep two counterparts, and Party B o and  the guarantor o the registration authority shall each keep one counterpart.

 


 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract (especially words in bold) and the terms of related guarantee contracts and other relevant documents, on which it has obtained independent legal advice (where necessary).

 

 

Party A (seal)

 

 

Legal representative (responsible person) or authorized agent (signature):

 

/s/ Zhiqun Yang

 

 

 

Date: April 16, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

Party B (Seal):

 

 

Legal representative/authorized agent (signature):

 

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

 

Date: April 16, 2018

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

Supplementary Agreement to the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

 

Contract No.: PYZLKHSBZZ20180326 No.001(SB001)

 

Party A (Credit Grantor): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch

 

Address: Ping An Bank Building, 1099 Shennan Middle Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

 

Legal representative (responsible person): [***]

 

 

Tel:

 

 

 

Party B (Credit Applicant): Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 9F&10F, 166 Kaibin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

 

Legal representative: [***]

 

Tel:                          

 

Party C (Guarantor): Jin Cheng Long Limited

 

Address: 55F, Ping An Financial Center, 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

 

Legal representative: [***]

 

Tel:

 

 

Party A and Party B signed the Comprehensive Credit Line Contract (Contract No.: PYZLKHSBZZ20180326 No.001, hereinafter referred to as the “Master Contract”) on April 16, 2018. Now Therefore, through amicable negotiation, Party A, Party B and Party C enter into the Supplementary Agreement to the Master Contract as follows:

 

Article 1               Through negotiation, Party A and Party B agree to amend Article 1.1 “Credit line and type” of the Master Contract as follows:

 

1.1 Comprehensive credit line: Party A agrees to grant Party B a comprehensive credit line of (currency) RMB (in figures) 1,200,000,000.00 (in words) SAY RMB ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED MILLION ONLY. The credit line is applicable to credits in multiple currencies. Currencies other than RMB shall be converted at the foreign exchange rate published by Party A at the time when each specific business is actually conducted.

 

Article 2               The Guarantor agrees to continue to assume the guarantee liability for debts under the amended Master Contract.

 

Article 3               The Supplementary Agreement constitutes an integral part of the Master Contract and the Guarantee Contract thereunder, and has the same legal force as the aforesaid contracts.

 

Article 4               Unless otherwise agreed in the Supplementary Agreement, rights and obligations of the parties and relevant matters shall be subject to the Master Contract and the Guarantee Contract thereunder.

 

Article 5               The Supplementary Agreement is signed in quadruplicate. Party A shall keep two originals, and Party B and Party C shall each keep one original.

 

Article 6               The Supplementary Agreement comes into force upon being signed and sealed by Party A, Party B and Party C.

 

(The remainder of this page intentionally left blank)

 


 

Party A (seal): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch

 

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature):

/s/ Zhiqun Yang

Signature date: May 20, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

Party B (seal): Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature):

/s/ Wangchun Ye

Signature date: May 20, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

Party C (Seal): Jin Cheng Long Limited

 

Legal representative or authorized agent (signature):

/s/ Rong Chen

Signature date: May 20, 2019

 

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

Certain identified information has been excluded from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed. The excluded information has been bracketed.

 

 

Loan Contract

 

1


 

Loan Contract

 

Contract No.: PA(SZ)DZ No.B251201903010001

 

o Non-credit line facility

 

 

 

 

 

x Credit line facility

 

Credit line contract name: Comprehensive Credit Line Contract

 

 

 

 

 

Credit line contract No.: PYZLKHSBZZ20180326 No.001

 

Party A (Lender): Ping An Bank Co., Ltd., Shenzhen Branch

 

Address: Ping An Bank Building, 1099 Shennan Middle Road, Futian District, Shenzhen

 

Legal representative (responsible person): [***]

 

Tel: [***]

 

Party B (Borrower): Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (上海壹账通金融科技有限公司)

 

Address: 9F&10F, 166 Kaibin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

 

Legal representative: [***]

 

Tel: [***]

 

Party B has applied to Party A for a loan. In accordance with the Contract Law, relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B enter into this Contract, by mutual agreement.

 

Article 1 Loan

 

1.1 Loan amount: (Currency) RMB (in figures) 1,200,000,000.00 (in words) SAY RMB ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED MILLION ONLY.

 

1.2 The purpose of the loan is Option (1):

 

(1) The loan is used for capital turnover in daily operation of Party B, and the repayment of bank working capital loans that are rated “pass”, as well as related-party working capital loans.

 

(2) [***]

 

1.3 The loan term is Option (2):

 

(1) from               to            .

 

(2) 12 o days  x months  o years

 

The actual loan amount, start date and end date shall be as indicated in the receipt for the loan.

 

In case of an event of default hereunder and if Party A requires Party B to repay the loan in advance immediately, the loan shall become due upon the occurrence of such event.

 

If the loan is disbursed in tranches, the maturity date of each tranche shall not be later than the maturity date of the first tranche.

 

1.4 Loan interest rate

 

1.4.1 The loan interest rate under this Contract shall be determined as follows, except for the loan interest rate for the first tranche, which shall be as indicated in the receipt for the loan (please tick (x) the box as appropriate):

 

x the benchmark interest rate for loans with the same term for the same period published by the People’s Bank of China on the loan disbursement date x upwards/ o downwards [***]%.

 

o [***]

 

o [***]

 

2


 

o [***]

 

o [***]

 

o [***]

 

o [***]

 

Interest is based on the actual number of days outstanding, with the daily interest rate for UK pound and Hong Kong dollar = the annual interest rate /365, and the daily interest rate for other currencies = the annual interest rate /360.

 

1.4.2        Adjustment of the loan interest rate under this Contract (please tick (x) the box as appropriate):

 

o [***]

 

(1)    [***]

 

(2)    [***]

 

x A fixed interest rate is used under this Contract during the loan term.

 

[***]

 

1.4.3 In case of adjustments to the benchmark interest rate, Party A will correspondingly adjust the interest rate based on the latest benchmark interest rate on the adjustment date. If the People’s Bank of China adjusts the range of benchmark interest rates, leading to the agreed loan interest rate less than the interest rate floor specified by the People’s Bank of China, the loan interest rate hereunder is changed to the interest rate floor specified by the People’s Bank of China. If the People’s Bank of China ceases to publish the benchmark interest rate, the loan interest rate hereunder is changed to the generally recognized or general loan interest rate with the same term for the same period, in the banking industry, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

 

1.4.4 If the interest rate determination and adjustment methods and the interest calculation method are changed by the state, relevant national regulations shall apply.

 

1.4.5 The aforesaid interest rate adjustment will not be notified to Party B by Party A.

 

1.5 The 20th day of each month is the interest settlement date. Party B shall pay interest on a o monthly basis  x quarterly basis  o annual basis o others          . The maturity date of the loan is the last interest settlement date, on which the interest and the principal shall be repaid.

 

(1) [***]

 

(2) on a quarterly basis, with the first interest settlement date falling on the 20th day following the loan disbursement, and with interest settlement on a three months basis after the first interest settlement date.

 

(3) [***]

 

(4) [***]

 

Article 2 Loan Disbursement

 

2.1 Party A has the right to examine the following prior to loan disbursement, and determine whether to disburse the loan according to the results of examination:

 

(1) whether Party B has duly obtained government permit, approval, registration, delivery and other legal procedures in relation to the loan hereunder in accordance with relevant laws and regulations;

 

(2) whether relevant guarantee contracts (if any) have come into force;

 

(3) whether Party B has repaid all the expenses in relation to this Contract (if any);

 

(4) whether Party B satisfies the loan conditions agreed in this Contract;

 

(5) whether there are adverse changes in operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor (if any);

 

(6) whether there are adverse changes in the willingness of Party B and the guarantor (if any) to repay the loan;

 

3


 

(7) whether Party B breaches this Contract;

 

2.2 If deterioration in the credit standing of Party B, low profitability of the main business of Party B or abnormal use of the loan proceeds by Party B is found by Party A in loan disbursement, Party A has the right to change the loan disbursement method or cease to provide and pay the loan proceeds.

 

2.3 If Party A is unable to disburse the loan under this Contract due to changes in national macro-control policies, requirements of regulatory authorities of Party A on controlling the credit or credit investment instruction, and other reasons not attributable to Party A prior to loan disbursement, Party A has the right to cease the loan disbursement or terminate this Contract, and Party B has no objection in this regard.

 

2.4 Payment method

 

Party A and Party B agree that the loan proceeds shall be paid as follows:

 

x Full lender payment: Party A will pay the loan proceeds to the counterparty of Party B for the agreed purpose through the account of Party B, according to the drawdown application and payment order of Party B.

 

o [***]

 

o [***]

 

2.5 Payment management

 

Party A and Party B agree to manage the payment of the loan proceeds:

 

In the case of lender payment, Party B may request Party A to pay the loan proceeds, if:

 

(1) Party B submits the payment application, the corresponding business contract and other supporting materials as required by Party A, and the counterparty, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application are consistent with the supporting materials;

 

(2) The payment application conforms to the purpose of the loan agreed in this Contract;

 

(3) Party B authorizes Party A to pay the loan proceeds to the specific counterparty;

 

Party A has the right to examine whether the counterparty, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application provided by Party B are consistent with the corresponding business contract and other supporting materials, and has the right to reject the payment application that does not conform to the purpose of the loan agreed in this Contract.

 

[***]

 

2.6 Payment method change and change triggering event

 

Party A has the right to adjust the payment amount in the case of lender payment or change the payment method to full lender payment, if:

 

(1) in the case of borrower payment, Party B fails to report to Party A on the payment of the loan proceeds on a regular basis as agreed, or refuses to support Party A in checking whether the payment of the loan proceeds conforms to the agreed purpose through account analysis, certificate inspection, on-site investigation and otherwise;

 

(2) Party B splits an amount into smaller amounts for evading the lender payment by Party A in breach of this Contract;

 

(3) the credit standing of Party A deteriorates, or the profitability of the main business of Party B is not high;

 

(4) the loan proceeds are used abnormally;

 

(5) the regulatory department adjusts the lender payment standard.

 

4


 

2.7 Account management

 

By negotiation between Party A and Party B, Party B agrees to open the following account with Party A, which shall be monitored by Party A:

 

1. Party B agrees to open the loan disbursement account with Party A as required by Party A, with the account name of Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. and the account number of 11015394239004. The disbursement and drawdown of the loan proceeds shall be made through such account. Party A has the right to carry out dynamic monitoring of the account. When an anomalous situation is found, Party A has the right to take measures including but not limited to freezing, payment suspension and otherwise.

 

2. Party B agrees to open a fund recovery account with Party A as required by Party A (please tick (x) the box as appropriate)

 

x the fund recovery account, and such loan disbursement account as indicated in Paragraph 1

 

o [***]

 

If Party B fails to repay the loan owed to Party A in a timely manner, Party A has the right to deduct funds from the fund recovery account opened by Party B with Party A and other accounts opened by Party B with Party A and its branches, to repay the principal and interest of the loan.

 

3. Party B agrees that Party A has the right to recover the loan early according to the recovery of funds from Party B.

 

Article 3 Repayment

 

3.1 Party B shall repay the loan principal in accordance with the following repayment method specified in Option 2:

 

(1) [***]

 

(2) Repayment of the principal in one lump sum on the maturity date.

 

3.2 If Party B repays the principal on a monthly basis, the principal repayment date shall be the interest settlement date of each month, from the month in which the loan is disbursed; if the principal is repaid on a quarterly basis, the principal repayment date shall be the interest settlement date every three months after the loan disbursement; if the principal is repaid on an annual basis, the principal repayment date shall be the interest settlement date every twelve months after the loan disbursement.

 

3.3 Party B shall open an account with Party A and deposit the repayments into the account prior to the agreed repayment date.

 

3.4 Party B shall repay the loan principal and interest hereunder in full and on time. If any instalment is not repaid in full and on time, Party A has the right to require Party B to repay the loan in whole, and charge penalty interest on the entire outstanding loan from the date immediately following the maturity date.

 

3.5 Party B hereby irrevocably authorizes Party A to deduct, the principal, interest and fees of the due loan, from any of the accounts opened by Party B with all banking organizations of Ping An Bank.

 

3.6 If Party B needs to prepay the loan, it shall submit a written application to Party A thirty days in advance and obtain the written consent of Party A. The written application for prepayment shall be irrevocable upon the written consent of Party A.

 

o In case of prepayment, Party B shall pay the compensation to Party A. The compensation shall be paid to Party A by Party B, together with the principal prepayment and interest. The compensation is calculated as the prepayment amount × the number of days between the prepayment date and the maturity date × the interest rate agreed in this Contract. If the number of days between the prepayment date and the maturity date is less than 30 days, the compensation is based on the actual number of days and reduced by half; if the number of days between the prepayment date and the maturity date exceeds 30 days, the compensation is based on 30 days only.

 

Article 4 Representations and Warranties of Party B

 

4.1 Party B is a company legally established, validly existing and in good standing in the jurisdiction where it is located, and having all corporate rights, government permits and approval to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

5


 

4.2 Party B has obtained all the authorizations and approvals required for signing this Contract. The execution of this Contract is the true intention of Party B and will not lead to a breach of any agreement or undertaking signed by it with any third party. Party B does not violate any laws, regulations and rules on environmental protection, energy conservation, emission reduction and pollution reduction, in signing this Contract, and undertakes to strictly comply with the same after signing this Contract.

 

4.3 Save for those previously notified to Party A in writing prior to the execution of this Contract, Party B is not involved in any litigation, arbitration, execution, appeal, reconsideration and other procedures or other events or circumstances that may have a material adverse impact on the performance of this Contract.

 

4.4 Party B shall, within the period required by Party A, provide relevant information required by Party A including financial statements, all bank account numbers, balances of deposits and loans, and warrant that the documents and information provided are true, complete and objective, and do not contain any false representation, misleading statement or material omission, and that the financial statements have been prepared strictly in accordance with the Accounting Standards of China.

 

Article 5 Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

5.1 Party B has the right to request Party A to disburse the loan to Party B in accordance with this Contract, provided that if Party A is unable to disburse the loan under this Contract due to changes in national macro-control policies, requirements of regulatory authorities on controlling the credit or credit investment instruction, and other reasons not attributable to Party A, Party A has the right to cease the loan disbursement or terminate this Contract.

 

5.2 Party B shall use the loan and repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time in accordance with this Contract.

 

5.3 Party B shall open an account with Party A, and shall give priority to obtaining deposit, settlement and other services from Party A.

 

5.4 If Party B is a group customer, it shall report in writing to Party A on any related-party transaction with an amount over 10% of the net assets, including related-party relationship between parties to the transaction, transaction item and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion and pricing policy (including transaction without a specific transaction amount or with a nominal transaction amount), within ten days following the date of such transaction.

 

Group customer means any of corporations, and public institutions with corporate capacity:

 

(1) which directly or indirectly control the equity interest or operation of other corporations, and public institutions with corporate capacity, or whose equity interest or operation is directly or indirectly controlled by other corporations, and public institutions with corporate capacity;

 

(2) which are under common control by third-party corporations and public institutions with corporate capacity;

 

(3) which are directly or indirectly controlled jointly by major individual investors, key management personnel or their close family members (including direct relationships within three generations and collateral relationships within two generations);

 

(4) which shall be deemed group customers in credit management, if there are other related-party relationships that may lead to the transfer of assets and profits not at fair value.

 

5.5 Party B shall give Party A 30 days’ written notice, and shall obtain the written consent of Party A, if there shall occur:

 

(1) significant changes in the operating system, ownership structure, form of property right organization and main business, including but not limited to contracting, lease, joint operation, transformation into a joint-stock company, combination (merger), acquisition, joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, trusteeship (receivership), disposal of businesses, transfer of property rights, capital reduction and otherwise;

 

6


 

(2) sale, donation, lending, transfer, mortgage (pledge) or other disposal of material assets with a value exceeding 10% of the net assets;

 

(3) distribution of dividends exceeding 30% of the net profit after tax for the year or 20% of all undistributed profits;

 

(4) new outward investment exceeding 20% of the net assets after the credit line becomes effective;

 

(5) changes in the debt terms with other banks and prepayment of other long-term debts;

 

(6) repayment of debts to shareholders of Party B;

 

(7) application to other banks for a credit, or provision of guarantee for third parties, or reduction in third party debts, with the amount of the debts exceeding 20% of the net assets,

 

which in each case, will, in the opinion of Party A, have a significant impact on the performance of this Contract.

 

5.6 Party B shall give Party A written notice within seven working days follow the date of occurrence or possible occurrence of any of the following events, and in each case Party A has the right to determine whether to require Party B to provide additional guarantee or directly withdraw the entire loan, as the case maybe:

 

(1) deterioration in the operating and financial conditions, significant financial losses, asset losses (including but not limited to asset losses arising out of provision of external guarantee) and other financial distress of Party B and the guarantor;

 

(2) administrative punishment or criminal sanction on Party B due to illegal operation or its involvement in significant legal disputes;

 

(3) involvement of Party B, its shareholders or actual controllers, the guarantor’s legal representative or main management personnel in serious cases, compulsory measures against them including preservation of their main assets, or administrative penalties or criminal sanctions on them, or other events that prevent them from performing their duties normally;

 

(4) provision of guarantee by Party B or the guarantor to a third party, which has a material adverse impact on its financial position or its ability to perform its obligations under this Contract;

 

(5) division, combination, significant merger, acquisition and reorganization, significant asset disposal, capital reduction, closure of business, suspension of business for rectification, liquidation, reorganization, cancellation, dissolution, bankruptcy, revocation of business license of Party B or the guarantor and otherwise;

 

(6) significant reduction in the value, losses, disputes over the ownership, seizure, attachment, freezing, transfer of, lien on or auction of the collateral;

 

(7) Other significant events or events of default that may affect the business activities of Party B and the guarantor and the safety of the loan from Party A.

 

5.7 In case of any change in domicile, correspondence address, contact number, business scope, legal representative and other matters, Party B shall notify Party A in writing within seven working days following such change. If Party B fails to perform the above notification obligations, relevant notice and documents (including but not limited to notice and documents of the parties during the term of this Contract, relevant materials and documents in relation to arbitration and litigation during arbitration and litigation during arbitration or litigation, and relevant materials and instruments during the execution of judgment in a case) delivered by Party B to the original domicile and contact address shall be deemed to have been delivered.

 

5.8 Party B warrants that it will maintain reasonable financial ratios during the loan term.

 

o During the loan term, the financial indicator will meet the following standard:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7


 

Article 6 Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

6.1 Party A has the right to recover the principal and interest of the debt (including compound interest, overdue penalty, and penalty interest for diversion of funds) in accordance with this Contract, collect the fees payable by Party B, and has the right to directly deduct the above principal and interest and fees from the account of Party B.

 

6.2 In the case of a loan with a term of more than one year (exclusive), Party A has the right to evaluate operating and financial conditions of Party B and the guarantor and the progress of specific projects according to the loan conditions agreed in the contract at the time of loan disbursement, from the second year following the loan disbursement, and adjust the loan amount, term and interest rate according to the evaluation results.

 

If there is collateral (pledge), Party A has the right to require a valuation of the collateral or pledge conducted by a valuation agency recognized by Party A each year. If there is a significant decline in the value of the collateral (pledge) such that it is insufficient to secure the debts under the master contract, Party A has the right to require Party B to repay part of the loan or provide other guarantee measures accepted by Party A.

 

6.3 Party A has the right to require Party B to provide information in relation to the loan, enter the premises of Party B, investigate, review and inspect the use of credit, and the assets, financial and operating conditions of Party B, in respect of which Party B shall provide support; and supervise Party B to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this Contract.

 

6.4 Party A shall be obligated to keep confidential the information provided by Party B, except as otherwise required by laws and regulations or regulatory authorities or agreed by the parties, or except for information provided by Party B which does not constitutes confidential information.

 

Article 7 Default

 

7.1 An event of default within the meaning of this article occurs if:

 

(1)     Party B fails to use the loan proceeds in an agreed manner or splits an amount into smaller amounts for evading the lender payment by Party A specified in Article 2.5 hereof; or

 

(2)      Party B is in arrears with interest, fails to repay any amount overdue, causes the payment of an advance by the bank, or uses the loan proceeds other than for the agreed purpose, in respect of the loan hereunder;

 

(3)      Party B breaches representations, warranties and undertakings made by it;

 

(4)      Party B breaches any of its obligations hereunder;

 

(5)      Party B conceals important facts;

 

(6)      Party B or the guarantor evades the repayment of debts owed to the bank through related-party transaction or otherwise;

 

(7)     Party B or the guarantor is negligent in managing or recovering matured claims, disposes of or transfers existing major properties without charge, at an unreasonably low price and in an inappropriate manner or otherwise evades debts;

 

(8)     Party B fraudulently obtains funds or credits from Party A or other banks, through the use of illusory contracts and arrangements with third parties, including but not limited to discounting or pledging notes receivable and other claims in respect of which no truthful transactions are conducted;

 

(9)     Party B or the guarantor breaches other contracts with Party A or other banks (including but not limited to credit contract, loan contract and guarantee contract) or the terms of any debt securities issued by it;

 

(10)     there shall occurs, the breach by the guarantor of Party B of guarantee contracts (including but not limited to guaranty contract, mortgage contract and pledge contract), events of default under the guarantee contracts; the guarantee contracts are ineffective, invalid or rescinded; there shall occurs significant reduction in the value, losses, disputes over the ownership, seizure, attachment, freezing, transfer of, lien on, auction of the collateral;

 

8


 

(11)      there occurs any of the events specified in Articles 5.5 and 5.6, which will, in the opinion of Party A, affect the safety of its claim as creditor.

 

7.2 In case of any event of default, Party A has the right to:

 

(1)      suspend or terminate the disbursement of any undisbursed amount hereunder;

 

(2)      declare the credit due prematurely, require Party B to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of the credit in whole or in part, and from the date of the event of default, charge default interest at the default interest rate on the entire principal of the credit disbursed, until Party B repays the entire principal of the credit;

 

The expenses and costs include but not limited to attorney fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, travel expenses, announcement fees, delivery fees, execution fees, transfer fees and other expenses paid by Party A to realize its creditor’s right.

 

(3)      require Party B to provide new guarantee acceptable to Party A;

 

(4)      adjust the loan amount, term and interest rate according to the loan risk profile, and change the loan payment method to lender payment;

 

(5)      directly deduct funds from the accounts of Party B and the guarantor to repay all debts of Party B under this Contract and specific business contracts (including debts required by Party A to be repaid prematurely), without prior consent of Party B;

 

(6)      exercise the security right, and require the guarantor to fulfill the guarantee responsibility, or realize the claim by disposing of the collateral and/or pledge.

 

(7)      charge penalty interest on the principal of the loan at the interest rate hereunder plus 50%, based on the number of days past due, from the date immediately following the maturity date, if Party B fails to repay as agreed the loan which falls due, or becomes due prematurely; and charge penalty interest on the diverted amount of the loan, at the interest rate hereunder plus 100%, from the first date on which the loan is used in breach of this Contract, if Party B uses the loan other than for the agreed purpose.

 

Compound interest on interest which is not paid on time is charged at the default interest rate. If the loan payment is overdue and the loan proceeds are diverted for other purposes, the default interest or compound interest, whichever is higher, shall be charged.

 

If the number of days past due is less than 90 days (inclusive), the order of repayment of the loan principal and interest is as follows: (1) expenses; (2) interest (including default interest and compound interest); and (3) the principal. If the number of days past due exceeds 90 days, the order of repayment of the loan principal and interest is as follows: (1) expenses; (2) the principal; and (3) interest (including default interest and compound interest).

 

(8) claim lawful right of subrogation against debtors of Party B, or request the court to invalidate the waiver by Party B of its matured claims or transfer by Party B of assets at nil consideration or at a low price which is obviously unreasonable, in respect of which Party B shall provide all necessary support and assistance as required by Party A, and bear all costs incurred by Party A thereby.

 

(9) take other remedial measures under laws, regulations and this Contract.

 

Article 8 Miscellaneous

 

When the foreign currency of the pledge depreciates by 2% or above against RMB as compared with that at the loan disbursement  date, Party B shall, within 2 working days, increase the security deposit to make up for such depreciation, otherwise Party A has the right to deem the credit to be prematurely due and to dispose of the pledge.

 

Article 9 Supplementary Provisions

 

9.1 If the credit under this Contract is a credit under a credit line contract, the guarantee method under the credit line contract shall apply equally.

 

9.2 o [***].

 

x The parties will not have this Contract notarized for enforcement

 

9


 

9.3 All of the single credit application, credit contract, receipt for a loan and credit facility certificate in relation to this Contract and other relevant documents and materials confirmed by the parties, as well as the letter of undertaking, declaration and other documents unilaterally issued by Party B to Party A, are integral parts of this Contract and have the same legal effect.

 

9.4 Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to obtain the credit information of Party B from the financial credit information basic database and other credit agencies established by law, during Party B’s application for the credit service and the existence of the credit service to Party B, for the purpose of credit service application of Party B and subsequent management.

 

Party B agrees and authorizes Party A to submit the enterprise and credit information of Party B (including but not limited to credit facility information, and information that has a negative impact on the credit status of the person subject to the investigation) to the financial credit information basic database and other credit agencies established by law, in accordance with the Regulations on Administration of the Credit Investigation Industry.

 

9.5 The options shall be confirmed by ticking (x) the boxes.

 

9.6 Any dispute arising in performance of the Contract may be settled by negotiation. Where the dispute cannot be settled by negotiation, the dispute shall be settled by Option (2) below:

 

(1) [***]

 

(2) filing a lawsuit in the people’s court in the place where Party A is located.

 

(3) [***]

 

9.7 This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

9.8 This Contract comes into force upon being signed by the parties (signed or sealed by their respective authorized signatories, and sealed with official seal).

 

If there are loans which are not actually disbursed hereunder within three months following the entry into force of this Contract, Party A has the right to unilaterally terminate this Contract.

 

9.9 This Contract is signed in four counterparts. Party A shall keep two counterparts, and Party B and x the guarantor o the registration authority shall each keep one counterpart.

 

Party B hereby represents that it fully understands the terms of this Contract (especially words in bold) and the relevant guarantee contract terms and other relevant documents, and has obtained independent legal advice (where necessary).

 

 

Party A (seal)

 

 

Legal representative (responsible person) or authorized agent (signature):

/s/ Zhiqun Yang

 

Signature date: March 29, 2019

 

 

Party B (seal)

 

 

Legal representative/authorized agent (signature):

/s/ Wangchun Ye

 

 

Signature date: March 28, 2019

 

10


 

Appendix 1:

 

Schedule of Loan Principal Repayment by Party B in Instalments

 

Number of Installments

 

Repayment Date

 

Repayment Amount (in words)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11




Exhibit 10.19

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Stock Incentive Plan (Amendment and Restatement of the Stock Incentive Plan 2017)

 

I.                Purpose of the Plan

 

The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel to promote long-term sustainable development of Cayman Company and its related entity, maximize values for the shareholders and achieve a win-win outcome for the shareholders, Company and employees.

 

II.           Interpretations

 

Unless otherwise stated, the following terms or abbreviations used herein shall have the following meaning:

 

Shareholding Entity

means the entity designated by the Board and controlling ordinary shares of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (“Cayman Company”) under this Plan, which is currently Xin Ding Heng Limited incorporated in the British Virgin Islands

 

 

Award

means any stock option, performance stock unit or any other stock-based award granted hereunder

 

 

Award Agreement

means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing the award (including by means of electronic media), including but not limited the grant notification of option and performance stock unit

 

 

Board

means the Board of Directors of Cayman Company

 

 

Administrator

means the Board or any director, committee or any other person designated by the Board for the purpose of administration and management of this Plan, including but not limited to the shareholding entity

 

 

Exchange Act

means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended or any successor thereto

 

1


 

Corporate Transaction

unless otherwise defined in the award agreement, means occurrence of any of the following events; however, the Administrator shall determine under parts (d) and (e) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:

(a) a merger, legal amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation, or arrangement plan (i) in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the jurisdiction in which the Company is incorporated, or (ii) subsequent to which holders of voting securities of the Company cease to hold more than 50% of combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity;

(b) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(c) the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(d) any reverse takeover or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse takeover (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse takeover) in which the Company is the surviving entity but (i) the equity securities outstanding immediately prior to such takeover are converted or exchanged by virtue of the takeover into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (ii) in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such takeover or the initial transaction culminating in such takeover, but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or

 

2


 

 

(e) acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction

 

 

Tax Law

means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended or any successor thereto

 

 

Share

means the ordinary shares of Cayman Company, or shares that constitute a part of ordinary interest share capital of Cayman Company due to any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the shares

 

 

Performance Stock Unit

means the right granted to a Grantee to receive a certain number of issued shares of Cayman Company (other than newly-issued shares) controlled by the Shareholding Entity over a certain period, provided that such Grantee achieves the performance goal

 

 

Stock Option/Option

means the right granted to a Grantee to purchase a certain number of issued shares of Cayman Company (other than newly-issued shares) controlled by the Shareholding Entity over a certain period at the previously agreed price on the agreed terms and conditions.

 

3


 

Employment Relationship

means the labor or employment relationship with Cayman Company and the Related Entity

 

 

Officer

means CEO, general manager, deputy general manager, financial principal and any other person identified by the Board in accordance with the relevant articles of association

 

 

Fair Market Value of Shares

means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are traded in an open market, fair market value shall be the closing price per share as quoted on the principal exchange the Administrator determines to be the principal market on the last trading date immediately prior to the date of determination (or if no closing price is reported on that date, the closing price on the last trading date on which such closing price is reported) or (ii) if there is no market in which the shares are traded as described in item (i), the fair market value shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith on the basis of the following: value per share appraised by a qualified appraiser approved by the Administrator

 

 

Related Entity

means any entity directly or indirectly controlling Cayman Company, controlled by Cayman Company directly or indirectly through shares or agreement, or directly or indirectly under common control with Cayman Company

 

 

Grantee

means employees and any other person identified by the Administrator who are eligible to participate in this Plan hereunder

 

 

Competition Event

a Competition Event occurs if any Grantee (i) becomes shareholder, director, officer, employee, adviser or partner of any competitor of Cayman Company or Related Entity; or (2) engages in any act that may bring competitive advantages for the competitor

 

4


 

Cayman Company/Company

means OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., a company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands

 

 

Shareholder of Cayman Company/Shareholder of Company

means existing shareholder of Cayman Company, excluding future contingent investor of Cayman Company or any Grantee appearing after exercise or vesting of the Award

 

 

Stock Incentive Plan/this Plan/Plan

means this amended and restated stock option incentive plan (as amended from time to time) adopted on July 11, 2017

 

 

Grant Notification of Option

means the notice given to eligible Grantees to grant a certain number of options to such Grantees

 

 

Grant Notification of Performance Stock Unit

means the notice given to eligible Grantees to grant a certain number of performance stock unit to such Grantees

 

 

Disability

means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any work-related or non-work-related disability or disease as evidenced by the labor ability appraisal conclusion issued by the competent agency under legal standards in accordance with laws and regulations then in force

 

 

Grant

means the act of giving the Award to the Grantee under this Plan

 

 

Grant Date

means the date on which the Award is granted to the Grantee

 

 

Vesting

means an act of administration through which a certain number of options that are non-exercisable become exercisable within the agreed timeframe or a certain number of performance stock unit or other stock-based award that are non-vestable become vestable within the agreed timeframe and shares thereunder are obtained

 

5


 

Governing Law

means requirements of any Applicable Laws related to the shares, requirements of any Applicable Laws related to the administration of the stock incentive plan, rules of any relevant stock exchange and national market mechanism, and laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that are applicable to the grant of award to residents residing in any jurisdiction

 

 

Employee

means any person who maintains actual employment relationship with Cayman Company or its related entity

 

 

Exercise

means the act through which the Grantee purchases the issued shares of Cayman Company held by the Shareholding Entity at the previously determined price upon the previously determined terms and conditions within the specified period

 

 

Exercise Price

means the price at which the Grantee purchases shares, which is determined at time of granting the option to the Grantee and specified in the grant notification of option

 

 

Initial Exercisable Date

means the date from which the Grantee is entitled to exercise

 

 

Validity Period

means the time slot commencing from the date on which the award is granted to the Grantee and expires on the date on which the award becomes invalid

 

 

Other Stock-based Award

means restricted stock, restricted stock unit, stock appreciation right, dividend equivalent, share payment, deferred share, and other awards that are valuated by reference to or on the basis of shares of the company

 

 

Securities Act

means the Securities Act of 1933 as amended or any successor thereto

 

6


 

III.      Stocks subject to the plan

 

1.                  Number of stocks

 

(1)             Subject to the provisions of this Plan (including Section 11), the maximum aggregate number of shares to be used hereunder is 66,171,600, which shall be granted in several batches. In case of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares resulting from a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the shares of Cayman Company, or similar transaction affecting the shares, the Board has the right to adjust such maximum aggregate number.

 

(2)             To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any Shares subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding stock award acquired in any form or combination by the Company or Subsidiary of the Company shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to the Plan. Shares delivered by the Grantee or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of any Award under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 1(1). If any Restricted Shares are forfeited by the Grantee or repurchased by the Company, such Shares may again be granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 1(1). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, no Shares may again be granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Share Option to fail to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

 

2.                    Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares (subject to Applicable Laws) or Shares purchased on the open market. Additionally, in the discretion of the Administrator, American Depository Shares in an amount equivalent to the number of Shares which otherwise would be distributed pursuant to an Award may be distributed in lieu of Shares in settlement of any Award. If the number of Shares represented by an American Depository Share is other than on a one-to-one basis, the limitations of Section 1 shall be adjusted to reflect the distribution of American Depository Shares in lieu of Shares.

 

7


 

IV.       Eligibility and Participation

 

1.                  Grantees eligible to participate in the Plan include Employees and other persons as determined by the Administrator.

 

2.                    Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No individual shall have any right to require to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

 

3.                    In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Grantees in various jurisdictions, the Administrator may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Grantee resides or is employed. Moreover, the Administrator may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

 

4.                    The types of Awards that may be granted under the Plan include but are not limited to stock options, performance stock units, and other stock-based awards such as restricted stocks, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, share payments and deferred shares.

 

8


 

V.            Option

 

A.                Grant of option

 

1.                    The exercise price of options granted in each batch shall be valuated by the Administrator and determined according to the following principles, and shall be specified in the Grant Notification of Option or any other award agreement then issued to the Grantees:

 

(1)             The exercise price of option granted prior to listing shall not be lower than the higher of the following:

 

a)                 the fair market value of the shares on the grant date;

 

b)                 the face value of the share

 

(2)             The exercise price of option granted after listing shall not be lower than the higher of the following:

 

a)                 the closing price of the share on the stock exchange on the grant date (which must be a trading day);

 

b)                 the average closing price of the share on the stock market for the five business days immediately preceding the grant date;

 

c)                  the face value of the share;

 

d)                 the lowest price stipulated by the listing rules or laws of the jurisdiction where the shares are listed.

 

(3)             Subject to the listing rules and laws, the Administrator has the final decision on the exercise price of the option.

 

B.                Vesting of option

 

1.                  Unless otherwise decided by the Administrator, in principle, the options granted in each batch shall be vested for 4 years, and the maximum amount of options that are vestable in each year shall be 25% of the total options granted in such batch. The first vesting date shall be the first anniversary date of the grant date (or the next day if there is no anniversary date).

 

2.                  The Administrator shall, according to the base of options to be vested in per year (that is, the total options granted in a batch/predicted times of vesting), calculate the number of options actually vested based on the performance of Cayman Company and individuals:

 

9


 

(1)             The Administrator shall determine the option vesting coefficient for each year according to the overall operating objective and achievement of Cayman Company. The number of options actually vested by a Grantee in the year shall be the product of the current option vesting base of such Grantee and the said coefficient. For the first three vestings, if the option vesting coefficient for a year is less than 100%, the unvested portion may be postponed to the vesting time point of the next year (which may only be only to the next year of the current year, but not to the third year) to judge whether such option is vestable: if 1) the option vesting coefficient for the next year is 100%, then all the unvested options can be vested; 2) option vesting coefficient for the next year is less than 100%, all the unvested options shall be canceled. For the fourth vesting, if the option vesting coefficient for that year is less than 100%, the unvested portion shall be immediately canceled.

 

(2)             If the last personal annual performance ranking of a Grantee falls within the last 10 percent of his/her ranking group, such Grantee shall be disqualified for vesting the option for the current year, and the corresponding options that are vestable for that year shall be canceled, for which the Company shall not make any other compensation.

 

3.                  The Administrator may, in accordance with its authority, stipulate separately the number of times and amount of each batch of options to be vested as a whole or individually.

 

C.                Exercise of option

 

1.                  Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the validity period of each batch of option granted to the Grantee shall be 10 years from the Grant Date, and the options that are not exercised during the validity period shall be canceled. If the Cayman Company is not listed at the expiration of the validity period, the Board may decide whether to extend the validity period if necessary.

 

10


 

2.                  Except as otherwise provided by this Plan and the Board or required by Applicable Laws, the Grantee shall, at its sole discretion, exercise the vested options from the Initial Exercisable Date to the end of validity period. The Initial Exercisable Date of the option shall be 12 months after the listing date of the Company, and the maximum interval between the Initial Exercisable Date and the Grant Date shall not exceed 8 years. Under these preconditions, the specific Initial Exercisable Date may be adjusted and decided by the Administrator from time to time in accordance with the laws and regulations of the venue where securities of the Company are listed and rules of the exchange, and the Grantee shall be notified in due course.

 

3.                  The Grantee shall exercise the option at exercise price determined at the time of grant and stated in the Grant Notification of Grant or any other Award Agreement, and shall bear corresponding taxes, foreign exchange and other costs. If, for any reason attributable to the Grantee, including but not limited to insufficient personal funds and issues concerning personal foreign exchange, the Grantee shall bear the consequential responsibilities and losses.

 

4.                  When exercising the option, the Grantee shall pay taxes in full in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations. If the Company or Related Entity is then required to withhold  the tax, the Grantee shall cooperate with the Company or Related Entity.

 

5.                  The option may only be exercised by the Grantee and the successor determined according to this Plan. A option shall have been exercised if the Grantee issues exercise notice to the Shareholding Entity or other shareholding entities determined by the Board according to the relevant provisions of this Plan (the Company shall promptly determine and provide the form of exercise notice), fully pays the exercise price and taxes according to laws, and if the registered holders of the relevant issued shares of Cayman Company are changed to the Grantee.

 

6.                  Before a Grantee is registered as a stock holder in the register of shareholders of Cayman Company, such Grantee shall not be entitled to dividend, voting or other shareholders’ rights or interests with respect to any option hereunder or the stock corresponding to thereto.

 

11


 

7.                  After a Grantee becomes a stock holder of Cayman Company by exercise of his/her option hereunder, such Grantee shall be bound by the articles of association and other relevant documents of Cayman Company; and as a condition for the exercise by the Grantee, the Grantee shall irrevocably grant the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board  to exercise the voting rights attached to such shares. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Grantee shall neither be entitled to drag-along right, preemption right or tag-along right, or any other right of disposal owned by other shareholders in any other aspect, nor any rights superior to other shareholders.

 

8.                  To the extent permitted by the applicable laws and regulations, laws and regulations of the place where the Company’s securities are listed and rules of the exchange and in case of viability against the market conditions of the securities market, notwithstanding the paragraph 5 of this section, as an alternative to the payment and exercise method of exercise price listed in this Plan, with the consent of the Administrator, the Grantee may pay the exercise price by “simultaneous sale” promise.    In other words, the Grantee irrevocably chooses to exercise his/her option, and at the same time he/she sells the stocks purchased due to exercise that can at least pay the exercise price (up to all the stocks purchased due to exercise), and the Grantee promises to directly pay the equal consideration of the exercise price to the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board when selling the stocks, and the sales proceeds exceeding the exercise price shall be paid to the Grantee.

 

9.                  Unless approved by the Administrator, any transfer of shares under the option by the Guarantee shall be publicly conducted on the secondary market, and any such share shall not be transferred by other means (including but not limited to the transfer inside the Grantee). The transfer of such shares by the Grantee shall also comply with the laws and regulations of the place where the shares are listed and the rules of the exchange (including but not limited to the provisions on the lock-up period);

 

10.           If the Shareholding Entity, Cayman Company or any Grantee are restricted or prohibited from exercise hereunder or transfer of stock under the option for any reason at any time, any such exercise or transfer shall comply with the restrictions or prohibitions accordingly; however, once such restrictions or prohibitions are lifted according to Applicable Laws, any such exercise or transfer shall be carried out in a timely manner.

 

12


 

VI.       Performance Stock Unit (PSU)

 

A.                Grant of PSU

 

The criteria for vesting of each batch of PSUs shall be determined by the Administrator.

 

B.                Criteria for vesting of PSU

 

1.              Unless otherwise decided by the Board, the formal vesting of PSUs shall be conditioned upon the listing of Cayman Company is completed and the lock-up period is ended. Subject to the actual vesting number calculated based on the performance of Cayman Company and individuals below, in principle, each batch of PSUs granted shall be vested in 4 years, and 25% of the total number of PSUs granted in that batch may be vested in each year. The first vesting date shall be the first anniversary date  immediately following Grant Date (or the next day if there is no anniversary date).

 

2.              The Administrator shall, according to the annual vestable PSU base (that is, the total options granted in a batch/predicted times of vesting), calculate the actually-vested amount based on the performance of Cayman Company and individuals:

 

(1)                       The Administrator shall determine the PSU vesting coefficient for each year according to the overall operating objective and achievement of Cayman Company. The number of PSUs actually vested by a Grantee in the year shall be the product of the current option vesting base of such Grantee and the said coefficient. Any outstanding PSU for a year may be extended to the next year, in which case the vested amount of such PSU shall be determined on the basis of the overall operating objectives and achievements for such next year. If, according to this paragraph 1 above, all stock units that remain outstanding in the fourth year shall be canceled, for which the Company shall not make any other compensation.

 

13


 

(2)                       If the last personal annual performance ranking of a  Grantee falls within the last 10 percent of his/her ranking group, such Guarantee shall be disqualified for vesting the annual PSU. The corresponding PSUs that are vestable in the current year are all canceled,  for which the Company shall not make any other compensation.

 

3.              The Administrator may, in accordance with its authority, stipulate separately the number of times and amount of each batch of PSU to be vested as a whole or individually.

 

C.                Procedures for vesting of PSU

 

1.                    Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the validity period of each batch of PSUs granted to the Grantee shall be 10 years from the Grant Date, and the PSUs that are not exercised during the validity period shall be canceled. If the Cayman Company is not listed at the expiration of the validity period, the Board may decide whether to extend the validity period if necessary.

 

2.                    After the Cayman Company is listed and the above Article 6 (b) and the vesting criteria set out in the Section 6(B) above and decided by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and subject to the relevant restrictions (if any) contained in the Applicable Laws or the relevant agreement arrangement on the vesting of PSUs or other actual conditions that may affect the vesting, the Administrator shall give a vesting notice to the Grantee, confirming (a) the number of PSUs with respect to which the vesting criteria have been satisfied; (b) the number of shares to which the Grantee is entitled; (c) relevant documents that shall be executed by the Grantee and deemed necessary by the Administrator (which may include, but be not limited to, evidence the Administrator gives to Cayman Company that all terms and conditions contained in this Plan and Grant Notification of PSU or other Award Agreements); and (d) the lock-up period (if any) for such shares.

 

3.                    Except as otherwise provided by this Plan and the Administrator or required by Applicable Laws, the Grantee for the vested PSU shall execute the relevant documents deemed necessary by the Administrator within 30 business days from the date of receiving the vesting notice. If a Grantee fails to execute the required documents within 30 business days after receiving the vesting notice, the vested PSU will be forfeited.

 

14


 

4.                  After such Grantee executes the documents, the relevant shares under the vested PSU to the Grantee shall be transferred to such Grantee or his/her wholly-owned entity within a reasonable period from the vesting date of the relevant PSU as determined by the Administrator at its sole discretion.

 

5.               The Grantee shall bear the corresponding taxes and foreign exchange costs incurred in connection with the acquisition of shares of Cayman Company.

 

6.               When acquiring shares of Cayman Company after PSU is vested, the Grantee shall pay taxes in full in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations. If the Company or Related Entity is then required to withhold  the tax, the Grantee shall cooperate with the Company or Related Entity.

 

7.                  The PSU may only be exercised by the Grantee and the successor determined according to this Plan. If the Administrator, in accordance with this Plan, transfers the shares attributable to a PSU to a Grantee and such Grantee pays taxes according to the laws, and if registered holders of the issued shares of Cayman Company were changed to such Grantee, then such PSU shall have been fully vested.

 

8.                  Before a Grantee is registered as a stock holder in the register of shareholders of Cayman Company, such Grantee shall not be entitled to dividend, voting or other shareholders’ rights or interests with respect to any PSU hereunder or the stock corresponding to thereto.

 

9.                  After a Grantee becomes a stock holder of Cayman Company by exercise of his/her PSU hereunder, such Grantee shall be bound by the articles of association and other relevant documents of Cayman Company. For the avoidance of doubt, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the Grantee shall neither be entitled to drag-along right, preemption right or tag-along right, or any other right of disposal owned by other shareholders in any other aspect, nor any rights superior to other shareholders.

 

15


 

10.           Unless approved by the Administrator, any transfer of shares under the PSU by the Guarantee shall be publicly conducted on the secondary market, and any such share shall not be transferred by other means (including but not limited to the transfer inside the Grantee). The transfer of such shares by the Grantee shall also comply with the laws and regulations of the place where the shares are listed and the rules of the exchange (including but not limited to the provisions on the lock-up period).

 

11.           If the Shareholding Entity, Cayman Company or any Grantee are restricted or prohibited from exercise hereunder or transfer of stock under the PSU for any reason at any time, any such exercise or transfer shall comply with the restrictions or prohibitions accordingly; however, once such restrictions or prohibitions are lifted according to Applicable Laws, any such exercise or transfer shall be carried out in a timely manner.

 

VII.  Other Stock-based Award

 

The Board may grant or sell all or part of other Awards valuated by reference to or based on the Company’s shares, including but not limited to restricted shares, RSUs, stock appreciation rights, dividend equivalents, share payments and deferred shares. Any such other  stock-based award shall be in the form of decision of the Board and shall depend on the preconditions determined by the Board, including but not limited to the right to acquire or vest one or more shares (or the cash equivalent of such shares) after the completion of a specific service period, upon the occurrence of an event and/or upon the achievement of performance indicators. Other  stock-based awards is either granted independently or in conjunction with any other Awards under this Plan. The Board shall,  in accordance with the terms of this Plan, decide to whom and when any other  stock-based award is granted and the number of shares to be granted as (or in connection with) such other  stock-based award ; whether such other  stock-based award is paid in cash, shares or a combination thereof ; and all other terms and conditions of such Awards.

 

16


 

VIII.          Special Disposal of Awards

 

1.              If a Grantee cancels or terminates the employment relationship with the Company he works for:

 

(1)             if the employment with the Cayman Company or Related Entity is terminated or expires (except for the circumstances described in items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section) for whatever reason prior to the listing of Cayman Company, all the Awards held by such Grantee (whether effective/vested or not)  shall be forfeited, and the Cayman Company or Related Entity shall not make any compensation.

 

if the employment with the Cayman Company or Related Entity is terminated or expires (except for the circumstances described in items (2) and (3) of paragraph 1 of this section) for whatever reason after the listing of Cayman Company,  (i) stock options (if the stock options have become effective and the Initial Exercisable Date has lapsed) of such Grantee may be exercised within ninety (90) days after the expiration and termination of the employment, but after the expiration of such ninety (90) days, the stock options (whether effective or not) held by such Grantee shall be forfeited, and (ii) other outstanding Awards of such Grantee shall be forfeited immediately after the expiration and termination of the employment, and Cayman Company or Related Entity shall not make any compensation in connection with the forfeiture of Award in the preceding (i) and (ii)..

 

(2)             if a Grantee retires after he/she serves for more than 5 years in the Company and  reaches the legal retirement age, or if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies  due to disability resulted from work-related injury, the granted Award may be further held, vested or exercised by such Grantee or his/her successor.

 

(3)             if a Grantee early retires, leaves office and dies not due to disability resulted from work-related injury, such Grantee or his/her successor may continue holding and exercising all vested Awards; and the outstanding Awards shall be forfeited, for which the Company shall not make any compensation.

 

2.              In case of any violation of discipline and regulations committed by any Grantee during his/her employment, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to properly dispose of the Awards held by such Grantee according to the actual situation, including but not limited to:

 

17


 

(1)             if the options of such Grantee have not been exercised or other Awards of such Grantee have not been vested, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to cancel all or part of the options (whether effective or not) or other Awards held by such Grantee without any compensation.

 

(2)             if the options of such Grantee have been exercised or other Awards of such Grantee have been vested, the Company or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the exercise or vesting of such Award once or several times at any time at the lower of the exercise price paid by such Grantee (if applicable) or the fair market value of the shares (approved by the Administrator), and the number and quantity of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Company or any other entity determined by the Board.

 

3.              In addition to the matters to be decided by the Board as explicitly stipulated herein, the Administrator may, in accordance with its authority, make separate provisions for the rules for special disposal of Awards, either as a whole or individually.

 

IX.              Competition Event

 

1.                  In case of any Competition Event on the part of any Grantee:

 

(1)             If, during the existence of the employment relationship or within 3 years after the cancellation or termination of the employment relationship, any Grantee engages in any Competition Event without the written consent of the Company he/she works for or Cayman Company , all the Awards (whether effective/vested or not) held by the Grantee shall be forfeited without any compensation.

 

(2)             After a Grantee exercises his/her the option or vests any other Award, the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right (but not the obligation) to repurchase the shares obtained by the Grantee due to such exercise or vesting upon the following terms: after such Grantee engages in a Competition Event,  the Shareholding Entity or any other entity determined by the Board shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares acquired by such Grantee due to the exercise or vesting of such Award once or several times at any time at the lower of the exercise price paid by such Grantee (if applicable) or the fair market value of the shares (approved by the Administrator), provided that the number and quantity of repurchase of the shares shall be determined by the Company or any other entity determined by the Board.

 

18


 

X.           Other Provisions on Awards

 

1.                  Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreement that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award, which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Grantee’s employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.

 

2.                  The Administrator shall formulate the key terms of the Award and the notice to employee according to this Plan, and the Grantee shall sign and promise to abide by the key terms of the Award and the notice to employee before obtaining the eligibility for Award.

 

3.                  The Board shall formulate and implement or authorized the Administrator to formulate and implement this stock incentive plan. On the basis of the needs of business development, the Board shall examine and decide whether the Award shall be granted by the Shareholding Entity or any other entity appointed by the Shareholding Entity.  The scope, specific Grantee and grant amount of each batch of Award plan shall be determined by the Administrator according to the position and performance of the Grantee.

 

4.                  All aspects such as grant, effectiveness/vesting and exercise of Awards shall comply with the Plan, relevant resolutions adopted by the Board and provisions of Applicable Laws. The Company, its shareholders and Related Entity shall not be responsible for failure to obtain the necessary approval, registration or filing for grant, vesting and exercise of Award from any competent regulator not due to intentional or gross negligence on the part of the Company, its shareholders or Related Entity.

 

19


 

5.                  Unless otherwise provided by Applicable Laws and agreed by the Administrator, the Grantee shall not pledge, transfer or dispose of the Award in any other way during the validity period; and on and after the date on which the Award is disposed of in violation of the plan, all the Awards held by the award holder (regardless of whether effective/vested or not) shall be forfeited. Without affecting the forgoing, this Plan has the same binding effects on the successor or assignee of the Grantee.

 

6.                  If Award is forfeited in accordance with this Plan, such forfeited Award shall immediately become invalid.

 

7.                  If any shareholder of Cayman Company proposes to transfer 80% or more of issued ordinary shares of Cayman Company to a third party (subject to any equity transfer provisions under shareholder  agreement or he articles of association of Cayman Company), and such shareholder requires any Grantee to transfer its shares in Cayman Company (if any) to the third-party purchaser, the Grantee must transfer its shares in Cayman Company to such purchaser at the same price.

 

8.                  The Plan and  information and documents relating to any Award shall be confidential information. Unless required by Applicable Laws, any Grantee shall not  disclose the Plan or any such information and document to any third party without the prior written consent of the Board. If any Grantee violates the confidentiality provisions of this Plan, the Board shall dispose of the stock incentive held by such Grantee by reference to the paragraph 2 of Section 8.

 

9.                  The Grantee is aware and agrees that since the shares under the Award will be controlled by the Shareholding Entity through Sen Rong Limited, which is a shareholder of Cayman Company, all shares of Cayman Company held by Sen Rong Limited will be subject to transfer restrictions during the corresponding lock-up period of shareholders after Cayman Company is listed.

 

20


 

10.           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company is not obliged to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing the Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates comply with  the requirements of all Applicable Laws, government department regulations and (if applicable) exchange on which the stock is listed or traded.  All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with  the requirements of all Applicable Laws, government department regulations and (if applicable) exchange on which the stock is listed or traded.. The Administrator may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.  In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Guarantee makes such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations and requirements.  The Administrator shall have the right to require any Grantee to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

11.           Subject to Applicable Laws, the Administrator may make Awards, provide applicable disclosure and procedures for exercise of Awards by an internet website or interactive voice response system for the paperless administration of Awards.

 

12.           A Grantee may be required to provide evidence that any currency used to pay the exercise price of any Award were acquired and taken out of the jurisdiction in which the Grantee resides in accordance with Applicable Laws, including foreign exchange control laws and regulations. In the event the exercise price for an Award is paid in Chinese Renminbi or other foreign currency, as permitted by the Administrator, the amount payable will be determined by conversion from U.S. dollars at the official rate promulgated by the People’s Bank of China for Chinese Renminbi, or for jurisdictions other than the People’s Republic of China, the exchange rate as selected by the Administrator on the date of exercise.

 

21


 

XI.              Adjustment Based on Specific Event

 

1.                  In the event of an increase or decrease in the number of shares issued by Cayman Company due to stock split, dividends, merger, reclassification or similar transactions affecting shares, the Administrator shall have the right to adjust the Awards under this Plan and/or the number and price of shares, and the Administrator’s decision shall be final and binding. If Cayman Company issues any type of share or securities that can be converted into any type of share, the shares obtained by the Grantee due to exercise or the vesting of relevant Awards will be diluted accordingly, that is, the proportion of such shares in all issued shares of Cayman Company will be reduced accordingly.

 

2.                  Except as may otherwise be provided in any Award Agreement or any other written agreement entered into by and between the Company and a Grantee, if the Administrator anticipates the occurrence, or upon the occurrence, of a Corporate Transaction, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for one or more of the following: (i) any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each Grantee the right to exercise the vested portion of such Awards during a period of time as the Administrator shall determine, or (ii) the termination of any Award in exchange for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of such date the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (iii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion or the assumption of or substitution of such Award by the successor or surviving corporation, or Related Entity, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of Shares and prices, or (iv) payment of Award in cash based on the value of Shares on the date of the Corporate Transaction plus reasonable interest on the Award through the date when such Award would otherwise be vested or have been paid in accordance with its original terms, if necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

3.                  In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Administrator may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

 

22


 

4.                  Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Grantee shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of Cayman Company or any other corporation.  Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

 

XII.         Administration Body of the Plan and its Duties

 

1.                  The Board is responsible for determining the principles and framework of the Plan and finally reviewing and approving the relevant matters of the Plan. This Plan, after being approved, shall be administered and implemented by the Board or the Administration with authorization of the Board. The Board may, depending on the circumstances, authorize the Administrator to carry out relevant matters and some functions and powers related to the implementation of this Plan. The Board has the right to determine that shares hereunder shall be held by the qualified Administrator appointed by the Board, and the specific arrangements related to the escrow or administration shall be decided by the Board.

 

2.                  The Board reserves the right of interpretation of this Plan. The Board, in its sole discretion, has the right to: (i) construct and interpret the provisions of this Plan, (ii) determine persons who receive Awards pursuant to this Plan, terms and conditions on which the Award is granted, and when the Awards granted pursuant to this Plan may be exercised or vested, (iii) make appropriate and fair adjustments to the terms of the Award granted pursuant to this Plan whenever it thinks necessary, and (iv) make such other decisions and determinations as it thinks appropriate in the course of administration of this Plan (such as future administration of the trust designed for this Plan on the basis of the actual needs, etc.). Eligible Grantees will be granted a certain amount of Awards, which will take be vested and exercised if the requirements of specific standards, conditions and time points are satisfied, and finally such Grantees receive corresponding shares of Cayman Company.

 

23


 

XIII.    Effective and Expiration Date

 

1.                  This Plan is effective as of the date this Plan is adopted and approved by the Board (the “Effective Date”)through meeting or by written resolutions.

 

2.                  This Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.  Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Before the expiration of the validity period of this Plan, it may be extended accordingly with the approval of the Board.

 

XIV.     Amendment and Termination

 

1.                  In any event, the Board has the right to terminate, revise or adjust this stock incentive plan, and has the right but is not the obliged to independently determine the alternative incentive plan; provided that to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with Applicable Laws or stock exchange rules, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval for major amendment to this Plan in the required manner and to the required extent, unless the Company decides to follow home country practice.

 

2.                  Except with respect to amendments made pursuant to paragraph 1 of this Section, no termination, amendment, or modification of this Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Grantee.

 

24


 

XV.          General Provisions

 

1.                  Granting any Award pursuant to this Plan shall neither cause Cayman Company or Related Entity to assume the obligation to maintain the employment relationship with a Grantee, nor shall it reduce or affect the right of Cayman Company or Related Entity to terminate the employment relationship with such Grantee. No Grantee or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to this Plan, and no person is obligated to treat Grantees, holders of Awards or beneficiaries  uniformly. (defined in the Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act). The terms and conditions of the Award and the decisions and interpretations made by the Board with respect thereto shall not be consistent for each Grantee (whether such Grantees are in similar situations or not ).

 

2.                  No Award gives the Grantee any of the rights of a Shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

 

3.                  No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee until such Grantee has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws  (especially the tax laws, rules, regulations and government orders of the People’s Republic of China or the federal, state or local tax laws of the United States).  The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Grantee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Grantee’s payroll tax obligations, if any) required or permitted by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Grantee arising as a result of this Plan. The Board may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Grantee to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Grantee of such Award after such Shares were acquired by the Grantee from the Company) in order to satisfy any  federal, state, local and other income and payroll tax liabilities applicable to the Grantee with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the federal, state, local and other income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such taxable income.

 

4.                  This Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Grantee pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in this Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Grantee any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

25


 

5.                  To the extent permitted by the articles of association of the Company and Applicable Laws, each member of the Board or of the Administrator shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf.  The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

6.                  This plan shall bind all successors and assignees of the Cayman Company and the Grantee, including but not limited to the estate consortia of the Grantee, the executor, administrator or trustee of the estate consortia, or any receiver or trustee or the creditor representatives of the Grantee.

 

7.                  Unless otherwise decided by the Board, Awards may not be transferred or assigned by the Grantee in any way other than by way of through will or inheritance and distribution laws. The Award that becomes exercisable after the death of a Grantee may be exercised by the legatee, personal representative or the estate distributor of the Grantee. Notwithstanding the forgoing, nothing contained in this Plan restricts or prohibits any transfer to a trust established for the tax arrangement purpose that is not intended for profit or business conduct, or to one or more “family members” by gift through appropriate family instructions. The “family member” is defined in Rule 701 of the Securities and Exchange Commission Rules as amended from time to time under the  Securities Act.

 

8.                  In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Grantees in various jurisdictions, the Board may, in its sole discretion, provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Grantee resides or is employed. Moreover, the Board may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, provided that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

 

26


 

9.                  Payments made under this Plan shall not be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement benefit, deposit, profit distribution, collective insurance, welfare or other benefit schemes of the Company or its subsidiaries, unless explicitly stated in writing in such other plans or agreements thereunder.

 

10.           No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Administrator shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

 

11.           Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule.  To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

12.           The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Shares or otherwise shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required.  The Company shall be under no obligation to register any of the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan under the Securities Act or any other similar law in any applicable jurisdiction.  If the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act or other Applicable Laws, the Company may restrict the transfer of such Shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

 

27


 

13.           This Plan and all Award Agreements hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the Cayman Islands.

 

14.           It is the intent of the Administrator that any Award under this Plan is or may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, and terms and conditions contained in Section 409A shall be incorporated in the Award Agreement for such Award. To the extent applicable, this Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, regulations of the Department of  Treasury, and other interpretation guidelines promulgated under the forgoing, including but not limited to such regulations and other guidelines as promulgated after the effective date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Administrator determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and the relevant guidelines of the Department of  Treasury (including the guidelines of the Department of Treasury promulgated after the effective date), the Administrator may (a) take such corrective actions as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to maintain the tax treatment of the benefits provided by this Plan and the Award granted under this Plan, including amendments and policies with retroactive effects, and/or (b) take such other action as the Board deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

15.           Subject to Section 14, the Administrator may approve such supplements, amendments or appendices to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for purposes of compliance with Applicable Laws or otherwise and such supplements, amendments or appendices shall be considered a part of the Plan; provided, however, that no such supplements shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1 of this Plan without the approval of the Board.

 

16.           This Plan is drafted in English and Chinese, if there is any inconsistency between the English version and the Chinese version, the Chinese version shall prevail.

 

28




Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Principal Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name

 

Percentage

 

Place of Incorporation

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

Jin Yi Tong Limited

 

100

%

British Virgin Islands

Jin Huang Cheng Limited

 

100

%

British Virgin Islands

Jin Rong Tong Limited

 

100

%

British Virgin Islands

Jin Tai Yuan Limited

 

100

%

British Virgin Islands

Jin Yi Rong Limited

 

100

%

Hong Kong

Ping An OneConnect Bank (Hong Kong) Limited

 

100

%

Hong Kong

OneConnect Financial Technology (Hong Kong) Co., Limited

 

100

%

Hong Kong

Jin Cheng Long Limited

 

100

%

Hong Kong

View Foundation International Limited

 

100

%

Hong Kong

OneConnect Financial Technology (Singapore) Co., Pte. Ltd.

 

100

%

Singapore

PT OneConnect Financial Technology Indonesia

 

100

%

Indonesia

OneConnect Technology Services Co. Ltd. (Shenzhen)

 

100

%

People’s Republic of China

Beijing BER Technology Development Co., Ltd.

 

80

%

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen BER Internet Information Service Co., Ltd.

 

80

%

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai OneConnect Blockchain Technology Co., Ltd.

 

100

%

People’s Republic of China

Beijing Vantage Point Technology Co., Ltd.

 

51.7

%

People’s Republic of China

Nanjing Vantage Point Software Technology Co., Ltd.

 

51.7

%

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen OneConnect Information Technology Service Co., Ltd.

 

51

%

People’s Republic of China

Zhang Tong Shun (Guangzhou) Technology Co., Ltd.

 

100

%

People’s Republic of China

 

 

 

 

 

VIE and its Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

OneConnect Smart Technology Co. Ltd. (Shenzhen)

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen Xinxuan Internet Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen Kechuang Insurance Assessment Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co. Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Shanghai Finance Shield Information Technology Co., Ltd

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Zhuhai Yirongtong Asset Management Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Shenzhen E-Commerce Safety Certificates Administration Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

Yuxin Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

People’s Republic of China

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. of our report dated July 15, 2019 (except for Note 2.25 to the consolidated financial statements, as to which the date is October 30, 2019) relating to the financial statements of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., which appears in this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

 

Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China
November 13, 2019

 




Exhibit 99.1

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

OF ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

 

(ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF ONECONNECT FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD. ON SEPTEMBER 27, 2019, EFFECTIVE UPON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF ITS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM F-1 RELATING TO ITS INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING)

 

I.                                        Purpose

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd., its subsidiaries and its variable interest entities (the “Company”) is committed to conducting its business in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the highest standards of business ethics.  This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company.  To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Company adheres to these higher standards.

 

This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

 

(i)                                     honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

(ii)                                  full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

(iii)                               compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

(iv)                              prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and

 

(v)                                 accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

II.                                   Applicability

 

This Code applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, whether they work for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative, or temporary basis (together, “OneConnect Personnel”).

 

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has appointed the leader of Legal and Compliance Department as the compliance officer for the Company (the “Compliance Officer”).  If you have any questions regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please e-mail him at pub_yztflhg@pingan.com.cn Any questions or violations of the Code involving an executive officer, which include the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Manager and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company (each an “executive officer”), shall be directed or reported to any of our independent director on the Board or the members of the appropriate committee of the Board, and any such questions or violations will be reviewed directly by the Board or the appropriate committee of the Board.

 

1


 

III.                              Conflicts of Interest

 

A.                                    Identifying Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest occurs when a OneConnect Personnel’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole.  You should actively avoid any private interest that may influence your ability to act in the interests of the Company or that may make it difficult to perform your work objectively and effectively.  In general, the following are considered conflicts of interest:

 

1.                                      Competing Business.  No OneConnect Personnel may be concurrently employed by a business that competes with the Company or deprives it of any business.

 

2.                                      Corporate Opportunity.  No OneConnect Personnel should use corporate property, information or his or her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would otherwise be available to the Company.  If you discover a business opportunity that is in the Company’s line of business, through the use of the Company’s property, information or position, you must first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity.

 

3.                                      Financial Interests.

 

(i)                                     No OneConnect Personnel may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise), either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any other business entity if such financial interest adversely affects the employee’s performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee to devote certain time during such OneConnect Personnel’s working hours at the Company;

 

(ii)                                  no OneConnect Personnel or his/her family member may hold any ownership interest in a privately-held company that is in competition with the Company;

 

(iii)                               a OneConnect Personnel or his/her family member may hold up to but no more than 5.0% ownership interest in a publicly traded company that is in competition with the Company;

 

(iv)                              no OneConnect Personnel or his/her family member may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a material business relationship with the Company; and

 

(v)                                 ownership interest mentioned above in clause (i)-(iv) do not include a OneConnect Personnel’s ownership of share incentive awards and resulting securities in another company.

 

If a OneConnect Personnel has ownership interest as described in clause (iii) and (v) above, the OneConnect Personnel must immediately report such ownership in accordance with relevant rules and policies of the Company.

 

4.                                      Loans or Other Financial Transactions.  No OneConnect Personnel may obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company.  This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized banks or other financial institutions.

 

2


 

5.                                      Service on Boards and Committees.  No OneConnect Personnel should serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests reasonably could be expected to conflict with those of the Company.  OneConnect Personnel must obtain prior approval from the Board before accepting any such board or committee position.  The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time to determine whether service in such position is still appropriate.

 

It is difficult to list all of the ways in which a conflict of interest may arise, and we have provided only a few, limited examples.  If you are faced with a difficult business decision that is not addressed above, ask yourself the following questions:

 

·                                          Is it legal?

 

·                                          Is it honest and fair?

 

·                                          Is it in the best interests of the Company?

 

B.                                    Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

The Company requires that OneConnect Personnel fully disclose any situations that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.  If you suspect that you have a conflict of interest, or something that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, you must report it immediately to the Compliance Officer.  Conflicts of interest may only be waived by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly disclosed to the public to the extent required by law.

 

C.                                    Family Members and Work

 

The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of interest because they may influence a OneConnect Personnel’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company.  If a member of a OneConnect Personnel’s family is interested in doing business with the Company, the criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship, and the terms and conditions of the relationship, must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that would apply to a non-relative seeking to do business with the Company under similar circumstances.

 

OneConnect Personnel should report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer.  For purposes of this Code, “family members” or “members of your family” include your spouse, brothers, sisters and parents, in-laws and children.

 

IV.                               Gifts and Entertainment

 

A.                                    Generally

 

The giving and receiving of gifts is common business practice.  Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners.  However, gifts and entertainment should never compromise, or appear to compromise, your ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

 

3


 

It is the responsibility of OneConnect Personnel to use good judgment in this area.  As a general rule, OneConnect Personnel may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment could not be viewed as an inducement to any particular business decision.  Any gift and entertainment expenses made on behalf of the Company must comply with the relevant guidelines, policies and instructions.

 

OneConnect Personnel may only accept appropriate gifts.  We encourage OneConnect Personnel to submit gifts received to the Company.

 

The Company’s business conduct is founded on the principle of “fair transaction.” Therefore, no OneConnect Personnel may give or receive kickbacks, bribe others, or secretly give or receive commissions or any other personal benefits.

 

B.                                    United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance

 

The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business.  A violation of FCPA not only violates the Company’s policy but is also a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the Code becomes effective.  No OneConnect Personnel shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to government officials of any country.  While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow nominal “facilitating payments” to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by your supervisor in advance before it can be made.

 

C.                                    Political Contributions

 

Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by any OneConnect Personnel on behalf of the Company.  Prohibited political contribution activities include:

 

(i)                                     any contributions of Company funds or other assets for political purposes;

 

(ii)                                  encouraging individual OneConnect Personnel to make any such contribution; and

 

(iii)                               reimbursing OneConnect Personnel for any political contribution.

 

V.                                    Fair Dealing

 

The Company strives to compete and to succeed through superior performance and products and without the use of unethical or illegal practices.  Accordingly, the Company’s OneConnect Personnel should respect the rights of, and should deal fairly with, the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and OneConnect Personnel and should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information or any material misrepresentation.  For example, an individual should not:

 

(i)                                     give or receive kickbacks, bribe others, or secretly give or receive commissions or any other personal benefits;

 

4


 

(ii)                                  spread rumors about competitors, customers or suppliers that the individual knows to be false;

 

(iii)                               intentionally misrepresent the nature of quality of the Company’s products; or

 

(iv)                              otherwise seek to advance the Company’s interests by taking unfair advantage of anyone through unfair dealing practices, including engaging in unfair practices through a third party.

 

VI.                               Protection and Use of Company Assets

 

OneConnect Personnel should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only.  Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability.  The use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.

 

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each OneConnect Personnel should:

 

(v)                                 exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

 

(vi)                              promptly report the actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

 

(vii)                           safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from inadvertent access by others; and

 

(viii)                        use Company property only for legitimate business purposes.

 

VII.                          Intellectual Property and Confidentiality

 

1.                                      All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employee’s duties or primarily through the use of the Company’s materials and technical resources while working at the Company, shall be the property of the Company.

 

2.                                      The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employee’s term of employment, the employee shall comply with any and all written or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee.

 

3.                                      In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his position in the Company, an employee shall not, without first obtaining approval from the Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential business information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information outside the course of his duties to the Company.

 

4.                                      Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its business, customers or employees.

 

5


 

5.                                      An employee’s duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential information of the Company survives the termination of such employee’s employment with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public sphere through no fault of the employee.

 

6.                                      Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception, including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not retain duplicate materials.

 

VIII.                     Accuracy of Financial Reports and Other Public Communications

 

Upon the completion of the IPO, the Company will be a public company which is required to report its financial results and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC.  It is the Company’s policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial condition and results of operations.  OneConnect Personnel must strictly comply with all applicable standards, laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.  Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

 

OneConnect Personnel should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or incomplete financial reporting.  Particular attention should be paid to:

 

(ix)                              financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying business;

 

(x)                                 transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and

 

(xi)                              requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures.

 

The Company’s senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance and accounting department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Company’s financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable.  Any practice or situation that might undermine this objective should be reported to the compliance officer and internal audit department.

 

Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of rendering the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are not limited to those actions taken to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence an auditor:

 

(xii)                           to issue or reissue a report on the Company’s financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of IFRS, generally accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards);

 

(xiii)                        not to perform audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards;

 

(xiv)                       not to withdraw an issued report; or

 

6


 

(xv)                          not to communicate matters to the Company’s audit committee of the Board.

 

Employees with information relating to questionable accounting or auditing matters may also confidentially, and anonymously if they desire, submit the information in writing to the Company’s audit committee of the Board.

 

IX.                              Company Records

 

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Company’s business and form the basis of its earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public.  The Company’s records are the source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning.  Company records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.

 

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects.  There is never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries.  Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are strictly prohibited.  You are responsible for understanding and complying with the Company’s record keeping policy.  Contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions regarding the record keeping policy.

 

X.                                   Compliance with Laws and Regulations; Insider Trading

 

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and countries in which the Company operates.  This includes, without limitation, laws covering commercial bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate assets or foreign currency exchange activities.  Employees are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your position at the Company.  If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice immediately from the Compliance Officer.

 

Employees are prohibited from trading securities while in possession of material nonpublic information, whether of the Company or other companies, and must comply with insider trading and any applicable securities law and the Company’s Statement of Policies Governing Material, Non-Public Information and the Prevention of Insider Trading regarding securities transactions and handling of confidential information.  Insider trading is both unethical and illegal and will be firmly dealt with by the Company.  Prohibition on insider trading applies to members of the employees’ family and anyone else sharing the home of the employees.  Therefore, employees must use discretion when discussing work with friends or family members, as well as with other employees.

 

XI.                              Workplace Environment

 

A.                                    Discrimination and Harassment

 

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, age, national origin or any other protected class.  For further information, you should consult the Compliance Officer.

 

7


 

B.                                    Health and Safety

 

The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment.  Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.  Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted.

 

Each employee is expected to perform his or her duty to the Company in a safe manner, free of the influences of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.

 

XII.                         Violations of the Code; Protection Against Retaliation

 

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company.  Reporting a known or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.

 

If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code, it is your responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Compliance Officer and the internal audit department, who will work with you to investigate your concern.  Any suspected violation of this Code involving an executive officer shall be directed or reported to any of our independent directors on the Board or to the appropriate committee of the Board.  All questions and reports of known or suspected violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion.  The Compliance Officer, the Board or the appropriate committee of the Board and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the law and the Company’s need to investigate your concern.

 

It is the Company’s policy that any OneConnect Personnel who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation.  Your conduct as a OneConnect Personnel, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both you and the Company.

 

The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against a OneConnect Personnel who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations.  OneConnect Personnel inflicting reprisal or retaliation against another OneConnect Personnel for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

 

XIII.                    Waivers of the Code

 

Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary circumstances.  Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly disclosed to the public.

 

8


 

XIV.                     Conclusion

 

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics.  If you have any questions about these guidelines, please contact the Compliance Officer.  We expect all OneConnect Personnel to adhere to these standards.  Each OneConnect Personnel is separately responsible for his or her actions.  Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a supervisor or someone in higher management.  If you engage in conduct prohibited by the law or this Code, you will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of your employment.  Such conduct will subject you to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

 

9




Exhibit 99.2

 

 

November 5, 2019

 

To:                  OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

55F, Ping An Financial Center,

No 5033 Yitian Road, Futian District,

Shenzhen, Guangdong,

People’s Republic of China

 

Re: Certain PRC Law Matters of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”, for purposes of this legal opinion, excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and as such are qualified to issue this opinion on the PRC Laws (as defined below).

 

We have acted as your legal counsel on the PRC Laws (as defined below) in connection with (a) the proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”) of certain number of American depositary shares (the “ADSs”), each representing certain number of ordinary shares of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), by the Company as set forth in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission in relation to the Offering, and (b) the proposed listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

The following terms as used in this opinion are defined as follows.

 

Governmental Agency” means each of, and “Governmental Agencies” means all competent national, municipal, provincial or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authorities, agencies or commissions in the PRC, or any court in the PRC.

 

Governmental Authorization” means each of, and “Governmental Authorizations” means all consents, approvals, authorizations, certificates, permissions, registrations, filings, exemptions, licenses and qualifications required by any Governmental Agencies pursuant to any PRC Laws.

 

海问律师事务所HAIWEN & PARTNERS

 

北京市海问律师事务所上海分所

 

地址:上海市静安区南京西路1515号静安嘉里中心一座2605室(邮编200040

AddressUnit 2605, Jing An Kerry Center Tower 1, 1515Nanjing West Road, Jing’an District, Shanghai200040, China

电话(Tel): (+86 21) 6043 5000    传真(Fax)(+86 21) 5298 5030   www.haiwen-law.com

 

北京BEIJING丨上海 SHANGHAI  丨深圳 SHENZHEN   丨香港 HONG KONG  丨成都 CHENGDU

 


 

Guang Feng Qi” means Urumqi Guang Feng Qi Investments Limited Partnership (乌鲁木齐广丰旗股权投资有限合伙企业), a limited partnership enterprise established under the PRC Laws.

 

Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology” means Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology Co., Ltd. (广州基石科技有限责任公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Guangzhou Sideng” means Guangzhou Sideng Integrity Information Technology Co., Ltd. (广州斯登诚信信息技术有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Individual Shareholders” means the shareholders of Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng and Shenzhen Lanxin, Jie Li and Liang Xu, and the partners of Guang Feng Qi, Wenjun Wang and Wenwei Dou.

 

Individual Shareholders of Shenzhen CA” means the shareholders of Guangzhou Sideng, Shichun Zheng and Furong Liu, and the shareholder of Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology, Yiming Yang.

 

M&A Rules” means the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (关于外国投资者并购境内企业的规定), which was issued by six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) and the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, on August 8, 2006 and became effective on September 8, 2006, as amended by the Ministry of Commerce on June 22, 2009.

 

Ping An Financial Technology” means Shenzhen Ping An Financial Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (深圳平安金融科技咨询有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

PRC Company” means any of, and “PRC Companies” means all of, PRC Subsidiaries and Variable Interest Entities.

 

PRC Subsidiary” means each of, and “PRC Subsidiaries” means all of, the foreign owned enterprises incorporated by the Company in the PRC, including Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shanghai OneConnect Blockchain Technology Co., Ltd. (上海壹账通区块链科技有限公司), Beijing Vantage Point Technology Co., Ltd. (北京泛鹏天地科技股份有限公司), Nanjing Vantage Point Software Technology Co., Ltd. (南京泛鹏天地软件技术有限公司), Shenzhen OneConnect Information Technology Service Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通信息科技服务有限公司), Beijing BER Technology Development Co., Ltd. (北京宝润兴业科技发展有限公司), Shenzhen BER Internet Information Service Co., Ltd. (深圳市宝润兴业互联网信息服务有限公司) and Zhang Tong Shun.

 

2


 

PRC Laws” means the laws, regulations, statutes, rules, notices and supreme court’s judicial interpretations of the PRC effective and available to the public as of the date hereof.

 

Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng” means Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng Enterprise Management Limited Partnership (上海金甯晟企业管理合伙企业(有限合伙)), a limited partnership enterprise established under the PRC Laws.

 

Shenzhen CA” means Shenzhen E-commerce Safety Certificates Administration Co., Ltd. (深圳市电子商务安全证书管理有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Shenzhen CA Minority Shareholders” means Shenzhen Zhengxin E-commerce Co., Ltd. (深圳市政信电子商务有限公司) and Shenzhen Digital Certificates Certification Center Co., Ltd. (深圳市电子证书认证中心有限公司), which collectively hold 1.09% equity interests of Shenzhen CA.

 

Shenzhen Huaxinhe” means Shenzhen Huaxinhe Information Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳华信合信息技术有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Shenzhen Lanxin” means Shenzhen Lanxin Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. (深圳兰炘企业管理有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Shenzhen OneConnect” means OneConnect Smart Technology Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通智能科技有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Shenzhen OneConnect Technology” means OneConnect Technology Service Co., Ltd. (Shenzhen) (深圳壹账通科技服务有限公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

Variable Interest Entity” means each of, and “Variable Interest Entities” means all of, the variable interest entities incorporated in the PRC, including Shenzhen OneConnect, Shanghai OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (上海壹账通金融科技有限公司), Shenzhen Xinxuan Internet Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳鑫楦网络科技有限公司), Shenzhen OneConnect Technology Co., Ltd. (深圳壹账通科技有限公司), Shenzhen Kechuang Insurance Assessment Co., Ltd. (深圳市科创保险公估有限公司), Shanghai Financial Shield Information Technology Co., Ltd. (上海财盾信息技术有限公司), Zhuhai Yirongtong Asset Management Co., Ltd. (珠海亿融通资产管理有限公司), Shenzhen CA and Yuxin Technology Co., Ltd. (誉信科技有限公司).

 

Zhuhai Ruisheng” means Zhuhai Ruisheng Chuangye Investment Limited Partnership (珠海市锐盛创业投资企业(有限合伙)), a limited partnership enterprise established under the PRC Laws.

 

Zhang Tong Shun” means Zhang Tong Shun (Guangzhou) Technology Co., Ltd. (帐通顺(广州)科技有限责任公司), a company incorporated under the PRC Laws.

 

3


 

For the purpose of giving this opinion, we have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments provided to us, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the agreements listed in Appendix A hereof (the “VIE Agreements”) and such other documents, corporate records, certificates, Governmental Authorizations and other instruments as we have deemed necessary and appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth (collectively, the “Documents”).

 

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed:

 

(a)                       the genuineness of all signatures, seals and chops, the authenticity of the Documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of the Documents submitted to us as copies;

 

(b)                       the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of all the Documents, as well as the factual statements contained in the Documents and all other factual information provided to us;

 

(c)                        that the Documents which have been presented to us remain in full force and effect up to the date of the legal opinion and have not been revoked, amended, varied, superseded or supplemented, except as noted therein;

 

(d)                       the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of the statements made by the Company, the PRC Companies and relevant government officials in response to our inquiries during the process of our due diligence for the purpose of the Offering;

 

(e)                        in response to our due diligence inquiries, requests and investigation for the purpose of this opinion, all information (including factual statements) and materials that have been provided to us by the Company and the PRC Companies are true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and that the Company, or each PRC Company has not withheld, omitted or concealed anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this opinion in whole or in part.  Where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by governmental authorities and appropriate representatives of the Company, the PRC Companies and/or other relevant entities and/or upon representations made by such persons in the course of our inquiries and consultations;

 

(f)                         that all parties thereto have the requisite power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Documents to which they are parties, and have duly executed, delivered, performed and/or issued those documents to which they are parties, and have the requisite power and authority to perform their obligations thereunder, and all parties will duly perform their obligations under the Documents to which they are parties;

 

(g)                        that all Governmental Authorizations and other official statements or documentations were obtained from competent Governmental Agencies by lawful means in due course; and

 

4


 

(h)                       with respect to all parties, the due compliance with, and the legality, validity, effectiveness and enforceability of the Documents under, all laws other than the laws of the PRC.

 

We do not purport to be experts on and do not purport to be generally familiar with or qualified to express legal opinions on any laws other than the PRC Laws and accordingly express no legal opinion herein on any laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

 

Based on the foregoing and subject to the disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, any matters not disclosed to us as well as the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, so far as the PRC Laws are concerned:

 

1.                            Each PRC Subsidiary is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the PRC Laws, and has the status of an independent legal person under the PRC Laws.

 

2.                            The ownership structure of (i) Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and Shenzhen OneConnect, and (ii) Zhang Tong Shun and Shenzhen CA does not violate applicable PRC Laws currently in effect, and except for (i) certain clauses regarding the remedies or relief that may be awarded by an arbitration tribunal and the power of courts to grant interim remedies in support of the arbitration and liquidation arrangements, and (ii) the circumstance where, in respect of the VIE Agreements binding Shenzhen CA, the Shenzhen CA Minority Shareholders which are not the parties to the VIE Agreements may not have the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver or perform the written confirmation on the VIE Agreements binding Shenzhen CA or may not obey such confirmation, the VIE Agreements are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with the applicable PRC Laws currently in effect. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC Laws and future PRC laws and regulations, and there can be no assurance that the Governmental Agencies will take a view that is not contrary to or otherwise different from our opinion stated above.

 

3.                            The M&A Rules purport to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle controlled directly or indirectly by PRC domestic companies or individuals and formed for purposes of overseas listing through acquisition of PRC domestic interests obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange.  The CSRC has not issued any definitive rules or interpretations concerning whether offerings such as the Offering are subject to the CSRC approval procedures under the M&A Rules.  Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws, the Company is not required to obtain the approval from the CSRC for the listing and trading of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market in the context of the Offering, because (i) our PRC Subsidiaries were not established by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies using equities as consideration as defined in the M&A Rules, and (ii) no explicit provision in the M&A Rules classifies the respective contractual arrangements between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology or Zhang Tong Shun, Shenzhen OneConnect or Shenzhen CA, and their respective shareholders as a type of acquisition transaction falling under the M&A Rules.  However, there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented in the context of an overseas offering and our opinion stated above is subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules.

 

5


 

4.                            The statements made in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—PRC Taxation,” with respect to the PRC Laws, constitute true and accurate descriptions of the matters described therein in all material aspects and such statements represent our opinion.

 

The foregoing opinion is further subject to the following qualifications:

 

(a)                       we express no opinion as to any laws other than the PRC Laws in force on the date of this opinion;

 

(b)                       the PRC Laws referred to herein are laws currently in force and there is no guarantee that any of such laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefore, will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect;

 

(c)                        this opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each section should be looked on as a whole regarding the same subject matter, and no part should be extracted and referred to independently;

 

(d)                       this opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the validity and enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, interests of the state, social ethics, reasonableness, national security, good faith, fair dealing and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution, performance or implementation of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (iii) judicial or arbitral discretion with respect to the availability of indemnifications, remedies or defenses, injunctive relief, the calculation of damages, the entitlement to attorney’s fees and other costs, and the waiver of immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from legal process; (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial or arbitral bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC; (v) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and (vi) possible judicial, arbitral, or administrative actions or any PRC Laws affecting creditors’ rights;

 

6


 

(e)                        where certain facts were not, or may not be practical to be verified by us, we have relied upon certificates or statements or representations issued or made by relevant governmental authorities of the PRC, the appropriate representatives of the Company or any PRC Company with the proper powers and functions without further independent investigation;

 

(f)                         this opinion is given pursuant to the PRC Laws as in effect on the date hereof and is subject to change and qualification by reason of change of law and circumstances, lapse of time and other matters. We express no opinion as to the rights, obligations or other matters arising subsequent to the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to advise you or any other person or entity of any changes to our opinion subsequent to the date hereof; and

 

(g)                        we do not purport to be experts on and do not purport to be generally familiar with or qualified to express legal opinions on any laws other than the PRC Laws and accordingly express no legal opinion herein on any laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC Laws.

 

This opinion is delivered by us in our capacity as the Company’s PRC legal counsel solely for the purpose of and in connection with the Registration Statement publicly submitted to the SEC on the date of this opinion and may not be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose, or relied upon by anyone else without our prior written consent. We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement.  We do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

 

Signature Page to Follow

 

7


 

Signature Page to the PRC Legal Opinion on Certain PRC Law Matters of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

Yours sincerely,

 

 

 

/s/ Haiwen & Partners

 

Haiwen & Partners

 


 

Appendix A List of VIE Agreements

 

1.                  Amended and Restated Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated September 16, 2019 by and between Shenzhen OneConnect Technology and Shenzhen OneConnect.

 

2.                  Amended and Restated Exclusive Equity Option Agreement dated September 16, 2019 by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng, Shenzhen Lanxin, Ping An Financial Technology, Guang Feng Qi and the Individual Shareholders.

 

3.                  Amended and Restated Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated September 16, 2019 by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng, Shenzhen Lanxin, Ping An Financial Technology, Guang Feng Qi and the Individual Shareholders.

 

4.                  Amended and Restated Shareholder Voting Proxy Agreement dated September 16, 2019 by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, the subsidiaries of Shenzhen OneConnect, Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng, Shenzhen Lanxin, Ping An Financial Technology, Guang Feng Qi and the Individual Shareholders.

 

5.                  Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement dated September 16, 2019 by and among Shenzhen OneConnect Technology, Shenzhen OneConnect, Shanghai Jin Ning Sheng, Shenzhen Lanxin, Ping An Financial Technology, Guang Feng Qi and the Individual Shareholders.

 

6.                  Letters of Undertakings and Spousal Consent Letters dated September 16, 2019 by the Individual Shareholders or their respective spouses.

 

7.                  Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement dated August 8, 2019 by and between Zhang Tong Shun and Shenzhen CA.

 

8.                  Exclusive Equity Option Agreement dated August 8, 2019 by and among Zhang Tong Shun, Shenzhen CA, Shenzhen Huaxinhe, Zhuhai Ruisheng, Lianying He, Guangzhou Sideng and Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology.

 

9.                  Exclusive Asset Option Agreement dated August 8, 2019 by and among Zhang Tong Shun, Shenzhen CA, Shenzhen Huaxinhe, Zhuhai Ruisheng, Lianying He, Guangzhou Sideng and Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology.

 

10.           Shareholder Voting Proxy Agreement dated August 8, 2019 by and among Zhang Tong Shun, Shenzhen CA, Shenzhen Huaxinhe, Zhuhai Ruisheng, Lianying He, Guangzhou Sideng and Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology.

 

i


 

11.           Equity Pledge Agreement dated August 8, 2019 by and among Zhang Tong Shun, Shenzhen CA, Shenzhen Huaxinhe, Zhuhai Ruisheng, Lianying He, Guangzhou Sideng and Guangzhou Cornerstone Technology.

 

12.           Letters of Undertakings and Spousal Consent Letters by the Individual Shareholders of Shenzhen CA or their respective spouses.

 

ii




Exhibit 99.3

 

CONSENT OF OLIVER WYMAN INC.

 

OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd.

55F, Ping An Financial Center

No. 5033, Yitian Road

Futian District, Shenzhen

Guangdong

The People’s Republic of China

 

October 18, 2019

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Oliver Wyman Inc. hereby consents to (i) references to its name and (ii) extracts from the report entitled “CHINA TECHNOLOGY SPENDING MARKET FOR FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS OVERVIEW AND PERSPECTIVE” (together with any subsequent written amendments made by us thereto, the “Report”) and (iii) citation of the Report, in each case, (x) in this registration statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments thereto, the “Registration Statement”) in connection with the proposed initial public offering of OneConnect Financial Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (y) in any future submissions, filings or correspondence with the SEC, as long as there is no substantial change to the contents it has previously consented to.

 

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement with the SEC.

 

/s/ Jacques Penhirin

 

Name: Jacques Penhirin

 

Title: Partner

 

Oliver Wyman Inc.

 

26th Central Plaza

 

18 Harbour Road

 

Wanchai

 

Hong Kong